Manual PDF

ir MAMMUT
Building Systems
FZC”
MAMMUT BUILDING SYSTEMS FZC
MammLlIYÿManual
MAMMl'T BUILDING SYSTEMS FZC
Design Manual
MBS-QMS-P12F03
Revision 4.5 —
Date 8-Oct-2013
© Mammut Building Systems FZC

2012
Hamriyah Free Zone • Sharjah • UAE
Phone 009716-5149999 • Fax 009716-5149993
www.mbs.ae
Table of Contents
CH A PT ER 1 CH A PT ER5
Introduction 1 Wind Loads 1
General Function and Responsibility 1 MBM A 1996 1
Value Engineering 3 MBM A 2002 20
MBM A 2006 85
CH A PT ER 2
Design Codes 1 CH A PT ER6
For Loads 1 Seismic Loads 1
For Built-up or H ot Rolled Steel Design 2 Definition 1
For Cold Formed Steel Design 3 MBM A 1986 9
For Welding 4 MBM A 1996 15
UBC 1997 18
CH A PT ER 3 MBM A 2002 / IBC 2000 / A SCE 7-98 27
Dead Loads 1 MBM A 2006 / IBC 2006 / A SCE 7-05 51
Collateral Loads 5
CH A PT ER7
CH A PT ER4 Snow Loads 1
Live Loads 1 Definition 1
Reduction in Live Loads 5
Reduction in Roof Live Loads 8 CH A PT ER8
Partition Live Loads 12 Crane Loads 1
Loads on H andrails and Guard Rails 14
Loads on grab bar system 15
Loads on fixed ladders 16
Impact Loads 17
Loads as per BS-6399-1-1996 18

CH A PT ER9 CH A PT ER15
Load Combinations 1 Panels & Fasteners Design 1
Serviceability 1 Purlins & Girts Design 1
Material Specification 1 Mezzanine 1
Bolts and Fasteners 1 Bracing 1
CH A PT ER13 A PPEN D I X A
Welds 1 Reference 1
A PPEN D I X B
Fabrication & Erection Tolerances 1
CH A PT ER14
Guidelines for Design of M etal Buildings 1 A PPEN D I X C
A rea Job Requirements 1
A PPEN D I X D
Design Guide BS-5950 1

Revision History
REVISION 01 DATED 07TH JUNE 2012
1) Chapter 9 Load Combinations
2) Chapter 10 Serviceability
3) Chapter 14 Guidelines for design of Metal Buildings
4) Appendix C Area job Requirements
5) Appendix D Design Guide BS-5950
REVISION 02 DATED 2 6 T H NOV 2012

1) Appendix C Area Job Requirements (DMW)
REVISION 03 DATED 1 6 T H DEC 2012

1) Chapter 14 Guidelines for design of Metal Buildings
REVISION 04 DATED 23RD JAN 2013

REVISION 4.1 DATED 1 2 T H FEB 2013

REVISION 4.2 DATED 21S T FEB 2013

1) Chapter 17 M ezzanine
4
REVISION 4.3 DATED 4T H MAR 2013
1) Chapter 17 M ezzanine
REVISION 4.4 DATED 28TH MAY 2013

REVISION 4.5 DATED 8 T H OCT 2013

1) Chapterl 5 Panels & Fasteners Design
Table 15.4 revised
and
Table 15.5 removed.
5
Chapter
I N T R O D U CT I O N
Introduction
T
h is m an ual is in ten d ed to serve as a gu ide an d referen ce tool for
Estim ation an d D esign En gin eers at M am mu t Bu ild in g Systems
(M BS).
G en eral Fu n ction an d Resp on sib ility of

Estim ation and D esign En gin eers
1. Reports to his im med iate su pervisor on all official issu es.
2. Review s all d ocu ments received for a given p roject, p roject inform ation
form , proposal d raw ings, estim ates, contracts, specifications, customer
d rawings etc.
3. Ensures that all d ocu ments received are consistent. If there is any
d iscrepancy, then prep ares d etailed and sp ecific questionnaire for
clarifications etc.
4. Upon receip t of clarifications, provid es a realistic sched ule for com p letion
of this p roject. Or plans to com p lete his w ork accord ing to the schedu les
and target dates assigned . If the sched ule or target d ates cannot be
achieved d ue to any reasons, inform s his su p ervisor at the earliest.
5. Estim ation Design Engineer shou ld consid er different op tions su ch as
optim u m bay spacing, framing d irections, roof slope, crane run length etc.
keeping in m ind the functional and architectu ral requ irements of the
bu ild ing and prop ose the same to area office, consu ltants or end -u ser.
6. Perform s stru ctural analysis and op timized d esign in com pliance w ith the
relevant cod es, com p any stand ard s, and custom er sp ecifications.
7. The d esign should satisfy the strength and serviceability criteria of d esign
cod e for given d esign load s and load com binations.
8. On special projects, consults his su pervisor for the best d esign ap p roach,
d esign p hilosop hy, load transfer, fram ing d irections, section p rofiles,
bracing types etc.
1
I N T R O D U C T I O N
9. During the process of analysis and d esign, the d esigner shou ld keep in
m ind the use of stand ard inventory sections, stand ard connection d etails,
factory lim itations, erection facility with an eye on most optimized design.
10. Upon com pletion of d esign conveys his d esign information in the m ost
efficient manner using design sketches and notes as required , in ord er to
transfer all necessary inform ation to the d esign checker, d raftsm an,
d etailing and checking engineers.
11. Checks his final d esign against the estim ates and if there are any major
variations in the m aterial weights, shou ld inform the sup ervisor
im m ediately.
12. If required for special p rojects the designer m ay be requ ired to attend
m eeting w ith consu ltants, local authorities and area office etc. for d esign
clarifications and exp lanation.
13. Checks the approval d raw ings, erection d rawings and if required shop
d raw ings in ord er to ensure that his d esign has been translated as it was
concep tualized.
14. Perform s d esign checks on jobs d esigned by colleagu es, if assigned by
sup ervisor.
15. Lead s a design team , coord inates and guid es other d esigners and
colleagues on big p rojects m ulti-tasking.
16. Participates in Design review meetings and provid es com m ents, valu able
suggestions on im provem ents on d esign engineering p rocess,
stand ard ization and practices.
2
Valu e En gin eerin g

Designers who regularly practice valu e engineering consistently create the
best valu e for the client. There are things w hich the client can d o for himself
such as picking right consu ltants for his p roject, clearly stating his goals and
requirem ents, not changing his m ind , and allow ing am ple tim e for d esign and
construction. There are also things which a m anufactu rer / erector can d o to
cut construction costs. Bu t the party w ith the greatest imp act on the econom ic
success of the project is the d esigner. N ot only are the interests of the client
d irectly in his hands but he also has a tremend ou s influence on the caliber of
perform ance and m onetary rew ard s of the other nu mber of things w hich a
d esigner can d o to enhance his d esign p ostu re and assu re that all parties
concerned benefit from the construction p roject.
First, any d esigner w ho w orks in steel ind u stry shou ld take ad vantage of
steel’s m any strong points:
1. Good w eight-to-strength ratio.
2. The efficiency of off site assem bly.
3. Speed of delivery and assem bly.
4. Steel is read ily available, can be stock piled and stored .
5. Steel has strength in three d irections.
6. Steel is elastic, versatile, and d u rable.
7. Maintains its strength after heating and yielding.
8. Steel is easily w orked .
9. Steel stru ctu res can be ad d ed to, subtracted from , altered , and re-in
forced to ad apt to u se changes.
10. Steel is com patible w ith other build ing m aterials.
11. Steel is easily inspected .
12. Steel d esign is user friend ly.
A d esigner/ estim ator should be aware of the current steel and m aterial prices
he p rescribes in his project. He should be aw are of the w here the m oney is
spent on steel construction, m aterial, d esign, d rawings, fabrication, painting,
shipping and erection.
The d esigner should take ad vantage of all allow able increases in stresses
w herever applicable in ord er to achieve least price for a project.
Consid eration should be given to u se of partial com posite d esign of floor

beams, som ething in the range 50% to 75%, fully com posite action is in
efficient.
Take advantage of the live load red uctions if the governing cod es p erm it.
3
strength
weight
10 - strength limited
X
8 - X
X
cost limited
X
X
6 - X
X
X
✓
X
4 - X
✓
X
/ ceromics (75, 37)
* wpod titanium (433)
2 - x * oluminium
carbon fibre (160, 31)
1 - 'steel » plastic « copper
,'concrete cost
"eight
' 2 4 6 8 10
Fig. 6.1 Strength/weight and cost/weight ratios for different materials normalized to
steel (1,1)
Select proper m ix of high strength steels. H igh strength steels are

ad vantageous w hen strength is the m ajor design criteria. H igh strength steel
(A572 Gr. 50) is about 13% m ore costly than A36 steel but over 35% stronger.
When d eflection, stiffness, or som e other serviceability criteria governs, the
nod w ill often go to A36 steel because the heavier the sections required w ill
generally have a higher mom ent of inertia and less cost as com pared to high
grad e steel.
TABLE 1.4 Relative Price Factors*
Ratio of Relative
Minimum Relative minimum cost of
yield price yield tension
Steel stress, ksi factor stresses members
A36 36 1.00 1.00 1.00

A572 grade 42 42 1.09 1.17 0.93
A572 grade 50 50 1.12 1.39 0.81
A588 grade A 50 1.23 1.39 0.88
A852 70 1.52 1.94 0.78
ASM grade B 100 2.07 2.78 0.75
* Based on plates 3A x 96 X 240 in. Price factors for shapes tend to be lower.
A852 and A514 steels are not available in shapes.
4
1.50
r/
!
: i
I I
1.40
7
1.30
* i
'!
-- ---
I--- \
I
1.20
ss 1.10
/ \
5
-Q : !7 \
o 1.00
1C *0 -£7 i
I« 0.90 i :
i
0.80
:
:
X j
1 I
0.70
0.60
0.50
0
!:
20
I
:
40
I 60
i
:
I i
:
60 100 120
Slenderness ratio, Ur
□ A572 Gr42 X A572 Gr50 0 A588 + A852 V A514 A A36

FIGURE 1.3 Curves show for several structural steels the variation of relative price-strength
ratios, A36 steel being taken as unity, with slenderness ratios of compression members.
TABLE 1.5 Relative Material Cost for Beams
Plate girders Rolled beams
Relative Relative Relative Relative

Steel weight material cost weight material cost
A36 1.000 1.00 1.000 1.00

A572 grade 42 0.927 1.01 0.903 0.98
A572 grade 50 0.848 0.95 0.805 0.91
A588 grade A 0.848 1.04 0.805 0.99
A852 0.775 1.18
A514 grade B 0.600 1.24
5
Select op tim um bay spacing. An exhaustive stud y by John Rudd y (PE) (AISC
Engineering Journal Vol. 20 # 3 1983) ind icated that a rectangular bay w ith a
length to w id th ratio of app roxim ately 1.25 to 1.50 w as the m ost efficient.
40
portal frame
structures
35 - spacing
frome
H
30 7.5
unit weight
(kg/m!
of floor
orea) 6.0
25 lottke
girder
structures
20
I i I X X
15
10
*
15 20 25 30 35 40 45
span (metres)
Fig. 1.1 Comparison of bare frame weights for portal and lattice structures
| fobricoted or toper beom |

[ composite trusses
stub girder ]
[ composite metol deck floors
simple beoms with precast slabs ]
L i 1 j 1
0 5 10 15 20
span (m)
Fig. 2.17 Choice of floor system
6
vibration
1000-
I [ deflection Y
r strength
o 500 -r minimum j
£
+ + +
0 5 10 15 20
span (m)
Fig. 2.18 Structural criteria governing choice
Tailor the su rface p reparation and painting requirem ents to the project
cond itions. Do not overd o nor und er d o the coating requirements.
Do not d esign for m inim um w eight alone. Such a d esign m ay requ ire m ore
p ieces and more connections and w ill be more labou r intensive in both shop
and the field .
Excessively stringent mill fabrication and erection tolerances, beyond the state
of the art constru ction practices w ill probably redu ce the nu mber of bid d ers
and raise the cost to the ow ner. ASTM A6 tolerances and those established by
the AISC, MBMA, AWS have served the ind u stry w ell and should be adhered
to excep t u nd er extraord inary circu mstances w here some special cond ition
w ou ld d ictate a m ore strict treatm ent.
Designate p rop er type of high strength bolt value. The correct application for
each typ e is w ell d ocu m ent in the current bolt specification.
Where ever possible use fillet w elds rather than groove w eld s. Groove w eld s
are more costly because of the joint preparation required and the generally
greater volu m e of w eld. Use single pass w eld s w here ever possible.
Favor horizontal and flat w eld ing p ositions. These w eld s are easier and
qu icker to make generally of a higher quality.
7
Do not call for m ore w eld than is necessary. Over w eld ing creates excessive
heat w hich m ay contribu te warping and shrinkage of the members resu lting in
costly straightening expense.
Avoid locating colu mn or rafter splices at mid span.
For heavy bracing, w here ever possible, translate the bracing w orking p oints
so that they lie on the intersection of the flange faces rather than the centerline
of m em bers. Generally this w ill result in more com p act and efficient
connection (See article by William Thornton in the AISC Engineering Jou rnal
Vol. 21 3rd Quarter 1984)
Allow the prud ent use of oversized holes and slots to facilitate fit u p and
erection. They m ay elim inate or red uce the need for costly site ream ing of
holes or re-fabrication.
Avoid od d sections that may not be read ily available or w hich are seld om
prod uced . These cou ld be costly d elays.
Avoid overly restrictive specifications. The m ore restrictions listed in the steel
specifications the greater the chances that no one w ill be able to m eet them all.
This w ill eliminate some of the com petition and often result in higher bids.
When value engineering is p erform ed by the designer the cost savings benefits
go mainly to the client in the form of low er bid s. When the valu e engineering
is d one by the m anu factu rer/ erector the cost savings is shared w ith the clients,
som etim es!
8
9
Chapter
D ES I G N C O D E S
Design Codes
Follow ing Load ing and Design Cod es should be u sed as a stand ard , u nless
specified otherw ise in the Project inform ation form or cu stom er specification.
1. Load s,
□ M BM A 2010 “Su pplement to MBMA 2006" / M BM A 2006 “Metal
Bu ild ings Manufacturers Association “ Metal Building System s
Manu al, 2006 Ed ition
MBMR
Metal Building
Systems Manual
BUILDIINIG
SYSTEMS
MANUAL
iiti
ffiB
2010 W
* •
4
OR
□ M BM A 2002 “Metal Bu ild ings Manufacturers Association” Low
Rise Bu ild ing System s Manual, 2002 Edition.
1
D E S I G N C O D E S
2. Bu ilt-u p or H ot Rolled Steel D esign ,

□ AISC “Am erican Institu te of Steel Construction” Manual of Steel
Construction - Allow able Stress Design, 2005-13th Edition.
f Mi
czr STEE
rTW
cc CTION
Disigr
sMl5
U !-*«r wm NtntbldUto* m
OR
□ AISC “Am erican Institu te of Steel Construction” Manual of Steel
Construction - Allow able Stress Design, 1989-9th Edition.
2
3. Cold Form ed Steel D esign ,

ns N AS N orth American Specification for the Design of Cold -Form ed
Steel Structural Members 2001 Edition.
COLD-
FORMED
STEEL
North AnwtKan Specification
to* the Detlpi of CoWTortne*)
Stool Structural
DESIGN
MANUAL
© trim
Sr-
OR
□ AISI “Am erican Iron and Steel Institute” Cold Form ed Steel Design
Manu al, 1996 Ed ition.
3
4. Weld in g,
m AWS D1.1/ D1.1M:2004 “Am erican Weld ing Society” Structural

Weld ing Cod e - Steel Manual, 2004 Ed ition.
AWSOI l/Ol IM JOCJ
Structural
Welding Code —
Steel
As far as p ossib le com b in ation of d ifferen t cod es sh ould b e avoided , if

M BM A-2010/2006 or 2002 is u sed , Seism ic Load s, Sn ow Load s, Load
Com bin ation, etc sh ou ld also be as p er M BM A-2010/2006 or 2002
respectively.
Cod e com bination should be as below ,

• MBMA-2010/ 2006 + AISC-2005 + NAS 2001 + AWS-2004
• MBMA-2002 + AISC-2005 + NAS 2001 + AWS-2004
• MBMA-2002 + AISC-1989 + NAS 2001 + AWS-2004
• MBMA-2002 + AISC-1989 + AISI-1996 + AWS-2004
4
Chapter
D E A D L O A D S
EO Dead Loads
03
ASCE 7-05
Section 3.1 D efinition
Dead loads - consist of the weight of all materials of construction incorporated

into the building including, but not limited to, walls, floors, roofs, ceilings,
stairways, built-in partitions, finishes, cladding, and other similarly incorporated
architectural and structural items, and fixed service equipment includ ing the
weight of cranes.
While determining the dead loads for purpose of design, the actual weights of
materials and construction shall be used.
Weights of fixed service equipments, such as plumbing stacks and risers,

electrical feed ers, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and fire
sprinklers, shall be included.
It is customary in the metal building industry to refer to the weights of fixed

equipments as “Collateral Loads”.
This distinction is made because this portion of the dead load is not part of the metal
building manufacturer’s scope of supply.
Weight of crane, include the self weight of the crane, including the bridge, end
carriage, trolley, and cab if cab operated, cables, hooks, electrical fittings etc.
Generally these are specified by the crane supplier, as Total crane weight, with a
breakup of brid ge weight and trolley weight.
All weights noted in the following tables are for Design Purpose Only
1
D E A D L O A D S
Table 3.1 Weights of Standard Materials
Sr. No. Descrip tion kN/m 2

Aluzin c (Painted and M ill finish) for all exterior skin profiles
1 0.35 mm thk 0.026
2 0.50 mm thk 0.040
3 0.70 mm thk 0.055
4 1.00 mm thk. 0.079
Alum inium (Painted and Mill finish) for all exterior skin profiles
5 0.50 mm thk 0.016
6 0.70 mm thk 0.022
7 1.00 mm thk. 0.032
Galvanized for all exterior skin p rofiles
8 0.50 mm thk 0.050
9 0.70 mm thk 0.069
10 1.00 mm thk. 0.098
In sulation (WMSK and FRK)
11 50 mm thk. 0.007
12 100 mm thk. 0.014
Sag Rod s
13 12 mm Ø 0.001 / row
14 16 mm Ø 0.002 / row
Purlins
15 200Z15 0.027
16 200Z18 0.032
17 200Z20 0.036
18 200Z25 0.045
19 250Z20 0.045
20 250Z25 0.056
21 360M15 0.035
22 360M18 0.042
23 360M20 0.045
24 360M25 0.057
(Purlin weights are for std. spacing of 1.50 m for sh orter sp acin g (S) = (weight x 1.5 / S)
For. Example:
1) If the purlin spacing = 0.90 m.
Then, the purlin weight for 200Z15 = 0.027 x 1.5 / 0.9 = 0.045 kN/m 2
2) If the purlin spacing = 1.80 m
Then, the purlin weight for 200Z20 = 0.036 x 1.5 / 1.80 = 0.030 kN/m 2
2
D E A D L O A D S
Table 3.2 Weights of Sand wich Pan els (All Profiles)
Weight of Sand wich Pan el Combin ation (kN/m 2)

PU Thickness in m m
Sr. No. Ext. Skin In t. Skin
35 50 75 100
1 0.50 AZ 0.065 0.071 0.081 0.091
2 0.70 AZ 0.086 0.092 0.102 0.112
3 1.00 AZ Fleece / Foil 0.122 0.131 0.146 0.160
4 0.70 AL 0.043 0.049 0.059 0.069
5 1.00 AL 0.053 0.059 0.069 0.079
6 0.50 AZ 0.090 0.096 0.106 0.116
7 0.70 AZ 0.111 0.117 0.127 0.137
8 1.00 AZ 0.30 GI 0.159 0.167 0.181 0.196
9 0.70 AL 0.067 0.073 0.083 0.093
10 1.00 AL 0.078 0.084 0.094 0.104
11 0.50 AZ 0.093 0.099 0.109 0.119
12 0.70 AZ 0.114 0.120 0.130 0.140
13 1.00 AZ 0.35 AZ 0.163 0.171 0.185 0.200
14 0.70 AL 0.071 0.077 0.087 0.097
15 1.00 AL 0.081 0.087 0.097 0.107
16 0.50 AZ 0.108 0.114 0.124 0.134
17 0.70 AZ 0.128 0.134 0.144 0.154
18 1.00 AZ 0.5 AZ 0.183 0.191 0.205 0.220
19 0.70 AL 0.085 0.091 0.101 0.111
20 1.00 AL 0.096 0.102 0.112 0.122
21 0.50 AZ 0.081 0.087 0.097 0.107
22 0.70 AZ 0.102 0.108 0.118 0.128
23 1.00 AZ 0.5 AL 0.146 0.154 0.168 0.183
24 0.70 AL 0.058 0.064 0.074 0.084
25 1.00 AL 0.069 0.075 0.085 0.095
26 0.50 AZ 0.087 0.093 0.103 0.113
27 0.70 AZ 0.108 0.114 0.124 0.134
28 1.00 AZ 0.7 AL 0.155 0.163 0.177 0.192
29 0.70 AL 0.064 0.070 0.080 0.090
30 1.00 AL 0.075 0.081 0.091 0.101
AZ – Denotes Aluzinc Material, GI – Denotes Galvanized Iron
AL – Denotes Alum inium Material PU – Denotes Poly-Urethane
3
D E A D L O A D S
Table 3.3 Weights of Materials

Weigh t Weigh t
Category M aterial
(k g/m 2) (k N /m 2)
Terrazzo tile 25 m m thick 65 0.65
Ceramic or qu arry tile 20 mm thick 50 0.50
Linoleum or vinyl 6 mm th ick 5 0.05
Floors
Mastic 20 m m th ick 45 0.45
H ard w ood 20 mm thick 18 0.18
Softw ood 20 m m th ick 12.5 0.125
75 mm thick 85 0.85
100 m m thick 90 0.90
Clay tile 150 m m thick 140 1.40
200 m m thick 170 1.70
250 m m thick 200 2.00
Partition s
50 mm thick 47.5 0.475
75 mm thick 52.5 0.525
Gyp su m board 100 m m thick 62.5 0.625
125 m m thick 70 0.70
150 m m thick 92.5 0.925
3-p ly read y roofin g 5 0.05
Built-u p 3-p ly felt and gravel 27.5 0.275
5-p ly felt and gravel 30 0.30
Wood 10 0.10
Asp halt 15 0.15
Shingles
Clay tile 45 – 70 0.45 – 0.70
Roofs
Slate(6 m m thick) 50 0.50
Wood (20 m m thick) 15 0.15
Sheath ing
Gyp su m (25 m m thick) 20 0.20
Loose 2.5 0.025
Insulation
Pou red -in-p lace 10 0.10
(p er 25 m m thickness)
Rigid 7.5 0.075
100 m m thick 200 2.00
Bricks 200 m m thick 400 4.00
300 m m thick 600 6.00
100 m m thick 150 1.50
H ollow concrete block 150 m m thick 215 2.15
(heavy aggregate) 200 m m thick 275 2.75
300 m m thick 400 4.00
100 m m thick 105 1.05
H ollow concrete block 150 m m thick 150 1.50
(light aggregate) 200 m m thick 190 1.90
Walls
300 m m thick 275 2.75
100 m m thick 125 1.25
Clay tile 150 m m thick 150 1.50
Load Bearing 200 m m thick 165 1.65
300 m m thick 225 2.25
Plastering Cem en t 50 0.50
(25 m m thick) Gyp su m 25 0.25
Stone (100 m m thick) 275 2.75
Structu ral glass 25 m m th ick 75 0.75
Corru gated asbestos (6 m m thick) 15 0.15
Dead Loads as per BS-6399-1:1996

Unit weights are given in BS 648 or can be actual weights of the materials used.
4
D E A D L O A D S
Collateral Loads
Table 3.4 Weights of Fixed Service Equipmen ts
Material Collateral Loads (k N/m 2)

False Ceilings
Suspended Acoustical Fiber Tile 0.05
Suspended Gypsum Board (Up to 12 mm thk.) 0.10
Suspended Gypsum Board (Up to 15 mm thk.) 0.15
Insulation
50 mm thk. Glass Fiber Blanket 0.007
100 mm thk. Glass Fiber Blanket 0.014
Cellular Plastic, per 25 mm thickness of Insulation 0.010
Lightin g 0.005 to 0.05
HVAC Ducts, Office & Comm ercial 0.05
Sp rink ler
Dry 0.08
Wet 0.15
HVAC – Denotes Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning
For more details see MBM A-2006, IBC 2006
5
D E A D L O A D S
Examples
Exam ple :- 3.1
Given Data:-
Panel Type = 0.5 mm thk. Aluzinc
Insulation = 50 mm thk. 12 kg/ m 3 Density
Purlin Spacing = 1.50 m
Calculate the Dead Load on th e bu ilding comp onents:
1) Dead Load on Panels = Self weight of the panels
Refer table 3.1 weight of 0.5 m m thk. Aluzinc panel

= 0.040 kN/ m 2
2) Dead Load on Purlins = Weight of the panels

+ Self Weight of purlins
+ Weight of insulation
Refer table 3.1 assuming 200Z20 section for purlins,

= 0.036 kN/ m 2
Refer table 3.1 weight of 50 mm thk. Insulation,
= 0.007 kN/ m 2
Therefore,
Total Dead Load on Purlins = 0.040 + 0.036 + 0.007

= 0.083 kN/ m 2
Therefore,
UDL on p urlins = Purlin spacing x Load (kN/ m 2)
= 1.50 x 0.083
= 0.125 kN/ m
(UDL – Denotes Uniformly Distributed Load in kN/ m)
3) Dead Load on Frames = Weight of the panels

+ Weight of purlins
+ Weight of insulation
+ Self weight of frames
Since the self weight of frames is calculated and applied by the analysis and
design software, the dead load on frames is taken as the same value of the
purlins = 0.083 kN/ m 2
6
D E A D L O A D S
Exam ple :- 3.2
Given Data:-
Panel Type = 75 mm thk. Sand wich Panel
Exterior Skin = 0.70 mm thk. Aluminium
Interior Skin = 0.35 mm thk. Aluzinc
Purlin spacing = 1.95 m
Sprinkler System = wet
Calculate the Dead Load on th e bu ilding comp onents:
Refer table 3.2 weight of Sandwich panel for given combination

= 0.087 kN/ m 2
2) Dead Load on Purlins = Weight of the panels

+ Self Weight of purlins
+ Weight of sprinkler system
Refer table 3.1 assuming 200Z25 section for purlins

= 0.045 x 1.50 / 1.95
= 0.035 kN/ m 2
Therefore,
Total Dead Load on Purlins = 0.087 + 0.035 + 0.15

= 0.272 kN/ m 2
Therefore,
UDL on p urlins = Purlin spacing x Load (kN/ m 2)
= 1.95 x 0.272
= 0.531 kN/ m
(UDL – Denotes Uniformly Distributed Load in kN/ m)
3) Dead Load on Frames = Weight of the panels

+ Weight of purlins
+ Self weight of frames
Since the self weight of frames is calculated and applied by the analysis and
design software, the dead load on frames is taken as the same value of the
purlins = 0.272 kN/ m 2
7
8
L I V E L O A D S
Chapter
Live Loads
■=-m
LU'Z'
ASCE 7-05 efinition
Section 4.1
D
Live load is defined as a load produced by the occupancy of the build ing or
structure that does not include construction or environmental load s, such as
wind load, snow load, rain load, earthquake load, flood load, or d ead load .
Floors and other similar surfaces shall be designed to support the minimum uniformly
distributed live loads or concentrated loads, whichever produces the greater load
effects. Unless otherwise specified, the indicated concentrated load shall be assumed to
be uniformly distributed over an area of 0.23 m 2.
Roof Live Load is defined as load produced (1) during maintenance by workers,
equipm ent and materials and (2) during life of the structure by movable objects
that are not occupancy related.
A clear distinction must be made between roof live loads and snow loads because the
probabilities of occurrence for snow loads are different from those for roof live loads
1
L I V E L O A D S
Table 4.1 Floor Live Loads

(Extract from Table 4-1 ASCE 7-05)
Min im um Live Load s

Occupancy OR Use
Un iform (k N/m 2) Concen trated (kN)*
Office with computers 4.79 8.90
Assem bly areas and theaters with fixed seats 2.87 -
Assem bly areas and theaters other areas 4.79 -
Assem bly areas and theaters stage floors 6.00 -
Balconies 4.79 -
Catwalks for maintenance floors 1.92 1.33
Dining Rooms and Restaurants 4.79 -
Elevator Machine Room grating
- 1.33
(On a area = 2580 mm 2)
Finish light floor plate construction
- 0.89
(On a area = 645 mm 2)
Fire Escapes 4.79 -
Garages (Light) 1.92 -
Garages (Heavy) 2.40 -
Gymnasiums 4.79 -
Hospitals 3.84 -
Libraries 3.84 -
Libraries (Stack Rooms) 7.19 -
Manufacturing (Light) 6.00 -
Manufacturing (Heavy) 11.97 -
Residential (Private) 1.92 -
Residential (Public) 4.79 -
Schools 1.92 -
Corridors 4.79 -
Skylights - 0.89
Sidewalks, vehicular driveways 11.97 35.6
Skating rinks 4.79 -
Stadiums and arenas 4.79 -
Stairs and exits 4.79 -
Storage warehouses (Light) 6.00 -
Storage warehouses (Heavy) 11.97 -
Stores (Retails) 4.79 4.50
Stores (Wholesale) 6.00 4.50
Walkways & Elevated Platforms 2.87 -
Yards, terraces, pedestrians 4.79 -
*- Concentrated loads may be assumed to be u niform ly d istributed on an area of 0.58 m 2 unless noted otherwise.
2
L I V E L O A D S
Table 4.2 Live Loads on Industrial Floors

(Live Load Reduction is “NOT” app licable)
Min imum Live Loads

Industrial Application
Uniform (k N/m 2)
1. Iron Making Structures
Cast house casting floors 24.0
Floors adjacent to furnaces 48.0
Hoist house – first floor 9.60
Hoist house balcony 7.19
Blast furnace top platform 14.4
Bell level platforms 12.0
All other platforms 7.19
Cupola platforms 9.60
2. Steel M ak ing Structures
Charging floors 24.0
Service or reline floors 28.8
Flux or weigh hopper floors 9.60
Bin floors 9.60
Teeming platforms 14.4
Mold preparation platforms 14.4
3. Continuous Castin g Structures
Operating floors 14.4
Spray floors 7.19
Machine floors 9.60
Shear floors 9.60
Mold storage and repair floors 14.4
4. Rolling M ill Structu res
Motor room s floors, oil cellar roofs etc. 48.0
5. Ore Refin ing and Material Handling Structures
Operating floors 9.60
Machine floors 4.79
Screening floors 3.60
Conveyor equipment floors 3.60
Conveyor bridge walks for walk members 2.40
For bridge design 1.20
6. Miscellaneous
Boiler house 11.97
Miscellaneous walks, access platforms and stairs 4.79
See AISE Technical Report # 13 Page 8 for more details
3
L I V E L O A D S
Tab le 4.3 Roof Live Loads.
EO M inimum
Roof Live
03 Elemen t
Loads
Rem arks
(kN/m 2)
ASCE 7-05
0.96 A t < or = 18.58 m 2
Section 4.9.1 Roof Purlins or other
Roof members. 0.58 A t > or = 55.74 m 2
Rafters. 0.58
Reduction for tributary area can
Walkways and Platforms. 2.87 be applied, as per ASCE Section
4.8
Roof Gardens or assembly halls. 4.79 -
Land scaped Roof 0.96 -
Awnings & Canopies 0.25 Non Accessible

Above values may be used up to and including 18° roof slope, for steeper slopes it may be reduced further.
For m ore details see IBC-2006, section 1607.11.2.1 or ASCE 7-05 Section 4.9
4
L I V E L O A D S
Reduction in Live Loads
■=-m
UJ=-
This section does not apply to “Roof” uniform live load s, all other minim um
uniformly distributed live loads, Lo may be reduced as below,
ASCE 7-05
Section 4.8 Members for which the value “KLL A T” is 37.16 m 2 or m ore are permitted to be
designed for a reduced live load in accordance with the following form ula:
Eqn . 4.1 (ASCE 7-05) L = Lo {0.25 + [ 4.57 / sqrt (K LL A T) ] }

Notes:-
1. ‘L’ should not be less than 0.5 Lo for members supporting one floor.
2. ‘L’ should not be less than 0.4 Lo for members supporting two or more floors.
3. Live Loads more than 4.79 kN/ m 2 shall not be reduced. Except for members
supporting 2 or more floors, Live Load may be reduced by 20 %.
4. Live Load shall not be reduced for Passenger car garages. Except for members
supporting 2 or more floors, Live Load may be reduced by 20 %.
5. Live loads of 4.79 kN/ m 2 or less shall not be reduced in public assembly
occupancies.
Where,
■=m
LUC-
L = reduced design live load per m 2 of area supported by the member.
Lo = unreduced design live load per m 2 of area supported by the member.
ASCE 7-05 AT = tributary area in m 2
Section 4.9.1 KLL = Live load elem ent factor as per table 4.4,
Table 4.4 Live Load Elemen t Factor, KLL

Sr. N o. Element K LL
1 Interior Colum ns 4
2 Exterior Colum ns with out Cantilever Slabs 4
3 Ed ge Colu mns w ith Cantilever Slabs 3
4 Corner Columns w ith Cantilever Slabs 2
5 Ed ge Beam s w ithou t Cantilever Slabs 2
6 Interior Beams 2
All Other m embers not identified above includ ing,
a) Edge beam s w ith cantilever slabs
b) Cantilever beam s
7 c) One-w ay slabs 1
d ) Two-w ay slabs
e) Mem bers withou t provisions for continuous shear transfer
norm al to their span
5
L I V E L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 4.1
Given Data:-
Floor Live Load = 3.50 kN/ m 2
Joist Spacing = 1.85 m
Beam Spacing = 7.67 m
Length of Beam = 9.00 m
Calculate the Reduced Live Load on the b uilding com ponents:
Joist Tributary area (AT) = Spacing of Joist x Spacing of Beam

= 1.85 x 7.67 m
= 14.19 m 2
Joist may be considered as an interior beam, hence KLL = 2
(See table 4.4 for values of KLL)
Therefore,
(AT x KLL) = 14.19 x 2
= 28.379 m 2 < 37.16 m 2
Since (A T x KLL) < 37.16 m , Hence Live Load Reduction is not applicable.
2
Check for beam ,

Beam Tributary area (A T) = Spacing of Beam x Length
= 7.67 x 9.00 m
= 69.03 m 2
Beam may be considered as an interior beam or an ed ge beam with or w ithout
cantilever as the case may be, we consider interior beam where, KLL = 2
Therefore,
(AT x KLL) = 69.03 x 2
= 138.06 m 2 > 37.16 m 2
Hence Live Load Reduction is ap plicable.
L = Lo {0.25 + [ 4.57 / sqrt (KLL A T) ] }

= 3.50 {0.25 + [ 4.57 / sqrt ( 138.06 )]}
= 2.24 kN/ m 2
Should not be less than 0.50 Lo , Since the beam is supporting one floor.
0.50 Lo = 1.75 kN/ m 2 Hence OK.
6
L I V E L O A D S
Exam ple :- 4.2
Given Data:-
Joist Spacing = 1.85 m
Beam Spacing = 7.67 m
Length of Beam = 9.00 m
Calculate the Reduced Live Load on the b uilding com ponents:
Since the Live Load is more than 4.79 kN/ m 2, Live load red uction is not
applicable, if the m ember is supporting one floor only.
If the member (say an Interior Column) is supporting 2 floors, the live load may
be reduced by 20%,
Hence the reduced live load = 5.00 x 0.80

= 4.00 kN/ m 2
7
L I V E L O A D S
Reduction in Roof Live Loads
Eqn . 4.2 (ASCE 7-05) Lr = Lo R 1 R 2 where 0.58 <= Lr <= 0.96
R1 = 1.00 for A t <= 18.58 m 2
= 1.2 – 0.11 A t for 18.58 m 2 < A t < 55.74 m 2
11!ÿ=ÿ
■=-m
= 0.60 for A t >= 55.74 m 2

R2 = 1.00 for F <= 4 m 2
= 1.2 – 0.05 F for 4 < F < 12
ASCE 7-05
Section 4.9.1 = 0.60 for F >= 12
F = 12 / x
Where,
Lr = red uced live load (kN/ m 2)
At = Tributary area in m 2 (Span x Tributary width) *
x = Unit rise for every 10 unit
x = ‘0.5’ for ‘0.5:10’, = ‘1.0’ for ‘1:10’ , ‘n’ for n:10
I
* - The calculation of tributary area for live load is “NOT” similar to the
trib utary area calculation for wind co-efficient.
Section C3.1 of M BMA 1986 and 1996 allows use of,
Roof Live Load = 0.58 kN/m 2 for Category I Buildings
Category I build ings are buildings that represent low hazard to human life in
th e event of failure, includ ing but not lim ited to,
1. Agricultural Buildings
2. Temporary Facilities
3. Minor Storage Facilities
Section 1.3.3.1 M BMA 2006 states, Where uniform roof live loads are redu ced
H
to less th an 0.96 kN/m 2, and are involved in design of stru ctural mem bers
arranged so as to create continuity, the minim um applied loads shall be th e
fu ll dead loads on all spans in combination with roof live loads on ad jacent
spans or on alternate spans whichever produces the greatest effect.
8
L I V E L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 4.3
Given Data:-
Roof Live Load = 0.96 kN/ m 2
Purlin Spacing = 1.50 m
Rafter Spacing = 7.90 m
Rafter Span =24.00 m
Roof Slope = 0.5:10
Calcu late the Reduced Roof Live Load on th e building componen ts:
Roof Panels
Panel Tributary area (A t) = Spacing of Purlin x 1.00 meter width
= 1.50 x 1.00 m
= 1.50 m 2
R1 = 1.00 since, At < 18.58 m 2
F = 12 / 0.50
= 24
R2 = 0.60 since F > 12
Lr = Lo R 1 R 2
= 0.96 x 1.00 x 0.60
= 0.576
Reduced Roof Live Load (Lr) should not be less than 0.58 kN/ m 2
Hence, use live load = 0.58 kN/ m 2 for d esign of panels
From example 3.1

Dead Load on Panels = 0.040 kN/ m 2
Live Load on Panels = 0.580 kN/ m 2
Total Load on Panels = 0.620 kN/ m 2
9
L I V E L O A D S
Roof Purlins
Purlin Tributary area (At) = Spacing of Purlin x Spacing of Rafter
= 1.50 x 7.90 m
= 11.85 m 2
R1 = 1.00 since, At < 18.58 m 2
F = 12 / 0.50
= 24
R2 = 0.60 since F > 12
Lr = Lo R 1 R 2
= 0.96 x 1.00 x 0.60
= 0.576
Hence, use live load = 0.58 kN/ m 2 for d esign of purlins

UDL due to live load = 1.50 x 0.58
= 0.87 kN/ m
Referring to example 3.1 ,

UDL due to d ead load = 0.125 kN/ m
UDL due to live load = 0.870 kN/ m
Total UDL = 0.995 kN/ m
Note:- Since the Un iform Live Load on Purlin is less than 0.96 kN/m 2, pattern
loading on purlins should b e applied.
(Example continued on next p age)
10
L I V E L O A D S
Fram e Rafter
Rafter Tributary area (A t) = Spacing of Rafter x Span
= 7.90 x 24 m
= 189.60 m 2
R1 = 0.60 for A t > 55.74 m 2
F = 12 / 0.50
= 24
R2 = 0.60 since F > 12
Lr = Lo R 1 R 2
= 0.96 x 0.60 x 0.60
= 0.346
Hence, use live load = 0.58 kN/ m 2 for d esign of rafters

UDL due to live load = 7.90 x 0.58
= 4.582 kN/ m
Referring to example 3.1 ,

Dead Load on Rafter = 0.083 kN/ m 2
UDL due to d ead load = 0.083 x 7.9
= 0.656
Therefore,
UDL due to d ead load = 0.656 kN/ m
UDL due to live load = 4.582 kN/ m
Total UDL = 5.238 kN/ m
11
L I V E L O A D S
EO
Partition Live Loads
03 In office buildings or other buildings where partitions will be erected or
rearranged, provision for partition weight shall be made, whether or not
ASCE 7-05 partitions are shown on the plans. Partition loads shall not be less than (0.73
Section 4.2.2 k N/m 2 in MBM A 06) (0.96 kN/m 2 in MBMA 02).
This provision is not required if the minimum specified live load exceeds 3.83
kN/ m 2.
App ly th e Live Load s as per PIF, if specified, otherwise as per the code above.
12
L I V E L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 4.4
Given Data:-
Since the Live Load is less than 3.83 kN/ m 2, Partition loads should be inclu ded
in the Live Load .
Therefore Floor Live Load = 3.50 + 0.73 = 4.23 kN/ m 2
Exam ple :- 4.5
Given Data:-
Since the Live Load is more than 3.83 kN/ m 2, Partition loads need not be
included in the Live Load.
Therefore use the specified Floor Live Load = 5.00 kN/ m 2
13
L I V E L O A D S
Loads on Handrails and

ED
03 Guard rails
ASCE 7-05 A single concentrated load of 0.89 kN applied in any direction, and all assemblies
Section 4.4.1 shall be d esigned to resist a load of 0.73 kN/ m applied in any direction. The two
load s 0.89 kN and 0.73 kN/ m need not be assumed to act concurrently. And the
load of 0.73 kN/ m need not be considered for followings occupancies,
a) One and two family dwellings.

b) Factory, industrial and storage occupancies not open to public and serve for
occu pants less than 50 numbers.
Example
Exam ple :- 4.6
LOAD A = 0.73 kN/m

rYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYWYYÿ
HANDRAIL LOAD C = 0.89 kN

(NS / FS)
MEZZANINE LEVEL
l
LOAD B = 0.89 kN'
MEZZANINE REINFORCED-1 1
CONCRETE SLAB
o
MEZZANINE BEAM- I □ HANDRAIL
x
TREAD (TYP.) : L±J
(f)
<
o
cn
<
STRINGER
CO
F
STAIR STRINGER- + .
FINISH FLOOR LEVEL

1 Xÿ-Y
EXPANSION BOLTS
STAIRCASE WIDTH
TYPICAL HANDRAIL ELEVATION SECTION X-X
EITHER LOAD W OR LOAD ’B’ OR LOAD 'C\ WHICHEVER CONTROLS
14
L I V E L O A D S
Loads on Grab Bar System

\E
ASCE 7-05
Grab bar systems (a bent pipe or a rod provided at specific locations to support
body weight in residential or industrial applications, see picture below) shall be
d esigned to resist a single concentrated load of 1.11 kN, applied in any direction
Section 4.4.2 at any point.
These are often used in residential and industrial buildings for support or access
to low height walkways and platforms.
A typical Grab Bar
Example
Exam ple :- 4.7
LOAD A = 1.11 kN
© ©
ELEVATION
LOAD B = 1.11 kN
,T T
PLAN
EITHER LOAD 'A' OR LOAD 'B',
WHICHEVER CONTROLS
15
L I V E L O A D S
Loads on Fixed Ladders

m
ASCE 7-05
Section 4.4.4
The minim um d esign live load for fixed ladders with rungs shall be a single
concentrated load of 1.33 kN, and shall be applied at any point to produce
maximum load effect. This load should be applied for a minimum of 1 unit of
1.33 kN for every 3.048 m .
For hand rail support of such ladders extending on a roof or a floor, a single
concentrated load of 0.445 kN shall be applied in any direction at any height.
Example
Exam ple :- 4.8
700
(INSIDE)
LOAD C = 0.445 kN
LOAD B = 0.445 kN
LADDER RAIL
(65mm X 12mm FLAT BAR)
; ROOF PANEL
LOAD A = 1.33 kN
EAVE PURLIN
GIRT
E
E
J: SUPPORT CLIP
O
+
WALL PANEL
LOAD A = 1.33 kN $*)

FLAT BAR (TYP)-
(50mm X 5mm)
cn
LJ
C
n
<
u.
E
E
x
o ■i-
X
o
+
FLAT BAR-
(50mm X 5mm)
LOAD A = 1.33 kN x
<
3
M
65 X 12mm-
LADDER RAIL
LADDER RUNGS
BASE ANGLE
FINISHED FLOOR
LEVEL
s*
40 450 40 M12 EXPANSION BOLT 275
TYPICAL LADDER ASSEMBLY

LOAD 'A' AT EVERY 3083 MM
LOAD 'B' OR LOAD 'C', WHICHEVER GOVERNS
16
L I V E L O A D S
Impact Loads
As applicable, specified live loads shall be assumed to includ e ad equate
■=m
LU=-
allowance for ordinary impact conditions. Provision shall be made in the
structural design for uses and loads that involve unusual vibration and impact
ASCE 7-05
forces.
Section 4.7
Table 4.5 Impact factor for machinery floors
Sr. No. Descrip tion Im pact

1 Elevators 100 %
2 Elevator Machinery 100 %
3 Light Machinery, shaft or motor driven 20 %
4 Reciprocating Machinery or power driven units 50 %
5 Hangers for floors or balconies 33 %
All percentage shall be increased where specified by the manufacturer.
For Impact Loads on Cranes refer chapter on Crane Load s
17
L I V E L O A D S
Loads as per BS-6399-1-1996
A) Roof Live Loads
Table 4.6
UDL in Con centrated
Sr. No. D escrip tion
( k N/m 2 ) Load s ( k N )
1 Minim um im posed load s on roof with access 1.5 1.8*
Minim u m imp osed load s on roof with no access, excep t for cleaning and m aintenance
2 a) For roof slopes ( a ) u pto 30° or less 0.6 0.9*
b) For roof slopes ( a ) from 30° to less than 60° 0.6 [ ( 60 - a ) / 30 ] kN / m 2
c) For roof slop es ( a ) equ al to or m ore than 60° 0 0
N ote:- It is assu m ed that spread er board s are u sed d u ring cleaning and m aintenance op eration
* - Denotes on a squ are area of 125 m m
B) Im posed Floor Load s
The floor loads are divid ed in 6 categories as below,
A - Domestic and Resid ential activities
B - Office and work areas not covered elsewhere
C - Areas where people may congregate
D - Shop ping Areas
E - Areas susceptible to the accum ulation of goods
F/ G - Vehicle and traffic areas
See table 4.7 below for all values
18
L I V E L O A D S
Tab le 4.7 - M in im u m Im p osed Floor Load s

O ccu p an cy UD L Con cen trated
Exam p les of sp ecific u se
Typ e ( k N /m 2 ) Load s ( k N )
Single Fam ily Dw elling u nits 1.5 1.4
Bed rooms and d orm itories other than above 1.5 1.8
H otels, Motels, H osp ital w ard s, toilets 2.0 1.8
Billard Room s
A Com mu nity Kitchen s
Balconies Sin gle Fam ily u nits 1.5 1.4
Gu est hou ses 3.0 1.5 / m *
H otels & Motels 4.0 1.5 / m*
* - On the ou ter ed ge
Operating theaters, X Room s, Utility Room s 2.0 4.5
Work room s w ithou t storage 2.5 1.8
Offices for general u se 2.5 2.7
Banking halls 3.0 2.7
Kitchens, laun d ries, laboratories 3.0 4.5
Room s w ith m ainframe com p u ters or similar equ ip men ts 3.5 4.5
Machinery halls, circu lation sp aces therein 4.0 4.5
B
Projection room s 5.0 Actu al
Factories, w orkshop s and sim ilar bu ild ings 5.0 4.5
Fou nd ries 20.0 Actu al
Catw alks - 1 @1 m c/ c
Balconies 4 m in. 1.5 / m *
Fly galleries 4.5 kN / m
Lad d ers - 1.5 at ru ng
19
L I V E L O A D S
Pu blic institu tional and com m u nal d inin g room s, cafes, lou nge,
2.0 2.7
rest..
Read ing rooms w ithou t books 2.5 4.5
Class room s 3.0 2.7
Assem bly areas w ith fixed seatin g 4.0 3.6
Places of w orship 3.0 2.7
Corrid ors, hallw ays, aisles, etc. w ith foot traffic only 3.0 4.5
Stairs, land ings, etc. w ith foot traffic only 3.0 4.0
Corrid ors, hallw ays, aisles, etc. in m otels, hotels. w ith foot traffic
4.0 4.5
only
Corrid ors, hallw ays, aisles, etc. w ith w heeled veh icles, trolleys 5.0 4.5
C Stairs, land ings, etc. w ith w heeled veh icles, trolleys 4.0 4.0
Light du ty w alkw ays 3.0 2.0
General d u ty walkw ays 5.0 3.6
H eavy d u ty w alkw ays 7.5 4.5
Museu m floors and art galleries 4.0 4.5
Balconies 4.0 1.5 / m *
Fly galleries 4.5 kN / m -
Dance halls, stu d ios, gym nasia, stages 5.0 3.6
Drill halls and room s 5.0 9.0
Assem bly areas w ithou t fixed seating, concert halls, p laces of 5.0 3.6
w orship subject to overcrow d ing 7.5 4.5
Stages in p u blic assembly areas 7.5 4.5
D Shop floors for sale and d isp lay of m erch and ise 4.0 3.6
General areas of static equ ip m ent not satisfied elsew here 2.0 1.8
Read ing rooms w ith book storage, libraries 4.0 4.5
General storage other than sp ecified 2.4 / m # 7.0
# each m etre of storage height
File rooms, filing and storage space (offices) 5.0 4.5
Stack room s (books) 2.4 / m # Min 6.5 7.0
Pap er storage for p rinting p lants and stationary stores 4.0 / m # 9.0
E
Dense m obile stacking (books) on m obile trolleys 4.8 / m # min 9.6 7.0
Dense m obile stacking (books) on m obile trolleys in w arehou ses 4.8 / m # m in 15 7.0
Cold storage 5.0 / m # m in 15 9.0
Plant room s, boiler room s, fan room s etc. 7.5 4.5
Lad d ers - 1.5 ru ng
Parking for cars, garages light vans etc. not exceed ing 2500 kgs. 2.5 9.0
Vehicles exceed in g 2500 kgs, d rivew ays, ram p s, rep air w orkshop s Actual Actu al
Concentrated load is assu m ed to act on an area of 50 m m squ are
20
L I V E L O A D S
C) Reduction in imposed floor load s
Not applicable to following,
a) Loads specifically determined for proposed use of structures

b) loads d ue to plant machinery
c) loads due to storage
1) Reduction in loading on Column s
The reductions given in table below may be applied to total imposed floor loads
in the d esign of colum ns piers, walls and their supports and foundations.
Table 4.8
No. of Floors Red u ction in %
1 0
2 10
3 20
4 30
5 to 10 40
Over 10 50 m ax.
2) Reduction in loading on Beams
The loading on beams may be reduced accord ing to area supported by the
percentage as per table below,
Table 4.9
Area Su p p orted (m 2) Red u ction in %
0 0
50 5
100 10
150 15
200 20
Above 250 25 m ax.
21
L I V E L O A D S
D) Partition Loads
1) For permanent partitions the loads should be included in the d ead loads
2) For proposed partitions, the uniformly distributed partition load shall not be
less than 1/ 3 of the load per meter ru n of the finished partition
3) For floors of offices, the ad d itional uniformly d istribu ted partition load should
not be less than 1.0 kN/ m 2
E) Ceiling Sup ports
1) without access: - no im posed loads
2) with access:- 0.25 kN/ m 2 UDL over the whole area and,
concentrated load of 0.9 kN so placed for maximum effect.
F) Parapets, barriers and balustrades
1) Table 4 below specifies the m inim um horizontal imposed loads appropriate to

the design of parapets, barriers, balustrades, and other elements of a structure
intended to retain, stop or guide people.
2) The uniform line load, uniform distributed and concentrated load should be
consid ered as 3 separate cases
3) The load should be consid ered to act a height of 1.1 m above the datum level,
irrespective of the actual height of element.
4) For all types of activities, these elements should be designed either for a
concentrated load of 1 kN or a UDL of 0.6 kN/ m, which ever gives the worst
design condition.
22
L I V E L O A D S
5) The horizontal force 'F' (kN) normal to and uniformly distributed over any
length of 1.5 m of a barrier for a car park is required to withstand the impact of a
vehicle is given by
F = 0.5 mv 2 / ( d c + d b ) kN
where,
m = the gross mass of the vehicle in kgs.
may be taken as 1500 kgs for vehicles less than or equal to 2500 kgs.)
If mass is m ore than 2500 kgs, than use the actual weight.
v = the velocity of the vehicle in ( m/ sec ) normal to the barrier

( = 4.5 m/ sec )
d c = is the deformation of the vehicle in (mm)

( = 100 mm unless better evidence is available)
d b = is the deformation of the barrier in (mm)

( = 0 for a rigid barrier )
a) The force is assumed to act at bumper height or 375 mm above floor level for
cars less than 2500 kgs.
b) Barriers for access ramps of car parks shall be designed for half the force (F) at
a height of 610 mm.
c) If the travel distance for downward travel is more than 20 m, barriers shall be
designed for (2F) at a height of 610 m m.
23
L I V E L O A D S
Tab le 4.10 M in im u m H orizon tal Im p osed Load s for Parap ets, Barriers an d b alu strad es etc.
H orizon tal
O ccu p an cy UD L Con cen trated
Exam p les of Sp ecific Use UD Lin e Load
Typ e (k N /m 2) Load in (k N )
(k N /m )
All areas of single fam ily d w ellings inclu d ing

0.36 0.50 0.25
stairs, land ings etc.
A
Other resid ential areas 0.74 1.00 0.50
Light access stairs, gan gw ays not m ore than 0.6

0.22 N/ A N/ A
m w id e
Light ped estrian traffic rou tes in ind u strial and
storage 0.36 0.50 0.25
bu ild ings, except d esignated escap e rou tes.
B and E Areas not su scep tible to overcrow d ing in office
and
institu tional bu ild ings also ind u strial and 0.74 1.00 0.50
storage
bu ild ings, excep t as given above
Areas having fixed seating within 530 mm of the

1.50 1.50 1.50
barrier, balu strad es or p arap et.
Restau rants and bars 1.50 1.50 1.50
Stairs land ing, corrid ors, ram ps 0.74 1.00 0.50
External balconies and ed ges of roof, footw ays,
and p avements w ithin a bu ild in g cu rtilage
0.74 1.00 0.50
ad jacen t
to basem ent / su nken areas
Footw ays, p avem en ts less than 3 m w id e
C ad jacen t 1.50 1.50 1.50
to su nken areas
Theatres, cinem as, d iscothequ es, bars, au d itoria,
shopp ing malls, assem bly areas, stu d ios,
footw ays
3.00 1.50 1.50
and p avements greater than 3 m w id e ad jacent
to
su nken areas
Grand stand s and stad ia As p er governing au thority
All retail areas inclu d ing p u blic areas of banks,

bu ild ing 1.50 1.50 1.50
D
societies or betting shop s
Ped estrian areas in car p arks inclu d ing stairs,

land ing
1.50 1.50 1.50
F/ G ramp s, ed ges or internal floors, footw ays, ed ges
of roof
H orizontal load s im p osed by vehicles See clau se 5) above
24
Chapter
W I N D L O A D S
Wind Loads
ED
03 MBMA 1996
MBMA 96 General:- The procedures are prescribed for assessing wind loads to be used in
Section 5.0 the d esign of bu ildings and structural components and cladding thereof. The
proced ures are limited to buildings with flat, single sloped roofs up to 30°, and
gable shaped roofs whose mean roof heights do not exceed 18.29 meters and
which have eave heights less than or equal to their least horizontal dimension.
The p rocedures are intended for completed buildings and may not be
ap prop riate for structures during erection. (For other structures latest ASCE 7-05
should be referred )
Tab le 5.1(a) Imp ortance Factor [Table 5.2(a) MBMA 1996]

Im portance Factor (I w )
Bu ilding Use Category
160 kms Inland Hurricane Coastlin e
I 0.90 1.00
II 1.00 1.10
III 1.15 1.23
IV 1.15 1.23
Velocity Pressure (q)
Eqn . 5.0 q = 2.45 x 10-5 V 2 H 2/7
where,
q = the velocity pressure in kN/ m 2
V = Fastest wind speed in km/ hr
H =m ean height (m) of roof above ground or 4.57 m, whichever is less.
Eave height may be used in lieu of m ean height if the roof slope is less than or
equal to 10°. For single sloped roofs, the lower eave height may be used if the
roof slope is less than or equal to 10°
A sin gle values of ‘q’ is used for the entire building
1
W I N D L O A D S
Design Wind Load or Pressure in kN/m 2
Eqn . 5.1 P = I w q (GC p )

where,
Iw = the Importance Factor as per Table 5.1
q = the velocity pressure in kN/ m 2
GC p = wind coefficient as per Table 5.7(a) or 5.7(b)
Openings: Those areas in the building envelope (wall, roof surfaces) which do
not have a permanently attached m eans for effective closure. (Such as Doors,
Windows etc.)
Enclosed Building: A structu re that encloses a space and does not have openings
that qualify under the d efinitions of a partially enclosed or open building.
Windows, doors and other build ings accessories, designed to resist the wind
pressures need not be consid ered as openings.
Partially Enclosed Build ing: A building in which the total area of openings in a
wall that receives positive external pressure exceeds the sum of the areas of
openings for the balance of the building envelope (walls and roof) and exceeds
5% of the area of that wall; and the density of the openings in the balance of the
build ing envelope does not exceed 20% as expressed by the following equations:
(In order for a building to qualify as a Partially Enclosed Building all the 3
conditions below should be satisfied, if not the building is either classified as an
Enclosed or Open Building )
1) A o > 0.05 A g
Eqn. 5.2 2) A o > A oi
3) A oi / Agi <= 0.20
Where,
A o = total area (m 2) of opening in a wall that receives positive external pressure.
A g= the gross area (m 2) of that wall in which A o is id entified .
A oi =the sum of areas (m 2) of openings in the build ing envelope, not inclu ding A o.
A gi = the sum of the gross surface areas of the build ing envelope (walls and roofs)
not including A g (m 2).
Open Building: Structures having all walls at least 80% open. This condition is
expressed for each wall by the equation,
Ao >= 0.8 A g
2
W I N D L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 5.1
Given Data:-
Building Width = 45000 mm
Building Length = 10500 mm
Building Height = 7550 mm
Open for access = 3200 mm (All walls)
Roof Slope = 0.5:10 ( θ = 2.862 )
Peak Height = 8675 mm
1) Check if the build ing qualifies as an “Open Building”
Total Area of Near Sidewall,

= Length x Eave Height
= 10500 x 7550 / 10002 = 79.28 m 2
Total Area of Openings at Near Sidewall,
= Length x Open Height
= 10500 x 3200 / 10002 = 33.60 m 2
Percentage of Opening,
= (33.60 / 79.28) x 100 = 42.38%
Similarly, Total Area of Left OR Right Endwall,

= [(Width x Eave Ht) + (Width 2 x Tan θ / 4)]
= [(45000 x 7550) + (450002 x tan 2.862 / 4)] / 10002
= 365.06 m 2
Total Area of Openings at Left OR Right End wall,
= Width x Open Height
= 45000 x 3200 / 10002 = 144.00 m 2
Percentage of Opening,
= (144.00 / 365.06) x 100 = 39.44%
Since all walls are open for less than 80%, the build ing does not classify und er
“Open Building”
3
W I N D L O A D S
2) Check if the Building qualifies as “Partially Open Building”,
Considering a near sidewall, the total area (m 2) of opening in a wall that receives
positive external pressure Ao is, = 33.60 m 2
The gross area Ag of this near sidewall = 79.28 m 2
The sum of all openings in the build ing envelope Aoi not including the near
sidewall opening Ao ,
= 33.60 + (2 x 144.00) = 321.60 m 2
The sum of the gross surface areas of the build ing envelope A gi (Far Sid ewall,
Left & Right End wall and Roof) not including A g calculated above (m 2).
= 79.28 + (2 x 365.06) + 2 x [45 x 10.5/ (2 x Cos θ )]

= 1282.49 m 2
Checks,
1. A o > 0.05 A g
33.60 > 0.05 x 79.28 = 3.964 True
2. A o > A oi
33.60 > 321.60 False
3. A oi / A gi <= 0.20
321.60 / 1282.49 = 0.25 < 0.20 False
Since Equation 2 & 3 are not satisfied , the building cannot be classified as
“Partially Enclosed Building”
Hence the building is classified as an “Enclosed Building”
FSW REW
HEIGHT
SLOPE θ
TH
LEW NG NSW
LE
WIDTH
NSW-NEAR SIDEWALL
FSW-FAR SIDEWALL
LEW-LEFT ENDWALL
REW-RIGHT ENDWALL
3D VIEW SHOWING ALL WALLS
4
W I N D L O A D S
End Zones and Interior Zon es
For the purpose of assigning main framing coefficients the exterior wall and roof
su rfaces are d ivided into two zones End and Interior Zones. The end zones are
demarked based on the build ing profile and dimension ‘Z’. All areas not within
the end zone are considered interior zones.
‘Z’ is the dimension used to define the width of edge strips and end zones. Z
shall be calculated as follows:
1. The lesser of
a. 10% of the least horizontal dimension of the building, or
b. 40% of the eave height,
2. But not less than
a. 4% of the least horizontal d imension of the bu ilding, or
b. 914 mm.
These End zones are normally located near the discontinu ities in roof & walls
and may vary with the roof slope and shape of building. See MBMA 02 Table
1.4.6(a) to (h)
Example
Exam ple :- 5.2
Given Data:-
Hence the End Zone ‘Z’ is the lesser of,
= 0.10 x 28000 = 2800 m m

= 0.40 x 8450 = 3380 m m
Therefore End Zone ‘Z’ = 2800 mm, but this should not be less than any of the
following,
= 0.04 x 28000 = 1120 m m
= 914 = 914 mm
Hence use ‘Z’ = 2800 mm from Eave and Gable
5
W I N D L O A D S
Effective Wind Load Area
It is either the tribu tary area or effective area used for determining the
appropriate wind coefficients.
Effective Wind Load Area = L x W
Where,
L = Span of the member
W = Greater of (A + B / 2 ) OR (L / 3)
Notes:
1. Effective Wind Load Area is to be used for determ ination of pressure
coefficient only and “NOT” for design loads.
2. For Clad d ing and other Panel type members, without definitive width; use
W=L/ 3
3. For Fasteners, the effective Wind Load Area is the area of the building
surface contributing to the force being considered.
A B
EFFECTIVE WIND LOAD AREA
6
W I N D L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 5.3
Given Data:-
Frame Type = Clear Span
Bay Spacing = 7950 mm
Eave Height = 8450 mm
Roof Slope = 1:10 (θ = 5.71°)
Purlin Spacing = 1650 mm
Spacing of Fasteners = 250 mm
Fastest Wind Speed = 160 km/ hr
Build ing Use Category = II (Importance Factor Iw = 1.00)
Calculate Velocity Pressure (q)

q = 2.45 x 10-5 V2 H 2/ 7
= 2.45 x 10-5 x 1602 x 8.452/ 7
(Since the roof slope is less than 10°, eave height is used instead of mean height)
q = 1.15 kN/ m 2
From Example 5.2, width of End Zone ‘Z’ = 2800 mm, 2Z = 5600 mm
Calculate GCp for main framing, referring Table 5.7(a) and assuming an Enclosed
Building, (Positive sign denotes toward s surface and negative sign denotes away
from surface)
Therefore, Wind Pressure in kN/ m 2
P = Iw q (GC p )
= 1.00 x 1.15 x (GC p ) = 1.15 x (GC p )
7
W I N D L O A D S
Effective wind load area for Purlins is greater of,

= Span x Tributary width
= 7950 x 1650 / 10002 = 13.12 m 2
= Span x Span / 3
= 7950 x (7950 / 3) / 10002 = 21.07 m 2
Hence the Effective wind load area = 21.07 m 2

Since the area is greater than 100 ft 2 = 9.29 m 2
Interior Spans
GC p = -1.15 as per Table 5.5(b)
GC p =- 1.20 as per Table 5.7(a)
Edge Strip
GC p = -1.40 as per Table 5.5(b) and Table 5.7(a)
Purlin spacing in the edge strip should be red uced, if required to use the same
purlin section as interior zones. This edge strip lies near the eave and gable area
of the roof, and also near the ridge for slopes greater than 10°. [See Table 5.7 (a)]
Wind load on purlins is given as,

= P x GC p
Interior Spans = 1.15 x -1.15 = -1.32 kN/ m 2
End Spans = 1.15 x -1.40 = -1.61 kN/ m 2
If, the Dead load = 0.10 kN/ m 2
Then,
Total Wind load on purlins is given as,
= Spacing x ( DL + WL)
= 1.65 x [0.10 + (-1.32)] = -2.01 kN/ m
= 1.65 x [0.10 + (-1.61)] = -2.49 kN/ m
8
W I N D L O A D S
Similarly, Effective wind load area for Panel is greater of,
= Span x Tributary width (Assuming 1.0 m cover width)

= 1650 x 1000 / 10002 = 1.65 m 2
= Span x Span / 3
= 1650 x (1650 / 3) / 10002 = 0.91 m 2

= 17.7 ft 2
Referring to Table 5.5 (b), the wind coefficients are given as below,
Corners = 1.5 Log A – 4.4 (A is area in ft2)

= 1.5 Log 17.7 – 4.4 = -2.52
Edge = = -1.70
Interior = 0.15 Log A – 1.45
= 0.15 Log 17.7 – 1.45 = -1.26
The wind load = P x GC p
Corners = 1.15 x -2.52 = -2.90 kN/ m 2

Edge = 1.15 x -1.70 = -1.96 kN/ m 2
Interior = 1.15 x -1.26 = -1.45 kN/ m 2
Assuming Single Skin, 0.5 Aluzinc Panel any profile

Dead Load of Panel = 0.04 kN/ m 2 (See chapter 3, Table 3.1)
Therefore, total load on Panels,
= DL + WL
Corners = 0.04 + (-2.90) = -2.86 kN/ m 2
Edge = 0.04 + (-1.95) = -1.91 kN/ m 2
Interior = 0.04 + (-1.45) = -1.41 kN/ m 2
9
W I N D L O A D S
Similarly, Effective wind load area for Fasteners (Screws) is,
= Pu rlin Spacing x Spacing of fasteners

= 1650 x 250 / 10002 = 0.41 m 2
= 4.41 ft 2
Referring to Table 5.5 (b), the wind coefficients are given as below,
Corners = = -2.90
Edge = = -1.70
Interior = = -1.30
The wind load is then = P x GC p
Corners = 1.15 x -2.90 = -3.34 kN/ m 2

Edge = 1.15 x -1.70 = -1.96 kN/ m 2
Interior = 1.15 x -1.30 = -1.50 kN/ m 2
Assuming Single Skin, 0.5 Aluzinc Panel

Dead Load of Panel = 0.04 kN/ m 2
Therefore, total load on Panels,

= (DL + WL) x Area
Corners = [0.04 +(-3.34)] x 0.41 = -1.35 kN
Edge = [0.04 +(-1.96)] x 0.41 = -0.78 kN
Interior = [0.04 +(-1.50)] x 0.41 = -0.60 kN
Capacity of Sheeting Screws 5.5 (#12) irrespective of the length is as below,
Purlin Th k . (t 2) m m 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5

Pu ll-Ou t (k N ) P not / Ω 0.83 1.04 1.25 1.39 1.74
Pan el Th k. (t 1) m m 0.5 0.7 1.0 - -
Pull-O ver (kN ) P n ov /Ω 2.12 2.96 4.23 - -
M aterial Carbon Steel Stain less Steel -
Screw D iam eter 4.8 5.5 4.8 5.5 -
Ten sion (k N ) P nt / Ω 1.94 4.52 1.88 3.70 -
Shear (k N ) P nv / Ω 1.64 3.05 1.64 2.52 -
The values for Pull-Out and Pu ll-Over needs to be checked, the value for 1.5 and
1.8 mm thk. Purlin is less than required in the corners; hence the spacing of
screws in the corners may be reduced if the pu rlins are 1.5 or 1.8 mm thk.
Pull over value is generally m ore than required because of the 19mm washer
bearing on panel.
10
W I N D L O A D S
Table 5.5(b)
Equations for Figure 5.5(b)
0° < 0 < 10°
Roof Coefficients (GC„) for Components and Cladding

Zone Eff. Wind Load Area A (ft2) Equations for GCn
A< 10 -2.9
Comer (c) 10 < A< 100 +1.5 Log A -4.4
A >100 -1.4
A <63 -1.7
Edge (s) 63 < A< 100 +1.5 Log A -4.4
A >100 -1.4
A < 10 -1.3
Interior (r) 10 < A< 100 +0.15 Log A -1.45
A> 100 -1.15
Overhang Coefficients (GCP) for Components and Cladding

Zone Eff. Wind Load Area A (ft1) Equations for GCP
A< 10 -2.7
Comer (c) 10<A< 100 +1.8 Log A -4.5
A >100 -0.9
Edge (s) A< 10 -1.9
and 10 < A< 100 +0.1 Log A -2.0
Interior (r) 100< A<500 +0.858 Log A -3.516
A >500 -1.2
Notes: Figures 5.5(b) through 5.5(f) and Tables 5.5(b) through 5.5(f)
(1) Plus (pressure) and minus (suction) signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the
surfaces, respectively.
(2) Each component shall be designed for maximum positive and negative pressures.
(3) For partially enclosed buildings, positive coefficients shall be increased by 0.1; negative
coefficients shall be increased by 0.4 (in absolute sense).
(4) For open buildings, the greater of the overhang coefficients or 1.25 times the coefficients
given in Table 5.4(a) for open buildings shall be used.
(5) Overhang coefficients include contributions from both upper and lower surfaces.
(6) Notations:
0 = Roof angle from horizontal, in degrees.
B = Width of building, in feet.
H = Eave height above ground, in feet (0 < 10°)
Z = 10 percent of minimum width or 0.4II, whichever is smaller, but not less than 0.04 B
or 3 feet.
11
W I N D L O A D S
Table 5.7(a) Frequently Used Coefficients (GCP) for Gabled Metal Buildings, Q < 10°
Enclosed Partially Enclosed
2 6E IE +0.50 IE +0.10
1 6
2E 1 +0.25 1 -0.15
IE
/ 2E -1.40
2 -1.00
2E -1.80
2 -1.40
N 3E
3E -0.80 3E -1.20
5E
‘4 3 -0.65 3 -1.05
\End Zone \ T 4E -0.70

4 -0.55
4E -1.10
4 -0.95
\ X Interior Zone
5E +0.90 5E +1.00
B
2Z
5 +0.65 5 +0.75
End Zone 6E -0.30 6E -0.20
6 -0.15 6 -0.05
Roof Purlins Interior Zone • (r) -1-2 (r) -1.6
and Wall Girts Purlins Edge Strip (s) -1.4 (s) -1.8
(c) -1.4 (c) -1.8
Effective Wind Interior Zone (w) -1.1 /
(w) -1.5
Load Area +1.0 +1.1
A> 100 ft2 Girts (1) Edge Strip (e) -1.1 (e) -1.5
+1.0 +1.1
Roof and Wall Roof Interior Zone (r) -1.3 (r) -1.7
Panel and Edge Strip (s) -1.7 (s) -2.1
Fasteners Comers (c) ~2.9 (c) -3.3
Effective Wind Wall (1) Interior (w) ±1.2 (w) -1.6
Load Area +1.3
A < 10 ft2 Edge Strip (e) -1.4 (e) -1.8
+1.2 +1.3
End Frames Columns (1) Interior (w) -1.0 (w) -1.4
A > 200 ft2 . +1.0 +1.1
Edge Strip (e) -LI (e) -1.5
+1.0 +1.1
Rafters Interior Zone (r) -L2 (r) -1-6
A > 100 ft2 Edge Strip (s), (c) -1.3 (s), (c) -1.3
& Comers
Roof Overhang Panel & Interior Zone (r) -L9
Fasteners Edge Strip (s) -L9
A < 10 ft2 Comers (c) -2.7 ><:> TD !(£
Purlins & Interior Zone 1.8 Si
Beams Edge Strip (s) -1.8 i ®
A > 100 ft2 Comers
(1) 10% reduction for wall coefficients has been applied.
(c) -0.9
is©
12
W I N D L O A D S
Table 5.7 (b)

Frequently Used Coefficients GCP for Components and Cladding of Gabled Metal
Building Systems Having Roof Angles
10° < 0 < 45°
Enclosed Partially Enclosed
10 ° < 0 ≤ 30 0 30 ° < 0 < 45 ° 10 ° < 0 ≤ 30 ° 30 ° < 0 < 45 °
Interior (r) - 1.1 (r.) - 1.2 (r) -1.5 (U) -1.6
Zone + 1.1 + 1.2
Roof Purlins Purlins (S.) -1.8 (Se) - 1.3 (Se) -2.2 (S') - 1.7
and Edge Strip + 1.1 + 1.2
Wall Girts (c) -1.8 (c) -1.3 (C) -2.2 (c) - 1.7
+ 1.1 + 1.2
Effective Wind Interior (W) - 1.2 (W) -1.2 (w) - 1.6 (w) - 1.6
Load Area Girts Zone + 1.1 + 1.1 + 1.2 + 1.2
A >100 ft2 Edge Strip (e) -1.3 (e) -1.3 (e) - 1.7 (e) - 1.7
+ 1.1 + 1.1 + 1.2 + 1.2
Interior W - 1.2 (u) -1.3 ■
(r) - 1.6 (r.) - 1.7
Zone + 1.2 + 1.3
Roof and Roof Edge Strip (Se) -2.1 (Se) - 1.6 • (Se) -2.5 (Se) -2.0
Wall Panel & + 1.2 + 1.3
Fasteners Corners (c) -2.7 (C) - 1.6 (C) -3.1 (C) -2.0
+ 1.2 + 1.3
Effective Wind Interior (w) ±1.3 (w) ± 1.3 (W) -1.7 (W) - 1.7
Load Area Wall Zone + 1.4 + 1.4
A < 10 ft2 Edge Strip (e) - 1.5 (e) - 1.5 (e) -1.9 (e) - 1.9
+ 1.3 + 1.3 + 1.4 + 1.4
Interior (w) - 1.2 (w) -1.2 (W) - 1.6 (w) - 1.6
Columns Zone + l.l + 1.1 + 1.2 + 1.2
A ≥ 200 ft2 Edge Strip (e) - 1.2 (e) -1.2 (e) - 1.6 (e) - 1.6
+ 1.1 + 1.1 + 1.2 + 1.2
End Frames Interior (r) - l.l (ri) -1.2 W -1.5 (r.) -1.6
Rafters Zone + 1.1 + 1.2
A ≥ 100 ft2 Edge Strip
& Comers (Se) (C) - 1.8 (Se)(c) - 1.3 (Se) (C) -2.2 (Se)(c) -1.7
+ 1.1 + 1.2
Interior (r) -1.55 (ri) -1.55 Notes:
+ 1.0 (1) For roof angles, 1 0 ° < 0 < 45 0 , exterior (re)
Roof Overhang Zone and (Se) coefficients are given, some values
Panel & Fasteners Edge Strip (s>) - 1.8 (S') - 1.7 for (rj) and (sj) are given, the remaining ones
are given in Figures 5.5(c) and 5.5(d).
A ≤ 10 ft2 + 1.0
(2) For Open Buildings, the greater of overhang
Comers (S') (c) -2.5 (c) -1.7 coefficients given in Figures 5.5(b) through
+ 1.0 5.5(d) or 1.25 times coefficients given in
Table 5.4(a) shall be used.
Interior (r) - 1.5 (r,) - 1.2 (3) All coefficients given are for specific ranges
of effective wind load area A; for other
Zone + .90
values of A, coefficients may be evaluated
from charts or calculated from equations
Roof Overhang Edge Strip (Si) - 1.55 (s.) - 1.5 given in Tables 5.5(a) through 5.5(d).
(4) Roof overhang coefficients include contri¬
Purlins & Beams + .90
butions from both upper and lower surfaces.
AS 100 ft2 Edge Strip (se) (c) -1.6 (c) - 1.5
& Comers + .90
13
W I N D L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 5.4
Using the same Data as in Example 5.3,

Calculating the wind coefficient and load s in the transverse d irection
[Refer Table 5.7(a)]
Design Wind Load in kN/ m on Column – 1 in End Zone (1E), GCp = 0.50
= Wind Pressure x Coefficient x Tributary Width (Bay Spacing/ 2)

= 1.15 x 0.50 x 7.95 / 2 = 2.29 kN/ m
Design Wind Load in kN/ m on Rafter – 1 in End Zone (2E), GCp = -1.40
= 1.15 x -1.40 x 7.95 / 2 = -6.40 kN/ m
Design Wind Load in kN/ m on Rafter – 2 in End Zone (3E), GCp = -0.80
= 1.15 x -0.80 x 7.95 / 2 = -3.65 kN/ m
Design Wind Load in kN/ m on Column – 2 in End Zone (4E), GCp = -0.70
= 1.15 x -0.70 x 7.95 / 2 = -3.20 kN/ m
Similarly for Interior zone,
Design Wind Load in kN/ m on Column – 1 in Interior Zone (1), GCp = 0.25
= Wind Pressure x Tributary Width (Bay Spacing)

= 1.15 x 0.25 x 7.95 = 2.29 kN/ m
Design Wind Load in kN/ m on Rafter – 1 in Interior Zone (2),, GCp = -1.00
= 1.15 x -1.00 x 7.95 = -9.14 kN/ m
Design Wind Load in kN/ m on Rafter – 2 in Interior Zone (3),, GCp = -0.65
= 1.15 x -0.65 x 7.95 = -5.94 kN/ m
Design Wind Load in kN/ m on Column – 2 in Interior Zone (4),, GCp = -0.55
= 1.15 x -0.55 x 7.95 = -5.03 kN/ m
14
W I N D L O A D S
Gcp = -1.40 Gcp = -0.80
\
RAFTER-1 RAFTER-2
GCp =+0.50 COLUMN-1 COLUMN-2 Gcp = -0.70
Wind Coefficients for Main Framing in the End Zone
Gcp = -1.00 Gcp = -0.65
\
RAFTER-1 RAFTER-2
Gcp = +0.25 COLUMN-1 COLUMN-2 Gcp = -0.55
Wind Coefficients for Main Framing in the Interior Zone
-6.40 -3.66
RAFTER-1 RAFTER-2
+2.29 COLUMN-1 COLUMN-2 -3.20
Wind Loads in kN/m for Main Framing in the End Zone

(For half bay loading)
-9.14 -5.94
RAFTER-1 RAFTER-2
+2.29 COLUMN-1 COLUMN-2 -5.03
Wind Loads in kN/m for Main Framing in the Interior Zone
15
W I N D L O A D S
Calculating the wind coefficient and loads in the longitudinal direction.

These load s are used for design of wind strut m embers and sidewall bracings.
End zone wid th ‘Z’ = 2800 mm
Since the bu ilding is symmetrical about the ridge, area (5E, 6E) is given as,
Eave Height = 8450 = 8450 m m
Height at distance ‘Z’ = 8450 + 2800/ 10 = 8730 mm
Area 5E, 6E = (Sum of Parallel sides)/ 2 x Z
= (8450 + 8730)/ 2 x 2800 / 10002 = 24.05 m 2
Total Area of End wall = [(Width x Eave Ht) + (Width 2 x Tan θ / 4)]
= [(28000 x 8450) + (280002 x tan 5.710 / 4)] / 10002
= 256.19 m 2
Hence, Area 5, 6 = Total Area of each Endwall – 2 (Area 5E, 6E)

= 256.19 – 2 x 24.05 = 208.09 m 2
-0.30
-0.15
6E
--4. o
6
-0.30
o
6E
0.90 o
5E
-r
z o5
0.65
0.90 o
5E
Taking into consid eration only half the end wall for one sidewall bracing.
Design Wind Load in kN on area 5E in End Zone, GC p = 0.90
= Wind Pressure x (Area 5E)

= 1.15 x 0.90 x 24.05 = 24.89 kN
16
W I N D L O A D S
Design Wind Load in kN on area 5 in End Zone, GCp = 0.65
= Wind Pressure x (Area 5) / 2

= 1.15 x 0.65 x 208.09 / 2 = 77.78 kN
Similarly,
Design Wind Load in kN on area 6E in End Zone, GCp = -0.30
= Wind Pressure x (Area 6E)

= 1.15 x (-0.30) x 24.05 = -8.29 kN
Design Wind Load in kN on area 6 in End Zone, GCp = -0.15
= Wind Pressure x (Area 6) / 2

= 1.15 x (-0.15) x 208.09 / 2 = -17.94 kN
Hence total load on half the end wall portion

= 24.89 + 77.78 + 8.29 + 17.94 = 128.90 kN
(Note that in case of unsymmetrical build ing the load should divid ed as per the
ridge location and bracing pattern, also note, minus sign only denotes the
direction of force away from the surface and should not be used for calculation,
su mmation is done on the direction of forces)
Assuming half of the total load on half end wall portion is transferred to the base
of the end wall columns. = 128.90 / 2 = 64.45 kN
Hence, the total load along the eave of one sid ewall = 64.45 kN
This force should be d ivid ed by the number of braced bays in the build ing,
assuming 3 braced bays, the force per bay
= 64.45 / 3 = 21.48 kN
FORCE FROM C C C FORCE FROM

AREA 5 & 5E AREA 6 & 6E
T T T
SIDEWALL ELEVATION
17
W I N D L O A D S
Alternatively, the coefficients in the end and interior zone may be averaged as
below,
Average of coefficients of (5 & 5E) = (0.65 + 0.90) / 2 = 0.775

Average of coefficients of (6 & 6E) = (0.15 + 0.30) / 2 = 0.225
Sum of average coefficients = 0.775 + 0.225 = 1.00
Hence the total load,

= Wind pressure x Half end wall area x Avg. coefficients
= 1.15 x 1.00 x 256.19 / 2 = 147.31 kN
Assu ming half of the above load transferred to the end wall column base, and
d ivid ing by the number of braced bays
= 147.31 / (2 x 3) = 24.55 kN
The eave strut, bracing mem bers and connections should be designed for this
force.
P1
P2
P3
7.
P1
P2
P3
The roof bracing should be designed for the amount of force, that is transferred
at location where it is broken, (See sketch above) so the first bracing from ridge
will be d esigned for load P1 and second bracing for P2 and sidewall bracing and
eave strut member for P3.
Detailed bracing section and connection is not within the scope of this chapter.
18
W I N D L O A D S
Assu ming, the end wall column spacing as 4 @7000 mm, the load distribution to
P1, P2, & P3 is as below,
Tributary area for P1 = Endwall Spacing / 2 x average height

= (7000/ 2) x 9675 / 10002 = 33.86 m 2
Therefore, the load = 1.15 x 1.00 x 33.86 = 38.94 kN
Assuming half the load transferred to the base of end wall column,
The Load P1 = 38.94 / 2 = 19.47 kN
Similarly,
Tributary area for P2 = End wall Spacing x average height
= 7000 x 9150 / 10002 = 64.05 m 2
The Load P1 = 73.66 / 2 = 36.83 kN
Tributary area for P3 = End wall Spacing / 2 x eave height

= (7000/ 2) x 8625 / 10002 = 30.19 m 2
The Load P1 = 34.71 / 2 = 17.35 kN
Total force at eave = P1 + P2 + P3

= 19.47 + 36.83 + 17.35 = 73.65 kN
Dividing by the number of braced bays,

= 73.65 / 3 = 24.55 kN
9675
9850
9150
8625-1
PI PI
P2 P2
P3 P3
o
in
CO
3500 3500 3500 3500

7000 7000 7000 7000
28000
19
W I N D L O A D S
MBMA 2002
D
LLI-Z-
■=-m
efinitions
ASCE 7-98 Basic Wind Speed (V):
Section 6.2 The 3 second gust speed at 10 m above ground in Exposure C.
A 3 Second gust wind speed is defined as the maximum average speed of the
wind averaged over 3 seconds passing through a wind speed measuring
instrument at a certain height above a terrain roughness over a specified period
of time. For standardization purposes in codes and standards that height is
usually taken as 10 meters, terrain roughness as exposure C and specified period
of time as 50 years.
V fm = ( V 3s – 16.9 ) / 1.05
Eqn . 16-34 (IBC 06)
OR
V 3s = 1.05 V fm + 16.9
Where,
Vfm - is the fastest mile wind speed in km/ hr.
V3s - is the 3 second gust wind speed in km/ hr.
V 3s 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250
V fm 79 89 98 108 117 127 136 146 155 165 174 184 193 203 212 222
In hurricane prone regions, wind speeds derived from sim ulation techniques
shall only be used in lieu of the basic wind speeds.
In non-hurricane prone regions, when the basic wind speed is estimated from
regional climatic data, the basic wind speed shall be not less than the wind speed
associated with an annual probability of 0.02 (50 year m ean recurrence interval)
and the estimate shall be adjusted for equivalence to a 3 second gust wind speed
at 10 m above ground in exposure category C.
20
W I N D L O A D S
What is “Fastest Mile” wind speed?

Fastest mile is the average speed during the time required for the passage over
an anemometer of a volume of air with a horizontal length of one m ile.
For exam ple, Say we have an anemometer (a wind measuring device) fixed at a
height of 10 meters above ground in Exposure ‘C’ as shown in the sketch below,
a volume of wind or air of a length = 1 m ile, is passing across the anemometer
left to right from point S to point E. During The speed of wind d uring this travel
is measured and plotted as a graph.
ANEMOMETER
E S E S
WIND VOLUME •-I WIND VOLUME
LENGTH =1 MILE LENGTH =1 MILE
10 M
EXPOSURE 'C'
Tim e 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Average
Sp eed 75 78 80 83 84 83 86 90 86 90 83.5
T im e v /s W in d S p e e d
95
90
Speed in miles / hour
85
80
75
70
65
I 5 10 15 20 25 30
T im e i n S e c o n d s
35 40 45 50
21
W I N D L O A D S
So the time requ ired for this volume of wind 1 m ile long to move across the
anemometer is calculated as,
We know, Speed = Distance / Time

Therefore, Time = Distance / Speed
= 1 mile / 83.5 mph
= 0.01197 hour = 0.01197 x 60 x 60 = 43.11 sec.
So the time required to measure the “Fastest Mile” wind speed is 43.11 sec and it
may vary with the wind speed.
Hence we say that the “Fastest Mile” Wind Speed = 83.5 mph = 52.19 kmph
What is “3 Second Gust” wind speed?

A 3 Second gust wind speed is defined as the maxim um average speed of the
instrument at a certain height, above the terrain roughness over a specified
period of time.
The height is usually 10 meters, the terrain is Exposure ‘C’ and specified period
of time is 50 years
I I
ii , L i
V
I
I I
I
-I-
H ♦
3 Sec. t
3-Second Gust Wind
The transition was made from fastest mile wind speed to 3-Second gust for the
following reasons.
1. Fastest mile oriented anemometers have been replaced with m odern
equipment with graphic strip chart readouts.
2. The peak gust is the easiest and most reliable wind speed to read from the
newer graphs.
3. 3-Second gu st speeds are closer to the speeds quoted in news media.
4. Stru ctural m embers are designed by gust speeds. If another type wind speed
is used , large corrections must be made by use of the gust effect factor.
22
W I N D L O A D S
Low Rise Building:

An Enclosed or a Partially Enclosed building satisfying both the following two
conditions below are classified as Low Rise Build ing.
1. Mean Roof Height ‘h’ less than or equal to 18.28 m
2. Mean Roof Height ‘h’ does not exceed least horizontal dimension.
( ‘h’ < Minimum of Length ‘L’ or Width ‘W’)
Open Building:
A building having each wall at least 80% open. This condition is expressed for
each wall by the equation
Ao >= 0.8 Ag
Partially Enclosed Build ing:

A building which complies with all of the following conditions below are
classified as Partially Enclosed Building,
1) A o > 1.10 A oi
2) A o > 0.37 m 2 or > 0.01 A g, wh ich ever is smaller.
3) A oi / A gi <= 0.20
Where,
A g = the gross area (m 2) of that wall in which Ao is id entified .
A oi = the sum of areas (m 2) of openings in the building envelope, but not
including Ao.
A gi = the sum of the gross surface areas of the building envelope (walls and
roofs) not including A g (m 2).
Checking the Example 5.1 for Open or Partially Enclosed Cond itions as per
MBMA 2002
The open wall condition is same as in MBMA 1996,

The partially open condition is checked again for the sake of comparison,
The gross area Ag of the near sidewall = 79.28 m 2
Considering near sidewall, the total area (m 2) of opening in a wall that receives
= 33.60 + (2 x 144.00) = 321.60 m 2
23
W I N D L O A D S
The sum of the gross surface areas of the build ing envelope A gi (walls and roofs)
= 79.28 + (2 x 365.06) + 2 x [45 x 10.5/ (2 x Cos θ )]
= 1282.49 m 2
Checks,
1. A o > 1.10 A oi
33.60 > 1.10 x 321.60 = 353.76 False
2. A o > 0.37 m 2 OR 0.01 A g
33.60 > 0.37 m 2 OR 0.01 x 79.28 = 0.7928 True
3. A oi / A gi <= 0.20
321.60 / 1282.49 = 0.25 < 0.20 False
Comparing the equation in MBMA 1996 and MBMA 2002 as below
MBMA 1996
1) Ao > 0.05 A g
2) Ao > A oi
3) A oi / Agi <= 0.20
MBMA 2002
1) Ao > 1.10 A oi
2) Ao > 0.37 m 2 or > 0.01 A g, wh ich ever is smaller.
3) A oi / Agi <= 0.20
1) We find that equation 2 of MBMA 96 is similar to equation 1 of MBMA 02,

except that there is 10% increase in sum of openings in the build ing envelope.
2) Equation 1 of MBMA 96 is sim ilar to equation 2 of MBMA 02, except that

there is an additional limit of 0.37 m 2 and 4% reduction in the gross area.
3) Equation 3 is the same in both MBMA 96 and MBMA 02
24
W I N D L O A D S
Enclosed Building:
A building that does not comply with the requirements for Open or Partially
enclosed buildings are classified as Enclosed Building.
Eave Height (h):

The distance from the ground surface adjacent to the build ing to the roof eave
line at a particular wall. If the height of the eave varies along the wall, the
average height shall be used.
Mean Roof Height (h):

The average of the eave height and the highest point on the roof su rface, except
that for roof angles of less than or equal to 10°, the mean roof height shall be the
roof eave height. For Single slope build ings the lower eave height may be used
for roof slopes less than or equal to 10°., and mean roof height for roof slopes
more than 10°.
Escarpm ent:
Also known as Scarp, with respect to topographic effects is a cliff or steep slope
generally separating two levels or gently sloping areas.
Minimum Wind Load :

(M WFRS - Main Win d Force Resistin g System) - The design wind pressure (p)
on any main wind resisting structure on an enclosed or partially enclosed
building should not be less than 0.48 kN/ m 2 multiplied by the area of the
building or structu re projected on to a vertical plane normal to the assum ed
wind direction.
Note: - This minimum load is the su m of win d load on th e wind ward and
leeward wall of a main frame or a build ing (See followin g sk etch)
25
1/
1
i
/
W I N D
o 3>
II
CO
X
S’
£X 5>-
WINDWARD LOAD = C WINDWARD LOAD = A
L O A D S
/ h § /
m
22 □
o
m >
§
>
m
33
—
i
—
I
m
O
o
m
m
m
m z C f
m id
> O
z
o
z
c/5 <
o LEEWARD LOAD =! D z
m
c= LEEWARD LOAD F B
26
o cz
m i 73
§ 1
Z
z 73
O O
“O
o 33
O 5
>
m
O m o m
I > O
a a
ii A + B > 0.48 ( PROJECTED AREA )
II m C + D > 0.48 ( PROJECTED AREA ) P $
□ >
I P § & \—
£ > X
m S’ —
i
I X
s I
z 5
o
5 m
m
II o
Q
03
i
-
I
-
X
m
x
W I N D L O A D S
C & C – (Com ponents and Clad din gs) – The design wind pressure for
components and cladding of buildings shall not be less than a net pressure of
0.48 kN/ m 2 acting in either direction normal to the surface.
Exposu re Category:
The characteristics of ground surface irregularities (natural topography and
vegetation as well as constructed features) for the site at which the build ing is to
be constructed. These are divided into 4 categories as below,
Exposure
Descrip tion
Category
Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a
Exposure A
height in excess of 21.3 meters.
Urban and suburban areas, wood ed areas, or other terrain
Exposure B with numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of
single-family d wellings or larger.
Exposure C Open terrain with scattered obstructions.
Flat, unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open
Exposure D water (excluding shorelines in hurricane prone regions for a
distance of at least 1 mile)
M BM A 2002 states "Note that IBC 2000 specifies that Exposure B shall be
assumed unless the site meets the definition of another exposure."
Unless specified in PIF Exposu re “B” sh ould be con sidered, b ut if we k now

for sure by location of b uild ing, app ropriate Exposu re Category sh ou ld be
con sidered and the same sh ould be conveyed to all concern ed for the p roject.
27
W I N D L O A D S
Effective Wind Load Area:

It is the area used to determ ine GC p . For component and cladding elements, the
effective wid th that need not be less than 1/ 3 the span length. For cladding
fasteners, the effective wind area shall not be greater than the area that is
tributary to an individual fastener.
If, L = Span
W = Spacing of element (A+B)/ 2.
Effective win d load area = [greater of (W or L / 3)] x L
Note: - Th is area sh ould be used ONLY for determination of GC p and ‘NOT’

for design loads.
A B
28
W I N D L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 5.5
Given Data:-
1. Effective wind load area for Purlins is greater of,

= 7950 x 1650 / 10002 = 13.12 m 2
= Span x Span / 3
= 7950 x (7950 / 3) / 10002 = 21.07 m 2
2. Similarly, Effective wind load area for Panel is greater of,

= 1650 x 1000 / 10002 = 1.65 m 2
= Span x Span / 3
= 1650 x (1650 / 3) / 10002 = 0.91 m 2
3. And, Effective wind load area for Fasteners (Screws) is the actual tributary
area,

= 1650 x 250 / 10002 = 0.41 m 2
Further load calculation is similar to as shown in Example 5.3
29
W I N D L O A D S
End zone Dimension ‘a’:

This dimension ‘a’ is used to define width of pressure coefficient zones. It is the
smaller of,
1) 10 % of least horizontal dimension (0.10 B or L) OR
2) 0.4 h (Mean roof or eave height)
But not less than either
3) 4 % of least horizontal dimension (0.04 B or L) OR 915 mm
Exam ple :- 5.6
Given Data:-
Hence the End Zone ‘a’ is the lesser of,
= 0.10 x 28000 = 2800 m m

= 0.40 x 8450 = 3380 m m
Therefore End Zone ‘a’ = 2800 mm, but this should not be less than any of the
following,
= 0.04 x 28000 = 1120 m m
= 915 = 915 mm
Hence use ‘a’ = 2800 mm from Eave and Gable (See sketch below for location of
dimension ‘a’ on roof plan, side walls and end walls. The roof panels, purlins,
wall panels, girts and sheeting screws, trims etc. at these locations should be
designed for coefficients given for Edge and corners, other areas are designed for
interior zone coefficients)
Note: - The sk etch below applies on ly for slopes less than 10° for oth er slopes
see MBMA 2002.
30
W I N D L O A D S
End zon e Dim en sion ( a ) for C& C
o5
o5
a
o4 o4
a
o5 o5
a
a
1-31
2
o3 o2 o2 o3 3
2
2
3
'
o1 3
1
a 2
2
o2 o1 o1 o2 o2 ■X-"
a
o3
a
a o3 o2 o2 o3
a
1-32
31
W I N D L O A D S
Velocity Pressu re
EO Data Requ ired
03
1) Basic Wind Speed (V) (3 Second gust) in (m / sec)
M BM A 02 (km / hr = mph x 1.61 = 3.6 x m/ sec)
Section 1.4.1
2) Select Importance Factor (Iw )
(Default 1.00 for Standard Buildings, unless specified)
3) Select Exposure Category (A,B,C or D)

(Default ‘B’ unless specified, see MBMA 2002)
4) Compute the Velocity Pressure (q h ) based on the mean height or eave height
if θ <= 10°
Tab le 5.1(b ) Importance Factor [Table 1.1(a) MBMA 2002]

Occupancy
Nature of Occu p an cy Wind Factor (I w )
Category
Low Hazard I 0.87* 0.77$
Stan dard Bu ildings II 1.00
Substan tial Hazard III 1.15
Essen tial Facilities IV 1.15
* - Non hurricane prone regions. $ - Hurricane prone regions.
Velocity Pressure q z = q h = 0.613 x 10-3 K z K zt K d V 2 I w kN/m 2

Eqn . 7.2.1-2
Where,
Kz = 2.01 (h/ 365.76) 2/ 7 for Exposure B and with h >= 9.14 m
Eqn . 7.2.1-3 Use h = 9.14, if eave or m ean height is less than 9.14 m
Kz = 2.01 (h/ 274.32) 2/ 9.5 for Exposure C and with h >= 4.57 m
Use h = 4.57, if eave or m ean height is less than 4.57 m
Kzt = 1.00 Topographic factor
Kd = 0.85 Directionality factor
Iw = 1.00 Importance factor
h = Height mean roof or eave height in meters.
32
W I N D L O A D S
Table 5.2 Velocity Pressu re (q h ) in kN/m 2
Basic Wind Speed (3 Second Gu st in km /hr )

Mean roof
or eave
130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230
height. (h)
(m eters)
Exposu re B
0-9 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.72 0.81 0.91 1.01 1.12 1.24 1.36 1.48
10 0.49 0.57 0.65 0.74 0.84 0.94 1.04 1.16 1.27 1.40 1.53
12 0.51 0.60 0.68 0.78 0.88 0.99 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.47 1.61
14 0.54 0.62 0.72 0.81 0.92 1.03 1.15 1.27 1.40 1.54 1.68
16 0.56 0.65 0.74 0.85 0.96 1.07 1.19 1.32 1.46 1.60 1.75
18 0.58 0.67 0.77 0.88 0.99 1.11 1.23 1.37 1.51 1.65 1.81
Exposu re C
4.57 0.58 0.67 0.77 0.87 0.99 1.11 1.23 1.37 1.50 1.65 1.81
6 0.61 0.71 0.81 0.93 1.04 1.17 1.30 1.45 1.59 1.75 1.91
7.62 0.64 0.74 0.86 0.97 1.10 1.23 1.37 1.52 1.68 1.84 2.01
9 0.67 0.77 0.89 1.01 1.14 1.28 1.42 1.57 1.74 1.90 2.08
10 0.68 0.79 0.91 1.03 1.16 1.30 1.45 1.61 1.77 1.95 2.13
12 0.71 0.82 0.94 1.07 1.21 1.35 1.51 1.67 1.84 2.02 2.21
14 0.73 0.85 0.97 1.11 1.25 1.40 1.56 1.73 1.90 2.09 2.29
16 0.75 0.87 1.00 1.14 1.28 1.44 1.60 1.78 1.96 2.15 2.35
18 0.77 0.89 1.02 1.17 1.32 1.48 1.64 1.82 2.01 2.20 2.41
33
W I N D L O A D S
Design Pressure – Main Wind Force Resisting System

(M WFRS)
For Low Rise Buildings (h <= 18.28 m )
Eqn . 1.4.2 p = q h [(GC pf) - (GC pi)] k N/m 2
For other buildings (h > 18.28 m)
p = q G C p – q i (GC pi) kN/m 2

Eqn . 6-15, ASCE 7-98
where,
q h = velocity pressure evalu ated at mean roof height (h) for a given exposure.
GC pf = external pressure coefficients from Figure 6-4 ASCE 7-98
GC pi = internal pressure coefficients from Table. 6-7 ASCE 7-98
q = q z for windward walls evaluated at height z above the ground for a given
exposure.
q = q h for leeward walls, side walls, and roofs evaluated at height (h).
q i = q h for windward walls, sid e walls, leeward walls, and roofs of enclosed
buildings and for negative internal p ressure evaluation in partially enclosed
buildings.
q i = q z for positive internal pressure evaluation in partially enclosed build ings
where height (z) is defined as the level of the highest opening in the build ing that
could effect the positive internal pressu re. For positive internal pressure
evaluation, (q i) may conservatively be evaluated at height (h) (q i = q h )
G = Gust effect factor (G = 0.85 for rigid structures) Sect. 6.5.8 ASCE 7-98
C p = external pressure coefficients from Fig. 6-3 or Table 6-8 ASCE 7-98.
The external co-efficient and internal coefficients are combined and tabulated in
MBMA 2002 [Table 1.4.5(a) and 1.45(b)] for use in Equation 1.4.2 above (Low Rise
Build ings, for other buildings refer ASCE 7-98). Coefficients depend on the
location relative to the geometric d iscontinu ities in the surfaces of the building.
The building surfaces are zoned and the pressure coefficients are assumed to be
constant within each zone. When a m ember lies within two or more zones, the
design loads for that member can be determined using several approaches (step
functions, weighted averages, or another rational approach). For lateral load s on
framed buildings in which the end bays are not less than the width (2a) of the
end zone, comm on industry practice is to apply the entire extra load in the end
bay to the end bay purlins and end frames.
34
W I N D L O A D S
Table 1.4.5(a) Refer Figure 1.4.5(a) or (b ) with th is table

Main Fram ing Coefficients [(GC pf ) - (GC pi)] for Transverse Direction
End
End Zone Interior Zone
Building Type Roof Angle θ Load Case walls
1E 2E 3E 4E 1 2 3 4 5&6
A(+i) 0.43 -1.25 -0.71 -0.61 0.22 -0.87 -0.55 -0.47 -0.63
0° ≤ θ ≤ 5°
A(-i) 0.79 -0.89 -0.35 -0.25 0.58 -0.51 -0.19 -0.11 -0.27
A(+i) 0.44 -1.25 -0.72 -0.62 0.23 -0.87 -0.55 -0.48 -0.63
θ = 5.71°
A(-i) 0.80 -0.89 -0.36 -0.26 0.59 -0.51 -0.19 -0.12 -0.27
A(+i) 0.49 -1.25 -0.76 -0.67 0.26 -0.87 -0.58 -0.51 -0.63
2:12
A(-i) 0.85 -0.89 -0.40 -0.31 0.62 -0.51 -0.22 -0.15 -0.27
A(+i) 0.54 -1.25 -0.81 -0.74 0.30 -0.87 -0.62 -0.55 -0.63
Enclosed 3:12
A(-i) 0.90 -0.89 -0.45 -0.38 0.66 -0.51 -0.26 -0.19 -0.27
A(+i) 0.62 -1.25 -0.87 -0.82 0.35 -0.87 -0.66 -0.61 -0.63
θ = 20°
A(-i) 0.98 -0.89 -0.51 -0.46 0.71 -0.51 -0.30 -0.25 -0.27
A(+i) 0.51 0.09 -0.71 -0.66 0.38 0.03 -0.61 -0.55 -0.63
30° ≤ θ ≤ 45°
A(-i) 0.87 0.45 -0.35 -0.30 0.74 0.39 -0.25 -0.19 -0.27
A(+i) 0.51 0.51 -0.66 -0.66 0.38 0.38 -0.55 -0.55 -0.63
θ = 90°
A(-i) 0.87 0.87 -0.30 -0.30 0.74 0.74 -0.19 -0.19 -0.27
A(+i) 0.06 -1.62 -1.08 -0.98 -0.15 -1.24 -0.92 -0.84 -1.00
0° ≤ θ ≤ 5°
A(-i) 1.16 -0.52 0.02 0.12 0.95 -0.14 0.18 0.26 0.10
A(+i) 0.07 -1.62 -1.09 -0.99 -0.14 -1.24 -0.92 -0.85 -1.00
θ = 5.71°
A(-i) 1.17 -0.52 0.01 0.11 0.96 -0.14 0.18 0.25 0.10
A(+i) 0.12 -1.62 -1.13 -1.04 -0.11 -1.24 -0.95 -0.88 -1.00
2:12
A(-i) 1.22 -0.52 -0.03 0.06 0.99 -0.14 0.15 0.22 0.10
Partially A(+i) 0.17 -1.62 -1.20 -1.11 0.07 -1.24 -0.99 -0.92 -1.00
3:12
Enclosed A(-i) 1.27 -0.52 -0.10 -0.01 1.03 -0.14 0.11 0.18 0.10
A(+i) 0.25 -1.62 -1.24 -1.19 -0.02 -1.24 -1.03 -0.98 -1.00
θ = 20°
A(-i) 1.35 -0.52 -0.14 -0.09 1.08 -0.14 0.07 0.12 0.10
A(+i) 0.14 -0.28 -1.08 -1.03 0.01 -0.34 -0.98 -0.92 -1.00
30° ≤ θ ≤ 45°
A(-i) 1.24 0.82 0.02 0.07 1.11 0.76 0.12 0.18 0.10
A(+i) 0.14 0.14 -1.03 -1.03 0.01 0.01 -0.92 -0.92 -1.00
θ = 90°
A(-i) 1.24 1.24 0.07 0.07 1.11 1.11 0.18 0.18 0.10
Abal 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* -0.75*
0° ≤ θ ≤ 10°
Aunbal 0.75* -0.20 -0.60 -0.75* 0.75* -0.20 -0.60 -0.75* -0.75*
Abal 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* -0.75*
Open 10° < θ ≤ 25° Aunbal 0.75* 0.50 -0.50 -0.75* 0.75* 0.50 -0.50 -0.75* -0.75*
Aunbal 0.75* 0.15 -0.65 -0.75* 0.75* 0.15 -0.65 -0.75* -0.75*
Abal 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* -0.75*
25° < θ ≤ 45°
Aunbal 0.75* 1.40 0.20 -0.75* 0.75* 1.40 0.20 -0.75* -0.75*
Notes:
1. Load case subscripts refer to negative internal pressure (-i) and positive internal pressure (+i).
2. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and aw ay from the su rfaces, respectively.
3. For values of θ other than those shown, linear interpolation is permitted . N ote that this interpolation must be done on the external
pressure coefficient and then com bined w ith the appropriate internal pressure coefficient. This has been done for standard slopes
of 2:12 and 3:12.
4. When the roof pressure coefficient in zone 2 is negative, it shall be applied in zone 2 for a distance from the edge of the roof equal
to 0.5 times the horizontal d im ension of the remaind er of zone 2 extend ing to the ridge line shall use the pressure coefficient from
zone 3.
5. * - Denotes coefficient for sheeted portion of the wall only. [See figure 1.4.5 (e)]
35
W I N D L O A D S
6
4
4E 3
-L
I
I
3E
h 2
I
I
A- "
2E
— θ 1
1E
B 5
a 2a
Figure 1.4.5(a)
Load Case A-MWFRS Coefficients in Transverse Direction (Gable Roof)
4
\
6
\
3
/
4E
3E
2
θ<30° 2E
1
h
B/2
1E
B
B/2 5
2a
Figure 1.4.5(b)
Load Case A-MWFRS Coefficients in Transverse Direction (Single Slope)
36
W I N D L O A D S
Tab le 1.4.5(b ) Refer figure 1.4.5(c) or (d) with th is table

Main Fram in g Coefficients [(GC pf ) - (GC pi)] for Longitudinal Direction (All roof angles)
Build ing Load En d Zone Interior Zone Sidewalls
Type Case 1E 2E 3E 4E 1 2 3 4 5&6
Enclosed B(+i) 0.43 -1.25 -0.71 -0.61 0.22 -0.87 -0.55 -0.47 -0.63
B(-i) 0.79 -0.89 -0.35 -0.25 0.58 -0.51 -0.19 -0.11 -0.27
Partially B(+i) 0.06 -1.62 -1.08 -0.98 -0.15 -1.24 -0.92 -0.84 -1.00
Op en B(-i) 1.16 -0.52 0.02 0.02 0.95 -0.14 0.18 0.26 0.10
Op en See Figure 1.4.5(e) for MBMA Recommendation
4
6
6
o3
4E
o 2
o
3
3E
h θ
o
2
o5
~--C
2E
o
1
L/2
o
5
1E
B L/2
FIGURE 1.4.5 (c)

Load Case B-MWFRS Coefficients in Longitudinal Direction (Gable Roof)
5
6 4
6
o 3 4E
o 2 3E
θ 2E
o5
h
o
1
L/2
B/2 o
5
1E
B L/2
FIGURE 1.4.5 (d)(c)

Load Case B-MWFRS Coefficients in Longitudinal Direction (Single Roof)
37
W I N D L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 5.7
Given Data:-
Bay Spacing = 9 @8550 mm
Length = 76950 mm
Roof Slope = 1:10 (θ = 5.71°)
Wind Speed = 150 kmph (3 Second Gust) = 41.67 m/ sec
Importance Factor = 1.00
Exposure Category =B
All walls are fully sheeted.
Solution:-
1. Check if the building classifies under “Low Rise Build ing”,
The 2 conditions are,
a) Mean Roof Height ‘h’ less than or equal to 18.28 m
b) Mean Roof Height ‘h’ does not exceed least horizontal dim ension
(Minimum of Width or Length)
h = 7500 mm
Hence the building can be classified as a “Low Rise Build ing”
2. Check if the building is classifies as “Enclosed ”, “Partially Enclosed” or

“Open Build ing” based on the given information about openings. Since all
walls are fully sheeted, the building is classified as an “Enclosed Building”.
3. Since the roof slope is less than 10°, eave height may be used in lieu of mean
roof height. Therefore, h = 7500 mm for all further calculations.
4. Find the end zone dimensions for walls and roofs, the end zone dimension ‘a’
is given as the least of
10 % (0.10 B or L) of least horizontal dimension
= 0.10 x 35000 = 3500 mm
0.4 h (Mean roof or eave height)
= 0.40 x 7500 = 3000 mm
4 % (0.04 B or L) of least horizontal dimension OR 915 mm
= 0.04 x 35000 = 1400 m m
Hence the End Zone dimension ‘a’ = 3000 mm
38
W I N D L O A D S
5. Calculate the Velocity pressure
Velocity Pressure qh = 0.613 x 10-3 Kz Kzt Kd V2 Iw kN/ m 2
Kz = 2.01 (h/ 365.76) 2/ 7

Since the eave height is less than 9.14 m (30 ft) use ‘h’ = 9.14 m
= 2.01 (9.14/ 365.76) 2/ 7 = 0.70
Kzt = = 1.00
Kd = = 0.85
Therefore,
qh = 0.613 x 10-3 x 0.70 x 1.00 x 0.85 x 41.672 x 1.00
= 0.63 kN/ m 2
Alternatively, the same value can be directly referred from table 5.2, see under
column Exposure ‘B’, value corresponding to column 150 basic wind speed and
eave height row, 0-9 meters, = 0.63 kN/ m 2
6. Calculate the Design Wind Pressure (p) for MWFRS
= q h [(GCpf) - (GCpi)] kN/ m 2
Note that [(GC pf) - (GC pi)] may either be calculated ind ividual or m ay be referred
from Table 1.4.5 (a) of MBMA 2002 for low rise buildings only. Referring to Table
1.4.5 (a) for θ = 5.71° for enclosed building.
There are 2 case A(+i) and A(-i) for positive and negative internal pressures
respectively.
End
1E 2E 3E 4E 1 2 3 4 5&6
A(+i) 0.44 -1.25 -0.72 -0.62 0.23 -0.87 -0.55 -0.48 -0.63
Enclosed θ = 5.71°
A(-i) 0.80 -0.89 -0.36 -0.26 0.59 -0.51 -0.19 -0.12 -0.27
The above values are represented below in sketch for better understanding.
39
W I N D L O A D S
Ap p licab le Tran sverse Direction wind co-efficient [(GCpf) - (GC pi)]
6 = -0.63
4 = -0.48
4E = -0.62 3 = -0.55
-L
3E = -0.72
h 2 = -0.87
2E = -1.25
θ 1 = 0.23
1E = 0.44 WI
B 5 = -0.63 ND
DIR
EC
a 2a TIO
N
Case - 1 Positive Internal Pressure A(+i)
6 = -0.27
4 = -0.12
4E = -0.26 3 = -0.19
X
3E = -0.36
h 2 = -0.51
2E = -0.89
θ 1 = 0.59
1E = 0.80 WI
5 = -0.27 ND
B DI
RE
a 2a CT
IO
N
Case - 2 Negative Internal Pressure A(-i)
40
W I N D L O A D S
Therefore, the applicable Design Wind Pressure on various zones are calculated
as below,
Note that the sign is only for d irection ind ication, +ve sign denotes toward s
surface and –ve sign denotes away from surface.
Case -1 A(+i)
End zones
1E = 0.63 x +0.44 = +0.277
2E = 0.63 x -1.25 = -0.787
3E = 0.63 x -0.72 = -0.454
4E = 0.63 x -0.62 = -0.397
Interior zones
1 = 0.63 x +0.23 = +0.145
2 = 0.63 x -0.87 = -0.550
3 = 0.63 x -0.55 = -0.347
4 = 0.63 x -0.48 = -0.303
5&6 = 0.63 x -0.63 = -0.397
Case -2 A(-i)
End zones
1E = 0.63 x +0.80 = +0.504
2E = 0.63 x -0.89 = -0.561
3E = 0.63 x -0.36 = -0.227
4E = 0.63 x -0.26 = -0.164
Interior zones
1 = 0.63 x +0.59 = +0.372
2 = 0.63 x -0.51 = -0.321
3 = 0.63 x -0.19 = -0.120
4 = 0.63 x -0.12 = -0.076
5&6 = 0.63 x -0.27 = -0.170
41
W I N D L O A D S
Hence the Design wind load s kN/ m on the main framing members may be
calculated by multiplying the Design Wind Pressure and Tributary width of the
member as below,
End Zone Pressure will apply to end frame, the tributary wid th of the end frame
is half the bay spacing, = 8550 / 2 = 4275 m m
Case -1 A(+i)
End zones
1E = 0.277 x 4.275 = 1.184 kN/ m
2E = 0.787 x 4.275 = 3.364 kN/ m
3E = 0.454 x 4.275 = 1.941 kN/ m
4E = 0.397 x 4.275 = 1.680 kN/ m
Interior zones
1 = 0.145 x 4.275 = 0.619 kN/ m
2 = 0.550 x 4.275 = 2.351 kN/ m
3 = 0.347 x 4.275 = 1.483 kN/ m
4 = 0.303 x4.275 = 1.295 kN/ m
5&6 = 0.397 x 4.275 = 1.697 kN/ m
Case -2 A(-i)
End zones
1E = 0.504 x 4.275 = 2.155 kN/ m
2E = 0.561 x 4.275 = 2.399 kN/ m
3E = 0.227 x 4.275 = 0.971 kN/ m
4E = 0.164 x 4.275 = 0.701 kN/ m
Interior zones
1 = 0.372 x 4.275 = 1.591 kN/ m
2 = 0.321 x 4.275 = 1.372 kN/ m
3 = 0.120 x 4.275 = 0.513 kN/ m
4 = 0.076 x 4.275 = 0.325 kN/ m
5&6 = 0.170x 4.275 = 0.727 kN/ m
42
W I N D L O A D S
w = -3.364 w = -1.941
w = -2.399 w = -0.971
w =1.184 w = -1.680
w =2.155 w = -0.701
Wind Loads for Main Framing in the End Zone (kN/m)
w = -2.351 w = -1.483
w = -1.372 w = -0.513
w =0.619 w = -1.295
w =1.591 w = -0.325
Wind Loads for Main Framing in the Interior Zone (kN/m)

case-1
case-2
Similarly the [(GCpf) - (GCpi)] for Longitudinal Direction is can be referred from
Table 1.4.5 (b) of MBMA 2002 for low rise buildings only. Hence referring to
Table 1.4.5 (b) for enclosed building.
Bu ilding Load End Zone Interior Zone Sidewalls

Type Case 1E 2E 3E 4E 1 2 3 4 5&6
Enclosed B(+i) 0.43 -1.25 -0.71 -0.61 0.22 -0.87 -0.55 -0.47 -0.63
B(-i) 0.79 -0.89 -0.35 -0.25 0.58 -0.51 -0.19 -0.11 -0.27
43
W I N D L O A D S
App licab le Lon gitu dinal Direction Coefficients [(GC pf) - (GC pi)]
4 = -0.47
6 = -0.63
4E = -0.61
3 = -0.55
6 = -0.63
3 = -0.55
2 = -0.87 <
3E = -0.71
-c.
h θ U-
2 = -0.87
5 = -0.63
2E = -1.25
1 = 0.22
L/2
5 = -0.63
1E =0.43
B L/2
a
I ON
E CT
D DIR
WIN
Case - 1 Positive Internal Pressure B(+i)
4 = -0.11
6 = -0.27
4E = -0.25
3 = -0.19
6 = -0.27
-X
3 = -0.19
2 = -0.51 <
3E = -0.35
h θ U
2 = -0.51 •v
5 = -0.27
2E = -0.89
1 = 0.58
L/2
5 = -0.27
1E =0.79
B L/2
a
T I ON
EC
D DI R
WIN
Case - 2 Negative Internal Pressure B(-i)
44
W I N D L O A D S
Therefore, the applicable Design Wind Pressure on various zones are,
Case -1 B(+i)
End zones
1E = 0.63 x +0.43 = +0.271
2E = 0.63 x -1.25 = -0.787
3E = 0.63 x -0.71 = -0.447
4E = 0.63 x -0.61 = -0.384
Interior zones
1 = 0.63 x +0.22 = +0.139
2 = 0.63 x -0.87 = -0.550
3 = 0.63 x -0.55 = -0.347
4 = 0.63 x -0.47 = -0.296
5&6 = 0.63 x -0.63 = -0.397
Case -2 B(-i)
End zones
1E = 0.63 x +0.79 = +0.498
2E = 0.63 x -0.89 = -0.561
3E = 0.63 x -0.35 = -0.221
4E = 0.63 x -0.25 = -0.158
Interior zones
1 = 0.63 x +0.58 = +0.365
2 = 0.63 x -0.51 = -0.321
3 = 0.63 x -0.19 = -0.120
4 = 0.63 x -0.11 = -0.069
5&6 = 0.63 x -0.27 = -0.170
45
W I N D L O A D S
Hence the Design wind loads kN/ m on the main framing members may be
member as below,
o
m o o o
CN CJ c:: O
CT> DO a:
n
L
r--
3000 3000
35000
ENDWALL ELEVATION
Calculate tributary areas for various zones,
1E = 4E = (7.8 + 7.5) / 2 x 3 = 22.95 m 2

1=4 = (7.5 + 9.25) / 2 x 35 / 2 x 2 -2 x (22.95) = 247.22 m 2
Therefore total load on these areas is calculated as,
Case -1 B(+i)
End zones
1E = 0.271 x 22.95 = 6.219 kN
4E = 0.384 x 22.95 = 8.813 kN
In terior zon es
1 = 0.139 x 247.22 / 2 = 17.181 kN
4 = 0.296 x 247.22 / 2 = 36.589 kN
Therefore total load on the sidewall wind force resisting system (Bracings) is
given as,
= (1E + 4E + 1 + 4) / 2
= (6.219 + 8.813 + 17.181 + 36.589) / 2
= 34.401 kN
If the number of braced bay =3

Force to be resisted per bay = 11.467 kN
46
W I N D L O A D S
Case -2 B(-i)
End zones
1E = 0.498 x 22.95 = 11.429 kN
4E = 0.158 x 22.95 = 3.626 kN
Interior zones
1 = 0.365 x 247.22 / 2 = 45.117 kN
4 = 0.069 x 247.22 / 2 = 8.529 kN
given as,
= (1E + 4E + 1 + 4) / 2
= (11.429 + 3.626 + 45.117 + 8.529) / 2
= 34.35 kN

47
W I N D L O A D S
MBMA Recom m en dation for Single Slope Buildings – MWFRS

Figure 1.4.5 (b) and 1.4.5 (d) provide the recommendation for applying the
pressure coefficients to single slope buildings for transverse and longitudinal
d irections, respectively.
In the transverse d irection, for a roof slope up to 20°, the roof pressure zones are
separated by a “pseudo” ridge line. However, where 20° < θ <= 30°, the build ing
shall be assumed to act as each half of a gable building with all cases
investigated . (Two case using pressure zone 2 and 2E over the entire roof and
two cases using pressure zone 3 and 3E over the entire roof)
Consid ering the Example 5.7 as m onoslope building, only the coefficients are
shown as below, other steps remain the same.
4 = -0.48
PSEUDO RIDGE LINE
V
6 = -0.63
\
4E = -0.62
t
O
3 = -0.55 -4-"
3E = -0.72
o
2 = -0.87
2E = -1.25
h
θ<30°
o
1 = 0.23
B/2
1E = 0.44
WI
B ND
5 = -0.63 DI
B/2
2a
RE
CT
IO
N
4 = -0.12
PSEUDO RIDGE LINE
N
6 = -0.27
V
4E = -0.26
o3 = -0.19 -4""
t
3E = -0.36
o
2 = -0.51
2E = -0.89
--t'
J 1-'J.-- θ<30°
o
1 = 0.59
h
B/2
1E = 0.80
WI
B ND
5 = -0.27 DI
B/2
2a
RE
CT
IO
N
Case - 2 Positive Internal Pressure A(-i)
48
W I N D L O A D S
M BM A Recomm endation for Op en Buildings – M WFRS

ASCE 7-98, does not cover the main wind force resisting system for open
buildings. The pressure coefficients provided in Table 1.4.5 (a) and figure 1.4.5 (e)
are consistent with previous ed itions of the MBMA Low-Rise Build ing Systems
Manual. Since the values given in these references are based on mean pressure
coefficients (Cp’) referenced to mean hourly wind speeds, the peak coefficients
given in Table 1.4.5(a) and figure 1.4.5(e) were obtained by amplifying the values
as GCp =1.25 x 2.0 x (1 / 1.53)2 Cp’ see equation 1.4.5.2 in MBMA 2002.
Where the gust factor is assumed to be 2.0, the 3 second gust speeds are taken as
1.53 times m ean hourly speeds, and the 1.25 factor accounts for u ncertainty in the
database as the coefficients were generated from experiments in a uniform flow
wind tunnel (turbulence not properly modeled ).
The coefficient GCp = 1.3N where, N = the num ber of frames, to be used in the
design of main framing in the longitud inal direction for open buildings is based
on some research work in the US, and is a bit on conservative side.
-0.50
-0.75
-0.50 -0.75
-0.75
+1.3N
+0.75 S
B
Figure 1.4.5(e)
MBMA Recommendation for Open Building in Longitudianl Direction
N otes for O pen Buildings:

1. The 0.75 pressure coefficients apply to any covered areas of the build ing surfaces.
2. The 1.3N pressure coefficients shall be app lied to the solid area of the largest fram e projected onto a plane normal to the ridge; this
coefficient is based on the following lim its:
a. 0.1 <= ϕ <= 0.3
b. 1/ 6 <= h/ B <= 6
c. S/ B <= 0.5
Where ϕ is the ratio of solid area of to frame to gross area of the end wall and N is the number of transverse fram es. See MBMA 2002 Design
examp le 1.4.9(b)-3 for p aram eters outsid e this limits.
49
W I N D L O A D S
Consid er the building in example 5.7 as an “Open Building”, the opening is walls
is as shown in Figure 1.4.5 (e) above, the coefficients on the sheeted area will be
as shown in Figure 1.4.5 (e).
The coefficients on the main frame are as shown in the sketch below,
Gcp = -0.50 Gcp = -0.50
\
GCp =+0.75 GCp =+0.75
Wind Coefficients for Main Framing for all zones in an Open Building
The total force on the wind bracing system at the side walls will depend on the
value of 1.3N.
Assuming the solid area of the end frame = 45.00 m 2
(Solid area is the area of main frame steel profile includ ing the purlin depth and
sheeting d epth at sidewalls and roof)
Gross area of End wall = 293.12 m 2
Therefore,
ϕ = Solid Area / Gross Area
= 45 / 293.12 = 0.154
h / B = 7.5 / 35 = 0.214
S / B = 8.55 / 35 = 0.244
N = number of frames = 10
Check if all are within the limits below,

a) 0.1 <= ϕ <= 0.3 ϕ = 0.154 OK
b) 1/ 6 <= h/ B <= 6 h/ b = 0.214 OK
c) S/ B <= 0.5 s/ b = 0.244 OK
Hence force per sidewall is given as,

= 1.3 x N x Solid Area / (2 x 2)
= 1.3 x 10 x 45 / 4 = 146.25 kN
If the number of braced bays are 4,
Force per braced bay = 146.25 / 4 = 36.563 kN
50
W I N D L O A D S
Alternatively, the equation below can be used as a more precise method of

selecting wind loads in the d esign of the longitud inal framing for open build ings
as a guideline for assessing wind load s for open, bare frames during erection.
The load on a single frame reaches its maximum value when the wind vector is
normal to the frame. As add itional frames are ad ded, the first frame affects some
shielding for the second, the first and second tends to shield the third, and so on.
The researchers d eveloped a method ology by which the total “peak” drag load
on the assemblage of N frames as follows:
Eqn. 7.3.3-1 FD N (α ) = GC P(0) q A s [ 1 + (N-1) n N(α) ] kN
Where,
FDN (α) = normal ‘peak’ d rag force on open frame assemblage for an angle of
attack of the wind , (α) is measured from the normal to the frame outline
GC P(0) = peak drag coefficient on a single frame at (α = 0°)
As = effective solid area of a single frame,
q = velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof height (h) for a given
exposure.
n N(α) = d irectional shield ing coefficients, the maximum values of which are
given in figu re 7.3.3(c) as a function of n 2, the shield ing coefficient for two
frames which is given in figure 7.3.3(b).
The design force FD N (α) represents the net force to be resisted by the longitudinal
fram ing system, including that portion transmitted d irectly to foundation
(ground).
51
W I N D L O A D S
GCp(O)
1.5 103*0.31 1 1-0 1: 0.1=0-10

GCp(O) 171-4.100 0=0.1
10 X
01 OS
0
Figure 7.3.3(a)
Peak Drag Coefficient for a = 0°
1.0
N
n2 18
S/8-2 0
- 15
0.5 \\ v
\\ •1.0
\\ * 0.75
-0.50
•CX25
0 0.5
<t> 1.0
Figure 7.3.3 (b)

M axim um Value of Shieldin g Coefficien t for 2 Fram es
(App roximate values from the graph s above are tabulated below)
Φ 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
G C P(0) 1.71 1.30 1.28 1.25 1.22 1.19 1.15 1.12 1.09 1.06 0.00
Φ 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 S/B
1.00 0.92 0.78 0.62 0.52 0.42 0.32 0.23 0.16 0.08 0.00 0.25
1.00 0.96 0.80 0.69 0.58 0.46 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.20 0.22 0.50
1.00 0.93 0.82 0.71 0.62 0.54 0.48 0.43 0.39 0.38 0.38 0.75
n2
1.00 0.93 0.85 0.76 0.68 0.61 0.55 0.51 0.48 0.44 0.42 1.00
1.00 0.98 0.90 0.85 0.82 0.79 0.77 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 1.50
1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.95 0.93 0.91 0.88 0.84 0.79 0.71 2.00
52
W I N D L O A D S
1.5 <J) =» 1.0 18.9

19.4
12.0
1.5
R
9' \
\
\
\
179 ft
n A
n"/n, N * 10
-7 ///
"A N » 10
-
»
7
5
//
.5 111
77i *4
1.0 0 J
0
1_ 1
-
l
«4
3 UJ.
2/Jt 1.0
-3
h I ■ i 1
iX
\
0.5 II I I v0
I I x
asm 1.0
W \
li
\ \ // / \
\ \ I i
- W\
\
\
X
// *X
0.5
— — 4
0.5
(a) SI B - 0.25 (b) SI B - 0.50
1.5 1.5
/ /
/ /
/ /
N- 10
Z'V ,
/
» 7 2 N- 7
-4
5
- ✓
5 -
•4
✓
✓
/
-3 p
3
1.0
l 1.0ÿ— L 1 » i I
as 10 1.0
X 0 0
x
X.
0.5 0.5
(c) SIB = 0.75 (d) SB = 1.0
Figure 7.3.3 (c)

Maximum Value of Shielding Coefficient for N Frames
(App roximate values from th e graphs above are tabulated below)
53
W I N D L O A D S
N Φ 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
S / B = 0.25
3.00 1.00 0.97 0.91 0.85 0.79 0.74 0.70 0.68 0.67 0.72 12.00
4.00 1.00 0.91 0.80 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.67 0.69 0.71 1.10 18.90
5.00 nn / n2 1.00 0.85 0.75 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.63 0.68 0.80 1.30 19.40
7.00 1.00 0.80 0.69 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.59 0.68 0.90 1.35 17.90
10.00 1.00 0.71 0.65 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.58 0.68 1.00 1.55 21.00
S / B = 0.50
3.00 1.00 0.98 0.92 0.85 0.80 0.82 1.00 1.32 1.36 1.31 1.27
4.00 1.00 0.91 0.81 0.76 0.75 0.82 1.10 1.36 1.39 1.35 1.30
5.00 nn / n2 1.00 0.88 0.78 0.75 0.76 0.82 1.15 1.45 1.47 1.42 1.38
7.00 1.00 0.85 0.77 0.73 0.75 0.82 1.20 1.55 1.59 1.50 1.40
10.00 1.00 0.82 0.73 0.70 0.70 0.82 1.25 1.60 1.70 1.60 1.48
S / B = 0.75
3.00 1.00 0.98 0.93 0.90 0.90 0.92 0.97 1.01 1.07 1.10 1.12
4.00 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.01 1.10 1.17 1.25 1.31
5.00 nn / n2 1.00 0.91 0.86 0.85 0.87 0.92 1.02 1.10 1.17 1.28 1.39
7.00 1.00 0.86 0.80 0.81 0.87 0.92 1.03 1.12 1.22 1.34 1.48
10.00 1.00 0.82 0.77 0.77 0.84 0.92 1.04 1.14 1.28 1.40 1.53
S / B = 1.00
3.00 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.93 0.97 1.03 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.10 1.22
4.00 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.92 0.97 1.01 1.04 1.08 1.12 1.20 1.38
nn / n2
5.00 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.91 0.97 1.03 1.07 1.11 1.16 1.28 1.45
7.00 1.00 0.86 0.83 0.89 0.96 1.03 1.08 1.13 1.20 1.35 1.60
Where,
Φ - Solid ity ratio = As / Ae

As - Solid area of the fram e profile
Ae - total projected area outlined by fram e
(for a typ ical low -rise bu ild ing this w ou ld be (w id th x eave height) + gable
area
H - m ean height of fram es
B - wid th of fram e
S - sp acing of frames
N - nu mber of frames
n2 - two frames
nn - ‘n’ num ber of frames
54
W I N D L O A D S
Solving the same problem of Exam ple 5.7, we know from previous example on
open building,
Φ = Solid Area / Gross Area
= 45 / 293.12 = 0.154
h / B = 7.5 / 35 = 0.214
S / B = 8.55 / 35 = 0.244
N = nu mber of frames = 10
Referring to Figure 7.3.3 (b) or the table below the figure, for computing the
value of GCp (0) and n 2,
GCp (0) = 1.29 for, Φ = 0.154
n2 = 0.85 for, Φ = 0.154 & S/ B = 0.25
Referring to Figure 7.3.3 (c) or the table below the figure, we can tabulate the
value of (n n / n 2) for correspond ing value of (S/ B), (ϕ ) and N value,
n n / n 2 = 0.68, but n 2 = 0.85, therefore,

nn = 0.68 x 0.85 = 0.578
Substituting the values in the equation below,
FDN (α ) = GCP(0) q A s [ 1 + (N-1) n N(α) ]

= 1.29 x 0.63 x 45 x [ 1 +(10-1) x 0.578 ] = 226.81 kN
Half of this value is distributed to either sidewall and half to the base of the
column, hence = 226.81 / (2 x 2) = 56.702 kN
If there are 4 braced bays per sidewall, then

= 56.702 / 4 = 14.176 kN
55
W I N D L O A D S
Design wind load s on Open buildings with Monoslope, Pitched , or Trough ed
Roofs.
LU-Z-
■=-m
ASCE 7-98 does address the wind loads on “Open Build ings”, if requ ired to
apply the latest codes, the following equation from ASCE 7-05 may be used in
lieu of equations recommended in MBMA 2002.
ASCE 7-05
Section 6.5.13
Eqn . 6-25 ASCE 7-05 P = q h G CN kN/m 2
Where,
q h = velocity pressure evaluated at m ean roof height.
C N = net pressure coefficient determined from Figures 6-18A through 6-18D of
ASCE 7-05, For roof slope <= 7.5° use CN as below,
Case A CN = +1.20
Case B CN = -1.10
Checking the same example 5.7, by applying the above equation, we know
qh = 0.63 kN/ m 2
G = 0.85
Since the slope is less than 7.5°
CN = +1.20 or -1.10
P = 0.63 x 0.85 x 1.20 = 0.643 kN/ m 2
Therefore total load = As x P x N
= 45 x 0.643 x 10 = 289.35 kN
Half the load to each sidewall and column base,
= 289.35 / ( 2 x 2 ) = 72.337 kN
If there are 4 braced bays, then load per braced bay is given as,
= 72.337 / 4 = 18.084 kN
56
W I N D L O A D S
M BM A Recommen dations for buildings with Parapets (MWFRS)

(See also ASCE 7-05 Section 6.5.12.2.4)
ASCE 7-98 has no provisions for wind loads on parapets, but ASCE 7-05 has
referred to the same equation as recommended by MBMA 2002 which is given
below. The design wind pressure for the effect of parapets on MWFRSs of rigid ,
low –rise, or flexible buildings with flat, gable, or hip roof shall be determined by
the following equations:
Eqn . 1.4.5.3 M BM A 02
Eqn . 6-20 ASCE 7-05 Pp = q p G C pn kN/m 2
Where,
Pp = combined net pressure on the parapet due to the combination of the net
pressures from the front and back parapet surfaces. Plus (and minus) signs
Ed signify net pressure acting toward (and away from ) the front exterior side of the
03 parapet.
qp = velocity pressure evaluated at the top of the parapet

M BM A 02
GC pn = combined net pressure coefficient.
Section 1.4.5.3
= + 1.50 for windward parapet. (+1.80 as per MBMA 2002)
= - 1.00 for leeward parapet. (-1.10 as per MBMA 2002)
Again, taking the same example 5.7, and assum ing other details as below,
Top of Parapet = 9500 mm

Re-calculate the Velocity pressure at the top of parapet
Velocity Pressure qp = 0.613 x 10-3 Kz Kzt Kd V2 Iw kN/ m 2
Kz = 2.01 (9.5/ 365.76) 2/ 7 = 0.71

Kzt = = 1.00
Kd = = 0.85
Therefore,
qp = 0.613 x 10-3 x 0.71 x 1.00 x 0.85 x 41.672 x 1.00
= 0.642 kN/ m 2
57
W I N D L O A D S
Then the combined net pressure on the parapet is calculated as,
As per ASCE 7-05

= 0.642 x 1.50 (Windward face) = 0.963 kN/ m 2
= 0.642 x 1.00 (Leeward face) = 0.642 kN/ m 2
As per MBMA 2002

The UDL on the parapet fram ing is given as,
= Sum of pressure x Bay Spacing

As per ASCE 7-05
= (0.963 + 0.642) x 8.55 = 13.723 kN/ m
As per MBMA 2002

= (1.156 + 0.706) x 8.55 = 15.920 kN/ m
58
W I N D L O A D S
Design Wind loads on Solid Free Standing walls and Solid Sign s
The design wind force for a solid free standing walls and solid signs shall be
d etermined by the following formula,
Pp = q z G Cf As kN
Eqn . 6-27 ASCE 7-05
Where,
q z = the velocity pressure evaluated at height ‘h’ for a given exposu re. Where ‘h’
LU=-
■=-m
is the top of sign above ground.

A s = the gross area of the solid free standing wall or sign in m 2
C f = net force coefficient from figure 6-20 ASCE 7-05, Cf depend on the shape
ASCE 7-05 aspect ratio and clearance ratio above ground, may be conservatively assumed =
Section 6.5.14 1.80 for more precise value see figure 6-20 of ASCE 7-05.
Say we have a Solid Sign with following details as below,
Width (B) = 4000 mm
Height (s) = 2000 mm
Top of Sign (h) = 8000 mm
Wind Speed = 150 kmph = 41.67 m/ sec
Calculate the Velocity pressure at the top of Solid Sign
Velocity Pressure qz = 0.613 x 10-3 Kz Kzt Kd V2 Iw kN/ m 2
Kz = 2.01 (h/ 365.76) 2/ 7
= 2.01 (9.14/ 365.76) 2/ 7 = 0.70
Kzt = = 1.00
Kd = = 0.85
Therefore,
qz = 0.613 x 10-3 x 0.70 x 1.00 x 0.85 x 41.672 x 1.00
= 0.63 kN/ m 2
Pp = 0.63 x 0.85 x 1.80 x 4 x 2 = 7.71 kN
59
W I N D L O A D S
Checking the above value with more precise calculation as per Figure 6-20 of
ASCE 7-05,
B/ s =4/ 2 = 2.00
s/ h =2/ 8 = 0.25
Referring to Figure 6-20 on page 73 we find, Cf = 1.80
Other Structures - Method 2 AH Heights

Figure 6-20 Force Coefficients, Cf Solid Frcestandiug Walls
& Solid Signs
i
8
6
i
B**»nco
F
tab !M4l OR
F*f«1.M*WC WM1
H CASE A
3«C». vO
h
w#.o t I
.1 M.
CASCC
ELEVATION VIEW Orf*»K®
«.2
F CASE B \
- s %12\
-
WLNII
F o:» !
5»h
- hi
’
~T
1*0
IRri w tiwia
t*. 1
0»-*, IFt> worn
CROQG-SCCTION view PLAN VICWS

O. CASE A 8. CASC 0
Quncdicu Aspect Flailo. B''3
Ratio, &ti sO.OS 0.1 02 05 I 2 4 5 10 30 >45
1 1 80 170 1.65 1-SS 1.4S 1.40 1» 1.* '--3Q 1.30 1.30 1.00
09 1.85 1,75 •70 1.60 1.55 1.50 1,45 1.45 I.4Q 1,40 1.40 1.40
07 1.90 1£S 1.75 1.70 1.65 1.60 1.60 1.55 1.55 1.55 l 55 '.55
OS 1 95 1.85 l.«* 1 711 1 75 1.70 1 70 1.70 1.70 1 70 1 70 1.75
03 1.95 1.90 1.85 1 80 1 80 1 80 1.60 1.80 1 80 1 85 1 85 185
0.2 1.95 1.90 1.86 ISO 1 80 1.80 1 .00 iso 1.85 vao 1.90 '.95
<0.10 1.95 1.90 1.85 1 85 1 80 1.80 1.85 1.85 1.85 1 9U 1.90 1.95
O, CASE C
Region Region
Aspect Ralo. B7* (horatu Aspect Ratio, ft's
dstart* Har l>AtUC*tel0
<r>NwJ*g«l 2 3 4 5 0 7 8 9 10 M i:m I J fl :.~i ‘
13 245
fl In s ?«) ?90 3 10* 3 30’ 3 40- 3 55* 36V 3 75* 0 tos 4 00- 4.30'
S tO?8 1.60 170 1.90 200 215 225 2.30 2.35 245 sto 2s 2.00 255
2« 10 3* Mv 1.16 1-30 1.46 1.55 1.65 1-70 1 7S 1.85 2S10 3S 2.00 •95
3-. lo 10s tM'IMIrten! 1.10 1.05 1,05 1.05 1.05 1.00 0.95 3s lo 4s 1.60 1.85
"ViO** eKll (M IHAM V ic W 0« «VAU 04 t CM
4s to 5s 1.35 1.65
by tt-« toftjw Ing ••djrt «n
r*cli> wtien a iiMurr
MS
(M
10
use
OK
II WiTH A Hi. llA INCORM4.il 5*t6 10»
>iQs
090
0 65
1.10
055
coir m is 0
52 003 ■nir
Notes:
1 . The term "s-gnj- in notes below also apples lo "1'eestandng wafs"
2. Signs wrtn openlrg! comprising less than 30‘‘t of the gross ares are classfiled as solid signs. Force eoe« dents lor scFd signs with open ngs
shal be pei mi turd lo be n\*jpled by the reduction fucKv <1 (1 - - c>’ V
3. To allow for both normal ar»d ob Ique wind directions, ihe (slowing cases sha'I be cor sbered ;
For t’h < l:
CASE A: resultant lotce acis normal to tne taoe of me sign Bvough the geometric oenter.
CASE B- res.iJii.ir4 lorce aas. normal to me time of the sign ai a distance from the geometric center
inward the windward edge equal to 09 i.me* He average wdih of ihe sign.
For ft'* 2 2, CASE C must also be considered:
CASE C: resultant torsos act rornial to the face ol the sign through the geometric centers of each regon.
For sm i : -
Tho Mine caseo as Above except that l'«u venial 'ocal'ons ot the rocutanl lows occur at a dirtarc© afcovo
tho geometric oenler equal lo 0.06 times the average heÿht ol Ihe sign.
i For CASE C where sAi > 0 8. tome cnedioe«4s shall be rx>*p*u*i hy the red net on tarter -
(V8 67h).
5. L near imepotanen Is permuted (or values of s/h. Brs aÿd Ivs other than shown.
6. Notation:
B: horizontal dimension ol fjgn, in tool (molars.).
h: height ol the sign, m lent (meters),
%: vertical dimension of the sign, in leet (meter*).
c: ratio of solid area to gross area;
lr: horizo-dal dimension ol return Mme, in lent (meters)
inimum Design Loads lor Buildings and Other structures 73
60
W I N D L O A D S
Other MBMA Recom mendation for MWFRS

It is important to note that coefficients 1 and 4 (and 1E and 4E) of figure 1.4.5(c)
or 1.4.5(d ) are to be used in combination in designing the longitudinal wind-
resisting system. Ad ditionally, note that the strut purlin spanning in the
longitud inal direction should be d esigned for the appropriate axial load based on
Figure 1.4.5(c) or 1.4.5(d) in com bination with a transverse bending load assessed
from the appropriate coefficients in tables 1.4.6(b) through 1.4.6(h). For a more
d etailed method, a strut purlin may be designed for the more severe of the two
following separate wind load cases in combination with other appropriate load s:
1) A regular pu rlin design for bend ing using the coefficients from figures and
tables 1.4.6(b) through 1.4.6(h).
2) A purlin designed for combined bending and axial loads using all of the
load s required for the main wind force resisting system.
AXIAL LOAD WIND LOAD DUE TO COEFFICIENTS FROM MBMA 02 TABLE 1.4.6(b) TO (h)
DUE TO
LONGITUDINAL
LOADING I I I
AS PER MBMA 02
FIGURE 1.4.5(c) OR
1.4.5(d)
STRUT PURLIN
SUPPORTS
LOADING FOR DESIGN OF STRUT PURLIN

T
61
W I N D L O A D S
Comp on en ts and Cladding Pressure Coefficients

Design Pressure – Com ponents and Clad ding (C & C)
p = q h [(GC p ) - (GCpi)] kN/m 2

Eqn . 1.4.3
The external and internal coefficients have been combined and tabulated in
MBMA 2002 Table 1.4.6(a) through 1.4.6(h). Coefficients depend on the effective
wind load area of the component or cladding and its location relative to the
Ed geometric d iscontinuities in the surfaces of the building. The building surfaces
03 are zoned and the pressure coefficients are assumed to be constant within each
zone. When a member lies within two or more zones, the design loads for that
member can be d etermined using several rational approaches. Coefficients for
M BM A 02
wall m ay be red uced by 10% when the roof angle (θ) is less than or equal to 10°.
Section 1.4.2
The redu ced values for roof angle less than 10° is tabulated in Table 1.4.6(a) of
MBMA 2002.
Components and Claddings include all members other than the main framing
members, for example, Eave struts, purlins, girts, clips, sheeting, trims &
fasteners.
where,
q h = velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof height (h) for a given exposure.
GC p = external pressure coefficients from Figures 6-5 to 6-7 ASCE 7-98
GC pi = internal pressure coefficients from Table 6-7 ASCE 7-98
62
W I N D L O A D S
o5
o
5
a
a o
4 o4
oo
5 5
a
a
1-31
Tab le 1.4.6(a)
Wall Coefficien ts Eq u ation s [(G C p ) - (G C p i )] w / internal p ressu re in clu d ed
Ou tward p ressu re for C & C
Eff. Win d Load Partially En closed
Zon e Enclosed Bu ild in gs
Area=A (m ) 2 Bu ild ings
A <= 0.93 -1.58 -1.95
Corn er (5) 0.93 < A < 46.5 0.353 Log A - 1.57 0.353 Log A – 1.94
A >= 46.5 -0.98 -1.35
A <= 0.93 -1.28 -1.65
In terior (4) 0.93 < A < 46.5 0.176 Log A - 1.27 0.176 Log A - 1.64
A >= 46.5 -0.98 -1.35
In w ard p ressu re for C & C
A <= 0.93 1.18 1.55
All Zon es 0.93 < A < 46.5 -0.176 Log A + 1.17 -0.176 Log A + 1.54
A >= 46.5 0.88 1.25
Valu es tab u lated b elow are ab ove valu es redu ced b y 10% for θ<=10°
A <= 0.93 -1.44 -1.81
A >= 46.5 -0.90 -1.27
A <= 0.93 -1.17 -1.54
A >= 46.5 -0.90 -1.27
A <= 0.93 1.08 1.45
A >= 46.5 0.81 1.18
63
W I N D L O A D S
Example
Using the same Example 5.7, we know the following,
Velocity Pressure qh = 0.63 kN/ m 2

End Zone ‘a’ = 3000 mm
First, we need to check the wall panel in all zones, how much can the selected
panel span in order to decide the spacing of girts and then design the girt.
Let us assume the following wall panel d etails,

Profile = M45-250
Thickness = 0.50 mm
Material = Aluzinc
The effective covering wid th of these panel = 1000 mm, let us try using 1800 mm
girt spacing, then the effective w id th clause as per MBMA 2002 page I-18 applies,
which states that the width should be greater of,
Tributary width = 1000 mm

Span / 3 = 1800 / 3 = 600 mm
Hence effective width = 1000 mm
The tributary area for coefficient calculation is given as,
= 1000 x 1800 / 10002 = 1.800 m 2
Referring Table 1.4.6(a) above, considering an enclosed building, since the slope
is less than 10 use the 10% reduced values from the lower portion of the table
1.4.6 (a)
Outward Pressure (Suction)

Corners = 0.318 Log A - 1.43
= 0.318 (Log 1.8) – 1.43 = -1.349~ - 1.35
Interiors = 0.159 Log A - 1.16
= 0.159 (Log 1.8) – 1.16 = -1.119~ -1.12
Inward Pressure (Pressure)
All Zones = -0.159 Log A + 1.08
= -0.159 (Log 1.8) + 1.08 = 1.039 ~1.04
Therefore,
The loads at various zones are given by,
= q h [(GCp ) - (GCpi)]
64
W I N D L O A D S

Corners = 0.63 x 1.35 = 0.85 kN / m 2
Interiors = 0.63 x 1.12 = 0.71 kN / m 2

All Zones = 0.63 x 1.04 = 0.66 kN/ m 2
Refer the Panel Chart below to check the allowable load kN/ m 2 for above profile
and thickness, referring for span = 2.0 meters,
1- Span Pressure = 1.48 kN / m 2

1-Span Su ction = 1.76 kN/ m 2
Since all loads calcu lated are less than the allow able loads for any num ber of
spans, no further checks are required . It is im portant to note that at locations
ad jacent to wall lights and other w all op enings etc. the panel spans should be
checked for the nu mber of spans the panel is sp anning and accord ingly check
the approp riate allow able load s.
Since the loads are very less than the allow able let us use girt spacing of 2000
m m, it w ill be required to re-calculate the coefficients as above for revised
tribu tary area of 2.0 m 2.

Corners = 0.318 Log A - 1.43
= 0.318 (Log 2.0) – 1.43 = -1.334 ~ - 1.33
= 0.63 x 1.33 = 0.84 kN / m 2

= 0.159 (Log 2.0) – 1.16 = -1.112~ -1.12
= 0.63 x 1.12 = 0.71 kN / m 2

All Zones = -0.159 Log A + 1.08
= -0.159 (Log 2.0) + 1.08 = 1.032~ 1.03
= 0.63 x 1.03 = 0.65 kN / m 2
Since the load s less than the allow able, w e use girt spacing of 2000 m m .
65
W I N D L O A D S
1000
16.8 _8 250 Pitch
8.7
31,95
4 _J 4_
\S
s_ fi
1 120
i/%
Panel Structural Properties :

We b
P a ne l
N o min Ix T o p in C o m pre s sio n B o t t o m in C o m pres s io n S he a
P ane l N o m ina l C o v e rin N o m in
al ( F ull E r
B ase T hic k ne s g Widt h a l A rea S x- S x- S x- S x-
We ight S e c t io It x Ma Ibx Ma Va
M eta l s Top Bot tx
Top Bot bx
n) (kN / cm
(mm) (mm) ( k g/ m ) (cm 2 ) (cm 4 ) 2)
(cm 4 ) ( cm 3 ) (cm 3 ) (k N m ) (c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) ( cm 3 ) (k N m ) ( kN )
0.50 1000.00 4.315 5.18 15.60 20000.00 11.49 3.58 8.53 0.74 10.99 4.84 4.81 0.99 4.02
A luzinc
C o a te d 0.70 1000.00 6.228 7.62 22.92 20000.00 20.28 6.80 12.72 1.40 17.71 7.34 8.19 1.52 12.80
S t ee l
1.00 1000.00 9.095 11.27 33.87 20000.00 33.53 11.75 19.13 2.43 28.54 11.16 13.93 2.30 33.33
A ll of t h e a bov e v a lu es a r e for on e m eter of pa n el w idt h .
Allowable Un iform Loads (kN/m 2 ):

Panel
Panel
Nominal No. of Load S p a n I n M e t e r s
Base
Thickne Spans Case
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 5.92 3.79 2.63 1.93 1.48 1.17 0.95 0.78 0.66 0.56 0.48
1 WP 5.92 3.79 2.63 1.93 1.48 1.17 0.94 0.71 0.54 0.43 0.34
WS 7.94 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.76 1.24 0.90 0.68 0.52 0.41 0.33
D+L 6.43 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.99 1.57 1.27 1.05 0.88 0.75 0.65
0.50 2 WP 6.43 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.99 1.57 1.27 1.05 0.88 0.75 0.65
WS 5.92 3.79 2.63 1.93 1.48 1.17 0.95 0.78 0.66 0.56 0.48
D+L 7.31 5.85 4.11 3.02 2.31 1.83 1.48 1.22 1.03 0.88 0.76
3 WP 7.31 5.85 4.11 3.02 2.31 1.83 1.48 1.22 1.03 0.81 0.65
Aluzinc Coated Steel
WS 7.31 4.74 3.29 2.42 1.85 1.46 1.18 0.98 0.82 0.70 0.60
D+L 11.23 7.19 4.99 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.80 1.49 1.25 1.06 0.92
1 WP 11.23 7.19 4.99 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.66 1.25 0.96 0.76 0.61
WS 12.12 7.76 5.39 3.96 2.83 1.99 1.45 1.09 0.84 0.66 0.53
D+L 12.12 7.76 5.39 3.96 3.03 2.39 1.94 1.60 1.35 1.15 0.99
0.70 2 WP 12.12 7.76 5.39 3.96 3.03 2.39 1.94 1.60 1.35 1.15 0.99
WS 11.23 7.19 4.99 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.80 1.49 1.25 1.06 0.92
D+L 15.15 9.70 6.73 4.95 3.79 2.99 2.42 2.00 1.68 1.43 1.24
3 WP 15.15 9.70 6.73 4.95 3.79 2.99 2.42 2.00 1.68 1.43 1.14
WS 14.04 8.99 6.24 4.58 3.51 2.77 2.25 1.86 1.56 1.25 1.00
D+L 19.40 12.42 8.62 6.33 4.85 3.83 3.10 2.57 2.16 1.84 1.58
1 WP 19.40 12.42 8.62 6.33 4.85 3.77 2.75 2.06 1.59 1.25 1.00
WS 18.42 11.79 8.19 6.02 4.57 3.21 2.34 1.76 1.35 1.06 0.85
D+L 18.42 11.79 8.19 6.02 4.61 3.64 2.95 2.44 2.05 1.74 1.50
1.00 2 WP 18.42 11.79 8.19 6.02 4.61 3.64 2.95 2.44 2.05 1.74 1.50
WS 19.40 12.42 8.62 6.33 4.85 3.83 3.10 2.57 2.16 1.84 1.58
D+L 23.03 14.74 10.24 7.52 5.76 4.55 3.68 3.05 2.56 2.18 1.88
3 WP 23.03 14.74 10.24 7.52 5.76 4.55 3.68 3.05 2.56 2.18 1.88
WS 24.25 15.52 10.78 7.92 6.06 4.79 3.88 3.21 2.55 2.01 1.61
Th e A llow a ble loa ds for w in d a r e w it h ou t t h e 3 3 % in c r ea se
D+L = Dea d + Liv e Loa d WP = W in d Pr essu r e Loa d WS = W in d Su c t ion Loa d

A llow a ble Deflec tion = Spa n / 6 0
66
W I N D L O A D S
Check wall panel fasteners, for 45-250 panel profile, the fasteners are usually
spaced 250 mm c/ c, hence the tributary area for fasteners is,
= Spacing of girts x spacing of fasteners

= 2.00 x 0.25 = 0.50 m 2
is less than 10° use the 10% reduced values from the lower portion of the table
1.4.6 (a)

Corners = -1.44
Interiors = -1.17
All Zones = +1.08
Therefore,
The total load in kN in various zones are given by,
= q h [(GCp ) - (GCpi)] x Tributary area

Corners = 0.63 x 1.44 x 0.50 = 0.45 kN
Interiors = 0.63 x 1.17 x 0.50 = 0.37 kN
All Zones = 0.63 x 1.08 x 0.50 = 0.34 kN
Purlin / G irt Th k . (t 2) m m 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5

Pu ll-Ou t (k N ) P not / Ω 0.83 1.04 1.25 1.39 1.74
Pan el Th k. (t 1) m m 0.5 0.7 1.0 - -
Screw D iam eter 4.8 5.5 4.8 5.5 -
Ten sion (k N ) P nt / Ω 1.94 4.52 1.88 3.70 -
Shear (k N ) P nv / Ω 1.64 3.05 1.64 2.52 -
The values for Pull-Out and Pu ll-Over needs to be checked , Pull over value is
generally more than required because of the 19mm washer bearing on panel.
67
W I N D L O A D S
Now to we need to calculate the load in kN/ m on girts. Similar to panels we

need to calculate the tributary area for determ ining the applicable coefficients.
Span of girts = Bay spacing of building

= 8550 mm
Tributary width = Span of panels = spacing of girts

= 2000 mm
Applying the effective width clause of MBMA 02, effective width is greater of,
Span / 3 = 8550 / 3 = 2850 m m
Therefore, tributary area
= 8550 x 2850 / 10002 = 24.37 m 2
1.4.6 (a)

Corners = 0.318 Log A - 1.43
= 0.318 (Log 24.37) – 1.43 = -0.988 ~ - 0.99
= 0.159 (Log 24.37) – 1.16 = -0.939 ~ -0.94
All Zones = -0.159 Log A + 1.08
= -0.159 (Log 24.37) + 1.08 = 0.859 ~ 0.86
Therefore,
The loads in kN/ m at various zones are given by,
= q h [(GCp ) - (GCpi)] x spacing of girts

Corners = 0.63 x 0.99 x 2 = 1.25 kN/ m
Interiors = 0.63 x 0.94 x 2 = 1.18 kN/ m

All Zones = 0.63 x 0.86 x 2 = 1.08 kN / m
H ence the girts should be d esigned for all the above load s.
68
W I N D L O A D S
o o
3 2 o o
2 3 3 2
2
2
3
o
1 3
a 2
o
1
2
" o
2
o o
2 1 o o 1 2
a
.o 3
a o o
3 2 o o
2 3
Tab le 1.4.6(b ) (0° <= θ < 10° )

Roof an d O verh an g Coefficien ts Eq u ation s [(G C p ) - (G C p i )] w / internal p ressu re in clu d ed
Up lift for C & C
Area A (m 2) Bu ild ings
A <= 0.93 -2.98 -3.35
Corn er (3) 0.93 < A < 9.30 1.70 Log A – 2.93 1.70 Log A – 3.30
A >= 9.30 -1.28 -1.65
A <= 0.93 -1.98 -2.35
Ed ge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.70 Log A – 1.96 0.70 Log A – 2.33
A >= 9.30 -1.28 -1.65
A <= 0.93 -1.18 -1.55
A >= 9.30 -1.08 -1.45
D ow n w ard p ressure for C & C
A <= 0.93 0.48 0.85
A >= 9.30 0.38 0.75
Overh an g Coefficien ts, Up lift for C & C
A <= 0.93 -2.80
Corn er (3) 0.93 < A < 9.30 2.00 Log A – 2.74
A >= 9.30 -0.8
A <= 0.93 -1.70
Ed ge (2)
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.10 Log A – 1.70
an d
In terior (1) 9.30 < A < 46.5 0.715 Log A – 2.29
A >= 46.5 -1.10
69
W I N D L O A D S
Example

First, we need to check the Roof panel in all zones, how much can the selected
panel span in order to decide the spacing of purlins and then design the purlins.
Let us assume the following Roof panel details,

Profile = M45-250
Thickness = 0.50 mm
Material = Aluzinc
purlin spacing, then the effective wid th clause as per MBMA 2002 page I-18
applies, which states that the width should be greater of,

Span / 3 = 2000 / 3 = 666.67 mm
= 1000 x 2000 / 10002 = 2.00 m 2
Referring Table 1.4.6(b) above, considering an enclosed building. [If the roof
slope is more than 10° use Table 1.4.6(c), if the roof slope is more than 30° use
Table 1.4.6(d)]
Uplift (Suction)
Corners = 1.70 Log A – 2.93
= 1.70 (Log 2.0) – 2.93 = -2.418~ - 2.42
Edge = 0.70 Log A – 1.96
= 0.70 (Log 2.0) – 1.96 = -1.749~ - 1.75
= 0.10 (Log 2.0) – 1.18 = -1.149~ -1.15
Downward Pressure (Pressure)
All Zones = -0.10 Log A + 0.48
= -0.10 (Log 2.0) + 0.48 = 0.449 ~ 0.45
Therefore,
= q h [(GCp ) - (GCpi)]
70
W I N D L O A D S
Uplift (Suction)
Corners = 0.63 x 2.42 = 1.53 kN/ m 2
Edge = 0.63 x 1.75 = 1.10 kN/ m 2
Interiors = 0.63 x 1.15 = 0.73 kN / m 2
All Zones = 0.63 x 0.45 = 0.28 kN/ m 2
Refer the Panel Chart to check the allowable load kN/ m 2 for above profile and
thickness, referring for span = 2.0 meters,

So w e see that the allow able load for 2-Span (Su ction) is less than the
calcu lated load at the corners, ap art from this all load s calcu lated are less than
the allow able load s for any nu mber of spans, no fu rther checks are required . It
is important to note that at locations ad jacent to skylights and other roof
op enings etc. the panel spans shou ld be checked for the nu mber of spans the
panel is sp anning and accord ingly check the app rop riate allow able load s.
71
W I N D L O A D S
Check roof panel fasteners, for 45-250 panel profile, the fasteners are usually
= Spacing of purlins x spacing of fasteners

= 2.00 x 0.25 = 0.50 m 2
Referring Table 1.4.6(b) above, considering an enclosed building,
Uplift (Suction)
Corners = -2.98
Ed ge = -1.98
Interiors = -1.18
All Zones = +0.48
Therefore,
The total load in kN at various zones are given by,

Corners = 0.63 x 2.98 x 0.50 = 0.94 kN
Interiors = 0.63 x 1.98 x 0.50 = 0.62 kN
All Zones = 0.63 x 1.18 x 0.50 = 0.37 kN

Pu ll-Ou t (k N ) P not / Ω 0.83 1.04 1.25 1.39 1.74
Pan el Th k. (t 1) m m 0.5 0.7 1.0 - -
Screw D iam eter 4.8 5.5 4.8 5.5 -
Ten sion (k N ) P nt / Ω 1.94 4.52 1.88 3.70 -
Shear (k N ) P nv / Ω 1.64 3.05 1.64 2.52 -
The values for Pull-Out and Pull-Over need s to be checked, the calculated load at
the corners is more than the allowable for 1.2 m m thk. Bu t generally the end bay
purlins are thicker sections, otherwise spacing of screws shou ld be redu ced. Pull
over value is generally m ore than required because of the 19mm washer bearing
on panel.
72
W I N D L O A D S
Now to we need to calculate the load in kN/ m on purlins. Similar to panels we

Span of purlins = Bay spacing of building

= 8550 mm
Tributary width = Span of panels = spacing of purlins

= 2000 mm
Span / 3 = 8550 / 3 = 2850 m m
= 8550 x 2850 / 10002 = 24.37 m 2
Table 1.4.6(d)]
Uplift (Suction)
Corners = -1.28
Edge = -1.28
Interiors = -1.08
All Zones = 0.38
Therefore,
= {DL - q h [(GC p ) - (GCpi)]] x spacing of purlins
If the panel and purlin self weight from Table 3.1 chapter 3 = (0.04+0.056)
= 0.096 kN/ m 2
Uplift (Suction)
Corners & Edge = (0.096 - 0.63 x 1.28) x 2 = -1.42 kN / m
Interiors = (0.096 - 0.63 x 1.08) x 2 = -1.17 kN / m

All Zones = (0.096 + 0.63 x 0.38) x 2 = 0.67 kN / m
H ence the pu rlins shou ld be d esigned for all the above load s. The pressu re
load of 0.67 kN/ m m ay be ignored, since the com bined d ead and live load w ill
u su ally exceed the above valu e.
73
W I N D L O A D S
3 2 3 3 2 3 3
3 2
oTofo ooo
2
2
1 2
:P:
2 3
3
3 1
o
a
2
o ..
2 1 2
0 0 00 0 0
2 1 2
a 2
0-
a ..-'0
3
0'
a
a
a 3 2 3 2 3
o 0 0 0 0
a a a
Table 1.4.6(c) (10° <= θ < 30° )
Roof and O verhang Coefficien ts Equ ation s [(G C p ) - (G C p i )] w / in tern al p ressu re in clu d ed
Up lift for C & C
Eff. Win d Load
Zon e Enclosed Bu ild in gs Partially En closed Bu ild in gs
Area A (m 2)
Corn er (3) A <= 0.93 -2.28 -2.65
an d 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.70 Log A - 2.26 0.70 Log A - 2.63
Ed ge (2) A >= 9.30 -1.58 -1.95
A <= 0.93 -1.08 -1.45
A >= 9.30 -0.98 -1.35
A <= 0.93 0.68 1.05
A >= 9.30 0.48 0.85
A <= 0.93 -3.70
Corn er (3) 0.93 < A < 9.30 1.20 Log A - 3.66
A >= 9.30 -2.50
Ed ge (2)
an d All Tributary Areas -2.20
In terior (1)
74
W I N D L O A D S
O!
3 O 3 O!
2 IO 3 2 IO
O 3
3 2 3
2
2
1 2
3 *<0
3
3 1 a
a 2 2
\
a V
oi
2 o IO 01 o
1 2 2 1 IO2 a ro"
2
V
N
S
-X*"
s
a
o
3
\
\
a OI
3 O2 IO
3 OI
3 2 IO
O 3
a a a
Tab le 1.4.6(d ) (30° <= θ < 45° )

Roof an d Overh an g Coefficien ts Eq u ation s [(G C p ) - (GC p i )] w / internal p ressu re in clu d ed
Uplift for C & C
Eff. Win d Load
Zon e En closed Bu ild in gs Partially En closed Bu ild in gs
Area A (m 2)
A <= 0.93 -1.38 -1.75
Corn er (3) an d
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.20 Log A – 1.37 0.20 Log A - 1.74
Ed ge (2)
A >= 9.30 -1.18 -1.55
A <= 0.93 -1.18 -1.55
In terior (1) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.20 Log A – 1.17 0.20 Log A - 1.54
A >= 9.30 -0.98 -1.35
Dow n ward p ressu re for C & C
A <= 0.93 1.08 1.45
A >= 9.30 0.98 1.35
O verh an g Coefficien ts, Up lift for C & C
Corn er (3) A <= 0.93 -2.00
an d 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.20 Log A - 1.99
Ed ge (2) A >= 9.30 -1.80
75
W I N D L O A D S
See Table 1.4.6(d) for zones

on each gable roof
Tab le 1.4.6(e) (10° <= θ < 30° ) M u lti Sp an G ab le

Roof Coefficien ts Eq u ations [(G C p ) - (G C pi )] w / in tern al p ressu re in clu d ed
Up lift for C & C
Eff. Win d Load
Zon e Enclosed Bu ild in gs Partially En closed Bu ild ings
Area A (m 2)
A <= 0.93 -2.88 -3.25
A >= 9.30 -1.88 -2.25
A <= 0.93 -2.38 -2.75
Edge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.50 Log A - 2.36 0.50 Log A – 2.73
A >= 9.30 -1.88 -2.25
A <= 0.93 -1.78 -2.15
A >= 9.30 -1.58 -1.95
A <= 0.93 0.78 1.15
A >= 9.30 0.58 0.95
(30° <= θ < 45° )
Up lift for C & C
A <= 0.93 -2.78 -3.15
Corn er (3) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.9 Log A - 2.75 0.90 Log A - 3.12
A >= 9.30 -1.88 -2.25
A <= 0.93 -2.68 -3.05
Edge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.80 Log A - 2.65 0.80 Log A - 3.03
A >= 9.30 -1.88 -2.25
A <= 0.93 -2.18 -2.25
A >= 9.30 -1.28 -1.65
A <= 0.93 1.18 1.55
A >= 9.30 0.98 1.35
76
W I N D L O A D S
o2 o3 2a
4a o3
a
T
h
o2 o
1 o 2
o
A
4a
o
3
o
2 o3 2a
k -4
2a 4- 2a*4A
o
Tab le 1.4.6(f) (3° <= θ < 10° ) for less th an 3° refer 1.4.6(b)
Sin gle Slop e Roof Coefficien ts Eq u ation s [(G C p ) - (G C p i )] w / internal p ressu re in clu d ed
Up lift for C & C
Eff. Win d Load Area A Partially En closed
(m 2) Bu ild ings
A <= 0.93 -2.78 -3.15
H igh Sid e Corn er
0.93 < A < 9.30 1.00 Log A - 2.75 1.00 Log A - 3.12
(3')
A >= 9.30 -1.78 -2.15
A <= 0.93 -1.98 -2.35
Low Sid e Corn er
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.60 Log A - 1.96 0.60 Log A - 2.33
(3)
A >= 9.30 -1.38 -1.75
A <= 0.93 -1.78 -2.15
H igh Sid e Ed ge
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.10 Log A - 1.78 0.10 Log A - 2.15
(2')
A >= 9.30 -1.68 -2.05
A <= 0.93 -1.48 -1.85
Low Sid e Ed ge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.10 Log A - 1.48 0.10 Log A - 1.85
A >= 9.30 -1.38 -1.75
In terior (1) All -1.28 -1.65
D ow n ward p ressure for C & C
A <= 0.93 0.48 0.85
A >= 9.30 0.38 0.75
77
W I N D L O A D S
_L
o 2 a
4a o3 T
O2 ! O
1 O
2 h
oA
4a
o
3
o2 a
k -I
2a
T
o A
Tab le 1.4.6(g) (10° <= θ < 30° )

Sin gle Slop e Roof Coefficien ts Eq u ation s [(G C p ) - (GC p i )] w / internal p ressu re in clu d ed
Uplift for C & C
Eff. Win d Load Area Partially En closed
A (m 2) Bu ild in gs
A <= 0.93 -3.08 -3.45
H igh Sid e
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.90 Log A - 3.05 0.90 Log A - 3.42
Corn er (3)
A >= 9.30 -2.18 -2.55
A <= 0.93 -1.78 -2.15
Ed ge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.40 Log A - 1.77 0.40 Log A - 2.14
A >= 9.30 -1.38 -1.75
A <= 0.93 -1.48 -1.85
A >= 9.30 -1.28 -1.65
D own w ard p ressu re for C & C
A <= 0.93 0.58 0.95
A >= 9.30 0.48 0.85
78
W I N D L O A D S
o2 o3 a
2a
J_
o3
T h
a a
,
o2 o1 o2 oA
2a o3 _L
o2 io
_ 3 a
k 2a 4
oA
Tab le 1.4.6(h )
Saw Tooth Roof Coefficien ts Eq uation s [(G C p ) - (G C p i )] w / in ternal p ressu re in clu d ed
Up lift for C & C
(m 2) Bu ild ings
A <= 0.93 -4.28 -4.65
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.40 Log A - 4.26 0.40 Log A - 4.63
Sp an A Corn er (3)
9.30 < A < 46.5 2.289 Log A - 6.10 2.289 Log A - 6.47
A >= 46.5 -2.28 -2.65
A <= 0.93 -2.78 -3.15
Sp an s
9.30 < A < 46.5 1.001 Log A - 3.75 1.001 Log A - 4.12
B,C & D Corn er(3)
A >= 46.5 -2.08 -2.45
A <= 0.93 -3.38 -3.75
Ed ge (2) 0.93 < A < 46.5 0.942 Log A - 3.35 0.942 Log A - 3.72
A >= 46.5 -1.78 -2.15
A <= 0.93 -2.38 -2.75
A >= 46.5 -1.28 -1.65
D ow n w ard C & C
A <= 0.93 0.98 1.35
Corn er (3) 0.93 < A < 9.30 -0.10 Log A - 0.98 -0.10 Log A - 1.35
A >= 9.30 0.88 1.25
A <= 0.93 1.28 1.65
Ed ge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 -0.30 Log A - 1.27 -0.30 Log A - 1.64
A >= 9.30 0.98 1.35
A <= 0.93 0.88 1.25
In terior (1) 0.93 < A < 46.5 -0.177 Log A - 0.88 -0.177 Log A - 1.25
A >= 46.5 0.58 0.95
79
W I N D L O A D S
Freq u en tly Used Coefficien ts for G ab led M etal Bu ild in gs θ <= 10°
Partially
Location M em b ers Zon e Load Typ e En closed
En closed
Pressu re 0.38 0.75
In terior
Roof Su ction -1.08 -1.45
Purlin s Pressu re 0.38 0.75
Edge
A >= 9.3 Su ction -1.28 -1.65
m2 Pressu re 0.38 0.75
Corn er
M em b ers Pressu re 0.48 0.85
Roof In terior
Su ction -1.18 -1.55
Pan els &
Pressu re 0.48 0.85
Fasteners Edge
A >= 0.93 Su ction -1.98 -2.35
Corn er
Su ction -2.98 -3.35
Pressu re 0.93 1.30
In terior
Wall G irts Su ction -1.10 -1.40
A = 9.3 m 2 Pressu re 0.93 1.30
Corn er
Wall Su ction -1.12 -1.40
M em b ers Wall Pressu re 1.08 1.45
In terior
Pan els & Su ction -1.17 -1.54
Fasteners Pressu re 1.08 1.45
A <= 0.93 Corn er
m2 Su ction -1.44 -1.81
Purlin s & In terior -1.60 -1.60
Beam s Edge -1.60 -1.60
A = 9.3 m 2 Corn er -0.80 -0.80
Roof
Pan els & In terior Uplift -1.70 -1.70
O verh an g
Fasteners Edge -1.70 -1.70
A <= 0.93
Corn er -2.80 -2.80
m2
Pressu re 0.88 1.25
Colum n s In terior
Su ction -0.96 -1.34
A = 18.75
Corn er
Su ction -1.03 -1.40
End Pressu re 0.38 0.75
In terior
Fram es Su ction -1.08 -1.45
Rafters
Pressu re 0.38 0.75
A >= 9.3 Edge
m2 Su ction -1.28 -1.65
Pressu re 0.38 0.75
Corn er
Su ction -1.28 -1.65
80
W I N D L O A D S
MBMA Recom m en dation for Op en Buildings – (C & C)

According to ASCE 7-98 section 6.5.13 the components and cladding for open
build ings shall be determined by the following form ula:
Eqn . 6-20 ASCE 7-98 F = q z G Cf Af kN
where,
q z = velocity pressure evaluated at height z of the centroid of the area Af for the
appropriate exposure.
E0 G = gust effect factor which shall be taken as 0.85 for rigid structures.
03 C f = net force coefficient from tables 6-9 to 6-12.
A f = projected area normal to the wind, except where C f is specified for the actual
su rface area. (m 2)
M BM A 02
Section 1.4.6.1
The information provided in ASCE 7-98 for determining Cf for roofs only
specifically applies to single sloped roofs. Therefore MBMA recommendations
for d eterm ining the pressure coefficients for com ponents and cladd ing of open
build ings are as follows;
Walls: Use the pressure from Table 1.4.5(a)

Roofs: Use the greater of,
1) Pressure coefficient from Table 1.4.5(a) m ultiplied 1.25 times, or
2) The appropriate overhang coefficient from Tables 1.4.6(b) through 1.4.6(d).
Example
Using the Example 5.7 values,
The wall coefficients are referred from Table 1.4.5(a), for slope 0° <=θ<=10°
= 0.75 for all walls
Therefore, the coefficients for wall panel is given as,
Load s
All Zones = 0.63 x -0.75 = -0.47 kN/ m 2
Similarly, for Fasteners,

Tributary area = 0.50 m 2
Load s
All Zones = 0.63 x -0.75 x 0.50 = -0.24 kN
Similarly, for girts,

Load s
All Zones = 0.63 x -0.75 x 2.00 = -0.94 kN / m
81
W I N D L O A D S
The roof coefficients are greater of,

Referring Table 1.4.5(b) building type “Open” and multiplied by 1.25,
= 0.50 x 1.25 = 0.625
OR
The appropriate overhang coefficients from Tables 1.4.6(b) through 1.4.6(d ).
Referring Table 1.4.6(b) for roof panels
Coefficients
= 2.00 Log (2.0) – 2.74 = -2.14
Edge & Interior = 0.10 Log A – 1.70
= 0.10 Log (2.0) – 1.70 = -1.67
Load s
Corners = 0.63 x -2.14 = -1.35 kN/ m 2
Edge & Interior = 0.63 x -1.67 = -1.05 kN/ m 2
Sim ilarly, for fasteners of open buildings, Tribu tary area as calcu lated above,
Coefficients
Corners = -2.80
Edge & Interior = -1.70
Load
Corners = 0.63 x -2.80 x 0.50 = -0.88 kN
Edge & Interior = 0.63 x -1.70 x 0.50 = -0.54 kN
Sim ilarly, for purlins of open bu ild ings, tribu tary area as calcu lated above,
Coefficients
Corners = -0.80
= 0.715 Log (24.37) – 2.29 = -1.30
Load
Corners = 0.63 x -0.80 x 2.00 = -1.01
Edge & Interior = 0.63 x -1.30 x 2.00 = -1.64
As we can see most of the time, the roof overhang coefficient will apply for
components and cladding of an open build ing.
82
W I N D L O A D S
MBMA Recom m en dation for Parapets – (C & C)

ASCE 7-98 has no provision for wind loads on parapets. MBMA recommends
that the components and cladding elements of parapets shall be designed by the
following equation:
Eqn . 1.4.6.2 MBMA 02 p = q p (GC p - GC pi) k N/m 2
where,
E0 GC p = external pressure coefficients from Figures 6-5 to 6-7 ASCE 7-98
03 GC pi = internal pressure coefficients from Table 6-7 ASCE 7-98
M BM A 02
MBMA 2002 (Table 1.4.6(a) through 1.4.6(h).
Section 1.4.6.2
Internal pressure only needs to be considered if the construction detail permits
the building’s internal pressure to propagate into the parapet cavity. If the
internal pressure is present, both load cases should be evaluated under positive
and negative internal pressure.
Example

The calculated the Velocity pressure at the top of parapet
Velocity Pressure qp = 0.642 kN/ m 2
Referring to Table 1.4.6(a), since the roof slope is less than 10°, 10% reduced
coefficients will apply, generally the girts in the parapet framing are simply
supported hence the spacing is considerably reduced. Let us assume a girt
spacing of 900 mm, and then the tributary area of panels is given as,

Coefficients
Corners = -1.44
Interior = -1.17
Load s
Corners = 0.642 x -1.44 = -0.93 kN/ m 2
Interior = 0.642 x -1.17 = -0.75 kN / m 2
83
W I N D L O A D S
Sim ilarly, for fasteners of parapet wall p anels, tributary area as calculated
above,
Coefficients
Corners = -1.44
Interior = -1.17
Load
Corners = 0.642 x -1.44 x 0.50 = -0.46 kN
Interior = 0.642 x -1.17 x 0.50 = -0.38 kN
Sim ilarly, for girts su pp orting parapet wall p anels, tributary area is,
Tributary area = 0.9 x 8.55 = 7.70 m 2
OR
= 8.55 x 8.55 / 3 = 24.37 m 2
H ence Tribu tary area = 24.37 m 2
Coefficients
Corners = 0.318 Log A – 1.43
= 0.318 Log (24.37) – 1.43 = -0.99
Edge & Interior = 0.159 Log A - 1.16
= 0.159 Log (24.37) – 1.16 = -0.94
Load
Corners = 0.642 x -0.99 x 0.90 = -0.57 kN/ m
Edge & Interior = 0.642 x -0.94 x 0.90 = -0.54 kN/ m
84
W I N D L O A D S
Internal Pressure Reduction Factor (R i) for large volu me b uildings.

A reduction factor for internal pressure in large volume buildings is specified in
ASCE 7-98 section 6.5.11.1.1.
Lateral Drift of Fram es

Many metal building systems are d esigned with moment resisting frames
aligned in the transverse d irection to resist lateral load ing. Experience has shown
that the lateral d rift of the frames under wind loading is far “LESS” than
predicted by the usual static analytical procedures. The calculation of the lateral
drift of a building frame (sid e sway) is normally based on a bare frame with no
walls and roof. The wind load is applied as a static force and the calculated drift
is often unexpectedly large. It is recognized by most international codes that the
actual drift is consid erably less. For more information see MBMA 2002 section
1.4.8.
Finally it should be noted that deflection is a serviceability criterion rather than a

strength consideration and as such poses less hazard and risk to life and
property. A number of international codes have recognized this fact and specify
different return period s, or probability factors, to be used for serviceability
requirements. In fact IBC 2000 recognizes this as specified by the 0.70 reduction
factor of Note (f) in Table 1604.3. Thus MBMA 02 suggests an approx. conversion
from 50 year design wind to the 10 year return period is 0.70.
85
W I N D L O A D S
MBMA 2006
D
LLI-Z-
■=-m
efinitions
ASCE 7-05 Basic Wind Speed (V):
Section 6.2 The 3 second gust speed at 10 m above ground in Exposure C.
A 3 Second gust wind speed is defined as the maximum average speed of the
instrument at a certain height above a terrain roughness over a specified period
of time. For standardization purposes in codes and standards that height is
usually taken as 10 meters, terrain roughness as exposure C and specified period
of time as 50 years.
V fm = ( V 3s – 16.9 ) / 1.05
Eqn . 16-34 (IBC 06)
OR
V 3s = 1.05 V fm + 16.9
Where,
Vfm - is the fastest mile wind speed in km/ hr.
V3s - is the 3 second gust wind speed in km/ hr.
V 3s 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250
V fm 79 89 98 108 117 127 136 146 155 165 174 184 193 203 212 222
In hurricane prone regions, wind speeds derived from sim ulation techniques
shall only be used in lieu of the basic wind speeds.
In non-hurricane prone regions, when the basic wind speed is estimated from
regional climatic data, the basic wind speed shall be not less than the wind speed
associated with an annual probability of 0.02 (50 year m ean recurrence interval)
and the estimate shall be adjusted for equivalence to a 3 second gust wind speed
at 10 m above ground in exposure category C.
85
W I N D L O A D S
What is “Fastest Mile” wind speed?

Fastest mile is the average speed during the time required for the passage over
an anemometer of a volume of air with a horizontal length of one m ile.
For exam ple, Say we have an anemometer (a wind measuring device) fixed at a
height of 10 meters above ground in Exposure ‘C’ as shown in the sketch below,
a volume of wind or air of a length = 1 m ile, is passing across the anemometer
left to right from point S to point E. During The speed of wind d uring this travel
is measured and plotted as a graph.
ANEMOMETER
E S E S
WIND VOLUME •-I WIND VOLUME
LENGTH =1 MILE LENGTH =1 MILE
10 M
EXPOSURE 'C'
Tim e 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Average
Sp eed 75 78 80 83 84 83 86 90 86 90 83.5
T im e v /s W in d S p e e d
95
90
Speed in miles / hour
85
80
75
70
65
I 5 10 15 20 25 30
T im e i n S e c o n d s
35 40 45 50
86
W I N D L O A D S
So the time requ ired for this volume of wind 1 m ile long to move across the
anemometer is calculated as,
We know, Speed = Distance / Time

Therefore, Time = Distance / Speed
= 1 mile / 83.5 mph
= 0.01197 hour = 0.01197 x 60 x 60 = 43.11 sec.
So the time required to measure the “Fastest Mile” wind speed is 43.11 sec and it
may vary with the wind speed.
Hence we say that the “Fastest Mile” Wind Speed = 83.5 mph = 52.19 kmph
What is “3 Second Gust” wind speed?

A 3 Second gust wind speed is defined as the maxim um average speed of the
instrument at a certain height, above the terrain roughness over a specified
period of time.
The height is usually 10 meters, the terrain is Exposure ‘C’ and specified period
of time is 50 years
I I
ii , L i
V
I
I I
I
-I-
H ♦
3 Sec. t
3-Second Gust Wind
The transition was made from fastest mile wind speed to 3-Second gust for the
following reasons.
1. Fastest mile oriented anemometers have been replaced with m odern
equipment with graphic strip chart readouts.
2. The peak gust is the easiest and most reliable wind speed to read from the
newer graphs.
3. 3-Second gu st speeds are closer to the speeds quoted in news media.
4. Stru ctural m embers are designed by gust speeds. If another type wind speed
is used , large corrections must be made by use of the gust effect factor.
87
W I N D L O A D S
Low Rise Building: (Sam e as in M BMA 2002)

An Enclosed or a Partially Enclosed building satisfying both the following two
conditions below are classified as Low Rise Build ing.
1. Mean Roof Height ‘h’ less than or equal to 18.28 m
2. Mean Roof Height ‘h’ does not exceed least horizontal dimension.
( ‘h’ < Minimum of Length ‘L’ or Width ‘W’)
Open Building: (Sam e as in M BM A 2002)

A building having each wall at least 80% open. This condition is expressed for
each wall by the equation
Ao >= 0.8 Ag
Partially Enclosed Build ing: (Sam e as in MBMA 2002)

A building which complies with all of the following conditions below are
classified as Partially Enclosed Building,
1) A o > 1.10 A oi
3) A oi / A gi <= 0.20
Where,
A g = the gross area (m 2) of that wall in which Ao is id entified .
A oi = the sum of areas (m 2) of openings in the building envelope, but not
including Ao.
A gi = the sum of the gross surface areas of the building envelope (walls and
roofs) not including A g (m 2).
Checking the Example 5.1 for Open or Partially Enclosed Cond itions as per
MBMA 2006
The open wall condition is same as in MBMA 1996,

The partially open condition is checked again for the sake of comparison,
The gross area Ag of the near sidewall = 79.28 m 2
Considering near sidewall, the total area (m 2) of opening in a wall that receives
= 33.60 + (2 x 144.00) = 321.60 m 2
88
W I N D L O A D S
The sum of the gross surface areas of the build ing envelope A gi (walls and roofs)
= 79.28 + (2 x 365.06) + 2 x [45 x 10.5/ (2 x Cos θ )]
= 1282.49 m 2
Checks,
1. A o > 1.10 A oi
33.60 > 1.10 x 321.60 = 353.76 False
2. A o > 0.37 m 2 OR 0.01 A g
33.60 > 0.37 m 2 OR 0.01 x 79.28 = 0.7928 True
3. A oi / A gi <= 0.20
321.60 / 1282.49 = 0.25 < 0.20 False
Comparing the equation in MBMA 1996 and MBMA 2002 & 2006 as below
MBMA 1996
1) A o > 0.05 A g
2) A o > A oi
3) A oi / Agi <= 0.20
MBMA 2002 & 2006

1) A o > 1.10 A oi
3) A oi / Agi <= 0.20
1) We find that equation 2 of MBMA 96 is sim ilar to equation 1 of MBMA 02 &

06, except that there is 10% increase in sum of openings in the building
envelope.
2) Equation 1 of MBMA 96 is sim ilar to equation 2 of MBMA 02 & 06, except

that there is an additional limit of 0.37 m 2 and 4% reduction in the gross area.
3) Equation 3 is the same in both MBMA 96 and MBMA 02 & 06
89
W I N D L O A D S
Enclosed Building:
A building that does not comply with the requirements for Open or Partially
enclosed buildings are classified as Enclosed Building.
Eave Height (h):

The distance from the ground surface adjacent to the build ing to the roof eave
line at a particular wall. If the height of the eave varies along the wall, the
average height shall be used.
Mean Roof Height (h):

The average of the eave height and the highest point on the roof su rface, except
that for roof angles of less than or equal to 10°, the mean roof height shall be the
roof eave height. For Single slope build ings the lower eave height may be used
for roof slopes less than or equal to 10°., and mean roof height for roof slopes
more than 10°.
Escarpm ent:
Also known as Scarp, with respect to topographic effects is a cliff or steep slope
generally separating two levels or gently sloping areas.
Minimum Wind Load : (Same as in M BMA 2002)

(M WFRS - Main Win d Force Resistin g System) - The design wind pressure (p)
on any main wind resisting structure on an enclosed or partially enclosed
building should not be less than 0.48 kN/ m 2 multiplied by the area of the
building or structu re projected on to a vertical plane normal to the assum ed
wind direction.
Note: - This minimum load is the su m of win d load on th e wind ward and
leeward wall of a main frame or a build ing (See followin g sk etch)
90
W I N D L O A D S
I !!
<C ---
11 r
CO
1 ill
HI iii EE
IzE
Q_
S?
o
A
CO
==
+
<C
ENDWALL ELEVATION PROJECTED WALL

MINIMUM WIND LOAD = ( 0.48 x H x L ) kN
RIDGE LINE
iS =E
o-
II --
— EAVE LINE oz~
2E =E
o
ill
SEE
1
III 111
3? =E
111 ■=>
A
Q
O --
SIDEWALL ELEVATION PROJECTED WALL

MINIMUM WIND LOAD = ( 0.48 Pa ) kN
)JI /A}
A/p/
MINIMUIVh/VJND LOAD = ( 0.48 x Pa ) kN
\
\
PROJECTED WALL
ISOMETRIC VIEW MINIMUM WIND LOAD = ( 0.48 x H x L ) kN
91
W I N D L O A D S
C & C – (Com ponents and Clad din gs) – The design wind pressure for
components and cladding of buildings shall not be less than a net pressure of
0.48 kN/ m 2 acting in either direction normal to the surface.
Exposu re Category:
The characteristics of ground surface irregularities (natural topography and
vegetation as well as constructed features) for the site at which the build ing is to
be constructed. These are divided into 4 categories as below,
Exposure
Descrip tion
Category
Exposure A Not Applicable ( Removed in MBMA 2006)
Urban and suburban areas, wood ed areas, or other terrain
Exposure B with numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of
single-family d wellings or larger.
Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights
Exposure C
generally less than 9144 mm.
Flat, unobstructed areas and water su rfaces outside hurricane-
Exposure D
prone regions.
Refer follow ing pages for aerial view of variou s exposure examp les
MBMA 2002 states "Note that IBC 2000 specifies that Exposure B shall be
assumed unless the site meets the definition of another exposure."
The above note is removed from MBMA 2006
Unless specified in PIF, Exposure “B” should be considered, bu t if we know

for sure by location of b uild ing, app ropriate Exposu re Category sh ou ld be
con sidered and the same sh ould be conveyed to all concern ed for the p roject.
92
W I N D L O A D S
s& r-
t
: r. /-’
-J
iT.
nggp*
*-
y }j
:f\
'?Sm-i
•
jjr
; **? „
t;-.
EXPOSURE B SUBURBAN RESIDENTIAL AREA WITH MOSTLY SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLINGS.

LOW-RISE STRUCTURES, LESS THAN 30 FT (9.1 M) HIGH, IN THE CENTER OF THE
PHOTOGRAPH HAVE SITES DESIGNATED AS EXPOSURE B WITH SURFACE ROUGHNESS
CATEGORY B TERRAIN AROUND THE SITE FOR A DISTANCE GREATER THAN 1500 FT (457
M) IN ANY WIND DIRECTION.
* «*- ,
r‘
■
••
- w - r1
4
•
' ■;•
 lN- ‘•'T 2>:
»
• i '
I
1
«
V4 M v -
*V Av*
s
I’j
*..*4 ■teg*"
: ‘ ■V
/
I*
l-
.
■
z.l I
EXPOSURE B URBAN AREA WITH NUMEROUS CLOSELY SPACED OBSTRUCTIONS HAVING

SIZE OF SINGLE FAMILY DWELLINGS OR LARGER. FOR ALL STRUCTURES SHOWN,
TERRAIN REPRESENTATIVE OF SURFACE ROUGHNESS CATEGORY B EXTENDS
MORE THAN TWENTY TIMES THE HEIGHT OF THE STRUCTURE OR 2600 FT (792 M),
WHICHEVER IS GREATER, IN THE UPWIND DIRECTION.
93
W I N D L O A D S
BB ■ I
r.*
. ''I*.
@SK-i • •
— •
*
“-~T
; •
'
■
* *r
■■ *
■
r:r
.
\TT .{i ~
•- ■
4EH;:-===:S:- . j -* <•*—
*!
~ -~£l ■'-
•
*
1 ! ~ l II
fc= t3s5=r-:s==it-.-
1 l
;
:
It1=
;
I ui
!i
i
|ase; E ii
g - . *7 *TL£" --ÿ;-= ji-rg
rafc'i* > £y
. &3-'>-';4
•*ÿ«*<
✓
«ÿr '
=» f *
I
rv. **<i
Y- -*.
.< /'ÿ-
.v i
EXPOSURE B STRUCTURES IN THE FOREGROUND ARE LOCATED IN EXPOSURE B.
STRUCTURES IN THE CENTER TOP OF THE PHOTOGRAPH ADJACENT TO THE CLEARING
TO THE LEFT, WHICH IS GREATER THAN APPROXIMATELY 656 FT (200 M) IN LENGTH,
ARE LOCATED IN EXPOSURE C WHEN WIND COMES FROM THE LEFT OVER THE CLEARING.
(SEE FIGURE C6-5.)
B|||
mamam y
ilBiaiS
: SSI
!
issaiiiiiiisa
-r 'X- <•
s<\ i. *»>«»
<-t Xvÿ— -
■: •ÿ
V '•’*ÿ
P.tt-:rxT: tffiiW.** -
*
\
» J 2: Bffc
EXPOSURE C FLAT OPEN GRASSLAND WITH SCATTERED OBSTRUCTIONS HAVING

HEIGHTS GENERALLY LESS THAN 30 FT.
94
W I N D L O A D S
jfl
art*4.
Sÿÿ*ÿVik8
sa r*. life
—
Sÿ5S4>.
-; ■ ■
•
F? .
-
TNJÿ
*0Hi
z/' u- 'ÿ•-
i-
>F >. v> &
J
0M: >'
~>'.sj •:
?#r
■S>*5 */* y*
','
r
•WV,
'S/L /
T
:-
Ml. ~.■;.
'ÿ ;ÿ-].:.W
. . . ..
\ >"••*”* ••*
rr
M
SBy :
5? .i
■iWf,
V.
EXPOSURE C OPEN TERRAIN WITH SCATTERED OBSTRUCTIONS HAVING HEIGHTS

GENERALLY LESS THAN 30 FT FOR MOST WIND DIRECTIONS, ALL 1-STORY STRUCTURES
WITH A MEAN ROOF HEIGHT LESS THAN 30 FT IN THE PHOTOGRAPH ARE LESS THAN 1500
FT OR TEN TIMES THE HEIGHT OF THE STRUCTURE. WHICHEVER IS GREATER, FROM AN
OPEN FIELD THAT PREVENTS THE USE OF EXPOSURE B.
mm
iM k. i&u
mm
»
m
is
Uf
J,
EXPOSURE D A BUILDING AT THE SHORELINE (EXCLUDING SHORELINES
IN HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS) WITH WIND FLOWING OVER OPEN WATER FOR A
DISTANCE OF AT LEAST 1 MILE. SHORELINES IN EXPOSURE D INCLUDE INLAND
WATERWAYS, THE GREAT LAKES, AND COASTAL AREAS OF CALIFORNIA, OREGON,
WASHINGTON, AND ALASKA.
95
W I N D L O A D S
Effective Wind Load Area: (Same as in M BMA 2002)

It is the area used to determ ine GC p . For component and cladding elements, the
effective wid th that need not be less than 1/ 3 the span length. For cladding
fasteners, the effective wind area shall not be greater than the area that is
tributary to an individual fastener.
If, L = Span
W = Spacing of element (A+B)/ 2.
Effective win d load area = [greater of (W or L / 3)] x L
Note: - Th is area sh ould be used ONLY for determination of GC p and ‘NOT’

for calcu lating d esign loads.
A B
96
W I N D L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 5.5
Given Data:-
1. Effective wind load area for Purlins is greater of,

= 7950 x 1650 / 10002 = 13.12 m 2
= Span x Span / 3
= 7950 x (7950 / 3) / 10002 = 21.07 m 2
2. Similarly, Effective wind load area for Panel is greater of,

= 1650 x 1000 / 10002 = 1.65 m 2
= Span x Span / 3
= 1650 x (1650 / 3) / 10002 = 0.91 m 2
3. And, Effective wind load area for Fasteners (Screws) is the actual tributary
area,

= 1650 x 250 / 10002 = 0.41 m 2
Further load calculation is similar to as shown in Example 5.3
97
W I N D L O A D S
End zone Dimension ‘a’: (Sam e as in MBMA 2002)

This dimension ‘a’ is used to define width of pressure coefficient zones. It is the
smaller of,
1) 10 % of least horizontal dimension (0.10 B or L) OR
2) 0.4 h (Mean roof or eave height)
3) 4 % of least horizontal dimension (0.04 B or L) OR 915 mm
Exam ple :- 5.6
Given Data:-
Hence the End Zone ‘a’ is the lesser of,
= 0.10 x 28000 = 2800 m m

= 0.40 x 8450 = 3380 m m
Therefore End Zone ‘a’ = 2800 mm, but this should not be less than any of the
following,
= 0.04 x 28000 = 1120 m m
= 915 = 915 mm
Hence use ‘a’ = 2800 mm from Eave and Gable (See sketch below for location of
dimension ‘a’ on roof plan, side walls and end walls. The roof panels, purlins,
wall panels, girts and sheeting screws, trims etc. at these locations should be
designed for coefficients given for Edge and corners, other areas are designed for
interior zone coefficients)
Note: - The sk etch below applies on ly for slopes less than 10° for oth er slopes
see MBMA 2006.
98
W I N D L O A D S
End zon e Dim en sion ( a ) for C & C (Same as in M BM A 2002)
o5
o5
a
o4 o4
a
o5 o5
a
a
1-31
2
o3 o2 o2 o3 3
2
2
3
'
o1 3
1
a 2
2
o2 o1 o1 o2 o2 ■X-"
a
o3
a
a o3 o2 o2 o3
a
1-32
99
W I N D L O A D S
Velocity Pressu re
EO Data Requ ired
03
1) Basic Wind Speed (V) (3 Second gust) in (m / sec)
M BM A 06 (km / hr = mph x 1.61 = 3.6 x m/ sec)
Section 1.3.4.1
2) Select Importance Factor (Iw )
(Default 1.00 for Standard Buildings, unless specified)
3) Select Exposure Category (B,C or D)

(Default ‘B’ unless specified in PIF)
4) Compute the Velocity Pressure (q h ) based on the mean height or eave height
if θ <= 10°
Tab le 5.1(b ) Importance Factor [Table 1.3.1(a) MBM A 2006]

(Sam e as in MBM A 2002)
Occupancy
Nature of Occu p an cy Wind Factor (I w )
Category
Low Hazard I 0.87* 0.77$
Stan dard Bu ildings II 1.00
Substan tial Hazard III 1.15
* - Non hurricane prone regions. $ - Hurricane prone regions (V > 161 kmph).
Velocity Pressure q z = q h = 0.613 x 10-3 K z K zt K d V 2 I w kN/m 2

Eqn . 6-15 ASCE 7-05
Where,
Kz = 2.01 (h/ 365.76) 2/ 7 for Exposure B and with h >= 9.144 m
MBMA 06 Page 16
OR Use h = 9.144, If eave or mean height is less than 9.144 m
Tab le 6-3 ASCE 7-05
Kz = 2.01 (h/ 274.32) 2/ 9.5 for Exposure C and with h >= 4.572 m
Use h = 4.572, If eave or mean height is less than 4.572 m
Kzt = 1.00 Topographic factor

Kd = 0.85 Directionality factor
Iw = 1.00 Importance factor
h = Height mean roof or eave height in meters.
100
W I N D L O A D S
Table 5.2 Velocity Pressu re (q h ) in kN/m 2
Basic Wind Speed (3 Second Gu st in km /hr )

Mean roof
or eave
130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230
height. (h)
(m eters)
Exposu re B
0-9 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.72 0.81 0.91 1.01 1.12 1.24 1.36 1.48
10 0.49 0.57 0.65 0.74 0.84 0.94 1.04 1.16 1.27 1.40 1.53
12 0.51 0.60 0.68 0.78 0.88 0.99 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.47 1.61
14 0.54 0.62 0.72 0.81 0.92 1.03 1.15 1.27 1.40 1.54 1.68
16 0.56 0.65 0.74 0.85 0.96 1.07 1.19 1.32 1.46 1.60 1.75
18 0.58 0.67 0.77 0.88 0.99 1.11 1.23 1.37 1.51 1.65 1.81
Exposu re C
4.57 0.58 0.67 0.77 0.87 0.99 1.11 1.23 1.37 1.50 1.65 1.81
6 0.61 0.71 0.81 0.93 1.04 1.17 1.30 1.45 1.59 1.75 1.91
7.62 0.64 0.74 0.86 0.97 1.10 1.23 1.37 1.52 1.68 1.84 2.01
9 0.67 0.77 0.89 1.01 1.14 1.28 1.42 1.57 1.74 1.90 2.08
10 0.68 0.79 0.91 1.03 1.16 1.30 1.45 1.61 1.77 1.95 2.13
12 0.71 0.82 0.94 1.07 1.21 1.35 1.51 1.67 1.84 2.02 2.21
14 0.73 0.85 0.97 1.11 1.25 1.40 1.56 1.73 1.90 2.09 2.29
16 0.75 0.87 1.00 1.14 1.28 1.44 1.60 1.78 1.96 2.15 2.35
18 0.77 0.89 1.02 1.17 1.32 1.48 1.64 1.82 2.01 2.20 2.41
101
W I N D L O A D S
Design Pressure – Main Wind Force Resisting System

(M WFRS)
For Low Rise Buildings (h <= 18.28 m )
p = q h [(GC pf) - (GC pi)] k N/m 2

Eqn . 6-18, ASCE 7-05
For other buildings (h > 18.28 m)
p = q G C p – q i (GC pi) kN/m 2

Eqn . 6-17, ASCE 7-05
where,
q h = velocity pressure evalu ated at mean roof height (h) for a given exposure.
GC pf = external pressure coefficients from Figure 6-10 ASCE 7-05
GC pi = internal pressure coefficients from Table. 6-5 ASCE 7-05
q = q z for windward walls evaluated at height z above the ground for a given
exposure.
q = q h for leeward walls, side walls, and roofs evaluated at height (h).
q i = q h for windward walls, sid e walls, leeward walls, and roofs of enclosed
buildings and for negative internal p ressure evaluation in partially enclosed
buildings.
q i = q z for positive internal pressure evaluation in partially enclosed build ings
where height (z) is defined as the level of the highest opening in the build ing that
could effect the positive internal pressu re. For positive internal pressure
evaluation, (q i) may conservatively be evaluated at height (h) (q i = q h )
C p = external pressure coefficients from Fig. 6-6 or Table 6-8 ASCE 7-05
The external co-efficient and internal coefficients are combined and tabulated in
MBMA 2006 [Table 1.3.4.5(a) and 1.3.4.5(b)] for use in Equation 6-18 above (Low
Rise Buildings, for other buildings refer ASCE 7-05). Coefficients depend on the
location relative to the geometric d iscontinu ities in the surfaces of the building.
The building surfaces are zoned and the pressure coefficients are assumed to be
constant within each zone. When a m ember lies within two or more zones, the
design loads for that member can be determined using several approaches (step
functions, weighted averages, or another rational approach). For lateral load s on
framed buildings in which the end bays are not less than the width (2a) of the
end zone, comm on industry practice is to apply the entire extra load in the end
bay to the end bay purlins and end frames.
102
W I N D L O A D S
Table 1.3.4.5(a) Refer Figure 1.3.4.5(a) or (b) with th is tab le (Same as MBMA 2002)
Main Fram ing Coefficients [(GC pf ) - (GC pi)] for Transverse Direction
End
1E 2E 3E 4E 1 2 3 4 5&6
+i 0.43 -1.25 -0.71 -0.61 0.22 -0.87 -0.55 -0.47 -0.63
0° ≤ θ ≤ 5°
-i 0.79 -0.89 -0.35 -0.25 0.58 -0.51 -0.19 -0.11 -0.27
+i 0.44 -1.25 -0.72 -0.62 0.23 -0.87 -0.55 -0.48 -0.63
θ = 5.71°
-i 0.80 -0.89 -0.36 -0.26 0.59 -0.51 -0.19 -0.12 -0.27
+i 0.49 -1.25 -0.76 -0.67 0.26 -0.87 -0.58 -0.51 -0.63
2:12
-i 0.85 -0.89 -0.40 -0.31 0.62 -0.51 -0.22 -0.15 -0.27
+i 0.54 -1.25 -0.81 -0.74 0.30 -0.87 -0.62 -0.55 -0.63
Enclosed 3:12
-i 0.90 -0.89 -0.45 -0.38 0.66 -0.51 -0.26 -0.19 -0.27
+i 0.62 -1.25 -0.87 -0.82 0.35 -0.87 -0.66 -0.61 -0.63
θ = 20°
-i 0.98 -0.89 -0.51 -0.46 0.71 -0.51 -0.30 -0.25 -0.27
+i 0.51 0.09 -0.71 -0.66 0.38 0.03 -0.61 -0.55 -0.63
30° ≤ θ ≤ 45°
-i 0.87 0.45 -0.35 -0.30 0.74 0.39 -0.25 -0.19 -0.27
+i 0.51 0.51 -0.66 -0.66 0.38 0.38 -0.55 -0.55 -0.63
θ = 90°
-i 0.87 0.87 -0.30 -0.30 0.74 0.74 -0.19 -0.19 -0.27
+i 0.06 -1.62 -1.08 -0.98 -0.15 -1.24 -0.92 -0.84 -1.00
0° ≤ θ ≤ 5°
-i 1.16 -0.52 0.02 0.12 0.95 -0.14 0.18 0.26 0.10
+i 0.07 -1.62 -1.09 -0.99 -0.14 -1.24 -0.92 -0.85 -1.00
θ = 5.71°
-i 1.17 -0.52 0.01 0.11 0.96 -0.14 0.18 0.25 0.10
+i 0.12 -1.62 -1.13 -1.04 -0.11 -1.24 -0.95 -0.88 -1.00
2:12
-i 1.22 -0.52 -0.03 0.06 0.99 -0.14 0.15 0.22 0.10
Partially +i 0.17 -1.62 -1.20 -1.11 0.07 -1.24 -0.99 -0.92 -1.00
3:12
Enclosed -i 1.27 -0.52 -0.10 -0.01 1.03 -0.14 0.11 0.18 0.10
+i 0.25 -1.62 -1.24 -1.19 -0.02 -1.24 -1.03 -0.98 -1.00
θ = 20°
-i 1.35 -0.52 -0.14 -0.09 1.08 -0.14 0.07 0.12 0.10
+i 0.14 -0.28 -1.08 -1.03 0.01 -0.34 -0.98 -0.92 -1.00
30° ≤ θ ≤ 45°
-i 1.24 0.82 0.02 0.07 1.11 0.76 0.12 0.18 0.10
+i 0.14 0.14 -1.03 -1.03 0.01 0.01 -0.92 -0.92 -1.00
θ = 90°
-i 1.24 1.24 0.07 0.07 1.11 1.11 0.18 0.18 0.10
1 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* -0.75*
0° ≤ θ ≤ 10°
2 0.75* -0.20 -0.60 -0.75* 0.75* -0.20 -0.60 -0.75* -0.75*
1 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* -0.75*
Open 10° < θ ≤ 25° 2 0.75* 0.50 -0.50 -0.75* 0.75* 0.50 -0.50 -0.75* -0.75*
3 0.75* 0.15 -0.65 -0.75* 0.75* 0.15 -0.65 -0.75* -0.75*
1 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* 0.75* -0.50 -0.50 -0.75* -0.75*
25° < θ ≤ 45°
2 0.75* 1.40 0.20 -0.75* 0.75* 1.40 0.20 -0.75* -0.75*
Notes:
1. Load case subscripts refer to negative internal pressure (-i) and positive internal pressure (+i).
2. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and aw ay from the su rfaces, respectively.
3. For values of θ other than those shown, linear interpolation is permitted . N ote that this interpolation must be done on the external
pressure coefficient and then com bined w ith the appropriate internal pressure coefficient. This has been done for standard slopes
of 2:12 and 3:12.
4. When the roof pressure coefficient in zone 2 or 2E is negative, it shall be applied in zone 2 or 2E for a d istance from the edge of the
roof equal to 0.5 tim es the horizontal dimension of the rem ainder of zone 2 or 2E extending to the ridge line shall use the pressure
coefficient from zone 3 or 3E.
5. * - Denotes coefficient for sheeted portion of the wall only. [See figure 1.4.5 (e)]
103
W I N D L O A D S
6
4
4E 3
3E
h 2
2E
θ 1
1E
B 5
2a 2a
Figure 1.3.4.5 (a)

Load Case A-MWFRS Coefficients in Transverse Direction (Gable Roof)
4
6
4E 3 /
3E
2
θ<30° 2E
1
h
B/2
1E
B
B/2 5
2a
Figure 1.3.4.5 (b)

Load Case A-MWFRS Coefficients in Transverse Direction (Single Slope)
104
W I N D L O A D S
Tab le 1.3.4.5(b) Refer figu re 1.3.4.5(c) or (d) with this table (Sam e as M BM A 2002)
Main Fram in g Coefficients [(GC pf ) - (GC pi)] for Longitudinal Direction (All roof angles)
Build ing Load En d Zone Interior Zone Sidewalls
Type Case 1E 2E 3E 4E 1 2 3 4 5&6
Enclosed +i 0.43 -1.25 -0.71 -0.61 0.22 -0.87 -0.55 -0.47 -0.63
-i 0.79 -0.89 -0.35 -0.25 0.58 -0.51 -0.19 -0.11 -0.27
Partially +i 0.06 -1.62 -1.08 -0.98 -0.15 -1.24 -0.92 -0.84 -1.00
Op en -i 1.16 -0.52 0.02 0.02 0.95 -0.14 0.18 0.26 0.10
Op en See Figure 1.4.5(e) for MBMA Recommendation
4
6
6
o3 4E
o3
o
2 3E
h θ 2
2E
o5
c'"0
1
L/2
o5
1E
B L/2
2a
Figure 1.3.4.5 (c)

Load Case B-MWFRS Coefficients in Longitudinal Direction (Gable Roof)
6 4
6
o3 4E
o2 X-
3E
θ 2E
o5 -'--c
o1 L/2
h
B/2 o5
1E
B L/2
2a
Figure 1.3.4.5 (d)

Load Case B-MWFRS Coefficients in Longitudinal Direction (Single Slope)
105
W I N D L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 5.7
Given Data:-
Length = 76950 mm
Roof Slope = 1:10 (θ = 5.71°)
Wind Speed = 150 kmph (3 Second Gust) = 41.67 m/ sec
Exposure Category =B
All walls are fully sheeted.
Solution:-
1. Check if the building classifies under “Low Rise Build ing”,
The 2 conditions are,
a) Mean Roof Height ‘h’ less than or equal to 18.28 m
b) Mean Roof Height ‘h’ does not exceed least horizontal dim ension
(Minimum of Width or Length)
h = 7500 mm
Hence the building can be classified as a “Low Rise Build ing”
2. Check if the building is classifies as “Enclosed ”, “Partially Enclosed” or

“Open Build ing” based on the given information about openings. Since all
walls are fully sheeted, the building is classified as an “Enclosed Building”.
3. Since the roof slope is less than 10°, eave height may be used in lieu of mean
roof height. Therefore, h = 7500 mm for all further calculations.
4. Find the end zone dimensions for walls and roofs, the end zone dimension ‘a’
is given as the least of
10 % (0.10 B or L) of least horizontal dimension
= 0.10 x 35000 = 3500 mm
0.4 h (Mean roof or eave height)
= 0.40 x 7500 = 3000 mm
4 % (0.04 B or L) of least horizontal dimension OR 915 mm
= 0.04 x 35000 = 1400 m m
Hence the End Zone dimension ‘a’ = 3000 mm
Therefore, ( 2a ) = 6000 mm
106
W I N D L O A D S
5. Calculate the Velocity pressure
Velocity Pressure qh = 0.613 x 10-3 Kz Kzt Kd V2 Iw kN/ m 2
Kz = 2.01 (h/ 365.76) 2/ 7

= 2.01 (9.14/ 365.76) 2/ 7 = 0.70
Kzt = = 1.00
Kd = = 0.85
Therefore,
qh = 0.613 x 10-3 x 0.70 x 1.00 x 0.85 x 41.672 x 1.00
= 0.63 kN/ m 2
Alternatively, the same value can be directly referred from table 5.2, see under
column Exposure ‘B’, value corresponding to column 150 basic wind speed and
eave height row, 0-9 meters, = 0.63 kN/ m 2
6. Calculate the Design Wind Pressure (p) for MWFRS
= q h [(GCpf) - (GCpi)] kN/ m 2
Note that [(GC pf) - (GC pi)] may either be calculated ind ividual or m ay be referred
from Table 1.3.4.5 (a) of MBMA 2006 for low rise buildings only. Referring to
Table 1.3.4.5 (a) for θ = 5.71° for enclosed building.
There are 2 case + i and - i for positive and negative internal pressures
respectively.
End
1E 2E 3E 4E 1 2 3 4 5&6
+i 0.44 -1.25 -0.72 -0.62 0.23 -0.87 -0.55 -0.48 -0.63
Enclosed θ = 5.71°
-i 0.80 -0.89 -0.36 -0.26 0.59 -0.51 -0.19 -0.12 -0.27
The above values are represented below in sketch for better understanding.
107
W I N D L O A D S
Ap p licab le Tran sverse Direction wind co-efficient [(GCpf) - (GC pi)]
6 = -0.63
4 = -0.48
4E = -0.62 o 3 = -0.55
h
3E = -0.72
o2 = -0.87
2E = -1.25
θ
o 1 = 0.23
1E = 0.44
B 5 = -0.63
2a
6 = -0.27
4 = -0.12
4E = -0.26 o 3 = -0.19
3E = -0.36
h 2 = -0.51
2E = -0.89
θ
o 1 = 0.59
1E = 0.80
B 5 = -0.27
2a
108
W I N D L O A D S
Therefore, the applicable Design Wind Pressure on various zones are calculated
as below,
Case -1 ( + i )
End zones
1E = 0.63 x +0.44 = +0.277
2E = 0.63 x -1.25 = -0.787
3E = 0.63 x -0.72 = -0.454
4E = 0.63 x -0.62 = -0.397
Interior zones
1 = 0.63 x +0.23 = +0.145
2 = 0.63 x -0.87 = -0.550
3 = 0.63 x -0.55 = -0.347
4 = 0.63 x -0.48 = -0.303
5&6 = 0.63 x -0.63 = -0.397
Case -2 ( - i )
End zones
1E = 0.63 x +0.80 = +0.504
2E = 0.63 x -0.89 = -0.561
3E = 0.63 x -0.36 = -0.227
4E = 0.63 x -0.26 = -0.164
Interior zones
1 = 0.63 x +0.59 = +0.372
2 = 0.63 x -0.51 = -0.321
3 = 0.63 x -0.19 = -0.120
4 = 0.63 x -0.12 = -0.076
5&6 = 0.63 x -0.27 = -0.170
109
W I N D L O A D S
Hence the Design wind load s kN/ m on the main framing members may be
member as below,
End Zone Pressure will apply to end frame, the tributary wid th of the end frame
is half the bay spacing, = 8550 / 2 = 4275 m m
Case -1 ( + i )
End zones
1E = 0.277 x 4.275 = 1.184 kN/ m
2E = 0.787 x 4.275 = 3.364 kN/ m
3E = 0.454 x 4.275 = 1.941 kN/ m
4E = 0.397 x 4.275 = 1.680 kN/ m
Interior zones
1 = 0.145 x 4.275 = 0.619 kN/ m
2 = 0.550 x 4.275 = 2.351 kN/ m
3 = 0.347 x 4.275 = 1.483 kN/ m
4 = 0.303 x4.275 = 1.295 kN/ m
5&6 = 0.397 x 4.275 = 1.697 kN/ m
Case -2 - i
End zones
1E = 0.504 x 4.275 = 2.155 kN/ m
2E = 0.561 x 4.275 = 2.399 kN/ m
3E = 0.227 x 4.275 = 0.971 kN/ m
4E = 0.164 x 4.275 = 0.701 kN/ m
Interior zones
1 = 0.372 x 4.275 = 1.591 kN/ m
2 = 0.321 x 4.275 = 1.372 kN/ m
3 = 0.120 x 4.275 = 0.513 kN/ m
4 = 0.076 x 4.275 = 0.325 kN/ m
5&6 = 0.170 x 4.275 = 0.727 kN/ m
110
W I N D L O A D S
w = -3.364 w = -1.941
w = -2.399 w = -0.971
w =1.184 w = -1.680
w =2.155 w = -0.701
Wind Loads for Main Framing in the End Zone (kN/m)
w = -2.351 w = -1.483
w = -1.372 w = -0.513
w =0.619 w = -1.295
w =1.591 w = -0.325
Wind Loads for Main Framing in the Interior Zone (kN/m)

case-1
case-2
Similarly the [(GCpf) - (GCpi)] for Longitudinal Direction is can be referred from
Table 1.3.4.5 (b) of MBMA 2006 for low rise build ings only. Hence referring to
Table 1.3.4.5 (b) for enclosed building.
Bu ilding Load End Zone Interior Zone Sidewalls

Type Case 1E 2E 3E 4E 1 2 3 4 5&6
Enclosed +i 0.43 -1.25 -0.71 -0.61 0.22 -0.87 -0.55 -0.47 -0.63
-i 0.79 -0.89 -0.35 -0.25 0.58 -0.51 -0.19 -0.11 -0.27
111
W I N D L O A D S
App licab le Lon gitu dinal Direction Coefficients [(GC pf) - (GC pi)]
4 = -0.47
6 = -0.63
4E = -0.61
3 = -0.55
6 = -0.63
3 = -0.55
2 = -0.87 < 3E = -0.71
h θ 2 = -0.87
2E = -1.25
o5 = -0.63
'O
1 = 0.22
L/2
5 = -0.63
1E =0.43
B L/2
2a
ION
E CT
D DIR
WIN
Case - 1 Positive Internal Pressure B(+i)
4 = -0.11
6 = -0.27
4E = -0.25
3 = -0.19
6 = -0.27
3 = -0.19
2 = -0.51 < 3E = -0.35
h θ 2 = -0.51 :
5 = -0.27
2E = -0.89
1 = 0.58
L/2
o 5 = -0.27
1E =0.79
B L/2
2a
N
TIO
EC
D DIR
WIN
Case - 2 Positive Internal Pressure B(-i)
112
W I N D L O A D S
Therefore, the applicable Design Wind Pressure on various zones are,
Case -1 ( + i )
End zones
1E = 0.63 x +0.43 = +0.271
2E = 0.63 x -1.25 = -0.787
3E = 0.63 x -0.71 = -0.447
4E = 0.63 x -0.61 = -0.384
Interior zones
1 = 0.63 x +0.22 = +0.139
2 = 0.63 x -0.87 = -0.550
3 = 0.63 x -0.55 = -0.347
4 = 0.63 x -0.47 = -0.296
5&6 = 0.63 x -0.63 = -0.397
Case -2 B(-i)
End zones
1E = 0.63 x +0.79 = +0.498
2E = 0.63 x -0.89 = -0.561
3E = 0.63 x -0.35 = -0.221
4E = 0.63 x -0.25 = -0.158
Interior zones
1 = 0.63 x +0.58 = +0.365
2 = 0.63 x -0.51 = -0.321
3 = 0.63 x -0.19 = -0.120
4 = 0.63 x -0.11 = -0.069
5&6 = 0.63 x -0.27 = -0.170
113
W I N D L O A D S
Hence the Design wind loads kN/ m on the main framing members may be
member as below,
9250
8100
8100
7500
7500
1E
o1 1E
Lx
6000
35000
Calculate tributary areas for various zones,
1E = 4E = (8.1 + 7.5) / 2 x 6 = 46.8 m 2

1=4 = (7.5 + 9.25) / 2 x 35 / 2 x 2 -2 x (46.8) = 199.5 m 2
Therefore total load on these areas is calculated as,
Case -1 ( + i )
End zones
1E = 0.271 x 46.8 = 12.68 kN
4E = 0.384 x 46.8 = 17.97 kN
In terior zon es
1 = 0.139 x 199.5 / 2 = 13.86 kN
4 = 0.296 x 199.5 / 2 = 29.53 kN
given as,
= (1E + 4E + 1 + 4) / 2
= (12.68 + 17.97 + 13.86 + 29.53) / 2
= 37.02 kN

114
W I N D L O A D S
Case -2 ( - i )
End zones
1E = 0.498 x 46.8 = 23.31 kN
4E = 0.158 x 46.8 = 7.394 kN
Interior zones
1 = 0.365 x 199.5 / 2 = 36.41 kN
4 = 0.069 x 199.5 / 2 = 6.883 kN
given as,
= (1E + 4E + 1 + 4) / 2
= (23.31 + 7.394 + 36.41 + 6.883) / 2
= 36.99 kN

115
W I N D L O A D S
MBMA Recom m en dation for Single Slope Buildings – MWFRS

Figure 1.3.4.5 (b) and 1.3.4.5 (d) provide the recom mendation for applying the
pressure coefficients to single slope buildings for transverse and longitudinal
d irections, respectively.
In the transverse d irection, for a roof slope up to 20°, the roof pressure zones are
separated by a “pseudo” ridge line. However, where 20° < θ <= 30°, the build ing
shall be assumed to act as each half of a gable building with all cases
investigated . (Two case using pressure zone 2 and 2E over the entire roof and
two cases using pressure zone 3 and 3E over the entire roof)
Consid ering the Example 5.7 as m onoslope building, only the coefficients are
shown as below, other steps remain the same.
4 = -0.48
PSEUDO RIDGE LINE
'V
6 = -0.63
4E = -0.62
o 3 = -0.55
/
3E = -0.72
O2 = -0.87
■
1--
j—
- θ<30° 2E = -1.25
o
1 = 0.23
h
B/2
1E = 0.44
WI
B ND
5 = -0.63 DI
B/2
2a
RE
CT
IO
N
4 = -0.12
PSEUDO RIDGE LINE
6 = -0.27
\
4E = -0.26
o 3 = -0.19 J'■"
/
3E = -0.36
o 2 = -0.51
2E = -0.89
„4"
i-"
h
θ<30°
o
1 = 0.59
B/2
1E = 0.80
WI
B ND
5 = -0.27 DI
B/2
2a
RE
CT
IO
N
116
W I N D L O A D S
M BM A Recomm endation for Op en Buildings – M WFRS

New provisions were introd uced into ASCE 7-05 (Section 6.5.13.2) for the main
wind force resisting systems of open buildings. The net design pressure for the
MWFRS is d etermined from the following equation:
Eqn. 6-25, ASCE 7-05 p = q h G CN
Where,
qh = velocity pressure (kN/ m 2)

G = gust effect factor from ASCE 7-05, Section 6.5.8
CN = net pressure coefficient from ASCE 7-05 Figures 6-18A through 6-18D
For winds perpendicular to the rid ge, ASCE 7-05 Figures 6-18A, 6-18B, 6- 18C are
for monosloped roofs, gable roofs, and troughed roofs, respectively. Net pressure
coefficients are given for two cases: (1) where there is clear wind flow through
the bu ilding, and (2) where there is obstructed wind flow. Obstructed wind flow
occurs when objects below the roof produ ce greater than a 50% blockage of the
wind flow through the bu ild ing. Also, note that for gable roofs with a slope less
than 7.5° , the coefficients for a monoslope roof (Figure 6-18A) with θ = 0 are to
be used.
It is important to note that the ASCE 7-05 provisions in Figure 6-18 have lower
and upper limits on the ratio (h/ L) i.e. the mean roof height to the horizontal
dimension of roof measured in the along wind d irection. Therefore the MBMA
recommendation for building aspect ratios that fall outside the h/ L lim its, are to
use the pressure coefficients provided in Table 1.3.4.5(a). This is consistent with
previous editions of MBMA Low-Rise Building Systems Manual.
Also, the ASCE 7-05 provisions only app ly to th e roof su rfaces. Therefore the
MBMA recommendation for wall surfaces that might be clad, is to use the wall
pressure coefficients provided in Table 1.3.4.5(a) and Figure 1.3.4.5(e). This is
consistent with previous editions of MBMA Low-Rise Building Systems Manual.
For winds parallel to the ridge, net pressure coefficients are given in ASCE 7- 05
Figure 6-18D. However, this only covers pressures and suctions on the roof
su rfaces, which do not contribute to the longitud inal wind brace requirements.
For wind pressures on the bare frames, or on clad surfaces on the end walls,
MBMA has its own recommendation. Since the values given in these references
are based on mean pressure coefficients (C p ) referenced to mean-hourly wind
speeds, the peak coefficients shown on Figure 1.3.4.5(e) were obtained by
amplifying the values as follows:
Eqn. 1.3.4.5 GC p = 1.25 x 2.0 x ( 1 / 1.53 )2 C p (Same as in MBMA 2002)

MBMA 2006
117
W I N D L O A D S
Where the gust factor is assumed to be 2.0, the 3 second gust speeds are taken as
1.53 times m ean hourly speeds, and the 1.25 factor accounts for uncertainty in the
d atabase as the coefficients were generated from experiments in a uniform flow
wind tunnel (turbulence not properly modeled).
The coefficient GCp = 1.3N where, N = the num ber of frames, to be used in the
d esign of main framing in the longitudinal direction for open buildings is based
on some research work in the US, and is a bit on conservative.
****
-0.75
**** -0.75
\
h
\
-0.75
+1.3N
+0.75 S
B
Figure 1.3.4.5 (e)

MBMA Recommendation for Open Building in Longitudianl Direction
**** - FOR ROOF SURFACES SEE ASCE 7-05 SECTION 6.5.13.3
N otes for O pen Buildings:
1. The 0.75 pressure coefficients apply to any covered areas of the build ing surfaces.
2. The 1.3N pressure coefficients shall be applied to the solid area of the largest fram e projected onto a plane normal to the rid ge; this
coefficient is based on the following lim its:
a. 0.1 <= ϕ <= 0.3
b. 1/ 6 <= h/ B <= 6
c. S/ B <= 0.5
Where ϕ is the ratio of solid area of to frame to gross area of the end wall and N is the number of transverse fram es. See MBMA 2006 Design
examp le 1.3.4.9(b)-3a for param eters outside this limits.
118
W I N D L O A D S
Main Wind Force Resisting System 0.25 5 h/L5 1.0

Figure 6-18A j Net Pressure Coefficient, CN Monoslope Free Roofs '
Open Buildings 8 Jtj ≤ 45°, 7 = 0°, 180°

L L
0.5 L 0.5 L 0.5 L 0.5 L
*ÿ
*-
CNW CNL
1
Wind :
Wind CNL CNW
Direction t
Direction
;
=>
y= 0°
h h y= 180°
t.
777777777777777777 777777777777777777
■
Roof Load Wind Direction, y = 0° Wind Direction, y = 180° :

Angle Case Clear Wind Flow Obstructed Wind Flow Clear Wind Flow Obstructed Wind Flow
0 CNW C ML CNW CNL CNW C CNW CNL
0° A 1.2 0.3 -0.5 -1.2 1.2 0.3 -0.5 -1.2
B -1.1 -0.1 -1.1 -0.6 -1.1 -0.1 -1.1 -0.6
7.5° A -0.6 -1 -1 -1.5 0.9 1.5 -0.2 -1.2
B -1.4 0 -1.7 -0.8 1.6 0.3 0.8 -0.3
15° A -0.9 -1.3 -1.1 -1.5 1.3 1.6 0.4 -1.1
B -1.9 0 -2.1 -0.6 1.8 0.6 U -0.3
22.5° A -1.5 -1.6 -1.5 -1.7 1.7 1.8 0.5 -1
B -2.4 -0.3 -2.3 -0.9 2.2 0.7 1.3 0
30° A -1.8 -1.8 -1.5 -1.8 2.1 2.1 0.6 -1
B -2.5 -0.5 -2.3 -1.1 2.6 1 1.6 0.1
37.5° A -1.8 -1.8 -1.5 -1.8 2.1 2.2 0.7 -0.9
B -2.4 -0.6 -2.2 -1.1 2.7 1.1 1.9 0.3
45° A -1.6 -1.8 -1.3 -1.8 2.2 2.5 0.8 -0.9
B -2.3 -0.7 -1.9 -1.2 2.6 1.4 2.1 0.4
Notes:
1. CNW and CNL denote net pressures (contributions from top and bottom surfaces) for windward and leeward half of
roof surfaces, respectively.
2. Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to 50%. Obstructed
wind flow denotes objects below roof inhibiting wind flow (>50% blockage).
3. For values of 0 between 7.5° and 45°, linear interpolation is permitted. For values of 0 less than 7.5°, use load
coefficients for 0°.
4. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting towards and away from the top roof surface, respectively.
5. All load cases shown for each roof angle shall be investigated.
6. Notation:
L : horizontal dimension of roof, measured in the along wind direction, ft. (m)
h : mean roof height, ft. (m)
y : direction of wind, degrees
e : angle of plane of roof from horizontal, degrees
119
W I N D L O A D S
Main Wind Force Resisting System 0.25 ≤ h/L ≤ 1.0

Figure 6-18B I Net Pressure Coefficient, CN Pitched Free Roofs
Open Buildings 9 ≤ 45°, 0°, 180°
L
-#ÿ ■
CNW CNL
Wind
Direction
\
\ /
y = 0°
7
V <7 /
h
777777777777777777777777777777777777
Wind Direction, g = 0°, 180°
Roof Load Clear Wind Flow Obstructed Wind Flow
Angle, 0 Case
CNW CNL CNW CNL
A 1.1 -0.3 -1.6 -1
7.5°
B 0.2 -1.2 -0.9 -1.7
A 1.1 -0.4 -1.2 -1
15°
B 0.1 -1.1 -0.6 -1.6
A 1.1 0.1 -1.2 -1.2
22.5°
B -0.1 -0.8 -0.8 -1.7
A 1.3 0.3 -0.7 -0.7
30°
B -0.1 -0.9 -0.2 -1.1
A 1.3 0.6 -0.6 -0.6
37.5° B -0.2 -0.6 . -0.3 -0.9
A 1.1 0.9 -0.5 -0.5
45°
B -0.3 -0.5 -0.3 -0.7
Notes:
1. CNL denote net pressures (contributions from top and bottom surfaces) for windward and leeward half of
roof surfaces, respectively.
3. For values of 0 between 7.5° and 45°, linear interpolation is permitted. For values of 0 less than 7.5°, use
monoslope roof load coefficients.
6. Notation:
L : horizontal dimension of roof, measured in the along wind direction, ft. (m)
Y : direction of wind, degrees
0 : angle of plane of roof from horizontal, degrees
120
W I N D L O A D S
Main Wind Force Resisting System 0.25 < h/L < 1.0
Figure 6-18D Net Pressure Coefficient, CN Troughed Free Roofs
Open Buildings e<45°, A,= 0°, 180°
L JL m i
A
1 / 4
* 3« .
T
Plfirl
t: TfiSttgb
/
ESitSfflofc DwtarnU
a
/ * pr*.a&ce
t frora / / fcetw f btm
Wifldwarel '
/ Wir tw.Lr i ,
wmii
t'd£C i o / 0
-
t*kr
/
O'
f
Wind Direction
y-W* IT Wind HHrecnoa 1* Wind Direct bf)
Horizontal Obstructed Wind

Roof Clear Wind Flow
Distance from Load Case Flow
Angle 0
W indward Edge CN CK
All Shapes A -0.8 -1.2
<h
0<45° B 0.8 0.5

> h, < 2h
0<45° B 0.5 0.5

>2h
0<45° B 0.3 0.3
Notes:
1. CN denotes net pressures {contributions from top and bottom surfaces).
2. Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to 50%. Obstructed wind
flow denotes objects below roof inhibiting wind flow (>50% blockage).
5. For monoslope roofs with theta less than 5 degrees, Cn values shown apply also for cases where gamma = 0 degrees and
0.05 less than or equal to h/L less than or equal to 0.25. See Figure 6-18A for other h/L values.
6. Notation:
L : horizontal dimension of roof, measured in the along w ind direction, ft. (m)
7 : direction of wind, degrees
121
W I N D L O A D S
Consider the building in example 5.7 as an “Open Building”, the opening is walls
is as shown in Figure 1.3.4.5 (e) above, the coefficients on the sheeted area will be
as shown in Figure 1.3.4.5 (e).
1) Wind Left and Wind Right Case

For all Frames, Interior and En d fram es
The Wall Pressure tabulated below are as per Figure 1.3.4.5(e) MBMA 2006
Net Pressure Coefficient Load (kN/ m)

Walls
[(GC pf) – (Gcpi)] q h [(GC pf) – (Gcpi)]x Bay Spacing
Windward Wall -0.75 0.63 x -0.75 x 8.55 = -4.03
Leeward Wall -0.75 0.63 x -0.75 x 8.55 = -4.03
Refer to Figure 1.3.4.5(e) in MBMA 2006
The Roof Pressure is calculated using equation 6-25
p = q h G CN
where,
G = 0.85
Referring to Figure 16-18B pitched roof
Roof Slope θ = 5.71° < 7.50°
Referring to note 3 in above Figure 16-18B, states that for slope less than 7.50°,
Monoslope coefficients given in Figure 16-18A should be referred.
g = 0° and g = 180° Case A

Net Pressure Coefficient CN Load (kN/ m)
Roof
(Figure 16-18A ASCE 7-05) q h x G x C N x Bay Spacing
Windward Roof -0.50 0.63 x 0.85 x -0.50 x 8.55 = -2.29
Leeward Roof -1.20 0.63 x 0.85 x -1.20 x 8.55 = -5.49
Assu ming ‘Obstructed Wind Flow’ Case
g = 0° and g = 180° Case B

Roof
(Figure 16-18A ASCE 7-05) q h x G x C N x Bay Spacing
Windward Roof -1.10 0.63 x 0.85 x -1.10 x 8.55 = -5.04
Leeward Roof -0.60 0.63 x 0.85 x -0.60 x 8.55 = -2.75
122
W I N D L O A D S
-0.50 -1.20
-1.10 -0.60
GCp =+0.75 GCp =+0.75
Wind Coefficients for All Frames in an Open Building

Wind Left Case (Wind Right Case is Mirror Image)
2) Wind End Case

For First In terior Fram e
The Wall Pressure tabulated below are as per Figure 1.3.4.5(e) MBMA 2006
Net Pressure Coefficient Load (kN/ m)

Walls
[(GC pf) – (Gcpi)] q h [(GC pf) – (Gcpi)]x Bay Spacing
Windward Wall -0.75 0.63 x -0.75 x 8.55 = -4.03
Leeward Wall -0.75 0.63 x -0.75 x 8.55 = -4.03
Refer to Figure 1.3.4.5(e) in MBMA 2006
The Roof Pressure is calculated using equation 6-25

Referring to Figure 16-18D pitched roof
x = the distance of the first frame from the windward edge
x = 8550 mm
h = 7500 mm
Hence x > h <= 2h
g = 0° and g = 180° Case A

All Areas of Roof
(Figure 16-18D ASCE 7-05) q h x G x C N x Bay Spacing
Case A -0.90 0.63 x 0.85 x -0.90 x 8.55 = -4.12
Case B +0.50 0.63 x 0.85 x 0.50 x 8.55 = 2.29
123
W I N D L O A D S
For En d Frame
Using x <= h
g = 0° and g = 180° Case A
All Areas of Roof
(Figure 16-18D ASCE 7-05) q h x G x C N x Bay Spacing
Case A -1.20 0.63 x 0.85 x -1.20 x 8.55 = -5.49
Case B +0.50 0.63 x 0.85 x 0.50 x 8.55 = 2.29
-0.90 -0.90
0.50 0.50
ffiffff
mm
GCp =+0.75 GCp =+0.75

Wind Coefficients for First Interior Frame in an Open Building
Wind End Case
-1.20 -1.20
0.50 0.50
mm
GCp =+0.75 GCp =+0.75

Wind Coefficients for End Frame in an Open Building
Wind End Case
124
W I N D L O A D S
For Sidewall Bracing (Sam e as in MBMA 2002)
The total force on the wind bracing system at the side walls will depend on the
value of 1.3N.
Assuming the solid area of the end frame = 45.00 m 2
(Solid area is the area of main frame steel profile includ ing the purlin d epth and
sheeting depth at sidewalls and roof)
Gross area of Endwall = 293.12 m 2
Therefore,
ϕ = Solid Area / Gross Area
= 45 / 293.12 = 0.154
h / B = 7.5 / 35 = 0.214
S / B = 8.55 / 35 = 0.244
Check if all are within the limits below,

a) 0.1 <= ϕ <= 0.3 ϕ = 0.154 OK
b) 1/ 6 <= h/ B <= 6 h/ b = 0.214 OK
c) S/ B <= 0.5 s/ b = 0.244 OK
Hence force per sidewall is given as,

= 1.3 x N x Solid Area / (2 x 2)
= 1.3 x 10 x 45 / 4 = 146.25 kN
If the number of braced bays are 4,
Force per braced bay = 146.25 / 4 = 36.563 kN
125
W I N D L O A D S

Alternatively, the equation below can be used as a more precise method of
selecting wind loads in the d esign of the longitud inal framing for open build ings
as a guideline for assessing wind load s for open, bare frames during erection.
The load on a single frame reaches its maximum value when the wind vector is
normal to the frame. As add itional frames are ad ded, the first frame affects some
shielding for the second, the first and second tends to shield the third, and so on.
The researchers d eveloped a method ology by which the total “peak” drag load
on the assemblage of N frames as follows:
Eqn. 7.3.3-1 FD N (α ) = GC P(0) q A s [ 1 + (N-1) n N(α) ] kN
Where,
FDN (α) = normal ‘peak’ d rag force on open frame assemblage for an angle of
attack of the wind , (α) is measured from the normal to the frame outline
GC P(0) = peak drag coefficient on a single frame at (α = 0°)
As = effective solid area of a single frame,
q = velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof height (h) for a given
exposure.
n N(α) = d irectional shield ing coefficients, the maximum values of which are
given in figu re 7.3.3(c) as a function of n 2, the shield ing coefficient for two
frames which is given in figure 7.3.3(b).
The design force FD N (α) represents the net force to be resisted by the longitudinal
fram ing system, including that portion transmitted d irectly to foundation
(ground).
126
W I N D L O A D S
GCp(O)
1.5 103*0.31 1 1-0 1: 0.1=0-10

GCp(O) 171-4.100 0=0.1
10 X
01 OS
0
Figure 7.3.3(a)
Peak Drag Coefficient for a = 0°
1.0
N
n2 18
S/8-2 0
- 15
0.5 \\ v
\\ •1.0
\\ * 0.75
-0.50
•CX25
0 0.5
<t> 1.0
Figure 7.3.3 (b)

M axim um Value of Shieldin g Coefficien t for 2 Fram es
(App roximate values from the graph s above are tabulated below)
Φ 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
G C P(0) 1.71 1.30 1.28 1.25 1.22 1.19 1.15 1.12 1.09 1.06 0.00
Φ 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 S/B
1.00 0.92 0.78 0.62 0.52 0.42 0.32 0.23 0.16 0.08 0.00 0.25
1.00 0.96 0.80 0.69 0.58 0.46 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.20 0.22 0.50
1.00 0.93 0.82 0.71 0.62 0.54 0.48 0.43 0.39 0.38 0.38 0.75
n2
1.00 0.93 0.85 0.76 0.68 0.61 0.55 0.51 0.48 0.44 0.42 1.00
1.00 0.98 0.90 0.85 0.82 0.79 0.77 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 1.50
1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.95 0.93 0.91 0.88 0.84 0.79 0.71 2.00
127
W I N D L O A D S
1.5 <J) =» 1.0 18.9

19.4
12.0
1.5
R
9' \
\
\
\
179 ft
n A
n"/n, N * 10
-7 ///
"A N » 10
-
»
7
5
//
.5 111
77i *4
1.0 0 J
0
1_ 1
-
l
«4
3 UJ.
2/Jt 1.0
-3
h I ■ i 1
iX
\
0.5 II I I v0
I I x
asm 1.0
W \
li
\ \ // / \
\ \ I i
- W\
\
\
X
// *X
0.5
— — 4
0.5
(a) SI B - 0.25 (b) SI B - 0.50
1.5 1.5
/ /
/ /
/ /
N- 10
Z'V ,
/
» 7 2 N- 7
-4
5
- ✓
5 -
•4
✓
✓
/
-3 p
3
1.0
l 1.0ÿ— L 1 » i I
as 10 1.0
X 0 0
x
X.
0.5 0.5
(c) SIB = 0.75 (d) SB = 1.0
Figure 7.3.3 (c)

Maximum Value of Shielding Coefficient for N Frames
(App roximate values from th e graphs above are tabulated below)
128
W I N D L O A D S
N Φ 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
S / B = 0.25
3.00 1.00 0.97 0.91 0.85 0.79 0.74 0.70 0.68 0.67 0.72 12.00
4.00 1.00 0.91 0.80 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.67 0.69 0.71 1.10 18.90
5.00 nn / n2 1.00 0.85 0.75 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.63 0.68 0.80 1.30 19.40
7.00 1.00 0.80 0.69 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.59 0.68 0.90 1.35 17.90
10.00 1.00 0.71 0.65 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.58 0.68 1.00 1.55 21.00
S / B = 0.50
3.00 1.00 0.98 0.92 0.85 0.80 0.82 1.00 1.32 1.36 1.31 1.27
4.00 1.00 0.91 0.81 0.76 0.75 0.82 1.10 1.36 1.39 1.35 1.30
5.00 nn / n2 1.00 0.88 0.78 0.75 0.76 0.82 1.15 1.45 1.47 1.42 1.38
7.00 1.00 0.85 0.77 0.73 0.75 0.82 1.20 1.55 1.59 1.50 1.40
10.00 1.00 0.82 0.73 0.70 0.70 0.82 1.25 1.60 1.70 1.60 1.48
S / B = 0.75
3.00 1.00 0.98 0.93 0.90 0.90 0.92 0.97 1.01 1.07 1.10 1.12
4.00 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.01 1.10 1.17 1.25 1.31
5.00 nn / n2 1.00 0.91 0.86 0.85 0.87 0.92 1.02 1.10 1.17 1.28 1.39
7.00 1.00 0.86 0.80 0.81 0.87 0.92 1.03 1.12 1.22 1.34 1.48
10.00 1.00 0.82 0.77 0.77 0.84 0.92 1.04 1.14 1.28 1.40 1.53
S / B = 1.00
3.00 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.93 0.97 1.03 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.10 1.22
4.00 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.92 0.97 1.01 1.04 1.08 1.12 1.20 1.38
nn / n2
5.00 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.91 0.97 1.03 1.07 1.11 1.16 1.28 1.45
7.00 1.00 0.86 0.83 0.89 0.96 1.03 1.08 1.13 1.20 1.35 1.60
Where,
Φ - Solid ity ratio = As / Ae

As - Solid area of the fram e profile
Ae - total projected area outlined by fram e
(for a typ ical low -rise bu ild ing this w ou ld be (w id th x eave height) + gable
area
H - m ean height of fram es
B - wid th of fram e
S - sp acing of frames
N - nu mber of frames
n2 - two frames
nn - ‘n’ num ber of frames
129
W I N D L O A D S
Solving the same problem of Exam ple 5.7, we know from previous example on
open building,
Φ = Solid Area / Gross Area
= 45 / 293.12 = 0.154
h / B = 7.5 / 35 = 0.214
S / B = 8.55 / 35 = 0.244
Referring to Figure 7.3.3 (b) or the table below the figure, for computing the
value of GCp (0) and n 2,
GCp (0) = 1.29 for, Φ = 0.154
n2 = 0.85 for, Φ = 0.154 & S/ B = 0.25
Referring to Figure 7.3.3 (c) or the table below the figure, we can tabulate the
value of (n n / n 2) for correspond ing value of (S/ B), (ϕ ) and N value,
n n / n 2 = 0.68, but n 2 = 0.85, therefore,

nn = 0.68 x 0.85 = 0.578
Substituting the values in the equation below,
FDN (α ) = GCP(0) q A s [ 1 + (N-1) n N(α) ]

= 1.29 x 0.63 x 45 x [ 1 +(10-1) x 0.578 ] = 226.81 kN
Half of this value is distributed to either sidewall and half to the base of the
column, hence = 226.81 / (2 x 2) = 56.702 kN
If there are 4 braced bays per sidewall, then

= 56.702 / 4 = 14.176 kN
130
W I N D L O A D S
M BM A Recommendations for buildings with Parapets (MWFRS)
The d esign wind pressure for the effect of parapets on MWFRSs of rigid , low –
rise, or flexible buildings with flat, gable, or hip roof shall be determined by the
following equations:
Eqn . 6-20 ASCE 7-05
Pp = q p G C pn kN/m 2
Where,
Pp = combined net pressure on the parapet due to the combination of the net
pressures from the front and back parapet surfaces. Plus (and minus) signs
LU-=-
■=-m
signify net pressure acting toward (and away from ) the front exterior side of the
parapet.
M BM A 06
GC pn = combined net pressure coefficient.
Section
= + 1.50 for windward parapet. (+1.80 as per MBMA 2002)
1.3.4.5.1
= - 1.00 for leeward parapet. (-1.10 as per MBMA 2002)
Re-calculate the Velocity pressure at the top of parapet
Velocity Pressure qp = 0.613 x 10-3 Kz Kzt Kd V2 Iw kN/ m 2
Kz = 2.01 (9.5/ 365.76) 2/ 7 = 0.71
Kzt = = 1.00
Kd = = 0.85
Therefore,
qp = 0.613 x 10-3 x 0.71 x 1.00 x 0.85 x 41.672 x 1.00
= 0.642 kN/ m 2
Then the combined net pressure on the parapet is calculated as,
The UDL on the parapet fram ing is given as,
= Sum of pressure x Bay Spacing
= (0.963 + 0.642) x 8.55 = 13.723 kN/ m
131
W I N D L O A D S
w Wind Direction (-)
igl i§
I 9k 1 S' *
=3
« I
I
=a
=3 Pressure
Et 5
s
I o it i i T
0>
1% 1
Methodology used to Develop External Parapet Pressures
(Main WindForce Resisting Systems and Components and Cladding)
<L>
3 <D
3 I
l
cn
m
1
D-,
13 13
I
X
1 1
w 5 Cxi
External and Internal Parapet Pressures

(Components and Cladding Only)
132
W I N D L O A D S
Design Wind loads on Solid Free Standing walls and Solid Sign s
The design wind force for a solid free standing walls and solid signs shall be
d etermined by the following formula,
Pp = q z G Cf As kN
Eqn . 6-27 ASCE 7-05
Where,
q z = the velocity pressure evaluated at height ‘h’ for a given exposu re. Where ‘h’
■=■171
-=-
is the top of sign above ground.

LU
A s = the gross area of the solid free standing wall or sign in m 2

C f = net force coefficient from figure 6-20 ASCE 7-05, Cf depend on the shape
ASCE 7-05 aspect ratio and clearance ratio above ground, may be conservatively assumed =
Section 6.5.14 1.80 for more precise value see figure 6-20 of ASCE 7-05.
Say we have a Solid Sign with following details as below,
Width (B) = 4000 mm
Height (s) = 2000 mm
Top of Sign (h) = 8000 mm
Wind Speed = 150 kmph = 41.67 m/ sec
Calculate the Velocity pressure at the top of Solid Sign
Velocity Pressure qz = 0.613 x 10-3 Kz Kzt Kd V2 Iw kN/ m 2
Kz = 2.01 (h/ 365.76) 2/ 7
= 2.01 (9.14/ 365.76) 2/ 7 = 0.70
Kzt = = 1.00
Kd = = 0.85
Therefore,
qz = 0.613 x 10-3 x 0.70 x 1.00 x 0.85 x 41.672 x 1.00
= 0.63 kN/ m 2
Pp = 0.63 x 0.85 x 1.80 x 4 x 2 = 7.71 kN
133
W I N D L O A D S
Checking the above value with more precise calculation as per Figure 6-20 of
ASCE 7-05,
B/ s =4/ 2 = 2.00
s/ h =2/ 8 = 0.25
Referring to Figure 6-20 on page 73 we find, Cf = 1.80
Other Structures - Method 2 AH Heights

Figure 6-20 Force Coefficients, Cf Solid Frcestandiug Walls
& Solid Signs
i
8
6
i
B**»nco
F
tab !M4l OR
F*f«1.M*WC WM1
H CASE A
3«C». vO
h
w#.o t I
.1 M.
CASCC
ELEVATION VIEW Orf*»K®
«.2
F CASE B \
- s %12\
-
WLNII
F o:» !
5»h
- hi
’
~T
1*0
IRri w tiwia
t*. 1
0»-*, IFt> worn
CROQG-SCCTION view PLAN VICWS

O. CASE A 8. CASC 0
Quncdicu Aspect Flailo. B''3
Ratio, &ti sO.OS 0.1 02 05 I 2 4 5 10 30 >45
1 1 80 170 1.65 1-SS 1.4S 1.40 1» 1.* '--3Q 1.30 1.30 1.00
09 1.85 1,75 •70 1.60 1.55 1.50 1,45 1.45 I.4Q 1,40 1.40 1.40
07 1.90 1£S 1.75 1.70 1.65 1.60 1.60 1.55 1.55 1.55 l 55 '.55
OS 1 95 1.85 l.«* 1 711 1 75 1.70 1 70 1.70 1.70 1 70 1 70 1.75
03 1.95 1.90 1.85 1 80 1 80 1 80 1.60 1.80 1 80 1 85 1 85 185
0.2 1.95 1.90 1.86 ISO 1 80 1.80 1 .00 iso 1.85 vao 1.90 '.95
<0.10 1.95 1.90 1.85 1 85 1 80 1.80 1.85 1.85 1.85 1 9U 1.90 1.95
O, CASE C
Region Region
Aspect Ralo. B7* (horatu Aspect Ratio, ft's
dstart* Har l>AtUC*tel0
<r>NwJ*g«l 2 3 4 5 0 7 8 9 10 M i:m I J fl :.~i ‘
13 245
fl In s ?«) ?90 3 10* 3 30’ 3 40- 3 55* 36V 3 75* 0 tos 4 00- 4.30'
S tO?8 1.60 170 1.90 200 215 225 2.30 2.35 245 sto 2s 2.00 255
2« 10 3* Mv 1.16 1-30 1.46 1.55 1.65 1-70 1 7S 1.85 2S10 3S 2.00 •95
3-. lo 10s tM'IMIrten! 1.10 1.05 1,05 1.05 1.05 1.00 0.95 3s lo 4s 1.60 1.85
"ViO** eKll (M IHAM V ic W 0« «VAU 04 t CM
4s to 5s 1.35 1.65
by tt-« toftjw Ing ••djrt «n
r*cli> wtien a iiMurr
MS
(M
10
use
OK
II WiTH A Hi. llA INCORM4.il 5*t6 10»
>iQs
090
0 65
1.10
055
coir m is 0
52 003 ■nir
Notes:
1 . The term "s-gnj- in notes below also apples lo "1'eestandng wafs"
2. Signs wrtn openlrg! comprising less than 30‘‘t of the gross ares are classfiled as solid signs. Force eoe« dents lor scFd signs with open ngs
shal be pei mi turd lo be n\*jpled by the reduction fucKv <1 (1 - - c>’ V
3. To allow for both normal ar»d ob Ique wind directions, ihe (slowing cases sha'I be cor sbered ;
For t’h < l:
CASE A: resultant lotce acis normal to tne taoe of me sign Bvough the geometric oenter.
CASE B- res.iJii.ir4 lorce aas. normal to me time of the sign ai a distance from the geometric center
inward the windward edge equal to 09 i.me* He average wdih of ihe sign.
For ft'* 2 2, CASE C must also be considered:
CASE C: resultant torsos act rornial to the face ol the sign through the geometric centers of each regon.
For sm i : -
Tho Mine caseo as Above except that l'«u venial 'ocal'ons ot the rocutanl lows occur at a dirtarc© afcovo
tho geometric oenler equal lo 0.06 times the average heÿht ol Ihe sign.
i For CASE C where sAi > 0 8. tome cnedioe«4s shall be rx>*p*u*i hy the red net on tarter -
(V8 67h).
5. L near imepotanen Is permuted (or values of s/h. Brs aÿd Ivs other than shown.
6. Notation:
B: horizontal dimension ol fjgn, in tool (molars.).
h: height ol the sign, m lent (meters),
%: vertical dimension of the sign, in leet (meter*).
c: ratio of solid area to gross area;
lr: horizo-dal dimension ol return Mme, in lent (meters)
inimum Design Loads lor Buildings and Other structures 73
134
W I N D L O A D S
Other M BMA Recommendation for M WFRS (Same as in MBM A 2002)

It is important to note that coefficients 1 and 4 (and 1E and 4E) of figure 1.3.4.5(c)
or 1.3.4.5(d) are to be used in combination in designing the longitudinal wind-
resisting system. Ad ditionally, note that the strut purlin spanning in the
longitud inal direction should be d esigned for the appropriate axial load based on
Figure 1.3.4.5(c) or 1.3.4.5(d) in com bination with a transverse bending load
assessed from the appropriate coefficients in tables 1.3.4.6(b) through 1.3.4.6(h).
For a more detailed method, a strut purlin may be designed for the more severe
of the two following separate wind load cases in com bination with other
appropriate loads:
1) A regular pu rlin design for bend ing using the coefficients from figures and
tables 1.3.4.6(b) through 1.3.4.6(h).
2) A purlin designed for combined bending and axial loads using all of the
load s required for the main wind force resisting system.
AXIAL LOAD WIND LOAD DUE TO COEFFICIENTS FROM MBMA 02 TABLE 1.4.6(b) TO (h)
DUE TO
LONGITUDINAL
LOADING I I j
AS PER MBMA 02
FIGURE 1.4.5(c) OR
1.4.5(d)
STRUT PURLIN
SUPPORTS
LOADING FOR DESIGN OF STRUT PURLIN

T
Columns and rafters, which are designed with simple connections, may be
consid ered as main wind force resisting mem bers when they participate in frame
action to resist wind loads or are designed for wind loads from two building
surfaces.
This would include endwall columns and rafters acting as members in a braced
frame to resist transverse wind loads, simply framed sidewall and endwall
columns designed for wind loads perpendicular to the wall in which they occur
combined with wind loads from the roof surface, and rafters designed for wind
load s from wall and roof surfaces combined
135
W I N D L O A D S
Comp on en ts and Cladding Pressure Coefficients

Design Pressure – Com ponents and Clad ding (C & C)
p = q h [(GC p ) - (GCpi)] kN/m 2

Eqn . 6-27 ASCE 7-05
MBMA 2006 Table 1.3.4.6(a) through 1.3.4.6(h). Coefficients depend on the
effective wind load area of the com ponent or cladding and its location relative to
Ed the geometric discontinuities in the surfaces of the building. The building
03 su rfaces are zoned and the pressure coefficients are assumed to be constant
within each zone. When a member lies within two or more zones, the design
loads for that member can be determined using several rational approaches.
M BM A 06
Coefficients for wall may be reduced by 10% when the roof angle (θ) is less than
Section 1.3.4.6
or equal to 10°. The reduced values for roof angle less than 10° is tabulated in
Table 1.3.4.6(a) of MBMA 2006.
Components and Claddings include all members other than the main framing
members, for example, Eave struts, purlins, girts, clips, sheeting, trims &
fasteners.
where,
q h = velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof height (h) for a given exposure.
GC p = external pressure coefficients from Figures 6-11 to 6-17 ASCE 7-05
GC pi = internal pressure coefficients from Table 6-5 ASCE 7-05
136
W I N D L O A D S
o5
o
5
a
a o
4 o4
oo
5 5
a
a
1-31
Tab le 1.4.6(a) (Sam e as in M BM A 2002)

Wall Coefficien ts Eq u ation s [(G C p ) - (G C p i )] w / internal p ressu re in clu d ed
Area=A (m ) 2 Bu ild ings
A <= 0.93 -1.58 -1.95
A >= 46.5 -0.98 -1.35
A <= 0.93 -1.28 -1.65
A >= 46.5 -0.98 -1.35
A <= 0.93 1.18 1.55
A >= 46.5 0.88 1.25
Valu es tab u lated b elow are ab ove valu es redu ced b y 10% for θ<=10°
A <= 0.93 -1.44 -1.81
A >= 46.5 -0.90 -1.27
A <= 0.93 -1.17 -1.54
A >= 46.5 -0.90 -1.27
A <= 0.93 1.08 1.45
A >= 46.5 0.81 1.18
137
W I N D L O A D S
Example

First, we need to check the wall panel in all zones, how much can the selected
panel span in order to decide the spacing of girts and then design the girt.
Let us assume the following wall panel d etails,

Profile = M45-250
Thickness = 0.50 mm
Material = Aluzinc
girt spacing, then the effective w idth clause as per MBMA 2006 page 19 applies,
which states that the width should be greater of,

Span / 3 = 1800 / 3 = 600 mm
= 1000 x 1800 / 10002 = 1.800 m 2
1.4.6 (a)

Corners = 0.318 Log A - 1.43
= 0.318 (Log 1.8) – 1.43 = -1.349~ - 1.35
= 0.159 (Log 1.8) – 1.16 = -1.119~ -1.12
All Zones = -0.159 Log A + 1.08
= -0.159 (Log 1.8) + 1.08 = 1.039 ~1.04
Therefore,
= q h [(GCp ) - (GCpi)]
138
W I N D L O A D S

Corners = 0.63 x 1.35 = 0.85 kN / m 2
Interiors = 0.63 x 1.12 = 0.71 kN / m 2

All Zones = 0.63 x 1.04 = 0.66 kN/ m 2
Refer the Panel Chart below to check the allowable load kN/ m 2 for above profile
and thickness, referring for span = 2.0 meters,

Since all loads calcu lated are less than the allow able loads for any num ber of
spans, no further checks are required . It is im portant to note that at locations
ad jacent to wall lights and other w all op enings etc. the panel spans should be
checked for the nu mber of spans the panel is sp anning and accord ingly check
the approp riate allow able load s.
Since the loads are very less than the allow able let us use girt spacing of 2000
m m, it w ill be required to re-calculate the coefficients as above for revised
tribu tary area of 2.0 m 2.

Corners = 0.318 Log A - 1.43
= 0.318 (Log 2.0) – 1.43 = -1.334 ~ - 1.33
= 0.63 x 1.33 = 0.84 kN / m 2

= 0.159 (Log 2.0) – 1.16 = -1.112~ -1.12
= 0.63 x 1.12 = 0.71 kN / m 2

All Zones = -0.159 Log A + 1.08
= -0.159 (Log 2.0) + 1.08 = 1.032~ 1.03
= 0.63 x 1.03 = 0.65 kN / m 2
Since the load s less than the allow able, w e use girt spacing of 2000 m m .
139
W I N D L O A D S
1000
16.8 _8 250 Pitch
8.7
31,95
4 _J 4_
\S
s_ fi
1 120
i/%
Panel Structural Properties :

We b
P a ne l
N o min Ix T o p in C o m pre s sio n B o t t o m in C o m pres s io n S he a
P ane l N o m ina l C o v e rin N o m in
al ( F ull E r
B ase T hic k ne s g Widt h a l A rea S x- S x- S x- S x-
We ight S e c t io It x Ma Ibx Ma Va
M eta l s Top Bot tx
Top Bot bx
n) (kN / cm
(mm) (mm) ( k g/ m ) (cm 2 ) (cm 4 ) 2)
(cm 4 ) ( cm 3 ) (cm 3 ) (k N m ) (c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) ( cm 3 ) (k N m ) ( kN )
0.50 1000.00 4.315 5.18 15.60 20000.00 11.49 3.58 8.53 0.74 10.99 4.84 4.81 0.99 4.02
A luzinc
C o a te d 0.70 1000.00 6.228 7.62 22.92 20000.00 20.28 6.80 12.72 1.40 17.71 7.34 8.19 1.52 12.80
S t ee l
1.00 1000.00 9.095 11.27 33.87 20000.00 33.53 11.75 19.13 2.43 28.54 11.16 13.93 2.30 33.33
A ll of t h e a bov e v a lu es a r e for on e m eter of pa n el w idt h .
Allowable Un iform Loads (kN/m 2 ):

Panel
Panel
Nominal No. of Load S p a n I n M e t e r s
Base
Thickne Spans Case
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 5.92 3.79 2.63 1.93 1.48 1.17 0.95 0.78 0.66 0.56 0.48
1 WP 5.92 3.79 2.63 1.93 1.48 1.17 0.94 0.71 0.54 0.43 0.34
WS 7.94 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.76 1.24 0.90 0.68 0.52 0.41 0.33
D+L 6.43 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.99 1.57 1.27 1.05 0.88 0.75 0.65
0.50 2 WP 6.43 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.99 1.57 1.27 1.05 0.88 0.75 0.65
WS 5.92 3.79 2.63 1.93 1.48 1.17 0.95 0.78 0.66 0.56 0.48
D+L 7.31 5.85 4.11 3.02 2.31 1.83 1.48 1.22 1.03 0.88 0.76
3 WP 7.31 5.85 4.11 3.02 2.31 1.83 1.48 1.22 1.03 0.81 0.65
Aluzinc Coated Steel
WS 7.31 4.74 3.29 2.42 1.85 1.46 1.18 0.98 0.82 0.70 0.60
D+L 11.23 7.19 4.99 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.80 1.49 1.25 1.06 0.92
1 WP 11.23 7.19 4.99 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.66 1.25 0.96 0.76 0.61
WS 12.12 7.76 5.39 3.96 2.83 1.99 1.45 1.09 0.84 0.66 0.53
D+L 12.12 7.76 5.39 3.96 3.03 2.39 1.94 1.60 1.35 1.15 0.99
0.70 2 WP 12.12 7.76 5.39 3.96 3.03 2.39 1.94 1.60 1.35 1.15 0.99
WS 11.23 7.19 4.99 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.80 1.49 1.25 1.06 0.92
D+L 15.15 9.70 6.73 4.95 3.79 2.99 2.42 2.00 1.68 1.43 1.24
3 WP 15.15 9.70 6.73 4.95 3.79 2.99 2.42 2.00 1.68 1.43 1.14
WS 14.04 8.99 6.24 4.58 3.51 2.77 2.25 1.86 1.56 1.25 1.00
D+L 19.40 12.42 8.62 6.33 4.85 3.83 3.10 2.57 2.16 1.84 1.58
1 WP 19.40 12.42 8.62 6.33 4.85 3.77 2.75 2.06 1.59 1.25 1.00
WS 18.42 11.79 8.19 6.02 4.57 3.21 2.34 1.76 1.35 1.06 0.85
D+L 18.42 11.79 8.19 6.02 4.61 3.64 2.95 2.44 2.05 1.74 1.50
1.00 2 WP 18.42 11.79 8.19 6.02 4.61 3.64 2.95 2.44 2.05 1.74 1.50
WS 19.40 12.42 8.62 6.33 4.85 3.83 3.10 2.57 2.16 1.84 1.58
D+L 23.03 14.74 10.24 7.52 5.76 4.55 3.68 3.05 2.56 2.18 1.88
3 WP 23.03 14.74 10.24 7.52 5.76 4.55 3.68 3.05 2.56 2.18 1.88
WS 24.25 15.52 10.78 7.92 6.06 4.79 3.88 3.21 2.55 2.01 1.61
Th e A llow a ble loa ds for w in d a r e w it h ou t t h e 3 3 % in c r ea se
D+L = Dea d + Liv e Loa d WP = W in d Pr essu r e Loa d WS = W in d Su c t ion Loa d

A llow a ble Deflec tion = Spa n / 6 0
140
W I N D L O A D S
Check wall panel fasteners, for 45-250 panel profile, the fasteners are usually
= Spacing of girts x spacing of fasteners

= 2.00 x 0.25 = 0.50 m 2
is less than 10° use the 10% reduced values from the lower portion of the table
1.4.6 (a)

Corners = -1.44
Interiors = -1.17
All Zones = +1.08
Therefore,
The total load in kN in various zones are given by,

Corners = 0.63 x 1.44 x 0.50 = 0.45 kN
Interiors = 0.63 x 1.17 x 0.50 = 0.37 kN
All Zones = 0.63 x 1.08 x 0.50 = 0.34 kN

Pu ll-Ou t (k N ) P not / Ω 0.83 1.04 1.25 1.39 1.74
Pan el Th k. (t 1) m m 0.5 0.7 1.0 - -
Screw D iam eter 4.8 5.5 4.8 5.5 -
Ten sion (k N ) P nt / Ω 1.94 4.52 1.88 3.70 -
Shear (k N ) P nv / Ω 1.64 3.05 1.64 2.52 -
The values for Pull-Out and Pu ll-Over needs to be checked , Pull over value is
generally more than required because of the 19mm washer bearing on panel.
141
W I N D L O A D S
Now to we need to calculate the load in kN/ m on girts. Similar to panels we

Span of girts = Bay spacing of building

= 8550 mm
Tributary width = Span of panels = spacing of girts

= 2000 mm
Span / 3 = 8550 / 3 = 2850 m m
= 8550 x 2850 / 10002 = 24.37 m 2
1.4.6 (a)

Corners = 0.318 Log A - 1.43
= 0.318 (Log 24.37) – 1.43 = -0.988 ~ - 0.99
= 0.159 (Log 24.37) – 1.16 = -0.939 ~ -0.94
All Zones = -0.159 Log A + 1.08
= -0.159 (Log 24.37) + 1.08 = 0.859 ~ 0.86
Therefore,
= q h [(GCp ) - (GCpi)] x spacing of girts

Corners = 0.63 x 0.99 x 2 = 1.25 kN/ m
Interiors = 0.63 x 0.94 x 2 = 1.18 kN/ m

All Zones = 0.63 x 0.86 x 2 = 1.08 kN / m
H ence the girts should be d esigned for all the above load s.
142
W I N D L O A D S
o o
3 2 o o
2 3 3 2
2
2
3
o
1 3
a 2
o
1
2
" o
2
o o
2 1 o o 1 2
a
.o 3
a o o
3 2 o o
2 3
Tab le 1.4.6(b ) (0° <= θ < 7° ) (Sam e as in M BM A 2002, excep t angle limit from 10 to 7)
Roof an d O verh an g Coefficien ts Eq u ation s [(G C p ) - (G C p i )] w / internal p ressu re in clu d ed
Up lift for C & C
Area A (m 2) Bu ild ings
A <= 0.93 -2.98 -3.35
A >= 9.30 -1.28 -1.65
A <= 0.93 -1.98 -2.35
Ed ge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.70 Log A – 1.96 0.70 Log A – 2.33
A >= 9.30 -1.28 -1.65
A <= 0.93 -1.18 -1.55
A >= 9.30 -1.08 -1.45
A <= 0.93 0.48 0.85
A >= 9.30 0.38 0.75
A <= 0.93 -2.80
Corn er (3) 0.93 < A < 9.30 2.00 Log A – 2.74
A >= 9.30 -0.8
A <= 0.93 -1.70
Ed ge (2)
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.10 Log A – 1.70
an d
In terior (1) 9.30 < A < 46.5 0.715 Log A – 2.29
A >= 46.5 -1.10
143
W I N D L O A D S
Example

First, we need to check the Roof panel in all zones, how much can the selected
panel span in order to decide the spacing of purlins and then design the purlins.
Let us assume the following Roof panel details,

Profile = M45-250
Thickness = 0.50 mm
Material = Aluzinc
purlin spacing, then the effective wid th clause as per MBMA 2006 page 19
applies, which states that the width should be greater of,

Span / 3 = 2000 / 3 = 666.67 mm
= 1000 x 2000 / 10002 = 2.00 m 2
Table 1.4.6(d)]
Uplift (Suction)
= 1.70 (Log 2.0) – 2.93 = -2.418~ - 2.42
Edge = 0.70 Log A – 1.96
= 0.70 (Log 2.0) – 1.96 = -1.749~ - 1.75
= 0.10 (Log 2.0) – 1.18 = -1.149~ -1.15
All Zones = -0.10 Log A + 0.48
= -0.10 (Log 2.0) + 0.48 = 0.449 ~ 0.45
Therefore,
= q h [(GCp ) - (GCpi)]
144
W I N D L O A D S
Uplift (Suction)
Corners = 0.63 x 2.42 = 1.53 kN/ m 2
Edge = 0.63 x 1.75 = 1.10 kN/ m 2
Interiors = 0.63 x 1.15 = 0.73 kN / m 2
All Zones = 0.63 x 0.45 = 0.28 kN/ m 2
Refer the Panel Chart to check the allowable load kN/ m 2 for above profile and
thickness, referring for span = 2.0 meters,

So w e see that the allow able load for 2-Span (Su ction) is less than the
calcu lated load at the corners, ap art from this all load s calcu lated are less than
the allow able load s for any nu mber of spans, no fu rther checks are required . It
is important to note that at locations ad jacent to skylights and other roof
op enings etc. the panel spans shou ld be checked for the nu mber of spans the
panel is sp anning and accord ingly check the app rop riate allow able load s.
145
W I N D L O A D S
Check roof panel fasteners, for 45-250 panel profile, the fasteners are usually
= Spacing of purlins x spacing of fasteners

= 2.00 x 0.25 = 0.50 m 2
Referring Table 1.4.6(b) above, considering an enclosed building,
Uplift (Suction)
Corners = -2.98
Ed ge = -1.98
Interiors = -1.18
All Zones = +0.48
Therefore,
The total load in kN at various zones are given by,

Corners = 0.63 x 2.98 x 0.50 = 0.94 kN
Interiors = 0.63 x 1.98 x 0.50 = 0.62 kN
All Zones = 0.63 x 1.18 x 0.50 = 0.37 kN

Pu ll-Ou t (k N ) P not / Ω 0.83 1.04 1.25 1.39 1.74
Pan el Th k. (t 1) m m 0.5 0.7 1.0 - -
Screw D iam eter 4.8 5.5 4.8 5.5 -
Ten sion (k N ) P nt / Ω 1.94 4.52 1.88 3.70 -
Shear (k N ) P nv / Ω 1.64 3.05 1.64 2.52 -
The values for Pull-Out and Pull-Over need s to be checked, the calculated load at
the corners is more than the allowable for 1.2 m m thk. Bu t generally the end bay
purlins are thicker sections, otherwise spacing of screws shou ld be redu ced. Pull
over value is generally m ore than required because of the 19mm washer bearing
on panel.
146
W I N D L O A D S
Now to we need to calculate the load in kN/ m on purlins. Similar to panels we

Span of purlins = Bay spacing of building

= 8550 mm
Tributary width = Span of panels = spacing of purlins

= 2000 mm
Span / 3 = 8550 / 3 = 2850 m m
= 8550 x 2850 / 10002 = 24.37 m 2
Table 1.4.6(d)]
Uplift (Suction)
Corners = -1.28
Edge = -1.28
Interiors = -1.08
All Zones = 0.38
Therefore,
= {DL - q h [(GC p ) - (GCpi)]] x spacing of purlins
If the panel and purlin self weight from Table 3.1 chapter 3 = (0.04+0.056)
= 0.096 kN/ m 2
Uplift (Suction)
Corners & Edge = (0.096 - 0.63 x 1.28) x 2 = -1.42 kN / m
Interiors = (0.096 - 0.63 x 1.08) x 2 = -1.17 kN / m

All Zones = (0.096 + 0.63 x 0.38) x 2 = 0.67 kN / m
H ence the pu rlins shou ld be d esigned for all the above load s. The pressu re
load of 0.67 kN/ m m ay be ignored, since the com bined d ead and live load w ill
u su ally exceed the above valu e.
147
W I N D L O A D S
3 2 3 3 2 3 3
3 2
oTofo ooo
2
2
1 2
:P:
2 3
3
3 1
o
a
2
o ..
2 1 2
0 0 00 0 0
2 1 2
a 2
0-
a ..-'0
3
0'
a
a
a 3 2 3 2 3
o 0 0 0 0
a a a
Tab le 1.4.6(c) (7° <= θ < 27° ) (Sam e as in M BM A 2002, excep t an gle lim it from 10 to 7 & 30 to 27)
Roof and O verhang Coefficien ts Equ ation s [(G C p ) - (G C p i )] w / in tern al p ressu re in clu d ed
Up lift for C & C
Eff. Win d Load
Zon e Enclosed Bu ild in gs Partially En closed Bu ild in gs
Area A (m 2)
Corn er (3) A <= 0.93 -2.28 -2.65
an d 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.70 Log A - 2.26 0.70 Log A - 2.63
Ed ge (2) A >= 9.30 -1.58 -1.95
A <= 0.93 -1.08 -1.45
A >= 9.30 -0.98 -1.35
A <= 0.93 0.68 1.05
A >= 9.30 0.48 0.85
A <= 0.93 -3.70
Corn er (3) 0.93 < A < 9.30 1.20 Log A - 3.66
A >= 9.30 -2.50
Ed ge (2)
an d All Tributary Areas -2.20
In terior (1)
148
W I N D L O A D S
O!
3 O 3 O!
2 IO 3 2 IO
O 3
3 2 3
2
2
1 2
3 *<0
3
3 1 a
a 2 2
\
a V
oi
2 o IO 01 o
1 2 2 1 IO2 a ro"
2
V
N
S
-X*"
s
a
o
3
\
\
a OI
3 O2 IO
3 OI
3 2 IO
O 3
a a a
Tab le 1.4.6(d ) (27° <= θ < 45° ) (Same as in M BM A 2002, excep t angle limit from 30 to 27)
Roof an d Overh an g Coefficien ts Eq u ation s [(G C p ) - (GC p i )] w / internal p ressu re in clu d ed
Uplift for C & C
Eff. Win d Load
Zon e En closed Bu ild in gs Partially En closed Bu ild in gs
Area A (m 2)
A <= 0.93 -1.38 -1.75
Corn er (3) an d
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.20 Log A – 1.37 0.20 Log A - 1.74
Ed ge (2)
A >= 9.30 -1.18 -1.55
A <= 0.93 -1.18 -1.55
In terior (1) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.20 Log A – 1.17 0.20 Log A - 1.54
A >= 9.30 -0.98 -1.35
Dow n ward p ressu re for C & C
A <= 0.93 1.08 1.45
A >= 9.30 0.98 1.35
O verh an g Coefficien ts, Up lift for C & C
Corn er (3) A <= 0.93 -2.00
an d 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.20 Log A - 1.99
Ed ge (2) A >= 9.30 -1.80
149
W I N D L O A D S
See Table 1.4.6(d) for zones

on each gable roof
Table 1.4.6(e) (10° <= θ < 30° ) M u lti Sp an G able (Sam e as in M BM A 2002)
Roof Coefficien ts Eq u ations [(G C p ) - (G C pi )] w / in tern al p ressu re in clu d ed
Up lift for C & C
Eff. Win d Load
Zon e Enclosed Bu ild in gs Partially En closed Bu ild ings
Area A (m 2)
A <= 0.93 -2.88 -3.25
A >= 9.30 -1.88 -2.25
A <= 0.93 -2.38 -2.75
Edge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.50 Log A - 2.36 0.50 Log A – 2.73
A >= 9.30 -1.88 -2.25
A <= 0.93 -1.78 -2.15
A >= 9.30 -1.58 -1.95
A <= 0.93 0.78 1.15
A >= 9.30 0.58 0.95
(30° <= θ < 45° )
Up lift for C & C
A <= 0.93 -2.78 -3.15
Corn er (3) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.9 Log A - 2.75 0.90 Log A - 3.12
A >= 9.30 -1.88 -2.25
A <= 0.93 -2.68 -3.05
Edge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.80 Log A - 2.65 0.80 Log A - 3.03
A >= 9.30 -1.88 -2.25
A <= 0.93 -2.18 -2.25
A >= 9.30 -1.28 -1.65
A <= 0.93 1.18 1.55
A >= 9.30 0.98 1.35
150
W I N D L O A D S
o2 o3 2a
4a o3
a
T
h
o2 o
1 o 2
o
A
4a
o
3
o
2 o3 2a
k -4
2a 4- 2a*4A
o
Tab le 1.4.6(f) (3° <= θ < 10° ) for less th an 3° refer 1.4.6(b) (Same as in M BM A 2002)
Sin gle Slop e Roof Coefficien ts Eq u ation s [(G C p ) - (G C p i )] w / internal p ressu re in clu d ed
Up lift for C & C
(m 2) Bu ild ings
A <= 0.93 -2.78 -3.15
H igh Sid e Corn er
0.93 < A < 9.30 1.00 Log A - 2.75 1.00 Log A - 3.12
(3')
A >= 9.30 -1.78 -2.15
A <= 0.93 -1.98 -2.35
Low Sid e Corn er
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.60 Log A - 1.96 0.60 Log A - 2.33
(3)
A >= 9.30 -1.38 -1.75
A <= 0.93 -1.78 -2.15
H igh Sid e Ed ge
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.10 Log A - 1.78 0.10 Log A - 2.15
(2')
A >= 9.30 -1.68 -2.05
A <= 0.93 -1.48 -1.85
Low Sid e Ed ge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.10 Log A - 1.48 0.10 Log A - 1.85
A >= 9.30 -1.38 -1.75
In terior (1) All -1.28 -1.65
D ow n ward p ressure for C & C
A <= 0.93 0.48 0.85
A >= 9.30 0.38 0.75
151
W I N D L O A D S
_L
o 2 a
4a o3 T
O2 ! O
1 O
2 h
oA
4a
o
3
o2 a
k -I
2a
T
o A
Tab le 1.4.6(g) (10° <= θ < 30° ) (Sam e as in M BM A 2002)

Sin gle Slop e Roof Coefficien ts Eq u ation s [(G C p ) - (GC p i )] w / internal p ressu re in clu d ed
Uplift for C & C
Eff. Win d Load Area Partially En closed
A (m 2) Bu ild in gs
A <= 0.93 -3.08 -3.45
H igh Sid e
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.90 Log A - 3.05 0.90 Log A - 3.42
Corn er (3)
A >= 9.30 -2.18 -2.55
A <= 0.93 -1.78 -2.15
Ed ge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 0.40 Log A - 1.77 0.40 Log A - 2.14
A >= 9.30 -1.38 -1.75
A <= 0.93 -1.48 -1.85
A >= 9.30 -1.28 -1.65
D own w ard p ressu re for C & C
A <= 0.93 0.58 0.95
A >= 9.30 0.48 0.85
152
W I N D L O A D S
o2 o3 a
2a
J_
o3
T h
a a
,
o2 o1 o2 oA
2a o3 _L
o2 io
_ 3 a
k 2a 4
oA
Tab le 1.4.6(h ) (Sam e as in M BM A 2002)

Saw Tooth Roof Coefficien ts Eq uation s [(G C p ) - (G C p i )] w / in ternal p ressu re in clu d ed
Up lift for C & C
(m 2) Bu ild ings
A <= 0.93 -4.28 -4.65
0.93 < A < 9.30 0.40 Log A - 4.26 0.40 Log A - 4.63
Sp an A Corn er (3)
9.30 < A < 46.5 2.289 Log A - 6.10 2.289 Log A - 6.47
A >= 46.5 -2.28 -2.65
A <= 0.93 -2.78 -3.15
Sp an s
9.30 < A < 46.5 1.001 Log A - 3.75 1.001 Log A - 4.12
B,C & D Corn er(3)
A >= 46.5 -2.08 -2.45
A <= 0.93 -3.38 -3.75
Ed ge (2) 0.93 < A < 46.5 0.942 Log A - 3.35 0.942 Log A - 3.72
A >= 46.5 -1.78 -2.15
A <= 0.93 -2.38 -2.75
A >= 46.5 -1.28 -1.65
D ow n w ard C & C
A <= 0.93 0.98 1.35
Corn er (3) 0.93 < A < 9.30 -0.10 Log A - 0.98 -0.10 Log A - 1.35
A >= 9.30 0.88 1.25
A <= 0.93 1.28 1.65
Ed ge (2) 0.93 < A < 9.30 -0.30 Log A - 1.27 -0.30 Log A - 1.64
A >= 9.30 0.98 1.35
A <= 0.93 0.88 1.25
In terior (1) 0.93 < A < 46.5 -0.177 Log A - 0.88 -0.177 Log A - 1.25
A >= 46.5 0.58 0.95
153
W I N D L O A D S
Freq u en tly Used Coefficien ts for G ab led M etal Bu ild in gs θ <= 10°
Partially
Location M em b ers Zon e Load Typ e En closed
En closed
Pressu re 0.38 0.75
In terior
Purlin s Pressu re 0.38 0.75
Edge
A >= 9.3 Su ction -1.28 -1.65
Corn er
M em b ers Pressu re 0.48 0.85
Roof In terior
Su ction -1.18 -1.55
Pan els &
Pressu re 0.48 0.85
Fasteners Edge
A >= 0.93 Su ction -1.98 -2.35
Corn er
Su ction -2.98 -3.35
Pressu re 0.93 1.30
In terior
Wall G irts Su ction -1.10 -1.40
A = 9.3 m 2 Pressu re 0.93 1.30
Corn er
Wall Su ction -1.12 -1.40
M em b ers Wall Pressu re 1.08 1.45
In terior
Pan els & Su ction -1.17 -1.54
Fasteners Pressu re 1.08 1.45
A <= 0.93 Corn er
m2 Su ction -1.44 -1.81
Purlin s & In terior -1.60 -1.60
Beam s Edge -1.60 -1.60
A = 9.3 m 2 Corn er -0.80 -0.80
Roof
Pan els & In terior Uplift -1.70 -1.70
O verh an g
Fasteners Edge -1.70 -1.70
A <= 0.93
Corn er -2.80 -2.80
m2
Pressu re 0.88 1.25
Colum n s In terior
Su ction -0.96 -1.34
A = 18.75
Corn er
Su ction -1.03 -1.40
End Pressu re 0.38 0.75
In terior
Fram es Su ction -1.08 -1.45
Rafters
Pressu re 0.38 0.75
A >= 9.3 Edge
m2 Su ction -1.28 -1.65
Pressu re 0.38 0.75
Corn er
Su ction -1.28 -1.65
154
W I N D L O A D S
MBMA Recom m endation for Op en Buildings – (C & C)
New provisions were introduced into ASCE 7-05 (Section 6.5.13.3) for the
components and cladding elements on open buildings. The net design pressure
is d etermined from the following equation
Eqn . 6-26 ASCE 7-05 p = q h G CN kN/m 2
where,
q h = velocity pressure.
G = gust effect factor which shall be taken as 0.85 for rigid structures.
LU*Z-
■=m
C N = Net pressure coefficient from ASCE 7-05 Figures 6-19A to 6-19C.

The above figures in ASCE 7-05 are for monosloped roofs, gable, roofs, and
troughed roofs. Net pressure coefficients are given for two cases,
M BM A 06
Section
1) Where there is clear wind flow through the building.
1.3.4.6.1
2) Where there is obstructed wind flow.
Obstru cted wind flow occurs when objects below the roof produce greater than
50% blockage of the wind flow through the building.
However, the ASCE 7-05 provisions only apply to the roof surfaces. Some open
build ings might have partially clad walls which should be factored into the total
wind loads. Figure 1.3.4.5(e) has the MBMA recommendations for wall su rfaces
for open metal buildings.
It is important to note that the ASCE 7-05 provisions in Figure 6-19 have lower
and upper limits on the ratio (h/ L) i.e. the mean roof height to the horizontal
d imension of roof measured in the along wind direction. Therefore the MBMA
recommendation for determinng pressure coefficients for components and
clad ding for building aspect ratios that fall outside the (h/ L) limits are as follows:
Walls: Use the pressure from Tables 1.3.4.5(a)
Roofs: Use the greater of,
1) Pressure coefficient from Tables 1.3.4.5(a) multiplied 1.25 times, or
2) The appropriate overhang coefficient from Tables 1.3.4.6(b) through
1.3.4.6(d).
This is consistent with previous editions of MBMA Low-Rise Building Systems
Manual.
155
W I N D L O A D S
Components and Cladding 0.25 5 h/L <1.0

Figure 6-19A Net Pressure Cocfflcient, CN Monoslope Free Roofs
Open Buildings e<45°
1a L
>
a
3
2
t
1
▼
h
e/
— 777777777777777777
4-
L
Roof Effective CN
Angle Wind Area Clear Wind Row Obstructed Wind Flow
0 Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1 Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1
Sa2 2.4 3.3 1.8 1.7 1.2 -1.1 1 -3.6 0.8 1.8 0.5 -1.2
0° > a1, ≤ 4.0a2 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.2 -1.1 0.8 -1.8 0.8 1.8 0.5 -1.2
> 4 .0a2 1.2 LI 1.2 1.1 12 1.1 0.5 -1.2 0.5 -1.2 0.5 -1.2
Sa2 3.2 -4.2 2.4 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.6 -5.1 1.2 2.6 0.8 -1.7
7.5° >az. g4,0az 2.4 2.1 2.4 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.2 -2.6 1.2 2.6 0.8 -1.7
> 4,0a2 1.6 1.4 1.6 1.4 1.6 1.4 0.8 -1.7 0.8 1.7 0.8 -1.7
≤ a2 3.6 38 2.7 2.9 1.8 1.9 2.4 -4.2 1.8 3.2 12 -2.1
15° >a2, < 4 0a2 2.7 2.9 2.7 2.9 1.8 19 1.8 -3.2 1.8 3.2 1.2 -2 1
> 4.0a2 1.8 1.9 1.8 1.9 1.8 19 12 -2.1 1.2 2.1 12 -2.1
< a2 5.2 -5 3.9 3.8 2.6 2.5 3.2 -4.6 2.4 3.5 1.6 -2.3
30° > a2, ≤ 4.0a2 3.9 3.8 3.9 3.8 2.6 25 2.4 -3.5 2.4 3.5 1.6 -2.3
> 4.0a2 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.5 1.6 -2.3 1.6 2.3 1.6 -2.3
5.2 -4.6 3.9 3.5 2.6 2.3 4.2 -3.8 3.2 2.9 2.1 -19
45° > a2, < 4.0a2 3.9 3.5 3.9 3.5 2.6 2.3 3.2 -2 S 3.2 2.9 2.1 -1.9
> 4.0a2 2.6 2.3 2.6 -2.3 2.6 2.3 2.1 -1.9 2.1 1.9 2.1 -1.9
Notes:
1. CN denotes net pressures (contributions from top and bottom surfaces).
3. For values of 0 other than those shown, linear interpolation is permitted.
5. Components and cladding elements shall be designed for positive and negative pressure coefficients shown.
6. Notation:
a : 10% of least horizontal dimension or 0.4h, whichever is smaller but not less than 4% of least horizontal
dimension or 3 ft. (0.9 m)
L : horizontal dimension of building, measured in along wind direction, ft. (m)
156
W I N D L O A D S
Components and Cladding 0.25 < h/L < 1.0

Figure 6-19B 1 Net Pressure Coefficient, CN Roofs
Open Buildings
4
L L -w
*1 4 L
>
3
3
2
2
1
2
1 e e
I I
h
2
3 777777777777777777
0<1O° 0>1O°
Roof Effective CN
Angle Wind Area Clear Wind Flow O bstructcd Wind Flow
9 Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1 Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1
Sa* 2.4 3.3 1.8 1.7 12 1.1 1 3.6 0.8 1.8 0.5 -1.2
0° > a2, ≤ 4 Oa2 1.8 17 18 1.7 12 1.1 0.8 18 0.8 1.8 05 1.2
> 4.0aJ 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 12 1.1 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2 05 1.2
< a1 22 -36 1.7 1.8 I 1.2 I 5.1 0.8 2.6 05 1.7
7.5° > a2. ≤ 4.0a2 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.8 1 1.2 0.8 26 0.8 2.6 0.5 1.7
> 4.0a2 1.1 12 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 0.5 1.7 0.5 1.7 0.5 1.7
<a2 2.2 2.2 1.7 1.7 1 I 1 1 32 08 24 0.5 1.6
15° >a2,$4 0a2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1 1.1 08 2.4 0.8 2.4 0.5 1.6
> 4.0a2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1.1 0.5 1.6 05 16 0.5 -1.6
<82 2.6 18 2 1.4 13 -09 1 24 08 -1.8 0.5 1.2
30° > a2, < 4.0a2 2 14 2 I4 1.3 -0.9 0.8 1.8 0.8 1.8 05 1.2
> 4.0a2 1.3 -09 1.3 -09 1.3 -0.9 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2 0.5 12
£a2 2.2 -1.6 17 1.2 1.1 -08 1 2.4 0.8 1.8 05 1.2
45° >a2ÿ4 0a2 1.7 -1.2 1 7 1.2 11 -0 8 08 18 0.8 18 0.5 1.2
> 4.0a2 1.1 -0 8 1.1 -0.8 l.l -0.8 05 -12 0.5 1.2 05 1.2
Notes:
1. Q, denotes net pressures (contributions from top and bottom surfaces).
2. Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to 50%. Obstructed wind flow
denotes objects below roof inhibiting wind flow (>50% blockage).
6. Notation:
a : 10% of least horizontal dimension or 0.4h, whichever is smaller but not less than 4% of least horizontal dimension or
3 ft. (0.9 m)
157
W I N D L O A D S
Components and Cladding 0.25 < h/L51.0

Figure 6-19C j Net Pressure Coefficient, CN Troughed Free Roofs
Open Buildings 0 < 45°
L L
-*ÿ
* -* L
*- ♦1
3
3
2
2
1
e 0
1 2
h
1
2
3
77/777777777777777
0<1O° 9 >10°
Roof Effective CN
Angle Wind Area Clear Wind Flow Obstructed Wind Flow
e
Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1 Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1
24 3.3 18 17 12 I 3.6 0,8 18 0.5 1.2
0° > a7, < 4.0a3 18 17 18 17 12 08 18 0.8 18 05 12
>4 0a2 1.2 I.) 12 1.1 12 0.5 12 0.5 1.2 05 1.2
<a-’ 24 3.3 1.8 17 1.2 1 -4.8 0.8 24 0.5 1.6
7.5° >a2, ≤ 4.0a2 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.2 08 2.4 08 2.4 0.5 1.6
>4.0a2 12 1.1 12 1.1 1.2 0.5 1.6 05 16 0.5 1.6
Sa2 2.2 2.2 17 1.7 11 1 24 08 1.8 05 1.2
15° >a?. £4 0a2 1.7 1.7 1.7 17 11 0.8 1.8 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
> 4.0a2 II 1.1 II 1.1 I 1 05 1.2 05 1.2 05 1.2
Sa2 1.8 2.6 1.4 2 0,9 3 1 2.8 0.8 2.1 0.5 1.4
30° > a2, ≤ 4.0a2 1.4 2 1,4 2 09 3 08 2.1 08 2.1 05 1.4
> 4.0a2 0.9 1.3 1.9 1.3 09 3 05 14 0.5 1.4 0.5 14
£a2 1.6 2.2 1.2 1.7 0.8 1.1 2.4 08 1.8 05 1.2
45° >a2, ≤ 4.0a2 12 17 1.2 17 08 1 08 1.8 08 1.8 05 1.2
> 4.0a2 0.8 1.1 18 1.1 08 .1 05 1.2 05 1.2 05 12
Notes:
1. CN denotes net pressures (contributions from top and bottom surfaces).
2. Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to 50%.
Obstructed wind flow denotes objects below roof inhibiting wind flow (>50% blockage).
6. Notation:
a : 10% of least horizontal dimension or 0.4h, whichever is smaller but not less than 4% of least horizontal
dimension or 3 ft. (0.9 m)
158
W I N D L O A D S
Example
Using the Example 5.7 values,
h/ L = 7500 / 76950 = 0.0975 < 0.25
Hence ASCE 7-05 coefficients cannot be applied.
Using MBMA Recommendations
The wall coefficients are referred from Table 1.3.4.5(a), for slope 0° <=θ<=10°
= 0.75 for all walls
Therefore, the coefficients for wall panel is given as,

Load s
All Zones = 0.63 x -0.75 = -0.47 kN/ m 2
Similarly, for Fasteners,

Load s
All Zones = 0.63 x -0.75 x 0.50 = -0.24 kN
Similarly, for girts,

Load s
All Zones = 0.63 x -0.75 x 2.00 = -0.94 kN / m
159
W I N D L O A D S
The roof coefficients are greater of,

Referring Table 1.4.5(b) building type “Open” and multiplied by 1.25,
= 0.50 x 1.25 = 0.625
OR
The appropriate overhang coefficients from Tables 1.4.6(b) through 1.4.6(d ).
Referring Table 1.4.6(b) for roof panels
Coefficients
= 2.00 Log (2.0) – 2.74 = -2.14
= 0.10 Log (2.0) – 1.70 = -1.67
Load s
Corners = 0.63 x -2.14 = -1.35 kN/ m 2
Edge & Interior = 0.63 x -1.67 = -1.05 kN/ m 2
Sim ilarly, for fasteners of open buildings, Tribu tary area as calcu lated above,
Coefficients
Corners = -2.80
Edge & Interior = -1.70
Load
Corners = 0.63 x -2.80 x 0.50 = -0.88 kN
Edge & Interior = 0.63 x -1.70 x 0.50 = -0.54 kN
Sim ilarly, for purlins of open bu ild ings, tribu tary area as calcu lated above,
Coefficients
Corners = -0.80
= 0.715 Log (24.37) – 2.29 = -1.30
Load
Corners = 0.63 x -0.80 x 2.00 = -1.01
Edge & Interior = 0.63 x -1.30 x 2.00 = -1.64
As we can see most of the time, the roof overhang coefficient will apply for
components and cladding of an open build ing.
160
W I N D L O A D S
MBMA Recom m en dation for Parapets – (C & C)

(Same as in MBMA 2002)
The components and cladding elements of parapets shall be designed as given in
ASCE 7-05 Section 6.5.12.4.4 by the following equation
Eqn . 6-24 ASCE 7-05 p = q p (GC p - GC pi) k N/m 2
where,
E0 GC p = external pressure coefficients from Figures 6-11 to 6-15 ASCE 7-05
03 GC pi = internal pressure coefficients from Figure 6-5 ASCE 7-05
M BM A 02
MBMA 2006 [Table 1.3.4.6(a) through 1.3.4.6(h) ].
Section 1.4.6.2
Internal pressure only needs to be considered if the construction detail permits
the building’s internal pressure to propagate into the parapet cavity. If the
internal pressure is present, both load cases should be evaluated under positive
and negative internal pressure.
Example

The calculated the Velocity pressure at the top of parapet
Velocity Pressure qp = 0.642 kN/ m 2
Referring to Table 1.3.4.6(a), since the roof slope is less than 10°, 10% reduced
coefficients will apply, generally the girts in the parapet framing are simply
supported hence the spacing is considerably reduced. Let us assume a girt
spacing of 900 mm, and then the tributary area of panels is given as,

Coefficients
Corners = -1.44
Interior = -1.17
Load s
Corners = 0.642 x -1.44 = -0.93 kN/ m 2
Interior = 0.642 x -1.17 = -0.75 kN / m 2
161
W I N D L O A D S
Sim ilarly, for fasteners of parapet wall p anels, tributary area as calculated
above,
Coefficients
Corners = -1.44
Interior = -1.17
Load
Corners = 0.642 x -1.44 x 0.50 = -0.46 kN
Interior = 0.642 x -1.17 x 0.50 = -0.38 kN
Sim ilarly, for girts su pp orting parapet wall p anels, tributary area is,
OR
= 8.55 x 8.55 / 3 = 24.37 m 2
H ence Tribu tary area = 24.37 m 2
Coefficients
Corners = 0.318 Log A – 1.43
= 0.318 Log (24.37) – 1.43 = -0.99
Edge & Interior = 0.159 Log A - 1.16
= 0.159 Log (24.37) – 1.16 = -0.94
Load
Corners = 0.642 x -0.99 x 0.90 = -0.57 kN/ m
Edge & Interior = 0.642 x -0.94 x 0.90 = -0.54 kN/ m
162
W I N D L O A D S
Internal Pressure Reduction Factor (R i) for large volu me b uildings.

A reduction factor for internal pressure in large volume buildings is specified in
ASCE 7-05 section 6.5.11.1.1. If this reduction is utilized , it is applied to the
internal pressure coefficient and not the combined coefficients as provided.
Lateral Drift of Fram es

Many metal building systems are d esigned with moment resisting frames
aligned in the transverse d irection to resist lateral load ing. Experience has shown
that the lateral d rift of the frames under wind loading is far “LESS” than
predicted by the usual static analytical procedures. The calculation of the lateral
drift of a building frame (sid e sway) is normally based on a bare frame with no
walls and roof. The wind load is applied as a static force and the calculated drift
is often unexpectedly large. It is recognized by most international codes that the
actual drift is considerably less. For more information see MBMA 2006 section
1.4.8.
Finally it should be noted that deflection is a serviceability criterion rather than a

strength consideration and as such poses less hazard and risk to life and
property. A number of international codes have recognized this fact and specify
different return period s, or probability factors, to be used for serviceability
requirements. In fact IBC 2006 recognizes this as specified by the 0.70 reduction
factor of Note (f) in Table 1604.3. Thus MBMA 06 suggests an approx. conversion
from 50 year design wind to the 10 year return period is 0.70.
163
W I N D LO A D S
BS 6399 - 2: 1997
Definition
Section 1.8 1) Design M ethod
‘Standard method’ which uses a simplified procedure to obtain a standard

effective wind speed which is used with standard pressure co-efficient to
determined the wind load s for orthogonal d esign cases.
(This procedure is virtually the same as in CP3 : Chapter V: part 2)
Section 1.6.1 2) Dynamic Augmentation Factor ( C r )
The methods of this standard employ equivalent static load s to represent the
effect of fluctuating load s which is app licable only to buildings which are not
susceptible to dynamic excitation.
The standard permits equivalent static load s to be used for the design of m ildly
dynamic structures by the introduction of a dynamic augmentation factor. The
value of this factor depend s upon the actu al height H of the building above
ground and on a building-type factor (Kb) obtained from table below, for the form
of construction of the building.
Table 1 Build ing Typ e Factor Kb Kb

Weld ed Steel Unclad Frames 8
Bolted Steel and Reinforced Concrete Unclad Structures 4
Portal Shed s and Similar Light Stru ctures 2
Fram ed Build ings w ith Stru ctu ral Walls arou nd lifts and stairs only
1
(e.g. Office Build ings)
Fram ed buildings w ith stru ctu ral w alls arou nd lifts and stairs w ith
0.5
ad ditional masonry su bd ivision w alls (e.g. Apartments etc.)
This Part of BS 6399 does not apply when the value of dynamic augm entation
factor exceeds the limits shown in figure 3 below. Buildings falling outsid e these
limits should be assessed using established dynamic methods.
164
W I N D LO A D S
The d ynam ic augmentation factor (Cr) is given for typical buildings in figure
below,
Limits of applicability
(shaded region outside scope of this part)
;
0.4
o"-
o
l0-3 —
y
§ <_ / A I
gig:
I0.2- n.
I ;
3 4 r
' __
.9
I 0.1
I 0.! j
o LA
1 10 100 1000
Building height, H(m)
Figure 3. Dynamic augmentation factor Cÿ.
Section 1.7 3) Site exposure
The site wind speed (Vs) refers to a standard open country exposure at a height of
10 m above ground. To obtain the effective wind speed the effects of varying
ground roughness, the height and distance of obstructions upwind of the site and
the effects of topography should be taken into account.
Section 1.7.2 4) Grou n d Rou ghn ess Categories
Three categories of terrain are considered,
a) Sea:- The sea, and inland areas of water extending more than 1 km in
the wind direction when closer than 1 km upwind of the site.
b) Coun try: - All terrain which is not defined as sea or town.
c) Town:- Built up areas not less than 0.1 km upwind of the site with an
average level of roof tops at least H o = 5 m above ground level.
Permanent forest and woodlands may be treated as town category.
For more information see Annex E of the code.
165
W I N D LO A D S
Section 1.7.3 5) Referen ce height ( H r )
The reference height (H r) ( m ) is defined for the build ing form in the appropriate
pressure coefficient tables and definition figures, but can conservatively be taken
as the maximum height of the building above ground level.
Section 1.7.3 6) Effective h eigh t ( H e )
The effective height (H e) ( m ) may be conservatively taken as the reference height

( Hr )
n:
ii
3:
3:
if
Z?777777777777777777777777777s
a) One part when HÿB
3:
n
3:
CQ
II
3:
1r 1<
/
/////////////////////////////
b) Two parts when B < H ≤ 2B
CQ
3:
3: II
N 3: 3:
CQ
II
3: ,
-- II
-Jr 3:
ii
' 1 i
b) Multiple parts when H>2B
Figure 11
— Division of buildings by parts for overall loads
166
W I N D LO A D S
Section 1.7.3 7) Average h eight ( H o )
The average height ( H o ) ( m ) is the average level of roof tops of the buildings or
height of other permanent obstructions upw ind of the site.
Section 1.7.3 8) Upwind Spacin g ( Xo )
This is the d istance ( Xo ) ( m ) of the structure from the nearest obstructing

build ing.
Section 1.7.3 9) Displacemen t height (H d )
Displacement height (H d ) ( m ) is the height of buildings or other permanent

obstructions upwind of the site displace the wind upwards, providing shelter
near the ground .
Wind
6 HQ
Profile of
Ho
displacement 2H0
height
i .
H.
\ H,
0.8HO h,
//////////////////////A////////////////////////////////////
c) Displacement height and effective height
a) H d = 0.8 H o for Xo <= 2 H o
b) H d = 1.2 H o – 0.2 Xo for 2 H o < Xo < 6 H o
c) H d = 0 for Xo >= 6 H o
167
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.2.1 10) Basic wind speed ( V b )
The Hou rly Mean Wind Speed (m / sec) with an annual risk Q of being exceeded
of 0.02, irrespective of wind d irection, at a height of 10 m over completely flat
terrain at sea level that would occur if the roughness of the terrain was uniform
everywhere (including urban areas, inland lakes and the sea) and equivalent to
typical open country in the United Kingdom.
The hourly mean wind speed will be usually specified by the customer /
consultant.
It is important to know is the wind speed being specified by the custom er /

consultant.
If 3 second gust wind speed is specified and wind loads are to applied as per BS
6399, then to get the mean hourly wind speed it should be multiplied by 0.65.
Say the wind speed is given as 3 second gust = 160 kmph.
Mean Hourly Wind Speed = 160 x 0.65
= 104 kmph.
= 28.89 m/ sec
Similarly,
If the wind speed is given as fastest mile = 160 kmph.
Mean Hourly Wind Speed = 160 x 0.77
= 123 kmph.
= 34.17 m/ sec
And so on for other measuring systems.
168
W I N D LO A D S
BASIC MEASURING METHOD1

Specified 10 Minute
Measuring 3 Second Gust Fastest Mile Sustained Mean Hourly
Method Rs Re Rs Rc R» Rc Rs Rc
Gust Averaged
Over:
1 Second 1.02 0.96 1.20 0.69 I 46 0.47 1.56 0.41
3 Seconds2 I 00 1.00 1.18 0.72 I 43 0.49 1.53 043
1 0 Seconds 094 1.13 1.11 0.81 1.35 0.55 1.44 048
Fastest Mile'
At 120 mph 0.87 1.32 1.02 0.96 1.24 0.65 1.33 0.57
At 100 mph 0.86 1.35 1.01 0.98 1.22 0.67 1.31 0.58
General Use 0.85 1.38 1.00 1.00 1.21 0.68 1.30 0.59
At 80 mph 0.84 1.42 0.98 1.04 1.20 0.69 1.28 0.61
At 70 mph 0.82 1.49 0.97 1.06 1.18 0.72 1.26 0.63
Sustained Wind
Average Over:
1 minute 0 82 1.49 0.96 1.09 1.17 0.73 1.25 0.64
10 minutes4 0.70 2.04 0.82 1.49 1.00 1.00 1.07 087
20 minutes 068 2.16 0.80 1.56 0.97 1.06 1.04 0.92
Mean Hourly' 0.65 2.37 0.77 1.69 0.93 1.16 1.00 1.00
Footnotes:
1. Rs = Ratio of wind speeds for specified to basic measuring methods
Rc = Ratio of coefficients for specified to basic measuring methods.
Rs2xRc= 1.0
2. Basis for wind maps for ASCE 7-98, U.S. Navy, U.K., and Australia and basis
for all design pressures except that longer gust periods are allowed for some
larger effective wind load areas.
3. Basis for wind maps in U.S. prior to 1995.
4. Basis for wind maps for ISO and Japan; also, basis for reporting by weather
stations except that some weather reports may represent high altitude winds
only.
5. Basis for wind maps in Canada.
6. Table and notes printed from “Lessons Learned from Hugo About Building
Design Trends” by Gill Harris, Metal Building Manufacturers Association -
Hurricane Hugo Symposium, Charleston, SC, September 13-14,1990.
169
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.2.2.2 11) Altitu de Factor ( S a )
The altitud e factor S a ( m ) should be used to adjust the basic wind speed V b for
the altitude of the site above sea level.
When topography is not considered significant, should be calculated from
Eqn . 9 Sa = 1 + 0.001D
Ds
When topography is considered significant, S a taken as the greater of,
Eqn . 10 Sa = 1 + 0.001D
Ds,
Eqn . 11 0T + 1.2 y e s
Sa = 1 + 0.001D
where,
Ds - is the site altitude above sea level in meters;
DT - is the altitude of the upwind base of significant topography;
ye - is the effective slope of the topographic feature;
s - is the topographic location factor;
Topography significant 0.5 x slope length if Fu< 0.3

Wind for shaded area 1.6 x slope length if (i'u> 0.3
Upwind slope
Aj = base of y,j> 0.05 Downwind slope
topography I VD> 0.05
Z- slope* ■*
height {
,T "
/
'///
Ly = slope lengt
a) Hill and ridge (upwind slope > 0.05: downwind slope > 0.06)
Topography significant 1.5 x slope length if Y\j< 0.3

Wind for shaded area 5 x slope length if »'u> 0.3
S&fSHSS
Upwind slope 35B *
Aj•base of Yu> 0.05 1
topography
77} -VA///
Z= slope
height
Downwind slope
i u = slope length rD> 0.05
b) Escarpment (03 a upwind slope >0.06; downwind slope<0.06> and cliff (upwind slope > 0.3; downwind slope < 0.06)
Figure 7. Definition of significant topography
170
W I N D LO A D S
Wind X<0 X>0
Vu X
Site
*1
Nz
z n
t
TV
Z
Js
' '><
hu. LD
Intersection of yDwith AT
m) Hill and ridge 0.06, y/Q> 0.06)
Wind
X< 0 X>0
X
pr Js
Z
\y V'D
z / ' “'V z
<-u
b) Escarpment (0.3 > \ffyj> 0.06, 0.06) and cliff ( 0.3, \f/ÿ< 0.06)
Key
Lp Length of the downwind slope in the wind direction ds Site altitude in metres above mean sea level
Lu Length of the upwind slope In the wind direction dT Altitude of upwind base of topographic feature
X Horizontal distance of the site from the crest yv Upwind slope ZJLy in the wind direction
Z Effective height of the feature i//D Downwind slope ZJLÿ in the wind direction
Figure 8. Definition of topographic dimensions
Section 2.2.2.3 12) Direction factor ( S d )
The direction factor S d may be used to adjust the basic wind speed to produce
wind speeds with the same risk of being exceeded in any wind direction.
If the orientation of the building is unknown or ignored, the value of the direction
factor should be taken as S d = 1.00 for all directions.
Section 2.2.2.4 13) Seasonal factor ( Ss )
The seasonal factor S s may be used to reduce the basic wind speed for buildings
which are expected to be exposed to the wind for specific sub-annual periods, in
particular for temporary works and buildings during construction.
For permanent buildings and buildings exposed to the wind for a continuous
period of more than 6 months, use Ss = 1.00.
171
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.2.2.5 14) Probability factor ( S p )
A probability factor S p may be used to change the risk of the basic wind speed
being exceeded from the standard value of Q = 0.02 annually, or in the stated sub-
annual period if S s is also used . Equation D.1 gives S p together with a number of
values for other levels of risk.
For all normal design applications, where adjustments for risk are made through
the partial factors, the standard value of risk; Q = 0.02, is used and Sp = 1.00
Section 2.2.2 15) Site wind speed ( V s )
The basic wind speed modified to account for the altitud e of the site and the
direction of the wind being consid ered (and the season of exposure, if required).
NOTE. In the standard method only effects of topographic features are includ ed
in the site wind speed V e ( m / sec ).
Eqn . 8 Vs = Vb S a S d Ss S p
Tab le 4 Terrain Factor S b for stan dard m eth od

Site in cou n try or u p to 2 k m in to Site in tow n , exten d in g >= 2
Effective tow n k m u p w in d from th e site
H eigh t
Closest d istan ce to sea u pw in d in k m s
He
<= 0.1 2 10 >= 100 2 10 >= 100
<= 2 1.48 1.40 1.35 1.26 1.18 1.15 1.07
5 1.65 1.62 1.57 1.45 1.50 1.45 1.36
10 1.78 1.78 1.73 1.62 1.73 1.69 1.58
15 1.85 1.85 1.82 1.71 1.85 1.82 1.71
20 1.90 1.90 1.89 1.77 1.90 1.89 1.77
30 1.96 1.96 1.96 1.85 1.96 1.96 1.85
50 2.04 2.04 2.04 1.95 2.04 2.04 1.95
100 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.07 2.12 2.12 2.07
Interpolation m ay be u sed w ithin each table
Valu e assu m e a d iagon al d im ension ‘a’ = 5 m
If H e > 100 m u se the d irection al m ethod of section 3
172
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.2.3 16) Effective wind speed ( Ve )
The effective wind speed V e (m / sec) should be calculated from:
Eqn. 12 Ve = V b Sa S d S s S p S b = Vs S b
17) Dynamic Wind Pressure ( q s )

Section 2.1.2
The value of the dynamic pressure (q s) (N/ m 2 or Pa) of the standard method is
given by,
Eqn . 1 q s = 0.613 Ve 2
Section 2.1.3.4 18) Size effect factor ( C a )
The size effect factor (Ca) of the standard method accounts for the non-
simultaneous action of gusts across an external surface and for the response of
internal pressures. Values of size effect factor are given in figure 4 below ,
dependent on the site exposure (see site exposure category) and the diagonal
dimension ‘a’.
1.00
0.95
0.90
H s
A
I
0.85
B"S
0.80
CO
O
5 0.75
c
£ 0.70
-§ v
% 0.65
o
-H
co 0.60
0.55
0.50
10 100 1000
Diagonal dimension a, m
Key to lines on figure 4
Effective height Site in country: closest distance to sea (km) Site in town: closest distance to sea
H' (taw) _
m 0 to <2 2 to <10 10 to <100 2:100 2 to <10 10 to <100 2100
*2 A B B B C C C
>2 to 5 A B B B C C C
>5 to 10 A A B B A C C
>10 to 15 A A B B A B B
>15 to 20 A A B B A B B
>20 to 30 A A A B A A B
>30 to 50 A A A B A A B
>50 A A A B A A B
Figure 4. Size effect factor Ca of standard method
173
W I N D LO A D S
Figure 4 of the code is approximately converted into a table form as below,

intermediate values may be interpolated.
D iagonal
A B C
Dim en sion 'a'
1 1.000 1.000 1.000
2 1.000 1.000 1.000
3 1.000 1.000 1.000
4 1.000 1.000 1.000
5 1.000 1.000 1.000
6 0.988 0.985 0.985
7 0.980 0.975 0.970
8 0.970 0.965 0.960
9 0.965 0.958 0.948
10 0.958 0.950 0.940
20 0.915 0.895 0.875
30 0.888 0.865 0.838
40 0.870 0.845 0.813
50 0.855 0.825 0.790
60 0.845 0.815 0.775
70 0.835 0.803 0.760
80 0.828 0.793 0.750
90 0.820 0.785 0.740
100 0.815 0.775 0.730
200 0.770 0.725 0.668
300 0.745 0.695 0.630
400 0.728 0.670 0.605
500 0.713 0.655 0.585
600 0.703 0.640 0.568
700 0.693 0.630 0.555
800 0.685 0.620 0.540
900 0.678 0.610 0.530
1000 0.673 0.605 0.525
For external pressures the diagonal dimension (a) is the largest diagonal of the
area over which load sharing takes place, as illustrated in figure 5.
This manual is using (Cae) and (Cai) for External and Internal Size Effect Factor
respectively.
174
W I N D LO A D S
lO
\ A
'////////
a) Diagonals for load on b) Diagonal for total load on
individual faces combined faces
For shear at base of shaded part
2 «5>
For cladding panel

'////
c) Diagonals for load on elements of faces
Z
/ s/ / /// /
d) Diagonal for total load on gable e) Diagonal for total load on pitch roof
Figure 5. Definition of diagonal of loaded areas
For external p ressures an effective diagonal dimension ‘a’ is defined in section on

internal pressure which is dependent on the internal volume. For all individual
stru ctural components, cladding units. and their fixings, the diagonal dimension
shou ld be taken as ( a =5 m ), unless there is adequate load sharing capacity to
justify the use of a diagonal length greater than 5 m.
Section 2.1.3.1 19) Extern al su rface pressure ( p e )

The pressure acting on the external surface of a building is given by,
Eqn . 2 p e = qs Cpe Ca
Section 2.1.3.2 20) Internal su rface pressure ( p i )

Eqn . 3 p i = qs Cpi Ca
Section 2.1.3.3 21) Net su rface p ressu re ( p )

Eqn . 4 p = pe - pi
175
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.4.1.3 22) Scalin g Len gth ( b ) (Width of End Zone)

The scaling length ( b ) along a wall (Side face) parallel to the wind direction is
taken as the smaller of (B) or (2H). The loaded zones on the side face should be
divided into vertical strips from the upwind edge of the face with the dimensions
shown in figure 12.
Example
Given:-
Metal Building (Portal Sheds and Sim ilar Light Structures)
Eave Height = 8500 mm = 8.5 m
Building location = Country
Site Altitude Ds = 20 meters above sea level.
3 Second gust wind = 160 kmph = 44.44 m/ sec
Calculate the dynamic wind pressu re (q s)
Referring to table 1, building type factor (Kb) = 2 and referring figure 3 the
Dynamic augmentation factor (C r) = 0.055 approximately.
Assuming, topography is not significant, hence altitude factor

(Sa ) = 1 + 0.001Ds = 1 + 0.001 x 20 = 1.02
Direction Factor (Sd ) = 1.00, since the wind direction is unknown

Seasonal Factor (Ss) = 1.00
Probability Factor (Sp ) = 1.00
Basic wind speed (Vb) (Mean hourly wind speed)

= 44.44 x 0.65 = 28.89 m/ sec
Site wind speed (Vs) = Vb Sa Sd Ss Sp

= 28.89 x 1.02 x 1.00 x 1.00 x 1.00
= 29.47
Terrain and building factor (Sb) from Table 4 above,

= 1.632
Effective wind speed = Vs Sb

Ve = 29.47 x 1.632 = 48.09 m/ sec
Dynamic wind pressure (qs)

= 0.613 Ve 2 = 0.613 x 48.092 = 1417 N/ m 2
= 1.418 kN/ m 2
176
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.4 External Pressu re Coefficients (Cpe) for Walls
External pressure coefficients for vertical walls of rectangular plan buildings or

elements are given in table 5.
Plan Plan
W= D
L= D
Wind CQ Wind
a) Load cases: wind on long face and wind on short face

a
D
Elevation of side face
0.2b
D Wind
A B
nT
0.2b II
n:
A B C
It
Building with D> b Building with D ≤ b
b) Key to pressure coefficent zones on side face
Figure 12 — Key to wall pressure data
Tab le 5, Extern al p ressure coefficien ts C p e for vertical w alls

Sp an ratio of b u ild in g Exp osu re Case
Vertical Wall Face Vertical Wall Face
D /H <= 1 D /H >= 4 Isolated Fu n n ellin g
Wind ward (front) 0.85 0.60 Sid e Zone A -1.30 -1.60
Leew ard (rear) -0.50 -0.50 Zone B -0.80 -0.90
Zone C -0.50 -0.90
Interpolation m ay be u sed in th e range 1<D/ H <4, for fu nnelling interpolation, see fun nellin g section
177
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.4.1.4 Fun nellin g
Where walls of two adjacent buildings face each other and the gap between them
is less than the scaling length ( b ) , funnelling will occur and accelerate the flow
and make the pressure coefficien t more negative. The values for Isolated and
Funnellin g are given in Table 5 above and are to be applied as follows,
a) Where the gap between the buildings is less than (b/ 4) or greater than scaling
length ‘b’, the isolated values should be used.
b) Where the gap between buildings is greater than (b/ 4) and less than (b)
1) either use the funnelling values, conservat ively
Or
2) take the funnelling values to apply at a gap width of (b/ 2) and the
isolated values to apply at gap widths of (b/ 4) and at (b), and interpolat e
linearly between these values for the actual gap width in the range from
(b/ 4) to (b/ 2) or the range from (b/ 2) to (b).
c) Where the two buildings are sheltered by upw ind buildings such that the
effective height for the lower of the two build ings is (0.4H r) funnelling may be
disregard ed.
d) The values of table 5 are valid for non-vertical walls within ±15° of the vertical.
For buildings with re-entrant corners, recessed bays or internal walls, see BS-6399
section 2.4.3.
Wind
4 A
I
B C
a) Cut-out downwind: tall part long

/ / .
C
Wind
*k
B
*1 C I
C B A
T
b) Cut-out upwind tall part long
r Wind
at
af! Wind
f II
A B B A
I
C C B A
*
c) Cut-out downwind: tall part narrow d) Cut-out upwind: tall part narrow
\
Figure 14. Examples of flush irregular walls
178
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.5 External Pressu re Coefficients for Roof
Section 2.5.1 a) Flat Roofs:-
The d ata in this section should be used for all roofs of slope (a ) less than 5°.
Pressure coefficients are given for the orthogonal load cases and are upper bound
values to cater for all wind directions θ±45° from normal to the eaves being
considered.
Loaded Zones for flat roof (End Zon es):- The roof should be subdivided into
zones behind each u pwind eave/ verge (gable) as shown in figure 16 for a
rectangular roof. The loaded zones, shown in figure 16, are defined in term s of the
scaling length (b) given by (b =B) or (b = 2H), whichever is the smaller, where (B)
is the crosswind breadth of the building, which is equal to (W) or (L), depending
on the wind d irection being considered, as d efined in figure 16a, and (H) is the
height of the wall, including any parapet.
Zon es in a Flat Roof for Wind Left, Right and End
Plan Plan
W= D
UP
Wind CD Wind
-!i
a) Load cases: wind on long face and wind on short face
C §
o
st A B A
f
Wind
b) Key to pressure coefficient zones on Oat roof
Figure 16. Key for flat roofs
t b!4
179
W I N D LO A D S
Tab le 8 Extern al pressu re coefficien ts C p e for Flat Roof

Flat Roof Typ e A B C D
Sharp Eaves -2.00 -1.40 -0.70 ±0.20
0.05 -1.90 -1.30 -0.70 ±0.20
Parap et h/ b 0.10 -1.85 -1.30 -0.70 ±0.20
>= 0.2 -1.40 -1.00 -0.70 ±0.20
0.05 -1.05 -1.20 -0.40 ±0.20
Curved Eaves r/ b 0.10 -0.75 -0.80 -0.30 ±0.20
0.20 -0.55 -0.55 -0.30 ±0.20
30 -0.95 -1.00 -0.30 ±0.20
Mansard Eaves a 45 -1.20 -1.30 -0.40 ±0.20
60 -1.35 -1.25 -0.60 ±0.20
180
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.5.2 b ) Mon o-p itch an d Duo-pitch roofs:-
These are roofs of buildings with gable ends.

Loaded zon es for Mono-pitch and Duo-pitch :- Zones over which the external
pressure coefficient is assumed to be constant for both mono-pitch and duo-pitch
roofs are shown in figures 19 and 20. These zones are strips parallel to the eaves
and verge (gable) and are defined in terms of the scaling lengths ‘b L’ and ‘b w ’
Where,
(b w ) = L OR (b w ) = 2H whichever is the smaller, and
(b w ) = W OR (b w ) = 2H whichever is the smaller.
a
Wind a: Wind
II
0=0° a: e = 180°
7777777777777777777777777.
Plan
o
C -Q
A B A
i
}
b) Zones for wind directions

bL/2
0= 0° and 0 = 180°
Wind
I 6l/2
181
W I N D LO A D S
b w /10 High eave
Plan t A
bw/4
Wind
I
B C D
LA
bJA L
♦ »„'2
c) Zones for wind direction 0 = 90°
Tab le 9 Extern al Pressu re Coefficien ts C p e for M on oslop e

w in d an gle θ = 0 w in d an gle θ = 90 w in d an gle θ = 180
Roof An gle a
A B C AU AL B C D A B C
-1.80 -1.20 -0.60 -2.20 -2.10 -1.10 -0.70 -0.70 -2.40 -1.10 -0.80
5°
- - - - - - - - - - -
-1.10 -0.80 -0.40 -2.60 -1.60 -1.10 -0.80 -0.80 -2.60 -1.00 -0.90
15°
0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 - - -
-0.50 -0.50 -0.20 -1.70 -1.30 -1.20 -1.00 -0.80 -1.70 -1.00 -0.90
30°
0.80 0.50 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.40 0.30 0.20 - - -
- - - -1.50 -1.30 -1.20 -1.00 -0.90 -0.90 -0.80 -0.90
45°
0.80 0.60 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.30 - - -
- - - -1.20 -1.20 -1.20 -0.40 -0.20 -1.00 -0.70 -0.70
60°
0.80 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.50 0.50 - - -
- - - -1.20 -1.20 -1.20 -0.40 -0.20 -1.10 -0.70 -0.70
75°
0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.60 - - -
Interpolation for intermed iate p itch angles may be u sed betw een valu es w ith the same sign
182
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.5.2.4 c) Du o-pitch roofs
Wind Wind
6
—
a> 0°
0° i
a< 0°
l: 3:
n u
aT aT
/ / / /.'///////////. /
' / s,
Loaded zon es for Wind Left and Wind Right
J /
a) General
Plan
o
G T—
-Q
!
E F E
♦
C
i
A r ~B T A
bj2
b) Zones for wind direction 0=0°

-ÿ
Wind\ bLl2 o
xT
Plan
it A
C D
ii B
Wind
II
B
C D
II
A
c) Zones for wind direction 0=90°
183
W I N D LO A D S
Tab le 10 Extern al Pressu re coefficien ts C p e for D u o-Pitch

w in d an gle θ = 0 w in d an gle θ = 90
Roof An gle a
A B C E F G A B C D
-0.90 -0.80 -0.90 -1.10 -0.70 -0.70 -1.50 -1.30 -1.00 -0.90
-45°
- - - - - - - - - -
-1.70 -1.00 -0.90 -0.80 -0.70 -0.70 -1.70 -1.30 -1.00 -0.80
-30°
- - - - - - - - - -
-2.60 -1.00 -0.90 -0.70 -0.50 -0.50 -2.60 -1.40 -0.80 -0.80
-15°
- - - - - - - - - -
-2.40 -1.20 -0.80 -0.50 -0.30 -0.50 -2.20 -1.50 -0.70 -0.70
-5°
- - - - - - - - - -
-1.80 -1.20 -0.60 -0.90 -0.30 -0.40 -2.00 -1.10 -0.60 -0.50
5°
- - - -0.90 -0.30 -0.40 - - - -
-1.10 -0.80 -0.40 -1.30 -0.90 -0.50 -1.60 -1.50 -0.60 -0.40
15°
0.20 0.20 0.20 -1.30 -0.90 -0.50 - - - -
-0.50 -0.50 -0.20 -0.90 -0.50 -0.50 -1.20 -1.10 -0.60 -0.50
30°
0.80 0.50 0.40 -0.90 -0.50 -0.50 - - - -
- - - -0.40 -0.30 -0.30 -1.20 -1.20 -0.60 -0.40
45°
0.80 0.60 0.70 -0.40 -0.30 -0.30 - - - -
0.80 0.80 0.80 -0.80 -0.70 -0.60 -1.20 -1.20 -0.70 -0.60
60°
- - - - - - - - - -
0.80 0.80 0.80 -0.90 -0.60 -0.80 -1.20 -1.20 -1.15 -0.60
75°
- - - - - - - - - -
Interpolation for intermed iate p itch angles may be used betw een valu es w ith the same sign
Interpolation is not p erm itted betw een angles +5° and -5°, d ata for flat roof shou ld be used
184
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.5.3 d) Hip ped roofs
a > 0° I a >0°'
II
Wind I Wind
0=0° 0 = 90°
"/,'////////'.'//////// /////ÿ'
la <0° a <0°
Wind II Wind
0=0°
a? 0=90°
’’77777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777
L
o
Plan
•o
ui G ui.
I
F
c
B
to
b . /2
L
b) Zones for wind direction 0-(f

Wind f V2 ▼“
-o
o
V10
Plan
n
n
< I J
-Q
t
11 m
i
o
LU
"T
Wind II
o
CQ
X, UJ
J
II
V.
V2
c) Zones for wind direction 0 = 90”
185
W I N D LO A D S
Tab le 11 Extern al Pressu re for H ip p ed Roof

w in d an gle θ = 0 an d θ = 90
Roof An gle a
A B C E F G H I J
-1.40 -1.00 -1.00 -0.70 -0.40 -0.70 -1.10 -1.00 -0.90
45°
- - - - - - - - -
-2.30 -1.20 -1.00 -1.30 -0.80 -0.70 -1.00 -1.00 -0.80
60°
- - - - - - - - -
-2.60 -1.00 -0.90 -1.40 -1.30 -0.60 -0.90 -0.90 -0.80
75°
- - - - - - - - -
-2.30 -1.10 -0.80 -0.80 -0.60 -0.60 -1.10 -0.80 -0.80
85°
- - - - - - - - -
-1.80 -1.20 -0.60 -0.80 -0.60 -0.60 -1.10 -0.60 -0.60
95°
- - - - - - - - -
-1.30 -0.80 -0.50 -1.40 -1.30 -0.60 -0.90 -0.60 -0.40
105°
0.20 0.20 0.20 -1.40 -1.30 -0.60 - - -
-0.50 -0.50 -0.20 -1.30 -0.80 -0.60 -1.00 -0.60 -0.50
120°
0.80 0.50 0.40 -1.30 -0.80 -0.60 - - -
- - - -0.70 -0.40 -0.40 -1.10 -1.15 -0.40
135°
0.80 0.60 0.70 -0.70 -0.40 -0.40 - - -
- - - -0.60 -0.30 -0.70 -1.20 -0.70 -0.60
150°
0.80 0.80 0.80 - - - - - -
- - - -0.60 -0.30 -1.20 -1.20 -0.50 -0.60
165°
0.80 0.80 0.80 - - - - - -
Interpolation for intermed iate p itch angles m ay be u sed betw een valu es w ith the sam e sign
Interpolation is not p ermitted betw een angles +5° and -5°, d ata for flat roof shou ld be u sed
186
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.5.4 e) Mansard roofs
Wind Wind
Or
Q-
O/ v<?
'/////, '/ / //y / S /* s . / •/ // .

a) Decreasing pitch multipitch (mansard) b) Increasing pitch multipitch
Fitfure 22. Key for mansard and mnltipitch

roofs
Man sard roofs
External pressure coefficients for mansard roofs and other multi-pitch roofs
should be derived for each plane face by the procedure similar to mono-pitch or
d uo-pitch given in table 9 and 10 or the procedure for hipped roof given in table
11 using the pitch angle for each plane face. The key in figure 22 indicates where
ed ge zones shou ld be omitted.
187
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.5.5 f) M ulti-bay roofs

External pressure coefficients on downwind bays of mono-pitch and duo-pitch
multi-bay roofs as defined in figure 23 may conservatively be taken to be the same
as for a single-bay roof.
However, reduced values of external pressure coefficients may be derived from

table 9 or table 10, as appropriate, as follows:
a) For mono-pitch roofs as shown in figure 23a), any positive pressure coefficient
obtained from table 9 should be replaced on the second and any subsequent
downwind bays by Cpe = -0.4.
b) For unequal-pitch duo-pitch roofs, all roof slopes downwind of the first ridge
should be treated as being troughed (negative pitch angle), even when the upwind
slope is ridged as shown in figure 23(b), so that the local coefficients behind each
ridge are given by the more onerous A and B eave zones for negative pitch angles.
c) For equal-pitch duo-pitch roofs, all roof slopes downwind of the upward slope
should be treated as alternatively d ownwind ridged (positive pitch angle) and
troughed (negative pitch angle) as shown in figures 23(c) and (d), so that the local
coefficients behind each ridge are given by the less onerous E and F ridge zones for
positive pitch angles.
NOTE. The provisions of c) above may be applied to unequal-pitch duo-pitch roofs

when the pitch angles differ by less than 10°.
For winds from θ =0° and θ =180°, in all the above cases, a further reduction in
external pressure may be obtained by applying the red uction factors of table 12 to
the second and subsequent downwind bays.
Tab le 12 - Red uction factor for m u lti-b ay roofs

All rem ain in g
Bay Up win d b ay Secon d b ay
b ays
Redu ction factor 1.00 0.80 0.60
188
W I N D LO A D S
Wlnd0= 0° Wind 0=180°
*1
a) Multi-bay monopitch
Treat as monopitch Treat as troughed duopitch Treat as monopitch

Z
I
ar
///ÿ// / /
b) Multi-bay unequal duopitch
Treat as ridged downwind

Wind
>
\
Treat as upwind
\
Treat as troughed downwind
I
c) Multi-bay equal ridged duopitch
Treat as troughed downwind

Wind
afl
Treat as upwind Treat as ridged downwind
/ / -ÿ /
d) Multi-bay equal troughed duopitch

Figure 23. Key for multi-bay roofs
189
W I N D LO A D S
Section 2.7 g) Pressu re coefficients for elemen ts (For Open framing stuctures)
(This is not app licable for Secondaries such as purlins, girts, panels etc.)
General:- This section deals with the pressure coefficients of elements of small
crosswind breadth, typically 200 mm attached to buildings. For sharp-edged
shapes the pressure coefficients remain approximately constant over the whole
range of wind speeds likely to be encountered. However, for circular sections the.
pressure coefficients vary w ith wind speed and diameter. For circular elem ents
whose d iam eter is greater than about 200 mm the values in this section are
conservative.
In divid ual section s:- Net pressure coefficients (Cp ) for long circular and sharp-
ed ged sections, such as rolled steel sections, plate girders, box sections, beams
and circular tubes with the long axis normal to the wind are given in table 20.
These net pressure coefficients should be taken to act on the projected area
normal to the wind .
Tab le 20 - Net p ressure coefficien ts C p for lon g elem ents

Elem en t Typ e Cp
Circu lar Sections 1.20
Sharp ed ged sections 0.20
1.1
I
1.0
zSharp-edge and circular 2
0.9
2
8
7§ 0.8
o
€
a
0,7
1 t
0.6
rSharp-edge y
r±
0.5
j-z
0.4 E I
0.1 1 10 100
Ratio of length and breadth, UB
Figure 25. Reduction factor for length of elements
190
W I N D LO A D S
Lattices stru cture or fram ing:- Conservative estimates of the loading on open
lattices or structure can be determined by summing the loads on individual
members using ‘Pressure coefficients for elements’. The length (L) between free
ends should be taken as the length of each element, i.e. the length between nodes
of the lattice. When the lattice is d ense or shield ed, as with m ultiple lattices
frames, the degree of conservatism can be large.
Loads on unclad build ing fram es:- The load s cannot exceed the loads on the
fully clad building, except when the build ing is very long and the wind is skewed
about θ=30° to the long axis. A simplified method of calculating the wind loads on
unclad building frames which accounts properly for the shielding effects is given
in reference [7] and a full method given in reference [6] of BS-6399.
Roof overhangs
Small overhangs:- If the width or projection of overhang is less than ‘b/ 10’ it is
considered as small overhangs. Where ‘b’ is the scaling length.
The net pressure (Cp ) across a small roof overhang should be calculated taking the
pressure coefficient on the upper surface from table 9 to 11 as appropriate, and the
pressure coefficient on the lower surface as that on the adjacent wall from table 5.
Large overhangs:- If the width or projection of overhangs is equal to or more than

(b/ 10) then it is considered as large overhang. Large overhangs should be treated
as open-sided buildings, with internal pressure coefficients determined using the
table 18.
Canopies
Free-standing canopies:- Net pressure coefficients (C p ) for free-standing canopy

roofs are given in tables 13, 14 and 15, which take account of the combined effect
of the wind on both upper and lower surfaces of the canopy for all wind
directions.
Canopies attached to bu ildings:- Pressures on canopies attached to build ings

depend on the shape and size of the building, the location of the canopy and on
the surrounding buildings.
191
W I N D LO A D S
Fascia and parapet walls
Fascia:- Fascia loads should be calculated on the area of the surface facing the wind
using a net pressure coefficient of
Cp =1.30 on the windward fascia/ gable and
Cp = 0.60 on the leeward fascia/ gable
Free-standing walls and parapets:- Values of net pressure coefficients (Cp ) for free-
stand ing walls and parapets, with or without return corners, are given in table 21
appropriate to the zones shown in figure 26 for two values of solidity (z = 1) refers
to solid walls, while (z = 0.8) refers to walls which are 80% solid and 20% open.
Where (h) is the height of the wall or parapets.
Tab le 21 – Net p ressu re coefficien ts Cp for free stan d in g w alls and parap ets
Zon es
Solid ity Walls
A B C D
z = 1.00 With retu rn corners 3.4 2.1 1.7 1.2
With return corners >= 1h 2.1 1.8 1.4 1.2
z = 0.80 All 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
N ote:- Interp olation m ay be u sed for retu rn corner lengths betw een zero and h
The high values near the free end or return corners of solid walls (zones A and B)
occur when the wind is blowing at θ =45° onto that end. Moderate porosity in this
region, i.e. solidity (z
2 = 0.8) reduces these high loads to the values in zone D.
Interpolation for solidity may be used in the range (0.8 < Zz < 1). For porous walls
and fences with solid ity less than 0.8, coefficients should be derived as for plane
lattice frames (unclad framing).
The net pressure coefficients (Cp ) in zones A,B and C can be reduced when the wall
or parapet length (L) is less than (15h). A reduction factor (k) given in Table 21a
may be applied to these zones. The value of (Cp k) should not be taken as less than
1.2. Where free stand ing wall abut other structures such that there is no free end, a
value of (Cp ) = 1.2
L/h Red u ction Factor (k )

<= 3 0.60
5 0.70
10 0.90
>= 15 1.00
Effect of parapets on pitched roofs:- Parapets reduce the high suction in the edge
zones around the periphery of the roof and neglecting these effects will give a
192
W I N D LO A D S
conservative result for roof pitches less than (a = 30°). For steeper roofs, the effects
of parapets should be taken into account by using the proced ure given in section
3.3.3.7 of the code.
Frictional drag force
Walls:- Friction forces should be calculated for long walls with ‘D>b’ when the
wind is parallel to the wall. The frictional drag coefficient should be assumed to act
over all zone ‘C’ of such walls, with values as given in table 6. The resulting
frictional forces should be added to the normal forces.
Roofs:- Frictional forces should be considered on long roofs away from the upwind
edges. The resulting frictional drag coefficient should be assumed to act over zone
‘D’ on flat roofs (see figure 16) for all wind directions; and over zone ‘D ‘for mono-
pitch or duo-pitch roofs (see figures 19 and 20 and zone ‘J’ for hipped roofs in figure
21) only when the wind is parallel to the rid ge. Values of frictional drag coefficient
should be obtained from table 6 and the resulting frictional forces shall be
combined with the normal pressure forces.
Table 6 Frictional Drag Coefficients

Friction al D rag
Typ e of Su rface
Coefficien t ( C f )
Sm ooth surfaces w ithout corru gations or ribs across the w ind
0.01
direction
Su rfaces w ith corrugations across the w ind d irection 0.02
Su rfaces with ribs across the w ind d irection 0.04
Therefore the total frictional d rag force P f is calcu lated as below ,
Pf = q s Cf As Ca
Where,
qs - is the d ynamic p ressure

Cf - is the Frictional d rag coefficients as per Table 6
As - is the area sw ep t by the wind in zone C,D or J as d escribed above.
Ca - is the size factor for the w all p erp endicu lar to w ind d irection
193
W I N D LO A D S
Intern al Pressu re Coefficient ( Cp i )
a) Enclosed Buildings:- In enclosed bu ildings, containing external doors and

wind ow s which may be kept closed, and where any internal d oors are generally
open or are at least 3 times more permeable than the external doors and windows,
the internal pressure can be taken as uniform; appropriate internal pressure
coefficients are given in table 16 below,
Table 16 – Internal pressure coefficients for enclosed bu ild in gs
Typ e of w alls C pi
Tw o opp osite walls equ ally perm eable
-Wind norm al to perm eable face 0.20
- Wind norm al to imp ermeable face -0.30
Four w alls equally perm eable, roof im perm eable -0.30
The relevant diagonal dimension ‘a’ for size effect factor Ca can be taken as,
a = 10 x (internal volume of storey)1/ 3
b) Buildin gs with dominant op en in gs:- An opening will be d ominant, and

control the internal pressure coefficients, when its area is equal to, or greater than;
twice the sum of the openings in other faces which contribute porosity to the
internal volu me containing the opening.
Tw o or more openings in the same face will contribute to one effective d ominant
opening equal to the combined area and a diagonal dimension ‘a’ equal to that of
the largest opening.
Table 17 - Internal Pressure coefficients for bu ild ings w ith dominant op enings
Ration of d om in an t op en in g area to su m of
rem ain in g op en ings an d d istrib u ted Cpi
p orosities
2 0.75 C p e
3 0.90 C p e
a = diagonal dimension of d ominant opening,
OR
a = 0.2 x (internal volum e)1/ 3
where the internal volume is the volume of the storey or room containing the
dominant opening.
Say if,
A do is the area of dominant opening, and
A so is the sum of openings in other walls,
the opening will be considered dominant if, A do => 2A so
194
W I N D LO A D S
c) Open-sided Bu ildings:- Internal p ressure coefficients for open sided buildings

are given in Table 18 according to form of the build ing.
The relevant diagonal dimension ‘a’ for use with these coefficients is the d iagonal
dimension of the open face.
In Table 18 a wind direction of θ = 0° corresponds to wind normal and blowing

into the open face, or the longer face in the case of two open faces, and normal to
the wall in the case of three open faces.
Tab le 18 - In ternal Pressu re coefficien ts for op en -sid ed bu ild in gs
O n e open face Two ad jacen t Three open
Win d d irection θ
Sh orter Lon ger op en faces faces a
0° 0.85 0.80 0.77 0.60
-0.60 -0.46 -0.57 -0.63
90°b
0.52 0.67 0.77 0.40
180° -0.39 -0.43 -0.60 -0.56
a - valu es given shou ld be ap p lied to u nd ersid e of roof only.
For single w all, u se p ressu re coefficients for w alls given in table 5
b - w here tw o sets of valu es are given they shou ld be treated as sep arate load cases
d) Partition Walls:- The maxim um net pressure coefficient C p = (Cpe - C pi) across
internal walls should be taken as 0.5.
a = 10 x (internal volume of the room)1/ 3
Example 1
Given:-
Frame Profile = Sym metric Clear Span – Duo-pitch
Building width = 35500 mm = 35.5 m
Building Length = 78200 mm = 78.2 m
Endwall col. Spacing = 5.071 mm
Roof slope = 0.5:10 = 2.862°
Sliding doors = 6 x 6 = 2 numbers at each side and end wall
Job site = 50 kms from sea
Wind pressure q s = 1.418 kN/ m 2 (As calculated in previous exam ple)
Calculate the External w ind pressure on all faces, walls and roofs.
Solution:-
195
W I N D LO A D S
Step 1:- Check building open condition.

We know that none of the walls are open, hence, it cannot be considered as
“Open Sided Buildings”
Check if the building is classified under “Build ings with dom inant wall
openings” the condition is that area of any one opening is greater than the tw ice
sum of area of openings in other walls A do => 2Aso
A do = 6 x 6 = 36 m 2
A so = 2 x 3 x 6 x 6 = 216 m 2
We see that A do < 2A so , hence the building d oes not classify under “Buildings
with d ominant wall openings”Hence the build ing is an “Enclosed Build ing”
Step 2:- Refer the internal pressure coefficient
The internal pressure for enclosed building is as per Table 16 and can be taken as
Cpi = -0.30 for case ‘Four walls equally permeable and roof imperm eable’
Calculate the internal volume of the build ing
= cross section area x length
= 317.512 x 78.2 = 24828.75 m 3
Hence diagonal dim ension ‘a’ = 10 x (24828.75)1/ 3 = 291.73 m
Referring to Figure 4 the bu ilding can be classified in category ‘B’ and hence the
Size effect factor C ai for internal pressure = 0.697 (after interpolation)
Step 3:- Refer the external pressure coefficien t
a) Wind left an d wind right case
D = Width = 35.5 m B = Length = 78.2 m H = 8.5 m
i) Walls coefficients
Scaling length ‘b’ = minimum of B = W = 78.2 m or 2H = 2 x 8.5 = 17.0 m
Therefore the zones along the end wall of the building for wind left and right case
are,
A= 0.2 b= 3.4 m, B = b-A =13.6 m, C = W–A–B=35.5–3.4–13.6=18.5 m
196
W I N D LO A D S
C
WALL
ARD B
LEEW
A
H
C θ
LL
WA
WARD
D
B WIN
A L=B
W=D WIND DIRECTION
LOADED ZONES ALONG END WALL FOR WIND LEFT OR RIGHT CASE
Since, D / H = 35.5 / 8.5 = 4.176 > 4.00 and assuming isolated case, the external
pressure coefficients (Cpe ) are as below, (Refer Table 5)
Windward wall = 0.60

Leeward wall = -0.50
Zone A (Walls) = -1.30
Zone B (Walls) = -0.80
Zone C (Walls) = -0.50
Diagonal d imension ‘a’ for sidewalls

= sqrt ( H 2 + L2 ) = sqrt ( 8.52 + 78.22)
= 78.66 m
Therefore the size effect factor Cae = 0.794 (Refer figure 4)
Therefore the external pressure ( p e ) on walls are given as below, using equation,
p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.794 = 0.675

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.794 = -0.563
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.794 = -1.464
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.794 = -0.900
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.794 = -0.563
Sim ilarly, the internal pressure ( p i ) on all walls is given as below, using equation,
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.30
Now, the Net pressure ( p ) on the w alls are,
197
W I N D LO A D S
p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.675 – (–0.30) = 0.97

Leeward wall = -0.563 – (–0.30) = -0.27
Zone A (Walls) = -1.464 – (–0.30) = -1.17
Zone B (Walls) = -0.900 – (–0.30) = -0.60
Zone C (Walls) = -0.563 – (–0.30) = -0.27
Note that the Zones A,B,C are along the end walls, hence the end wall columns
shall be designed for the maximum of above and the values that will be obtained
for wind end case.
ii) Roof coefficients
Since the roof slope is less than 5°, roof is considered as flat roof and external
pressure coefficients are referred from (Table 8)
a) If the building is with eave trim / eave gutter detail then the coefficients are as
below,
Zone A (Roof) = -2.00
Zone B (Roof) = -1.40
Zone C (Roof) = -0.70
Zone D (Roof) = ±0.20
b) If the building is with parapet d etail, assum ing height of parapet = 1.25 m,
therefore, h / b = 1.25/ 17 = 0.074, then by interpolation the coefficients are as
below,
c) If the building is with curved eave detail, assuming rad ius of curved eave = 0.5
m, therefore r/ b = 0.029 then by interpolation the coefficients are as below ,

d) If the building is with mansard eave detail, assuming angle = 35°, therefore by
interpolation the coefficients are as below,

198
W I N D LO A D S
In further calculations we will assume the building with eave trim / eave gutter
detail and hence use the coefficients for sharp eave detail.
Width of loaded zone A & B = b / 10 = 17 / 10 = 1.70 m
<5
/-
o
<0
T
LENGTH .0-0
CQ
oo
*
o.0
w G>-
CP<0
Ao
<> <?-
o o
ow <#-
A
o.o A*
•
O.o
LOADED ZONES ALONG END WALL EOR WIND OR RIGHT CASE
Length of load ed zone A & B = b / 4 = 17 / 4 = 4.25 m

Width of loaded zone C =b/ 2 = 17 / 2 = 8.00 m
Diagonal dimension ‘a’ for windward and leeward roof
Note:
If the slope is less than 5°, “a” scaling length can be computed as:
a = sqrt [ ( W) 2 + L2 ] = sqrt ( 35.52 + 78.22)

= 85.89 m
Therefore the size effect factor Ca = 0.788 (Refer figure 4)
Therefore the external pressure ( p e ) on roof are given as below, using equation,
p e = q s C pe Cae
Zone A (Roof) = 1.418 x -2.00 x 0.788 = -2.234

Zone B (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.40 x 0.788 = -1.576
Zone C (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.70 x 0.788 = -0.788
Zone D (Roof) = 1.418 x ±0.20 x 0.788 = ±0.225
199
W I N D LO A D S
p i = q s C pi Cai
all roof = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.30
Now, the Net pressure ( p ) on the roof are,
p = pe - pi
Zone A (Roof) = -2.234 – ( -0.30) = -1.94
Zone B (Roof) = -1.576 – ( -0.30) = -1.28
Zone C (Roof) = -0.788 – ( -0.30) = -0.49
Zone D +ve (Roof) = 0.225 – (– 0.30) = 0.52
Zone D –ve (Roof) = -0.225 – (– 0.30) = -0.07
Mu ltiplying the wall and roof net pressures with the tributary area (bay spacing)
to get the load UDL in kN/ m
Calculating the loads on the interior frames, for wind left case,
Wind ward wall = 0.97 x 7.82 = 7.59
Leeward wall = -0.27 x 7.82 = -2.11
Zone B (Roof) = -1.28 x 7.82 = -10.0
Zone C (Roof) = -0.49 x 7.82 = -3.85
Zone D +ve (Roof) = 0.52 x 7.82 = 4.07 case 1
Zone D –ve (Roof) = -0.07 x 7.82 = -0.55 case 2
10.0 3.85 3.85 10.0
4.07 4.07
tftftttttL
7.59 2.11 2.11 7.59
W IND LOAD S ON INT ERIOR FRAM E IN kN/M F OR W IND LE FT C ASE-1 W IND LOA DS ON INTE RIOR FRA M E I N kN/M FO R W IND RIG HT C ASE-1
10.0 3.85 3.85 10.0
0.55 0.55
::r
7.59 2.11 2.11 7.59
W IND LOAD S ON INT ERIOR FRAM E IN kN/M F OR W IND LE FT C ASE-2 W IND LOA D S ON INTE RIOR FRA M E IN kN/M FO R W IND RIG HT C ASE-2
(Note that wind right case will be mirror image of wind left case)
200
W I N D LO A D S
Calculating the load s on the end wall rafter or end frame if end is a main frame,
for wind left case and considering half bay loads.
.
Zone A (Roof) = -1.94 x 7.82/ 2 = 7.58
Zone C (Roof) = -0.49 x 7.82/ 2 = -1.86
Zone D +ve (Roof) = 0.52 x 7.82/ 2 = 2.03 case 1
Zone D –ve (Roof) = -0.07 x 7.82/ 2 = -0.27 case 2
7.58 1.86 1.86 7.58

2.03 2.03
\u Hiuiill)
h2 t.3 I2
7
I
7, 3
7
-
3.96
2
4.26 3.96
7
3.96 '7 4.26
7,
3.96
7
7 7 ' 7
2 2
WIND LOADS ON END FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND LEFT CASE-1 WIND LOADS ON END FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND RIGHT CASE-1
7.58 1.86 1.86 7.58

0.27 0.27
lit! WW 0mmfÿmimttf,/ffff
3.96
7 4.26
I 7
7
7
7
3.96 3.96
7
7
7
7i
7
4.26
i
7
7
3.96
7 7 7
7 i 71 7
7 7
7
WIND LOADS ON END FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND LEFT CASE-2 WIND LOADS ON END FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND RIGHT CASE-2
Loads on the end wall columns for wind left case, note that the size effect factor
Ca may be conservatively taken = 1.00 since the diagonal dimension for end wall
colu mn is small, that is = sqrt (5.0712 + 8.52) = 9.898, referring figure 4, Ca = 0.96
Therefore, the net pressure for end wall columns needs to be recalculated with Cae
= 1.00
p e = q s C pe Cae
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 1.000 = -1.843

Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 1.000 = -1.134
Zone C need not be evaluated, since it will be under Zone B for wind right case.
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300
p = pe - pi
Zone A (Walls) = -1.843 – (–0.30) = -1.55
201
W I N D LO A D S
Zone B (Walls) = -1.134 – (–0.30) = -0.84

The UDL on end wall columns are obtained by multiplying with tributary area,
Corner columns
Zone A (Walls) = -1.55 x 5.071/ 2 = 3.93 kN/ m
Interior columns
Zone B (Walls) = -0.84 x 5.071 = 4.26 kN/ m
Loads on end wall d iaphragm or braced bays
DRAG FORCE DRAG FORCE

1.76 1.76
3.79 1.06
WIND LOADS ON ENDWALL BRACING IN kN/M FOR WIND LEFT CASE
Windward wall = 0.97 x 7.82/ 2 = 3.79

Leeward wall = -0.27 x 7.82/ 2 = -1.06
Additional loads due to horizontal drag force should be added to the total
bracing or diaphragm design force. The horizontal drag force for wind left
or wind right case is calculated as below,
Width D = 35.5 m
Width of Zone C = D – b = 35.5 – 17.0 = 18.5 m
Area of drag force = (D – b) H = 18.5 x 8.5 = 157.25 m2
Frictional Drag coefficient C f for corru gated sheets as per (Table 6)
= 0.02
Hence total frictional drag force is given as
= q s Cf A s Cae
= 1.418 x 0.02 x 157.25 x 0.792 = 3.53 kN
Dividing the force on both sid es we get,
= 3.52 / 2 = 1.76 kN
b) Wind en d case
Scaling length ‘b’ = minimum of B=W=35.5 m or 2H = 2 x 8.5 = 17.0 m
202
W I N D LO A D S
are,
A = 0.2 b = 3.4 m , B = b = 17 m, C = W–A–B = 78.2–3.4–17 = 57.8 m
pressure coefficients are as below,
Wind ward wall = 0.60

C LEEW
ARD W
ALL
> H A
B
u-
L--' C
WI θ
ND
WA
RD
IO N WA
ECT LL B
D DIR A L=D
WIN
W= B
LOADED ZONES ALONG SIDE WALL FOR WIND END CASE
Diagonal d imension ‘a’ for end walls

= sqrt ( H 2 + W 2 ) = sqrt ( 8.52 + 35.5 2)
= 36.50 m
p e = q s C pe Ca
Wind ward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.852 = 0.725

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.852 = -0.604
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.852 = -1.570
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.852 = -0.966
Zone C (Walls = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.852 = -0.604
203
W I N D LO A D S
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300
p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.725 – (–0.30) = 1.02

Leeward wall = -0.604 – (–0.30) = -0.31
Zone A (Walls) = -1.570 – (–0.30) = -1.27
Zone B (Walls) = -0.966 – (–0.30) = -0.67
Zone C (Walls) = -0.604 – (–0.30) = -0.31
Note that the Zones A,B,C are along the side walls, hence the side wall columns
for wind left / right case.
Load on the bracing system

Windward wall = 1.02 kN/ m 2
Leeward wall = -0.31 kN/ m 2
Total coefficient for bracing d esign = 1.02 + 0.31 = 1.33 kN/ m 2
Total end wall area = 317.512 m 2
Therefore, total load = 317.512 x 1.33 = 422.29 kN

Dividing the force top and bottom = 422.29 / 2 = 211.45 kN
Dividing the force along the 2 sidewalls = 211.45 / 2 = 105.57 kN
Dividing the force by the nos. of braced bays = 105.57 / 3 = 35.19 kN
TOTAL LOAD = 105.57

TOTAL DRAG FORCE = 72.35
35.19 35.19 35.19

80.96+36.125 24.61+36.125
WIND DIRECTION
SIDEWALL ELEVATION SHOWING BRACING LOADS
In add ition to above we need to add the frictional drag force on the roof and
sidewalls for Zone D, it is calculated as below,
Roof,
Length of Zone D = L – bw / 2 = 78.2 – 17 / 2 = 69.7 m
Area of Zone D (As) = (L – b w / 2) x W = 69.7 x 35.5 = 2474.35 m 2
Drag coefficients (Cf) = 0.02
204
W I N D LO A D S
Total drag force = q s Cf A s Cae = 1.418 x 0.02 x 2474.35 x 0.852

= 59.78 kN
Wall,
Length of Zone C =L–b = 78.2 – 17.0 = 61.2 m
Area of Zone C (A s) = (L – b) x H = 61.2 x 8.5 = 520.2 m 2
Total drag force = q s Cf A s Cae = 1.418 x 0.02 x 520.02x 0.852
= 12.56 kN
Therefore total drag force Roof + Wall = 59.78 + 12.56 = 72.34 kN
Dividing at both sidewalls = 36.17 kN
Therefore, total force per bracing = 35.19 + 36.17 / 3

= 47.25 kN
The end wall colu mns will be governed by the wind ward coefficient, but as
before the size effect factor may be conservatively taken as 1.00, hence we need to
recalculate the net pressure using Cae = 1.00
p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 1.000 = 0.850

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.000 = -0.709
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300
p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.850 – (–0.30) = 1.15

Leeward wall = -0.709 – (–0.30) = -0.41 (Will not control)
Corner columns = 1.15 x 5.071/ 2 = 2.92 kN/ m (Not governing)

All interior columns = 1.15 x 5.071 = 5.83 kN/ m (Governs)
We see that the load on the end wall corner columns is more in wind left or wind
right where as it more on interior columns in wind end case.
Since the roof slope is less than 5° , roof is consid ered as flat roof and external
pressure coefficients are referred from (Table 8)
205
W I N D LO A D S
The roof coefficients for a flat roof will remain the same for all directions, namely,
wind left, wind right and wind end, only the location of loaded zone is as shown
in each cases.
D LEEW
ARD W
ALL
C D
A
B
H
C
B
L- θ
W
IN
DW A
AR
I ON D
W
ECT AL
D DIR L L=D
WIN
W=B
LOADED ZONES AT ROOF FOR WIND END CASE

Now we need to calculate the loads on the interior frames for wind end case,
Zone B (Walls) = -0.67 x 7.82 = -5.24
Zone D +ve (Roof) = 0.52 x 7.82 = 4.07 case 1
Zone D –ve (Roof) = -0.07 x 7.82 = -0.55 case 2
Wind load on end wall rafter or end frame in case main frame end for wind end
case.
Taking average of the pressure in zones as below,
(Zone A +Zone C)/ 2 = (1.94 + 0.49)/ 2 = -1.215
(Zone B + Zone C)/ 2 = (1.28 + 0.49)/ 2 = -0.885
Therefore, UDL on rafter in kN/ m is given by m ultiplying with tributary area,

= -1.215 x 7.82/ 2 = -4.75 kN/ m
= -0.885 x 7.82/ 2 = -3.46 kN/ m
206
W I N D LO A D S
4.07 4.07
5.24 5.24 4.97 4.97
WIND LOADS ON INTERIOR FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND END CASE-1 WIND LOADS ON END BRACING IN kN/M FOR WIND END CASE
4.75 3.46 3.46 4.75

0.55 0.55
A A
A A
A
5.24 5.24
A
2.92 Ay
A
5.83Ay
A
Ay
2.92
Ay
Ay Ay
Ay Ay
Ay Ay
Ay A,
A A
WIND LOADS ON INTERIOR FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND END CASE-2 WIND LOADS ON BEARING FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND END
The end wall diaphragm or braced bays shall be designed for the side wall force
in Zone A,
Zone A (Walls) = -1.27 x 7.82/ 2 = 4.97 kN/ m (governs)
Using the same example above except that the roof slope is 1:10.
Solution :-
Step 1:- Ch eck b uild ing open condition.

The building cond ition remains the same as above that is “Enclosed Building”
Step 2:- Refer th e in ternal pressure coefficient
The internal pressure for enclosed building is as per Table 16 and can be taken as
Cpi = -0.30 for case ‘Four walls equally permeable and roof imperm eable’
Calculate the internal volume of the building
= 333.25 x 78.2 = 26060.15 m 3
Hence diagonal dim ension ‘a’ = 10 x (26060.15)1/ 3 = 296.48 m
Referring to Figure 4 the building can be classified in category ‘B’ and hence the
Size effect factor C ai for internal pressure = 0.696 (after interpolation)
207
W I N D LO A D S
Step 3:- Refer the external pressure coefficient
c) Wind left an d wind right case
are,
A = 0.2 b = 3.4 m, B = b-A=13.6 m, C = W–A–B = 35.5–3.4–13.6=18.5 m
L C
W AL
A RD B
LE EW
A
H
C θ
LL
WA
A RD
DW
B WIN
A L=B
W=D WIND DIRECTION
LOADED ZONES ALONG END WALL FOR WIND LEFT OR RIGHT CASE


= sqrt ( H 2 + L2 ) = sqrt ( 8.52 + 78.22)
= 78.66 m
p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.794 = 0.675
208
W I N D LO A D S
Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.794 = -0.563

Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.794 = -1.464
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.794 = -0.900
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.794 = -0.563
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300
p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.675 – (–0.30) = 0.97

Leeward wall = -0.563 – (–0.30) = -0.27
Zone A (Walls) = -1.464 – (–0.30) = -1.17
Zone B (Walls) = -0.900 – (–0.30) = -0.60
Zone C (Walls) = -0.563 – (–0.30) = -0.27
Note that the Zones A,B,C are along the end walls, hence the end wall columns
for wind end case.
Referring table 10 since roof slope = 5.71° and consid ering the bu ilding with sharp
eaves.

Zone E (Roof) = -0.93
Zone F (Roof) = -0.34
Zone G (Roof) = -0.41
209
W I N D LO A D S
<5
<o o
<
O
<S>
L <?-
*) <0 o
Cÿ
SCAL'rjG
O.0
oO'
CV
<0
<x o
o0
o• XD
<?.O
LOADED ZONES ALONG END WALL FOR WIND OR RIGHT CASE
Width of loaded zone A, B & E, F = b / 10 = 17 / 10 = 1.70 m

Length of load ed zone A,B & E,F =b/ 2 = 17 / 4 = 8.50 m
Note:
If the slope is greater than 5°, “a” scaling length can be computed as:
a = sqrt [ (0.5W)2 + (0.5W x Tan Ө)2 + L2 ]

a = sqrt [ (0.5 x 35.5)2 + (0.5 x 35.5 x Tan 5.71)2 + 78.22 ]
= 80.20 m
p e = q s C pe Cae
Zone A (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.75 x 0.792 = -1.966

Zone B (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.17 x 0.792 = -1.316
Zone C (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.58 x 0.792 = -0.650
Zone E (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.93 x 0.792 = -1.043
Zone F (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.34 x 0.792 = -0.385
Zone G (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.41 x 0.792 = -0.457
p i = q s C pi Cai
all roof = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.30
210
W I N D LO A D S
p = pe - pi
Zone A (Roof) = -1.966 – ( -0.30) = -1.67
Zone B (Roof) = -1.316 – ( -0.30) = -1.02
Zone C (Roof) = -0.650 – ( -0.30) = -0.35
Zone E (Roof) = 1.043 – (– 0.30) = -0.75
Zone F (Roof) = -0.385 – (– 0.30) = -0.09
Zone G (Roof) = -0.457 – (– 0.30) = -0.16
Wind ward wall = 0.97 x 7.82 = 7.59
Leeward wall = -0.27 x 7.82 = -2.11
Zone B (Roof) = -1.02 x 7.82 = -7.96
Zone C (Roof) = -0.35 x 7.82 = -2.74
Zone F (Roof) = -0.09 x 7.82 = -0.70 (Using higher of F and G)
Zone G(Roof) = -0.16 x 7.82 = -1.25
7.98 2.74 2.74 7.98
1.25 1.25
Mmr~
liiMilU
mmr
7.59 2.11 2.11 7.59

WIND LOADS ON INTERIOR FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND LEFT WIND LOADS ON INTERIOR FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND RIGHT
(Note that wind right case will be mirror image of wind left case)
Sim ilarly, loads on the penultimate frame will be calculated as below,
Wind ward wall = 0.97 x 7.82 = 7.59
Leeward wall = -0.27 x 7.82 = -2.11
Zone A(Roof) = -1.67 x 7.82 = -13.1
Zone C (Roof) = -0.35 x 7.82 = -2.74
Zone E (Roof) = -0.75 x 7.82 = -5.87
Zone G(Roof) = -0.16 x 7.82 = -1.25
211
W I N D LO A D S
5.87 5.87
13.1 2.74 2.74 13.1
1.25 1.25
Mir
Mmtmt-
7.59 2.11 2.11 7.59

WIND LOADS ON INTERIOR FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND LEFT WIND LOADS ON INTERIOR FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND RIGHT
Calculating the loads on the end wall rafter or end frame if end is a main frame,
Zone A (Roof) = -1.67 x 7.82/ 2 = -6.53
Zone C (Roof) = -0.35 x 7.82/ 2 = -1.37
Zone E (Roof) = -0.75 x 7.82/ 2 = -2.94
Zone G (Roof) = -0.16 x 7.82/ 2 = -0.62
2.94 2.94
6.53 1.37 1.37 6.53
0.62 0.62
'""""" r
w
vÿ_
S
r
-
—
'""""
/ÿW/
3.96 4.26 3.96 3.96 4.26 3.96

WIND LOADS ON END FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND LEFT W IND LOADS ON END FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND RIGHT
colu mn is small, that is = sqrt (5.0712 + 8.52) = 9.898, referring Figure 4, C a = 0.96
Therefore, the net pressure for end wall columns needs to be recalculated with Cae
= 1.00
p e = q s C pe Cae
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 1.000 = -1.843
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 1.000 = -1.134
Zone C need not be evaluated, since it will be under Zone B for wind right case.
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300
212
W I N D LO A D S
p = pe - pi
Zone A (Walls) = -1.843 – (–0.30) = -1.55

Zone B (Walls) = -1.134 – (–0.30) = -0.84
Corner columns
Zone A (Walls) = -1.55 x 5.071/ 2 = 3.96 kN/ m
Interior columns
Zone B (Walls) = -0.84 x 5.071 = 4.26 kN/ m

Wind ward wall = 0.97 x 7.82/ 2 = 3.79
Leeward wall = -0.27 x 7.82/ 2 = -1.06

1.78
1.78
3.78 1.06
Additional loads due to horizontal drag force should be added to the total
bracing or diaphragm design force. The horizontal drag force for wind left
or wind right case is calculated as below,
Width D = 35.5 m
Area of d rag force = (D – b) H = 18.5 x 8.5 = 157.25 m 2
Frictional Drag coefficient C f for corrugated sheets as per Table 6
= 0.02
= q s Cf A s Cae
= 1.418 x 0.02 x 157.25 x 0.792 = 3.53 kN
Divid ing the force on both sides we get,
= 3.52 / 2 = 1.76 kN
d) Win d en d case
213
W I N D LO A D S
are,
A = 0.2 b = 3.4 m, B = b-A = 13.6 m, C = W–A–B = 35.5–3.4–13.6=18.5 m

C LEEW
ARD
WALL
B
H A
C
W θ
IN
DW
AR
IO N D
ECT
W
AL B
D DIR L
A L=D
WI N
W=B
LOADED ZONES ALONG SIDE WALL FOR WIND END CASE

= sqrt ( H 2 + W 2 ) = sqrt ( 8.52 + 35.5 2)
= 36.50 m
Therefore the size effect factor Cae = 0.852 (Refer Figure 4)
p e = q s C pe Ca
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.852 = 0.725

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.852 = -0.604
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.852 = -1.570
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.852 = -0.966
Zone C (Walls = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.852 = -0.604
214
W I N D LO A D S
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300
p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.725 – (–0.30) = 1.02

Leeward wall = -0.604 – (–0.30) = -0.31
Zone A (Walls) = -1.570 – (–0.30) = -1.27
Zone B (Walls) = -0.966 – (–0.30) = -0.67
Zone C (Walls) = -0.604 – (–0.30) = -0.31
Note that the Zones A,B,C are along the side walls, hence the side wall columns
Load on the bracing system

Total coefficient for bracing d esign = 1.02 + 0.31 = 1.33 kN/ m 2

Roof,
= 59.78 kN
Wall,
215
W I N D LO A D S
Total drag force = q s Cf As Cae = 1.418 x 0.02 x 520.02x 0.852

= 12.56 kN
Therefore, total force per bracing = 36.94 + 36.17/ 3

= 49.00 kN
4.0 2.15
2.15
4.0
WIND LOAD ON END BRACING FRAME IN KN/M FOR WIND END CASE
The end wall columns will be governed by the wind ward coefficient, but as
before the size effect factor may be conservatively taken as 1.00, hence we need to
p e = q s Cpe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 1.000 = 0.850

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.000 = -0.709
p i = q s Cpi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300
p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.850 – (–0.30) = 1.15


216
W I N D LO A D S
Since the roof slope is greater than 5° external pressure coefficients are referred
from table 10
D LEEW
ARD
WA LL
C D
A
B
H
C
B
W θ
IN
DW A
AR
ION D
ECT
W
AL
D DIR L L=D
WIN
W=B
LOADED ZONES AT ROOF FOR WIND END CASE

Length of loaded zone A & B = W / 4 = 35.5 / 4 = 8.88 m
Coefficients for zones in roof,

Zone D (Roof) = -0.49
Diagonal dimension ‘a’ for wind ward and leeward roof

Note:
a = sqrt [ (0.5W)2 + (0.5W x Tan Ө)2 + L2 ]

a = sqrt [ (0.5 x 35.5)2 + (0.5 x 35.5 x Tan 5.71)2 + 78.22 ]
= 80.20 m

p e = q s C pe Cae
217
W I N D LO A D S
Zone A (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.97 x 0.792 = -2.212

Zone B (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.13 x 0.792 = -1.268
Zone C (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.60 x 0.792 = -0.674
Zone D (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.49 x 0.792 = -0.554
p i = q s C pi Cai
all roof = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.30
p = pe - pi
Zone A (Roof) = -2.212 – ( -0.30) = -1.92

Zone B (Roof) = -1.268 – ( -0.30) = -0.97
Zone C (Roof) = -0.674 – ( -0.30) = -0.38
Zone D (Roof) = -0.554 – (– 0.30) = -0.26
Multiplying the wall and roof net pressures with the tributary area (bay spacing)
Zone B (Walls) = -0.67 x 7.82 = -5.24
Zone D (Roof) = -0.26 x 7.82 = -2.03
case. Taking average of end zones and zone C
Zone A + C (Roof) = (-1.97 - 0.38)/ 2 = -1.18
Zone B + C (Roof) = (-0.97 – 0.38)/ 2 = -0.68

= -1.18 x 7.82/ 2 = -4.61 kN/ m
= -0.68 x 7.82/ 2 = -2.66 kN/ m
Now we need to calculate wind loads for the Secondaries Panels, Purlins and
Girts.
Wall Panels
The sidewall and endwall panels should be designed for the maximum load that
they may be subjected to in their zone. The zone A, B , C on sidewall and end wall
will have the same loading.
Assuming 1.75 meter spacing of girts, the diagonal dimension is less than 5
meters, hence a = 5 m.
218
W I N D LO A D S
Therefore, Cae = 1.00
The interior size effect factor, is the same as calculated earlier,

C ai = 0.697
External Wall coefficients (p e) are all the same as calculated in earlier,

p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 1.00 = 0.850

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.00 = -0.709
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 1.00 = -1.843
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 1.00 = -1.134
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.00 = -0.709
Sim ilarly, the internal pressure ( p i ) is given as below, using equation,
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300
Now, the Net pressure ( p ) are,

p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.850 – (–0.30) = 1.15

Leeward wall = -0.709 – (–0.30) = -0.41
Zone A (Walls) = -1.843 – (–0.30) = -1.55
Zone B (Walls) = -1.134 – (–0.30) = -0.83
Zone C (Walls) = -0.709 – (–0.30) = -0.41
Wall Girts
Assuming 1.75 meter spacing of girts, the diagonal dimension (a)

= sqrt ( Girt Spacing 2 + Bay Spacing 2 )
= sqrt ( 1.752 + 7.822 ) = 8.01 m.

C ai = 0.697
219
W I N D LO A D S

p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.965 = 0.821

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.965 = -0.684
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.965 = -1.779
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.965 = -1.095
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.965 = -0.684
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300

p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.821 – (–0.30) = 1.12

Leeward wall = -0.684 – (–0.30) = -0.38
Zone A (Walls) = -1.779 – (–0.30) = -1.48
Zone B (Walls) = -1.095 – (–0.30) = -0.80
Zone C (Walls) = -0.684 – (–0.30) = -0.38
Roof Panels

C ai = 0.697
External Wall coefficients (p e) are all the same as calculated in earlier for Slope
1:10.
For Wind Left / Right Case

Zone A (Roof) = -1.75 Corner
Zone B (Roof) = -1.17 Eave
Zone C (Roof) = -0.58 Interior
Zone E (Roof) = -0.93 Rid ge
220
W I N D LO A D S
Zone F (Roof) = -0.34 Interior Ridge (Not Governing)

Zone G (Roof) = -0.41 Interior (Not Governing)
For Wind End Case

Zone B (Roof) = -1.13 Gable
Zone C (Roof) = -0.60 End Bay
Zone D (Roof) = -0.49 Interior (Not Governing)
End Bay may be taken as maximum of average of either A+C or B+C

(A+C) / 2 = -(1.97 + 0.60)/ 2 = -1.29 (Governs)
(B+C) / 2 = -(1.13 + 0.60)/ 2 = -0.87 (Not Governing)
Summarize above results,
Corner = -1.75
Eave = -1.17
Interior = -0.58
End Bay = -1.29
p e = q s C pe Cae
Corners = 1.418 x -1.75 x 1.00 = -2.48

Eave = 1.418 x -1.17 x 1.00 = -1.66
Interior = 1.418 x -0.58 x 1.00 = -0.82
End Bay = 1.418 x -1.29 x 1.00 = -1.83
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300

p = pe - pi
Corner = -2.48 – (–0.30) = -2.18

Eave = -1.66 – (–0.30) = -1.36
Interior = -0.82 – (–0.30) = -0.52
End Bay = -1.83 – (–0.30) = -1.53
Roof Purlin s
Assuming 1.75 meter spacing of purlins, the d iagonal dimension (a)

= sqrt ( Purlin Spacing 2 + Bay Spacing 2 )
= sqrt ( 1.752 + 7.822 ) = 8.01 m.
221
W I N D LO A D S

C ai = 0.697
1:10.

Zone B (Roof) = -1.17 Eave Purlins
Zone C (Roof) = -0.58 Interior Purlins
Zone E (Roof) = -0.93 Rid ge Purlins
Zone F (Roof) = -0.34 Interior Ridge Purlins (Not Governing)
Zone G (Roof) = -0.41 Interior Purlins (Not Governing)
For Wind End Case
Zone A (Roof) = -1.97 End Bay Purlins

Zone B (Roof) = -1.13 End Bay Purlins
Zone C (Roof) = -0.60 End Bay Purlins
Zone D (Roof) = -0.49 Interior Purlins (Not Governing)
End Bay Purlins may be taken as maximum of average of either A+C or B+C
(A+C) / 2 = -(1.97 + 0.60)/ 2 = -1.29 (Governs)
(B+C) / 2 = -(1.13 + 0.60)/ 2 = -0.87 (Not Governing)
Corner = -1.75
Eave Purlins = -1.17
Interior Purlins = -0.58
End Bay Purlins = -1.29
p e = q s C pe Cae
Corners = 1.418 x -1.75 x 0.965 = -2.395

Eave Purlins = 1.418 x -1.17 x 0.965 = -1.601
Interior Purlins = 1.418 x -0.58 x 0.965 = -0.794
End Bay Purlins = 1.418 x -1.29 x 0.965 = -1.765
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.697 = -0.300
222
W I N D LO A D S

p = pe - pi
Corner = -2.395 – (–0.30) = -2.09

Eave Purlins = -1.601 – (–0.30) = -1.30
Interior Purlins = -0.794 – (–0.30) = -0.49
End Bay Purlins = -1.765 – (–0.30) = -1.47
Example 2
Given:-
Build ing wid th = 35500 mm = 35.5 m
Build ing Length = 78200 mm = 78.2 m
Roof slope = 1:10 = 5.71°
Sliding d oors = 3 x 3 = 2 numbers at end wall
Sliding d oors = 3 x 3 = 2 numbers at one side wall
Wall Opening = 20 x 5 = 1 number at one side wall
'I
/•
-1
r
a
°ao
'
'
X
o
0
T)
03
S3
S3«S3
o°
fp
°o■S'
•S'
-f1
223
W I N D LO A D S
Solution:-
Step 1:- Check b uilding open con dition.
Check if the building is classified under “Build ings with dom inant wall
openings” the condition is that area of any one opening is greater than the tw ice
A do = 20 x 5 = 100.00 m 2
A so = 2 x [ 4 ( 3 x 3 ) ] = 72.00 m 2
We see that A do > 2A so , hence the building classify under “Buildings with
dominant wall openings”
= 333.25 x 78.2 = 26060.15 m 3
Area of Opening in one Wall = 100.00 m 2

Sum of Area of Opening in other walls = 72.00 m 2
Ratio of Opening = 100.00/ 72.00 = 1.39
Hence diagonal dimension ‘a’ = 0.20 x (26060.15)1/ 3 = 5.93 m
The internal pressure for build ing with dominant opening is as per Table 17 and
Since the value of Ratio of Opening (1.39 < 2) it can be taken as Cpi = -0.30.
Size effect factor Cai for internal pressure = 0.986 (after interpolation)
a) Wind left an d wind right case
Scaling length ‘b’ = m inimum of B = W = 78.2 m or 2H = 2 x 8.5 = 17.0 m
224
W I N D LO A D S
Therefore the zones along the end wall of the building for wind left and right
cases are,
A= 0.2 b= 3.4 m, B = b-A = 17.0 -3.4= 13.6 m,C = W–A–B=35.5–3.4–13.6=18.5m
A
A
<<
<
\A
\i\
i.0
/
o;o
n
w,0
00 ss
o
0
0
oo.\
0
0.
0
0
C!
£
$
/
m
0
%
//
"Z_ -A
*)
$
V5.
<r
<0
<0
\
0
>
0
0
0
orz
-7
0
0
J
!t
U-
ZK
0ÿ
1L
uO
<<
UJ
0J
NOS
<Q<
OKO
70
OjliJ
ZI
pressure coefficients are as below, (Refer Table 5)


= sqrt ( H 2 + L2 ) = sqrt ( 8.52 + 78.22)
= 78.66 m

p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.794 = 0.675

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.794 = -0.563
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.794 = -1.464
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.794 = -0.901
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.794 = -0.563
225
W I N D LO A D S
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.986 = -0.419
Wind ward wall = 0.675 - (-0.419) = 1.09

Leeward wall = -0.563 - (-0.419) = -0.14
Zone A (Walls) = -1.464 - (-0.419) = -1.05
Zone B (Walls) = -0.901 - (-0.419) = -0.48
Zone C (Walls) = -0.563 - (-0.419) = -0.14
Note that the Zones A, B, C are along the end walls; hence the end wall columns
shall be d esigned for the maximum of above and the values that will be obtained
for wind end case.
ii.) Roof coefficients
Referring ( Table 10) since roof slope = 5.71° and considering the building with
sharp eaves.

<6
<2?
'a GTH <?-
°o |NG <?
>"
o **
5cal
oo
Oo-
A
-J5-
<o <b
o*; -55-
Oo oo
•
-o
<P.CP
226
W I N D LO A D S

Length of loaded zone A, B & E, F =b/ 2 = 17 / 4 = 8.50 m
Note:
a = sqrt [ (0.5W)2 + (0.5W x Tan Ө)2 + L2 ]

a = sqrt [ (0.5 x 35.5)2 + (0.5 x 35.5 x Tan 5.71)2 + 78.22 ]
= 80.20 m
Therefore the size effect factor Ca = 0.792 (Refer Figure 4)
p e = q s C pe Cae
Zone A (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.75 x 0.792 = -1.966

Zone B (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.17 x 0.792 = -1.316
Zone C (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.59 x 0.792 = -0.663
Zone E (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.93 x 0.792 = -1.042
Zone F (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.34 x 0.792 = -0.382
Zone G (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.41 x 0.792 = -0.460
p i = q s C pi Cai
all roof = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.986 = -0.419
p = pe - pi
Zone A (Roof) = -1.966 – ( -0.419) = -1.55

Zone B (Roof) = -1.314 – ( -0.419) = -0.89
Zone C (Roof) = -0.663 – ( -0.419) = -0.24
Zone E (Roof) = -1.043 – (-0.419) = -0.62
Zone F (Roof) = -0.385 – (-0.419) = 0.034
Zone G (Roof) = -0.457 – (-0.419) = -0.038
Windward wall = 1.09 x 7.82 = 8.52
Leeward wall = -0.14 x 7.82 = -1.09
Zone B (Roof) = -0.89 x 7.82 = -6.95
Zone C (Roof) = -0.24 x 7.82 = -1.88
227
W I N D LO A D S
Zone F (Roof) = 0.038 x 7.82 = 0.27 (Using higher of F and G)

Zone G(Roof) = -0.040 x 7.82 = -0.30
6.95
1.88 0.30
8.56 1.09
WIND LOAD ON INTERIOR FRAME IN KN/M FOR WIND LEFT
6.95
0.30 1.88
1.09 8.56
WIND LOAD ON INTERIOR FRAME IN KN/M FOR WIND RIGHT
Note: that wind right case will be mirror image of wind left case
Wind ward wall = 1.09 x 7.82 = 8.52

Leeward wall = -0.14 x 7.82 = -1.09
Zone A (Roof) = - 0.89x7.82 = -6.95
Zone C (Roof) = -0.24 x 7.82 = -1.88
Zone E (Roof) = -0.62x 7.82 = -4.84
Zone G(Roof) = -0.034 x 7.82 = -0.30
6.95 4.84
1.88
0.30
8.52 ► 1.09
228
W I N D LO A D S
4.84 6.95
1.88
0.30
1.09 8.52
Zone A (Roof) = -1.55 x 7.82/ 2 = -6.04

Zone C (Roof) = -0.24 x 7.82/ 2 = -0.95
Zone E (Roof) = -0.62 x 7.82/ 2 = -2.43
Zone G (Roof) = -0.038 x 7.82/ 2 = -0.17
Therefore, the net pressure for end wall columns needs to be recalculated with
Cae = 1.00
pe = qs Cpe Cae
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 1.000 = -1.843

Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 1.000 = -1.134
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.986 = -0.419

p = pe - pi
Zone A (Walls) = -1.843 – (–0.419) = -1.423

Zone B (Walls) = -1.134 – (–0.419) = -0.714
Corner columns
Zone A (Walls) = -1.423 x 5.071/ 2 = 3.61 kN/ m
Interior columns
Zone B (Walls) = -0.714 x 5.071 = 3.62 kN/ m
229
W I N D LO A D S
6.04 2.43
0.95
3.62 3.61
WIND LOADS ON END FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND LEFT
2.43 6.04
0.95
0.1 7
3.61 3.62
WIND LOADS ON END FRAME IN kN/M FOR WIND RIGHT

Wind ward wall = 1.095 x 7.82/ 2 = 4.28
Leeward wall = -0.143 x 7.82/ 2 = -0.56
Additional loads d ue to horizontal drag force should be added to the total bracing
or diaphragm design force. The horizontal drag force for wind left or wind right
case is calculated as below,
Width D = 35.5 m
= 0.02
= q s Cf A s Cae
= 1.418 x 0.02 x 157.25 x 0.792 = 3.53 kN

-
- EZLI
1 4-28 |- | 0.56 1
WIND LOAD ON INTERIOR FRAME IN KN/M FOR WIND LEFT CASE
230
W I N D LO A D S

= 3.53 / 2 = 1.77 kN
d .) Win d en d case
ii.) Walls coefficients
are,
A = 0.2 b = 3.4 m, B = b-A = 13.6 m, C = W–A–B = 35.5–3.4–13.6=18.5 m

1
■1
r l
%
z'1
r
i W"
°o
Nw 6 S3S3 o ,o
AL S3
wS3
C
CP
S3S3
'
0 <3
<?-
<5>
h
<5-
<P <3
3'3-.
33
Ww 3
3
-3
3
Loaded Zone along Sidewa for Wind

End Cose
231
W I N D LO A D S

= sqrt ( H 2 + W 2 ) = sqrt ( 8.52 + 35.5 2)
= 36.50 m
p e = q s C pe Ca
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.852 = 0.725

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.852 = -0.604
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.852 = -1.571
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.852 = -0.967
Zone C (Walls = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.852 = -0.604
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.986 = -0.419
p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.725 – (–0.419) = 1.415

Leeward wall = -0.604 – (–0.419) = -0.184
Zone A (Walls) = -1.571 – (–0.419) = -1.151
Zone B (Walls) = -0.967 – (–0.419) = -0.547
Zone C (Walls) = -0.604 – (–0.419) = -0.184
Note: that the Zones A, B, C are along the side walls, hence the side wall columns
Load on the bracin g system

Windward wall = 1.415kN/ m 2
Total coefficient for bracing design = 1.415 + 0.184 = 1.6 kN/ m 2

232
W I N D LO A D S
Roof,
= 59.78 kN
Wall,
= 12.56 kN

T O T A L L O A D = 1 3 3 .3
T O T A L D R A G F O R C E = 7 2 .3 4
4 4 .4 4 4.4 4 4 .4
1 1 7 .8 9 + 1 8 .0 9 1 5 .3 3 + 1 8 .0 9
W I N D D I R E C T IO N
S I D E W A L L E L E V A T IO N S H O W I N G B R A C I N G L O A D S

= 56.45 kN
The end wall columns will be governed by the wind ward coefficient, but as before
the size effect factor may be conservatively taken as 1.00, hence we need to
p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 1.000 = 0.850

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.000 = -0.709
p i = q s C pi Cai
233
W I N D LO A D S
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.986 = -0.419
p = pe - pi
Wind ward wall = 0.850 – (–0.420) = 1.27


iii) Roof coefficients
from (Table 10)
o
£ o
>
■
<s> o
<s>
>1:
5?
-<7
<
o
o
o
22/
iX-
c
&
u
tp


234
W I N D LO A D S

Diagonal dimension ‘a’ for wind ward and leeward roof

= sqrt [ ( 0.5W) 2 + L2 ] = sqrt ( 17.72 + 78.22)
= 80.19 m
p e = q s C pe Cae
Zone A (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.97 x 0.792 = -2.212

Zone B (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.13 x 0.792 = -1.268
Zone C (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.60 x 0.792 = -0.674
Zone D (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.49 x 0.792 = -0.554
p i = q s C pi Cai
all roof = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.986 = -0.419
p = pe - pi
Zone A (Roof) = -2.212 – ( -0.419 ) = -1.792

Zone B (Roof) = -1.268 – ( -0.419) = -0.848
Zone C (Roof) = -0.674 – ( -0.419) = -0.254
Zone D (Roof) = -0.554 – (–0.419) = -0.134
Zone B (Walls) = -0.547 x 7.82 = -4.28
Zone D (Roof) = -0. 134 x 7.82 = -1.05
case. Taking average of end zones A and zone C
Zone A + C (Roof) = (-1.792 - 0.254)/ 2 = -1.023
Zone B + C (Roof) = (-0.848 -0.254)/ 2 = -0.551

= -1.023 x 7.82/ 2 = -4.00 kN/ m
= -0.551 x 7.82/ 2 = -2.15 kN/ m
235
W I N D LO A D S
1.05 1.05
4.28 4.28
WIND LOAD ON INTERIOR FRAME IN KN/M FOR WIND END CASE
4.0 4.0
2.15 2.15
Now we need to calculate wind loads for the Secondary Panels, Purlins and Girts.
Wall Panels
they may be subjected to in their zone. The zone A, B, C on sidewall and endwall

C ai = 0.986

p e = q s C pe Cae
Wind ward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 1.00 = 0.850
236
W I N D LO A D S
Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.00 = -0.709

Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 1.00 = -1.843
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 1.00 = -1.134
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.00 = -0.709
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.986 = -0.419

p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.850 – (–0.419) = 1.271

Leeward wall = -0.709 – (–0.419) = -0.289
Zone A (Walls) = -1.843 – (–0.419) = -1.42
Zone B (Walls) = -1.134 – (–0.419) = -0.92
Zone C (Walls) = -0.709 – (–0.419) = -0.289
Wall Girts

= sqrt ( 1.752 + 7.822 ) = 8.01 m.

C ai = 0.986

p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.965 = 0.821

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.965 = -0.684
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.965 = -1.779
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.965 = -1.095
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.965 = -0.684
237
W I N D LO A D S
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.986 = -0.419

p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.821 – (–0.419) = 1.241

Leeward wall = -0.684 – (–0.419) = -0.264
Zone A (Walls) = -1.779 – (–0.419) = -1.359
Zone B (Walls) = -1.095 – (–0.419) = -0.675
Zone C (Walls) = -0.684 – (–0.419) = -0.264
Roof Panels

C ai = 0.986
1:10.

For Wind End Case


(A+C) / 2 = -(1.97 + 0.60)/ 2 = -1.29 (Governs)
(B+C) / 2 = -(1.13 + 0.60)/ 2 = -0.87 (Not Governing)
Corner = -1.75
Eave = -1.17
238
W I N D LO A D S
Interior = -0.59
End Bay = -1.29
p e = q s C pe Cae
Corners = 1.418 x -1.75 x 1.00 = -2.48

Eave = 1.418 x -1.17 x 1.00 = -1.66
Interior = 1.418 x -0.59 x 1.00 = -0.84
End Bay = 1.418 x -1.29 x 1.00 = -1.83
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.986 = -0.419

p = pe - pi
Corner = -2.48 – (-0.419) = -0.172

Eave = -1.66 – (-0.419) = -1.24
Interior = -0.82 – (-0.419) = -0.42
End Bay = -1.83 – (-0.419) = -1.41
Roof Purlin s

= sqrt ( 1.752 + 7.822 ) = 8.01 m.

C ai = 0.986
1:10.

239
W I N D LO A D S
For Wind End Case

(A+C) / 2 = -(1.97 + 0.60)/ 2 = -1.29 (Governs)
(B+C) / 2 = -(1.13 + 0.60)/ 2 = -0.87 (Not Governing)
Corner = -1.75
p e = q s C pe Cae
Corners = 1.418 x -1.75 x 0.965 = -2.395

Eave Purlins = 1.418 x -1.17 x 0.965 = -1.601
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.30 x 0.986 = -0.419

p = pe - pi
Corner = -2.395 – (–0.419) = -1.975

Eave Purlins = -1.601 – (–0.419) = -1.181
Interior Purlins = -0.794 – (–0.419) = -0.374
End Bay Purlins = -1.765 – (–0.419) = -1.375
240
W I N D LO A D S
Example 3
Given:-
Build ing wid th = 35500 mm = 35.5 m
Build ing Length = 78200 mm = 78.2 m
Roof slope = 1:10 = 5.71°
Sliding d oors = 2 x 2 = 1 numbers at end wall
Sliding d oors = 3 x 3 = 2 numbers at one side wall
Wall Opening = 20 x 6 = 1 number at one side wall
%
\
0
<0
>0
»3
cvo°
•V
oo
Solution :-
Step 1:- Ch eck bu ild ing open condition.
Check if the build ing is classified under “Buildings with dom inant wall
openings” the cond ition is that area of any one opening is greater than the tw ice
241
W I N D LO A D S
A do = 20 x 5 = 100.00 m 2
A so = 2 x [ 2 ( 3 x 3 ) + (2 x 2 ) ] = 44.00 m 2
We see that A do > 2A so , hence the building classify under “Buildings with
dominant wall openings”
= 333.25 x 78.2 = 26060.15 m 3
Area of Opening in one Wall = 100.00 m 2

Sum of Area of Opening in other walls = 44.00 m 2
Ratio of Opening = 100.00/ 44.00 = 2.27
Hence diagonal dimension ‘a’ = 0.20 x (26060.15)1/ 3 = 5.93 m
The internal pressure for build ing with dominant opening is as per Table 17 and
Since the value of Ratio of Opening (2.27 > 2 and < 3 ). It can be taken as:
Let’s assume opening on wind ward and C pe = 0.60 as per Table 5.
Cpi = Cpe [ ( Ratio of Opening – 2) x 0.15 + 0.75 ] ( after interpolation )
Cpi = 0.60 [ ( 2.27 – 2.0 ) x 0.15 + 0.75 ] = 0.47
b) Wind left an d wind right case
j) Walls coefficients
cases are,
A= 0.2 b= 3.4 m, B = b-A = 17.0 -3.4= 13.6 m, C = W–A–B=35.5–3.4–13.6=18.5 m
242
W I N D LO A D S
\
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
\
vA
0/
o;o
/
0
OOG&
CJ
o0
cc
0
A
0
0
A
0
A
£$
z
A
Z27
0
//
'A A
-A
*)
$
<r
<0
<0
0
>
0
0
0
/
J
A
z
Q
0
.
li
oh
bJJ
0J
bjO
\Dt7
05
<Q<
I
0(T0
W
W$b
OjU

= sqrt ( H 2 + L2 ) = sqrt ( 8.52 + 78.22)
= 78.66 m
p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.794 = 0.675

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.794 = -0.563
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.794 = -1.464
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.794 = -0.901
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.794 = -0.563
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x 0.47 x 0.986 = 0.657
243
W I N D LO A D S
Wind ward wall = 0.675 -0.657 = 0.018

Leeward wall = -0.563 -0.657 = -1.13
Zone A (Walls) = -1.464 - 0.657 = -2.031
Zone B (Walls) = -0.901 - 0.657 = -1.468
Zone C (Walls) = -0.563 -0.657 = -1.13
shall be d esigned for the maximum of above and the values that will be obtained
for wind end case.
ii.) Roof coefficients
sharp eaves.

<6
<>- O
G VG
<<
O
<G
“0 <G
UÿNGrH o
<G
|NG
0ÿ
o<o
o.o-
A
<o<5- <G
•W -J5-
O'
O.
o
•
'O
A
244
W I N D LO A D S

Length of loaded zone A, B & E, F =b/ 2 = 17 / 4 = 8.50 m
Note:
a = sqrt [ (0.5W)2 + (0.5W x Tan Ө)2 + L2 ]

a = sqrt [ (0.5 x 35.5)2 + (0.5 x 35.5 x Tan 5.71)2 + 78.22 ]
= 80.20 m

p e = q s C pe Cae
Zone A (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.75 x 0.792 = -1.966

Zone B (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.17 x 0.792 = -1.316
Zone C (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.59 x 0.792 = -0.663
Zone E (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.93 x 0.792 = -1.043
Zone F (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.34 x 0.792 = -0.382
Zone G (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.41 x 0.792 = -0.460
p i = q s C pi Cai
all roof = 1.418 x 0.47 x 0.986 = 0.657

p = pe - pi
Zone A (Roof) = -1.966 – 0.657 = -2.623

Zone B (Roof) = -1.314 – 0.657 = -1.971
Zone C (Roof) = -0.663 – 0.657) = -1.32
Zone E (Roof) = -1.043 – 0.657 = -1.77
Zone F (Roof) = -0.385 – 0.657 = -1.042
Zone G (Roof) = -0.457 – 0.657 = -1.11
Windward wall = 0.018 x 7.82 = 0.63
Leeward wall = -1.13 x 7.82 = -8.84
Zone B (Roof) = -1.971 x 7.82 = -15.41
Zone C (Roof) = -1.32 x 7.82 = -10.32
Zone F (Roof) = -1.042 x 7.82 = -8.15 (Using higher of F and G)
Zone G(Roof) = -1.11 x 7.82 = -8.68
245
W I N D LO A D S
15.41
10.32
0.63 8.84
15.41
8.68 10.32
1 8.84 0.63 1
Wind ward wall = 0.18 x 7.82 = 1.4

Leeward wall = -1.13 x 7.82 = -8.84
Zone A(Roof) = -2.623x 7.82 = -20.51
Zone C (Roof) = -1.32 x 7.82 = -10.32
Zone E (Roof) = -1.77x 7.82 = -13.29
Zone G(Roof) = -1.11 x 7.82 = -8.68
20.51 13.29
10.32
8.68
1.4 8.84
13.29 20.51
10.32
8.68
8.84 8.56
246
W I N D LO A D S
Calculating the loads on the end wall rafter or end frame if end is a main frame,
Zone A (Roof) = -2.623 x 7.82/ 2 = -10.26

Zone C (Roof) = -1.32 x 7.82/ 2 = -5.16
Zone E (Roof) = -1.17 x 7.82/ 2 = -4.57
Zone G (Roof) = -1.11 x 7.82/ 2 = -4.34
Ca may be conservatively taken = 1.00 since the d iagonal dimension for end wall
column is small, that is = sqrt (5.0712 + 8.52) = 9.898, referring Figure 4, C a = 0.96
Therefore, the net pressure for end wall columns need s to be recalculated with
Cae = 1.00
pe = qs Cpe Cae
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 1.000 = -1.843

Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 1.000 = -1.134
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x 0.47 x 0.986 = 0.657

p = pe - pi
Zone A (Walls) = -1.843 – 0.657 = -2.5

Zone B (Walls) = -1.134 – 0.657 = -1.791
Corner columns
Zone A (Walls) = -2.5 x 5.071/ 2 = 6.34 kN/ m
Interior columns
Zone B (Walls) = -1.791 x 5.071 = 9.08 kN/ m
247
W I N D LO A D S
10.26 4.57
5.1 6
9.08 6.34
4.57 10.26
5.16
6.34 9.08

Wind ward wall = 0.018 x 7.82/ 2 = 0.07
Leeward wall = -1.13 x 7.82/ 2 = -4.42
Width D = 35.5 m
= 0.02
= q s Cf A s Cae
= 1.418 x 0.02 x 157.25 x 0.792 = 3.53 kN
= 3.53 / 2 = 1.77 kN
IJLZZ
1 4.28 0.56 |
WIND LOAD ON INTERIOR FRAME IN KN/M FOR WIND LEFT CASE
248
W I N D LO A D S
i.) Walls coefficien ts
are,
A = 0.2 b = 3.4 m, B = b-A = 13.6 m, C = W–A–B = 35.5–3.4–13.6=18.5 m

-i
r \v
1/
-i
r
I S'
SA% C o
O'
oo
O
oO
O
"
0 •o
-J>
<>-
A
<s><s- <c
vjr-.
C.
<Cd>
Loaded Zone along Sidewall for Wind

End Case

= sqrt ( H 2 + W 2 ) = sqrt ( 8.52 + 35.5 2)
= 36.50 m
p e = q s C pe Ca
249
W I N D LO A D S
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.852 = 0.725

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.852 = -0.604
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.852 = -1.571
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.852 = -0.967
Zone C (Walls = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.852 = -0.604
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x 0.47 x 0.986 = 0.657
p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.725 – 0.657 = 0.068

Leeward wall = -0.604 – 0.657 = -1.26
Zone A (Walls) = -1.571 – 0.657 = -2.23
Zone B (Walls) = -0.967 – 0.657 = -1.62
Zone C (Walls) = -0.604 – 0.657 = -1.26

Total end wall area = 333.25 m2

Roof,
= 59.78 kN
Wall,
250
W I N D LO A D S

= 12.56 kN

T OTAL LOAD = 119.4

T OTAL DRAG FORCE = 72.34
44.4 44.4 44.4

5.67+18.09 105.06+18.09
W IND DIRECTION

= 51.77 kN
The end wall columns will be governed by the wind ward coefficient, but as
before the size effect factor may be conservatively taken as 1.00, hence we
need to recalculate the net pressure using Cae = 1.00
p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 1.000 = 0.850

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.000 = -0.709
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x 0.47 x 0.986 = 0.657
p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.850 – 0.657 = 0.193 (Will not control)

Leeward wall = -0.709 – 0.657 = -1.37

iiii) Roof coefficients
251
W I N D LO A D S
from (Table 10)
o
GTH
|NG u
& o
-<7 > 0
o
<s>
sS*'.
<>
<ÿ> o
£?.
o
AA 'tZ
*u
<s>
<%>
■<%>



Note:
a = sqrt [ (0.5W)2 + (0.5W x Tan Ө)2 + L2 ]

a = sqrt [ (0.5 x 35.5)2 + (0.5 x 35.5 x Tan 5.71)2 + 78.22 ]
= 80.20 m

p e = q s C pe Cae
Zone A (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.97 x 0.792 = -2.212
252
W I N D LO A D S
Zone B (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.13 x 0.792 = -1.268

Zone C (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.60 x 0.792 = -0.674
Zone D (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.49 x 0.792 = -0.554
p i = q s C pi Cai
all roof = 1.418 x 0.47 x 0.986 = 0.657
p = pe - pi
Zone A (Roof) = -2.212 – 0.657 = -2.87

Zone B (Roof) = -1.268 – 0.657 = -1.93
Zone C (Roof) = -0.674 – 0.657 = -1.33
Zone D (Roof) = -0.554 – 0.657 = -1.211
Zone B (Walls) = -1.62 x 7.82 = -12.67
Zone D (Roof) = -0. 134 x 7.82 = -9.47
Zone A + C (Roof) = (-2.87 – 1.33)/ 2 = -2.1
Zone B + C (Roof) = (-1.93 -1.33)/ 2 = -1.63

= -2.1 x 7.82/ 2 = -8.21 kN/ m
= -1.63 x 7.82/ 2 = -6.37 kN/ m
253
W I N D LO A D S
9.47 9.47
12.67 2.67
8.21 6.37
6.37
8.21
Wall Panels
they may be subjected to in their zone. The zone A, B, C on sidewall and endwall

C ai = 0.986

p e = q s C pe Cae
Wind ward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 1.00 = 0.850
254
W I N D LO A D S
Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.00 = -0.709

Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 1.00 = -1.843
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 1.00 = -1.134
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.00 = -0.709
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x 0.47 x 0.986 = 0.657

p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.850 – 0.657 = 0.193

Leeward wall = -0.709 – 0.657= -1.37
Zone A (Walls) = -1.843 – 0.657= -2.5
Zone B (Walls) = -1.134 – 0.657= -1.791
Zone C (Walls) = -0.709 – 0.657= -1.37
Wall Girts

= sqrt ( 1.752 + 7.822 ) = 8.01 m.

C ai = 0.986

p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.965 = 0.821

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.965 = -0.684
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.965 = -1.779
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.965 = -1.095
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.965 = -0.684
255
W I N D LO A D S
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x 0.47 x 0.986 = 0.657

p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.821 - 0.657 = 0.16

Leeward wall = -0.684 - 0.657 = -1.34
Zone A (Walls) = -1.779 - 0.657 = -2.44
Zone B (Walls) = -1.095 - 0.657 = -1.75
Zone C (Walls) = -0.684 - 0.657 = -1.34
Roof Panels

C ai = 0.986
1:10.

For Wind End Case


(A+C) / 2 = -(1.97 + 0.60)/ 2 = -1.29 (Governs)
(B+C) / 2 = -(1.13 + 0.60)/ 2 = -0.87 (Not Governing)
Corner = -1.75
Eave = -1.17
256
W I N D LO A D S
Interior = -0.59
End Bay = -1.29
p e = q s C pe Cae
Corners = 1.418 x -1.75 x 1.00 = -2.48

Eave = 1.418 x -1.17 x 1.00 = -1.66
Interior = 1.418 x -0.59 x 1.00 = -0.84
End Bay = 1.418 x -1.29 x 1.00 = -1.83
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x 0.47 x 0.986 = 0.657

p = pe - pi
Corner = -2.48 – 0.657 = -3.14

Eave = -1.66 – 0.657 = -2.32
Interior = -0.82 – 0.657 = -1.42
End Bay = -1.83 – 0.657 = -2.49
Roof Purlin s
= sqrt ( 1.752 + 7.822 ) = 8.01 m.
C ai = 0.986
1:10.

For Wind End Case

257
W I N D LO A D S

(A+C) / 2 = -(1.97 + 0.60)/ 2 = -1.29 (Governs)
(B+C) / 2 = -(1.13 + 0.60)/ 2 = -0.87 (Not Governing)
Corner = -1.75
p e = q s C pe Cae
Corners = 1.418 x -1.75 x 0.965 = -2.395

Eave Purlins = 1.418 x -1.17 x 0.965 = -1.601
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x 0.47 x 0.986 = 0.657

p = pe - pi
Corner = -2.395 – 0.657 = -3.05

Eave Purlins = -1.601 – 0.657 = -2.23
Interior Purlins = -0.794 – 0.657 = -1.45
End Bay Purlins = -1.765 – 0.657 = -2.42
Continuation:
Now let’s assume opening on Leeward and C pe = -0.50 as per Table 5.
Cpi = Cpe [ ( Ratio of Opening – 2) x 0.15 + 0.75 ] ( after interpolation )
Cpi = -0.50 [ ( 2.27 – 2.0 ) x 0.15 + 0.75 ] = -0.39
258
W I N D LO A D S
A. Win d left an d wind right case
B. Walls coefficients
cases are,
A= 0.2 b= 3.4 m, B = b-A = 17.0 -3.4= 13.6 m, C = W–A–B=35.5–3.4–13.6=18.5 m
1
lOr
0
£
u£
'l
r
i X
0
0
o <*-
00
C o oo
f* 0 ooo oO
•
o r>
& H0 o
o
o A <e>
oo
S'
oo
'
o
o
LOAD E: D ALO ID o END

W A l_ l_ F~ CD F5 W I ID D O FR
—
FR I O I I "T"


= sqrt ( H 2 + L2 ) = sqrt ( 8.52 + 78.22)
= 78.66 m
259
W I N D LO A D S
p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.794 = 0.675

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.794 = -0.563
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.794 = -1.464
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.794 = -0.901
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.794 = -0.563
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.39 x 0.986 = -0.545
Windward wall = 0.675 – (-0.545) = 1.22

Leeward wall = -0.563 – (-0.545) = -0.018
Zone A (Walls) = -1.464 – (-0.545) = -0.919
Zone B (Walls) = -0.901 – (-0.545) = -0.356
Zone C (Walls) = -0.563 – (-0.545) = -0.018
for wind end case.
C.) Roof coefficients
sharp eaves.

260
W I N D LO A D S
o
-C
<<
O
-n
3Q <c/
ING
ueNGTH O
<?-
0ÿ
o.O
o.o
•
CP
A
4'-
<D <>?
O- <5>
O'
O'
O
O
•
O.
'O A
o

Length of load ed zone A, B & E, F =b/ 2 = 17 / 4 = 8.50 m
Note:
a = sqrt [ (0.5W)2 + (0.5W x Tan Ө)2 + L2 ]

a = sqrt [ (0.5 x 35.5)2 + (0.5 x 35.5 x Tan 5.71)2 + 78.22 ]
= 80.20 m
p e = q s C pe Cae
Zone A (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.75 x 0.792 = -1.966

Zone B (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.17 x 0.792 = -1.316
Zone C (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.59 x 0.792 = -0.663
Zone E (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.93 x 0.792 = -1.042
Zone F (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.34 x 0.792 = -0.382
Zone G (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.41 x 0.792 = -0.460
p i = q s C pi Cai
all roof = 1.418 x -0.39 x 0.986 = -0.545
Now, the Net pressu re ( p ) on the roof are,

p = pe - pi
261
W I N D LO A D S
Zone A (Roof) = -1.966 – (-0.545) = -1.421

Zone B (Roof) = -1.314 – (-0.545) = -0.769
Zone C (Roof) = -0.663 – (-0.545) = -0.118
Zone E (Roof) = 1.043 – (-0.545) = -0.498
Zone F (Roof) = -0.385 – (-0.545) = 0.16
Zone G (Roof) = -0.457 – (-0.545) = 0.88
Windward wall = 1.22 x 7.82 = 9.54

Leeward wall = -0.018 x 7.82 = -0.14
Zone B (Roof) = -0.769 x 7.82 = -6.01
Zone C (Roof) = -0.118 x 7.82 = -0.92
Zone F (Roof) = 0.16 x 7.82 = 1.25 (Using higher of F and G)
Zone G(Roof) = 0.088x 7.82 = 0.69
6.01 1.25
1.90
9.54
z: [OJZ]
1.25 6.01
1.90
0.14 1 9.54 1
Windward wall = 1.22 x 7.82 = 9.54

Leeward wall = -0.018 x 7.82 = -0.14
Zone A(Roof) = -1.421x 7.82 = -11.11
Zone C (Roof) = -1.118 x 7.82 = -0.92
Zone E (Roof) = -0.498 x 7.82 = -3.89
Zone G(Roof) = 0.088 x 7.82 = 0.69
262
W I N D LO A D S
11.11 3.89
0.92
0.69
9.54 ► 0.14
3.89 11.11
0.92
0.69
0.14 9.54
Zone A (Roof) = -1.421 x 7.82/ 2 = -5.56

Zone C (Roof) = -0.118 x 7.82/ 2 = -0.46
Zone E (Roof) = -0.498 x 7.82/ 2 = -1.95
Zone G (Roof) = -0.88 x 7.82/ 2 = -0.344
Therefore, the net pressure for end wall columns needs to be recalculated with Cae =
1.00
pe = qs Cpe Cae
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 1.000 = -1.843

Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 1.000 = -1.134
p i = q s C pi Cai
263
W I N D LO A D S
all walls = 1.418 x -0.39 x 0.986 = -0.545

p = pe - pi
Zone A (Walls) = -1.843 – (-0.545) = -1.298

Zone B (Walls) = -1.134 – (-0.545) = -0.589
Corner columns
Zone A (Walls) = -1.298 x 5.071/ 2 = -3.29 kN/ m
Interior columns
Zone B (Walls) = -0.589 x 5.071 = -2.98 kN/ m
5.56 1 .95
0.46
0.344
2.98 3.29
1.95 5.56
0.46
3.29 2.98

Wind ward wall = 1.22 x 7.82/ 2 = 4.77
Leeward wall = -0.018 x 7.82/ 2 = -0.07
Width D = 35.5 m
= 0.02
264
W I N D LO A D S
= q s Cf A s Cae
= 1.418 x 0.02 x 157.25 x 0.792 = 3.53 kN
= 3.53 / 2 = 1.77 kN

1.77
1.77
1 4.28 0.56 |
i.) Walls coefficien ts
are,
A = 0.2 b = 3.4 m, B = b-A = 13.6 m, C = W–A–B = 35.5–3.4–13.6=18.5 m

265
W I N D LO A D S
r
-i
WA%
-i
r
6 .0
53 o<0
-
AL OSo
CP
A<E>
O<3
0 <D
O
3-
A
433- <L
<C-3
3*.
W. 33
O,
O
**%> O,
''V
■
o,
o
Loaded Zone along Sidewo for Wind

End Case
= sqrt ( H 2 + W 2 ) = sqrt ( 8.52 + 35.5 2)

= 36.50 m
p e = q s C pe Ca
Wind ward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.852 = 0.725

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.852 = -0.604
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.852 = -1.571
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.852 = -0.967
Zone C (Walls = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.852 = -0.604
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.39 x 0.986 = -0.545
p = pe - pi
Wind ward wall = 0.725 – (-0.545) = 1.27
266
W I N D LO A D S
Leeward wall = -0.604 – (-0.545) = -0.059

Zone A (Walls) = -1.571 – (-0.545) = -1.026
Zone B (Walls) = -0.967 – (-0.545) = -0.42
Zone C (Walls) = -0.604 – (-0.545) = -0.059

Total end wall area = 333.25 m2

Roof,
= 59.78 kN
Wall,
= 12.56 kN

= 48.99 Kn
267
W I N D LO A D S
TOTAL LOAD = 119.4

T OTAL DRAG FORCE = 72.34
44.4 44.4 44.4

105.81+18.09 4.92+18.09
W IND DIRECTION
The end wall columns will be governed by the wind ward coefficient, but as before
the size effect factor may be conservatively taken as 1.00, hence we need to
p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 1.000 = 0.850

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.000 = -0.709
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.39 x 0.986 = -0.545
p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.850 – (-0.545) = 1.395

Leeward wall = -0.709 – (-0.545) = -0.164 (Will not control)

ivi) Roof coefficients
from (Table 10)
268
W I N D LO A D S
0
\
c>
X
/
CD
z
CD
/
CD
Z
>
CD
0
cn
8500
4 \V
/ \
w
y
// *
// ,
*6
& $
0
I?
A/
<y
©&
$

Length of loaded zone A & B = b / 4 = 17 / 4 = 4.25 m
Note:
a = sqrt [ (0.5W)2 + (0.5W x Tan Ө)2 + L2 ]
a = sqrt [ (0.5 x 35.5)2 + (0.5 x 35.5 x Tan 5.71)2 + 78.22 ]
= 80.20 m
p e = q s C pe Cae
Zone A (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.97 x 0.792 = -2.212
Zone B (Roof) = 1.418 x -1.13 x 0.792 = -1.268
Zone C (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.60 x 0.792 = -0.674
Zone D (Roof) = 1.418 x -0.49 x 0.792 = -0.554
269
W I N D LO A D S
p i = q s C pi Cai
all roof = 1.418 x -0.39 x 0.986 = -0.545
Now, the Net pressu re ( p ) on the roof are,
p = pe - pi
Zone A (Roof) = -2.212 – (-0.545) = -1.67

Zone B (Roof) = -1.268 – (-0.545) = -0.72
Zone C (Roof) = -0.674 – (-0.545) = -0.129
Zone D (Roof) = -0.554 – (-0.545) = -0.009
Zone B (Walls) = -0.42 x 7.82 = -3.28
Zone D (Roof) = -0. 009 x 7.82 = -0.70
Zone A + C (Roof) = (-1.67 –0 .129)/ 2 = -0.90

Zone B + C (Roof) = (-0.72 -0.129)/ 2 = -0.42
= -0.90 x 7.82/ 2 = -3.52 kN/ m

= -0.42 x 7.82/ 2 = -1.64 kN/ m
0.70 0.70
3.28 3.28
3.52 3.52
1.64 1.64
270
W I N D LO A D S
Wall Panels
they may be subjected to in their zone. The zone A, B, C on sid ewall and endwall

C ai = 0.986

p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 1.00 = 0.850

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.00 = -0.709
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 1.00 = -1.843
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 1.00 = -1.134
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 1.00 = -0.709
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.39 x 0.986 = -0.545

p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.850 – (-0.545) = 1.395

Leeward wall = -0.709 – (-0.545) = -0.164
Zone A (Walls) = -1.843 – (-0.545) = -1.298
Zone B (Walls) = -1.134 – (-0.545) = -0.589
Zone C (Walls) = -0.709 – (-0.545) = -1.164
271
W I N D LO A D S
Wall Girts

= sqrt ( 1.752 + 7.822 ) = 8.01 m.

C ai = 0.986

p e = q s C pe Cae
Windward wall = 1.418 x 0.60 x 0.965 = 0.821

Leeward wall = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.965 = -0.684
Zone A (Walls) = 1.418 x -1.30 x 0.965 = -1.779
Zone B (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.80 x 0.965 = -1.095
Zone C (Walls) = 1.418 x -0.50 x 0.965 = -0.684
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.39 x 0.986 = -0.545

p = pe - pi
Windward wall = 0.821 – (-0.545) = -1.366

Leeward wall = -0.684 - (-0.545) = -0.139
Zone A (Walls) = -1.779 - (-0.545) = -1.234
Zone B (Walls) = -1.095 - (-0.545) = -0.55
Zone C (Walls) = -0.684 - (-0.545) = -0.139
Roof Panels
272
W I N D LO A D S

C ai = 0.986
1:10.

For Wind End Case


(A+C) / 2 = -(1.97 + 0.60)/ 2 = -1.29 (Governs)
(B+C) / 2 = -(1.13 + 0.60)/ 2 = -0.87 (Not Governing)
Corner = -1.75
Eave = -1.17
Interior = -0.59
End Bay = -1.29
p e = q s C pe Cae
Corners = 1.418 x -1.75 x 1.00 = -2.48

Eave = 1.418 x -1.17 x 1.00 = -1.66
Interior = 1.418 x -0.59 x 1.00 = -0.84
End Bay = 1.418 x -1.29 x 1.00 = -1.83
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.39 x 0.986 = -0.545

p = pe - pi
273
W I N D LO A D S
Corner = -2.48 – (-0.545) = -1.94

Eave = -1.66 – (-0.545) = -1.12
Interior = -0.82 – (-0.545) = -0.285
End Bay = -1.83 – (-0.545) = -1.29
Roof Purlin s

= sqrt ( 1.752 + 7.822 ) = 8.01 m.

C ai = 0.986
1:10.

For Wind End Case

(A+C) / 2 = -(1.97 + 0.60)/ 2 = -1.29 (Governs)
(B+C) / 2 = -(1.13 + 0.60)/ 2 = -0.87 (Not Governing)
Corner = -1.75
p e = q s C pe Cae
274
W I N D LO A D S
Corners = 1.418 x -1.75 x 0.965 = -2.395

Eave Purlins = 1.418 x -1.17 x 0.965 = -1.601
p i = q s C pi Cai
all walls = 1.418 x -0.39 x 0.986 = -0.545

p = pe - pi
Corner = -2.395 – (-0.545) = -1.85

Eave Purlins = -1.601 – (-0.545) = -1.056
Interior Purlins = -0.794 – (-0.545) = -0.249
End Bay Purlins = -1.765 – (-0.545) = -1.22
275
Chapter
SE I S M I C L O A D S
Seismic Loads
ED
03
AISC 2005
Seismic Design
D efinition
Generally, seismic force resisting systems are classified into three levels of
Man ual
performance, d esignated as, “Ordinary”, “Intermediate” or “Special”,
d epend ing on the level of ductility that the system is expected to provide.
A system designated as ‘Ordinary’ is detailed to meet certain ductility and redundancy

requirements, but the requirements are not as stringent as those of systems classified as
‘Intermediate’ OR ‘Special’.
Also, structures not specifically designed or detailed for seismic resistance by the
Seism ic Provisions are referred to as “Low Seismic Structures”
It is important to note, however that even low seismic steel structures possess some
inherent amount of seismic resistance, which may be adequate to resist a limited
amount of seismic demand. Structures with Response Modification Factor (R) <= 3
may be classified as low seismic structures.
1
S E I S M I C L O A D S
Earth q uak e Groun d Motion and Structure Response Spectra: Earthquake cause
vibratory ground motions that may occur in all directions. The horizontal
components of these m otions produce horizontal ground accelerations, which
cause structu ral accelerations and impart energy to the structure. Earthquake
motions are a complex com bination of many displacements acting at different
vibration frequencies so that the energy imparted to the structure is caused by
the combined effect of many accelerations acting at many frequencies. A spectral
response of these accelerations is a graphical summary of peak response
accelerations for a large num ber of ground m otion natural periods of vibration.
The figure below (Typical Acceleration Spectrum) shows that most of the
earthquake accelerations (and hence the energy imparted to the structure) fall in
a natural period range of 0.2 seconds to 1.0 second, thus structures with natural
periods in this range will collect more energy than structures with periods
outsid e this range. A typical 2 storey building has a period near 0.2 seconds, and
the period for a 10-storey building is approximately 10 seconds. Since these
frequencies are in the portion of the spectrum that contains most of the
earthquake energy, buildings with 10 stories and less tend to feel the earthquake
more than taller structures. Low rise buildings also tend to be stiff and tall
structures tend to be flexible. A short (generally less than 10 stories) stiff structure
tends to attract a larger percentage of a displacement induced force than a
flexible structure. For these two reasons, earthquake –induced forces in stiff
structures tend to be a larger percentage of the structures weight than those in
flexible taller structures. Tall flexible structures generally experience a greater
total deflection (d rift).
Acceleration
a I t:
T
0.2 Sec 1.0 Sec Period, T
w Ground motion
Stiff structure
W Ground motion
Typical acceleration spectrum
2
L. .J
-ÿ
•H
1 [ i
N Groundmotion
Flexiblestructure
Groundmotion
Seismic Use Grou p (SUG): The expected performance of a structure is

d etermined by assigning it to a Seism ic Use Group. There are three SUGs (I, II,
III) based on the nature of the structure’s occupancy and the risk to the society
that would be a consequence of earthquake damage to the structure. Also
importance factors are based on the SUG.
Seismic Design Category (SDC): Buildings subject to seismic forces are designed
to allow inelastic, d uctile deformations of the system. A building’s Seismic
Design Category establishes the minimum required performance level of the
structure, based on locations, soil conditions, and intended occupancy. The SDC
may lim it the framing system types that are permitted for use based on the
required level of d uctile performance for the structural system. There are six
SDCs, designated by the letters A, B, C, D, E & F. A being the least severe and F
the most severe.
3
Seism ic Force on the structure result from the lateral acceleration d ue to the
earthquake ground m otion, essentially as a fu nction of,
F=m a. (Force = Mass x acceleration), The seismic force resisting system is
designed to resist the induced forces and dissipate the energy causing the
acceleration of the structure.
ASCE 7 describes six procedures for determining the distortions and forces in
structures subject to earthquake ground motion. These are listed below in order
of increasing calculation difficulty and expected accuracy.
1. Index Force proced ure

2. Simplified Analysis proced ure
3. Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) proced ure
4. Modal Analysis p roced ure (resp onse Spectrum Analysis)
5. Push-Over Analysis proced ure (an inelastic static analysis of p rogressive
yield ing through the structu re)
6. Inelastic Response History Analysis (stepwise integration of equations of
motion)
The index force and simplified analysis proced ures are ‘alternate’ method s that
have lim ited application and must be approved by the authority having
jurisdiction. The remaining m ethods account for dissipation of earthquake input
energy by inelastic distortion of the structure.
The Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) procedure and the mod al analysis procedure
involve linear elastic analysis that use earthquake effects adjusted to account for
expected inelastic behavior of the structure. Both are approximate method s of
analysis useful within the limitations on their applicability (see FEMA 369). The
last two methods ‘Pushover analysis & inelastic response history analysis’ are
generally not required except in high seismic risk situations.
According to ASCE 7, the Equivalent Lateral Force method is permitted for all
structures, except those su bjected to the most severe earthquake cond itions, and
the modal analysis is permitted for all structures. Both analysis use four
important seism ic param eters,
1. Response modification factors (R)
2. The over strength factor (Wo)
3. The deflection amplification factor (Cd )
4. The reliability / red undancy factor (ρ)
4
Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF): This method involves application of a set of

representative or equivalent forces on each level of the structure that prod uce
horizontal deflections that approxim ate the deflections cau sed by the ground
motion. A total horizontal force, called the Seismic Base Shear (Vs) is first
computed. The base shear is distributed vertically to each level of the structure as
forces Fx at each level. A linear elastic analysis is then performed to determine the
seismic force effects Q E (axial, shear and moment forces) in the structural
components, the components are then designed for these forces. Accord ing to
ASCE 7-02, the Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) analysis procedure is perm itted
for all structures except those subjected to most severe earthquake conditions.
Response Modification Factor (R): The Seismic Design Category is used, along
with the lateral system type to establish a minimum level of inelastic, d uctile
performance that is required for a structure. The corresponding expected system
performance is codified in the form of R-factor, which is a red uction factor to the
lateral force to balance the level of d uctility in a structural system with the
required strength of the system. With a higher R-factor the system is expected to
exhibit a greater deformation capacity and may be designed for a lower
equivalent lateral force in the linear elastic analysis. In order for a system to
utilize higher R factors, the system must be able to form multiple yield
mechanisms and the non ductile elements of the system m ust have appropriate
over strength factor (Wo) in order to support the formation of the yield
mechanisms and support the d ynam ic response modification of the system due
to increased dam ping and period change. If this cannot be achieved lower value
of R-factor should be used in the design and detailing of the structure. Steel
framing structures not specifically designed and detailed for high seismic
resistance should utilize R-factor less than or equal to 3. These systems are
permitted in Seismic Design Category A, B and C only. R-factor greater than 3
are intended to be used for structures which are specially designed and d etailed
to meet the required Seismic Provisions and the AISC specifications. The 3
examples are as below,
5
S
L O A D
M I C
S E I S
en er a lly
C B F ): T h ese a r e g y ield in g a
nd
r a m e (S te n s io n
Br a ce d F occu r by m s are
c e n trica ll y ip a tio n w ill o f su ch sy ste
l C o n
1. S p e cia d s o th a t th e en er g
y d is s ne cti o n s ia g on a l
r e e b r a c e s . Th e con g o d e fo r m a tion . (D
con fig u k lin g in th y u n d er
r e ssio n b u c e la stic a s th e
or c o m p m in a ll y n tr icit y )
to r em a in n o w it h ou t ecce so
e xp e c te d
e r b r a cin g sy s te m
n e r a lly con fig u r ed
Br a cin g s,
oth s are ge ld in g
): T h ese sy stem d o r flexu r a l y ie
e (E B F g a n m u st
a ll y B r a ce d Fr a m u r b y s h ea r y ield in r a ces a n d colu m n s
2. Ecce n
tr ic w ill o cc ction s , b
e n e r g y d iss ip a tion e th e li n k , con n e a s th ey u n
d er g o
th a t m o u ts id y e la s ti c
. Th e b ea om in a ll
in th e lin k o n e d to r em a in n
ro p or ti
th en be p o th a t
a ti o n s. y c o n fig u r ed s
d efo r m en e r a ll ea r , b u t
M F ): T h ese a r e g g in th e g ir d er s n on s of
(S in
l M o m e n t Fr a m e b y fl e x u r a l y ield m n s . T h e con n e cti
ill occu r th e colu
3. S p e cia s ip a tion w on of th e g ir d er s to u st b e
e n e r g y d is
e c ti s th e m selv es m a tio n s.
a y fr o m th e c o n n
s a n d th e colu m n
y u n d e r g o d efor m
aw
r s to th e c
olu m n stic a s th e
th e g ir d e a in n o m in a lly ela
n ed to r em r a m es etc.)
p r op or tio r ta l F
ig id F r a m e s, P o
(R
Bucking
Yielding tic
Nominal Elas
Elements
tic
Nominal Elas
Elements
Yielding
'S-
A Ductile EBF
ed frames
Ductile brac
Nominal
Yielding Elastic
Elements
ent frames
Ductile mom
6
As a result of these special requirements, which force deformations to occur in

specific locations, R greater than 3 design and construction will generally cost
more than R less than or equal to 3 design and construction. The design
provisions for R greater than 3 are also intended to result in distributed
d eformations through out the frame to increase the level of available energy
d issipation. The connections in such case are more robust to transm it the
member strength based force demands. Net sections will often require special
attention to avoid having fracture.
Red un dancy Factor (rIT ): Adequate redundancy factor is ensured when a large
nu mber of hinges form throughout the structure in a progressive manner and
when no one element is required to provide full seismic resistance of the
structure. To account for a m inimum level of redundancy in the structure the
reliability factor (r ) is used based on the floor area and the number of frames
resisting the seismic force. When the structures do have redundancy these factors
amplifies the lateral seismic force used in the design of lateral system. The elastic
analysis of the Seismic Force Resisting Structure (SFRS) is performed using base
shear (Vs) based on the tabulated value of (R) and (r ) is applied to the resulting
Q E m ember force effects.
For structures in SDCs A, B, and C (r ) = 1.00 is permitted. For SDCs D, E & F the
reliability factor (r ) should be computed and used in all structures in SDCs D, E,
and F. Because the need for redundancy in Special Moment Frames (SMF) in
SDC D m ust be configured so that the computed value of (r ) does not exceed
1.25, and SMF in SDC E & F m ust be configured so that (r ) does not exceed
1.10. These limitations are intended to provide sufficient redundancy in what are
typically drift controlled systems.
Over Strength Factor (Ωo ): All seismic force resisting systems rely on dissipation
of earthquake energy through some varying level of inelastic behavior. However,
d uctility must be used with care, as the details can affect the level of ductility
available. To account for this, an over strength factor (Ωo ), is used and the specific
components that m ust be designed to remain nominally elastic are designed for
an amplified force equal to Ωo Q E. The locations where this factor must be
consid ered are stipulated in the seismic provisions.
7
Structural Deflection and Story Drift: Adequ acy of a seismic load resisting
system (SLRS) requires that it be suitable to undergo the deformation that result
as its com ponents deform inelastically to dissipate earthquake energy. A
build ing with a properly designed SLRS can still behave poorly if the non-SLRS
structural components are not able to safely deform along with the SLRS.
Likewise non-structural components such as exterior cladding and curtain walls
can pose failing hazards or impede egress from the build ing if they are not
secured to the building in a manner that is compatible with the deformations of
the structural components.
Stability Coefficient: The stability coefficient, θ (ASCE 7-05) is a m easure of the

structure’s sensitivity to second order effects at each story level x: When θ <=
0.10, second order effects are negligible. When 0.1 < θ<= θ maximum moments
and forces are increased by multiplying the storey shear Vx (obtained by ELF
analysis) by the multiplier θ (1- θ) and recomputing the seismic forces in the
story. The design story drift ∆ is also amplified by this multiplier. The
maximum value of θ max given in ASCE 7-05 represents a level of deformation
that is considered excessive.
Drift Limits: Seismic design requirements includ e drift limits, usually expressed
in terms of storey drifts. Limiting story drift helps control component inelastic
strain in the Seismic Load Resisting System (SLRS) and to maintain structu ral
stability. Drift limitations also help to reduce dam age to non-structural building
components. Design story d rift limits are given in ASCE 7-05. Where second
order effects must be included, the amplified ∆ is used in the drift limit check.
In the subsequent pages the procedure of previous codes are briefly d escribed
with exam ples in order to provide an overview of all the recent cod es.
8
MBMA 1986
EO Required Design Data
03 1. Seismic Zone
a. Range = 0,1, 2, 3 & 4
MBMA 86
b. Default = 2 (unless specified in the PIF)
Section 7.0
Seismic Zone (Figu re 7.1) MBMA 86
Seismic Zone Num eric Zone Coefficient = Z
0 0.00
1 0.1875
2 0.375
3 0.75
4 1.00
Eqn . 7.1 Seism ic Base Sh ear (V) = 0.14 Z K W
Where,
K = 1.00 for moment resisting frames

= 1.33 for load bearing frames or shear walls.
W = Total dead load including collateral loads and partition etc. (kN)
25% of the floor live load in storage and warehouse occupancies.
25% of snow load, if greater than 1.49 kN/ m 2.
Note:- Allowab le stresses may be increased 33% for wind and seismic.
9
Example
Exam ple :- 6.1
Given Data:-
Building Use = Warehouse
Roof Dead Load = 0.10 kN/ m 2
Roof Collateral Load = 0.20 kN/ m 2
Wall Dead Load = 0.10 kN/ m 2
Width = 32500 mm
Length = 61280 mm
Roof Slope = 0.5:10 ( θ = 2.862 )
Peak Height = 8362 mm
Symmetry = about rid ge
Frame weight = 25 kN (approx.)
Endwall Weight = 18 kN (approx.)
Seism ic Zone =3
Solution:-
The two Seismic Force Resisting System in Metal buildings are, “Main Rigid
Frames” in the transverse direction and the “Cross Bracing or Portal Frames” in
the longitudinal direction.
1) Calculate the total weight ‘W’ of structure in transverse direction,
Roof Dead weight = Unit weight x Bay Spacing x Wid th

= 0.10 x 7.66 x 32.5 = 24.90 kN
Collateral weight = 0.20 x 7.66 x 32.5 = 49.80 kN
Wall Dead weight = Unit weight x Bay Spacing x Eave Height x 2 walls / 2
= 0.10 x 7.66 x 7.55 x 2 / 2 = 5.80 kN
Frame weight = 25 = 25.00 kN
Total Weight ‘W’ = 24.9+49.8+5.80+25 = 105.5 kN
Therefore, the Seismic Base Shear is calculated as below,

K = 1.00 for m oment resisting frames,
Z = 0.75 for Zone 3
V = 0.14 Z K W
V = 0.14 x 0.75 x 1.00 x 105.5 = 11.08 kN
10
The total base shear is applied on the frame at left and right side eave points, and
two cases are checked, as shown below. For a m ulti-span the load s are
distributed depending upon interior column top and bottom connection.
V V
2 2
CLEAR SPAN
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
CASE-2 (FORCES IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION)
V
PINNED TOP
PINNED BASE
V V
2 2
MULTI-SPAN
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
V
FIXED TOP
PINNED OR FIXED
BASE
V V V
3 3 3
MULTI-SPAN
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
11
Assuming that the building has mezzanine in full area,

Floor Dead weight = 3.00 kN/ m 2
Floor Live weight = 5.00 kN/ m 2
Top of Concrete = 3750 mm (approx. center of beam 3500 m m)
Floor Dead weight = 3.00 x 7.66 x 32.5 = 747 kN
25% of floor live load, since the building is a warehouse

Floor Live weight = 5.00 x 7.66 x 32.5 x 0.25 = 312 kN
Hence total weight ‘W 1’ at mezzanine level h 1 = 3.5 m,

= 747 + 312 = 1059 kN
We know the weight at roof level is ‘W 2’ at eave level h 2 = 7.55 m

= 105.5 kN
Total Weight (W 1 + W 2) = 105.5 + 1059 = 1164.5 kN
Therefore,
V = 0.14 x 0.75 x 1.00 x 1164.5 = 122 kN
V1 = (W 1 h 1 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 1059 x 3.5 / ( 1059 x 3.5 + 105.5 x 7.55 )] x 122
= 100.4 kN
V2 = (W 2 h 2 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 105.5 x 7.55 / ( 1059 x 3.5 + 105.5 x 7.55 )] x 122
= 21.6 kN
Now to calculate the Longitu dinal Base shear, we need to calculate the total
building weight, assuming the structure with mezzanine,
Total roof dead weight,
= unit weight x width x length
= 0.10 x 32.5 x 61.28 = 199.16 kN
Total roof collateral weight,
= 0.20 x 32.5 x 61.28 = 398.32 kN
Total sid ewall dead weight,
= unit weight x length x eave height x 2 / 2
= 0.10 x 61.28 x 7.55 x 2 / 2 = 46.27 kN
Total end wall weight = unit weight x width x (eave height + peak height) / 2
= 0.10 x 32.5 x (7.55 + 8.36) / 2 = 25.85 kN
12
V2
V1
V1+V2 V1+V2
2 2
CLEAR SPAN
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
V2
PINNED
V1 -e-
PINNED BASE
V1+V2 4+
V1+V2
2 2
CLEAR SPAN
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
V2
FIXED TOP
V1
PINNED BASE
V1 V2 V1 V1 V1 V1 V2
+ -0* +
4 2 4 4 4 4 2
CLEAR SPAN
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
13
Total Frame weight = unit weight x number of frames

= 25 x 7 = 175.0 kN
Total End wall weight = 18 x 2 = 36.00 kN
Hence the weight at roof level is ‘W2’ at eave level h 2 = 7.55 m

= 199.16 + 398.32 + 46.27 + 25.85 + 175 + 36 = 880.60 kN
Total mezzanine dead weight,

= unit weight x width x length
= 3 x 32.5 x 61.28 = 5974.8 kN
Total mezzanine 25% live weight,
= unit weight x wid th x length x 0.25
= 5 x 32.5 x 61.28 x 0.25 = 2489.5 kN
Hence total weight ‘W 1’ at mezzanine level h 1 = 3.5 m,
= 5974.8 + 2489.5 = 8464.3 kN
Therefore total weight ‘W’
= 8464.3 + 880.60 = 9344.9 kN
Hence, total base shear, ‘V’
V = 0.14 x 0.75 x 1.00 x 9344.9 = 981 kN
This force should be divided by 2 for distributing to 2 sidewalls,
= 981 / 2 = 490 kN
Now distributing this force along the sidewall to mezzanine and eave level
V1 = (W 1 h 1 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 8464.3 x 3.5 / ( 8464.3 x 3.5 + 880.6 x 7.55 )] x 490
= 400 kN
V2 = (W 2 h 2 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 880.6 x 7.55 / ( 8464.3 x 3.5 + 880.6 x 7.55)] x 490
= 90 kN
V2
V1
V1+V2 V1+V2 V1+V2

3 3 3
SIDEWALL ELEVATION
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
14
ED MBMA 1996
03 Required Design Data
1. Peak Velocity Acceleration Coefficient (A v)

MBMA 96 a. Range = A v < 0.05 to 0.40
Section 7.0 b. Default = 0.20 (Unless specified in PIF)
2. Peak Acceleration (Aa)

a. Range = A a < 0.05 to 0.40
b. Default = 0.10 (Unless specified in PIF)
Seism ic Coefficient C a (Table 7.4.1.1) MBMA 96
Aa 0.049 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40

Ca = Aa 0.08 0.16 0.28 0.36 0.44
3. Build ing Use Category (Importance Factor)

a. Range = I , II , III , IV
b. Default = II (Unless specified in PIF)
4. Structural System
a. Rigid / Portal - Ordinary Moment Frames (R=4.5)
b. Bearing Frames - Ordinary Moment Frames (R=4.5)
c. Diagonal Bracings - Concentric Braced Frames (R=5.0)
Eqn . 7.2 Seism ic Design Coefficient ( Cs ) = 2.5 C a / R
Eqn . 7.1 Seismic Base Sh ear (V) = Cs W
Where,
25% of the floor live load in storage occupancies.
33% increase in stresses is not allowed for seismic.
15
Exam ple :- 6.2
Using the building data from Example 6.1, other seismic data as below,
Peak Velocity Acceleration Coefficient (A v) = 0.15
Peak Acceleration (Aa ) = 0.15
Therefore from Table 7.4.1.1, Ca = 0.22 (Interpolated )
Building use category = II
Calculating the base shear in transverse d irection, from example 6.1, without
considering mezzanine we know the total weight ‘W’,
= 105.5 kN
Seismic Design Coefficient ( Cs )
= 2.5 Ca / R
= 2.5 x 0.222 / 4.5 (R=4.5 for Rigid Frames)
= 0.123
Seismic Base Shear ( V ) = Cs W
= 0.123 x 105.5 = 13.01 kN
Now if we consider the mezzanine, we know that,

Total weight ‘W 1’ at mezzanine level h 1 = 3.5 m,
= 747 + 312 = 1059 kN
And the weight at roof level is ‘W 2’ at eave level h 2 = 7.55 m

= 105.5 kN
Total Weight (W 1 + W 2) = 105.5 + 1059 = 1164 kN
Therefore,
V = 0.123 x 1164 = 144 kN
V1 = (W 1 h 1 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 1059 x 3.5 / ( 1059 x 3.5 + 105.5 x 7.55 )] x 144
= 119 kN
V2 = (W 2 h 2 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 105.5 x 7.55 / ( 1059 x 3.5 + 105.5 x 7.55 )] x 144
= 25 kN
16
Similarly the longitudinal direction,

The total weight ‘W 1’ at mezzanine level h 1 = 3.5 m,
= 5974.8 + 2489.5 = 8464.3 kN

= 199.16 + 398.32 + 46.27 + 25.85 + 175 + 36 = 880.60 kN

= 8464.3 + 880.60 = 9345 kN
R=5.0 for Diagonal bracing,
Hence we need to recalculate the total base shear, ‘V’
Seismic Design Coefficient ( Cs )

= 2.5 Ca / R
= 2.5 x 0.222 / 5
= 0.111
Seismic Base Shear ( V )= C s W
= 0.111 x 9345 = 1037 kN

= 1037 / 2 = 519 kN
V1 = (W 1 h 1 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 8464.3 x 3.5 / ( 8464.3 x 3.5 + 880.60 x 7.55 )] x 519
= 424 kN
V2 = (W 2 h 2 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 880.60 x 7.55 / ( 8464.3 x 3.5 + 880.60 x 7.55)] x 519
= 95 kN
17
UBC 1997
Req uired Design Data
Eft
ft 3 1. Seismic Zone
a. Range = 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4
b. Default = 2B
UBC 1997
Section 1626
Seism ic Zone Factor (Table 16-I) UBC 97
Seism ic Zon e Seismic Zon e Factor = Z
1 0.075
2A 0.150
2B 0.200
3 0.300
4 0.400
2. Soil Profile Type.

a. Range = A, B, C, D, E & F (SA, SB, SC, SD, SE & SF in UBC code)
b. Default = D (Unless specified in PIF)
3. Structural System
a. Rigid / Portal Frames - Ord inary Moment Frames. (R=4.5)
(R = 8.0 for Zone 1)
b. Bearing Frames - Ordinary Moment Frames. (R=4.5)
c. Diagonal Bracing – Ord inary Braced Frames (R=5.6)
4. Seismic coefficient Ca
a. Default = 0.28
Seism ic coefficient C a (Table 16-Q) UBC 97

Seism ic Zone
Soil Profile
Z=1 Z=2A Z=2B Z=3 Z=4
A 0.06 0.12 0.16 0.24 0.32 N a
B 0.08 0.15 0.20 0.30 0.40 N a
C 0.09 0.18 0.24 0.33 0.40 N a
D 0.12 0.22 0.28 0.36 0.44 N a
E 0.19 0.30 0.34 0.36 0.36 N a
F Special site specific analysis should be performed
18
Simp lified Design Base Shear
Eqn . 30.11 Seism ic Base Sh ear ( V ) = 3 Ca W / R
Where,
25% of the floor live load in storage and warehouses occupancies.
Minimum of 0.48 kN/ m 2 if partitions are present.
Note:- 33% increase in stresses is not allowed for seismic.
(For other method s of calculating Seismic Base Shear see UBC 1997)
Structures shall be d esigned for seismic ground motion and forces in any
horizontal d irection, the following Seismic load shall be used in the load
combinations,
Eqn . 30.1 E = r Eh + Ev
Eqn . 30.2 Em = Ωo Eh
Where,
E = the earthquake load on an element of the structure resulting from the
combination of horizontal component Eh and vertical component Ev.
Eh = the earthquake load d ue to base shear, V.
Ev = may be taken as zero (0) for ASD.
Ωo = the seismic force amplification factor, required for structural over
strength. (Default = 2.8, minim um = 2, see UBC 97 Table 16-N)
r = Reliability / Redundancy factor. (Min. = 1.0, Max. =1.5)
19
Exam ple :- 6.3
Seism ic Zone = 2A
Therefore, Seismic Zone Factor ‘Z’ = 0.15 (Refer Table 16-I)
Soil Profile type =C
Therefore, Seism ic Coefficient ‘Ca’ = 0.18 (Refer Table 16-Q)
Considering the building without mezzanine, we know ‘W’ = 105.5 kN

Seismic Base Shear ( V ) = 3 Ca W / R
= 3 x 0.18 x 105.5 / 4.5 (R=4.5 for Rigid Frames)
= 12.66 kN
In order to use these load in combination with other loads, we need to consider
‘E’ as in equation 30.1 above, say the load com bination as per UBC 97 is as below
0.9D ± E / 1.4 Eqn. 12-10
E = r Eh + Ev r = 1.00 without mezzanine,

E = 1.00 x V + 0 Ev = 0 for ASD
E =V
For the design of moment connections ‘Em ’ shou ld be used ,
Em = Ωo Eh Ωo = 2.80
Em = 2.8 V
So when we are designing the frames we should use E=V for all load
combinations with seismic loads, and for the connection design for any load
combination with seismic load s, use E = Em = 2.8 V in the sam e combination.
Therefore the above load combination for frame design will be,
0.9D ± ( V / 1.4 )
Therefore the above load com bination for connection design will be,
0.9D ± (2.8 V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± 2 V
20

= 747 + 312 = 1059 kN

= 105.5 kN
Therefore,
V = 3 x 0.18 x 1165 / 4.5 = 140 kN
V1 = (W 1 h 1 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 1059 x 3.5 / ( 1059 x 3.5 + 105.5 x 7.55 )] x 140
= 115 kN
V2 = (W 2 h 2 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 105.5 x 7.55 / ( 1059 x 3.5 + 105.5 x 7.55 )] x 140
= 25 kN
0.9D ± E / 1.4 Eqn. 12-10
E = r Eh + Ev r = 1.50 with mezzanine,

E = 1.50 x V + 0 Ev = 0 for ASD
E = 1.5 V
0.9D ± ( 1.5 V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± 1.07 V
For connection design it is the same as above,
0.9D ± (2.8 V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± 2 V
21

= 5974.8 + 2489.5 = 8464.3 kN

= 199.16 + 398.32 + 46.27 + 25.85 + 175 + 36 = 880.60 kN

= 8464.3 + 880.60 = 9345 kN
Seismic Base Shear ( V ) = 3 Ca W / R

= 3 x 0.18 x 9345 / 5.6 = 901 kN

= 901 / 2 = 450 kN
V1 = (W 1 h 1 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 8464.3 x 3.5 / ( 8464.3 x 3.5 + 880.60 x 7.55 )] x 450
= 367.52 kN
V2 = (W 2 h 2 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 880.60 x 7.55 / ( 8464.3 x 3.5 + 880.60 x 7.55)] x 450
= 82.48 kN
The load combination for bracing member design with mezzanine will be,
0.9D ± ( V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± V
The load combination for bracing member d esign without mezzanine will be,
0.9D ± ( 1.5 V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± 1.07 V
The load combination for bracing connection design with or without m ezzanine
will be,
0.9D ± (2.8 V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± 2 V
22
Static Force Procedu re
Eqn. 30-8 Stru cture Period (T) = C t h n 3/4
Eqn. 30-4 Seismic Base Sh ear ( V ) = CV I W / R T
Eqn. 30-5 Maximu m Base Shear (V max) = 2.5 C a I W / R
Eqn. 30-6 Minimum Base Shear (V min ) = 0.11 C a I W
Eqn. 30-7 Minimum Base Shear (V min ) for Zon e 4

= 0.8 Z N v I W / R
Where,
Ct = Numerical coefficient = 0.085 for Steel as per section 1630.2.2
hn = Eave or mean height in meters
Cv = Seismic coefficient as per Table 16-R UBC 97
R = Numeric coefficient as per Table 16-N UBC 97
T = Structure Period in Second s.
Nv = Source nearness factor as per Table 16-T UBC 97
25% of the floor live load in storage and warehouses occupancies.
Minimum of 0.48 kN/ m 2 if p artitions are present.
Seism ic coefficient C V (Table 16-R) UBC 97

Seism ic Zone
Soil Profile
Z=1 Z=2A Z=2B Z=3 Z=4
A 0.06 0.12 0.16 0.24 0.32 N a
B 0.08 0.15 0.20 0.30 0.40 N a
C 0.13 0.25 0.32 0.45 0.56 N a
D 0.18 0.32 0.40 0.54 0.64 N a
E 0.26 0.50 0.64 0.84 0.96 N a
F Special site specific analysis should be performed
23
Exam ple :- 6.4
Seism ic Zone = 2A
Therefore, Seismic Zone Factor ‘Z’ = 0.15 (Refer Table 16-I)
Soil Profile type =C
Therefore, Seism ic Coefficient ‘Ca’ = 0.18 (Refer Table 16-Q)
Therefore, Seismic Coefficient ‘Cv’ = 0.25 (Refer Table 16-R)
Considering the building without mezzanine, we know ‘W’ = 105.5 kN

Calculate Structure Period (T) = C t h n 3/ 4
= 0.085 x 7.553/ 4 = 0.387
Seismic Base Shear ( V ) = CV I W / R T (R=4.5 for Rigid Frames)
= 0.25 x 1.00 x 105.5 / (4.5 x 0.387) = 15.15 kN
Maximum Base Shear (Vmax) = 2.5 Ca I W / R
= 2.5 x 0.18 x 1.00 x 105.5 / 4.5 = 10.55 kN
Minim um Base Shear (Vmin ) = 0.11 C a I W
= 0.11 x 0.18 x 1.00 x 105.5 = 2.09 kN
Therefore Seismic Base Shear = 10.55 kN
0.9D ± E / 1.4 Eqn. 12-10
E = r Eh + Ev r = 1.00 without mezzanine,

E = 1.00 x V + 0 Ev = 0 for ASD
E =V
For the design of moment connections ‘Em ’ shou ld be used ,
Em = Ωo Eh Ωo = 2.80
Em = 2.8 V
So when we are designing the frames we should use E=V for all load
combinations with seismic loads, and for the connection design for any load
combination with seismic load s, use E = Em = 2.8 V in the sam e combination.
0.9D ± ( V / 1.4 )
Therefore the above load com bination for connection design will be,
0.9D ± (2.8 V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± 2 V
24

= 747 + 312 = 1059 kN

= 105.5 kN
Therefore,
V
= CV I W / R T (R=4.5 for Rigid Frames)
= 0.25 x 1.00 x 1165 / (4.5 x 0.387) = 167.2 kN
Maxim um Base Shear (Vmax) = 2.5 Ca I W / R
= 2.5 x 0.18 x 1.00 x 1165 / 4.5 = 116.5 kN
= 0.11 x 0.18 x 1.00 x 1165 = 23.06 kN
Therefore Seismic Base Shear = 116.5 kN
V1 = (W 1 h 1 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 1059 x 3.5 / ( 1059 x 3.5 + 105.5 x 7.55 )] x 117
= 96 kN
V2 = (W 2 h 2 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 105.5 x 7.55 / ( 1059 x 3.5 + 105.5 x 7.55 )] x 117
= 21 kN
0.9D ± E / 1.4 Eqn. 12-10
E = r Eh + Ev r = 1.50 with mezzanine,

E = 1.50 x V + 0 Ev = 0 for ASD
E = 1.5 V
0.9D ± ( 1.5 V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± 1.07 V
For connection design it is the same as above,

0.9D ± (2.8 V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± 2 V
25

= 5974.8 + 2489.5 = 8464.3 kN

= 199.16+398.32+46.27+25.85+175+36 = 880.60 kN

= 8464.3 + 880.60 = 9345 kN
V
= CV I W / R T
= 0.25 x 1.00 x 9345 / (5.6 x 0.387) = 1078 kN
Maxim um Base Shear (Vmax) = 2.5 Ca I W / R
= 2.5 x 0.18 x 1.00 x 9345 / 5.6 = 751 kN
= 0.11 x 0.18 x 1.00 x 9345 = 185 kN
Therefore Seismic Base Shear = 751 kN

= 751 / 2 = 376 kN
V1 = (W 1 h 1 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 8464.3 x 3.5/ ( 8464.3 x 3.5+880.60 x 7.55 )] x 376
= 310 kN
V2 = (W 2 h 2 / Σ W h ) x V
= [ 880.60 x 7.55/ ( 8464.3 x 3.5+880.60 x 7.55)] x 376
= 66 kN
0.9D ± ( V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± V
0.9D ± ( 1.5 V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± 1.07 V
The load combination for bracing connection design with or without m ezzanine
will be,
0.9D ± (2.8 V / 1.4 ) = 0.9D ± 2 V
26
MBMA-2002 / IBC 2000 / ASCE 7-98

Required Design Data
1. Occupancy Category (Importance Factor)

Table 1-1 7-98
a. Range = I, II, III & IV
b. Default = II (Medium Hazard) (Unless specified in PIF)
2. Seismic Use Group
Table 1604.5 IBC 2000, Table 9.1.3 ASCE 7-98

Seismic Use Grou p
Occupancy Category
I II III
I X
II X
III X
IV X
3. Site Class
Tab le 9.4.1.2 7-98
a. Range = A, B, C, D, E & F
b. Default = D (as per IBC 1615.1.1 Unless specified in PIF)
Site Class Definitions Table 1615.1.1 IBC 2000, Table 9.4.1.2 ASCE 7-98
Site Class Soil Profile Name
A Hard rock
B Rock
C Very dense soil and soft rock
D Stiff soil profile
E Soil (see ASCE 7-98)
F (see ASCE 7-98)
4. Mapped Spectral Response Short (Ss)

a. Range = 0.15 to 2.50
5. Mapped Spectral Response 1 Second (S1)

a. Range = 0.04 to 1.00
Sec. 1616.6.3 IBC 2000 Note:-

Sec 9.5.2.5.3 7-98 For Regular Buildings less than 5 stories in SDC (D, E, F) with T =< 0.5
S S need n ot exceed 1.5 (S s=1.50 Maximum)

S 1 need not exceed 0.60 (S 1=0.60 Maximu m)
27
6. Response Mod ification Factor

Tab le 1617.6 IBC 2000
a. Rigid / Portal Frames - Ord inary Moment Frames. (R=4.00)
Page 1-164 M BM A 02
b. Endwalls w/ bracing - Ord inary Braced Frames. (R=5.00)
c. Sidewalls bracing – Ordinary Braced Frames. (R=5.00)
d. Blockwall - Ord inary Masonry Walls. (R=1.50)
7. Over-Strength Factor
Tab le 1617.6 IBC 2000
a. Rigid / Portal Frames - Ord inary Moment Frames. (Ωo =3.00)
b. Endwalls w/ bracing - Ord inary Braced Frames. (Ωo =2.00)
c. Sidewalls bracing – Ordinary Braced Frames. (Ωo =2.00)
d. Blockwall - Ord inary Masonry Walls. (Ωo =2.50)
Note:-
The Over-Strength Factor is used in the design of frame splice connections,

bracing, stru t purlin, stru t tu be etc, using the Sp ecial Seismic Load
Combinations 8 & 9 in LRFD and 11 & 12 in ASD (See chapter 9)
Minimum value of Ωo = 2.00 M axim um of Ωo = 3.00
The values of over-strength factor may be redu ced by 0.5 for flexib le
diaphragms such as metal sheeting, hence ab ove values are re-written as
below,
a. Rigid / Portal Frames - (red uced ) (Ωo =2.50)

a. Endwalls w/ bracing - (red uction not applicable) (Ωo =2.00)
b. Sidewalls bracing – (reduction not applicable) (Ωo =2.00)
c. Blockwall - (red uction not applicable) (Ωo =2.50)
(Reduction is not ap plicable since Ωo cannot be less than 2.00)
8. Deflection Amplification Factor

Tab le 1617.6 IBC 2000
e. Rigid / Portal Frames - Ord inary Moment Frames. (Ωo =3.50)
f. Endwalls w/ bracing - Ord inary Braced Frames. (Ωo =4.50)
g. Sidewalls bracing – Ordinary Braced Fram es. (Ωo =4.50)
h. Blockwall - Ord inary Masonry Walls. (Ωo =1.25)
Note:-
If the Response M odification Factor ‘R’ is less than or equal to 3 for Seism ic
Design Category ‘SDC’ (A, B, C) the use of Over-Strength Factor with Sp ecial
Seismic Load Combination s 8 & 9 in LRFD and 11 & 12 in ASD (See chapter 9)
need not be applied.
28
Values of Site coefficient (Fa ) Table 9.4.1.2.4a ASCE 7-98

Site Class Ss<=0.25 Ss =0.5 Ss=0.75 Ss=1.0 Ss>=1.25
A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
B 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
C 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0
D 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0
E 2.5 1.7 1.2 0.9 -
F Site Specific investigation shall be performed , See IBC 2000, ASCE 7-98
Values of Site coefficient (Fv) Table 9.4.1.2.4b ASCE 7-98

Site Class S 1<=0.10 S 1=0.2 S1=0.3 S1=0.4 S 1=>=0.50
A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
B 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
C 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3
D 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5
E 3.5 3.2 2.8 2.4 -
F Site Specific investigation shall be performed , See IBC 2000, ASCE 7-98
Seism ic Design Category Table 1616.3(1) IBC 2000, Table 9.4.2.1a ASCE 7-98
Occu pancy Category
Value of S DS
I II III
S DS < 0.167g A A A
0.167g <= S DS < 0.33g B B C
0.33g <= S DS < 0.50g C C D
0.50g <= S DS Da Da Da
Seism ic Design Category Table 1616.3(2) IBC 2000, Table 9.4.2.1b ASCE 7-98
Occu pancy Category
Value of S D1
I II III
S D1 < 0.067g A A A
0.067g <= SD1 < 0.133g B B C
0.133g <= SD1 < 0.20g C C D
0.20g <= SD1 Da Da Da
a – Seism ic Use Group I and II structu res located on sites with mapped maximu m considered earthquake spectral
response acceleration at 1-second period , S1, equal to or greater than 0.75g shall be assigned to Seism ic Design Category
‘E’ and Seismic Use Group III structures located on such sites shall be assigned to Seismic Design Category ‘F’
29
Seismic Base Shear
1. Lateral Forces (For Seismic Design Category, SDC = A Only)

(Applicable to SDC ‘A’ only as per Section 9.5.2.5.1 ASCE 7-98, for other
categories use Simplified Procedure or Equivalent Force Method)
The Design lateral force app lied at story ‘x’
Eqn . 9.5.2.5.1 7-98 (Fx) = 0.01 w x
Where,
w x = portion of the total gravity load of the structure, ‘W’, located or assigned to
level ‘x’.
Example
Exam ple :- 6.4
Using the same data as in Example 6.1, and considering that the SDC (Seismic
Design Category) is ‘A’
The total weight of build ing in transverse direction is
W = wx = 105.5 kN
Therefore,
V = Fx
Fx = 0.01 x w x
= 0.01 x 105.5 = 1.06 kN
30
2. Sim plified Procedure

(This proced ure has limited application; see section 9.5.3.8 of ASCE 7-98)
Eqn . 9.4.1.2.4-1 Maxim um Spectral Response Sh ort (S MS) = Fa S S
Eqn . 9.4.1.2.4-2 Maxim um Spectral Response 1 Secon d (S M1) = Fv S1
Eqn . 9.4.1.2.5-1 Design Spectral Response Short (SDS) = 2/3 x S MS
Eqn . 9.4.1.2.5-2 Design Spectral Response 1 Second (SD1) = 2/3 x S M1
Eqn. 9.5.3.8.1 Seismic Base Shear (V) = 1.2 S DS W / R
Where,
R = as per table 9.5.2.2 of ASCE 7-98
W = effective seismic weight of the structure, includ ing the total dead load and
other loads listed below,
1. In areas used for storage, a minimum of 25% of the reduced floor live load
(floor live load in public garages and open parking structures need not be
includ ed ).
2. Where an allowance for p artition load is included in the floor load design, the
actual partition weight or a minim um of 0.48 kN/ m 2 of floor area, whichever
is greater.
3. Total weight of permanent operating equipm ent.
4. 20% of flat roof snow load where flat snow load exceed s 1.44 kN/ m 2.
Simplified procedure is perm itted to be used for any stru cture in Seismic Use
Group I, with following exceptions,
Section 9.5.2.5 7-98
1. Buildings of light framed construction not exceeding 3 stories in height,
excluding basements,
2. Buildings of any construction other than light fram ed , not exceed ing 2
stories in height.
31
Vertical Distribution
Section 9.5.3.8.2 7-98
The forces at each level shall be calculated using the following formula:
Eqn. 9.5.3.8.2 Fx = 1.2 S DS w x / R
Where,
w x = portion of the seismic w eight of the structure, W, at level x
Exam ple :- 6.5
Assuming the same building d ata as in Example 6.1, and other seismic data as
below,
Occupancy Category = II
Hence, Importance factor ‘I’ = 1.00
Site Class =C
Mapped Spectral Response Short (Ss) = 0.50
Mapped Spectral Response 1 Sec. (S1) = 0.30
From Table 9.4.1.2.4a for Site Class ‘C’ and Ss = 0.50

Fa = 1.20
From Table 9.4.1.2.4b for Site Class ‘C’ and S1 = 0.30
Fv = 1.50
Maximum Spectral Response Short (SMS)

= Fa SS
= 1.20 x 0.50 = 0.60
Maximum Spectral Response 1 Second (SM1)

= Fv S1
= 1.50 x 0.30 = 0.45
Design Spectral Response Short (SDS) = 2/ 3 x SMS

= 2 / 3 x 0.60 =0.40
Design Spectral Response 1 Second (SD1)

= 2/ 3 x SM1
= 2/ 3 x 0.45 = 0.30
32
Therefore,
Seismic Design Category as per Short (SDS) = C (Table 9.4.2.1a)
Seismic Design Category as per 1 Second (SD1) = D (Table 9.4.2.1b)
Seismic Base Shear (V) = 1.20 SDS W / R

Where R = 4.00 for rigid frames
= 1.20 x 0.40 x 105.5 / 4.00
= 12.66 kN
For building with mezzanine
Where R = 4.00 for rigid frames
= 1.20 x 0.40 x 1164 / 4.00
= 139.69 kN
Now distributing the base shear at mezzanine and eave level,
At mezzanine level Fx1 = 1.2 SDS w x / R

= 1.2 x 0.40 x 1059 / 4.00
= 127 kN
At roof level Fx2 = 1.2 SDS w x / R
= 1.2 x 0.40 x 105.5 / 4.00
= 12.66 kN
Considering longitudinal direction,
Where R = 5.00 for Diagonal Bracings

= 1.20 x 0.40 x 9345 / 5.00
= 897 kN

= 897 / 2 = 448 kN

= 1.2 x 0.40 x 8464 / 5.00
= 813 kN

= 1.2 x 0.40 x 880.6 / 5.00
= 84.5 kN
33
3. Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure

(This procedure can be used for all structures except those subjected most severe
earthquake conditions, see MBMA 2002 page 1-160)
Eqn . 16-39 M BM A 02 Approxim ate Fundamental Period (T a) = C T h n 3/4
Eqn . 9.5.3.2.1-1 Seism ic Resp onse Coefficient (C s) = S DS I / R
Eqn . 9.5.3.2.1-2 Max. Seismic Response Coefficient (C s [max]) = S D1 I / T R
Eqn . 9.5.3.2.1-3 Min. Seism ic Response Coefficient (C s [min]) = 0.044 I S DS
(For Seism ic Category A , B , C & D)
Eqn . 9.5.3.2.1-4 Min. Seism ic Response Coefficient (C s [min]) = 0.50 S1 I / R
(For Seism ic Category E & F)
Eqn. 9.5.3.2-1 Seism ic Base Shear (V) = Cs W
Where,
CT = 0.085 for Moment Resisting frames.

= 0.0488 for Endwalls & Sid ewalls
= 0.0488 for Blockwalls and other structures
hn = Is the height of the building from base.
I = Importance Factor for Seism ic
W = total dead load and applicable portions of other loads listed below,
1. In areas used for storage, a minimum of 25% of the floor live load shall be
applicable. The 2.4 kN/ m 2 floor live load for passenger cars in parking
garages need not be considered.
2. Where an allowance for partition load is included in the floor load
design, the actual partition weight or a minim um of 0.48 kN/ m 2 of floor
area, whichever is greater shall be applicable.
3. Total operating weight of permanent equipm ent and the effective
contents of vessels.
4. Where the flat roof snow load exceed s 1.44 kN/ m 2, 20% of the design
snow load shall be included in ‘W’.
34
Vertical Distribution of Seism ic Forces

Sect.9.5.3.4 7-98 The lateral seismic force (Fx) induced at any level shall be d etermined from the
following equations
Eqn. 9.5.3.4-1 Fx = C vx V
Eqn. 9.5.3.4-2 C vx = w x h xk / Σ w i h i k
Where,
V = total design lateral force or base shear
C vx = Vertical distribution factor
w i , w x = the portion of seismic weight of structure located at level i or x
h i , h x = the height from the base at level i or x
k = an exponent related to the structure period as per table below,
Ta k
Ta <= 0.5 1
0.5 < Ta < 2.5 Interp olated between 1 & 2
Ta >= 2.5 2
Exam ple :- 6.6
Using the building data in example 6.1 and other seismic parameters as in
example 6.5 are recalled below,
Design Spectral Response Short (SDS) = 0.40
Design Spectral Response 1 Second (SD1) = 0.30
Therefore,
Approximate Fundamental Period (Ta)

= CT h n 0.75
where,
CT = 0.0853
hn = 7.55 m
Therefore, Approx. Fundamental Period (Ta)

= 0.0853 x 7.550.75 = 0.390
35
Seismic Response Coefficient (Cs)

= SDS I / R (R=4.00 for Rigid Frames)
= 0.40 x 1.00 / 4.00 = 0.10
Max. Seismic Response Coefficient (Cs [max])

= SD1 I / T R
= 0.30 x 1.00 / (0.39 x 4.00) = 0.19
Min. Seismic Response Coefficient (Cs [m in])

(For Seismic Category A , B , C & D)
= 0.044 SDS I
= 0.044 x 0.40 x 1.00 = 0.018

(For Seismic Category E & F)
= 0.50 S1 I / R
= 0.50 x 0.30 x 1.00 / 4.00 = 0.038
Seismic Base Shear (V) = Cs W (Without mezzanine)

= 0.10 x 105.5 = 10.55 kN
Seismic Base Shear (V) = Cs W (With mezzanine)

= 0.10 x 1164 = 116.4 kN
Calculating the vertical distribution factor C vx
Vertical Distribution Factor C vx

= w x h x k / Σ w i h ik
The total weight ‘w 1’ at mezzanine level h 1 = 3.5 m,

= 747 + 312 = 1059 kN
And the weight at roof level is ‘w 2’ at eave level h 2 = 7.55 m

= 105.5 = 105.5 kN
Σ Wi h i = 1059 x 3.5 + 105.5 x 7.55 = 4503.03
36
Since, Ta = 0.39 < 0.50, hence k = 1.00
V1 = (w 1 h 1k / Σ W i h ik ) x V
= [1059 x 3.5/ ( 4503 )] x 132.7
= 109.2 kN
V2 = (w 2 h 2k / Σ W i h ik) x V
= [105.5 x 7.55/ ( 4503)] x 132.7
= 23.5 kN
Now, calculating the seismic force in the longitud inal direction, we know the
following,


= CT h n 0.75
where,
CT = 0.0488
hn = 7.55 m

= 0.0488 x 7.55 0.75 = 0.22

= SDS I / R (R=5.00 for Bracings)
= 0.40 x 1.00 / 5.00 = 0.08
Max. Seismic Response Coefficient (Cs [max])

= SD1 I / T R
= 0.30 x 1.00 / (0.22 x 5.00) = 0.27

(For Seismic Category A , B , C & D)
= 0.044 SDS I
= 0.044 x 1.00 x 0.40 = 0.018

(For Seismic Category E & F)
= 0.50 S1 I / R
= 0.50 x 0.30 x 1.00 / 5.00 = 0.03
37
Seismic Base Shear (V) = Cs W

= 0.08 x 9345 = 748 kN
This force should be divid ed by 2 for distributing to 2 sidewalls,

= 748 / 2 = 374 kN
Distributing this force along the sidewall to mezzanine and eave level

The total weight ‘w 1’ at mezzanine level h 1 = 3.5 m, = 8464 kN
And the weight at roof level is ‘w 2’ at eave level h 2 = 7.55 m = 880.6 kN
Σ Wi h i = 8464 x 3.5 + 880.6 x 7.55 = 36272.53
Since, Ta = 0.22 < 0.50, hence k = 1.00
V1 = (w 1 h 1k / Σ W i h ik ) x V
= [8464 x 3.5/ ( 36272 )] x 575
= 470 kN
V2 = (w 2 h 2k / Σ W i h ik) x V
= [880.6 x 7.55/ ( 36272)] x 575
= 105 kN
38
Comb inations of Load Effects.

The effects on the structure and its components due to seismic forces shall be
Section 9.5.2.7 7-98 combined with gravity loads in accordance with the combination of loads in
section 2 of ASCE 7-98. The earthquake load effects shall include the horizontal
and vertical effects.
For ASD Load Combinations (8, 9 & 10) as per chapter 9,
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
9) D + Co + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or S ) + 0.525 Eh ± 0.525 Ev
10) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Where,
Eh = r QE
Ev = 0.20 SDS D
QE = V (Seism ic Base Shear)
r = Reliability factor (Minimum = 1.00, Maximum = 1.50)
= 1.00 for SDC (A, B, C)
Section 9.5.2.4 7-98
= 1.50 for SDC (D, E, F) Conservatively
Section 9.5.2.7 7-98 Note:- The vertical seismic effect ‘Ev’ need not be in cluded if SDS =< 0.125
Substituting the value of Eh and Ev in load combinations (8, 9 & 10),
Equation 8)
= D + C o + 0.7 r Q E ± 0.7 (0.20 SDS D)
= (1 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
* = (1 - 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
Equation 9)
= D + C o + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or S ) + 0.525 r Q E ± 0.525 (0.20 SDS D)
= (1 + 0.105 SDS) D + Co + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or S ) + 0.525 r Q E
* = (1 - 0.105 SDS) D + Co + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or S ) + 0.525 r Q E
Equation 10)
= 0.6 D + 0.7 r Q E ± 0.7 (0.20 SDS D)
* = (0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
= (0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 r Q E
* - Denotes combination will not govern, hence can be ignored
39
Applying the calculated Seismic Base Shear in example 6.6 using Load
Combinations described above,
Using the values of Base Shear (Q E) from Equivalent Lateral Force Method
Transverse Direction = 12.03 kN (without mezzanine)
For ASD Load Combinations 8)
= (1 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
using, r = 1.50
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.50 x 12.03 = 12.63 kN
(1+0.14 SDS) D = (1+0.14 x 0.40) D = 1.056 D
Therefore, load combination 8) is written and represented as below,
= 1.06 D + 12.63 (Ignoring Co)
1.06 DEAD LOAD
12.63 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
SEISMIC FORCE WITH LOAD COMBINATION
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
40
Similarly for ASD Load Combinations 9)
Where,
0.525 r Q E = 0.525 x 1.50 x 12.03 = 9.47 kN
(1 + 0.105 SDS)D = (1+0.105 x 0.40) D = 1.042 D
Substituting the in load com binations 9)
= 1.04 D + 0.75 Lr + 9.47
(Ignoring C o and absence of S and floor live Lf)
1.04 DEAD LOAD + 0.75 ROOF LIVE LOAD
9.47 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
41
= (0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E

= (0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 r Q E
Where,
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.50 x 12.03 = 12.63 kN
(0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6+0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.656 D
(0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6-0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.544 D
Substituting in load combinations 10)
= 0.66 D + 12.63 (Ignoring C o)

= 0.54 D + 12.63 (Ignoring C o) (Will govern)
0.54 DEAD LOAD

]
12.63 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
42
If mezzanine is considered, the distributions of forces are,

V1 = 109.2 kN
V2 = 23.50 kN
= (1 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
using, r = 1.50
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.50 x 109.2 = 114.6 kN
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.50 x 23.50 = 24.68 kN
(1+0.14 SDS) D = (1+0.14 x 0.40) D = 1.056 D
= 1.06 D + 114.6 + 24.68 (Ignoring Co)
1.06 DEAD LO AD
24.7 kN
114.6 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
SEISM IC FORCE W ITH LOAD C OM BINATIO N
CASE-1 (AS SHO W N)
CASE-2 (FO RCES IN O PPOSITE DIRECTION)
43
Where,
0.525 r Q E = 0.525 x 1.50 x 109.2 = 85.99 kN
0.525 r Q E = 0.525 x 1.50 x 23.50 = 18.51 kN
(1 + 0.105 SDS)D = (1+0.105 x 0.40) D = 1.042 D
= 1.04 D + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 Lr + 85.99 + 18.51
1.04 DEAD LOAD + 0.75 ROO F LIVE LO AD
18.5 kN
0.75 FLO OR LIVE LO AD
86 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
SEISM IC FO RCE W ITH LOAD COM BINATIO N
CASE-1 (AS SHO W N)
CASE-2 (FO RCES IN O PPOSITE DIREC TIO N)
44
= (0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E

= (0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 r Q E
Where,
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.50 x 109.2 = 114.6 kN
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.50 x 23.50 = 24.68 kN
(0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6+0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.656 D
(0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6-0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.544 D
= 0.66 D + 114.6 + 24.68 (Ignoring C o)

= 0.54 D + 114.6 + 24.68 (Ignoring C o) (Will govern)
0.54 DEAD LO AD
24.7 kN
115 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
SEISM IC FOR CE W ITH LO AD COM BINATIO N
CASE-1 (AS SHO W N)
CASE-2 (FO RCE S IN OP PO SITE DIRECTION)
Similarly for longitud inal direction.
45
Seismic Load Effect inclu ding over Strength Factor

The Seismic Over strength Factor using Em load combination is ap plied to ensure
a ductile perform ance und er seismic loading, in other words, if failu re is occur it
should be yielding failu re of the member in consideration rather than a brittle
failure of the connections. Hence, all connections of moment resisting fram es,
braced fram es, tension bracing & their connections, strut mem bers and their
connections should be designed using Em load combinations.
Note:-
For ASD Load Combinations (11 & 12) as per chapter 9,

11) D + Co + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
12) 0.6 D + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
Where,
Emh = Ωo Q E
Ev = 0.20 SDS D
Ωo = 2.50 for Main Frames
= 2.00 for bracings
Substituting the value of Emh and Ev in load combinations (8, 9 & 10),
Equation 11)
= D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E ± 0.7 (0.20 SDS D)
= (1 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E
* = (1 - 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E
Equation 12)
= 0.6 D + 0.7 Ωo Q E ± 0.7 (0.20 SDS D)
* = (0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E
= (0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 Ωo Q E
46
Applying the calcu lated Seismic Base Shear in example 6.6 using Load
Combinations d escribed above,
= (1 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E
using, Ωo = 2.50 for main frames or 2.00 for bracing
0.7 Ωo Q E = 0.7 x 2.50 x 12.03 = 21.05 kN

(1+0.14 SDS) D = (1+0.14 x 0.40) D = 1.056 D
= 1.06 D + 21.05 (Ignoring Co)
1.06 DEAD LOAD

]
21.05 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
47
= 0.6 D + 0.7 Ωo Q E ± 0.7 (0.20 SDS D)

= (0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 Ωo Q E
Where,
0.7 Ωo Q E = 0.7 x 2.50 x 12.03 = 21.05 kN
(0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6-0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.544 D
= 0.54 D + 21.05 (Ignoring C o)
0.54 DEAD LOAD
21.05 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
48
Table 9.5.2.8 ASCE 7-98 Allowable Story Drift

Seism ic Use G roup
Stru cture
I II III
Structures other than m asonry shear w all or
m asonry wall fram e structures, 4 stories or less with
interior walls, p artitions, ceilings and exterior w all H b / 40 H / 50 H / 66
system s that have been designed to accom mod ate
the story d rifts
Masonry cantilever shear w all stru ctu res c H/ 100 H/ 100 H / 100
Other m asonry shear w all structures H/ 142 H/ 142 H / 142
Masonry w all fram e stru ctures H/ 76 H/ 76 H / 100
All other stru ctu res H/ 50 H/ 66 H / 100
Where,
a) H – is the story h eight below level ‘x’
b) There shall be no d rift lim it for sin gle story stru ctures w ith in terior w alls, p artitions, ceilings, and exterior w all system s th at
have been d esigned to accomm od ate the story d rifts. The stru ctu re sep aration requ irem ent of section 9.5.2.8 is not w avied .
c) Stru ctu res in w hich the basic stru ctu ral system consists of m asonry shear w alls d esigned as vertical elements cantilevered from
their base or fou nd ation su p port w hich are so con stru cted that m oment transfer betw een shear w alls (cou p ling) is negligible
49
D istrib u tion of Seism ic Forces
FIXED PINNED PINNED FIXED

T
V/2
PINNED PINNED PINNED PINNED
CASE 1
F'XED FIXED FIXED FIXED
V/4 V/4 V/4
CASE 2
FIXED FIXED
v_w FIXED
V/4 V/4
FIXED FIXED FIXED FIXED

CASE 3
V
:
A V/2 A. A A A V/2 A
50
SE I S M I C L O A D S
MBMA-2006 / IBC 2006 / ASCE 7-05

Ed Seismic Load s
03 The 2006 International Building Code, Section 1613, covers the requirements for
earthquake load s. Section 1613.1 defines the scope of seismic design as follows:
M BM A 2006
Every structre, an d portion thereof, including nonstructural components that
are p erm an en tly attached to structures and their supports and attachments,
shall b e d esigned and constru cted to resist the effects of earthquake motion s
in accord an ce with ASCE 7-05, excluding Section 14 and Appendix 11A.
Several exceptions are listed where seismic loads are not required to be
evaluated, and the only one that would be applicable to metal building
ap plication s is agricultural storage structures intended only for inciden tal
h uman occup ancy.
It shou ld be noted that the 2006 IBC references ASCE 7-05 for its seismic criteria
requirements and the 2005 AISC Seismic Provisions for its steel seismic detailing
requirements. The 2006 IBC, ASCE 7-05 and 2005 AISC Seismic Provisions are
fully compatible through a significant coordination that took place between the
various cod e and standard writing committees.
A Design Guid e for applying seismic loads to metal buildings was jointly
published by the International Code Council (ICC) and MBMA. It has recently
been updated to the IBC 2006 and ASCE 7-05. Some excerpts from this Guide,
which will be referred to as the 2006 Design Guide, as well as the first com plete
example are provid ed in the following sections.
Basic Concept of Seismic Code Reduced Forces

The 2006 IBC requires that all structures, in most parts of the United States, be
d esigned to resist design earthquake ground motions. As currently defined,
these design earthquake motions have average return periods of between 300
and 800 years and are quite severe. In the higher seismic regions of the United
States it would be economically prohibitive to design structures to remain elastic
for these m otions (as is done for wind loads).
Based on this, earthquake engineering has evolved to allow for inelastic yielding
to accomm od ate seismic loadings as long as such yielding does not im pair the
vertical load capacity of the structure. To reconcile with the allowance of damage
from inelastic response, forces determined by linear analysis are reduced to a
d esign earthquake force level through the introduction of the seismic force
red uction factor, (R) .
51
Various magnitudes of (R), based on the inelastic absorption of structure types,

have been defined. The larger the value of (R), th e lower the design earthq uake
force, and more detailin g requ irements are imp osed to assure that the structure
will perform inelastically as in tend ed. Larger (R)-values also resu lt in more
restrictions regarding the proportioning of members an d their conn ections. In
addition, there are limitations on the types of structural systems that can
utilize a high (R) -value.
In the 2006 Design Guide, the seismic force red uction factors that are used are
consistent with the structural systems found in metal build ings. Because red uced
forces are used, special design and detailing is requ ired for some members and
connections. The design exam ples clearly illustrate where these special
connection forces are required and how they should be applied.
The user is cautioned that application of red uced seismic forces in design
withou t the corresponding app lication of seismic detailing will lik ely resu lt in
a design that does not com ply with the 2006 IBC.
Metal Building Standard Design and An alysis Practice/Economy

The econom ies associated with metal building systems come from a variety of
factors. First, through years of improvements and innovations, the metal
building industry has consistently prod uced lighter structures than typically
found in conventional construction. This is achieved through the use of built-up
structural members, inclu ding roof purlins and wall girts.
Another economical aspect of metal build ing systems is the combination of mass-
produced components with custom-designed and fabricated structural members.
To achieve this efficiency, the metal building ind ustry has developed com puter
software that performs structural analyses, determines member and connection
sizes, selects mass-produced components when appropriate, and produ ces shop
and erection drawings.
Metal buildings are typically analyzed based on the assu mption that the roof acts
as a flexible diaphragm and distributes loads to each line of resistance based on
the tributary area. Frames and bracing are then d esigned using two- dimensional
models.
Seismic design presents a challenge for metal building systems due to the many
special seismic detailing requirements that are not otherwise required. In some
cases, this requires the manufacturer to prepare extensive calculations and d etails
in ad dition to the calculations and details typically prod uced by its proprietary
software.
52
Due to the flexibility of metal building structures, typical code limits on drift
(sidesway) can be exceeded when it can be demonstrated that non-structural
components attached to the framing can accommod ate the excess movement or
that special detailing allows for d ifferential movement.
Typically, the engineer for the metal build ing m anufacturer d esigns only the
steel building structure. Another engineer normally performs the d esign of the
remainder of the structure, includ ing found ations and concrete or masonry
walls. This is further discussed in the Common Ind ustry Practices section of the
Manual.
App roach to Metal Build ing Roof Diaph ragm Rigid ity (Flexible vs Rigid) and
Accidental Torsion .
1. Diaphragm Flexibility
Applied forces are distributed within any build ing in a d irect relationship to the
rigidity of the structural elements of that build ing. A significant factor is the
rigidity of structural elements that transfer forces horizontally, relative to
elements that transfer force vertically. For either extreme of this relative rigidity
between horizontal and vertical elements, engineers have d eveloped simp lified
design approaches to determine force d istributions.
The two extremes are defined as follows:

(a) Flexible Diaph ragm: The rigid ity of the horizontal diap hragm is very
small relative to the rigid ity of the vertical systems.
(b) Rigid Diaph ragm: The rigidity of the horizontal diaphragm is very
large compared to the rigidity of the vertical systems.
Analysis using either of these bound ing assumptions prod uces results that vary
in accuracy depending upon how closely the actual structure matches the
simplifying assumptions. Although many (perhaps most) stru ctures fall
somewhere between these extremes, more accurate analysis can only be done by
using complex finite-element models that are generally not practical to use for
ordinary building designs.
2006 IBC Section 1602.1 defines a flexible diaphragm as having a lateral

deflection of more than two times the average story drift of the vertical elements
su pporting the diaphragm, and a rigid diaphragm as everything else. This
definition requires calculation of d iaphragm deflection, which is complex and
im precise for m any types of diaphragm construction. Therefore, it is important to
be able to select and use appropriate simplified assumptions to obtain rapid
structural design solutions.
53
Diaphragm deflection varies, depending upon the materials used, the type and
spacing of fasteners used in the construction, the depth of the d iaphragm in the
direction of deformation, and the width or span of the d iaphragm transverse to
the direction of deformation. Horizontal diaphragm systems in metal buildings
might consist of either the metal clad ding of the roof itself or horizontal bracing
systems installed beneath the roof alone. Examples of horizontal bracing systems
used include rod s, angles, cables, or other structural mem bers and are often
tension-only bracing.
Metal Roof System s

Metal roof cladding typically consists of either standing seam metal panels or
through-fastened roof panels. In standing seam roof (SSR) systems, the formed
roof sheets are restrained against uplift but are free to slide against each other
(float) along the length of the joining seams. Side seam resistance to slip varies.
The panel clips allow for relative movement between the panels and their
supporting structure to accom modate thermal expansion. The resulting roof
systems vary in the strength and stiffness required to transfer horizontal forces,
and in general they are considered to be flexible for any type of construction.
Therefore, separate horizontal bracing systems that are d esigned to resist the full
wind and earthquake demands usually need to be provided. Friction caused by
sliding of panels at the attachments along seams probably provides energy
dissipation (damping) to the structure that is beneficial to earthquake response,
but is usually ignored in the design. There are exceptions to this typical
presumed behavior. Standing seam roof systems with d ocum ented diaphragm
strength and stiffness values may be sufficient to act as sub diaphragms for the
distribution of p ortions of the lateral forces to the main diaphragm cross-ties, i.e.
strut purlins.
Through-fastened roof (TFR) systems come in many types. Some systems use
screws that fasten through only one sheet of adjoining roof panels, while an
overlapping rib holds down the adjacent sheet. This roofing type, like a standing
seam roof, is considered to be flexible for all types of construction. Other TFR
systems use concealed or exposed screws that fasten through both metal sheets
along an overlapping ed ge. The rigidity of these systems varies depending upon
the type and spacing of fasteners, the profile and thickness of the joining metal
roofing sheets, and the overall d epth and width of the d iaphragm.
It has been a traditional metal building design practice to assume that

diaphragms of all types are flexible, regardless of the size or shape of the
building or the type and relative rigidity of the vertical structural elements. For
the most part, this assumption is reasonably correct and appropriate.
54
A typical metal b uilding that is relatively square in p lan view, with eith er an
SSR or TFR roof system , a series of moment frames in the transverse
directions, and several b ays of ten sion-rod b racin g in the lon gitud in al
direction, would be exp ected to meet the d eflection check as a flexible
diaphragm system. However, the design engineer should be aware that some
structural geometries might be better classified as having rigid diaphragms:
As an exam ple, a warehouse building with a TFR roof system that has a series of
moment (portal) frames instead of bracing along the walls of the longitud inal
axis, in order to provide a continuous line of loading docks along the walls of the
building. The relatively flexible m oment frames are likely to experience
deflections equal to or greater than the TFR system. Note that an SSR roof system
would still be considered flexible for this build ing.
Structures using relatively flexible cable bracing systems as vertical bracing, in

conjunction with relatively more rigid tension-rod horizontal bracing or a TFR
roof system might be consid ered as having rigid diaphragms.
In a recent development, ASCE 7-05 has adopted a new provision found in

Section 12.3.1.1 which states that un-topped steel d ecking is permitted to be
considered as a flexible diaphragm in structures in which the vertical elements
are structural steel braced frames or concrete, masonry, steel or composite shear
frames.
Inherent and Accidental Torsion

ASCE 7-05 Section 12.8.4.1 requires, for diaphragms which are rigid (i.e. not
flexible), that the distribution of base shear forces should consider the inherent
torsional moment caused by the d ifference in location between the center of mass
and center of stiffness of the structure. In ad dition, ASCE 7-05, Section 12.8.4.2
requires, for rigid d iaphragms, that an additional accidental torsional moment be
added to the inherent torsion defined by ASCE 7-05, Section 12.8.4.1. Fu rther,
ASCE 7-05, Section 12.8.4.3 requires that in some instances the combined inherent
and accidental torsional moment must be multiplied by a dynamic amplification
factor.
55
Unique Structure Geometries

Many buildings have geometries that complicate the picture when considering
horizontal force distribution. A common instance is for buildings that contain
partial mezzanine floor levels. These floors might be clearly rigid by inspection,
su ch as when consisting of concrete-topped metal decking supported by steel
beams, or they might be of more questionable rigidity, su ch as when plywood
floor sheathing is used. In either instance, the design of the overall build ing
would need to include the forces generated by the weight of the floor system,
and appropriate structural elements would need to be provid ed to resist these
forces. The method used to distribute these forces to the build ing system,
whether flexible, rigid or envelope would be determined based on comparison of
the relative rigidity of the horizontal floor system versus the rigidity of the
resisting vertical elements.
It is not inappropriate or uncommon that flexible diaphragm assumptions might

be used to distribute roof forces while also using rigid diaphragm assumptions to
distribute forces from an interior mezzanine system. This is the approach, using a
torsional rigidity analysis to determine the lateral force d istribution, which is
used in Design Exam ple 3 of the 2006 Design Guide. It should be noted that the
approach in Design Example 3 is significantly different than that found in the
previous ed ition of this document. Because of new limitations placed on
ordinary steel system s found in ASCE 7-05 for structures assigned to Seismic
Design Categories D, E and F, the bu ilding and mezzanine are structurally
independent structures in Design Example 3 of the 2006 Design Guid e. There is
also the option of using intermediate moment frames instead of ordinary
moment frames, which is d iscussed fu rther in Design Example 3 of the 2006
Design Guide.
Low er Seismic Area Design Altern ative

The design approach typically used assumes the largest (R) value that is
permitted for the structural system being utilized, resu lting in the low est seismic
design forces. This means that specific and somewhat stringent detailing
requirements of the AISC Seismic Provisions are imposed .
In the lower areas of seism icity for structu res th at are classified as Seismic
Design Category B or C, the steel bu ilding design en gineer has the option to
design for somew hat h igh er seism ic forces assu ming R-valu e = 3 (R = 3), b ut
ignoring the special detailin g req uiremen ts.
56
There are several special requirements embedd ed in the 2006 IBC. These are
discussed in Section 4d of the Example that begins in Section 1.3.6.9 of this
Manual. The ad vantage of the (R=3) option m ight be that other loads (such as
wind) may govern the design.
The (R=3) option m ay perhaps result in a m u ch simpler d esign and analysis

for such cases without any red uction in economy. Th e 2006 Design Guid e
provides an (R = 3) option altern ate to demon strate its use.
Advantages in Performing a Geotechn ical Investigation

For many constructed metal build ings, geotechnical investigations are not
perform ed, and the minimum soil allowables are used for foundation design.
However, there may be ad vantages of perform ing a geotechnical investigation
for a project site, includ ing: Determ ination of the site class of the soil profile of
the site. Without th is determ in ation , the defau lt value of Site Class D must be
assum ed by code, wh ich could result in earth quake design forces b eing over
two tim es greater than th at required if the site class was actually Site Class B.
A lower site class may also resu lt in a red uction in a seismic design category for a
particular structure, which in tu rn may mean less restrictive d etailing
requirements and height lim itations. This would result in a lower cost structure
and foundation. Determination of site-specific soil bearing valu es. This
determ ination would usually resu lt in higher allowable bearing pressu res than
the default values provided in the cod e, resulting in more economical foundation
designs. Detection of soil or found ation problems, which could ad versely affect
the construction or stru ctural performance of the m etal building. These problems
could includ e subsurface areas of weakness, expansive soils, corrosive soils and
water table issues. Mitigating these problems, if present, would likely resu lt in a
building that performs better over its life. Note that according to 2006 IBC Section
1613.5.5 (ASCE 7-05 Section 20.1), the site classification is ideally based on site
specific soil data to a depth of 100 feet (30.48 m ). However in lieu of d ata
available to that depth, IBC permits the “soil properties to be estimated by the
registered design professional preparing the soil report based on known geologic
conditions.” Therefore, it is important to request that borings be taken to the
necessary depth to comply with this requirement.
57
Relationsh ip and Issues between the Metal Bu ilding Manu facturer and the
Building Sp ecifying Engineer
Metal building systems are designed and fabricated by manufacturers, then
typically sold through franchised build ers (or dealers) who also provide erection
who has a d irect relationship with the end customer and the other project
designers. This creates a line of com munication that often includ es
nontechnical personnel, a situation that can lead to d esigns that do not fully
satisfy project needs. To avoid such problems, it is vitally im portant that all
project requirements, includ ing design specifications, special loading and
applicable code provisions, are clearly communicated to the metal build ing
design engineer. It is equally ou tput data are communicated to the end customer,
the project architect, and the foundation engineer. Furthermore, 2006 IBC
Section 1603 requires that th e con stru ction docum en ts clearly in dicate
pertinent structural design information, in clud in g earthqu ake d esign d ata.
Typically, due to lack of direct contact with the en d user, th e metal bu ilding of
record for a project. This fun ction m ust be served b y a registered d esign
professional who prepares the design for the foundation an d any oth er
structural components or systems and who has a direct relationship with the
lead designer or end cu stom er. Add itionally the design professional of record
has the responsibility to coordinate dimensions and the layout of grid lines,
frame lines, and building lines.
Relationsh ip and Issues between the Metal Building Manufacturer and

Foundation/Hardwall Engineer (Block wall)
As previously stated, it is typical practice to have the foundation and concrete or
masonry walls of metal buildings designed by a separate registered d esign
professional. It is very important that the loads im posed by the metal building to
a foundation or hardwall are clearly identified to the engineer responsible for
their design. Also, the interface details between the build ing, walls and
foundation (bolt type, size, location, spacing and connection details) need to be
clearly identified. It is also very important that the hardwall d esign engineer
clearly com municate all applicable d esign criteria to the metal building engineer.
For exam ple if the wall engineer’s design assumes that hardwalls do not behave
as shear walls, then special connections need to be provided between the
hardwall and the building to accommod ate the building lateral in-plane
displacement. shear wall loads im posed by the building need to be
communicated to the hard wall engineer so he or she can engineer the hard wall
and its foundation for these loads. In general, if hardwalls are being used, they
will usually have m ore than adequate strength to act as shear walls if designed to
do so.
58
This would mean different seismic d esign assumptions and building/ wall
interface details. It is also important that consistent (R) values are used between
the metal building designer and hardwall engineer. The choice of (R) affects the
seismic force levels in the overall structure and d etailing requirements for the
hardwall engineer. This subject is covered in more detail in Design Example 4 of
the 2006 Design Guide. Ad ditionally, it must be understood who is taking overall
responsibility for the building d esign for purposes of sealing of drawings and
submission to drawings normally only applies to the products furnished or
specified by the metal building manufacturer. In general, the w all and
foundation engineer acts as the design professional of record and accepts
responsibility for the overall work prod uct which includ es approval of all
building/ wall interface details.
Hardwall Detailing an d Actual Beh avior

Clear and complete communication between the wall design engineer and the
metal building system d esign engineer are imperative in order to ensure
building/ wall com patibility and achieve the d esired build ing performance. For
example, if a building is located in an area with a relatively high level of
seism icity and the hard walls are not d esigned as shear walls, building-to-wall
connection details must be designed to accomm odate the relative displacement
between the building and hard wall. Failure to coordinate this issue will almost
designed for the resulting level of force. This is not an acceptable situation. The
building will resist seismic load s along the stiffest lines of resistance regardless of
inconsistent assumptions that may be made by the bu ilding and hard wall design
engineers. If an earthquake occurs and the connections between the building and
hardwall cannot accom modate the relative d isplacement and do not have the
necessary strength and displacem ent compatibility, the connections will likely
fail, creating a falling hazard from the walls and perhaps causing severe torsional
needs to be one engineer who takes overall responsibility for such a build ing so
that assumptions at interfaces are aligned. This person must be the wall design
engineer, since only he or she is familiar with the wall design criteria and
limitations.
59
Required Design Data
1. Occupancy Category (Importance Factor)

a. Range = I, II, III & IV
b. Default = II (Medium Hazard) (Unless specified in PIF)
Im portance Factor [Tab le 1.3.1(a) MBMA 2006] (Same as in M BM A 2002)

Occu pancy
Nature of Occup an cy Seism ic Factor (I s )
Category
Low Hazard I 1.00
Table 11.5-1 7-05
Standard Buildings II 1.00
Substantial Hazard III 1.25
2. Seismic Use Group (Not applicable in MBMA 2006, IBC 06, ASCE 7-05)
3. Site Class
a. Range = A, B, C, D, E & F
b. Default = D (as per 1613.5.2 IBC06 Unless specified in PIF)
Site Class Definitions IBC 06 Tab le 1613.5.2 (Sam e as in M BMA 2002)

Site Class Soil Profile Name
A Hard rock
B Rock
Tab le 20.3-1 7-05 C Very dense soil and soft rock
D Stiff soil profile
E Soil (see IBC 06)
F (see IBC 06)
4. Mapped Spectral Response Short (0.2 Sec) (Ss)

(To be provided by Customer’s Engineer)
a. Range = 0.15 to 2.50
5. Mapped Spectral Response (1 Sec) (S1)

(To be provided by Customer’s Engineer)
a. Range = 0.04 to 1.00
Note:-
If S1 <= 0.04 and S s <= 0.15 th an the structu re may b e assigned Seism ic Design
Category (A)
60
6. Response Mod ification Factor

Tab le 12.2-1 7-05
a. Rigid / Portal Frames - Ord inary Moment Frames. (R=3.50)4*
b. Endwalls w/ bracing - Ord inary Braced Frames. (R=4.00)5*
c. Sidewalls bracing – Ordinary Braced Frames. (R=3.25)5*
d. Blockwall - Ord inary Masonry Walls. (R=1.50)
(*- Denotes values in MBMA 2002)
7. Over-Strength Factor (Same as in MBMA 2002)

a. Rigid / Portal Frames - Ord inary Moment Frames. (Ωo =3.00)
b. Endwalls w/ bracing - Ord inary Braced Frames. (Ωo =2.00)
c. Sidewalls bracing – Ordinary Braced Frames. (Ωo =2.00)
d. Blockwall - Ord inary Masonry Walls. (Ωo =2.50)
Note:-
The Over-Strength Factor is used in the design of frame splice connections,

bracing, stru t purlin, stru t tu be etc, using the Sp ecial Seismic Load
Combinations 8 & 9 in LRFD and 11 & 12 in ASD (See chapter 9)
Minimum value of Ωo = 2.00 M axim um of Ωo = 3.00
The values of over-strength factor may be redu ced by 0.5 for flexib le
Tab le 12.2-1 7-05
diaphragms such as metal sheeting, hence ab ove values are re-written as
Foot Note (g)
below,
a. Rigid / Portal Frames - (red uced ) (Ωo =2.50)

a. Endwalls w/ bracing - (red uction not applicable) (Ωo =2.00)
b. Sidewalls bracing – (reduction not applicable) (Ωo =2.00)
c. Blockwall - (red uction not applicable) (Ωo =2.50)
(Reduction is not ap plicable since Ωo cannot be less than 2.00)
8. Deflection Amplification Factor

Tab le 12.2-1 7-05
e. Rigid / Portal Frames - Ord inary Moment Frames. (Ωo =3.25)3.5
f. Endwalls w/ bracing - Ord inary Braced Frames. (Ωo =3.50)4.5
g. Sidewalls bracing – Ordinary Braced Fram es. (Ωo =3.25)4.5
h. Blockwall - Ord inary Masonry Walls.(Ωo =1.25)
Note:-
61
Values of Site coefficient (Fa ) Table 1613.5.3(1) IBC 2006

Site Class Ss<=0.25 Ss =0.5 Ss=0.75 Ss=1.0 Ss>=1.25
A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
B 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
C 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0
D 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0
E 2.5 1.7 1.2 0.9 0.9
F Site Specific investigation shall be performed, See IBC 2006, ASCE 7-05
Values of Site coefficient (Fv) Table 1613.5.3(2) IBC 2006

Site Class S 1<=0.10 S 1=0.2 S1=0.3 S1=0.4 S 1=>=0.50
A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
B 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
C 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3
D 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5
E 3.5 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.4
F Site Specific investigation shall be performed, See IBC 2006, ASCE 7-05
Seism ic Design Category for S s 1613.5.6(1) IBC 2006

Occu pancy Category
Value of S DS
I II III
S DS < 0.167g A A A
0.167g <= S DS < 0.33g B B C
0.33g <= S DS < 0.50g C C D
0.50g <= S DS D D D
Seism ic Design Category for S 1 1613.5.6(2) IBC 2006

Occu pancy Category
Value of S D1
I II III
S D1 < 0.067g A A A
0.067g <= SD1 < 0.133g B B C
0.133g <= SD1 < 0.20g C C D
0.20g <= SD1 D D D
a – Seismic Use Group I and II structures located on sites w ith map ped maximum considered earthquake spectral
response acceleration at 1-second period, S1, equal to or greater than 0.75g shall be assigned to Seism ic Design Category
‘E’ and Seismic Use Group III structures located on such sites shall be assigned to Seismic Design Category ‘F’
Foot note not applicable in MBMA 2006
62
Seismic Base Shear
1. Lateral Forces (For Seismic Design Category, SDC = A Only)

(Applicable to SDC ‘A’ only as per Section 11.7 ASCE 7-05, for other categories
use Simplified Procedure or Equivalent Force Method)
The Design lateral force app lied at story ‘x’
Eqn. 11.7-1 7-05 (Fx) = 0.01 w x
Where,
w x = portion of the total gravity load of the structure, ‘W’, located or assigned to
level ‘x’.
Example
Exam ple :- 6.4
Using the same data as in Example 6.1, and considering that the SDC (Seismic
Design Category) is ‘A’
The total weight of build ing in transverse direction is
W = wx = 105.5 kN
Therefore,
V = Fx
Fx = 0.01 x w x
= 0.01 x 105.5 = 1.06 kN
63
2. Sim plified Procedure

(This procedure has limited application; see section 12.14 of ASCE 7-05)
Eqn . 11.4-1 Maxim um Spectral Response Sh ort (S MS) = Fa S S
Eqn . 11.4-2 Maxim um Spectral Response 1 Secon d (S M1) = Fv S1
Eqn . 11.4-3 Design Spectral Response Short (SDS) = 2/3 x S MS
Eqn . 11.4-4 Design Spectral Response 1 Second (SD1) = 2/3 x S M1
Eqn. 12.14-11 Seism ic Base Shear (V) = F S DS W / R
Where,
R = as per table 12.2-1 of ASCE 7-05
W = effective seismic weight of the structure, includ ing the total dead load and
other loads listed below,
1. In areas used for storage, a minimum of 25% of the reduced floor live load
(floor live load in public garages and open parking structures need not be
includ ed ).
2. Where an allowance for p artition load is included in the floor load design, the
actual partition weight or a minim um of 0.48 kN/ m 2 of floor area, whichever
is greater.
3. Total weight of permanent operating equipm ent.
4. 20% of flat roof snow load where flat snow load exceed s 1.44 kN/ m 2.
F = 1.0 for one storey building

= 1.1 for two storey building
= 1.2 for three storey building
Ss - Need not be larger than 1.50
64
Vertical Distribution
Section 9.5.3.8.2 7-98
The forces at each level shall be calculated using the following formula:
Eqn . 12.14-12 Fx = wx V / W
Where,
w x = portion of the seismic w eight of the structure, W, at level x
Exam ple :- 6.5
Assuming the same building d ata as in Example 6.1, and other seismic data as
below,
Occupancy Category = II
Hence, Importance factor ‘I’ = 1.00
Site Class =C
Mapped Spectral Response Short (Ss) = 0.50
Mapped Spectral Response 1 Sec. (S1) = 0.30
From Table 1613.5.3(1) for Site Class ‘C’ and Ss = 0.50

Fa = 1.20
From Table 1613.5.3(2) for Site Class ‘C’ and S1 = 0.30
Fv = 1.50
Maximum Spectral Response Short (SMS)

= Fa SS
= 1.20 x 0.50 = 0.60
Maximum Spectral Response 1 Second (SM1)

= Fv S1
= 1.50 x 0.30 = 0.45
Design Spectral Response Short (SDS) = 2/ 3 x SMS
= 2 / 3 x 0.60 =0.40
Design Spectral Response 1 Second (SD1)
= 2/ 3 x SM1
= 2/ 3 x 0.45 = 0.30
65
Therefore,
Seismic Base Shear (V) = F SDS W / R

Where R = 3.50 for rigid frames & F=1.00 for 1 Storey
= 1.00 x 0.40 x 105.5 / 3.50
= 12.05 kN
For building with mezzanine
Seismic Base Shear (V) = SDS W / R
Where R = 3.50 for rigid frames & F=1.10 for 2 Storey
= 1.10 x 0.40 x 1164 / 3.50
= 146.3 kN
Now distributing the base shear at mezzanine and eave level,

= 1.2 x 0.40 x 1059 / 3.50
= 145 kN
= 1.2 x 0.40 x 105.5 / 3.50
= 14.4 kN
Considering longitudinal direction,
Seismic Base Shear (V) = SDS W / R
Where R = 3.25 for Diagonal Bracings

= 0.40 x 9345 / 3.25
= 1150 kN

= 1150 / 2 = 575 kN

= 1.2 x 0.40 x 8464 / 3.25
= 1250 kN

= 1.2 x 0.40 x 880.6 / 3.25
= 130 kN
66
3. Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure

(This procedure can be used for all structures except those subjected most severe
earthquake conditions, see Table 12.6-1 ASCE 7-05)
Eqn . 12.8-7 Approxim ate Fundamental Period (T a) = CT h nx
Eqn . 12.8-2 Seism ic Resp onse Coefficient (C s) = S DS I / R
Eqn . 12.8-3 Max. Seismic Response Coefficient (C s [max]) = S D1 I / T R

(For T <= T L)
Eqn . 12.8-4 Max. Seismic Response Coefficient (C s [max]) = S D1 T L I / T 2 R

(For T > T L)
Eqn . 12.8-5 Min. Seism ic Response Coefficient (C s [min]) = 0.01
Min. Seism ic Response Coefficient (C s [min]) = 0.5 S 1 I / R

Eqn . 12.8-6 (For stru ctures located where S 1 >= 0.6g)
Eqn . 12.8-1 Seism ic Base Shear (V) = Cs W
Where,
C T & x = (0.0724) (0.80) for Moment Resisting frames.

= (0.0488) (0.75) for Endwalls & Sidewalls
= (0.0488) (0.75) for Blockwalls and other structu res
hn = Is the height of the building from base.
I = Importance Factor for Seism ic
TL = The Long-Period transition period (Should be provided for a location)
ranges from 4 to 16 seconds, use 4 sec if not provid ed)
W = total dead load and applicable portions of other loads listed below,
1. In areas used for storage, a minimum of 25% of the floor live load shall be
applicable. The 2.4 kN/ m 2 floor live load for passenger cars in parking
garages need not be considered.
2. Where an allowance for partition load is included in the floor load
design, the actual partition weight or a minim um of 0.48 kN/ m 2 of floor
area, whichever is greater shall be applicable.
3. Total operating weight of permanent equipm ent and the effective
contents of vessels.
4. Where the flat roof snow load exceed s 1.44 kN/ m 2, 20% of the design
snow load shall be included in ‘W’.
67
Vertical Distribution of Seism ic Forces (Sam e as in MBMA 2002)

Sect.12.8.3 7-05 The lateral seismic force (Fx) induced at any level shall be d etermined from the
following equations
Eqn. 12.8-11 Fx = C vx V
Eqn. 12.8-12 C vx = w x h xk / Σ w i h i k
Where,
V = total design lateral force or base shear
C vx = Vertical distribution factor
w i , w x = the portion of seismic weight of structure located at level i or x
h i , h x = the height from the base at level i or x
k = an exponent related to the structure period as per table below,
Ta k
Ta <= 0.5 1
0.5 < Ta < 2.5 Interp olated between 1 & 2
Ta >= 2.5 2
Exam ple :- 6.6
Using the building data in example 6.1 and other seismic parameters as in
example 6.5 are recalled below,
Therefore,
Seismic Design Category as p er 1 Sec (SD1) = D (Table 9.4.2.1b)

= CT h n x
where,
CT = 0.0853
hn = 7.55 m
x = 0.80
= 0.0853 x 7.55 0.80 = 0.43 Sec
68

= SDS I / R (R=3.5 for Rigid Frames)
= 0.40 x 1.00 / 3.5 = 0.114
Max. Seismic Response Coefficient (C s [max]) (For T < TL)

= SD1 I / T R
= 0.30 x 1.00 / (0.43 x 3.5) = 0.20
Max. Seismic Response Coefficient (Cs [max]) (For T > TL)

= SD1 TL I / T2 R
= 0.30 x 4 x 1.00 / ( 0.432 x 3.5 ) = 1.85
Min. Seismic Response Coefficient (Cs [m in]) = 0.01
Seismic Base Shear (V) = Cs W (Without mezzanine)

= 0.114 x 105.5 = 12.03 kN
Seismic Base Shear (V) = Cs W (With mezzanine)

= 0.114 x 1164 = 132.7 kN

The total weight ‘w 1’ at mezzanine level h 1 = 3.5 m,

= 747 + 312 = 1059 kN
And the weight at roof level is ‘w 2’ at eave level h 2 = 7.55 m

= 105.5 = 105.5 kN
Σ Wi h i = 1059 x 3.5 + 105.5 x 7.55 = 4503.03
69
Since, Ta = 0.43 < 0.50, hence k = 1.00
V1 = (w 1 h 1k / Σ W i h ik ) x V
= [1059 x 3.5/ ( 4503 )] x 132.7
= 109.2 kN
V2 = (w 2 h 2k / Σ W i h ik) x V
= [105.5 x 7.55/ ( 4503)] x 132.7
= 23.5 kN
Now, calculating the seismic force in the longitud inal direction, we know the
following,


= CT h n x
where,
CT = 0.0488
hn = 7.55 m
x = 0.75
= 0.0488 x 7.55 0.75 = 0.22

= SDS I / R (R=3.25 for Bracings)
= 0.40 x 1.00 / 3.25 = 0.123
Max. Seismic Response Coefficient (Cs [max]) (For T < TL)

= SD1 I / T R
= 0.30 x 1.00 / (0.22 x 3.25) = 0.42
Max. Seismic Response Coefficient (Cs [max]) (For T > TL)

= SD1 TL I / T2 R
= 0.30 x 4 x 1.00 / ( 0.222 x 3.25 ) = 7.62
Min. Seismic Response Coefficient (Cs [m in]) = 0.01
70
Seismic Base Shear (V) = Cs W

= 0.123 x 9345 = 1149 kN

= 1149 / 2 = 575 kN
Distributing this force along the sidewall to mezzanine and eave level

The total weight ‘w 1’ at mezzanine level h 1 = 3.5 m, = 8464 kN
And the weight at roof level is ‘w 2’ at eave level h 2 = 7.55 m = 880.6 kN
Σ Wi h i = 8464 x 3.5 + 880.6 x 7.55 = 36272.53
Since, Ta = 0.22 < 0.50, hence k = 1.00
V1 = (w 1 h 1k / Σ W i h ik ) x V
= [8464 x 3.5/ ( 36272 )] x 575
= 470 kN
V2 = (w 2 h 2k / Σ W i h ik) x V
= [880.6 x 7.55/ ( 36272)] x 575
= 105 kN
71
Comb inations of Load Effects.

The effects on the structure and its components due to seismic forces shall be
Section 12.4.2.3 7-05 combined with gravity loads in accordance with the combination of loads in
Chapter 2 of ASCE 7-05. The earthquake load effects shall includ e the horizontal
and vertical effects.
For ASD Load Combinations (8, 9 & 10) as per chapter 9,
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
9) D + Co + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or f2 S ) + 0.525 Eh ± 0.525 Ev
10) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Where,
Eh = r QE
Ev = 0.20 SDS D
r = Reliability factor (Minimum = 1.00, Maximum = 1.50)
= 1.00 for SDC (A, B, C)
Section 12.3.4.2 7-05
= 1.30 for SDC (D, E, F) Conservatively
(See ASCE 7-05 Section 12.3.4.2 for m ore d etails)
Substituting the value of Eh and Ev in load combinations (8, 9 & 10),
Equation 8)
= D + C o + 0.7 r Q E ± 0.7 (0.20 SDS D)
= (1 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
* = (1 - 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
Equation 9)
= D + C o + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or f2 S ) + 0.525 r Q E ± 0.525 (0.20 SDS D)
= (1 + 0.105 SDS) D + Co + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or f2 S ) + 0.525 r Q E
* = (1 - 0.105 SDS) D + Co + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or f2 S ) + 0.525 r Q E
Equation 10)
= 0.6 D + 0.7 r Q E ± 0.7 (0.20 SDS D)
* = (0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
= (0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 r Q E
72
= (1 + 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 r Q E
using, r = 1.30
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.30 x 12.03 = 10.95 kN
(1+0.14 SDS) D = (1+0.14 x 0.40) D = 1.056 D
= 1.06 D + 10.95 (Ignoring C o)
1.06 DEAD LOAD
10.95 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
73
Where,
0.525 r Q E = 0.525 x 1.30 x 12.03 = 8.21 kN
(1 + 0.105 SDS)D = (1+0.105 x 0.40) D = 1.042 D
= 1.04 D + 0.75 Lr + 8.21
1.04 DEAD + 0.75 ROOF LIVE LOAD
8.21 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
74
= (0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 r Q E

= (0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
Where,
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.30 x 12.03 = 10.95 kN
(0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6 + 0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.656 D
(0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6 - 0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.544 D
= 0.66 D + 10.95 (Ignoring C o)

0.54 DEAD LOAD
10.95 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
75
If mezzanine is considered, the distributions of forces are,

V1 = 109.2 kN
V2 = 23.50 kN
= (1 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
using, r = 1.30
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.30 x 109.2 = 99.37 kN
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.30 x 23.50 = 21.39 kN
(1+0.14 SDS) D = (1+0.14 x 0.40) D = 1.056 D
= 1.06 D + 99.37 + 21.39 (Ignoring C o)
1.06 DEAD LOAD
21.39 kN
99.37 kN
Vh Vh
Vv CASE-1 (AS SHOWN) Vv
76
Where,
0.525 r Q E = 0.525 x 1.30 x 109.2 = 74.53 kN
0.525 r Q E = 0.525 x 1.30 x 23.50 = 16.04 kN
(1 + 0.105 SDS)D = (1+0.105 x 0.40) D = 1.042 D
= 1.04 D + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 Lr + 74.53 + 16.04
1.04 DEAD LOAD + 0.75 ROOF LIVE LOAD
16.04 kN
0.75 FLOOR LIVE LOAD
74.53 kN
Vh Vh
77
= (0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 r Q E
= (0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 r Q E
Where,
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.30 x 109.2 = 96.37 kN
0.7 r Q E = 0.7 x 1.30 x 23.50 = 21.39 kN
(0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6+0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.656 D
(0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6-0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.544 D
= 0.66 D + 96.37 + 21.39 (Ignoring C o)
= 0.54 D + 96.37 + 21.39 (Ignoring C o) (Will govern)
0.54 DEAD LOAD
21.39 kN
99.37 kN
Vh Vh
78
Seismic Load Effect inclu ding over Strength Factor

The Seismic Over strength Factor using Em load combination is ap plied to ensure
a ductile perform ance und er seismic loading, in other words, if failu re is occur it
should be yielding failu re of the member in consideration rather than a brittle
failure of the connections. Hence, all connections of moment resisting fram es,
braced fram es, tension bracing & their connections, strut mem bers and their
connections should be designed using Em load combinations.
Note:-
Seismic Load Combination s 8 & 9 in LRFD an d 11,12,13 in ASD (See chapter 9)
For ASCE 7-05 ASD Load Combinations (11,12,13) as per chapter 9,

11) D + Co + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
12) D + Co + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 (Lr or f2 S) + 0.525 Emh ± 0.525 Ev
13) 0.6 D + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
Where,
Emh = Ωo Q E
Ev = 0.20 SDS D
Ωo = 2.50 for Main Frames
= 2.00 for bracings
Substituting the value of Emh and Ev in load combinations (11,12),
Equation 11)
= D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E ± 0.7 (0.20 SDS D)
= (1 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E
* = (1 - 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E
Equation 12)
= D + C o + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or f2 S ) + 0.525 Ωo Q E ± 0.525 (0.20 SDS D)
= (1 + 0.105 SDS) D + Co + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or f2 S ) + 0.525 Ωo Q E
* = (1 - 0.105 SDS) D + Co + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or f2 S ) + 0.525 Ωo Q E
Equation 13)
= 0.6 D + 0.7 Ωo Q E ± 0.7 (0.20 SDS D)
* = (0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E
= (0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 Ωo Q E
79
= (1 + 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E
using, Ωo = 2.50 for main frames or 2.00 for bracing
0.7 Ωo Q E = 0.7 x 2.50 x 12.03 = 21.05 kN

(1+0.14 SDS) D = (1+0.14 x 0.40) D = 1.056 D
= 1.06 D + 21.05 (Ignoring Co)
1.06 DEAD LOAD
21.05 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
80
= (1 + 0.105 SDS) D + Co + 0.75 Lf + 0.75 ( Lr or f2 S ) + 0.525 Ωo Q E
Where,
0.525 Ωo Q E = 0.525 x 2.50 x 12.03 = 15.79 kN
(1 + 0.105 SDS)D = (1+0.105 x 0.40) D = 1.042 D
= 1.04 D + 0.75 Lr + 15.79
1.04 DEAD + 0.75 ROOF LIVE LOAD

]
15.79 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
81
= (0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D + Co + 0.7 Ωo Q E

= (0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D + C o + 0.7 Ωo Q E
Where,
0.7 Ωo Q E = 0.7 x 2.50 x 12.03 = 21.05 kN
(0.6 + 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6 + 0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.656 D
(0.6 - 0.14 SDS) D = (0.6 - 0.14 x 0.40) D = 0.544 D
= 0.66 D + 21.05 (Ignoring C o)

0.54 DEAD LOAD

]
21.05 kN
Vh Vh
Vv Vv
CASE-1 (AS SHOWN)
82
Table 6.1 Com parison Tab le for Seism ic Zones and Coefficients
Important Note:-
1) This comparison is based on an excersice of back calculating the values of ( Ss ) and ( S1 )

required in MBMA 06 in order to get the same value of Seismic Base Shear as per UBC 97, for a given
weight and other constant parameters.
2) There is no validation from any code for this comparison. It is merely a tool to facilitate the
calculation of same base shear for both UBC 97 and MBMA 06 code.
3) This comparison is valid upto a height of 13 meters. For values greater than 13 meters, the user can
calculate the value by trial and error. Values for 15 & 25 M is also given below.
4) The comparison is valid for only default values indicated below
Default Values
UBC 97 MBMA 06
1 Soil Profile = D Occupancy Category II
2 Occupancy Categories = Standard Structures Site Class D
3 Seismic Source type = B Reponse Modification Factor R = 3
4 Distance to Seismic Source 10 km
For Building Height upto 13 meters

UBC 97 Zones 1 2A 2B 3 4
Ss 0.1055 0.3650 0.5000 0.9310 1.2830
MBMA 06
S1 0.0400 0.0900 0.1300 0.2600 0.3000
For Building Height = 15 meters

Ss 0.1950 0.4000 0.6000 0.8300 1.2000
MBMA 06
S1 0.0410 0.1720 0.2350 0.3700 0.4770
For Building Height = 25 meters

Ss 0.1800 0.4000 0.6000 0.7500 0.9000
MBMA 06
S1 0.0420 0.1780 0.2431 0.3850 0.4950
83
Table 12.12-1 ASCE 7-05 Allowable Story Drift

Occup an cy Category
Stru cture
I or II III IV
Structures other than m asonry shear w all or
m asonry wall fram e structures, 4 stories or less with
interior walls, p artitions, ceilings and exterior w all H c / 40 H / 50 H / 66
system s that have been designed to accom mod ate
the story d rifts
Masonry cantilever shear w all stru ctu res d H/ 100 H/ 100 H / 100
Other m asonry shear w all structures H/ 142 H/ 142 H / 142
Masonry w all fram e stru ctures H/ 76 H/ 76 H / 100
All other stru ctu res H/ 50 H/ 66 H / 100
Where,
a) H – is the story h eight below level ‘x’
b) For seismic force resisting system s com p rised solely of m om ent frames in seism ic d esign categories D, E, F, the allowable story
d rift shall com ply w ith requ irem en ts of section 12.12.1.1
c) There shall be no d rift lim it for sin gle story stru ctures w ith interior w alls, p artitions, ceilings, and exterior w all system s th at
have been d esigned to accom mod ate the story d rifts. The stru ctu re separation requ irem ent of section 12.12.3 is not w avied .
d) Stru ctures in w hich the basic stru ctu ral system con sists of masonry shear w alls d esigned as vertical elem ents cantilevered from
their base or fou nd ation su p port w hich are so con stru cted that m oment transfer betw een shear w alls (cou p ling) is negligible
e) Striked ou t line is rem oved from ASCE 7-05
84
Elem en ts D esign ed Usin g Seism ic Force Effects, (E) an d (Em ).
The seism ic force effects, (E) and (Em ) shou ld be u sed to d esign the
follow ing elem ents for all seism ic d esign categories excep t SDC A
(all 3 sites).
ASCE 7 Section s Req u irin g Use of th e (Em ) Load Com b in ation

The follow ing ASCE 7-05 Sections requ ire the u se of the (Em ) load
com bination:
1. ASCE 7 Section 12.10.2.1 Collector elem ents, sp lices, and their

connections to resisting elements.
2. ASCE 7 Section 12.3.3.3 Elem ents su p p orting d iscontinu ou s w alls or
fram es.
AISC Seism ic Provision s Req u irin g Use of th e (Em ) Load

Com bin ation
The AISC Seismic Provisions ap p ly w here the cod e specified seism ic

resp onse mod ification coefficient (R), for steel stru ctu res is greater
than 3.0, u nless sp ecifically requ ired by the IBC. It shou ld be noted
that the AISC Seismic Provisions w ou ld also ap p ly for cantilever
colu m n system s w here (R) is less than 3 for SDC B, C, D, E or F. N ote
that the 2005 ed ition of the AISC Seism ic Provisions elim inated Part
III w hich contained the rules for Allowable Stress Design to LRFD
(strength) conversion. This latest ed ition still allows tw o strength
based d esign m ethod s; Allowable Strength Design (new ASD) and
LRFD. H ow ever, all affected p rovisions in Part I w ere rew ritten in
the d u al form at (new ASD and LRFD), which assu mes the u se of the
m atching load com binations from the Ap plicable Bu ild ing Cod e
(e.g. 2006 IBC). If the op tion is taken to d esign the stru ctu re u sing
(R=3) and (Ωo=3) , and to not inclu d e seism ic d etailing, then the
ad d itional requ irem ents of AISC Seism ic Provisions d o not ap p ly.
85
The following AISC Seism ic Provisions requ ire the u se of the (Em )
load com bination:
1. AISC Seism ic Provision s Part I, Section 8.3 Colu m n Stren gth
The follow ing p rovisions for colu m n axial strength (shown here in
the ASD form at) are only requ ired to be m et w hen ( Ωc P a / P n > 0.4 )
N ote that (Ωc) is 1.67 for ASD and (P a ) is the requ ired axial strength
of a colum n using ASD load com binations (w ithou t consid eration of
the am plified seism ic load ).
a) Axial tensile strength, consid ered in the absence of any ap p lied

m om ent, except that it need not exceed the m aximu m exp ected
strength of the found ation to resist up lift, as stated in Section
8.3(2)(b). N ote that this p rovision inherently p resu m es that the
tensile strength of the fou nd ation anchor rod s is su fficient to carry
the fu ll fou nd ation w eight. A sep arate p rovision in Section 8.5
sp ecifies that anchor rod s shou ld be d esigned u sing the same load
com binations u sed for the attached structure elem ents, inclu d ing
amp lified seism ic load s for shear, if ap p licable.
b) Axial com p ressive strength, consid ered in the absence of any

app lied mom ent, excep t that it need not exceed the lim its on the
requ ired com pressive strength based on the nom inal strengths of the
connecting beam or brace elem ents.
2. AISC Seism ic Provision s Part I, Section 14.4 – Ord in ary

Con cen trically Braced Fram es
Ord inary steel concentrically braced fram e systems, for the

connections of braces, as stated in Section 14.4.
H ow ever, the force need not exceed the m aximu m force that can be
transferred by either the brace or structu re system (see Excep tions in
Section 14.4).
86
3. AISC Seism ic Provision s Part I, Section 11.2a - Ord in ary Steel

M om en t Fram e Beam -to-Colu m n Con n ection s
The beam -to-colu m n connections of ord inary steel m om ent frames

are required to be d esigned for the lesser of either the flexu ral
strength of the beam or gird er (1.1 Ry M p ) or the m aximu m m om ent
that can be d elivered by the system (See Section 1.3.3.1 for fu rther
d iscu ssion). Alternatively, the connections may m eet the
requ irements for interm ed iate or sp ecial steel mom ent fram es.
4. AISC Seism ic Provision s Part I, Section 8.4a – Colu m n Sp lices
A colu mn sp lice is a field connection w hich is either bolted , w eld ed ,

or a combination of both. These sp lices need to be d esigned for the
amp lified forces d eterm ined at the location of the sp lice.
5. AISC Seism ic Provision s Part I, Section 8.5b – Req u ired Sh ear

Strength of Colu m n s at Colu m n Bases.
N ote this provision ap plies to both p inned and fixed base colum ns.
6. AISC Seism ic Provision s Part I, Section 8.5c – Req u ired

Flexu ral Stren gth of Colu m n s at Colu m n Bases.
N ote that this p rovision only ap p lies to fixed base colu m ns.
Elem en ts D esign ed Usin g Seism ic Load Effects (E)
The seismic load effects (E) shou ld be u sed to d esign all other
elements, not listed above, for all seism ic d esign categories excep t
SDC A (all 3 sites). H ow ever, in the AISC Seism ic Provisions , Part I,
Sections 13.4a and 14.4a, only the sp ecial d esign requ irements ap ply
for beam s intersected by bracing m em bers.
87
D istri b u tion of Seis m ic Forces
PINNED PINNED
T FIXED
A.
CASE 1
FIXED FIXED
FIXED
V/4
CASE 2
v_HXED__ FIXED FIXED

FIXED
V/4
V/4 V/4
FIXED FIXED FIXED FIXED
CASE 3
A V/2 A V/2
88
Chapter
S N O W L O A D S
Snow Loads
LUZ-
■z-m
M BM A 02
Section 1.5
D efinition
The International Building Code requires the design snow loads to be
ASCE 7-98
Section 7.0 d etermined in accordance with ASCE 7-98 for MBMA 2002 and ASCE 7-05 for
MBMA 2006. In this section, the snow load requirements of ASCE 7-98 for
MBMA 2002 and ASCE 7-05 for MBMA 2005 are summarized and examples are
provided for typical m etal roofing systems on low rise buildings. Appropriate
cross-reference to sections in ASCE 7-98 or ASCE 7-05 are provided
Groun d Snow Loads (p g) – Ground snow loads is to be used in the
LU-Z-
■z-m
d etermination of design snow loads for roof. Site specific case stud ies shall be
made to determine ground snow loads in areas where the data is not available,
or shall be provided by the authority having jurisdiction. Ground snow load
d etermination shall be based on an extreme value of statistical analysis of data
M BM A 06
available in the vicinity of the site using a value with a 2% annual probability of
Section 1.3.5
being exceeded (50 year mean recurrence interval).
ASCE 7-05
Chapter 7.0
Tab le 7.1(a) MBMA 02 and Table 1.3.1(a) MBMA 06 (No Change)
Nature of Occupancy
Snow Factor (Is)
Occu pancy Category
Low Hazard I 0.80
Standard
II 1.00
Bu ildings
Sub stan tial
III 1.10
Hazard
Essen tial
IV 1.20
Facilities
For more d etails see MBMA-2002, MBMA-2006ASCE 7-05, IBC 2006
1
S N O W L O A D S
Flat Roof Snow Loads (p f) – The snow load, Pf on a roof w ith a slope equal to or
less than 5° shall be calculated as per equation 7-1 below,
Eqn. 7-1 ASCE 7-98 p f = 0.7 C e C t I s p g

Eqn. 7-1 ASCE 7-05
But not less than following minim um values, for monoslope roofs with slopes
less than 15°, hip and gable roofs w ith slop es less than or equ al to
Sect. 7.3.4 ASCE 7-98 (21.3/ W)+0.5 and cu rved roofs w here the vertical angle from the eaves to the
Sect.7.3.4 ASCE 7-05 crow n is less than 10°
If p g <= 0.96 kN/ m 2 then p f >= Is p g

If p g > 0.96 kN / m 2 then p f >= 0.96 Is
Where,
Ce = exposure factor from Table 7-2 ASCE 7-98 / 05 (Default C e = 0.90)
Ct = thermal factor from Table 7-3 ASCE 7-98 / 05 (Default C t = 1.20)
Is = Importance Factor from Table 1.1 (a) / 1.3.1(a) (Default II, Is = 1.00)
pg = Ground Snow load in kN/ m 2
W = is the horizontal distance from eave to ridge in meters.
Tab le 1.5.2 / 1.3.5.2 Typ ical H eated and Un h eated Bu ild in g Usage
C t = 1.00 C t = 1.20
Manu facturing Production Agricu ltu ral bu ild ings
Manu facturing Equipm ent Service On-Farm Structures
Com m ercial Retail Stores Comm ercial Warehouse / Freight Term inals1
Some recreational facilities su ch as ice rinks,
Comm ercial Office and Banks gym s, field hou ses, exhibition bu ild ings, fair
build ings etc.
Some w arehou se facilities su ch as raw m aterial
Comm ercial Garages and Service Stations storage, m ini w arehouses parking and vehicle
storage, etc.
Ed u cational Comp lexes Refrigerated Storage Facilities
Hospital and Treatm ent Facilities
Chu rches
Governm ent Ad m inistration & Service
Transp ort Term inals
Resid ential
Some recreation facilities such as bow ling lanes,
theaters, m useu ms, clubs studios etc.
Som e w arehouse facilities’ such as retail
storage, parts d istribu tion and storage, etc.
1 - C = 1.10 if the build ing is kep t just above freezing
t
The valu es in the table serve as a guid e to assess if a bu ild ing falls in a heated or u nheated category, the actual planned u se and
occu p ancy of a given structu re m u st be con sid ered in d eterm inin g the therm al factor of the bu ild ing.
2
S N O W L O A D S
Exp osure Factor, C e Tab le 7-2 ASCE 7-98 / 7-05

Exp osu re of Roof
Terrain Category
Fu lly Exp osed Partially Exp osed Sheltered
A* N/ A 1.10 1.30
B 0.90 1.00 1.20
C 0.90 1.00 1.10
D 0.80 0.90 1.00
E 0.70 0.80 N/ A
F 0.70 0.80 N/ A
E – Above tree line in w ind sw ept m ountainou s areas.
F – In areas w here trees d o not exist for more than 3 km rad ius.
* - Category A is rem oved in ASCE 7-05
Fu lly Exp osed :- Roofs exp osed on all sid es w ith no shelters afford ed by
terrain, higher stru ctures or trees. Roofs that contain several large p ieces of
m echanical equ ipm ent, parapets w hich extend above the height of the
balanced snow load (h b ), or other obstru ctions are not in this category.
Partially Exposed:- All roofs except as ind icated as d efined in Fully Exp osed
and Sheltered roofs.
Sheltered :- Roof located tight in am ong conifers that qualify as obstru ctions.
Slop ed Roof Snow Loads:- Snow loads acting on a slop ing surface shall be
assum ed to act on the horizontal p rojection of that su rface. The slop ed roof
snow load, (p s) shall be obtained as below ,
Eqn. 7-2 ASCE 7-98 p s = CS p f

Eqn. 7-2 ASCE 7-05
Where,
C s = Roof slope factor (m ay be conservatively taken as 1.00) see MBMA 02/ 06

and ASCE 7-98/ 05 for more d etails and relevant equ ations for steep roof
slopes.
Slippery surface valu es shall be u sed only w here the roofs su rface is
u nobstructed and sufficient sp ace is available below the eaves to accep t all the
slid ing snow . A roof shall be consid ered unobstru cted if no objects exist on it
w hich prevent snow on it from slid ing.
N ote that m etal roofs are assu m ed as slip pery su rfaces u n less th e p resen ce
of sn ow guard s or oth er ob stru ction s p reven ts sn ow from slid in g. (See
M BM A M etal Roofin g System s D esign M an u al)
3
S N O W L O A D S
Roof Slope Factor (C s ):- The requ irem ents of roof slop e factor are p rovid ed in
equ ation form below ,
a) For w arm roofs (C t <= 1.00), [i.e. all roofs not m eeting the d efinitions of (b)
cold roofs or (c) cool roofs.]
1) Unobstructed slippery roofs that w ill allow the snow to slid e off the
eaves and provid ed it is either a non-ventilated roof w ith R>= 30 ft 2 h
°F/ Btu (5.3 °C m 2/ W), or a ventilated roof w ith R>= 20 ft 2 h °F/ Btu (3.5
°C m 2/ W) [w here, R is the therm al resistance of the roofing m aterial in
ft 2 h °F/ Btu (°C m 2/ W) ,
Cs = 1.00 for, θ <= 5°

Cs = 1-(θ-5)/ 65 for, 5° < θ < 70°
Cs =0 for, θ >= 70°
N ote that for a ventilated roof the exterior air und er it shall be able to circu late
freely from its eaves to its ridge.
2) All other w arm roofs,
Cs = 1.00 for, θ <= 30°

Cs = 1-(θ-30)/ 40 for, 30° < θ < 70°
Cs =0 for, θ >= 70°
b) For cold roofs (C t = 1.20), [i.e. u nheated structu res and stru ctures
intentionally kept below freezing]
eaves,
Cs = 1.00 for, θ <= 15°

Cs = 1-(θ-15)/ 55 for, 15° < θ < 70°
Cs =0 for, θ >= 70°
Cs = 1.00 for, θ <= 30°

Cs = 1-(θ-45)/ 25 for, 30° < θ < 70°
Cs =0 for, θ >= 70°
4
S N O W L O A D S
c) For cool roofs (C t = 1.10), [i.e. structu res kept ju st above freezing and
others w ith cold , ventilated roofs w ith a therm al resistance betw een the
ventilated space and the heated space greater than R=25
eaves,
Cs = 1.00 for, θ <= 10°

Cs = 1-(θ-10)/ 60 for, 10° < θ < 70°
Cs =0 for, θ >= 70°
Cs = 1.00 for, θ <= 37.5°

Cs = 1-(θ-37.5)/ 32.5 for, 37.5° < θ < 70°
Cs =0 for, θ >= 70°
For cu rved roofs, m ultip le fold ed p late roofs, saw -tooth roofs, or barrel vault
roofs see ASCE 7-98 or ASCE 7-05 for ap p ropriate C s valu es.
Ice Dam s an d Icicles alon g Eaves:- Add itional load s d u e to ice d am s and
icicles along the eaves are specified in ASCE 7-98 / 05, section 7.4.5 as follows,
Tw o typ es of w arm roofs that d rain w ater over their eaves shall be cap able of
sustaining a u niform ly d istribu ted load = 2 P f, on all overhanging p ortions:
a) Unventilated w arm roofs that have an R-value less than R-30

b) Ventilated w arm roofs that have an R-valu es less than R-20
N o other loads except d ead load s shall be present on the roof w hen this
u niform ly d istributed load is app lied .
The intent is to consid er heavy load s from ice that form s along the eaves only
for stru ctures w here such load s are likely to form. It is also not consid ered
necessary to analyze the entire stru ctu re for such load s, ju st the eaves
them selves. These may be ignored in case the building is provid ed w ith
cu rved eaves.
Partial Load in g:- The effect of having a selected sp ans load ed w ith the
balanced snow load and rem aining spans load ed w ith half the balanced snow
load shall be investigated as follow s,
5
S N O W L O A D S
Continu ou s Beam System s, shall be investigated for the effects of the 3 load ing
cond itions as show n in figu re 7-4 and explained in 3 cases below ,
Case -1:- Full unbalanced snow load on either exterior span and half the
balanced snow load on all other spans.
Case-2:- H alf the balanced snow load on either exterior span, and full balanced
snow load on all other spans.
Case-3:- All p ossible com binations of full balanced snow load on any two
ad jacent spans and half the balanced snow load on all other spans. For this
case there will be (n-1) p ossible com binations w here n equals the nu m ber of
spans in the continu ous beam system .
If a cantilever is p resent in any of the above cases, it shall be considered to be a

span.
Partial load p rovisions n eed n ot b e ap p lied to th e stru ctu ral m em b ers wh ich
sp an p erp en d icu lar to th e ridge lin e (m ain fram e rafters) in gab le roofs with
slop es greater th an (21.3/W+0.5)
Full
Half
Am ▲ ▲ ▲
Case 1
Full
Half
Arht A ▲ A A
Case 2
Full
Half Half
A: A A A
Case 3
•The lefl supports are dashed since they would not exist when a cantilever is present.
FIGURE 7-4. Partial Loading Diagrams for Continuous Reams
6
S N O W L O A D S
Un b alan ced Sn ow Loads:- For hip and gable roofs w ith a slope exceed ing 70°
or w ith a slop e less than (21.3/ W+0.5), unbalanced snow load s are not
requ ired to be ap p lied . A su m mary of u nbalanced load cases for hip and gable
roofs is given in figure below as per MBMA 2002 (Revised in MBMA 2006 see
follow ing page),
p4
(a) Balanced Case
1 ,5p.VQ for 6 < 5°
mu
1 .Spycc for 8 > 5°
(b) Unbalanced Case
W < 20 ft.
1.2(1 + 0.5p)ps
(c) Unbalanced Case 0.3pi C«
W >20 ft. and 0>
275Pp,
yW
rnri ▼ ▼ n ♦
1.2(l + p)pf 1.2pf

1 2pr
Ce Cc
(d) Unbalanced Case Cc
0-3p,
275ppf
W > 20 ft. and 6<
vW UIMU :
W
K
K
»
Figure 1.5.8
Unbalanced Snow Loads for Gable/Hip Roofs
Where,
β = 0.50 if, L/ W <= 1.00
β = 0.33 + 0.167 L/ W if, 1.00 < L/ W <= 4
Eqn . 7-3 ASCE 7-98
β = 1.00 if, L/ W > 4
L = roof length parallel to ridge line

W = is the horizontal distance from eave to ridge in meters.
7
S N O W L O A D S
Un b alan ced Sn ow Loads for G ab le / H ip Roof As p er M BM A 2006
p»
±_*
(a) Balanced Case
▼ ▼
lxpB
(b) Unbalanced Case
W < 20 ft.
T T
With roof rafter system
(Not applicable to metal
building framing)
|hdVs
a
(c) Unbalanced Case "? hdV
Other
0.3p.
± _ v'S
Ps
iiliilil ' }
W Note: Unbalanced loads need not be

considered for 0 > 70' or for 0 <
1 larger of 2.38’ and (70/W + 0.5).
I
s o
hd = 0.43 Vw +10 1.5

(ASCE 7-05 Figure 7-9 with U = W)
if W < 25, use W = 25 fl
Figure 1.3.5.8
Unbalanced Snow Loads for Gable/Ilip Roofs
(Ref. ASCE 7-05 Section 7.6.1 and Figure7-5)
8
S N O W L O A D S
D rifts on Lower Roofs:- Drift load s on low er roofs are sp ecified in section 7.7
of ASCE 7-98/ 05, separate provisions are given for d rifting at roof steps
(higher portions of the sam e stru ctu re) and for d rifting cau sed by ad jacent
structures and terrain features. The triangu lar d rift load s are sup erim posed on
the balanced snow load .
The requirem ents of ASCE 7-98/ 05 are su m marized below in a form m ore
suitable for p rogram m ing,
Eqn. 7-9 ASCE 7-98 1) Low er Roof of a structu re (ASCE7-98/ 05, Section 7.7.1)
Eqn. 7-9 ASCE 7-05
a. Leew ard Drift H eight (m):
h d = [(0.416) (LL)1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457

w here,
Lu = length of u pp er roof in m eters
If Lu <= 7.62 m , u se Lu = 7.62 m
b. Wind w ard Drift H eight (m):
h d = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL)1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457}

w here,
LL = length of u pp er roof in m eters
If LL <= 7.62 m , use LL = 7.62 m
The larger of the leew ard d rift height and the w indw ard drift height shall be
u sed in d esign.
D rift w id th:- For both leeward and w ind w ard d rifts, the w id th ‘w ’ is
d eterm ined as follow s:
If h d <= h c then, w = 4h d <= 8h c

If hd > hc then, w = 4h d / h c <= 8h c
2
If hd = hc
Where,
hc = clear height from top of balanced snow load to
(1) closest point on the ad jacent u pper roof,
(2) top of p arap et
(3) top of a projection on the roof, in meters.
9
S N O W L O A D S
If the d rift w id th, ‘w ’ exceed s the w id th of the low er roof, the d rift shall be
tru ncated at the far edge of the roof, not red u ced to zero there.
The m axim um intensity of the d rift surcharge load, P d g equals h d g w here

snow d ensity ‘g ’, is d efined as below
Eqn. 7-4 ASCE 7-98 g = [ 0.426 Pg + 2.2 ] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3

Eqn . 7-4 ASCE 7-05
This density shall also be u sed to d eterm ine h b by d ivid ing p f (or p s) by g ,
Where,
h b = height of unbalanced snow load in m eters d eterm ined by d ivid ing p f or p s
by the snow density g
2) Ad jacent structure and terrain featu res, the d rifting loads caused by
adjacent structures and terrain features is specified in ASCE 7-98 section
7.7.2 and is as follow s:
“The requirem ents for d rifts of low er roofs above shall also be used to
d eterm ine d rift load s caused by a higher structure or terrain feature w ithin
6.096 m eters of a roof. The sep aration distance ‘s’ betw een the roof and
ad jacent structure or terrain feature shall red uce any ap plied d rift loads on the
low er roof by a factor equal to (6.096 – s)/ 6.096, w here ‘s’ is in m eters.”
—r
r *
T
hc h<j
h„
Pd
Surcharge Load
.Due to Drifting
Balanced Snow Load
FIGURE 7-8. Configuration of Snow Drifts on Lower Roofs
10
S N O W L O A D S
Roof Projections:- Drift loads by roof p rojections are specified in ASCE 7-

98/ 05 section 7.8. The d rifts are calculated the sam e as for a roof step , figu re 7-
9 of ASCE 7-98/ 05, excep t that the drift height is taken as 0.75 h d and Lu is
equ al to the length of the roof u pw ind of the p rojection.
Slid in g Snow :- (Revised in M BM A 2006 / ASCE 7-05)

Slid in g snow is specified in ASCE 7-98 section 7.9 as follows:
“The extra load cau sed by snow slid ing off a sloped roof onto a low er roof
shall be d etermined assum ing that all the snow that accu m ulates on the u pp er
roof under the balanced load ing cond ition slides onto the low er roof.”
Engineering ju d gm ent is also required regard ing the w id th ‘W’ of the

d eposited slid ing snow . The recom mend ed app roach below is based on the
information provid ed in ASCE 7-98 comm entary.
It is the recom mend ation of MBMA that the follow ing m ethod be used to
d eterm ine the amount of slid ing snow for a m etal roof. The w eight of slid ing
snow in kN/ m of length of the lower roof, SL shall be d istribu ted as a u niform
load over a w id th of low er roof, ‘W’ as follows,
SL = 1.25 P fu Lu ( 1 - C SD ) <= g h c w
Where,
P fu = balanced roof snow load on the up per roof
Lu = w idth of the up per roof slop ed in the d irection of the low er roof
g = d ensity of snow
hc = clear height from top of balanced snow load to
(1) closest point on the ad jacent u pper roof,
(2) top of p arap et
(3) top of a projection on the roof, in meters.
w = lesser of 6.096 m eters or w id th of low er roof when, h c <= 0.914 m
w = 18.28/ h c >= 1.524 m eters, h c > 0.914 m
C SD = ( 1 - θ / 65) θ <= 65° (See figu re 1.5.11)
C SD =0 θ > 65°
11
S N O W L O A D S
1.0
\\
I
-\\
0.8 - \\
W All
w Other Surfaces
Cs
0.6
\ \
— Unobstructed
_
W .Slippery Surfaces
0.4
\\
\\
\ \
0.2
CSD, Slope Factor
for Sliding Snow \\\
0
I
0 30° 60° 90°
Roof Slope
Figure 1.5.11
Sliding Snow Roof Slope Factor, CSD
The above figure from MBMA 2002 is removed in MBMA 2006
Slid in g sn ow is sp ecified in ASCE 7-05, Section 7.9 as follow s:
“The load cau sed by snow sliding off a sloped roof onto a low er roof shall be
d eterm ined for slip pery upper roofs w ith slopes greater than θ =1.193°, and for
other (i.e. nonslip pery) upper roofs w ith slopes greater than θ =9.46°. The total
slid ing load p er u nit length of eave shall be 0.4 p f W, w here W is the horizontal
d istance from the eave to rid ge for the sloped upp er roof.
The slid ing load shall be d istributed uniformly on the low er roof over a
d istance of 4.57 m from the u pper roof eave. If the w idth of the low er roof is
less than 4.57 m , the slid ing load shall be red u ced p roportionally. The sliding
snow load shall not be further red uced unless a portion of the snow on the
u pp er roof is blocked from sliding onto the lower roof by snow alread y on the
low er roof or is expected to slid e clear of the low er roof.
Refer exam p le for m ore d etails
12
S N O W L O A D S
Com b in in g Sn ow loads:- Balanced snow load s, unbalanced snow load s, d rift

load s, and slid ing snow are treated as sep arate load cases and are not to be
com bined excep t as noted below ,
Slid ing snow load s shall be su perim posed on the balanced snow load as per
ASCE 7-98/ 05, section 7.9
Drift load s shall be superim posed on balanced snow load s as per ASCE 7-
98/ 05, section 7.7 and 7.7.1 respectively
Rain -On -Sn ow su rch arge:- Rain-on snow surcharge is specified in section 7.10
of ASCE 7-98/ 05. It is only applicable when p g <= 0.957 kN / m 2, but not zero,
and the roof slop e is less than (θ < 2.386 in MBMA 02 and W/ 15240 in MBMA
2006, W is in m m) . The m aximu m surcharge is 0.239 kN / m 2.
Balanced Pi
Load 0
2P,/<V
Unbalanced
Load
0
t
0.5 pf
* May be somewhat less; see Section 7.6.3.
FIGURE 7-6. Balanced and Unbalanced Snow Loads for a Sawtooth Roof
Wind
Windward Leeward Leeward Drift
Windward Drift Step Step
Snow
FIGURE 7-7. Drifts Formed at Windward and Leeward Steps
13
S N O W L O A D S
Snow load s for Iran :
To be checked w ith the customer. For Kish island located jobs snow load s are
not applicable.
Snow load s for Jordan :
To be checked w ith the custom er. Usu ally it is 0.75 k N/m 2 on the “Roof”.
14
S N O W L O A D S
Example
Exam ple :- 7.1
Given Data:-
Build ing Use = Warehouse (Standard Building)
Building width = 15240 mm
Building length = 30480 mm
Eave height = 4877 mm
Roof Slope = 1:12 (θ = 4.76°) S = 12
Roof Extension = 3048 x 12192 mm (at eave, along sidewall)
Frame type = Clear span
Terrain category =B
Adjacent Structures = more than 6096 mm away
Roof type = partially exposed , heated, smooth surface, unventilated.
Roof Insulation = R-19
Ground Snow Pg = 0.718 kN/ m 2
3048
4877 12192
θ = 4.76
30480
15240
BUILDING GEOMETRY
15
S N O W L O A D S
Solution:- (As per MBMA 2002)
Since the building is stand ard building, Importance Factor

Is = 1.00 Table 1.1(a)
Roof Thermal Factor, C t = 1.00 Table 1.5.2
Roof Exposure Category, Ce = 1.00 Table 7.2
Roof Slope factor Cs = 1.00 (Section 1.5.5(a)(ii))
Eave to ridge distance ‘W’ = 7620 mm
Building length ‘L’ = 30480 mm
Rain on surcharge need not be considered since the roof slope θ = 4.76° > 2.386°
Roof Snow Load:-

1) Flat Roof Snow Load p f = 0.7 C e C t Is p g
= 0.7 x 1 x 1 x 1 x 0.718 = 0.502 kN / m 2
Check if m inimum p f requirem ent is satisfied ,

(21.3/ W)+0.5 = (21.3/ 7.62)+0.5 = 3.29° < 4.76°
Therefore, roof is not classified as Low-Slope and m inimum P f does not apply.
2) Sloped Roof Snow Load p s= C s p f (balanced load )

= 1.00 x 0.502 = 0.502 kN / m 2
3) Unbalanced snow load need not be consid ered if the roof slope is,
θ > 70°
OR
θ < [(21.3/ W)+0.5]
Since the roof slop e is m ore than 3.29° < 4.76°, unbalanced snow load should be
considered.
Note:- ASCE 7-98 does not add ress asymmetric roofs with regard to unbalanced
load. This situation exists in this exam ple, since the roof extension does not
extend the entire length of the building; one rational method to hand le this is to
compute effective width as below,
W1 = 7620 mm W2 = 10668 mm (W 1 + Roof extension width)

L1 = 18288 m m L2 = 12192 mm
W eff = (W 1 L1 + W 2 L2) / (L1 + L2)
= (7620 x 18288 + 10668 x 12192) / (18288+12192)
W eff = 8839.2 mm
16
S N O W L O A D S
W2
A A
zx zx L2
Ww Weff
■l
he = 0.89
RIDGE LINE
WIND
B B
z\ L1
W1
Case-1
Ww = 7620 mm W eff = 8839 mm

L/ W eff = (30480 / 8839) = 3.45 <= 4.00
We know,
β = 0.50 if, L/ W <= 1.00
β = 0.33 + 0.167 L/ W if, 1.00 < L/ W <= 4
β = 1.00 if, L/ W > 4
Therefore,
β = 0.33 + 0.167 (3.45) = 0.91
Snow d ensity,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 0.718 + 2.2 = 2.50 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
Since, effective w id th
WL =W eff = 8839 > 6096 m m and ,
275 βp f/ g W L = 275 x 0.91 x 0.502 / (2.50 x 8.839) = 5.68°
Roof slope θ = 4.76° < 5.68°
Therefore case (d ) of figure 1.5.8 governs as shown in figure below, the load
values at various points left eave, ridge and right eave are calculated as below,
17
S N O W L O A D S
Uniform windward load (left eave)

= 0.3 p f = 0.30 x 0.502 = 0.15 kN/ m 2
Tapered leeward load (ridge)
= 1.2 p f / C e
= 1.2 x 0.502 / 1.00 = 0.60 kN/ m 2
Tapered leeward load (right eave)
= 1.2 (1+β) p f / Ce
= 1.2 (1+0.91) x 0.502 / 1.00 = 1.15 kN/ m 2
Maxim um load at right eave = 1.2 (p f/ Ce)+g h e
= 1.2 x (0.502/ 1.00)+2.50 x 0.89
= 2.83 = 2.83 kN/ m 2
The load at right eave should not exceed the maximum load.
0.99
0.60 1.15
0.15
UNBALANCED SNOW LOAD
0.50
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
18
S N O W L O A D S
WL Ww
.
he=0.63
WIND
Case-2
W w = W eff = 8839 mm WL = 7620 mm

L/ W L = (30480 / 7620) = 4.00 <= 4.00
We know,
β = 0.50 if, L/ W <= 1.00
β = 0.33 + 0.167 L/ W if, 1.00 < L/ W <= 4
β = 1.00 if, L/ W > 4
Therefore,
β = 0.33 + 0.167 (4.00) = 1.00
Snow d ensity,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 0.718 + 2.2 = 2.50 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
WL = 7620 > 6096 m m and ,
275 βp f/ g W L = 275 x 1.00 x 0.502 / (2.50 x 7.62) = 7.24°
Roof slope θ = 4.76° < 7.24°
19
S N O W L O A D S
Uniform windward load (right eave)

= 0.3 p f = 0.30 x 0.502 = 0.15 kN/ m 2
= 1.2 p f / C e
= 1.2 x 0.502 / 1.00 = 0.60 kN/ m 2
Tapered leeward load (left eave)
= 1.2 (1+β) p f / Ce
= 1.2 (1+1.00) x 0.502 / 1.00 = 1.20 kN/ m 2
= 1.2 x (0.502/ 1.00)+2.50 x 0.63
= 2.18 = 2.18 kN/ m 2
The load at left eave should not exceed the maximum load .
0.60
1.20
0.15
0.50
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
20
S N O W L O A D S
Solution:- (As per MBMA 2006)

Is = 1.00 Table 1.1(a)
Roof Snow Load:-

= 0.7 x 1 x 1 x 1 x 0.718 = 0.502 kN / m 2

(21.3/ W)+0.5 = (21.3/ 7.62)+0.5 = 3.29° < 4.76°
Therefore, roof is not classified as Low-Slope and m inimum P f does not apply.

= 1.00 x 0.502 = 0.502 kN / m 2
Less than the larger of (21.3/ W)+0.5 = 3.29° or 2.38°
Since the roof slop e is m ore than 3.29° < 4.76°, unbalanced snow load should be
considered.
Note:- ASCE 7-05 does not ad dress asymmetric roofs with regard to unbalanced
load. This situation exists in this exam ple, since the roof extension does not
extend the entire length of the building; one rational method to hand le this is to
compute effective width as below,
W1 = 7620 mm W2 = 10668 mm (W 1 + Roof extension width)

L1 = 18288 m m L2 = 12192 mm
W eff = (W 1 L1 + W 2 L2) / (L1 + L2)
= (7620 x 18288 + 10668 x 12192) / (18288+12192)
W eff = 8839.2 mm
Note:- W eff = W 2 = 10668 m m in MBMA 2006
21
S N O W L O A D S
W2
A A
zx zx L2
Ww Weff
■l
he = 0.89
RIDGE LINE
WIND
B B
z\ L1
W1
Case-1
Ww = 7620 mm W eff = 10668 mm

(21.3/ W+0.5) = (21.3/ 7.62+0.5) = 3.30 > 2.38
h d = [(0.416) (W W )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= [(0.416) (7.62)1/ 3 (0.718 + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= 0.399 m
Snow d ensity,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 0.718 + 2.2 = 2.50 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
Since the Roof slope θ = 4.76° is greater than the greater of (21.3/ W+0.5) = 3.30
or 2.38°, Unbalanced loads m ust be consid ered.
Therefore case (c) of figure 1.3.5.8 governs as shown in figure below, the load
22
S N O W L O A D S
Uniform windward load

= 0.3 p s = 0.30 x 0.502 = 0.15 kN/ m 2
Uniform leeward load = ps = 0.502 = 0.50 kN/ m 2
Surcharge leeward load = h d g / ( S ) 0.5
= 0.399 x 2.50 / ( 12 ) 0.5 = 0.29 kN/ m 2
Surcharge leeward length = (8/ 3) h d ( S ) 0.5
= (8/ 3) x 0.399 ( 12 ) 0.5 = 3.69 m
The balanced and unbalanced d esign snow loads are shown in the figure below,
3.69
0.29
0.50
0.15
0.50
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
23
S N O W L O A D S
WL Ww
.
he=0.63
WIND
Case-2
WL = 7620 mm Ww = 10668 mm
(21.3/ W w +0.5) = (21.3/ 10.668+0.5) = 2.50 > 2.38
h d = [(0.416) (W W )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= [(0.416) (10.668)1/ 3 (0.718 + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= 0.502 m
Snow d ensity,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 0.718 + 2.2 = 2.50 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
24
S N O W L O A D S

= 0.3 p s = 0.30 x 0.502 = 0.15 kN/ m 2
= 0.502 x 2.50 / ( 12 ) 0.5 = 0.36 kN/ m 2
= (8/ 3) x 0.502 ( 12 ) 0.5 = 4.64 m
4.632
0.36
0.50
0.15
0.50
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
25
S N O W L O A D S
Exam ple :- 7.2 (As p er M BMA 2002)

Consid er the same as example 7.1 without the canopy
Since the roof slope of 4.76° is greater than (21.3/ W+0.5) = 3.30°,
Unbalanced loads must be considered.
Ww WL
1
he=0.63
T
WIND
Case-1
Ww = 7620 mm WL = 7620 mm
L/ W = (30480 / 7620) = 4.00 = 4.00
We know,
β = 0.50 if, L/ W <= 1.00
β = 0.33 + 0.167 L/ W if, 1.00 < L/ W <= 4
β = 1.00 if, L/ W > 4
Therefore,
β = 0.33 + 0.167 (4.00) = 1.00
Snow d ensity,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 0.718 + 2.2 = 2.50 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
WL =W w = 7620 > 6096 m m and ,
275 βp f/ g W L = 275 x 1.00 x 0.502 / (2.50 x 7.62) = 7.24°
Roof slope θ = 4.76° < 7.24°
26
S N O W L O A D S

= 0.3 p f = 0.30 x 0.502 = 0.15 kN/ m 2
= 1.2 p f / C e
= 1.2 x 0.502 / 1.00 = 0.60 kN/ m 2
= 1.2 (1+β) P f / Ce
= 1.2 (1+1.00) x 0.502 / 1.00 = 1.20 kN/ m 2
= 1.2 x (0.502/ 1.00)+2.50 x 0.63
= 2.18 = 2.18 kN/ m 2
0.60 1.20
0.15
0.50
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
The unbalanced loading in the other d irection will be mirror image of the above
pattern, if the structural sections are symmetrical there is no need of other checks,
but if not, then the sections should be checked.
27
S N O W L O A D S
Exam ple :- 7.2 (As p er M BMA 2006)

Consid er the same as example 7.1 without the canopy
Since the roof slope of 4.76° is greater than (21.3/ W+0.5) = 3.30°,
Unbalanced loads must be considered.
Ww WL
1
he=0.63
T
WIND
Case-1
Ww = 7620 mm WL = 7620 mm
(21.3/ W+0.5) = (21.3/ 7.62+0.5) = 3.30 > 2.38
h d = [(0.416) (W W )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= [(0.416) (7.62)1/ 3 (0.718 + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= 0.399 m
Snow d ensity,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 0.718 + 2.2 = 2.50 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
28
S N O W L O A D S

= 0.3 p s = 0.30 x 0.502 = 0.15 kN/ m 2
= 0.399 x 2.50 / ( 12 ) 0.5 = 0.29 kN/ m 2
= (8/ 3) x 0.399 ( 12 ) 0.5 = 3.69 m
3.69
0.29
0.50
0.15
0.50
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
The unbalanced loading in the other d irection will be mirror image of the above
pattern, if the structural sections are symmetrical there is no need of other checks,
but if not, then the sections should be checked.
29
S N O W L O A D S
Partial Loading:-
a) Rigid Frames:-Partial Load ing is not required on the members that span
perpendicular to the ridge line in gable roofs with slopes greater than
[(21.3/ W+0.5) = 3.30° (As per MBMA 2002)] [Greater of (21.3/ W+0.5) = 3.30°
or 2.38° as per MBMA 2006]
b) Continuous Roof Purlin:- All three load cases need to be evaluated as
follows: (Same in MBMA 2002 and 2006)
Case-1: Full balance snow load on each exterior span and half the
balance snow load on all other spans
0.50 0.25
End Bay Interior Bay End Bay
0.25 0.50
Case-2: Half the balance snow load on each exterior span and
full balanced snow load on all other spans
0.25 0.50
0.50 0.25
Case-3: All possible combinations of full balanced snow load on any

2 adjacent spans and half the balanced snow load on all other spans
0.25 0.50 0.25

0.50 0.25
0.25 0.50
30
S N O W L O A D S
Note:- Purlin design may be controlled by minimum roof live loads per section
1.3.3 or the unbalanced tapered load of 0.60 kN/ m 2 at ridge and 1.20 kN/ m 2 at
the eave.
Eave Overhang Ice Loading:- This load is stipulated as a UDL = 2p f = 0.502 x 2 =

1.004 kN/ m 2, this needs to be combined only with dead and only the eave
members should be designed for this load. as a uniformly distributed load equal.
Note that even though the overhang is unheated , the value of 2 p f is calculated
using Ct = 1.0. However for gable overhangs, p f should be calculated using Ct =
1.2. No other loads except dead load s shall be present on the roof when this load
is applied.
31
S N O W L O A D S
Exam ple: - 7.3 (As per MBMA 2002)

This example demonstrates the calculation of a typical roof snow load with a
check for minimum roof snow load.
Given:-
Building Use = Fire Station (Essential Facility)
Roof Slope = 3:12 (θ = 14.04°)
Frame type = Clear Span
Roof type = Exposed , Heated , Sm ooth surface, unventilated ,
Roof insulation = R-30
Terrain Category =B
Adjacent Structures = more than 6096 mm aw ay
Ground Snow Load p g = 1.197 kN/ m 2
Solution:-
Since the building is essential building, Importance Factor
Is = 1.20 Table 1.1(a)
Roof Slope factor Cs = 1-( θ-5)/ 65 (Section 1.5.5(a)(i))
= 1-(14.04-5)/ 65 = 0.86
Roof Snow Load:-

= 0.7 x 0.9 x 1 x 1.2 x 1.197 = 0.905 kN / m 2

(21.3/ W)+0.5 = (21.3/ 7.62)+0.5 = 3.29° < 14.04°
Therefore, roof is not classified as Low-Slope and m inimum p f does not apply.

= 0.86 x 0.905 = 0.778 kN / m 2
32
S N O W L O A D S
3) Unbalanced snow load need not be considered if the roof slope is,
θ > 70°
OR
θ < [(21.3/ W)+0.5]
Since the roof slop e is m ore than 3.29° < 14.04°, unbalanced snow load should
be considered.
L/ W = (30480 / 7620) = 4.00 = 4.00

We know,
β = 0.50 if, L/ W <= 1.00
β = 0.33 + 0.167 L/ W if, 1.00 < L/ W <= 4
β = 1.00 if, L/ W > 4
Therefore,
β = 0.33 + 0.167 (4.00) = 1.00
Snow d ensity,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 1.197 + 2.2 = 2.71 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
Since, w id th
WL = 7620 > 6096 m m and ,
275 βP f/ g W L = 275 x 1.00 x 0.905/ (2.71 x 7.62) = 12.05°
Roof slope θ = 14.04° > 12.05°
Therefore case (c) of figure 1.5.8 governs as shown in figure below, the load
1.56
0.23 y ///\
v/' /// „//
0.78
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
33
S N O W L O A D S

= 0.3 p s = 0.30 x 0.778 = 0.23 kN/ m 2
Uniform leeward load (rid ge & right eave)
= 1.2 (1+0.5β) p s / Ce
= 1.2 (1+0.5) x 0.778 / 0.9 = 1.56 kN/ m 2
The balanced and unbalanced d esign snow loads are shown in the figure above.
Partial Loading:-
(21.3/ W+0.5) = 3.30°
b) Continuous Roof Purlin:- All three load cases need to be evaluated as in
example 7.2
Note:- Purlin Design may be controlled by the unbalanced snow load of 1.56
kN/ m 2

members should be designed for this load .
34
S N O W L O A D S

This example demonstrates the calculation of a typical roof snow load with a
check for minimum roof snow load.
Given:-
Building Use = Fire Station (Essential Facility)
Roof Slope = 3:12 (θ = 14.04°) S = 12/ 3 = 4
Roof type = Exposed , Heated , Sm ooth surface, unventilated ,
Terrain Category =B
Adjacent Structures = more than 6096 mm aw ay
Solution:-
Since the building is essential building, Importance Factor
Is = 1.20 Table 1.1(a)
Roof Slope factor Cs = 1-( θ-5)/ 65 (Section 1.5.5(a)(i))
= 1-(14.04-5)/ 65 = 0.86
Roof Snow Load:-

= 0.7 x 0.9 x 1 x 1.2 x 1.197 = 0.905 kN / m 2

(21.3/ W)+0.5 = (21.3/ 7.62)+0.5 = 3.29° < 14.04°
Therefore, roof is not classified as Low-Slope and m inimum p f d oes not apply.

= 0.86 x 0.905 = 0.778 kN / m 2
35
S N O W L O A D S
Less than the larger of (21.3/ W)+0.5 = 3.29° or 2.38°
Since the roof slop e is m ore than 3.29° < 14.04°, unbalanced snow load should
be considered.
Ww = 7620 mm WL = 7620 mm
(21.3/ W+0.5) = (21.3/ 7.62+0.5) = 3.29 > 2.38
h d = [(0.416) (W W )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= [(0.416) (7.62)1/ 3 (1.197 + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= 0.475 m
Snow density,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 1.197 + 2.2 = 2.71 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
or 2.38°, Unbalanced load s m u st be consid ered.
Therefore case (c) of figu re 1.3.5.8 governs as shown in figure below, the load
values at various points left eave, rid ge and right eave are calculated as below,
Uniform windward load = 0.3 p s = 0.30 x 0.778 = 0.23 kN/ m 2

= 0.475 x 2.71 / ( 4 ) 0.5 = 0.64 kN/ m 2
= (8/ 3) x 0.475 ( 4 ) 0.5 = 2.53 m
36
S N O W L O A D S
2.53
0.64
0.78
0.23
0.78
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
Partial Loading:-
c) Rigid Frames:-Partial Load ing is not required on the members that span
(21.3/ W+0.5) = 3.30°
d) Continuous Roof Purlin:- All three load cases need to be evaluated as in
example 7.2
kN/ m 2

is applied.
37
S N O W L O A D S
Exam ple: - 7.4
Given:-
Build ing Use = Manufacturing (Standard Building)
Build ing Size
Width x Length x Eave Height
(Area 01) = 30480 x 91440 x 9144 mm
(Area 02) = 30480 x 53340 x 6096 mm
(Area 03) = 30480 x 38100 x 9144 mm
(Area 04) = 15240 x 9144 x 3658 mm (Flat Roof)
Roof Slope = 2:12 (θ = 9.46°) S = 12/ 2 = 6
Roof typ e = Sheltered, Heated, Smooth surface, unventilated ,
Terrain Category =B
Ad jacent Structures = more than 6096 mm aw ay
Ground Snow Load P g = 1.915 kN/ m 2
Area 01
12 Area 03
2
Area 04
F
E
9144 C2
Ni
3657
a
A
3048
B C1 9144
7620 38100
15240
7620
9144
□
D
53340
6096 Area 02
30480
4572
3048
Bu ildin g Geometry an d Drift Location s
38
S N O W L O A D S
Solu tion:- (As p er M BM A 2002)

Is = 1.00 Table 1.1(a)
Roof Snow Load:-

1) Flat Roof Snow Load:-
pf = 0.7 C e C t Is p g
= 0.7 x 1.2 x 1 x 1 x 1.915 = 1.609 kN / m 2
Check if m inimum P f requirement is satisfied ,
If p g > 0.96 kN / m 2 then p f >= 0.96 Is = 0.96 kN/ m 2
Therefore pf = 1.609 kN / m 2
2) (Area 01) = 30480 x 91440 x 9144 m m

Sloped Roof Snow Load p s = Cs p f (balanced load )
= 1.00 x 1.609 = 1.609 kN / m 2
Unbalanced Snow Load :-
Since the roof slope 9.46° is greater than (21.3/ W+0.5) =1.89°, unbalanced loads
must be considered.
Gable roof length to width ratio L/ W = 91440 / 15240 = 6.00
We know,
β = 0.50 if, L/ W <= 1.00
β = 0.33 + 0.167 L/ W if, 1.00 < L/ W <= 4
β = 1.00 if, L/ W > 4
Therefore,
β = 1.00
Snow density,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 1.915 + 2.2 = 3.02 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
Since, w id th
WL = 15240 > 6096 mm and ,
275 βp f/ g W L = 275 x 1.00 x 1.609/ (3.02 x 15.24) = 9.62°
Roof slope θ = 9.46° < 9.62°
Therefore case (d) of figure 1.5.8 governs as shown in figure below, the load
39
S N O W L O A D S

= 0.3 p f = 0.30 x 1.609 = 0.48 kN/ m 2
= 1.2 p f / C e
= 1.2 x 1.609 / 1.2 = 1.609 kN/ m 2
= 1.2 (1+β) p f / Ce
= 1.2 (1+1.00) x 1.609 / 1.2 = 3.22 kN/ m 2
Maxim um load at right eave = 1.2 (P f/ C e)+g h e
= 1.2 x (1.609/ 1.2)+3.02 x 2.54
= 9.28 = 9.28 kN/ m 2
1.61
3.22
0.48
1.61
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
Partial Loading:-
(21.3/ W+0.5) = 1.89°
example 7.2
kN/ m 2
Eave Overhang Ice Loading:- This load is stipulated as a UDL = 2p f = 2 x 1.609 =

40
S N O W L O A D S
3) (Area 02) = 30480 x 53340 x 6096 m m

= 1.00 x 1.609 = 1.609 kN / m 2
must be considered.
We know,
β = 0.50 if, L/ W <= 1.00
β = 0.33 + 0.167 L/ W if, 1.00 < L/ W <= 4
β = 1.00 if, L/ W > 4
Therefore,
β = 0.33 + 0.167 (3.5) = 0.91
Snow density,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 1.915 + 2.2 = 3.02 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
Since, w id th
WL = 15240 > 6096 mm and ,
275 βp f/ g W L = 275 x 0.91 x 1.609/ (3.02 x 15.24) = 8.75°
Roof slope θ = 9.46° > 8.75°
Therefore case (c) of figu re 1.5.8 governs as shown in figure below, the load
2.34
0.48
1.61
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
41
S N O W L O A D S

= 0.3 p s = 0.30 x 1.609 = 0.48 kN/ m 2
Uniform leew ard load (rid ge & right eave)
= 1.2 (1+0.5β) p s / Ce
= 1.2 (1+0.5x0.91) x 1.609 / 1.2 = 2.34 kN/ m 2
Partial Loading:-
(21.3/ W+0.5) = 1.89°
example 7.2
kN/ m 2
4) (Area 03) = 30480 x 38100 x 9144 m m

Sloped Roof Snow Load P s = Cs p f (balanced load )
= 1.00 x 1.609 = 1.609 kN / m 2
must be considered.
We know,
β = 0.50 if, L/ W <= 1.00
β = 0.33 + 0.167 L/ W if, 1.00 < L/ W <= 4
β = 1.00 if, L/ W > 4
Therefore,
β = 0.33 + 0.167 (2.5) = 0.75
Snow density,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 1.915 + 2.2 = 3.02 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
Since, w id th
WL = 15240 > 6096 mm and ,
275 βp f/ g W L = 275 x 0.75 x 1.609/ (3.02 x 15.24) = 7.21°
Roof slope θ = 9.46° > 7.21°
42
S N O W L O A D S
Uniform wind ward load (left eave)

= 0.3 p s = 0.30 x 1.609 = 0.48 kN/ m 2
Uniform leew ard load (ridge & right eave)
= 1.2 (1+0.5β) p s / Ce
= 1.2 (1+0.5x0.75) x 1.609 / 1.2 = 2.21 kN/ m 2
2.21
0.48
1.61 /ÿr
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
Partial Load ing:-

c) Rigid Frames:-Partial Loading is not required on the members that span
perpend icular to the ridge line in gable roofs with slopes greater than
(21.3/ W+0.5) = 1.89°
d ) Continuous Roof Purlin:- All three load cases need to be evaluated as in
example 7.2
kN/ m 2
43
S N O W L O A D S
5) (Area 04) = 15240 x 9144 x 3658 mm (Flat Roof)

Flat Roof Snow Load p s = Cs p f (balanced load )
= 1.00 x 1.609 = 1.609 kN / m 2
D rift Load s an d Slid in g Snow Load s:-
N ote:- Unbalanced snow loads, d rift load s and sliding snow load are treated as
sep arate load cases and are not to be com bined as p er section 1.5.12.
1) Calcu lation of Snow Area ‘A’ (See isom etric view )

a. Drift Load
h r (Average) = (h 1 + h 3)/ 2 – h 2
h1 = Eave height +(w id th/ 2) tan θ
= 9.14 + (30.48/ 2) x tan 9.46 = 11.68 m
h2 = 3.65
h3 = Eave height +(Offset/ 2) tan θ
= 9.14 + (15.24/ 2) x tan 9.46 = 10.41 m
h r (Average) = (11.68 + 10.41)/ 2 – 3.65 = 7.40 m
h b (Dep th of snow) = Pressure / Density

= pf / g = 1.609 / 3.02 = 0.533 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 7.40 – 0.533 = 6.87 m
hc / hb = 6.87 / 0.533 = 12.89 > 0.20
Therefore, Drift Loads shou ld be consid ered.
i
hd hr (Avg.)
j
hb
V w
9144
(average)
LOWER ROOF
1.61
7.26
rrr
h1
La
hr h3
h2
7498 T
9144
44
S N O W L O A D S
LL (w ind w ard ) = 9.14 m

h d (w ind w ard ) = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL)1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457}
= 0.75 {[(0.416) (9.14) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457}
= 0.469 m < h c = 6.87 m
Lu (leew ard ) = 91.44 m

h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= [(0.416) (91.44) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.875 m < h c = 6.87 m
Therefore, Leew ard d rift controls with h d = 1.875 m , and

Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.875 = 7.50 m
Drift Surcharge load , P d = h d g = 1.875 x 3.02 = 5.66 kN / m 2
Total load at Drift location = p s + p d = 1.609 + 5.66 = 7.26 kN / m 2
b. Slid ing Snow
N ot app licable, because from the profile of the bu ild ing, w e can see that no
snow w ill slid e from the Area 01 to Area 04
2) Calcu lation of Snow Area ‘B’ (See isom etric view )

a. Drift Load
Slop ed –roof snow load , Ps = 1.609 kN / m 2 (balanced load)
hr = Eave H eight Area 1 – Eave H eight Area 2
= 9.144 – 6.096 = 3.048 m
= pf / g = 1.609 / 3.02 = 0.533 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.048 – 0.533 = 2.515 m
hc / hb = 2.515 / 0.533 = 4.72 > 0.20
Therefore, Drift Loads should be consid ered.
LOWER ROOF
T
hr (Avg.) hd 5.11
+ 1.61
hb 4640
w
45
S N O W L O A D S
LL (w ind w ard ) = Lu (leew ard ) = 30.48 m

Therefore, leew ard drift controls,
h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= [(0.416) (30.48) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.16 m < h c = 2.515 m
Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.16 = 4.64 m
b. Slid ing Snow

We know ,
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.048 – 0.533 = 2.515 m
Snow w ill slide from rid ge to eave w idth of Area 01 tow ard s Area 02
Lu = 30.48 / 2 = 15.24 m
Since roof slope of 9.46° is less than 65°
C SD = (1 – θ/ 65) = (1-9.46°/ 65) = 0.854
Since h c > 0.914 m
w = (0.914 / h c) x 6.096
= (0.914 / 2.515) x 6.096 = 2.215
But w should not be greater than 1.524 m , hence w = 1.524
Slid ing Snow Load SL = 1.25 p fu Lu (1-C SD ) <= g h c w

= 1.25x1.609x15.24x(1-0.854) = 4.48 kN / m
Maximum Slid ing Load = g h c w = 3.02 x 2.515 x1.524 = 11.6 kN/ m
Slid ing Load / m 2 = SL / w = 4.48/ 1.524 = 2.94 kN/ m2
Therefore total load = 1.609 + 2.94 = 4.55 kN/ m2
46
S N O W L O A D S
3) Calcu lation of Snow Area ‘C 1’ & ‘C 2’ (See isom etric view )

a. Drift Load
Slop ed –roof snow load , ps = 1.609 kN / m 2 (balanced load)
N ote:- C 1 is on unobstru cted sid e and C 2 is on obstru cted sid e w here the snow
is prevented from slid ing off eave. H ow ever, as p reviou sly ind icated , Cs is
equ al to 1.00 for both sid es for the roof insulation of R-19
= 9.144 – 6.096 = 3.048 m
= pf / g = 1.609 / 3.02 = 0.533 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.048 – 0.533 = 2.515 m
hc / hb = 2.515 / 0.533 = 4.72 > 0.20
LOWER ROOF
i
hd hr 5.48
1.61
hb
5120
w 53340
53340

h d (leew ard ) = 0.75 x [(0.416) (53.34) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.12 m < h c = 2.515 m
h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (38.10) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.28 m < h c = 2.515 m
Therefore, leew ard d rift controls with hd = 1.28 m
Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.28 = 5.12 m
Drift Surcharge load , p d = h d g = 1.28 x 3.02 = 3.86 kN / m 2
b. Slid ing Snow
snow w ill slid e from this Area.
47
S N O W L O A D S
4) Calcu lation of Area ‘D’ (See isom etric view )

a. Drift Load
Unheated structure d ue to canop y cond ition (C t = 1.20)
Flat Roof Snow Load P f = 0.7 C e C t Is p g
= 0.7 x 1.2 x 1.2 x 1.0 x 1.915 = 1.93 kN / m 2
hr = Eave H eight Area 2 – Canop y H eight

= 6.096 – 4.572 = 1.524 m
= pf / g = 1.93 / 3.02 = 0.639 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 1.524 – 0.639 = 0.885 m
hc / hb = 0.885 / 0.639 = 1.38 > 0.20
CANOPY LOWER
THAN EAVE HEIGHT 3.26
1524 4.67
1.93
3048
3048
6096
LOAD ON CANOPY
LL (w ind w ard ) = 3.048 m < 7.62, hence u se LL = 7.62 m

h d (leew ard ) = 0.75 x [(0.416) (7.62) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 0.42 m < h c = 0.885 m
h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (30.48) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.16 m > h c = 0.885 m
Therefore, leeward drift controls w ith h c = 0.885 m
Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d 2 / h c = 4 x 1.162/ 0.885 = 6.08 m
Maximu m Drift w id th, w = 8h c = 8 x 0.885 = 7.08 m
H ence use w = 6.08 m
Drift Surcharge load , p d = h c g = 0.885 x 3.02 = 2.67 kN / m 2
Total load at Drift location = p f + p d = 1.93 + 2.67 = 4.67 kN / m 2
N ote: - For the below eave canopy, the m inim u m d esign live load p er section
1607.11.2.5 of the IBC 2000 is 2.87 kN/ m 2
48
S N O W L O A D S
b. Slid ing Snow

We know ,
hc = (h r – h b) = 1.524 – 0.639 = 0.885 m
Snow w ill slid e from rid ge to eave w idth of Area 01 tow ard s Area 02
Lu = 30.48 / 2 = 15.24 m
C SD = (1 – θ/ 65) = (1-9.46°/ 65) = 0.854
Since h c < 0.914 m, w is lesser of 6.096 or the lower roof w id th = 3.048
w =3.048 m
= 1.25x1.609x15.24x(1-0.854) = 4.48 kN / m
Maximu m Slid ing Load = g h c w = 3.02 x 0.885 x3.048 = 8.15 kN / m
Slid ing Load / m 2 = SL / w = 4.48/ 3.048 = 1.47 kN / m2
Therefore total load = 1.93 + 1.47 = 3.40 kN/ m2
T CANOPY TOTAL = 3.40

1.47 (Sliding Snow)
1524
1.93 (Flat Roof Snow)
1
3048
3048
LOAD ON CANOPY
5.48
5.11
0.53
4.62
5.15
1.61
49
S N O W L O A D S
5) Calcu lation of Area ‘E’ (See isom etric view )

a. Drift Load
For the intersection of the drifts B and C2 at E, the d esign load should be as
shown in figu re below in kN/ m 2,
6) Calcu lation of Area ‘F’ (See isom etric view )

a. Valley Drift Load
For Area 1 and 3, p f = 1.61 kN / m 2
hb = pf / g = 1.61 / 3.02 = 0.533 m
w e know, Ce = 1.20
The u nbalanced snow load ,
At Rid ge = 0.50 p f = 0.50 x 1.61 = 0.80 kN / m 2

At Valley = 2 p f / Ce = 2 x 1.60/ 1.2 = 2.67 kN/ m 2
Check if calcu lated snow d epth in valley extend s above snow level at rid ge:
Snow d ep th at valley, h d v = 2.67 / 3.02 = 0.88 m
Snow level at rid ge relative to valley

= 15.24 x 2 / 12 + 0.533/ 2 = 2.80 m
Since snow d ep th at valley 0.88 < 2.80, the valley snow d oes not extend above
the rid ge.
Wind w ard slop e snow load = 0.3 p f = 0.3 x 1.61 = 0.483 kN / m 2
0.5 Pf 0.5 Pf
2Pf / Ce
hdv
7" r
2.67
0.80 0.80
0.48
15240 15240
RIDGE VALLEY RIDGE
VALLEY SNOW DRIFT
50
S N O W L O A D S

Is = 1.00 Table 1.1(a)
Roof Snow Load:-

pf = 0.7 C e C t Is P g
= 0.7 x 1.2 x 1 x 1 x 1.915 = 1.609 kN / m 2
2) (Area 01, 02 & 03) = 30480 x 91440 x 9144 mm

= 1.00 x 1.609 = 1.609 kN / m 2
Since the roof slope 9.46° is greater than the larger of (21.3/ W+0.5) =1.89°, 2.38°,
unbalanced loads must be considered.
Ww = 15240 mm
(21.3/ W+0.5) = (21.3/ 15.24+0.5) = 1.89 < 2.38
h d = [(0.416) (W W )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= [(0.416) (15.24)1/ 3 (1.92 + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= 0.826 m
Snow density,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 1.92 + 2.2 = 3.01 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
Since the Roof slope θ = 9.46° is greater than the greater of (21.3/ W+0.5) =
1.89° or 2.38°, Unbalanced load s m u st be consid ered .

= 0.826 x 3.01 / ( 6 ) 0.5 = 1.02 kN/ m 2
= (8/ 3) x 0.826 ( 6 ) 0.5 = 5.39 m
51
S N O W L O A D S
5.39
1.01
1.61
0.48
1.02
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
Partial Loading:-
(21.3/ W+0.5) = 1.89°
example 7.2
kN/ m 2
Eave Overhang Ice Loading:- This load is stipulated as a UDL = 2p f = 2 x 1.609 =

is applied.
52
S N O W L O A D S
3) (Area 04) = 15240 x 9144 x 3658 mm (Flat Roof)

Flat Roof Snow Load p s = Cs p f (balanced load )
= 1.00 x 1.609 = 1.609 kN / m 2
Note:- Although slope is less than W/ 50, still no rain on snow required since pg
> 0.96 kN/ m 2
D rift Load s an d Slid in g Snow Load s:-
N ote:- Unbalanced snow loads, d rift load s and sliding snow load are treated as
sep arate load cases and are not to be com bined as per section 1.3.5.12.
1) Calcu lation of Sn ow Area ‘A’ (See isom etric view )

a. D rift Load
h r (Average) = (h 1 + h 3)/ 2 – h 2
h1 = Eave height +(w id th/ 2) tan θ
= 9.14 + (30.48/ 2) x tan 9.46 = 11.68 m
h2 = 3.65
h3 = Eave height +(Offset/ 2) tan θ
= 9.14 + (15.24/ 2) x tan 9.46 = 10.41 m
h r (Average) = (11.68 + 10.41)/ 2 – 3.65 = 7.40 m

= Pf / g = 1.609 / 3.02 = 0.533 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 7.40 – 0.533 = 6.87 m
hc / hb = 6.87 / 0.533 = 12.89 > 0.20
.
hd hr (Avg.)
hb
9144
(average)
LOWER ROOF
7.26 hr h3
h1
1.61 ;
7498 1 I h2
r
9144
53
S N O W L O A D S

h d (w ind w ard ) = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL)1/ 3 (P g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457}
= 0.75 {[(0.416) (9.14) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457}
= 0.469 m < h c = 6.87 m

h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (P g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= [(0.416) (91.44) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.875 m < h c = 6.87 m

Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.875 = 7.50 m
Total load at Drift location = P s + P d = 1.609 + 5.66 = 7.26 kN / m 2
b . Slid in g Snow
snow w ill slid e from the Area 01 to Area 04
2) Calcu lation of Sn ow Area ‘B’ (See isom etric view )

a. D rift Load
Slop ed –roof snow load , p s = 1.609 kN/ m 2 (balanced load)
= 9.144 – 6.096 = 3.048 m
= Pf / g = 1.609 / 3.02 = 0.533 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.048 – 0.533 = 2.515 m
hc / hb = 2.515 / 0.533 = 4.72 > 0.20
LOWER ROOF
1
hr (Avg.) hd 5.11
4 1.61
1
hb
w
4640
54
S N O W L O A D S
LL (w ind w ard ) = Lu (leew ard ) = 30.48 m

Therefore, leew ard drift controls,
h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= [(0.416) (30.48) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.16 m < h c = 2.515 m
Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.16 = 4.64 m
b . Slid in g Snow
We know ,
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.048 – 0.533 = 2.515 m
Lu = 30.48 / 2 = 15.24 m
Since roof slope of 9.46° is greater than 1.19° Sliding snow must be checked
Total Slid ing load / m of eave = 0.4 p f W

= 0.4 x 1.609 x 15.24 = 9.808 kN / m
Slid ing snow shall be distribu ted over a length of 15 ft = 4.57 m
= 9.808 / 4.57 = 2.15 kN/ m 2
Since, (Sd / g ) = 2.15 / 3.02 = 0.712 m < 2.515 m, no red u ction is allow ed
pt = (p s + Sd ) = (1.609+2.15) = 3.76 kN / m 2
hc
hr
hb
LOWER ROOF
3.76
1.61
4.57 J,
55
S N O W L O A D S
3) Calcu lation of Sn ow Area ‘C 1’ & ‘C 2’ (See isom etric view )

a. D rift Load
Sloped –roof snow load , p s = 1.609 kN/ m 2 (balanced load )
N ote:- C 1 is on unobstru cted sid e and C 2 is on obstru cted sid e w here the snow
is prevented from slid ing off eave. How ever, as previou sly ind icated , C s is
equ al to 1.00 for both sid es for the roof insu lation of R-19

= 9.144 – 6.096 = 3.048 m
= pf / g = 1.609 / 3.02 = 0.533 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.048 – 0.533 = 2.515 m
hc / hb = 2.515 / 0.533 = 4.72 > 0.20
LOWER ROOF
hd hr 5.48
1.61
hb
5120
w 53340
53340

h d (leew ard ) = 0.75 x [(0.416) (53.34) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.12 m < h c = 2.515 m
h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (38.10) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.28 m < h c = 2.515 m
Therefore, leew ard d rift controls with hd = 1.28 m
Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.28 = 5.12 m
56
S N O W L O A D S
b . Slid in g Snow
N ot applicable, because from the p rofile of the bu ild ing, w e can see that no
snow w ill slid e from this Area.
4) Calcu lation of Area ‘D ’ (See isom etric view)

a. D rift Load
Unheated structure d ue to canop y cond ition (C t = 1.20)
Flat Roof Snow Load p f = 0.7 C e C t Is p g
= 0.7 x 1.2 x 1.2 x 1.0 x 1.915 = 1.93 kN / m 2
hr = Eave H eight Area 2 – Canop y H eight

= 6.096 – 4.572 = 1.524 m
= pf / g = 1.93 / 3.02 = 0.639 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 1.524 – 0.639 = 0.885 m
hc / hb = 0.885 / 0.639 = 1.38 > 0.20
CANOPY LOWER
THAN EAVE HEIGHT 3.26
1524 4.67
1.93
3048
3048
6096
LOAD ON CANOPY
LL (w ind w ard ) = 3.048 m < 7.62, hence u se LL = 7.62 m

h d (leew ard ) = 0.75 x [(0.416) (7.62) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 0.42 m < h c = 0.885 m
h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (30.48) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.16 m > h c = 0.885 m
Therefore, leeward drift controls w ith h c = 0.885 m
Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d 2 / h c = 4 x 1.162/ 0.885 = 6.08 m
Maximu m Drift w id th, w = 8h c = 8 x 0.885 = 7.08 m
H ence use w = 6.08 m
Drift Surcharge load , p d = h c g = 0.885 x 3.02 = 2.67 kN / m 2
N ote: - For the below eave canopy, the m inim u m d esign live load p er section
7.4.5 of the ASCE 7-05 is 2 p f = 3.87 kN / m 2
57
S N O W L O A D S
b . Slid in g Snow
We know ,
hc = (h r – h b) = 1.524 – 0.639 = 0.885 m
Since roof slope of 9.46° is greater than 1.19° Sliding snow must be checked

= 0.4 x 1.609 x 15.24 = 9.808 kN / m

(Even thou gh the canopy w id th is 10ft = 3.048 m)
= 9.808 / 4.57 = 2.15 kN/ m 2
pt = (p f + Sd ) = (1.934+2.15) = 4.08 kN / m 2
CANOPY
1524
4.08
2.15
* J_!_L J J_L
1.93
3048 3048
5.48
5.11
0.53
4.62
5.15
1.61
58
S N O W L O A D S
5) Calcu lation of Area ‘E’ (See isom etric view )

a. D rift Load
For the intersection of the drifts B and C2 at E, the d esign load should be as
shown in figu re below in kN/ m 2,
6) Calcu lation of Area ‘F’ (See isom etric view )

a. Valley D rift Load
For Area 1 and 3, p f = 1.61 kN / m 2
hb = pf / g = 1.61 / 3.02 = 0.533 m
w e know, Ce = 1.20
At Rid ge = 0.50 p f = 0.50 x 1.61 = 0.80 kN / m 2

At Valley = 2 p f / Ce = 2 x 1.60/ 1.2 = 2.67 kN/ m 2

= 15.24 x 2 / 12 + 0.533/ 2 = 2.80 m
the rid ge.
Wind w ard slop e snow load = 0.3 p f = 0.3 x 1.61 = 0.483 kN / m 2
0.5 Pf 0.5 Pf
2Pf / Ce
//
hdv
r
2.67
0.80 0.80
0.48
toil
15240 15240
RIDGE VALLEY RIDGE
VALLEY SNOW DRIFT
59
S N O W L O A D S
Exam ple: - 7.5

This example demonstrates the calculation of drift snow loads including
unbalanced gable roof snow load and sliding snow.
Given:-
Build ing Use = Warehouse (Standard Building)
Build ing Size Width x Length x Eave Height
(Area 01) = 36576 x 38100 x 7315 mm
(Area 02) = 36576 x 38100 x 7315 mm
(Area 03) = 9144 x 3657mm (Flat Roof)
(Area 04) = 13716 x 4267 mm (Flat Roof)
Roof Slope = 6:12 (θ = 26.56°) S = 12/ 6 = 2
Frame type = Multi Gable
Roof type = Partially Exposed, Heated, Smooth surface,
Unventilated,
Terrain Category =B
Area 01 Area 02
12
6
Area 05
16459
7315 □ B
pD
3048
□
A
4267
38100 nC
Area 03
3657
3657
6096 13716
3353
18288
18288
36576
9144 Area 04
Buildin g Geometry an d Drift Location s
60
S N O W L O A D S

Is = 1.00 Table 1.1(a)
Roof Snow Load:-

= 0.7 x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1.44 = 1.008 kN / m 2
2) (Area 01) = 36576 x 38100 x 7315 m m

= 1.00 x 1.008 = 1.008 kN / m 2
must be considered.
We know,
β = 0.50 if, L/ W <= 1.00
β = 0.33 + 0.167 L/ W if, 1.00 < L/ W <= 4
β = 1.00 if, L/ W > 4
Therefore,
β = 0.33 + 0.167 L/ W = 0.678
Snow density,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 1.44 + 2.2 = 2.81 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
Since, w id th
WL = 18288 > 6096 mm and ,
275 βp f/ g W L = 275 x 0.678 x 1.008/ (2.81 x 18.29) = 3.65°
Roof slope θ = 26.56° > 3.65°
61
S N O W L O A D S

= 0.3 p s = 0.30 x 1.008 = 0.30 kN/ m 2
Uniform leew ard load (rid ge & right eave)
= 1.2 (1+0.5β) p s / Ce
= 1.2 (1+0.5x0.678) x 1.008/ 1.0 = 1.62 kN/ m 2
The balanced and unbalanced loads are shown in figure below
1.62
0.30
1.00
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
Partial Loading:-
(21.3/ W+0.5) = 1.66°
example 7.2
kN/ m 2
D rift Load s an d Slid in g Sn ow Load s:-
N ote:- Unbalanced snow loads, d rift load s and slid ing snow load are treated as
sep arate load cases and are not to be com bined as p er section 1.5.12.
62
S N O W L O A D S

a. D rift Load
hr = Eave H t. Area 1 – Eave Ht. Area 3

hr = 7.315 – 3.658 = 3.66
= pf / g = 1.008 / 2.81 = 0.359 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.66 – 0.359 = 3.30 m
hc / hb = 3.30 / 0.359 = 9.19 > 0.20
hb
* LOWER ROOF
Thr •1
hd 4.29
1.00
hb
4670
w

h d (w ind w ard ) = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL)1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457}
= 0.75 {[(0.416) (9.14) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457}
= 0.425 m < h c = 3.30 m

h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= [(0.416) (36.58) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.16 m < h c = 3.30 m

Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.16 = 4.64 m
63
S N O W L O A D S
b . Slid in g Snow
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.66 – 0.359 = 3.30 m
Lu = 36.58 / 2 = 18.29 m
C SD = (1 – θ/ 65) = (1-26.56°/ 65) = 0.591
Since h c > 0.914 m
w = (0.914 / h c) x 6.096
= (0.914 / 3.30) x 6.096 = 1.688

= 1.25x1.008x18.29x(1-0.591) = 9.42 kN / m
Maximu m Slid ing Load = g h c w = 2.81 x 3.30 x 1.688 = 15.65 kN / m
Slid ing Load / m 2 = SL / w = 9.42/ 1.688 = 5.58 kN / m 2
Therefore total load = 1.008 + 5.58 = 6.59 kN/ m 2
hb
LOWER ROOF
hr hd 6.59
i 1.00
hb
1688
w
64
S N O W L O A D S

For Area 01 and Area 02 p f = 1.008 kN / m 2

= pf / g = 1.008 / 2.81 = 0.359 m
w e know, Ce = 1.00
At Rid ge = 0.50 p f = 0.50 x 1.008 = 0.50 kN/ m 2

At Valley = 2 p f / Ce = 2 x 1.008/ 1.0= 2.01 kN/ m 2

= 18.29 x 6 / 12 + 0.72/ 2 = 9.51 m
the rid ge.
Wind w ard slop e snow load = 0.3 p = 0.3 x 1.008 = 0.30 kN / m 2
0.5 Pf 0.5 Pf
2Pf / Ce
-L
hdv
r
2.01
0.50 0.50
0.30
<m{Tl
18288 18288
RIDGE VALLEY RIDGE
VALLEY SNOW DRIFT
65
S N O W L O A D S
3) Calcu lation of Sn ow Area ‘C’ (See isom etric view )

a. D rift Load
h r (Average) = Eave H t. Area 1+Wid th / 4 x Slope–Ht. Area 4

hr = 7.31 + 36.58/ 4 x 6/ 12 – 3.657 = 8.22 m
= pf / g = 1.008 / 2.81 = 0.359 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 8.22 – 0.359 = 7.86 m
hc / hb = 7.86 / 0.359 = 21.89 > 0.20
AREA 1 AREA 2 RIDGE
EAVE
hr (Average) . :ÿ==x-
4.35
1.00
hd
AREA 4 zr
hb T 4754
LL (w ind w ard ) = 6.096 m < 7.62 m, use 7.62 m

h d (w ind w ard ) = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL)1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457}
= 0.75 {[(0.416) (7.62) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457}
= 0.381 m < h c = 7.86 m

h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= [(0.416) (38.10) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.19 m < h c = 3.30 m

Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.19 = 4.76 m
b . Slid in g Snow
We can see that no w ill slide from Area 2 to Area 4
66
S N O W L O A D S
4) Calcu lation of Sn ow Area ‘D ’ (See isom etric view )

a. D rift Load
h r (Average) = Eave H t. Area 2 + Eave H t. Area 5

hr = 7.315 + 4.267 = 3.048 m
= pf / g = 1.008 / 2.81 = 0.359 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.048 – 0.359 = 2.689 m
hc / hb = 2.689 / 0.359 = 7.49 > 0.20
2.47
hr 4.29
r
r 1.00
AREA 5
3352
4648
3352
LL (w ind w ard ) = (13.716+3.35) m = 17.06 m

h d (w ind w ard ) = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL)1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457}
= 0.75 {[(0.416) (17.06) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457}
= 0.602 m < h c = 7.86 m

h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= [(0.416) (36.58) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.17 m < h c = 3.30 m

Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.17 = 4.68 m
67
S N O W L O A D S
h d is red uced because of horizontal separation

= (6.096 - 3.352) / 6.096 = 0.45
Therefore, h d = 1.17 x 0.45 = 0.52 m
hd + hb = 0.52 + 0.359 = 0.879 m
Therefore, p t = g (h d + h b) = 2.81 x 0.879 = 2.47 kN / m 2
b . Slid in g Snow
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.048 – 0.359 = 2.689 m

C SD = (1 – θ/ 65) = (1-26.56°/ 65) = 0.591
Since h c > 0.914 m
w = (0.914 / h c) x 6.096
= (0.914 / 2.689) x 6.096 = 2.07 m
w cannot be greater than 1.524, hence w = 1.524 m
Since the wid th of slid ing snow ‘w’ = 1.524 < gap = 3.35 m, the sliding snow
w ill fall in between the bu ild ing.
68
S N O W L O A D S

Is = 1.00 Table 1.1(a)
Roof Snow Load:-

= 0.7 x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1.44 = 1.008 kN / m 2
2) (Area 01 & 02) = 36576 x 38100 x 7315 mm

= 1.00 x 1.008 = 1.008 kN / m 2
Since the roof slope 26.6° is greater than the larger of (21.3/ W+0.5) =1.67°, 2.38°,
unbalanced loads must be considered.
Ww = 18288 mm
(21.3/ W+0.5) = (21.3/ 18.29+0.5) = 1.67 < 2.38
h d = [(0.416) (W W )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= [(0.416) (18.29)1/ 3 (1.44 + 0.4788)1/ 4] - 0.457
= 0.833 m
Snow density,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 1.44 + 2.2 = 2.81 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m 3
Since the Roof slope θ = 9.46° is greater than the greater of (21.3/ W+0.5) =
1.89° or 2.38°, Unbalanced load s m u st be consid ered .

= 0.833 x 2.81 / ( 2 ) 0.5 = 1.66* kN/ m 2
(* - This value is in correct in MBMA 2006)
69
S N O W L O A D S

= (8/ 3) x 0.833 ( 2 ) 0.5 = 3.14 m
3.14
1.66
1.00
0.30
1.00
BALANCED SNOW LOAD
RIDGE
LEFT RIGHT
EAVE EAVE
ELEVATION
Partial Loading:-
(21.3/ W+0.5) = 1.66°
example 7.2
kN/ m 2
D rift Load s an d Slid in g Sn ow Load s:-
N ote:- Unbalanced snow loads, d rift load s and slid ing snow load are treated as
sep arate load cases and are not to be com bined as per section 1.3.5.12.
70
S N O W L O A D S

a. D rift Load
hr = Eave H t. Area 1 – Eave Ht. Area 3

hr = 7.315 – 3.658 = 3.66
= pf / g = 1.008 / 2.81 = 0.359 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.66 – 0.359 = 3.30 m
hc / hb = 3.30 / 0.359 = 9.19 > 0.20
hb
w
LOWER ROOF
hd
hr
4.26
1.00
l 4.64
hb

h d (w ind w ard ) = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL)1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457}
= 0.75 {[(0.416) (9.14) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457}
= 0.425 m < h c = 3.30 m

h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= [(0.416) (36.58) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.16 m < h c = 3.30 m

Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.16 = 4.64 m
71
S N O W L O A D S
c. Slid in g Snow
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.66 – 0.359 = 3.30 m
Lu = 36.58 / 2 = 18.29 m
Since roof slope of 26.56° is greater than 1.19° Slid ing snow m ust be checked

= 0.4 x 1.008 x 18.29 = 7.37 kN / m
= 7.37 / 4.57 = 1.61 kN / m 2
pt = (p f + Sd ) = (1.008+1.61) = 2.62 kN / m 2
hb
w
LOWER ROOF
t
hc
hr
2.62
1.00
-1 l 4.57
hb
72
S N O W L O A D S

For Area 01 and Area 02 p f = 1.008 kN / m 2

= pf / g = 1.008 / 2.81 = 0.359 m
w e know, Ce = 1.00
At Rid ge = 0.50 p f = 0.50 x 1.008 = 0.50 kN/ m 2

At Valley = 2 p f / Ce = 2 x 1.008/ 1.0= 2.01 kN/ m 2

= 18.29 x 6 / 12 + 0.72/ 2 = 9.51 m
the rid ge.
Wind w ard slop e snow load = 0.3 p = 0.3 x 1.008 = 0.30 kN / m 2
0.5 Pf 0.5 Pf
2Pf / Ce
-L
hdv
r
2.01
0.50 0.50
0.30
<m{Tl
18288 18288
RIDGE VALLEY RIDGE
VALLEY SNOW DRIFT
73
S N O W L O A D S
7) Calcu lation of Sn ow Area ‘C’ (See isom etric view )

a. D rift Load
h r (Average) = Eave H t. Area 1+Wid th / 4 x Slope–Ht. Area 4

hr = 7.31 + 36.58/ 4 x 6/ 12 – 3.657 = 8.22 m
= pf / g = 1.008 / 2.81 = 0.359 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 8.22 – 0.359 = 7.86 m
hc / hb = 7.86 / 0.359 = 21.89 > 0.20
w
AREA 2 RIDGE
AREA 1
EAVE
hd -tUMmm-
hd
hr (average)
hr
4.35
1.00
4.75 1.34
AREA 4
-l i
hb
hb
LL (w ind w ard ) = 6.096 m < 7.62 m, use 7.62 m
h d (w ind w ard ) = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL)1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457}
= 0.75 {[(0.416) (7.62) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457}
= 0.381 m < h c = 7.86 m

h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= [(0.416) (38.10) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.19 m < h c = 3.30 m

Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.19 = 4.75 m
b . Slid in g Snow
We can see that no w ill slide from Area 2 to Area 4
74
S N O W L O A D S
8) Calcu lation of Sn ow Area ‘D ’ (See isom etric view )

a. D rift Load
h r (Average) = Eave H t. Area 2 + Eave H t. Area 5

hr = 7.315 + 4.267 = 3.048 m
= pf / g = 1.008 / 2.81 = 0.359 m
hc = (h r – h b) = 3.048 – 0.359 = 2.689 m
hc / hb = 2.689 / 0.359 = 7.49 > 0.20
2.47
hr 4.29
r
r 1.00
AREA 5
3352
4648
3352
LL (w ind w ard ) = (13.716+3.35) m = 17.06 m

h d (w ind w ard ) = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL)1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457}
= 0.75 {[(0.416) (17.06) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457}
= 0.602 m < h c = 7.86 m

h d (leew ard ) = [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (p g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= [(0.416) (36.58) 1/ 3 (1.44+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 1.17 m < h c = 3.30 m

Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.17 = 4.68 m
75
S N O W L O A D S
h d is red uced because of horizontal separation

= (6.096 - 3.352) / 6.096 = 0.45
Therefore, h d = 1.17 x 0.45 = 0.52 m
hd + hb = 0.52 + 0.359 = 0.879 m
Therefore, p t = g (h d + h b) = 2.81 x 0.879 = 2.47 kN / m 2
b . Slid in g Snow
N ot applicable for this example, slid ing snow w ill fall betw een the tw o
bu ild ings. (The final resting place of any snow that slid es off a higher roof onto
a low er roof w ill d ep end on the size, p osition, and orentation of each roof.
Reference ASCE comm entary)
76
S N O W L O A D S
Exam ple: - 7.6
Given:-
Build ing Use = School Gymnasium (Substantial Hazard)
Build ing Size = 33528 x 60960 x 5486 mm
Roof Slope = 0.25:12 (θ = 1.20°) S = 12/ 0.25 = 48
Frame type = Multi-span (2 @16764 mm)
Roof type = Partially Exposed, Heated, Smooth surface,
Unventilated,
Terrain Category =B
A
1828 7620
A
C B
5486
30480
60960
33528
22860 3048 7620

3048x2438x30480
Raised Roof
2438
f
5486
i
33528
Buildin g Geometr y a nd Drift Loca tions
Solu tion :- (Sam e for b oth M BM A 2002 and 2006)

Since the bu ild ing is substantial Hazard build ing, Importance Factor
Is = 1.10 Table 1.1(a)
Since Pg is greater than 0.96 kN/ m 2, Rain on surcharge need not be considered.
77
S N O W L O A D S
Roof Snow Load:-

pf = 0.7 C e C t Is p g
= 0.7 x 1 x 1 x 1.1 x 1.915 = 1.47 kN / m2
Check if m inimum P f requirement is satisfied,
If p g > 0.96 kN / m 2 then p f >= 0.96 Is = 1.06 kN/ m2
Therefore pf = 1.47 kN/ m2
Snow d ensity,
g = [0.426 p g + 2.2] <= 4.70 kN/ m 3
g = 0.426 x 1.915 + 2.2 = 3.02 kN / m 3 < 4.70 kN/ m3
2) Continu ous Beam Systems:

The main frames will be designed for the following condition:
a. Full balanced snow load of 1.47 kN/ m 2 on either span and 0.735
kN/ m 2 on the other span.
Drift Sn ow Load:- (Required only for sides greater than 4572 m m )

1) Calculation for Area A:-
hr = 2.44 m
hb = 1.47 / 3.02 = 0.486 m
hc = (h r - h b) = (2.44 – 0.486) = 1.954 m
h c / h b = 1.954 / 0.486 = 4.021 m
Since h c / h b = 4.02 > 0.2, Drift load s m ust be consid ered .
LL1 (w ind w ard ) = 7.62 m = 7.62 m
h d (w ind w ard ) = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL1)1/ 3 (P g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457}
= 0.75 {[(0.416) (7.62) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457}
= 0.421 m < h c = 1.954 m
Therefore, hd = 0.76 m , and
Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 0.421 = 1.68 m
h d - h b = 0.421 + 0.486 = 0.907 m
Therefore, p t = (h d - h b) x g
= 0.907 x 3.02 = 2.74 kN / m 2
22860 3048 7620

w2 w1 3.76
2.74
-i i
hd hr
1.47
hb
3030 1680
78
S N O W L O A D S
2) Calculation for Area B:-
LL2 = 22.86 m
hd = 0.75 x [(0.416) (Lu )1/ 3 (P g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457
= 0.75 x [(0.416) (22.86) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457
= 0.76 m < h c = 1.954 m
Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 0.76 = 3.03 m
hd - hb = 0.76 + 0.486 = 1.246 m
Therefore, P t = (h d - h b) x g
= 1.246 x 3.02 = 3.76 kN / m 2
w1
I
5.03
. 1
hr i hd
1.47
T
hb
4740
3) Calculation for Area C:-
hr = 1.83 m
hb = 1.47 / 3.02 = 0.486 m
hc = (h r - h b) = (1.83 – 0.486) = 1.344 m
h c / h b = 1.344 / 0.486 = 2.765 m
Since h c / h b = 2.765 > 0.2, Drift load s m ust be consid ered .
LL1 (w ind w ard ) = 60.96 m = 60.96 m
h d (w ind w ard ) = 0.75 {[(0.416) (LL1)1/ 3 (P g + 0.4788)1/ 4] -0.457}
= 0.75 {[(0.416) (60.96) 1/ 3 (1.915+0.4788) ¼ - 0.457}
= 1.18 m < h c = 1.344 m
Wid th ‘w’ = 4h d = 4 x 1.18 = 4.74 m
h d - h b = 1.18 + 0.486 = 1.66 m
Therefore, p t = (h d - h b ) x g
= 1.66 x 3.02 = 5.03 kN / m 2
79
Chapter
C R A N E L O A D S
Crane Loads
E0
03
M BM A 02
M BM A 06
G en eral
The recommended practices in this chapter are intended to serve as a guide for
Section 2.1
the d esign of crane buildings with bridge, monorail, jib and single leg gantry
cranes of service classifications A through F.
The class of crane service can significantly affect design, and therefore, the cost
and performance of building framing used for the support of the crane system.
The six d ifferent categories of crane service classification have been established
by the CMAA as a guide for determining the service requirements of specific
applications. See table 8.1 below for details on these classification.
MBMA recommend ations are normally not applicable for crane buildings with
service class E or F, however some additional guidelines have been provided. For
more d etailed information see AISE Technical Report # 13.
Cranes may be manufactured to suit any of the crane classification described by

CMAA. Cranes are available with bridge, hoist, or trolley, either hand geared or
electric pow ered. The speed of hand geared cranes is low, and the impact forces
which the supp orting structures may resist are low compared to faster electric
cranes, these are generally specified by the custom er end-user in the PIF.
The d ifferent types of cranes commonly used are listed below,
1. Top Running Cranes. (Gantry Cranes)

2. Monorail Cranes.
3. Underhung Cranes.
4. Jib Cranes.
5. Semi Gantry Cranes.
Note:- There are no m ajor changes in MBMA 2006 compared MBMA 2002
1
C R A N E L O A D S
Table 8.1 Crane Service Class Classification as p er CMAA
Class A
(Stand b y or In freq u en t Service)
This service class covers cranes u sed in installations such as p ow erhouses, p ublic u tilities, turbine
room s, m otor room s, and transform er stations, w here p recise hand ling of equ ipm ent at slow
speed s with long, id le periods between lifts is required . H oisting at the rated capacity may be
d one for initial installation of equ ip m ent and for infrequ ent maintenance.
Class B
(Ligh t Service)
This service class covers cranes u sed in rep air shops, light assem bly op erations, service bu ildings,
light warehousing, or sim ilar d u ty, w here service requ irements are light and the speed is slow.
Load s may vary from no load to occasional fu ll-rated load s, w ith 2 - 5 lifts p er hour.
Class C
(M oderate Service)
This service class covers cranes used in m achine shops or p aper mill machine rooms, or similar
du ty, w here service requ irem ents are m oderate. The cranes w ill hand le load s that average 50% of
the rated capacity, w ith 5 - 10 lifts/ hour, w ith not over 50% of the lifts at rated capacity.
Class D
(Heavy Service)
This service class covers cranes that m ay be u sed in heavy machine shops, fou nd ries, fabricating
p lants, steel w arehou ses, container yard s, lu m ber mills, or sim ilar d u ty, and stand ard d u ty
bu cket and magnet op erations w here heavy-d u ty prod u ction is required . Load s app roaching
50% of the rated cap acity are handled constantly d u ring the w orking period. High sp eeds are
desirable for this type of service, with 10 - 20 lifts/ hou r, w ith not over 65% of the lifts at rated
capacity.
Class E
(Severe Service)
This type of service requires cranes capable of hand ling loads ap p roaching the rated capacity
throughout their life. Applications m ay includ e magnet, bu cket, and m agnet/ bucket com bination
cranes for scrap yards, cem ent m ills, lu mber m ills, fertilizer p lants, container hand ling, or sim ilar
du ty, w ith 20 or m ore lifts/ hour at or near the rated capacity.
Class F
(Contin u ou s Severe Service)
This typ e of service requ ires cranes capable of hand ling load s ap proaching rated capacity
continuously u nder severe service cond itions throu ghou t their life. Applications m ay includ e
cu stom -d esigned sp ecialty cranes essential to perform ing the critical w ork tasks affecting the
total p rodu ction facility. These cranes mu st provid e the highest reliability, w ith sp ecial attention
to ease-of-m aintenance features.
(CMAA – stands for “Crane Manufacturers Association of America”)
2
C R A N E L O A D S
Tab le 8.2 General Range of Crane Types.
Cran e Type Power Sou rce Description Span or Reach Capacity

1. Hand Geared Single Girder 3.0 to 15.0 m 0.5 to 10 MT
EO Underhung
2. Electric Single Girder 3.0 to 15.0 m 1.0 to 10 MT
03 1. Hand Geared Single Girder 3.0 to 15.0 m 0.5 to 10 MT
2. Electric Single Girder 3.0 to 15.0 m 0.5 to 10 MT
MBM A 02 3. Electric Double Girder 6.0 to 18.0 m 5.0 to 25 MT
MBM A 06 Box Girder
Tab le 2.2 Pendant Operated
4. Electric 15.0 to 27.0 m 5.0 to 25 MT
4-Wheel End
Truck
Top Running Box Girder
Cab Operated
5. Electric 15.0 to 30.0 m Up to 60 MT
4-Wheel End
Truck
Box Girder
Cab Operated
6. Electric 15.0 to 30.0 m Up to 250 MT
8-Wheel End
Truck
1. Hand Geared Floor Mounted
2.4 to 6.0 0.25 to 5 MT
or Electric 280° to 360°
Jib Cranes
2. Hand Geared Column Mounted
2.4 to 6.0 0.25 to 5 MT
or Electric 180°
Cran e Load s
Crane buildings must be designed for forces induced by the operation or

movement of the bridge, hoist, and trolley of the supported cranes. All elements
affected by crane loads shall be designed to resist the loads specified. Unless
otherwise specified in the PIF, the vertical impact, lateral and longitudinal forces
for cranes are calculated using the normal allowance given in MBMA for service
class A to D and AISE Report # 13 for Class E & F. These allowances depend
solely on the power source of crane, hand geared or electric, and the method of
operation, Pend ant or Cab. These im pact factors and may be inadequate for:
1. Special Pu rpose Cranes
2. Cranes with fast operating speeds
3. Top running cranes with double flange, straight tread wheels or guide
rollers.
4. Improper bridge or trolley bumpers
5. High span to wheel base ratios.
6. Poorly aligned and maintained cranes, rails and runway beams
7. Improper operating procedures.
3
C R A N E L O A D S
Wheel Loads
1. Vertical Loads
The crane beams are designed for all loads transferred by the crane wheels,
Vertical, Lateral & Longitudinal. In case the crane wheel loads are not specified
in the specification from the supplier, the vertical wheel load may be
conservatively approximated as below,
Eqn. 2.4.1-1 MBM A 02 WL = RC + HT + 0.5 CW

Eqn. 2.4.1-1 MBM A 06 NW b
Where,
WL = Maximum Wheel Load
RC = Rated Capacity
HT = Weight of hoist w ith trolley
CW = Weight of crane excluding the hoist w ith trolley
NW b = Number of end truck wheels at one end of the bridge.
Tab le 8.3 Vertical Im pact Factors
EG Sr. No. Crane Description Impact Factor

Monorail Cranes (Powered), (Brackets &
G3 1
Connections included)
25
2 Cab or Radio operated bridge cranes (Powered) 25
M BM A 02 3 Pend ant operated bridge cranes (Powered) 10
M BM A 06
Bridge cranes or monorail cranes with hand
Section 2.4.2 4 0
geared bridge, trolley and hoist
ASCE 7-05
Vertical Impact shall not be required for Design of frames, support columns, or the building
Section 4.10.2
foundation.
The maximum wheel loads used for the design of runway beams, including
monorails, their connections and support brackets, shall be increased by the
percentage given in table 8.3 to allow for the vertical impact or vibration.
Vertical Impact is not applied for the design of main frame columns,
ind ependent crane columns and foundation.
4
C R A N E L O A D S
2. Lateral Loads
The lateral force or the horizontal load on the bridge crane runway beams with
electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated as 20% of the sum of the rated
capacity of the crane and weight of the hoist and trolley.
This force is assumed to act horizontally at the top surface of a runway rail, in
either direction perpendicular to the beam length and shou ld be distributed with
due regard to the lateral stiffness of the crane runway beam, the runway beams
are of equal stiffness, the lateral forces shall be distributed equally between them.
Sec. 2.4.3 MBMA 02 Lateral Force = 0.20 x ( RC + HT )

Sec. 2.4.3 MBMA 06
Where,
RC = Rated Capacity
HT = Weight of hoist w ith trolley
3. Longitud inal Loads
Runway beams, including monorails, their connections, and the longitud inal
bracing system shall be designed to support horizontal forces calculated as 10%
of the maximum wheel loads exclud ing the vertical im pact. Longitudinal loads
shall be assumed to act horizontally at the top of the rails and in each d irection
parallel to the length of the runway beam. The runway beams, includ ing the
monorails, their connections, and the longitudinal bracing system shall also be
designed for crane stop forces.
Sec. 2.4.4 MBMA 02 Longitu dinal Force = 0.10 x WL (WL is without im pact)
Sec. 2.4.4 MBMA 06
Where,
WL = Maximum Wheel Load
5
C R A N E L O A D S
Table 8.4 Crane Impact, Side Thrust and Traction Forces for Cran e Class E & F
Tractive force
Vertical Im pact % Total side th rust
(Long. Load ) as %
Crane Type of maxim u m (Lateral Load) as
of maximu m load
wheel load s % of lifted load
on d riving wheels
Mill cranes 25 40 20
Ladle cranes 25 40 20
Clamshell bucket and magnet cranes
(including slab and billet yard 25 100 20
cranes)
Soaking pit cranes 25 100 20
Stripping cranes 25 100 20
Motor room, maintenance cranes, etc 20 30 20
Stacker cranes (cab operated) 25 200 20
Pendant operated cranes 10 10 20
See AISE Technical Report # 13 Table – 1 for more details
Example
Exam ple: - 8.1
Crane Capacity (RC) = 10 MT

Weight of trolley (HT) = 0.74 MT
Weight of Crane = 8.30 MT
Therefore, CW = 8.30 – 0.74 = 7.56 MT
Num ber of end truck wheels =2
Class of Crane A to D
1. Vertical Loads (All Class A to F)
Hence, Maximum Vertical Wheel Load, WL
= RC + HT + 0.5 CW
NW b
= (10 + 0.74 + 0.5 x 7.56) / 2 = 7.26 MT
Maximum Vertical Wheel Load, WL = 72.6 kN
6
C R A N E L O A D S
Applying the Impact factors for d ifferent cranes from table 8.3, the vertical load
with impact will be,
Monorails
Powered = 72.6 x 1.25 = 90.75 kN
Hand Operated = 72.6 x 1.00 = 72.60 kN
Bridge Cranes Powered

Cab or radio operated cranes = 72.6 x 1.25 = 90.75 kN
Pendant operated cranes = 72.6 x 1.10 = 79.86 kN
Hand Operated = 72.6 x 1.00 = 72.60 kN
2. Lateral Loads
a. Service Class A to D
Lateral Force = 0.20 x ( RC + HT )

= 0.20 x ( 10 + 0.74 ) = 2.15 MT
= 21.5 kN
If there are 4 wheels,
Lateral Load / wheel = 21.5 / 4 = 5.38 kN
b. Service Class E & F (Refer Table 8.4)
Mill Cranes = 0.40 x ( 10 + 0.74 ) = 4.30 MT

= 43.0 kN
If there are 4 wheels,
Lateral Load / wheel = 43.0 / 4 = 10.75 kN
Similarly for other cranes listed in table 8.4
3. Longitu dinal Load s

a. Service Class A to D
Longitudinal Force = 0.10 x WL

= 0.10 x 72.6 = 7.26 kN
Dividing by 2 sides of the bridge,
Longitudinal Force / side = 7.26 / 2 = 3.63 kN
b. Service Class E & F (Refer Table 8.4)
Longitudinal Force = 0.20 x 72.6 = 14.5 kN
Dividing by 2 sides of the bridge,

Longitudinal Force / side = 14.5 / 2 = 7.25 kN
7
C R A N E L O A D S
Run way Beams, Brackets and Suspension Systems
Runway beams, their connections, support brackets and suspension systems for
single and multiple cranes shall be designed in accordance with table 2.6 of
MBMA below.
The cranes shall be located longitudinally in the aisle in the positions that
produce the most unfavorable effect on the runway beam, their connections,
su pport brackets and suspension systems. Consid eration shall be given to
eccentric load s ind uced by a single crane.
Runway beams for top running brid ge crane applications may be provided by
the building manufacturer. The design of these beams takes into account the
vertical impact of the crane, the lateral force resulting from the effect of m oving
crane trolleys and longitudinal force from moving cranes. Typical sections
includ e hot-rolled shapes and built-up plate girders
Runway beams for underhung and monorail crane are preferably made from
hot-rolled shapes, the design should account for forces produced by the cranes
includ ing local flange bending effects near the edges of the flanges. Runway
beams for monorails and underhung cranes of higher service (> C) should be
d esigned w ith extreme caution and all specifications should be provided by the
customer end user.
Table 2.6
Runway Beams and Suspension Systems
Crane aisles One FL— + t — FL

Vertical Impact 100%
k 4—
with a crane CRANE Lateral Force 100%
single crane
(2.6.1)
FL—
I FL
1
RB RB
Any FL— + — FL
Vertical Impact 100%
k *—
Crane one CRANE Lateral Force 100%
aisles crane
with
multiple
cranes
(2.62)
FL—
RB RB
— FL
Any
two
adjacent
cranes
FL
— CRANE
FL
Vertical Impact
0% Both cranes
Lateral Forces
50% Both cranes, or
100% F.ithcr crane
FL—
RB
CRANE
fa
F
— FL
NOTE: The drawings above show a plan view of crane aisles. In these drawings, RB is
the runway beam and FL is the building frame line.
8
C R A N E L O A D S
Crane Loading Conditions
For bridge cranes the location and lateral movement of the trolley shall be
considered in the design of crane buildings as shown below including the
following four crane loading conditions:
1. The m axim um wheel load at the left end truck and the minimum w heel load
at the right end truck, acting simultaneously with the lateral force acting to
the left.
2. The m axim um wheel load at the left end truck and the minimum w heel load
at the right end truck, acting simultaneously with the lateral force acting to
the right.
3. The maxim um wheel load at the right end truck and the minimum wheel
load at the left end truck, acting simultaneously with the lateral force acting
to the left.
4. The maxim um wheel load at the right end truck and the minimum wheel
load at the left end truck, acting simultaneously with the lateral force acting
to the right.
Left Trolley Right
□□ □
A A 7?
WL
WL Lateral Force WL WL Lateral Force Max.
Max. 0 Min. Min.
(1) Lateral force left (3) Lateral force left

(2) Lateral force right (4) Lateral force right
Figure 2.4.5
Building Frames and Support Column s
Building frames and support columns for crane buildings with single or
multiple cranes in one or more aisles shall be designed with crane or cranes
located longitudinally in the aisle or aisles in the positions that produce the
most unfavorable effect. Unbalanced loads shall be applied as induced by a
single crane operating in a crane aisle, and by a crane or cranes operating in
one crane aisle of a building with multiple crane aisles. See the Table 2.5 of
MBMA below,
9
C R A N E L O A D S
Table 2.5 Loading for Building Frames and Support Columns

Single One CRANE Vertical Impact 0%
aisle
one crane
(2.5.1)
crane FL-
— FU
Lateral Force 1 00%
I l
RB RB
Any i Vertical Impact 0%

one Lateral Force 1 00%
*
CRANE
crane
Single FL- — FL
aisle
l
with RB RB
multiple
cranes Any I CRANE 1 Vertical Impact
(2.5.2) two 0% Both cranes
adjacent
cranes
FL
— CRANE
I
-FL
Lateral Forces
50% Both cranes, or
RB RB 1 00% Either crane
One i Vertical Impact 0%

crane Lateral Force 100%
t
CRANE
any
Multiple
aisles
aisle FL—
l
RB
*
RB
i
— FL
with
single i
cranes One CRANE CRANE

Vertical Impact
(2.5.3) crane 0% Both cranes
FL- -FL
any two
aisles Lateral Forces
i i i 50% Both cranes, or
RB RB RB RB
1 00% Either crane
Can be adjacent or non-adjacent.
4
Any one CRANE
Vertical Impact 0%
crane Lateral Force 100%
FL— -FL
in any
aisle
I i
RB RB
Any two 1 CRANE Vertical Impact

Multiple adjacent 0% Both cranes
aisles with
multiple
cranes
in any
FL
— ™ CRANE
-FL
Lateral Forces
cranes aisle 50% Both cranes, or
(2.5.4) RB RB 1 00% Either crane
I
Any one Vertical Impact
crane in 0% Both cranes
any two FL- -FL
adjacent Lateral Forces
aisles
I I 50% Both cranes, or
RB RB RB RB 1 00% Either crane
Any two Vertical Impact
adjacent cranes in CRANE i 0% All cranes
any aisle
and one crane in
any other
FL — CRANE
U -FL Lateral Forces
or
50% All three cranes,
nonadjacent
aisle i I 1 00% Any one crane
NOTE: The drawings above show a plan view of crane aisles. In these drawings, RB is the runway beam
and FL is the building frame line.
10
C R A N E L O A D S
Brackets and Cran e Colum n s
Runway beams for top running cranes located within the build ing may be
supported by brackets attached to the building frame columns, by separate
columns located inside and in line with the build ing frame columns, or by
stepped columns. When crane aisles extend ou tside the building A-Frames are
comm only used to support the runway beams.
Brackets may be used to support cranes with u p to 222.4 kN (50 kip) depend ing
on the type, span, and service classification of the crane. For cranes with more
than 222.4 kN (50 kip) it may be more economical to support the runway beams
with separate support columns. However, the columns for buildings having high
eave heights and or large wind and snow load s may support heavier cranes
without substantial weight penalty.
Stepped columns combining the crane column and build ing column may be
more econom ical for high eave heights and for m aximum crane coverage in the
building width.
The crane runway must be tied back to the building column by a connection
capable of transferring the crane side thrust (Horizontal loads) but allowing end
rotation of the gird ers.
For allowable deflections see chapter 10 on serviceability.
11
C R A N E L O A D S
Suspension Systems
Monorail and Underhung suspension systems may be rigid or flexible as shown

in the figure below, flexible systems may result in lower effective crane loads and
red uced wear.
A
8UL0(NG FRAME- 1
O
BUILDING FRAME HANGAR

(SUPPORTS CRANE LOADS) i
RIGID SUSPENSION V
I
ANTISWAY BRACING
FREE PINNED OR
{LIMITS LATERAL MOVEMENT ONLY)
SWIVEL
3
« RUNWAY BEAM
♦ RUNWAY BEAM
For flexible systems, anti-sway bracing should be provided to limit the sway of
the flexible supports to five degrees in both the lateral and longitudinal
d irections.
All runway systems must be aligned and leveled before anti-sway bracing is
installed. The bracing should not be allowed to carry any of the vertical loads
imposed on the support system.
Anti-sway bracing should be installed so that it does not interfere w ith or restrict
the normal thermal expansion or contraction of the system. On two runway
systems, only one of the runways should be laterally braced. Lateral braces
should be installed at each suspension point. The other runway beam must be
left free to float and provide a relief for variations in runway alignment, crane
d eflections and bu ilding variations.
12
C R A N E L O A D S
Longitud inal Crane Bracing
Longitudinal bracing for each crane aisle shall be designed for the longitudinal
forces produced by the crane loadings see figure 2.7a and 2.7b. The summary of
these are as per Table 2.7 of MBMA as below,
Longitudinal Deformations Due to Thermal Expansion
RUNWAY
X-BRACING — v
BEAM-7 X-BRACING
u I
Figure 2.7a Longitudinal Bracing With Expansion Joint
RUNWAY BEAM
X-BRACING
T
\ l 7 I
\ I I
l \ 1
\ !
Figure 2.7b Longitudinal Bracing Without Expansion Joint
13
C R A N E L O A D S
--
Table 2.7
Longitudinal Bracing
FL [
CRANE
I — FL
Crane aisles
with a
single crane
(2.7.1)
One
crane
FL—
PUB *—
I
RB
FL
Longitudinal Force 100%
FL— 1 — FL
i—
CRANE
Any Longitudinal Force 100%
one
Crane aisles crane
with
I FL
multiple RB R&
cranes
(2.7.2)
Any
FL
— CRANE
FL
f I
two Longitudinal Force 50%
cranes Both cranes
CRANE
FL—
RB RB
— FL
NOTE: The drawings above show a plan view of crane aisles. In these drawings, RB is
the runway beam and FL is the building frame line.
Ru n way Stops
The force produced by a crane striking a runway stop is dependant on the
energy-absorbing d evice used in the crane bumper. The device may may be
hyd rau lic or spring type. The bumper forces should be obtained from the crane
manufactu rer and provided by the customer. In the absence of this data, AISE
Technical Report # 13 provides guidance on computing the bumper forces for
d ifferent energy absorbing device types.
For cranes located outside enclosed buildings, consideration should be given to

the initial velocity and related bumper force that may be produced by the action
of specified w ind loads on the crane.
14
C R A N E L O A D S
Example
Exam ple: - 8.2

Therefore, CW = 8.30 – 0.74 = 7.56 MT
Num ber of end truck wheels =2
Bridge Load Rated Speed VB = 1.5 m/ sec
Trolley Load Rated Speed = 0.8 m/ sec
Impact weight per side W E = (0.5 CW) + (0.9 HT)

= 0.5 x 7.56 + 0.90 x 0.74 = 4.45 MT
= 44.5 kN
Kinetic Energy to be absorbed at 100% fu ll load rated speed
KE = W E VB2 / 2g
= 44.5 x 1.52 / (2 x 9.81) = 5.10 kN-m
Maximum allowable end force to decelerate the crane at 4.88 m/ sec2
FA = 0.5 W E = 22.3 kN
Kinetic energy to be absorbed at 50% full load rated speed
KH = 0.25 W E VB2 / 2g
= 0.25 x 44.5 x 1.52 / (2 x 9.81) = 1.28 kN-m
Bumper Selection:
1. Kinetic energy absorption or storage
2. Bum per stroke required:
KH = FA S h
Where,
S = bumper stroke in meters
h = bumper efficiency
a) Hydraulic Bumper (assuming h = 0.8)

S = KH / FA h
= 1.28 / (22.3 x 0.8) = 0.071 m
b) Spring Bumper (assum ing h = 0.5)

S = KH / FA h
= 1.28 / (22.3 x 0.5) = 0.11 m
Note: - Bu mpers and stops are available in measure of stroke distance
15
C R A N E L O A D S
Fatigue
The effect of fatigue shall be included in the design and d etailing of crane
runway beams, their connections, support brackets (Not including supporting
column in case of stepped or independent columns), and suspension systems
(For Monorail Cranes) for cranes with service classifications B through D as give
below, for crane classification E & F refer AISE Report # 13. Frames, support
columns, and longitudinal bracing need not be designed for fatigue conditions.
Table 8.5 Loading Condition for Parts and Connection s Su bject to Fatigu e
AISC Load ing Con dition
Service Class (CM AA)
R < = 0.5 R > 0.5
■=m
LLI ■=■
B - 1
C 1 2
MBMA 02 D 2 3
Tab le 2.9 Parts and Connections includ e all parts of a crane beam except the crane beam.
Table 8.5 Design Life Stress Range Fluctuations for Parts and Con nection s
Subject to Fatigue
Design Life Stress Ran ge Flu ctuations (N)
Service Class (CM AA)
R < = 0.5 R > 0.5
■:-m
LLI -Z-
B 20,000 100,000
C 100,000 500,000
MBMA 06 D 500,000 2,000,000
Tab le 2.9 Parts and Connections includ e all parts of a crane beam except the crane beam.
Where,
R = TW / (TW + RC) for underhung monorail cranes
R = TW / (TW + 2RC) for bridge cranes
RC = Rated Capacity of the crane
TW = Total weight of the crane including brid ge with end trucks,
hoist with trolley, and cab with walkway for cab operated cranes.
16
C R A N E L O A D S
Example
Exam ple: - 8.3
Therefore, CW = 8.30 – 0.74 = 7.56 MT
R = TW / (TW + RC)
= 8.30 / (8.30 + 10) = 0.45
So, if the CMAA service class is (as per Table 8.5),
B then AISC Loading condition for parts & connections = N/ A

B then Design Life Stress Range Fluctuations (N) = 20,000
C then AISC Loading condition for parts & connections =1
C then Design Life Stress Range Fluctuations (N) = 100,000
D then AISC Loading condition for parts & connections =2
D then Design Life Stress Range Fluctuations (N) = 500,000
Table 8.6 Crane Loading Conditions

CMAA Crane Classification AISC Load ing Con dition
A, B 1
■=-m
LLI'Z-
C, D 2
MBMA 02 E 3
Table 2.9.2 F 4
Table 8.7 Allowable Stress Range (kN/cm 2)

Stress Category Loading Cond ition
(Table A-K4.2) 1 2 3 4
A 43.41 25.51 16.54 16.54
B 33.76 19.99 12.41 11.03
II!ÿ=ÿ
■=m
B’ 26.89 15.86 10.34 8.27

C 24.13 14.48 8.96 6.89a
AISC 89 D 19.30 11.03 6.89 4.82
Tab le A-K4.3 E 15.16 8.96 5.51 3.45
E’ 11.03 6.20 4.14 2.06
F 10.34 8.27 6.21 5.52
a Flexural stress range of 8.27 kN/m 2 permitted at toe of stiffener welds on
web s or flanges.
17
C R A N E L O A D S
Tab le 8.8 Crane Classification Com p arative In ternation al Stan d ards
Sr. DIN CM AA /
Cran e Ap p lication BS FEM AS
N o. H B AISE
Cranes for pow er stations,
engine hou ses etc. (u sed
1 heavily d u ring installation but 1-2 1–3 H1 B2 – B3 1 A1
then only for maintenance an d
repair)
Light m ain tenance,
2 assem bly, repair, and m achine 1-2 2–3 H1 – H2 B1 – B3 1-2 A2 - B
sh op cranes
Stores, w arehou se Cranes
3 (ind oor, not bulk m aterials or 1-3 3–5 H2 B4 1-2 B- C
steel)
Med iu m an d heavy d uty
4 w orkshop cranes 2 3–4 H2 – H3 B3 – B4 2-3 C-D
Goliath cranes for general hook
5 service 2 4–5 H2 B4 – B5 - -
Steel fu rnace m aintenance
6 cranes 2-3 - - - - -
Prod u ction cranes for m ills,
7 fabricating p lants etc. (not steel 2-3 - - - 2-3 C-D
m ills)
8 Fou nd ry Cranes 2-3 - - - - D

9 Ship bu ild ing cranes - 4–5 H2 B3 – B4 4 -
10 Goliath cranes for containers 2-3 4–5 - B5 – B6 4 -
11 Lad le cranes for fou nd ry w orks 3 5 H2 – H 3 B5 – B6 - -

12 Steel stockyard cranes (m agnet) 3-4 5–6 H3 – H 4 B5 – B6 4–5 D
Goliath and brid ges for
13 grabbing w ork
3-4 5–6 H3 – H4 B5 – B6 - D-E
14 Scrap yard m agnet cranes 4 5–6 H3 – H4 B5 – B6 - D-E
15 Steelw orks lad le cranes 4 5 H2 – H 3 B5 – B6 5 F

16 Forging cranes 4 5–6 H4 B5 – B6 5 F
17 Pig-breaking cranes 4 5–6 H3 – H 4 B5 – B6 5 F
18 Soaking p it cranes 4 5–6 H3 – H4 B6 5 F

Strip p er cranes; charging
19 cranes
4 6 H4 B6 5 F
18
C R A N E L O A D S
Tab le 8.9 Crane Rail Section s (ASCE, ASTM , D IN )
Weigh t H eigh t Width (m m )

Sr. N o. Typ e
Lb/yd Kgs/m (mm ) Base Head
ASCE Profiles
1 ASCE 20 9.09 66.68 66.68 34.13
2 ASCE 25 11.36 69.85 69.85 38.10
3 ASCE 30 13.64 79.38 79.38 42.86
4 ASCE 35 15.91 84.14 84.14 44.45
5 ASCE 40 18.18 88.90 88.90 47.63
6 ASCE 45 20.45 93.66 93.66 50.80
7 ASCE 50 22.73 98.43 98.43 53.98
8 ASCE 55 25.00 103.19 103.19 57.15
9 ASCE 60 27.27 107.95 107.95 60.33
10 ASCE 65 29.55 112.71 112.71 61.12
11 ASCE 70 31.82 117.48 117.48 61.91
12 ASCE 75 34.09 122.24 122.24 62.71
13 ASCE 80 36.36 127.00 127.00 63.50
14 ASCE 85 38.64 131.76 131.76 65.09
15 ASCE 90 40.91 136.53 136.53 66.68
16 ARA-A 90 40.91 142.88 130.18 65.09
17 ARA-B 90 40.91 133.75 121.05 65.09
18 ASCE 100 45.45 146.05 146.05 69.85
19 ARA-A 100 45.45 152.40 139.70 69.85
20 ARA-B 100 45.45 143.27 130.56 67.47
ASTM Profiles
1 CR 104 113 51.59 127.00 127.00 63.50
2 CR 105 115 52.09 131.76 131.76 65.09
3 CR 135 147 66.97 146.05 131.76 87.31
4 CR 171 187 84.83 152.40 152.40 109.22
5 CR 175 191 86.80 152.40 152.40 107.95
DIN Profiles
1 A 45 49 22.10 55.00 130.00 45.00
2 A 55 70 31.80 65.00 150.00 55.00
3 A 65 95 43.10 75.00 180.00 65.00
4 A 75 124 56.20 85.00 200.00 75.00
5 A 100 163 74.30 95.00 200.00 100.00
6 A 120 220 100.00 110.00 220.00 120.00
7 A 150 331 150.30 150.00 220.00 150.00
19
C R A N E L O A D S
Example

Bridge Span = 25 m
Weight of Bridge = 12.93 MT
Operation = Pendant Operated
Crane Service Class =C
Maximum wheel Load (WL) = 136 kN
Crane use = Warehouse
AISC 89 Loading Conditions as per Table 8.6 =2
Allowable Stress Range in kN/ cm 2 for Crane Runway Beams as per Table 8.7,
1. Hot Rolled Sections = Stress Category ‘A’ = 25.51 kN/ cm 2
2. Built-Up Sections = Stress Category ‘B’ = 19.99 kN/ cm 2
3. All Fillet Welds = Stress Category ‘F’ = 8.27 kN/ cm 2
Loading Conditions for Parts & Connections as per Table 8.5,

R = TW / (TW + RC)
= (12.93+0.94) / (19.93+0.94+10) = 0.58
Therefore AISC Loading condition for R> 0.5 and Service Class ‘C =2
Hence use same Allowable stress range as above for all sections and welds u sed
in parts and connections of a crane runway beam.
1. Vertical Load
Maximum wheel Load = 136 kN

Impact Factor = 10% (Table 8.3)
Vertical Load with Impact = 136 x 1.1 = 149.6 kN
2. Lateral Load
Lateral Load = 0.20 (RC + HT)

= 0.20 (20 + 0.94) = 4.18 MT = 41.88 kN
3. Longitudinal Load
Longitud inal Load = 0.10 (WL)

= 0.10 x 136 = 13.6 kN
20
C R A N E L O A D S
Example

Bridge Span = 25 m
Weight of Bridge = 12.93 MT
Operation = Pendant Operated
Crane Service Class =C
Maximum wheel Load (WL) = 136 kN
Crane use = Warehouse
Design Life Stress Range (N) for Service Class (C) = 100,000
As per AISC 2005 (Table A-3.1)

Stress Category B Cf = 120x108 FTH = 110 N/ mm 2
Allowable Stress Range FSR = ( C f x 329 / N )0.333 >= FTH
= (120x108x329/ 100,000) 0.333 = 338 N/ m m 2
Loading Conditions for Parts & Connections as per Table 8.5,

R = TW / (TW + RC)
= (12.93+0.94) / (19.93+0.94+10) = 0.58
Therefore AISC Loading condition for R> 0.5 and Service Class ‘C =2
Hence use same Allowable stress range as above for all sections and welds u sed
in parts and connections of a crane runway beam.
1. Vertical Load
Maximum wheel Load = 136 kN

Impact Factor = 10% (Table 8.3)
Vertical Load with Impact = 136 x 1.1 = 149.6 kN
2. Lateral Load
Lateral Load = 0.20 (RC + HT)

= 0.20 (20 + 0.94) = 4.18 MT = 41.88 kN
3. Longitudinal Load
Longitud inal Load = 0.10 (WL)

= 0.10 x 136 = 13.6 kN
21
C R A N E L O A D S
M BM A Recom m end ation s for H eavy-D u ty Cycle Cran es

H eavy-du ty cycle cranes require special consid erations that are ad d ressed in
this section. H eavy-duty cycle cranes are u tilized in lift intensive operations
categorized by CMAA as Classes E or F as d efined in Section 2.9.1. of MBMA
2002 / 2006
Crane Ru n w ay Load in g
Ru nw ays are d esigned to su pp ort a sp ecific crane or grou p of cranes. The
w eight of the crane brid ge and trolley and the wheel sp acing for the specific
crane should be obtained from the crane m anufacturer. The crane weight can
vary significantly dep end ing on the m anu factu rer and the classification of the
crane. Based on the m anufactu rer’s d ata, d esign forces are d eterm ined to
accou nt for im pact, lateral load s, and longitu d inal load s. The AISC
Specification and m ost mod el bu ild ing cod es ad dress crane loads and set
m inim um stand ard s for these loads. The AISE Technical Report N o. I 3 “Guid e
for the Design and Construction of Mill Bu ild ings” also set m inim u m
requirem ents for im p act, lateral and longitud inal crane load s. The AISE
requirem ents are used when the engineer and ow ner d eterm ine that the level
of quality set by the AISE Guid e is approp riate for a given p roject.
Whether or not the AISE requirem ents are sp ecified by the ow ner these
requirem ents should be follow ed for cranes w ith high d u ty cycles, i.e. cranes
w ith CMAA Classes E or F.
1. Vertical Loads
The vertical wheel loads are typically magnified (factored ) by the u se of an
im pact factor. The imp act factor accou nts for the effect of acceleration in
hoisting the loads and im pact cau sed by the w heels jum p ing over
irregu larities in the rail. Bolted rail sp lices w ill tend to cause greater im p act
effects than w eld ed rail splices.
In the U.S., m ost cod es and the AISE Technical Report N o. 13 requ ire a tw enty-
five p ercent (1.25 factor) increase in load s for cab and rad io operated cranes
and a ten percent increase (1.10 factor) for p end ant op erated cranes.
22
C R A N E L O A D S
2. Lateral Loads
Lateral crane load s (sid e thru sts) are oriented p erp end icu lar to the crane
ru nw ay and are ap plied at the top of the rails. Lateral load s are cau sed by:
1. acceleration and d eceleration of the trolley and loads
2. non-vertical lifting
3. u nbalanced d rive mechanisms
4. oblique or skew ed travel of the bridge
Excep t for the case of the trolley running into the brid ge end stops, the
m agnitu d e of lateral load d u e to trolley m ovem ent and non-vertical lifting is
lim ited by the coefficient of friction betw een the end truck w heels and rails.
Drive m echanism s provid e either equ al d rive wheel torque on each sid e of the
crane or they are balanced to align the center of the tractive force w ith the
center of gravity of the crane and lifted load . If the d rive mechanism is not
balanced, acceleration and d eceleration of the brid ge crane resu lts in skew ing
of the brid ge relative to the ru nw ays. The skew ing im parts lateral load s onto
the crane girder. Oblique travel refers to the fact that brid ge cranes cannot
travel in a perfectly straight line dow n the center of the ru nw ay. Obliqu e travel
m ay be thought of as being sim ilar to the m otion of an au tom obile w ith one
tire und er inflated . The tend ency of the crane to w and er can be minim ized by
properly m aintaining the end trucks and the rails. The w heels shou ld be
parallel and they should be in sim ilar cond ition of w ear. The rails shou ld be
kept aligned and the su rfaces should be smooth and level. A p oorly aligned
and m aintained runw ay can resu lt in larger lateral load s. The relatively larger
lateral load s w ill in tu rn red uce the service life of the crane gird er.
The AISC Specification and most m od el building cod es set the m agnitud e of
lateral load s at 20% of the sum of the w eights of the trolley and the lifted load .
The AISE Technical Report No. 13 varies the m agnitud e of the lateral load
based on the fu nction of the crane (see table 8.4)
a) Cab-op erated cranes:

The m axim um of,
(1) That specified in Table 8.4, or
(2) 20% of the combined w eight of the lifted load and trolley. For
stacker cranes, this factor shall be 40% of the com bined w eight of the
lifted load , trolley, rigid arm and m aterial hand ling d evice,
or
(3) 10% of the combined total w eight of the lifted load and the crane
w eight. For stacker cranes, this factor shall be 15% of the combined
total w eight of the lifted load and the crane w eight.
23
C R A N E L O A D S
b) Pend ant cranes:

10% of the total combined w eight of the lifted load and the entire crane
w eight includ ing trolley, end trucks and w heels for the total side thru st.
c) Rad io-operated cranes:

Rad io-operated cranes shall be consid ered the same as cab operated cranes
for vertical impact, sid e thru st and traction.
The lateral load s are to be ap p lied to each ru nw ay gird er w ith d u e regard to

the relative lateral stiffness of the stru ctures sup porting the rails.
3. Lon gitu d in al Load s

Longitu dinal crane forces are d ue to either acceleration or d eceleration of the
crane bridge or the crane imp acting the bu m per. The tractive forces are lim ited
by the coefficient of friction of the steel wheel on the rails. For pend ant cranes,
the AISE Technical Rep ort N o. 13 requires 20% of the m axim u m load on the
d riving w heels to be used for the tractive force. The force im parted by im p act
w ith hyd raulic or spring typ e bu mpers is a fu nction of the length of stroke of
the bu mper and the velocity of the crane u pon im pact w ith the crane stop. The
owner should obtain the longitud inal forces from the crane m anu facturer. If
this inform ation is not available, the AISE Technical Rep ort N o. 13 provid es
equations that can be u sed for d eterm ining the bu m per force.
Bu ild ing Classification s

To ap ply the requirem ents of AISE Load Combination Case 1 d escribed below ,
the classification of the bu ild ing m ust be established (not to be confu sed with
the crane classification). The bu ilding classes are d enoted A, B, C and D and
are described in AISE Technical Report No. 13 as follow s:
• Bu ild ing Class A - shall be those build ings in w hich m em bers m ay

exp erience either 500,000 to 2,000,000 rep etitions (AISC Load ing
Cond ition 3) or over 2,000,000 repetitions (AISC Load ing Cond ition 4)
in the estim ated life sp an of the building (app roxim ately 50 years).
Load ing cond ition refers to the fatigue criteria given in App end ix K of
the AISC Specification. The ow ner m ust analyze the service and
d eterm ine w hich load cond ition m ay app ly.
• Bu ild ing Class B - shall be those bu ild ings in w hich m em bers m ay

exp erience a repetition from 100,000 to 500,000 cycles (AISC Load ing
Cond ition 2) of a sp ecific load ing, w hich is equ ivalent to 5 to 25
repetitions of such load per d ay in the estim ated life span of the
bu ild ing (ap proximately 50 years).
24
C R A N E L O A D S
• Bu ild ing Class C - shall be those bu ild ings in which m embers m ay

exp erience a repetition of from 20,000 to 1 00,000 cycles (AISC Load ing
Cond ition 1) of a sp ecific load ing, w hich is equivalent to 1 to 5
repetitions of such load per d ay in the estim ated life span of the
bu ild ing (ap proximately 50 years).
• Bu ild ing Class D - shall be those bu ild ings in which no m em ber w ill
exp erience m ore than 20,000 repetitions of a specific load ing d u ring the
exp ected life span of the bu ild ing.
AISE Load Com b ination s

The AISE Technical Report N o. 13 provides three distinct load combinations,
w hich are referred to as Cases.
Case 1.
This case applies to load combinations for mem bers d esigned for repeated
loads. The stress range shall be based on one crane (in one aisle only - w here
aisle represents the zone of travel of a crane p arallel to its ru nw ay beams)
includ ing full vertical im p act, eccentric effects and 50% of the sid e thrust. The
num ber of load repetitions used as a basis for the design shall be 500,000 to
2,000,000 (AISC Load ing Cond ition 3) or over 2,000,000 (AISC Load ing
Cond ition 4), as d eterm ined by the ow ner, for Build ing Class A construction.
Build ing Class B and Build ing Class C constructions shall be d esigned for
100,000 to 500,000 (AISC Load Cond ition 2) and 20,000 to 100,000 (AISC
Load ing Cond ition 1) resp ectively. This case d oes not apply to Class D
bu ild ings. The perm issible stress range shall be in accord ance with the AISC
recom m end ations (AISC App end ix K).
N ote: As a further guid e to the selection of the appropriate AISC Load ing
Cond ition, a relationship betw een CMAA crane classification and AISC
loading cond itions are given in Table 8.6. CMAA crane classification E
correspond s to AISC Load ing Cond ition 3, w hile CMAA crane classification F
correspond s to AISC Load ing Cond ition 4. This relationship is based on the
average number of lifts for the CMAA crane classifications. How ever, the
selection of the AISC Load ing Cond ition to be u sed in Case 1 shou ld be based
on not only the crane classification, bu t also the d esign life of the bu ild ing.
25
C R A N E L O A D S
Case 2.
All dead and live load s, inclu d ing roof live load s, plus maximu m sid e thru st of
one crane or more than one crane if sp ecific cond itions w arrant, longitu dinal
traction from one crane, plu s all eccentric effects and one of the follow ing
vertical crane load ings:
1 . Vertical load from one crane includ ing full im pact.

2. Vertical load ind uced by as many cranes as may be p ositioned to affect the
m em ber und er consid eration, not includ ing im pact.
“Full allow able stresses may be used w ith no red u ction for fatigu e”. This case
ap plies to all classes of bu ild ing constru ction.
Case 3.
All dead and live load s includ ing imp act from one crane plu s one of the
follow ing:
a) Fu ll w ind w ith no sid e thrust bu t w ith one crane positioned for m aximu m
vertical load effects.
b) Fifty percent of full w ind load w ith m axim um sid e thrust and vertical load
effects from one crane.
c) Fu ll w ind with no live load or crane load .
d ) Bum per im pact at end of ru nw ay from one crane.
e) Seism ic effects resulting from d ead load s of all cranes parked in each aisle
positioned for m axim um seism ic effects.
For Case 3 allow able stresses m ay be increased 33.3 %. This case ap plies to all
classes of bu ild ing constru ction.
Becau se the standard AISE bu ild ing classifications w ere based u p on the most
frequently encountered situ ations, they shou ld be used w ith engineering
jud gm ent. The engineer, in consu ltation w ith the ow ner, shou ld establish the
specific criteria.
D eflection
The vertical d eflection of top running crane ru nw ay beams w ith 100 percent of
the m axim um w heel load s w ithout vertical imp act shall not exceed L/ 1000 of
the runw ay beam span for cranes w ith CMAA classifications E or F.
Fatigu e
The sam e recom m end ation for fatigue given for CMAA crane classification A,
B and C also applies to crane classifications E and F.
26
C R A N E L O A D S
D etailin g and Fab rication Con sid eration s

H eavy-du ty cycle crane ap plications requ ire special attention to detailing and
fabrication. Specific recom m end ations are provid ed in the follow ing sections.
a) Weld in g
The vast majority of stress risers that lead to crack prop agation are w eld
d efects. Com mon w eld d efects are: lack of fu sion or penetration, slag
inclusions, undercut, and porosity. Lack of fu sion and penetration of w eld s or
cracks are severe stress risers. Slag inclu sions and u nd ercut are significant
d efects in areas of relatively high stress. It shou ld be noted that su rface d efects
are far m ore harm fu l than buried d efects because greater stress riser effect
occurs from su rface d efects. Also, the orientation of the d efects is im portant.
Planer d efects norm al to the line of ap plied force are m ore critical than d efects
parallel to the line of force because d efects norm al to the line of force cau se a
greater increase in stress as com pared to d efects p arallel to the line of stress.
Visual insp ection during fabrication is the m ost useful m ethod of ensuring
ad equ ate qu ality control of the fabricated elements. It should be noted that
visual insp ection is m and atory (p er AWS Dl .1) for both statically and
d ynam ically loaded structures.
The fabrication sequence shou ld be controlled to lim it restraint d uring

w elding so as to red uce the resid u al stresses created by the weld ing p rocess.
For exam ple, w hen fabricating a plate gird er, if the sp lices of the flange and
w eb p lates are mad e before the flanges and w eb p lates are weld ed together,
resid u al stresses may be better controlled .
b ) Tie b ack s
Tie backs are provid ed at each end of the crane runw ay gird ers to transfer
lateral forces from the girder top flange into the su p porting colum n and to
laterally restrain the com pression flange of the gird er at its su pp ort. The tie
backs m ust have adequate strength to transfer the lateral crane load s.
H ow ever, the tiebacks mu st also be flexible enough to allow for longitud inal
m ovem ent of the top of the girder as the gird er end rotates u nd er load . The
am ou nt of longitud inal movem ent d u e to the end rotation of the gird er can be
significant. The end rotation of a 12 m long gird er that has d eflected 20 m m
(sp an over 600) is about 0.005 rad ians (0.286°). For a 900 mm d eep girder, this
resu lts in 5.0 mm of horizontal m ovem ent at the top of the gird er.
27
C R A N E L O A D S
The tie back m ust also allow for vertical m ovement d u e to axial shortening of
the crane colu mn. This vertical movem ent can be in the range of 6.5 m m . In
general, the tie back shou ld be attached directly to the top flange of the gird er.
Attachm ent to the web of the gird er w ith a d iap hragm plate shou ld be
avoid ed, since the lateral load path for this d etail results in bend ing stresses in
the girder w eb perp end icular to the gird er cross section. The d iaphragm p late
also tend s to resist m ovem ent du e to the axial shortening of the crane colu m n.
c) Bearin g Stiffeners
Bearing stiffeners shou ld be provid ed at the end s of the gird ers as required by
the AISC ASD Specification Paragraphs K1 .3 and K1.4. The AISE Technical
Report No. 13 requires that fu ll penetration w eld s be u sed to connect the top
of the bearing stiffeners to the top flange of the gird er. Fillet w eld s are
consid ered to be inad equate to transfer the concentrated wheel load stresses
into the bearing stiffener because the sm all gap betw een u nd ersid e of flange
and top of stiffener w ould result in the w heel load reactive force being
transferred throu gh the fillet w eld s. The bottom of the bearing stiffeners may
be fitted (p referred ) or fillet w eld ed to the bottom flange. All stiffener to girder
w eld s should be continu ou s. Cracks have been observed in the w ebs of crane
girders w ith p artial height bearing stiffeners. The cracks start in the web
between the bearing stiffener and the top flange and ru n longitu d inally along
the w eb of the gird er. There are m any possible cau ses for the propagation of
these cracks. An explanation of this p henomenon m ay be that w hen the rail is
eccentric to the gird er web, transverse bend ing is ind u ced in the gird er flange
and w eb. The bend ing in the w eb results in high bend ing stresses in the critical
section of web betw een the und ersid e of the top flange and the upp er end s of
the p artial height stiffeners.
d ) In term ediate Stiffen ers

When interm ed iate stiffeners are used , the AISE Technical Rep ort No. 1 3
requires that the interm ed iate stiffeners be w eld ed to the top flange w ith full
penetration w eld s. The stiffeners shou ld be stop ped short of the bottom flange.
The stiffeners shou ld be term inated in accord ance w ith p aragraph G4 of the
AISC ASD Specification. The AISE Technical Report No. 13 ad d itionally
requires continu ous w eld s betw een stiffener and w eb for interm ed iate
stiffeners.
28
C R A N E L O A D S
e) Cap Chan nels

Channel caps or cap plates are frequ ently u sed atop w id e flange m em bers to
d evelop ad equate top flange cap acity for transfer of lateral load s to the
supporting colum ns. A com m on ru le-of-thu m b is that a w id e flange reinforced
w ith a cap channel w ill be econom ical if the total section is 29.8 kg/ m lighter
than a comparable un-reinforced w id e flange mem ber. The w eld s connecting
the channel cap to the top flange can be continu ous or interm ittent. H ow ever,
the AISC allow able stress for the base m etal is red uced from that of Category B
for continu ous w eld s to that of Category E for interm ittent weld s.
It should be noted that the cap channel or p late d oes not fit p erfectly w ith
100% bearing on the top of the w id e flange. The tolerances given in ASTM A6
allow the w id e flange mem ber to have som e flange tilt along its length, or the
plate m ay be cup ped or slightly w arp ed , or the channel m ay have some tw ist
along its length. These cond itions w ill leave sm all gap s between the top flange
of the gird er and the u nd ersid e of the top p late or channel. The passage of the
crane w heel over these gaps w ill tend to d istress the channel or plate to top
flange w eld s. Becau se of this phenom enon, cap plates or channels should not
be used w ith class E or F cranes.
f) Colu m n Cap Plates

The crane colu mn cap p late shou ld be d etailed so as not to m aterially restrain
the end rotation of the gird er. If the cap plate gird er bolts are p laced betw een
the colu mn flanges, the gird er end rotation is resisted by a force cou ple
betw een the colum n flange and the bolts. This d etail has been know n to cause
bolt failures. Preferably, the gird er shou ld be bolted to the cap p late outsid e of
the colum n flanges. The colum n cap plate shou ld be extend ed outsid e of the
column flange w ith the bolts to the gird er placed ou tsid e of the colum n
flanges. The colu m n cap p late shou ld not be m ad e overly thick, as this d etail
requires the cap p late to d istort to allow for the end rotation of the girder. The
girder to cap plate bolts should be ad equate to transfer the longitu dinal
tractive or bu m per forces to the longitud inal crane bracing. Consid eration
shou ld be given to u sing slotted holes p erp end icu lar to the ru nw ay or oversize
holes to allow tolerance for aligning the gird er w ebs w ith the w ebs of the
supporting colum n.
29
C R A N E L O A D S
g) Lacing
A horizontal truss can be used to resist the crane lateral forces. The tru ss is
d esigned to span betw een the crane colu m ns. Typ ically, the top flange of the
girder acts as one chord of the truss w hile a p arallel back up beam acts as the
other chord. The d iagonal w eb mem bers are typically angles. Preferably, the
angles should be bolted rather than w eld ed . The crane gird er w ill d eflect
d ow nw ard w hen the crane p asses, the back u p beam w ill not. The d esign of
the d iagonal m em bers shou ld account for the end m oments that w ill be
generated by this relative movem ent.
Walkw ays can be d esigned and d etailed as a horizontal beam to transfer

lateral load s to the crane colu m ns. The lacing d esign m ay be incorporated in
the w alkw ay d esign. As w ith the crane lacing, the w alkw ay connection to the
crane gird er needs to account for the vertical d eflection of the crane gird er. If
the w alkw ay is not intend ed to act as a beam, then the d esigner mu st isolate
the w alkw ay from the crane gird er.
The AISE Technical Rep ort N o. 13 requires that crane ru nw ay gird ers w ith
spans of 36 feet and over for bu ilding classifications A, B, and C or runw ay
gird er spans 10.97 m and over in class D build ings shall have bottom flange
bracing. This bracing is to be d esigned for 2.5 percent of the m axim um bottom
flange force, and is not to be w eld ed to the bottom flange. Vertical cross braces
or d iap hragm s shou ld not be add ed to this bracing so as to allow for the
d eflection of the crane beam relative to the backu p beam .
h ) Sid esw ay Web Bu ck ling

Crane runw ay gird ers shou ld be checked to ensu re ad equate capacity to resist
sid esw ay w eb buckling. Equ ation K1-7 contained in the AISC ASD or LRFD
Specification should be used in this check. This criteria is likely to control the
base m em ber size for crane runw ay gird ers w ith cap p lates, w eld ed gird ers
w ith larger top flanges and girders w ith braced com p ression flanges. It seem s
likely that the foregoing AISE lim itations on the length of unbraced tension
flanges w ere created to ad d ress the sidesw ay w eb bu ckling phenom ena. The
sid esw ay w eb buckling criteria w as introd uced into the AISC ASD
Specification in the N inth Ed ition. Runw ay gird ers d esigned prior to this tim e
w ou ld not have been checked for this criteria.
At p resent, the AISC criteria d oes not ad d ress the cond ition of multiple w heel
loads on a single sp an. Therefore, engineering jud gm ent m ust be u sed when
ap plying Equation K1-7 for m ultip le wheel load s.
30
C R A N E L O A D S
i) Knee Braces or K Braces

The longitu d inal crane forces are typically resisted by vertical X bracing in the
plane of the crane gird er. The u se of knee braces to create a rigid fram e to
resist longitud inal crane forces should be avoid ed . The knee brace is su bject to
the vertical wheel load each tim e the w heel passes over the brace. K braces are
subject to the same behavior. If a lacing system is used to resist lateral loads,
this same system could be u sed to transfer longitu dinal forces to the p lane of
the bu ild ing colu mns. Then the crane vertical bracing cou ld be incorp orated
into the build ing bracing at the build ing colu m ns.
j) Rail Attach m ents

In ad d ition to the general inform ation in Section 2.10.3 MBMA 2002 / 2006 on
rail attachm ents, the following applies sp ecifically to heavy-du ty crane
ap plications.
a. H ook bolts shou ld not be u sed on CMAA Class E or F cranes.
b. The AISE Technical Rep ort N o. 13 requ ires that rail clips allow for
longitu d inal float of the rail and that the clips restrict the lateral
m ovem ent to 6.35 m m inw ard or ou tw ard . When crane rails are
installed w ith resilient p ad s between the rail and the girder, the
amou nt of lateral m ovem ent should be restricted to 0.8 m m to
reduce the tend ency of the pad to wear ou t from und er the rail.
k ) Specification of Cran e System s

Imp rop er crane system s may cause excessive forces that ad versely affect the
perform ance and d urability of crane build ings. The End Cu stom er shou ld
ensu re that cranes are designed , m anufactured , and installed in accordance
w ith the follow ing standard s
1. AN SI B30. 1 1 --Monorails and Und erhu ng Cranes
2. AN SI B30.17--Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Ru nning, Brid ge,
Single Gird er, Und erhung H oist)
3. AN SI B30.2--Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running Brid ge,
Single or Mu ltiple Gird er, Top Ru nning Trolley Hoist).
4. AN SI MH 27.1--Specifications for Und erhu ng Cranes and Monorail
System s
5. CMAA No.70--Specifications for Electric Overhead Traveling Cranes.
6. CMAA N o.74--Specifications for Top Running and Und er Running
Single Gird er Electric Overhead Traveling Cranes.
31
C R A N E L O A D S
l) Erection
Special fabrication and erection tolerances are recomm end ed for crane
bu ild ings includ ing ru nw ay beams. Im proper erection m ay cause excessive
forces that ad versely affect the perform ance and d urability of the crane
bu ild ing. See MBMA 2002 / 2006 Comm on Ind ustry Practices, Sections 4, 6,
and 9 for recomm ended fabrication and erection tolerances.
m ) O p eration an d M ain ten ance

Imp roper operation of crane system s or m aintenance of cranes, rails, runw ay
beams, ru nw ay sup port or suspension systems, inclu d ing fasteners, can cau se
excessive forces that ad versely affect the p erform ance and d u rability of crane
bu ild ings. The End Cu stomer is responsible for ensu ring proper operation,
insp ection and m aintenance of cranes.
32
C R A N E L O A D S
Guidelines
1. Crane runw ay beams may be p rovid ed w ith any of the 3 configuration
below ,
a. Cap Channel + Top Flange + Web + Bottom Flange.

b. Cap Channel + Web + Bottom Flange.
c. Top Flange + Web + Bottom Flange. (w ith or w ith ou t surge gird er as
required by design)
2. The d efau lt fatigue stress range is 20.70 kN/ cm 2. H ow ever for p ap er m ills,
foundries and rolling m ills a fatigue stress of 12.50 kN / cm 2 is often
required for safety reasons. (The fatigu e stresses consid ered in d esign
should be confirm ed w ith the cu stomer at estim ation stage).
3. As a stand ard w elding p roced ure,
a. For Crane beam s w ith w eb thickness less than or equ al to 8 m m

d ouble sid e fillet w eld s are p rovided betw een top / bottom flange and
w eb.
b. For web thickness greater than 8 m m, CJP (Com plete joint Penetration)
w eld is provid ed betw een top flange and w eb only and d ou ble sid e
fillet w eld betw een bottom flange and w eb, this shou ld be consid ered
at estimate stage.
4. If crane lifting cap acity is equ al to or exceeds 20MT the p ortion of the
column below the crane ru nw ay beam should be d ou ble sid e w eld .
5. For independ ent crane colum ns and step p ed colu m ns sep arate
longitu d inal bracing system shou ld be provid ed below the crane beam (in
the sam e plane as crane beam ) in ad d ition to the sid ewall wind bracing.
The sid ew all w ind bracing m ay be Cable, Rod or Angle as required by
d esign.
6. Dou ble sid e weld ing shou ld be p rovid ed for stepp ed colu m n below crane
beam and ind epend ent crane colu mns. The d ou ble sid e w eld ing for crane
beams should be inclu d ed in the estim ate.
7. Cable or Rod bracing m ay be p rovided as crane bracing for bu ild ings w ith
Crane cap acity up to and inclu ding 10 MT.
8. Angle bracing shou ld be provided as longitu d inal bracing for build ings
w ith Crane capacity m ore than 10 MT.
33
C R A N E L O A D S
9. As per AISE Technical Rep ort # 13 (Section 5.9.2), crane bracket shou ld
not be used for vertical load s exceed ing 220 kN. (At the d iscretion of the
d esigner it m ay be increased u p to 250 kN )
10. MBMA recom m end ations are ap plicable for Crane classifications A
throu gh D. The recomm end ations of MBMA are not ap plicable for cranes
classified w ith class E or F, for these class of cranes AISE Technical Rep ort
# 13 “Gu id e for th e D esign an d Con struction of M ill Bu ild in gs” shou ld
be referred .
11. Crane Beam deflections for special bu ild ings
a. Refer chapter on serviceability
12. As AISE Technical Rep ort # 13 (Section 5.8.9) Gird ers of spans greater
than 22.86 m shall be cam bered for approxim ately d ead load plus half of
the live load deflection, w ithou t impact. It shou ld be ensured that the
m essage for camber is conveyed to prod uction through shop d raw ings.
13. Mam mu t’s scop e of su pp ly for Monorail beam shou ld be checked at

estimation stage, accord ingly a Sp ecial Bu yout requ est shou ld be raised. If
Monorail beam is Mam m ut scop e of sup ply hot rolled section shou ld be
selected .
34
L O A D C O M B I N A T I O N S
Chapter
9
Load Combination
Keeping in pace with the latest available codes, Mammut standard load
combinations are compiled taking into consideration all the codes and releases
available at this moment without compromising on strength, serviceability and
economy.
MBMA 2010 is now the basis of Mammut Standard Load Combinations, since it
refers to IBC 2009 and IBC 2009 refers to ASCE 7-05.
The notations used in the standard load combinations are listed below, these
notations are also used for combinations as per different codes in order to avoid
confusion.
D - Dead Load
Co - Collateral Load
Cr - Crane Load (Inclusive of Crane weight and lifted load)
Crv - Crane Vertical Load
Crh - Crane Horizontal Load
Lf - Floor Live Load (Mezzanine Live Load)
Lr - Roof Live Load
S - Snow Load
T - Temperature Load
W - Wind Load
E - Combined effect of Seismic induced forces
E = Eh ± Ev = ( r QE) ± (0.2 SDS D)
Em - Seismic load effect including over-strength
Em = Emh ± Ev = (Ωo QE) ± (0.2 SDS D)
For values of ( r ) ( Ωo ) Refer chapter 6 on Seismic Loads
Most codes do not list the collateral load as a separate load case, but it has been
included in the following pages for load combinations as per various codes.
1 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
L O A D S C O M B I N A T I O N S
Note:-
M ammut Standard Load Combination reported in the earlier version of thi s

design manual , was derived conservatively, considering the best possibl e
combination of all the avai lable codes at that time. Namely, M BM A 02, I BC 03,
IBC 06, A SCE 7-98, 7-02, 7-05. We now have the latest IBC 09, I BC 12 and A SCE 7-
10. IBC 12 and ASCE 7-10 load combinations are reported only for i nf ormation
and provision f or the future. IBC 12 refers to ASCE 7-10.
M BM A 02 refers I BC 00 and I BC 00 refers to ASCE 7-98 for Load Combinations.

The possible line of modif ications and corrections in I BC 00 and A SCE 7-98 was
vi sible in IBC 06 and A SCE 7-05. Due to this fact the earlier M ammut Standard
Load Combinations had some difference when compared wi th IBC 00 and A SCE
7-98.
I BC 06 section 1605.4 “ Speci al Seismi c Load Combinati on” states the use of
equations 16-22 and 16-23 i n both LRFD and ASD Sei smic Load Combination.
But this is not true in ASCE 7-05, the equations 16-22 and 16-23 are only used f or
LRFD combination, and this seems more logical . Hence we have adopted Seismic
Load Combinations as per A SCE 7-05, where as all other load combinati ons are as
per IBC 06. There should not be any violations in doi ng so, since the chapter on
Seismic Design in I BC 06 is much reduced when compared with earlier versions,
and now has direct ref erence to ASCE 7-05.
The above IBC 06 section 1605.4 “ Special Sei smic Load Combination” has been
deleted in IBC 09, but there is direct reference to ASCE 7-05 equations for these
‘Special Seismic Load Combinati ons’ in section 1605.1 of IBC 09. Hence these
‘Special Seismic Load Combi nations’ remains unchanged.
A more detailed look at the current A SD Seismic Load Combinations reveals that
the Load Combinations 8, 9, 10 and 11, 12, 13 are similar except that (Eh) is
replaced wi th (Emh).
The revised M ammut Standard Load Combination on the following pages is now
based on IBC 09. The Load Combi nations are exactl y the same as i n ASCE 7-05,
except that the 1.2 stress increase in ASCE 7-05 as per section 12.4.3.3 is not
allowed in IBC 09.
M BM A 2010 supplement states that al l references to IBC 06 in M BM A 06 shall be

revised to IBC 09, except section 1.3.6 of M BM A 06 on Sei smic Loads.
2 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
Mammut Standard - LRFD

FO
CR MBMA 2010 - LRFD
IBC 2009 - LRFD
M BM A 2010 Basic Load Combinations
IBC 2009 1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co Eqn. 16-1
Secti on
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 ( L r or S) + 1.2 T Eqn. 16-2
1605.2.1
3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 ( L r or S) + ( f 1L f or 0.8 W ) Eqn. 16-3
4) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 W + f 1 L f + 0.5 ( L r or S) Eqn. 16-4
5) 0.9 D + 1.6 W Eqn. 16-6
Seismic Load Combinations
6) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + f 2 S+ Eh ± Ev Eqn. 16-5
7) 0.9 D + Eh ± Ev Eqn. 16-7
Special Seismic Load Combinations*
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+Emh ± Ev ASCE (12.4.3.2) Eqn. 16-22
9) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev ASCE (12.4.3.2) Eqn. 16-23
Crane Load Combinations
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.2 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + ( 0.5L f or 0.8 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.8 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
Note:-
1) f 1 = 0.5 if Floor Live Load (L f) <= 4.79 kN/ m 2
2) f 1 = 1.0 if Floor Live Load (L f) > 4.79 kN/ m 2
3) f 2 = 0.7 for saw tooth configuration roof.
4) f 2 = 0.2 for other roof configurations.
5) * - Denotes combination for frame connections, bracings, strut tube, eave strut,
strut purlins.
3 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
Mammut Standard - ASD

MBMA 2010 - ASD
Fu
>:H
M BM A 2010 IBC 2009 - ASD

IBC 2009 Basic Load Combinations
Secti on 1) D + Co Eqn. 16-8
1605.3.1 2) D + Co + L f + T Eqn. 16-9
3) D + Co + ( L r or S) Eqn. 16-10
4) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or S) + 0.75 T Eqn. 16-11
5) D + Co + W Eqn. 16-12
6) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or S) + 0.75 W Eqn. 16-13
7) 0.6 D + W Eqn. 16-14
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev Eqn. 16-12
9) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (f 2 L r or f 2 S) + 0.525 Eh ± 0.525 Ev Eqn. 16-13
10) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev Eqn. 16-15
11) D + Co + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev ASCE (12.4.3.2)
12) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or S) + 0.525 Emh ± 0.525 Ev ASCE (12.4.3.2)
13) 0.6 D + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev ASCE (12.4.3.2)
14) D + Co + Cr + T
15) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
16) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
17) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W
18) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Note:-
1) f 2 = 0.0 if Roof Live/ Snow Load (p f) < 1.44 kN/ m 2
2) f 2 = 0.2 if Roof Snow Load (p f) >= 1.44 kN/ m 2
3) * - Denotes combination for frame connections, bracings, strut tube, eave
strut, strut purlins.
4) Crane hook loads need not be combined w ith (L r ) Roof Live Load or w ith
more than (0.75 S) Snow Load or (0.5W) Wind Load (Foot note:- IBC 09 1605.3.1)
4 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
Mammut Standard -
Deflection
1) D
2) L r or S
3) D + Co + (L r or S)
4) D + Co + (L r or S) + L f (Only for frames with rigid mezzanine)
5) W
6) E = Eh
7) Cr
Note:-
The above combinations are for main frames only for individual members refer
chapter on serviceability.
5 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
MBMA 2006 - LRFD

FO
Cfl
Basic Load Combinations
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co Eqn. 16-1
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 ( L r or S) + 1.2 T Eqn. 16-2
M BM A 06
3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 ( L r or S) + ( f 1 L f or 0.8 W ) Eqn. 16-3
Section 1.3.7
5) 0.9 D + 1.6 W Eqn. 16-6
7) 0.9 D + Eh ± Ev Eqn. 16-7
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1L f + Emh ± Ev Eqn. 16-22
9) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev Eqn. 16-23
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.2 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + ( f 1 L f or 0.8 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.8 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
Note:-
4) f 2 = 0.2 for other roof configurations. (Default)
6 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
MBMA 2006 - ASD

FO
HR
1) D + Co Eqn. 16-8
M BM A 06 2) D + Co + L f + T Eqn. 16-9
Section 1.3.7 3) D + Co + ( L r or S) Eqn. 16-10
4) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or S) + 0.75 T Eqn. 16-11
5) D + Co + W Eqn. 16-12
6) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or S) + 0.75 W Eqn. 16-13
7) 0.6 D + W Eqn. 16-14
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
9) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or f 2 S) + 0.525 Eh ± 0.525 Ev
10) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Special Seismic Load Combinations* (Stress Increase =1.2)
11) D + Co + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
12) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or f 2 S) + 0.525 Emh ± 0.525 Ev
13) 0.6 D + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
14) D + Co + Cr + T
15) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
16) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
17) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W
18) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Note:-
1) Seismic Load Combinations are as per ASCE 7-05
2) f 2 = 0.0 if Snow Load (p f) < 1.44 kN/ m 2
4) The Snow Load ‘S’ shall be taken as either the flat roof snow load (pf) or the
sloped roof snow load (ps)
6) Stress increase as per section 12.4.3.3 ASCE 7-05
7) Crane hook loads need not be combined with (L r) Roof Live Load or with
7 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
MBMA 2002
F'i M BM A 2002 Section 1.7 States
cn
“ Load Combinations are covered in IBC 2000, Section 1605. Two alternate sets of
allowable stress combinations are provided and one set of load and resistance factor
combinations is provided”
M BM A 02
Secti on 1.7
8 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
MBMA 1996 - LRFD

Fu Basic Load Combinations
HR
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 0.5 (L r or S) + 1.6 L f + 1.2 T
3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 (L r or S) + (0.5 L f or 0.8 W)
M BM A 96
4) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.3 W + 0.5 (L r or S) + 0.5 L f
Section 9.2
5) 0.9 D ± 1.3 W
6) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 0.2 S± E
7) 0.9 D ± E
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.2 T
9) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + (0.5L f or 0.8 W)
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.8 W
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + E
Note:-
1) E - Seismic Load (Seismic Base Shear)
9 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
MBMA 1996 - ASD

FO
'!R Basic Load Combinations
1) D + Co
2) D + Co + (L r or S) + L f + T
M BM A 96 3) D + W (Stress Increase = 1.33)
Section 9.1 4) D + Co + W + L f (Stress Increase = 1.33)
5) D + Co + S+ 0.5 W + L f (Stress Increase = 1.33)
6) D + Co + 0.5 S+ W + L f (Stress Increase = 1.33)
Seismic Load Combinations* (Stress Increase = 1.7Φ)
7) ( 1.1 + 0.5A v) D + Co + f 3 Lf + f 2 S+ E
8) ( 0.9 - 0.5A v) D + E
9) D + Co + Cr + L f + T
10) D + Co + f 1 S+ Cr + L f
11) D + Co + 0.5 W + Cr + L f (Stress Increase = 1.33)
12) D + Co + Crv + E
Note:-
1) f 1 = 0.0 if Roof Snow load (p f) <= 0.624 kN/ m2
2) f 1 = 0.5 if 0.624 <= (pf) < 1.488 kN/ m 2
3) f 2 = 0.0 if Roof Snow load (p f) < 1.44 kN/ m2
4) f 2 = 0.2 if Roof Snow load (p f) >= 1.44 kN/ m 2
7) Refer AISC Seismic Provision Part III for values of ‘Φ’
8) Av - Effective Peak A cceleration (See MBMA 96)
9) E - Seismic Load (Seismic Base Shear)
10) *Stress increase as per section AISC Seismic Provision 1997 Part III Section
4.2
10 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
Fi.i
MBMA 1986 - ASD
HR
1) D + Co
2) D + Co + L r
M BM A 86
3) D + Co + S
Secti on 9
4) D + W (Stress Increase = 1.33)
5) D + Co + S+ 0.5 W (Stress Increase = 1.33)
6) D + Co + 0.5 S+ W (Stress Increase = 1.33)
7) D + E (Stress Increase = 1.33)
8) D + Co + f 1 S+ E (Stress Increase = 1.33)
9) D + Co + Cr
10) D + Co + f 2 S+ Cr
11) D + Co + 0.5 W + Cr (Stress Increase = 1.33)
12) D + Co + E + Crd (Stress Increase = 1.33)
Note:-
1) For multi-story building, or buildings with mezzanines, floor live load (L f) shall
be combined with the dead loads including specified collateral loads or with all
the loading combinations above if the result is more severe.
3) f 1 = 0.25 if Roof Snow load (p f) > 1.488 kN/ m 2
5) f 2 = 0.50 if Roof Snow load 0.624 <= (p f) < 1.488 kN/ m 2
6) f 2 = 0.75 if Roof Snow load (p f) > 1.488 kN/ m 2
7) For load combination 12, (Crd) shall include only the total dead weight of the
crane (Bridge weight + End Trucks + Hoist with Trolley)
11 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
Fd
IBC 2000 - LRFD
cn

1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co
I BC 2000
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 (L r or S) + 1.2 T
Section
3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 (L r or S) + (f 1 L f or 0.8 W)
1605.2.1
4) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 W + f 1 L f + 0.5 (L r or S)
5) 0.9 D + 1.6 W
6) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+ Eh ± Ev
7) 0.9 D + Eh ± Ev
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+ Emh ± Ev
9) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.2 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + (f 1 L f or 0.8 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.8 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
Note:-
2) f 1 = 1.0 if Floor Live Load (L f) > 4.79 kN/ m2
strut purlins.
12 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
IBC 2000 - ASD

FO
CR
1) D + Co
IBC 2000 2) D + Co + L f + T
Secti on 3) D + Co + (L r or S)
1605.3.1 4) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.75 T
5) D + Co + W
6) D + Co + 0.75 W + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S)
7) 0.6 D + W
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
9) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or f 2 S) + 0.70 Eh ± 0.70 Ev
10) 0.6 D + 0.70 Eh ± 0.70 Ev
Special Seismic Load Combinations* (See Commentary)
11) D + Co + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
12) 0.6 D + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
13) D + Co + Cr + T
14) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
15) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
16) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W
17) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Note:-
3) f 2 = 0.0 if Roof Snow Load (p f) < 1.44 kN/ m 2
strut purlins.
13 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
IBC 2003 - LRFD

FO
HR
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co Eqn. 16-1
I BC 2003 2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 (L r or S) + 1.2 T Eqn. 16-2
Section 3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 (L r or S) + (f 1 L f or 0.8 W) Eqn. 16-3
1605.2.1 4) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 W + f 1 L f + 0.5 (L r or S) Eqn. 16-4
5) 0.9 D + 1.6 W Eqn. 16-6
6) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + f 2 S+ Eh + Ev Eqn. 16-5
7) 0.9 D + Eh + Ev Eqn. 16-6
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + Emh + Ev Eqn. 16-19
9) 0.9 D + Emh + Ev Eqn. 16-20
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.2 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + (0.5L f or 0.8 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.8 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
Note:-
1) ‘f 1’ is denoted as ‘l 1’ in code, it is changed for clarity
4) f 2 = 0.7 for roof configurations (such as saw tooth)
5) f 2 = 0.2 for other roof configuration
strut purlins.
14 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
IBC 2003 - ASD

FO
CR Basic Load Combinations
1) D + Co Eqn. 16-7
2) D + Co + (L f or L r)+ T Eqn. 16-8
IBC 2003 3) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.75 T Eqn. 16-9
Secti on 4) D + Co + 0.75 W + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) Eqn. 16-10
1605.3.1 5) 0.6 D + W Eqn. 16-11
6) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or f 2 S) + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev Eqn. 16-10
7) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev Eqn. 16-12
Special Seismic Load Combinations* (Stress Increase = 1.7)
8) 1.2 D + Co + f 1 L f + Emh ± Ev Eqn. 16-19
9) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev Eqn. 16-20
10) D + Co + Cr + T
11) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
12) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
13) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W
14) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Exception:
1) ‘f 1’ is denoted as ‘l 1’ in code, it is changed for clarity
strut purlins.
7) Stress increase as per section 1617.1.1.2
15 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
IBC 2006 - LRFD

FO
CR Basic Load Combinations
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co Eqn. 16-1
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 ( L r or S) + 1.2 T Eqn. 16-2
IBC 2006 3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 ( L r or S) + ( f 1 L f or 0.8 W ) Eqn. 16-3
Secti on 4) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 W + f 1 L f + 0.5 ( L r or S) Eqn. 16-4
1605.2.1 5) 0.9 D + 1.6 W Eqn. 16-6
7) 0.9 D + Eh ± Ev Eqn. 16-7
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1L f + Emh ± Ev Eqn. 16-22
9) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev Eqn. 16-23
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.2 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + ( f 1 L f or 0.8 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.8 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
Note:-
strut purlins.
16 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
Fu
IBC 2006 - ASD
CR
1) D + Co Eqn. 16-8
2) D + Co + L f + T Eqn. 16-9
IBC 2006
Secti on 3) D + Co + ( L r or S) Eqn. 16-10
1605.3.1 4) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or S) + 0.75 T Eqn. 16-11
5) D + Co + W Eqn. 16-12
6) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or S) + 0.75 W Eqn. 16-13
7) 0.6 D + W Eqn. 16-14
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev Eqn. 16-12
9) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or f 2 S) + 0.525 Eh ± 0.525 Ev Eqn. 16-13
10) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev Eqn. 16-15
11) 1.2 D + 1.20 Co + f 1 L f + Emh ± Ev Eqn. 16-22
12) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev Eqn. 16-23
13) D + Co + Cr + T
14) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
15) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
16) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W
17) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Note:-
6) Crane hook loads need not be combined with (L r) Roof Live Load or with
17 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
IBC 2012 - LRFD

Fd
LH
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co Eqn. 16-1
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 ( L r or S) + 1.2 T Eqn. 16-2
IBC 2012
3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 ( L r or S) + ( f 1 L f or 0.5 W ) Eqn. 16-3
Section 1605.2
5) 0.9 D + 1.0 W Eqn. 16-6
7) 0.9 D + Eh ± Ev Eqn. 16-7
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + f 2 S+Emh ± Ev ASCE (12.4.3.2)
9) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev ASCE (12.4.3.2)
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.0 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + ( 0.5L f or 0.5 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.5 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
Temperature Load Combinations (MBSRecommended, also see ASCE 7-10 commentary)
15) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 T + 0.5 L f
16) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.0 T + 1.6 L f
Note:-
6) For temperature loads refer section 2.3.5 of ASCE 7-10.
7) Wind load (W) is calculated based on ultimate design wind speed V ult
8) If PIF have Nominal wind speed, then convert it into ultimate design wind
speed V ult. [V ult = V x Sqrt(1.6 x I) ; V in m/ s]
where, importance factor (I) should refer ASCE7-05.
18 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
IBC 2012 - ASD

FO
HR
1) D + Co Eqn. 16-8
2) D + Co + L f + T Eqn. 16-9
IBC 2012
3) D + Co + ( L r or S) Eqn. 16-10
Secti on
1605.3.1 4) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or S) + 0.75 T Eqn. 16-11
5) D + Co + 0.6 W Eqn. 16-12
6) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or S) + 0.75 (0.6 W) Eqn. 16-13
7) 0.6 D + 0.6 W Eqn. 16-15
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev Eqn. 16-12
9) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (f 2 L r or f 2 S) + 0.525 Eh ± 0.525 Ev Eqn. 16-14
10) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev Eqn. 16-16
11) D + Co + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev ASCE (12.4.3.2)
12) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.525 Emh ± 0.525 Ev ASCE (12.4.3.2)
13) 0.6 D + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev ASCE (12.4.3.2)
14) D + Co + Cr + T
15) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
16) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
17) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W
18) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
19) D + Co + T + L f
20) D + Co + T + 0.5 L f
Note:-
3) f 2 = 0.0 if Roof Live/ Snow Load (p f) < 1.44 kN/ m 2
6) Crane hook loads need not be combined w ith (L r ) Roof Live Load or w ith
19 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
ASCE 7-98 - LRFD

Fu
■:R
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 (L r or S) + 1.2 T
ASCE 7-98
3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 (L r or S) + (f 1 L f or 0.8 W)
Section 2.3.2
4) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 W + f 1 L f + 0.5 (L r or S)
5) 0.9 D + 1.6 W
6) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+ Eh ± Ev
7) 0.9 D + Eh ± Ev
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+ Emh ± Ev
9) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.2 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + (f 1 L f or 0.8 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.8 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
Note:-
strut purlins.
20 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
ASCE 7-98 - ASD

FO
■:R
1) D + Co
2) D + Co + L f + T
ASCE 7-98
3) D + Co + (L r or S)
Secti on 2.4.1
4) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.75 T
5) D + Co + W
6) D + Co + 0.75 W + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S)
7) 0.6 D + W
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
9) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.70 Eh ± 0.70 Ev
10) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
11) D + Co + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
12) 0.6 D + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
13) D + Co + Cr + T
14) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
15) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
16) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W
17) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Note:-
* - Denotes combination for frame connections, bracings, strut tube, eave strut, strut
purlins.
21 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
ASCE 7-02 - LRFD

FO
CR
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 (L r or S) + 1.2 T
ASCE 7-02
Section 2.3.2 3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 (L r or S) + (f 1 L f or 0.8 W)
4) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 W + f 1 L f + 0.5 (L r or S)
5) 0.9 D + 1.6 W
6) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+ Eh + Ev
7) 0.9 D + Eh + Ev
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+ Emh + Ev
9) 0.9 D + Emh + Ev
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.2 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + (f 1L f or 0.8 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.8 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
Note:-
strut purlins.
22 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
ASCE 7-02 - ASD

FO
■:R
1) D + Co
2) D + Co + L f + T
ASCE 7-02
3) D + Co + (L r or S)
Section 2.4.1
4) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.75 T
5) D + Co + W
6) D + Co + 0.75 W + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S)
7) 0.6 D + W
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
9) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.525 Eh ± 0.525 Ev
10) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
11) D + Co + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
12) 0.6 D + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
13) D + Co + Cr + T
14) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
15) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
16) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W
17) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Note:-
* - Denotes combination for frame connections, bracings, strut tube, eave strut, strut
purlins.
23 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
ASCE 7-05 - LRFD

FO
CH
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 (L r or S) + 1.2 T
ASCE 7-05
3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 (L r or S) + ( f 1 L f or 0.8 W)
Secti on 2.3.2,
12.4.2.3 4) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 W + f 1 L f + 0.5 (L r or S)
5) 0.9 D + 1.6 W
6) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+ Eh ± Ev
7) 0.9 D + Eh ± Ev
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+ Emh ± Ev
9) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.2 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + (f 1 L f or 0.8 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.8 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
Note:-
strut purlins.
24 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
ASCE 7-05 - ASD

F'j
HR
1) D + Co
2) D + Co + L f + T
ASCE 7-05
3) D + Co + (L r or S)
Secti on 2.4.1,
4) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.75 T
12.4.2.3
5) D + Co + W
6) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 ( L r or S) + 0.75 W
7) 0.6 D + W
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
9) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.525 Eh ± 0.525 Ev
10) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
11) D + Co + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
12) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.525 Emh ± 0.525 Ev
13) 0.6 D + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev
14) D + Co + Cr + T
15) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
16) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
17) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W
18) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
Note:-
Stress increase as per section 12.4.3.3
25 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
ASCE 7-10 - LRFD

FO
CH
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 (L r or S) + 1.2 T
ASCE 7-10
3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 (L r or S) + ( f 1 L f or 0.5 W)
Secti on 2.3.2,
12.4.2.3 4) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.0 W + f 1 L f + 0.5 (L r or S)
5) 0.9 D + 1.0 W
6) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+ Eh ± Ev (Serial # 5 in A SCE )
7) 0.9 D + Eh ± Ev (Serial # 7 in A SCE )
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + 0.2 S+ Emh ± Ev (Section 12.4.2.3)
9) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev (Section 12.4.2.3)
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.0 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + (f 1 L f or 0.5 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.5 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
15) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.0 T + 1.6 L
16) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 T + 0.5 T
Note:-
strut purlins.
26 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
ASCE 7-10 - ASD

F'j
HR
1) D + Co
2) D + Co + L f + T
ASCE 7-10
3) D + Co + (L r or S)
Secti on 2.4.1,
4) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.75 T
12.4.2.3
5) D + Co + 0.6 W
6) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (0.6 W) + 0.75 (L r or S)
7) 0.6 D + 0.6 W
8) D + Co + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev (Serial # 5 in A SCE)
9) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.525 Eh ± 0.525 Ev (Serial # 6b in A SCE)
10) 0.6 D + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev (Serial # 8 in A SCE)
11) D + Co + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev (Section 12.4.2.3)
12) D + Co + 0.75 L f + 0.75 (L r or S) + 0.525 Emh ± 0.525 Ev (Section 12.4.2.3)
13) 0.6 D + 0.7 Emh ± 0.7 Ev (Section 12.4.2.3)
14) D + Co + Cr + T
15) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
16) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
17) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W
18) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh ± 0.7 Ev
19) D + Co + T + L f
20) D + Co + T + 0.5 L f
Note:-
strut purlins.
3) Stress increase as per section 12.4.3.3
27 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
EYGPTIAN CODE - ASD

FO
-:R
1) D + Co + L f + (L r or S)
2) D + W
ECP 205
3) 0.84 D + 0.84 Co + 0.84 L f + 0.84 (L r or S) + 0.84 T
Section 2.2
4) 0.84 D + 0.84 Co + 0.84 L f + 0.84 (L r or S) + 0.84 W
5) 0.84 D + 0.84 Co + 0.84 L f + 0.84 (L r or S) + 0.84 W + 0.84 T
6) D + E
7) 0.84 D + 0.84 Co + 0.84 L f + 0.84 (L r or S) + 0.84 E
8) 0.84 D + 0.84 Co + 0.84 L f + 0.84 (L r or S) + 0.84 E + 0.84 T
9) D + Co + Cr
10) 0.84 D + 0.84 Co + 0.84 L f + 0.84 Cr + 0.84 T
11) 0.84 D + 0.84 Co + 0.84 L f + 0.84 Cr + 0.84 W
12) 0.84 D + 0.84 Co + 0.84 L f + 0.84 Cr + 0.84 E
28 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
BS EN 1990 - ULS
F'J
LR
1) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co
2) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 L f + (1.5 L r or f 2 S)
Eurocode
3) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 L f + (1.5 L r or f 2 S) + 0.9 W
BS EN 1990
Section 6.4 4) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + f 1 L f + 1.5 S+ 0.9 W
5) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + f 1 L f + f 2 S+ 1.5 W
6) 1.00 D + 1.50 W
7) 1.00 D + 1.00 E
8) 1.00 D + 1.00 Co + 1.00 E + f 3 L f + f 4 S
9) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 Cr + 0.9 T
10) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 Cr + f 1 L f + 0.9 W
11) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 Cr + f 2 S+ 0.9 W
12) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + f 1 Cr + f 2 S+ 1.5 W
13) 1.00 D + 1.00 Co + f 3 Cr + 1.0 E
Temperature Load Combinations
14) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + f 1 L f + (f 5 L r or f 2 S) + 1.5 T
15) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 L f + (1.5 L r or f 2 S) + 0.9 T
16) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + f 1 L f + 1.5 S+ 0.9 T
Note:-
1) ULS- Denotes Ultimate Limit State (For Strength Design)
2) Live roof and floor is treated as one class of imposed loads
3) f 1 = 1.05 For Category A,B,C,D,F and G (Default)
4) f 1 = 1.5 For Category E (Storage)
5) f 2 = 1.05 For Finland, Iceland, Norway, Sweden and areas of altitude
H > 1000 m above sea level.
6) f 2 = 0.75 For all other areas. (Default)
7) f 3 = 0.3 For Category A, B and G
8) f 3 = 0.6 For Category C, D and F (Default)
H > 1000 m above sea level. (with Seismic Combination only)
11) f 4 = 0.0 For all other areas. (with Seismic Combination only) (Default)
12) f 5 = 0.0 For Roof (H-Category) live load.
13) (f 5 L r) This value will be equal to (0) and is reported only for
clarity
14) As per section 3.3.2 of EN 1991-1-1, snow load need not be combined with
roof live load.
29 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
BS EN 1990 - SLS
FO
'!R
1) D + Co
2) D + Co + L f + (Lr or f 2 S)
Eurocode
3) D + Co + L f + (L r or f 2 S) + 0.6 W
BS EN 1990
4) D + Co + f 1 L f + S+ 0.6 W
Section 6.5
5) D + Co + f 1 L f + (f 5 L r or f 2 S) + W
6) D + W
7) D + E
8) D + Co + E + f 3 L f + f 4 S
9) D + Co + Cr + 0.6 T
10) D + Co + Cr + f 1 L f + 0.6 W
11) D + Co + f 1 Cr + S+ 0.6 W
12) D + Co + f 1 Cr + f 2 S+ W
13) D + Co + f 3 Cr + E
14) D + Co + f 1 L f + (f 5 L r or f 2 S) + T
15) D + Co + L f + (Lr or f 2 S) + 0.6 T
16) D + Co + f 1 L f + S+ 0.6 T
Note:-
1) SLS- Denotes Serviceability Limit State (For Deflection)
3) f 1 = 0.7 For Category A,B,C,D,F and G. (Default)
H > 1000 m above sea level.
11) f 4 = 0.0 For all other areas. (w ith Seismic Combination only) (Default)
12) f 5 = 0.0 For Roof (H-Category) live load.
13) Categories are as below,
A Domestic, Residential E Storage Area

B Office Areas F Traffic Areas <=30kN
C Congregation areas G Traffic Areas (30 < W <= 160) kN
D Shopping areas H Roofs
30 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
BS EN 1990 - ULS (UK)

FO
'!R
1) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co
2) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 L f + (1.5 L r or f 2 S)
Eurocode
3) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 L f + (1.5 L r or f 2 S) + 0.75 W
BS EN 1990
4) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + f 1 L f + 1.5 S+ 0.75 W
Section 6.4
UK A nnex 5) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + f 1 L f + (1.05 L r or f 2 S) + 1.5 W
6) 1.00 D + 1.50 W
7) 1.00 D + 1.00 E
8) 1.00 D + 1.00 Co + 1.00 E + f 3 L f + f 4 S
9) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 Cr + 0.9 T
10) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 Cr + f 1 L f + 0.75 W
11) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 Cr + f 2 S+ 0.75 W
12) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + f 1 Cr + f 2 S+ 1.5 W
13) 1.00 D + 1.00 Co + f 3 Cr + 1.0 E
14) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + f 1 L f + (1.05 L r or f 2 S) + 1.5 T
15) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + 1.5 L f + (1.5 L r or f 2 S) + 0.9 T
16) 1.35 D + 1.35 Co + f 1 L f + 1.5 S+ 0.9 T
Note:-
2) Difference from EN is highlighted in red.
4) f 1 = 1.05 For Category A,B,C,D,F and G (Default)
6) f 2 = 1.05 For areas of altitude H > 1000 m above sea level.
13) As per section 3.3.2 of EN 1991-1-1, snow load need not be combined with
roof live load.
31 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
BS EN 1990 - SLS
FO
'!R
1) D + Co
2) D + Co + L f + (Lr or f 2 S)
Eurocode
3) D + Co + L f + (L r or f 2 S) + 0.5 W
BS EN 1990
4) D + Co + f 1 L f + S+ 0.5 W
Section 6.5
UK-A nnex 5) D + Co + f 1 L f + (0.7 L r or f 2 S) + W
6) D + W
7) D + E
8) D + Co + E + f 3 L f + f 4 S
9) D + Co + Cr + 0.6 T
10) D + Co + Cr + f 1 L f + 0.5 W
11) D + Co + f 1 Cr + S+ 0.5 W
12) D + Co + f 1 Cr + f 2 S+ W
13) D + Co + f 3 Cr + E
14) D + Co + f 1 L f + (0.7 L r or f 2 S) + T
15) D + Co + L f + (Lr or f 2 S) + 0.6 T
16) D + Co + f 1 L f + S+ 0.6 T
Note:-
2) Difference from EN is highlighted in red.
4) f 1 = 0.7 For Category A,B,C,D,F and G. (Default)
6) f 2 = 0.7 For areas of altitude H > 1000 m above sea level.
13) Categories are as below,
A Domestic, Residential E Storage Area

B Office Areas F Traffic Areas <=30kN
C Congregation areas G Traffic Areas (30 < W <= 160) kN
D Shopping areas H Roofs
32 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
IS-800-2007 - ULS
FO
HR
1) 1.5 D + 1.5 Co
2) 1.5 D + 1.5 Co + 1.5 L f + 1.5 L r
Indi an Code
3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 L f + 1.2 L r + 1.2 W
I S-800-2007
Table 4 4) 0.9 D + 1.5 W
5) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 L f + 1.2 L r + 1.2 E
6) 0.9 D + 1.5 E
7) 1.5 D + 1.5 Co + 1.5 L f + 1.05 Cr
8) 1.5 D + 1.5 Co + 1.05 L f + 1.5 Cr
9) 1.5 D + 1.5 Co + 1.5 Cr + 1.05 T
10) 1.5 D + 1.5 Co + 1.05 Cr + 1.5 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.53 L f + 1.2 (W or E)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 0.53 Cr + 1.2 L f + 1.2 (W or E)
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 1.05L f + 0.6 (W or E)
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.05 Cr + 1.2L f + 0.6 (W or E)
15) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 L f + 1.2 L r + 1.05 T
16) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.05 L f + 1.05 L r + 1.2 T
Snow Load Combinations
17) 1.5 D + 1.5 Co + 1.5 L f + 1.05 S
18) 1.5 D + 1.5 Co + 1.05 L f + 1.5 S
19) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 L f + 1.05 S+ 0.6 (W or E)
20) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 L f + 0.53 S+ 1.2 (W or E)
21) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.05 L f + 1.2 S+ 0.6 (W or E)
22) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 0.53 L f + 1.2 S+ 1.2 (W or E)
23) 1.5 D + 1.5 Co + 1.5 Cr + 1.05 S
24) 1.5 D + 1.5 Co + 1.05 Cr + 1.5 S
25) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 1.05 S+ 0.6 (W or E)
26) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.53 S+ 1.2 (W or E)
27) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.05 Cr + 1.2 S+ 0.6 (W or E)
28) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 0.53 Cr + 1.2 S+ 1.2 (W or E)
Note:-
3) Temperature and Snow loads are not explicitly mentioned in the code, the
combinations are provided only for reference if required.
33 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
IS-800-2007 - SLS
F'J
LR
1) D + Co
2) D + Co + L f + L r
Indi an Code
3) D + Co + 0.8 L f + 0.8 Lr + 0.8 W
I S-800-2007
Table 4 4) D + W
5) D + Co + 0.8 L f + 0.8 E
6) D + E
7) D + Co + L f + Cr
8) D + Co + Cr + T
9) D + Co + 0.8 Cr + 0.8L f + 0.8 (W or E)
10) D + Co + L f + L r + T
11) D + Co + 0.8 L f + 0.8 L r + 0.8 T + 0.8 (W or E)
Snow Load Combinations
12) D + Co + L f + S
13) D + Co + 0.8 L f + 0.8 S+ 0.8 W
Note:-
3) Temperature and Snow loads are not explicitly mentioned in the code, the
combinations are provided only for reference if required.
4) The combination is only reported for reference, it cannot be used, since the
limits are not provided for these combinations.
34 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
UBC 1997 - LRFD

FO
HR
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co Eqn. 12-1
2) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 L f + 0.5 (L r or S) + 1.2 T Eqn. 12-2
UBC 1997
3) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 (L r or S) + (f 1 L f or 0.8 W) Eqn. 12-3
Secti on
1612.2.1 4) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.3 W + f 1 L f + 0.5 (L r or S) Eqn. 12-4
5) 0.9 D + 1.3 W Eqn. 12-6
6) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + (f 1 L f + f 2 S) + Eh ± Ev Eqn. 12-5
7) 0.9 D + Eh ± Ev Eqn. 12-6
8) 1.2 D + + 1.2 Co + f 1 L f + Emh ± Ev Eqn. 12-17
9) 0.9 D + Emh ± Ev Eqn. 12-18
10) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + 1.2 T
11) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.6 Cr + (f 1L f or 0.8 W)
12) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 S+ 1.2 Cr
13) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Cr + 0.8 W
14) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 Crv + Eh ± Ev
Note:-
3) f 2 = 0.7 for roof configurations (such as saw tooth)
4) f 2 = 0.2 for other roof configuration
5) * - Denotes combination for connections, bracings, strut tube, eave strut, strut
purlins.
35 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
UBC 1997 - ASD (Alternative)

FO
CH Basic Load Combinations
1) D + Co
2) D + Co + L f + (L r or S) + T Eqn. 12-12
UBC 1997 3) D + Co + L f + W (Stress Increase = 1.33) Eqn. 12-13
Section 4) D + L f + W + 0.50 S (Stress Increase = 1.33) Eqn. 12.14
1612.3.2 5) D + Co + L f + S+ 0.50 W (Stress Increase = 1.33) Eqn. 12-15
Seismic Load Combinations (Stress Increase = 1.33)
6) D + Co + L f + 0.714 Eh Eqn. 12-13
7) D + Co + L f + f 2 S+ 0.714 Eh Eqn. 12-16
8) 0.9 D + 0.714 Eh Eqn. 12-16-1
Special Seismic Load Combinations* (Stress Increase = 1.33)
9) 1.2 D + Co + f 1 L f + Emh Eqn. 12-17
10) 0.9 D + Emh Eqn. 12-18
11) D + Co + Cr + T
12) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.75 L f + 0.75 T
13) D + Co + 0.75 S+ 0.75 Cr
14) D + Co + 0.75 Cr + 0.5 W (Stress Increase = 1.33)
15) D + Co + 0.75 Crv + 0.7 Eh (Stress Increase = 1.33)
Note:-
3) f 2 = 0.0 if Design Snow Load (Pf) <= 1.44 kN/ m2
4) f 2 = 0.25 if Design Snow Load (Pf) > 1.44 kN/ m2
5) * - Denotes combination for connections, bracings, strut tube, eave strut, strut
purlins.
6) ‘0.714’ is ‘E/ 1.4’ in the code
7) Stress increase as per section 1612.3.3
Ev need not be used in A SD
36 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
BS 5950 - LRFD
FO
>!R
1) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co
2) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co + 1.6 (L r or S) + 1.2 T
BS 5950-1
3) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co + 1.4 (L r or S) + 1.4 L f + 1.2 T
2000
Section 2.4 4) 1.0 D + 1.0 Co + 1.4 (W or E)
5) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 (L r or S) + 1.2 L f + 1.2 (W or E)
6) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co + 1.6 Crv + 1.2 T
7) 1.4 D + 1.4 Co + 1.4 Crv + 1.4 Crh
8) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.4 (L r or S) + 1.4 L f + 1.4 Crv
9) 1.2 D + 1.2 Co + 1.2 (L r or S) + 1.2 L f + 1.2 Crv + 1.2 Crh
10) 1.0 D + 1.0 Co + 1.2 Crv + 1.2 Crh + 1.2 (W or E)
37 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
SNIP 2004 (ULS)

Fu
CR
1) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co
SNIP 2) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.2 f 1 L f + (1.3 f 1 L r or f 1 S)
2004 3) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.2 L f + (1.3 f 2 L r or f 2 S) + 1.4 f 3 W
Section 1.10 4) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.4 W + (1.3 f 2 L r or f 2 S) + 1.2 f 3 L f
5) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.2 L f + (1.3 f 2 L r or f 2 S) + 1.1 f 3 T
6) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.1 T + (1.3 f 2 L r or f 2 S) + 1.2 f 3 L f
7) 0.9 D + 1.4 W
8) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.2 f 1 L f + f 2 S+ E
9) 0.9 D + E
10) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.1 Cr
11) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.1 f 1 Cr + 1.1 f 1 T
12) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.1 f 1 Cr + 1.2 f 1 L f
13) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.1 f 1 Cr + 1.4 f 1 W
14) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.1 f 1 Cr + f 1 S
15) 1.3 D + 1.3 Co + 1.1 f 2 Cr + E
16) 0.9 D + 1.1 f 2 Cr + E
Note:- (Refer section 1.12)

1) f 1 = 0.90
2) f 2 = 0.80
3) f 3 = 0.60
38 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
SNIP 2004 (SLS)

Fu
CR
1) D + Co
SNIP 2) D + Co + f 1 L f + (f 1 Lr or f 1 S)
2004 3) D + Co + L f + (f 2 L r or f 2 S) + f 3 W
Section 1.10 4) D + Co + W + (f 2 L r or f 2 S) + f 3 L f
5) D + Co + L f + (f 2 L r or f 2 S) + f 3 T
6) D + Co + T + (f 2 L r or f 2 S) + f 3 L f
7) D + W
8) D + Co + f 1 L f + f 2 S+ E
9) D + E
10) D + Co + Cr
11) D + Co + f 1 Cr + f 1 T
12) D + Co + f 1 Cr + f 1 L f
13) D + Co + f 1 Cr + f 1 W
14) D + Co + f 1 Cr + f 1 S
15) D + Co + f 2 Cr + E
16) D + f 2 Cr + E
Note:- (Refer section 1.12)

1) f 1 = 0.90
2) f 2 = 0.80
3) f 3 = 0.60
39 2 8 -Ma y -1 3
S E R V I C E A B I L I T Y
Chapter
10
Serviceability
FO
CH
Serviceability as defined in the A ISC Specification as “ a state in which the
function of a building, its appearance, maintainability, durability, and comfort of
AI SC its occupancies are preserved under normal usage” . Although serviceability
Design Guide issues have always been a design consideration, changes in codes and materials
Seri es 3 have added importance to these matters.
The MBM A 2006/ 2010 states that the customer or his or her agent must identify
for the metal building engineer any and all criteria so that the metal building can
be designed to be “ suitable for its specific conditions of use and compatible with
other materials used in the metal building system” . Nevertheless it also points
out the requirement for the active involvement of the customer in the design
stage of a structure and the need for informed discussion of standards and levels
of building performance. Likewise the A ISC code of standard practice states that
in those instances where the fabricator has both the responsibility, the owner
must provide the “ performance criteria for the structural steel frame” .
ASCE 7-05 addresses the serviceability issues as follows: “ Structural systems, and
members thereof, shall be designed to have adequate stiffness to limit
deflections, lateral drift, vibration, or any other deformations that adversely
affect the intended use and performance of buildings and other structures.”
Many of the design criteria in the A ISC design guide series 3 “ Serviceability
Design Considerations for Steel Buildings” are based on the authors own
judgment and rules of the thumb from their own experience. It should be noted
that when applicable design codes mandate specific deflection limits the code
requirements supersede the recommendations of the Design Manual.
1
M inimum Roof Slope f or proper drainage
The minimum roof slope for proper drainage is 0.42 : 10 (θ = 2.38°) for Metal
Roofs Through Fastener Type (MBSstandard profile sheeting with screws) as per
MBMA Table 3.1 Serviceability Considerations.
Ponding
ASCE 7-05 section 8.4 states that roofs with a slope of at least 0.25 : 12 (θ = 1.19°)
need not be investigated for ponding stability.
As per BS-5950, deflection should be checked for ponding for roof slope less than
1:20 (θ = 2.86°).
Standard Def lection Limitations

Unless specified in the Project Information Form, all deflection limitations
prescribed in this chapter shall govern.
All the standard allowable deflection limits are within the provisions of MBM A
2006 / 2010 and are applicable for general cases. For special case with the
approval of manager deflection limits in previous versions of MBM A may be
considered if required.
The wind speed (3 Second Gust) that is to be considered for horizontal deflection
should be based upon 10 year mean recurrence interval and in the absence of
data for a 10 year wind speed map the listed limit values in the tables below for
horizontal sway, deflection due to wind only, can be approximated by
multiplying by an approximate reduction factor = 0.70. (Refer section 1.3.4.8 of
MBMA 2006 page 27)
This assumption may be disregarded if customer has stated specific deflection

criteria.
If the design code for loading is other than MBMA, it should be clearly
mentioned in the estimation and engineering documents that "A ll the specified
def lection li mi ts in the appli cable code for this project has been applied. In the
absence of data for any specific case and condition, M ammut will f ollow the
standard deflecti on limits as per M BM A/IBC, specifically f or lateral def lecti on
of frames and def lection of cranes runway beams"
M aximum defl ecti on for any members vertical or horizontal should not exceed
200 mm for practical reasons. (M ammut Standard)
Legend:-
D - Dead Load L - Live Load W - Wind Load
E - Seismic Load S- Snow Load Cr - Crane Load
2 8 -M a y -1 3
2
Tabl e 10.1 Standard All owable Def lections

(M BM A -2006/2010 & IBC-2006/2009 & ASCE 7-05, Egyptian Code ECP-205)
Sr. Standard Allowable

Structural M embers Load Case
No. Deflecti on
Rigid Frame and Endwal l Rafters Vertical Deflection
1 With fully sheeted walls
2 With blockwall and sheeting of equal heights Span / 180 a L or S
3 With full height blockwall & &
Span / 120 b D + L or
4 With glazing & sheeting of equal heights Span / 120 b D + Sor
5 With full height glazing Span / 120 b1 W
6 With pendant operated crane
Rigid Frame and Portal Frame Sway (Horizontal)
1 With fully sheeted walls EH / 50 c
2 With blockwall and sheeting of equal heights EH / 75 e
3 With full height blockwall or precast walls EH / 100 d
4 With glazing & sheeting of equal heights EH / 150 e W or E or Cr
5 With full height glazing EH / 240 e
6 With pendant operated crane CBH / 100 f
7 Special Cranes, Service Class E & F category CBH / 240 <= 50mm g
8 Special Residential Buildings (JAFZA, DM) EH / 500 h W or E
M ezzanine, Jack Beams, Panels & Purlins, Grating, Chequered Plates
Beams & Joists of Mezzanine, Roof Platform, Span / 240 j (D + L) or (D + W)
1
walkway etc. Span / 360 i L or Sor W
Span / 240 j (D + L) or (D + W)
2 Jack Beams
Span / 360 i L or W
3 Roof Panel with Metal Sheeting Span / 60 k Total
Span / 150 l L or S
4 Roof Purlins Span / 120 b1 W
Span / 120 b D+L
5 Grating, Chequered Plates Span / 150 m D+L
Wall Panels & Girts, Wind Columns, Horizontal Beams
1 Wall Panels Span / 60 k Total
2 Wall Girts with Metal Sheeting Span / 90 n
3 Wind Columns W
Span / 120 p
4 Lateral Beams supporting Blockwalls etc.
For cantilevers (L) shall be taken as twice the length of cantilever.
Notes:-
1) Lateral Sway is reported only in MBMA.
2) Refer following pages for references marked as superscript (a,b,c...etc)
3) For (e) there is no reference, and the values are based on engineering judgment.
4) For (h) refer ASCE 7-05 Chapter C Appendix C section CC.1.2
5) For (m) refer A ISC 1989-9th Edition page 2-145 the value is Span/ 100, value reported above is conservative.
2 8 -M a y -1 3
3
Table 10.1 (Continued)
Sr.
Structural M embers Vertical Deflection Hori zontal Deflection
No.
Top Running Crane Runway Beams
1 CMAA Service Class A , B and C Span / 600 q
Span / 400 v
2 CMAA Service Class D Span / 800 r
3 CMAA Service Class E & F Span / 1000 s Span / 600 e
Under hung & M onorail Runway Beams
1 CMAA Service Class A , B and C Span / 450 t Span / 400 v
2 CMAA Service Class D, E & F Check with Customer/ Consultant / End User
Relative Deflection of adjacent rafter with Under
3 Bay Spacing / 225 e -
hung, Monorail Cranes
Ji b Crane Boom
1 Jib Crane Boom Span / 225 u -
Ref erences-1 (M BM A)
MBMA 2010/2006 Table 1.3.1(b) Deflection Limitsa,b’c’h,i

(Limits and footnotes are from 1BC 3006 2009 Table 1604.3)
Load
Snow or
Construction Live Dead + Lived,e
Windf
Roof Members:6
Supporting plaster ceiling L/360 L/360 L/240
Supporting non-plaster ceiling L/240 L/240 L/I80
Not supporting ceiling L/180 a L/180 bl L/120 b
Roof members supportinsi metal I
L/150
roofinu: _
Structural Metal Roof and Sidinu L/60 k
Panels3
Floor members L/360 i L/240 j
Exterior walls and interior partitions:
With brittle finishes L/240
With flexible finishes L/120 p
Wall members supporting metal
L/90 n
sidinu: _
2 8 -M a y -1 3
4
MBMA 2010/2006 Table 3.3

Serviceability ADonsiderationsB-[Gladding
CLADDING
STRUCTURAL
SUPPORT DEFORM A TION RECOMMENDATION LOADING
ELEMENT
TYPE
The values reported DRIFT
METAL PANELS /
PERPENDICULAR HI 60 TO H1 100
10 YEAR WIND C
are for 10 year wind BARE FRAME MAXIMUM
TO WALL
recurrence interval,
in the design METAL PANELS / HORIZONTAL L/120
calculations we take 10 YEAR WIND
GIRTS DEFLECTION MAXIMUM
wind load based on
50 year return METAL PANELS / HORIZONTAL L1 120
period and are 10 YEAR WIND
WIND COLUMNS DEFLECTION MAXIMUM
multiplied by 0.70 as
a reasonable PRECAST WALLS/
DRIFT
H1 100
approximation to BARE FRAME
PERPENDICULAR
MAXIMUM
10 YEAR WIND d
derive a 50 year TO WALL
return period. UNREINFORCED DRIFT
MASONRY WALLS / PERPENDICULAR 1 / 16 IN. CRACK 10 YEAR WIND
BASE OF WALL
MBMA 2010 Supplement to MBMA 2006 Table 3.5

Serviceability Considerations - Equipment
EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL
DEFORMATION RECOMMENDATION LOADING
TYPE ELEMENT
TOTAL INWARD 1 /2 IN. LL OR

RUNWAY SUPPORTS
MOVEMENT MAXIMUM 50 YEAR SNOW
TOAL OUTWARD I IN
RUNWAY SUPPORTS SNOW
MOVEMENT MAXIMUM
HORIZONTAL L/400
RUNWAY BEAM V CRANE LATERAL
TOP RUNNING DEFECTION MAXIMUM
CRANES
L/600 CRANE LATERAL
RUNWAY BEAM
VERTICAL DEFLECTION q VERTICAL STATIC
CMAA W.CB’ttCC’D MAXIMUM LOAD
RUNWAY BEAM L/800 CRANE LATERAL

VERTICAL DEFLECTION r VERTICAL STATIC
CMAA I3D’ □ MAXIMUM LOAD
RUNWAY BEAM LI 1000 CRANE LATERAL

VERTICAL DEFLECTION S VERTICAL STATIC
CMAA EE’ l& IT’D MAXIMUM LOAD
TOP RUNNING DRIFT AT RUNWAY H / 240 < 4-H4. 2-IN CRANE LATERAL
BARE FRAME 9
CAB OPERATED ELEVATION MAXIMUM OR 10 YR WIND
TOP RUNNING PEN¬ DRIFT AT RUNWAY H / 100 t IN CRANE LATERAL

BARE FRAME f
DANT OPERATED ELEVATION MAXIMUM OR 10 YR WIND
UNDERHUNG RUNWAY BEAM L/450

CRANE CMAA ‘A’, ‘B’l&I'C’D
VERTICAL DEFLECTION
MAXIMUM
t CRANE VERTICAL
H/225
JIB CRANE BOOM VERTICAL DEFLECTION U CRANE VERTICAL
MAXIMUM
2 8 -M a y -1 3
5
Ref erences-4 (ASCE 7-05)

ASCE 7-05 does specify more than the reference available below, hence we
adopt the limits as per M BMA
CC.1.1 Vertical Deflections. Excessive vertical deflections and

misalignment arise primarily from three sources: ( 1) gravity loads,
such as dead, live, and snow loads; (2) effects of temperature,
creep, and differential settlement; and (3) construction tolerances
and errors. Such deformations may be visually objectionable, may
cause separation, cracking, or leakage of exterior cladding, doors,
windows and seals, and may cause damage to interior components
and finishes. Appropriate limiting values of deformations depend
on the type of structure, detailing, and intended use [Ref. CC-4].
Historically, common deflection limits for horizontal members
have been 1/360 of the span for floors subjected to full nominal
live load and 1/240 of span for roof members. Deflections of about
1/300 of the span (for cantilevers, 1/150 of length) are visible and CC.1.2 Drift of Walls and Frames. Drifts (lateral deflections)
may lead to general architectural damage or cladding leakage. of concern in serviceability checking arise primarily from the
Deflections greater than 1/200 of the span may impair operation effects of wind. Drift limits in common usage for building de¬
of moveable components such as doors, windows, and sliding sign are on the order of 1/600 to 1/400 of the building or story
partitions. height [Ref. CC-7]. These limits generally are sufficient to mini¬
In certain long-span floor systems, it may be necessary to place mize damage to cladding and nonstructural walls and partitions.
a limit (independent of span) on the maximum deflection to mini¬ Smaller drift limits may be appropriate if the cladding is brit¬
tle. An absolute limit on interstory drift may also need to be im¬
mize the possibility of damage of adjacent nonstructural elements
[Ref. CC-5]. For example, damage to nonload-bearing partitions posed in light of evidence that damage to non-structural partitions,
cladding and glazing may occur if the interstory drift exceeds
may occur if vertical deflections exceed more than about 10 mm
about 10 mm (3/8 in.) unless special detailing practices are made
(3/8 in.) unless special provision is made for differential move¬
to tolerate movement [Refs. CC-6, CC-8]. Many components can
ment [Ref. CC-6]; however, many components can and do accept
accept deformations that are significantly larger.
larger deformations.
Ref erences-5 (Egyptian Code ECP-205)

There is no clear mention of deflection limits in the available reference for
Egyptian code ECP-205, hence we adopt the limits are per M BMA .
2 8 -M a y -1 3
6
Table 10.2 Standard Allowable Def lections (UBC 97)

No. Deflecti on
2 With blockwall and sheeting of equal heights Span / 180 a L or S
3 With full height blockwall & &
Span / 120 b D + L or
4 With glazing & sheeting of equal heights Span / 120 b D + Sor
5 With full height glazing Span / 120 b1 W
1 With fully sheeted walls EH / 50 *
2 With blockwall and sheeting of equal heights EH / 75
3 With full height blockwall or precast walls EH / 100
4 With glazing & sheeting of equal heights EH / 150 W or E or Cr
5 With full height glazing EH / 240
6 With pendant operated crane CBH / 100
7 Special Cranes, Service Class E & F category CBH / 240 <= 50mm
8 Special Residential Buildings (JAFZA, DM) EH / 500 W or E
Beams & Joists of Mezzanine, Roof Platform, Span / 240 $ (D + L) or (D + W)
1
walkway etc. Span / 360 $ L or Sor W
Span / 240 $ (D + L) or (D + W)
2 Jack Beams
Span / 360 $ L or W
3 Roof Panel with Metal Sheeting Span / 60 @ Total
Span / 150 L or S
4 Roof Purlins Span / 120 W
Span / 120 D+L
5 Grating, Chequered Plates Span / 150 D+L
1 Wall Panels Span / 60 @ Total
2 Wall Girts with Metal Sheeting Span / 90
3 Wind Columns W
Span / 120
4 Blockwall Supporting lateral beams, etc
Notes:-
1) The values in bold & RED are from the relevant code all other values are as per Table 10.1 of this manual.
2) For (*) refer section 1630.10.2 of UBC 97
3) For ($) refer Table 16-D of UBC 97.
4) For (@) refer section 2003.3 of UBC 97
5) Refer Table 10.1 of this manual for references of all other values.
2 8 -M a y -1 3
7
Sr.
No.
1 CMAA Service Class A , B and C Span / 600
Span / 400
2 CMAA Service Class D Span / 800
3 CMAA Service Class E & F Span / 1000 Span / 600
1 CMAA Service Class A , B and C Span / 450 Span / 400
3 Bay Spacing / 225 -
Ji b Crane Boom
1 Jib Crane Boom Span / 225 -
TABLE 16-D— MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION FOR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS1

TYPE OF MEMBER MEMBER LOADED WITH LIVE LOAD ONLY (L.)j
MEMBER LOA
DELDO PLUS DEAD
Roof member supporting

plaster or floor member //360 //240
1Sufficient slope or camber shall be provided for flat roofs in accordance with Section 1611.7.
—
L. live load.
—
D. dead load.
—
K. factor as determined by Table 16-E.
—
/ length of member in same units as deflection.
2003.3 Structural Roofing and Siding. The live load deflec¬

tion of structural roofing and siding made of formed sheet shall not
exceed Vgo of the span length.
1630.10 Story Drift Limitation.

1630.10.1 General. Story drifts shall be computed using the
Maximum Inelastic Response Displacement. Avr
1630.10.2 Calculated. Calculated story drift using Aw shall not
exceed 0.025 times the stoiy height for structures having a funda¬
mental period of less than 0.7 second. For structures having a fun¬
damental period of 0.7 second or greater, the calculated stoiy drift
shall not exceed 0.020 times the stoiy height.
2 8 -M a y -1 3
8
Table 10.3 Standard Al lowable Deflections (BS 5950 : 2000) & (EN 1990:2005)

No. Deflecti on
2 With blockwall and sheeting of equal heights
3 With full height blockwall Span / 200 * L or Sor W
& &
4 With glazing & sheeting of equal heights Span / 120 D + (L or S)
5 With full height glazing
1 With fully sheeted walls EH / 100
2 With blockwall and sheeting of equal heights EH / 150 *
3 With full height blockwall or precast walls EH / 200
4 With glazing & sheeting of equal heights EH / 300 * W or E or Cr
5 With full height glazing EH / 300 *
6 With pendant operated crane CBH / 150 *
7 Special Cranes, Service Class E & F category CBH / 240 <= 50mm
Beams & Joists of Mezzanine, Roof Platform, Span / 240 (D + L) or (D + W)
1
Span / 240 (D + L) or (D + W)
2 Jack Beams
Span / 360 $ L or W
3 Roof Panel with Metal Sheeting Span / 60 Total
Span / 150 L or S
Span / 120 D+L
1 Wall Panels Span / 60 Total
3 Wind Columns W
Span / 120
Notes:-
2) Refer Table 8 of BS5950 for all values, and the limits specified are due to Imposed loads.
3) For ($) the value may be taken as Span/ 200 for beams not supporting plaster or other brittle finish.
4) For purlins and girts, section 4.12.2, states, that " The deflections of purlins and side rails should be limited
to suit the characteristics of particular cladding". Hence MBSstandards are applied.
5) For Horizontal sway, Refer Table 14.1 of SCI Publication 252.
6) For (*) the values are based on engineering judgment is applied.
7) Eurocode EN 1990:2005 section A1.4.2 as well as the National Annex. BS-EN states that "The serviceability
criteria should be specified for each project and agreed with the client". Hence BS5950 criteria is followed.
2 8 -M a y -1 3
9

Sr.
No.
Span / 500
2 CMAA Service Class D Span / 800
Ji b Crane Boom
Table 14.1 Recommended deflection limits (taken from Steelwork

design guide to BS 5950 - Volume 4: Essential data for
designers[SO])
a) Horizontal deflection at eaves level - due to unfactored wind load or
unfactored imposed load or 80% of unfactored (wind and imposed) loads
Absolute Differential deflection relative to

Type of cladding
deflection adjacent frame
Side cladding:
Profiled metal sheeting < /7/100
Fibre reinforced sheeting < />/150
Brickwork </>/300 < (/>2+/>2)05/660
Hollow concrete blockwork </>/200 < (/>2 + />2)0 s/500
Precast concrete units </>/200 < ( h2 + b2)0 */330
Roof cladding:
Profiled metal sheeting < bl 200
Fibre reinforced sheeting < />/250
Felted metal decking < bl 400
b) Vertical deflection at ridge (for rafter slopes > 3°) - due to unfactored wind
load or unfactored imposed load or 80% of unfactored (wind and imposed)
loads
Type of roof cladding Differential deflection relative to adjacent frame
Profiled metal sheeting < bl 100 and < (/>2 + s2)0 5/125
Fibre reinforced sheeting < bn 00 and < (b2 + s2)0 5/1 65
Felted metal decking

- supported on purlins < />/100 and < (Z>2 + s2)0 5/125
- supported on rafter < />/200 and < (Z>2 + s2)0 s/250
General: The above values are provisional recommendations from Steelwork design guide to
DC CQ 1/M/< >«V« M #/ ArA- k AA Al IA A AAÿAÿ ik n*
2 8 -M a y -1 3
10
Table 8 — Suggested limits for calculated deflections
a) Vertical deflection of beams due to imposed load
Cantilevers Length/180
Beams carrying plaster or other brittle finish Span/360
Other beams (except purlins and sheeting rails) Span/200
Purlins and sheeting rails See 4.12.2

b) Horizontal deflection of columns due to imposed load and wind load
Tops of columns in single-storey buildings, except portal frames Height/300
Columns in portal frame buildings, not supporting crane runways To suit cladding
Columns supporting crane runways To suit crane runway
In each storey of a building with more than one storey Height of that storey/300
c) Crane girders
Vertical deflection due to static vertical wheel loads from overhead Span/600
travelling cranes
Horizontal deflection (calculated on the top flange properties alone) Span/500

due to horizontal crane loads
4.12.2 Deflections
The deflections of purlins and side rails should be limited to suit the characteristics of particular cladding.
Al.4.2 Serviceability criteria
(1) Serviceability limit states in buildings should take into account criteria related, for
example, to floor stiffness, differential floor levels, storey sway or/and building sway
and roof stiffness. Stiffness criteria may be expressed in terms of limits for vertical de¬
flections and for vibrations. Sway criteria may be expressed in terms of limits for hori¬
zontal displacements.
(2) The serviceability criteria should be specified for each project and agreed with the
client.
NOTE The serviceability criteria may be defined in the National amiex.
2 8 -M a y -1 3
11
Tabl e 10.4 Standard Allowable Deflections (Indian Code I S 800:2007)

No. Deflecti on
3 With full height blockwall Span / 180 L or Sor W
& &
4 With glazing & sheeting of equal heights Span / 120 D + (L or S)
EH / 150
3 With full height blockwall or precast walls EH / 240 W or E or Cr
4 With glazing & sheeting of equal heights
EH / 300 *
6 With pendant operated crane CBH / 200 W + Cr
7 Special Cranes, Service Class E & F category CBH / 400 <= 50mm W + Cr
Mezzanine, Jack Beams, Panels & Purlins, Grating, Chequered Plates
1
Span / 240 (D + L) or (D + W)
2 Jack Beams
Span / 300 $ L or W
Span / 150 L or S
Span / 120 D+L
3 Wind Columns W
Span / 150
Notes:-
2) Refer Table 6 of IS800 for all values.
3) For ($) the value may be taken as Span/ 240 for beams not supporting brittle cladding.
4) For (*) the values are based on engineering judgment is applied.
2 8 -M a y -1 3
12

Sr.
No.
Span / 400
2 CMAA Service Class D (Electric Operated <= 50t) Span / 800
3 CMAA Service Class E & F (Electric Operated > 50t) Span / 1000 Span / 600
Ji b Crane Boom
Relative displacement between rails supporting crane <= 10 mm
Table 6 Deflection Limits
Deflection Design Load Member Supporting Maximum

Type of Deflection
Building
0) (4) (5) (6)
(1) (2)
Elastic cladding Span/150
Live load/ Wind load Purlins and Girts
i Brittle cladding .
Elastic cladding
Span/ 1 80
Span/240
Live load
Live load
Simple span
Cantilever span
I Brittle cladding
Elastic cladding
Span/300
Span/120
Brittle cladding Span/130
1
1> Live load/ Wind load Rafter supporting
Profiled Metal Sheeting
Plastered Sheeting
Span/180
Span/240
Crane load (Manual Gantry Crane Span/500
operation)
=
.5
<2
Crane load (Electric Gantry Crane Span/750
3 i operation up to 50 1)
1
-n
Crane load (Electric
operation over SO t)
Gantry Crane Span/I 000
Elastic cladding Height/ 150

No cranes Column
Masonry/Britllc cladding Height/240
Crane (absolute) Span/400
Crane + wind Gantry (lateral) Relative displacement
S between rails supporting

crane
Gantry (Elastic cladding;
10 mm
Height/200
Column/frame pendent operated)
Crane* wind
Gantry (Brittle cladding; cab Hcight/400
operated)
Elements not susceptible to Span/300
cracking
Live load Floor and Roof
Elements susceptible to Span/360
cracking
2
a.
.S _u Elements not susceptible to Span/150
2 cracking
'5 Live load Cantilever
*I Elements susceptible to
cracking
Span/ 1 80
C Hcight/300
Elastic cladding
Wind Building
Brittle cladding Hcight/500
Wind Inter storey drift Storey height/300
2 8 -M a y -1 3
13
Table 10.5 Standard Al lowable Deflections (Russi an Code SNIP 2.01.07-85)

No. Deflecti on
Rigid Frame and Endwall Rafters Vertical Deflection
3 With full height blockwall Span / 300 D + (L or S)
4 With glazing & sheeting of equal heights Span / 180 W

EH / 150
3 With full height blockwall or precast walls EH / 300 W or E or Cr
4 With glazing & sheeting of equal heights
EH / 700
6 With pendant operated crane CBH / 500 Cr
7 Special Cranes, Service Class E & F category CBH / 2000 Cr
1
walkway etc. Span / 300 L or Sor W
Span / 250 (D + L) or (D + W)
2 Jack Beams
Span / 300 L or W
Span / 150 L or S
Span / 150 D+L
3 Wind Columns W
Span / 200
For cantilevers (L) shall be taken as twice the length of cantil ever.
SNIP - Section 10.6 For structural elements of buildings and structures the ultimate deflections and
displacements of which are not specified in the present and other regulatory documents, the vertical and
horizontal deflections and displacements produced by dead, sustained and live loads shall not exceed (1/150) of
the span or (1/75) of a cantilever part.
2 8 -M a y -1 3
14
Sr.
No.
2 CMAA Service Class D Span / 800 Span / 1000
Ji b Crane Boom
Table 19 (SNIP 2.01.07-85)

Structural members Requirements Ultimate Loads to
vertical
deflections fu _
determine vertical
deflections
1. Crar.e runway beams for bridge and
suspended cranes operated:
1.1 from the floor Including telphers Technological L /250 Produced by one
(hoists) crane
1.2 from the cabin for operation condition Physiological and
groups (according to GOST 25546-82):
1K-6K technological L /400 Same as above
7K L /500 Same as above
8K L /600 Same as above
2. Girders, trusses, cross-bars, purlins,
slabs, decks (including cross ribs of slabs
and decks) of:
2.1 roofs and floors open for view, with Ergonomical Dead and live
span L ,m: sustained
L<1 L /120
L=3 L /150
L=6 L /200
L = 24 (12) L /250
L ≥ 36 (24) /-/300
Table 21 (SNIP 2.01.07-85)

:
Crane operation : Ultimate deflections fu
;
conditions columns beams of crane
runways and braking
< devices, buildings
■ buildings and roofed open crane trestles and crane trestles
! crane trestles (roofed and open)
1K-3K h/500 hi1500 //500
4K-6K J. h /1000 h /2000 //1000
7K-8K h /2000 h /2500 //2000
Section 10.16 (SNIP 2.01.07-85)

Ultimate horizontal deflections of framework posts and cross-bars as well as
curtain wall panels caused by wind load limited by structural requirements shall be
assumed equal to / /200, where / is design span of posts or panels.
2 8 -M a y -1 3
15
Table 19 (Contd.) (SNIP 2.01.07-85)

2.2 roofs and floors with partitions residing , Structural Assumed in Resulting in
under them accordance reduction of gaps
with Item 6 of between bearing
Appendix 8 structural
members and
partitions under
the elements
2.3 roofs and floors with available Structural L /150 Acting after
elements on them subjected to cracking installation of
(cement leveling, finished floors, partitions, floors,
partitions) cement leveling
2.4 roofs ar.d floors with available telphers
(hoists), suspended cranes operated:
from the floor Technological L /300 or Live ones (the
a/160 wHh account of
(whichever is load from one
less) crane or telpher
(hoist) on one
runway
from the cabin Physiological L /400 or From one crane or
a/200 telpher on one
(whichever is runway
less)
2.6 floors subjected to action of: Physiological and
moved cargoes, materials, units technological L /360 0 7 of full specified
and elements of equipment and other values of live loads
moving loads (Including those with off¬ or loads from one
track floor transport) loader (the least
favorable of the
two)
loads produced by track transport:
narrow gauge L /400 From one train of
cars (or one floor
machine) on one
[rack
wide gauge L /500 Same as above
3. Elements of stairs (flights, landings. Ergonomical Same as 2.1
logical stringers), balconies, loggias
Physiological To be determined in conformity with
Section 1C.10 __
4. Floor slabs, flights of stairs and Physiological 0.7 mm Concentrated load
landings the deflection of which is not 1 kN in the
prevented by adjacent elements midpoint of soan
5. Lintels and curtain wall panels over Structural L!200 Resulting in
window and door openings (glazing reduction of gaps
between cross-bars and purlins) between bearing
elements and
window or door
infills located
under elements
Ergonomical Same as 2.1 _
Table 22 (SNIP 2.01.07-85)
Buildings, walls and partitions Type of attachment Ultimate
of walls and displacements
_
partitions to building
frame
r,
1. Multi-story buildings Any hi 500

Yielding b, /300
I 2. One story of high-rise buildings:
I a) -walls and partitions of brick, gypsum concrete, reinforced Rigid th /500
I concrete panels
__ _
b) walls faced with natural stone, of ceramic blocks, glass
(stained)
3. Single-story bul'dings (with self-bearing walls) with story Yielding
ha /700
height bs . m:
ha <6 /150
= 15 ha /200
ha > 30 ____
_ ___ M300
4. For single-story buildings with curtain walls (as well as in the absence of the rigid roof
diaphragm) and multi-story rack structures the ultimate displacements are allowed to be
increased by 30% (but assuming not more than hs /150).
2 8 -M a y -1 3
16
Chapter
M A T E R I AL S P E C I F I C A T I O NS
11
Material Specifications
Some of the more comm on m aterials frequently used in a Metal Build ing
System comp rise of Bu ilt-up sections made from hot rolled plates, or hot-
rolled sections used at specific locations like fascia post, end w all colu mns &
rafters, crane beam etc. Then there are cold -form ed sections, like purlins, girt
and roof & w all p anels, connection bolts, fasteners etc.
Unless sp ecified in customer specification or the Project Inform ation Form , all
m aterials that are u sed as prim ary & second ary com ponents of a m etal
bu ild ing shall comp ly as the table 11.1 below as a standard practice.
For special m aterails requ irement in any job, prior inform ation should be
conveyed to the su pervisor or m anager and pu rchasing.
Tab le 11.1 M aterial Sp ecification (Click on the link below)
M aterial Sp ecification .xls
1
M A T E R I A L S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Tab le 11.2 Com p arison of Stru ctu ral Grad es
BS EN 10025 : 1993 BS 4360 : 1986 D IN 17100 ASTM / SAE

Ten sile Yield Tensile Yield Tensile Yield Tensile Yield
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Sr. N o. Grad e N/mm N/mm G rad e N/m m N /mm Grade N /mm N /mm Grade N/mm N/mm
1 S185 290-510 185 - - - St 33 290-510 185 - - -
2 - - - - - - - - - SA 516 Gr. 50 414 221
3 S235 340-470 235 40A 340-500 235 St 37-1 340-470 235 - - -
4 S235JR 340-470 235 - - - St 37-2 340-470 235 - - -
5 S235JRG1 340-470 235 - - - USt 37-2 340-470 235 - - -
6 S235JRG2 340-470 235 40B 340-500 235 RSt 37-2 340-470 235 - - -
7 S235JO 340-470 235 40C 340-500 235 St 37-3U - - - - -
8 S235J2G3 340-470 235 40D 340-500 235 St 37-3N - - - - -
9 S235J2G4 340-470 235 40D 340-500 235 - - -
10 - - - - - - - - - A36 400 248
11 - - - - - - - - - SA 516 Gr. 70 483 262
12 S275 410-560 275 43A 430-580 275 - - - - - -
13 S275JR 410-560 275 43B 430-580 275 St 44-2 410-540 275 - - -
14 S275JO 410-560 275 43C 430-580 275 St 44-3U - - - - -
15 S275J2G3 410-560 275 43D 430-580 275 St 44-3N - - - - -
16 S275J2G4 410-560 275 43D 430-580 275 - - - - - -
17 - - - - - - - - - A572 Gr. 42 415 290
18 E295 470-510 295 - - - St 50-2 470-610 295 - - -
19 E335 570-710 335 - - - St 60-2 570-710 335 - - -
20 - - - - - - - - - A572 Gr. 50 450 345
21 S355 490-630 355 50A 490-640 355 St 52-3 490-630 355 - - -
22 S355JR 490-630 355 50B 490-640 355 - - - - - -
23 S355JO 490-630 355 50C 490-640 355 St 52-3U - - - - -
24 S355J2G3 490-630 355 50D 490-640 355 St 52-3N - - - - -
25 S355J2G4 490-630 355 50D 490-640 355 - - - - - -
26 S355K2G3 490-630 355 50DD 490-640 355 - - - - - -
27 S355K2G4 490-630 355 50DD 490-640 355 - - - - - -
28 - - - - - - St 70-2 670-830 365 - - -
29 E360 670-830 360 - - - - - - A572 Gr. 60 520 415
30 - - - - - - - - - A572 Gr. 65 550 450
2
Chapter
B O L T S AN D F A ST E N E RS
Bolts and Fasteners

Mainly there are 4 types of connection typically used in a m etal bu ild ing as
d escribed below ,
Ed
03 1.
2.
Anchor Bolts / Rods
Prim ary Connections
3. Second ary Connections
AISC 2005
4. Sheeting Screw s, fasteners and p op rivets
This section w ill briefly d escribe the allowable stress / load calculation as per
AISC 2005 LRFD and ASD sp ecification for steel d esign.
An ch or Bolts / Rod s
Anchor bolts are m ore com monly called Anchor Rods as per AISC and ASTM
F1554 for the sake of consistency w ith the cod es the sam e term inology is
ad op ted in this m anu al. Stand ard stock anchor rods are grad e A36 or 4.6, the
yield strength Fy and sp ecified tensile strength Fu for both are sam e. The
stand ard stock d iam eters and other d im ensions are as listed in Table 12.1
below .
Some cu stom ers may requ est non-stock material su ch as Grade 8.8 or A325,
such variations should be clearly m entioned in the PIF and all concerned
shou ld be inform ed in ad vance of release of anchor rod BOM. As far as d esign
is concerned app ropriate Fy and Fu values should be u sed in the equations for
d ifferent grad e of anchor rod . In the subsequ ent calculations and examples all
grad e of anchor rod is assum ed A36 / Gr. 4.6 and concrete is M25 m ix. All
anchor rod s in stock are hooked type. The calculation for pull out strength of
head ed anchor rod s is for inform ation only, u ntil it is ad op ted as a stand ard
stock item .
1
B O L T S A N D F A S T E N E R S
Anchor Rod
Lt Lp
\7FFL
L
EMBEDMENT STRAIGHT
LENGTH
R
ANCHOR BOLT
Tab le 12 .1
Emb ed m en t
D iameter T R X G ross Area
L (mm ) Lp (m m ) Wt. (k gs) Len gth
(m m ) (d ) (m m ) (m m ) (m m ) (m m 2)
(m m ) (Le)
16 100 40 375 120 75 0.86 468 201.06
20 150 50 450 175 100 1.69 585 314.16
24 150 60 525 205 100 3.07 702 452.39
30 200 75 750 265 125 6.13 980 706.86
36 200 90 1050 295 150 11.64 1303 1017.88
Sh ear
Bon d Allowab le
D iameter Pu llou t Cap acity Ten sion Capacity
Stress Ten sion Ten sion * Sh ear
(m m ) ( KN ) w ith Ten sion w ith Shear
( k N /m m 2 ) ( KN )
( KN )
( db ) (u ) ( R np ) ( R nt ) - ( R’n v ) ( Rn v ) (R’n t )
16 1.380 32.46 31.16 31.16 4.98 16.59 9.35
20 1.263 46.41 48.69 46.41 8.99 25.92 14.61
24 1.052 55.69 70.12 55.69 18.88 37.32 21.04
30 0.842 77.74 109.56 77.74 34.43 58.32 32.87
36 0.701 103.36 157.77 103.36 54.15 83.97 47.33
* - Allowable Tension is the minimum of Pull out and Tension
2
Example
Exam ple :- 12.1 Calculation of above tab ulated values
Given Data:-
Grade of Anchor Rod = Grade 4.6 or A36
Grade of Concrete = M25
1. Allowable Stresses
a. Anchor Rod
Yield Stress Fy = 250 N/ mm 2
Tensile Strength Fu = 400 N/ mm 2
Tab le J3.2 AISC 05 Tensile Stress Fnt = 0.75 Fu
Shear Stress Fnv = 0.40 Fu
Note:
But as per AISC 2005 (Table J3.2) Nominal Stress of fasteners & threaded
part (Ksi) Mpa, for Fnt and Fnv should be taken as:
Fnt = 310 N/ mm 2
Fnv = 165 N/ mm 2
b. Concrete
Characteristic Compressive Strength f’c for M25 concrete = 25 N/ m m 2
Allowable bond stress = [ 0.506 sqrt (fc’) ] / d <= 1.38 N/ mm 2
Where, d is the rod diam eter in mm
Table 12.2
Rod D iam eter Bon d Stress 'u ' u = 1.38,
mm N /m m 2 if u > 1.38
16 1.580 1.380
20 1.263 1.263
24 1.052 1.052
30 0.842 0.842
36 0.701 0.701
3
2. Ten sile Stren gth of Rod

Rn = Area of rod x Allowable Tensile Stress
Eqn . J3-1 Rn = Fnt x A b m LRFD □= 0.75
Rn = ( Fnt x A b ) / Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
Tab le 12.3
Rod Diam eter Area A b M axim um Ten sion k N

mm mm2 LRFD ASD
16 201.06 46.75 31.16
20 314.16 73.04 48.79
24 452.39 105.18 70.12
30 706.86 164.34 109.56
36 1017.88 236.66 157.77
3. Shear Strength of Rod

Rn = Area of rod x Allowable Shear Stress
Eq n . J3-1
Rn rn
= Fnv x A b LRFD □= 0.75
Rn = ( Fnv x A b ) / Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
Tab le 12.4
Rod D iam eter Area A b Ten sile Stren gth k N
mm mm2 LRFD ASD
16 201.06 24.88 16.59
20 314.16 38.88 25.92
24 452.39 55.98 37.32
30 706.86 87.47 58.32
36 1017.88 125.96 83.97
Th e valu es in Table 12.1 are calculated based on AISC 2005, and also the ab ove
values are calculated as per AISC 2005.
4. Comb in ed Shear & Tension

Eqn . J3-2
Rn = □F’nt x A b LRFD □= 0.75
Rn = ( F’nt x A b ) / Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
Where F’nt is the allowable tensile stress with applied shear (Say = 15 kN)
Eqn . J3-3a F’nt = 1.3 Fnt – fv (Fnt / m Fnv ) <= Fnt LRFD □= 0.75
Eqn . J3-3b F’nt = 1.3 Fnt – fv (Ω Fnt / Fnv) <= Fnt ASD Ω = 2.00
Tab le 12.5
4
Rod D iam eter Area A b Sh ear Stress fv F’n t <= Fn t ( N /m m 2 )

mm mm2 N /m m 2 LRFD ASD
16 201.06 74.60 216.11 122.67
20 314.16 47.75 283.39 223.59
24 452.39 33.16 310 278.41
30 706.86 21.22 310 310
36 1017.88 14.74 310 310
N ote:- Ab ove valu e is ap p licable for a sh ear force of 15 k N on ly
5. Pull Out (Hooked Anchor Rod)
Rn = Surface Area of rod x Allowable Bond Stress x Embedment Length

Rn = p x d b x u x Le LRFD □= 1.50
Rn = p x d b x u x Le ASD Ω = 1.00
Where:
Le = embedded length of bolt
D b= d iameter of bolt
Le = (L – Lp – R – d b) + 4R + (X – R – d b)
u = allowable bond stress
u = [ 7.57 √ ( f'c ) ] / db (LRFD)
u = [5.05 √ ( f'c ) ] / db (ASD)
Tab le 12.6
Rod Su rface Bon d Stress Pull Ou t Stren gth

Em. Len gth Le
D iameter Area 'u ' kN
mm mm2 N /m m 2 mm LRFD ASD
16 50.27 1.380 468 46.75 32.46
20 62.83 1.263 585 73.04 46.41
24 75.40 1.052 702 105.18 55.69
30 94.25 0.842 980 164.34 77.74
36 113.10 0.701 1303 236.66 103.36
5
6. Pull Out (Hooked Anchor Rod)

As per AISC Design Guide Series # 1 second edition, hooked anchor Rods are
generally not recommended but for small uplift loads. Reference is made to
Appendix D of ACI 318-05, which provides an equation for hooked anchor Rod s
as follows,
□
= Y 4 (0.90 fc’ eh d o) LRFD = 0.70 □
= Y 4 (0.90 fc’ eh d o) / Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
Where,
Y4 = 1.00 if the anchor Rod is located in cracked portion of concrete,
otherwise = 1.40 (Take 1.00 conservatively)
eh = length of hook extension includ ing radius = X mm
do = d iameter of anchor Rod in mm
fc’ = characteristic compressive strength of concrete in N/ m m 2
Tab le 12.7
Rod Diam eter D im X = eh Pu ll Ou t Strength k N
mm mm LRFD ASD
16 120 30.24 21.16
20 175 55.13 39.38
24 205 77.49 55.35
30 265 125.21 89.44
36 295 167.27 119.48
7. Pull Out (Straight Anchor Rod)

Appendix D of ACI 318-05 addresses the anchoring to concrete of cast-in or post-
installed expansion or undercut anchors. The provisions include limit states for
concrete pu ll ou t, and breakout strength [concrete capacity design (CCD)
method ]
:
Lp = 75mm
EMBEDMENT STRAIGHT LENGTH-,
0»
ANCHOR BOLT
6
Concrete Pu llou t Strength Method
ACI concrete pull out strength is based on the ACI appendix D provisions
(Section D5.3):
N p = Φ Y 4 A brg 8 fc’ LRFD □= 0.75

N p = Y 4 A brg 8 fc’ / Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
Where,
Np = is the nominal pull out strength
Y4 = 1.00 if the anchor Rod is located in cracked portion of concrete,
otherwise = 1.40 (Take 1.00 conservatively)
A brg = bearing area of anchor rod head or nut
fc’ = concrete strength = 25 N/ mm 2
Tab le 12.8
N u t Bearin g
Diam eter T R L Lp
Area
mm mm mm mm mm mm2
16 100 40 375 75 380
20 150 50 450 100 615
24 150 60 525 100 900
30 200 75 750 125 1520
36 200 90 1050 150 2120
Tab le 12.9
Diam eter Nu t Bearin g Area Pull O ut Stren gth k N
mm mm2 LRFD ASD

16 380 53.2 38.00
20 615 86.10 61.50
24 900 126.00 90.00
30 1520 212.8 152.00
36 2120 296.8 212.00
Appendix D of ACI 318-05 also lists criteria for anchor rods to prevent “failure
d ue to lateral bursting forces at the anchor head”. These lateral bursting forces
are associated with tension in the anchor rods. The failure plane or surface in this
case is assumed to be cone shaped and radiating from the anchor head to the
ad jacent free edge or side of the concrete element.
7
Hence it is recommended to use a m inimum side cover (C1) of six times the
anchor rod d iam eter to avoid the side face breakout. As with the pull out stress
cones, overlapping of the stress cones as associated with these lateral bursting
forces is considered in Appendix D of ACI 318-05. Use of washer plates can be
beneficial by increasing the bearing area, which increases the side-face blow out
strength.
Minimum C1 = 6 d b
Where, db = diameter of anchor rod in mm.
N,
AT
H = Lateral ft
Bursting Force \/
/
/
X
Figure 3.2.4. Lateral bursting forces for anchor rods

in tension near an edge.
Note:- For u se h ead ed anchor rods on concrete pedestal column or th in slabs,

th e size of con crete column or slab thickness should be know, in order to
d etermine the b reakout cone overlap and failure conditions. See AISC design
guide series # 1 for m ore details.
8
Primary Connection Bolts

The prim ary connection bolts inclu d e the bolts u sed for connecting the main
fram e m em bers such as rafter, colum ns, m ezzanine beam s and joist, jack
beams, stru t tube and also inclu d ing the bolts u sed for connecting the cold
form ed m em bers, such as purlins, girts, eave struts, framed op ening jambs &
head ers. The available stand ard stock as are grad e 8.8 and d iam eter as listed in
table 12.10. The proced ure for d ifferent grades rem ains the same excep t for Fy
and Fu valu es.
Tab le 12 .10 H igh Stren gth Bolts ( ASD )
Gross Area Sin gle Shear D ou b le Sh ear

D iam eter (d ) Ten sion (k N)
(m m 2) (kN ) (k N )
(m m ) R nt
Ab Rn v 2 Rn
12 113.10 18.10 36.19 33.93
16 201.06 32.17 64.34 60.32
20 314.16 50.27 100.53 94.25
24 452.39 72.38 144.76 135.72
27 572.56 91.61 183.22 171.77
30 706.86 113.10 226.19 212.06
33 855.30 136.85 273.70 256.59
36 1017.88 162.86 325.72 305.36
All stand ard stock bolts are fu lly thread ed and hence the shear valu es for
‘thread s in shear p lane’ should be consid ered in d esign.
9
Example
Exam ple :- 12 .2 Calculation of above tabu lated values
Given Data:-
Grade of Connection Bolt = Grade A36
1. Allowable Stresses
Yield Stress Fy = 250 N/ mm 2

Tensile Strength Fu = 400 N/ mm 2
Tab le J3.2 AISC 05 Tensile Stress Fnt = 0.75 Fu = 310 N/ m m 2
Shear Stress Fnv = 0.40 Fu = 165 N/ m m 2
Note:- For A307, A325, A490 bolts refer values for Fnt and Fnv d irectly from Table
J3.2 AISC 05, as given in table below
Table 12.11
Fu Fn t Fn v
Bolt G rad e
N /m m 2 N /m m 2 N /m m 2
A36 400 310 165
A307 400 310 165
A325 826 620 330
A490 1040 780 414
Grad e 8.8 800 560 320
Grad e 10.9 1000 700 416
10
2. Ten sile Stren gth
Rnt = Area of bolt x Allowable Tensile Stress

Eqn . J3-1 Rnt = □Fnt x A b LRFD □= 0.75
Rnt = ( Fntx A b) / Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
Tab le 12.12
Allow ab le Ten sion in k N (LRFD )

Fn t Bolt Diam eter (m m )
Bolt G rad e
N /m m 2 12 16 20 24 27 30 33 36
Area Ab (m m 2) 113.10 201.06 314.16 452.39 572.56 706.86 855.30 1017.88
A36 310 26.57 46.71 72.98 105.10 133.01 164.21 198.70 236.47
A307 310 26.27 46.71 72.98 105.10 133.01 164.21 198.70 236.47
A325 620 52.55 93.42 145.97 210.19 266.02 328.42 397.39 472.93
A490 780 66.16 117.62 183.78 264.65 334.94 413.51 500.35 595.46
G rad e 8.8 600 50.90 90.48 141.37 203.58 257.65 318.09 384.88 458.04
G rad e 10.9 750 63.62 113.10 176.72 254.47 322.07 397.61 481.11 572.56
Allowab le Ten sion in kN (ASD )

Bolt G rad e
N /m m 2 12 16 20 24 27 30 33 36
Area Ab (m m 2) 113.10 201.06 314.16 452.39 572.56 706.86 855.30 1017.88
A36 310 17.52 31.14 48.66 70.06 88.67 109.47 132.46 157.64
A307 310 17.52 31.14 48.66 70.06 88.67 109.47 132.46 157.64
A325 620 35.03 62.28 97.31 140.13 177.35 218.95 264.93 315.29
A490 780 44.11 78.41 122.52 176.43 223.30 275.67 333.57 396.97
G rad e 8.8 600 33.93 60.32 94.25 135.72 171.77 212.06 256.59 305.36
G rad e 10.9 750 42.41 75.40 117.81 169.65 214.71 265.07 320.74 381.71
11
3. Shear Strength
Rnv = Area of Bolt x Allowable Shear Stress
Rnv = □Fnv x A b LRFD □= 0.75
Eq n . J3-1
Rnv = (Fnv x A b) / Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
Tab le 12.13
Allowab le Shear in k N (LRFD )

Fn v Bolt Diam eter (m m )
Bolt G rad e
N /m m 2 12 16 20 24 27 30 33 36
Area Ab (m m 2) 113.10 201.06 314.16 452.39 572.56 706.86 855.30 1017.88
A36 165 14.01 24.91 38.92 56.05 70.94 87.58 105.97 126.11
A307 165 14.01 24.91 38.92 56.05 70.94 87.58 105.97 126.11
A325 330 28.03 49.82 77.85 112.10 141.88 175.16 211.94 252.23
A490 414 35.12 62.43 97.55 140.47 177.78 219.48 265.57 316.05
G rad e 8.8 320 27.14 48.25 75.40 108.57 137.41 169.65 205.27 244.29
G rad e 10.9 400 33.93 60.32 94.25 135.72 171.77 212.06 256.59 305.36
Allowab le Shear in kN (ASD )

Bolt G rad e
N /m m 2 12 16 20 24 27 30 33 36
Area Ab (m m 2) 113.10 201.06 314.16 452.39 572.56 706.86 855.30 1017.88
A36 165 9.34 16.61 25.95 37.37 47.29 58.39 70.65 84.08
A307 165 9.34 16.61 25.95 37.37 47.29 58.39 70.65 84.08
A325 330 18.68 33.22 51.90 74.73 94.59 116.77 141.30 168.15
A490 414 23.41 41.62 65.03 93.64 118.52 146.32 177.05 210.70
G rad e 8.8 320 18.09 32.17 50.27 72.38 91.61 113.10 136.85 162.86
G rad e 10.9 400 22.62 40.21 62.83 90.48 114.51 141.37 171.06 203.58
Note:- For Doub le Sh ear simply m ultiply th e values in table 12 .13 above by 2
12
4. Comb in ed Shear & Tension

Eqn . J3-2
Rnt = □F’nt x A b LRFD □= 0.75
Rnv = ( F’nt x A b)/ Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
Where Fnt’ is the allowable tensile stress with applied shear
Eqn . J3-3a F’nt = 1.3 Fnt – fv (Fnt / □Fnv ) <= Fnt LRFD □= 0.75
Eqn . J3-3b F’nt = 1.3 Fnt – fv (Ω Fnt / Fnv) <= Fnt ASD Ω = 2.00
Consid ering Grade 8.8 bolt only,

Fnt = 600 N/ mm 2
Fnv = 320 N/ mm 2
Say the calculated shear force = 45 kN
Bolt diameter = 30 mm
Area of Bolt = 706.86 mm 2
Therefore,
Calculated shear stress fv = Shear Force / Area of Bolt
= 45 x 1000 / 706.86 = 63.66 N/ m m 2
Fnt’ = 1.3 x 600 – 63.66 (600/ 0.75 x 320) LRFD
= 620.85 > 600 N/ m m 2 = 600.0 N/ m m 2
Therefore, Tensile Capacity = 0.75 x 600 x 706.86 / 1000 = 318.0 kN
Fnt’ = 1.3 x 600 – 63.66 (2 x 600/ 320) ASD

= 541.27 < 600 N/ m m 2 = 541.3 N/ m m 2
Therefore, Tensile Capacity = 541.3 x 706.86 / 2000 = 191.3 kN
If we consider A325 bolts

Fnt = 620 N/ mm 2
Fnv = 330 N/ mm 2
Calculated shear stress fv = Shear Force / Area of Bolt
= 45 x 1000 / 706.86 = 63.66 N/ mm 2
Fnt’ = 1.3 x 620 – 63.66 (620/ 0.75 x 330) LRFD
= 646.53 > 620 N/ m m 2 = 620.0 N/ m m 2
Therefore, Tensile Capacity = 0.75 x 620 x 706.86/ 1000 = 328.7 kN
Fnt’ = 1.3 x 620 – 63.66 (2 x 620/ 330) ASD

= 566.79 < 620 N/ m m 2 = 566.8 N/ m m 2
Therefore, Tensile Capacity = 620 x 706.86/ 2000 = 219.1 kN
Note:-
1) Th e valu e of Fnt’ should not exceed Fnt
2) If th e value of Fnt’ is negative, bolts are probably insufficient in shear
13
Allowable shear for a given tension may also be back calculated using the
equation,
fv = (1.3 Fnt – ft ) / (Fnt / EDFnv) <= fnv LRFD □= 0.75

fv = (1.3 Fnt – ft ) / (Ω Fnt / Fnv) <= fnv ASD Ω = 2.00
Using grade 8.8 bolt again,

Fnt = 600 N/ mm 2
Fnv = 320 N/ mm 2
Say the calculated tension = 165 kN

Bolt diameter = 30 mm
Area of Bolt = 706.86 mm 2
Therefore,
Calculated tensile stress ft = Tensile Force / Area of Bolt
= 165 x 1000 / 706.86 = 233.43 N/ mm 2
LRFD fv = (1.3 x 600 – 233.43) / [600 / (0.75 x 320)]
= 218.63 < 320 = 318.63 N/ mm 2
Therefore shear capacity = 0.75 x 218.63 x 706.86 / 1000 = 115.9 kN
ASD fv = (1.3 x 600 – 233.43) / [600 x 2 / 320]

= 145.75 < 320 = 145.71 N/ mm 2
Therefore shear capacity = 145.75 x 706.86 / 2000 = 51.51 kN
Now the capacity of bolts in shear can also be calculated for full tension capacity,
in other word s how much shear can a bolt take along with full tension? Say for
grad e 8.8 bolt
Fnt = 600 N/ mm 2
Fnv = 320 N/ mm 2
LRFD
fv = (1.3 x 600 – 600) / [600 / (0.75 x 320)]
= 72.0 < 320 = 72.0 N/ mm 2
Therefore shear capacity = 0.75 x 72.0 x 706.86 / 1000 = 38.16 kN
ASD
fv = (1.3 x 600 – 600) / [600 x 2 / 320]
= 48.0 < 320 = 48.0 N/ mm 2
Therefore shear capacity = 48.0 x 706.86 / 2000 = 16.96 kN
The values of allowable shear with full tension are as tabulated in (Table 12.14)
14
Table 12.14
Allowab le Sh ear w ith Fu ll Ten sion in k N (LRFD )

Fn t Fn v Bolt Diam eter (m m )
Bolt Grad e
N /m m 2 N /m m 2 12 16 20 24 27 30 33 36
Area Ab (m m 2) 113.10 201.06 314.16 452.39 572.56 706.86 855.30 1017.88
A36 310 165 3.15 5.61 8.76 12.61 15.96 19.71 23.84 23.38
A307 310 165 3.15 5.61 8.76 12.61 15.96 19.71 23.84 28.38
A325 620 330 6.31 11.21 17.52 25.22 31.92 39.41 47.69 56.75
A490 780 414 7.90 14.05 21.95 31.61 40.00 49.38 59.75 71.11
G rade 8.8 600 320 6.11 10.86 16.96 24.43 30.92 38.17 46.19 54.97
G rade 10.9 700 400 7.63 13.57 21.21 30.54 38.65 47.71 57.73 68.71
Allow ab le Sh ear w ith Full Ten sion in k N (ASD )

Fn t Fn v Bolt D iam eter (mm )
Bolt G rad e
N /m m 2 N /m m 2 12 16 20 24 27 30 33 36
Area Ab (m m 2) 113.10 201.06 314.16 452.39 572.56 706.86 855.30 1017.88
A36 310 165 1.40 2.49 3.89 5.61 7.09 8.76 10.60 12.61
A307 310 165 1.40 2.49 3.89 5.61 7.09 8.76 10.60 12.61
A325 620 330 2.80 4.98 7.78 11.21 14.19 17.52 21.19 25.22
A490 780 414 3.51 6.24 9.75 14.05 17.78 21.95 26.56 31.61
G rade 8.8 600 320 2.71 4.83 7.54 10.86 13.74 16.96 20.53 24.43
G rade 10.9 700 400 3.39 6.03 9.42 13.57 17.17 21.20 25.66 30.53
15
5. Bearing Stren gth
a) For a bolt in a connection with standard, oversized, and short slotted

holes, independent of the direction of loading, or a long slotted hole
with the slot parallel to the direction of the bearing force.
i. When deformation of the hole at service load is a design

consideration.
Rn = □1.2 Lc t Fu <= □2.4 d t Fu LRFD □= 0.75

Eqn . J3-6a Rn = 1.2 Lc t Fu / Ω <= □2.4 d t Fu / Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
ii. When deformation of the hole at service load is not a design

consideration.
Rn = □1.5 Lc t Fu m
<= 3.0 d t Fu LRFD □= 0.75
Eqn . J3-6b Rn = 1.5 Lc t Fu / Ω <= □3.0 d t Fu / Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
STANDARD OR SHORT
SLOTTED HOLE LONG
SLOTTED
HOLE
P P P P
Lc
Lc Lc
16
b) For a bolt in a connection with long slotted hole with the slots
perpend icular to the direction of the bearing force.
Eqn . J3-6c
Rn m
= 1.0 Lc t Fu <= □2.0 d t Fu LRFD □= 0.75
Rn = 1.0 Lc t Fu / Ω <= □2.0 d t Fu / Ω ASD Ω = 2.00
Where,
d = the bolt d iameter in mm

Fu = the specified minimum tensile strength of plate or bolt material which
ever is lower N/ mm 2
Lc = is the clear distance, in the direction of the force, between the edge of
the hole and the edge of adjacent hole, or the edge of material in mm. (See
sketch for illustration)
LONG
SLOTTED
HOLE
P P
Lc
Conservatively equations J3-6a is used for all standard and oversized holes and
is tabulated below in (Table 12.15), if the specified minimum edge d istance and
pitch are maintained the equation Lc will generally not govern.
Note that unless low strength bolts are used (A36 and A307), the capacity is
ind ependent of the bolt grade. That means, the tabulated values are applicable
for all grad es of bolts with Fu >= 450 N/ mm 2 (A325, A490, Gr. 8.8 & 10.9)
17
Table 12.15
Plate Bearin g Strength in k N (LRFD ) Fu = 450 N /m m 2
Th ick n ess Bolt D iam eter (m m )
mm 12 16 20 24 27 30 33 36
1.5 7.29 9.72 12.15 14.58 16.40 18.23 20.05 21.87
1.8 8.75 11.66 14.58 17.50 19.68 21.87 24.06 26.24
2.0 9.72 12.96 16.20 19.44 21.87 24.30 26.73 29.16
2.5 12.15 16.20 20.25 24.30 27.34 30.38 33.41 36.45
3 14.58 19.44 24.30 29.16 32.81 36.45 40.10 43.74
4 19.44 25.92 32.40 38.88 43.74 48.60 53.46 58.32
5 24.30 32.40 40.50 48.60 54.68 60.75 66.83 72.90
6 29.16 38.88 48.60 58.32 65.61 72.90 80.19 87.48
8 38.88 51.84 64.80 77.76 87.48 97.20 106.92 116.64
10 48.60 64.80 81.00 97.20 109.35 121.50 133.65 145.80
12 58.32 77.76 97.20 116.64 131.22 145.80 160.38 174.96
15 72.90 97.20 121.50 145.80 164.03 182.25 200.48 218.70
20 97.20 129.60 162.00 194.40 218.70 243.00 267.30 291.60
25 121.50 162.00 202.50 243.00 273.38 303.75 334.13 364.50
30 145.80 194.40 243.00 291.60 328.05 364.50 400.95 437.40
40 194.40 259.20 324.00 388.80 437.40 486.00 534.60 583.20
50 243.00 324.00 405.00 486.00 546.75 607.50 668.25 729.00
Plate Bearin g Stren gth in k N (ASD ) Fu = 450 N /mm 2
Th ick n ess Bolt D iam eter (m m )
mm 12 16 20 24 27 30 33 36
1.5 4.86 6.48 8.10 9.72 10.94 12.15 13.37 14.58
1.8 5.83 7.78 9.72 11.66 13.12 14.58 16.04 17.50
2.0 6.48 8.64 10.80 12.96 14.58 16.20 17.82 19.44
2.5 8.10 10.80 13.50 16.20 18.23 20.25 22.28 24.30
3 9.72 12.96 16.20 19.44 21.87 24.30 26.73 29.16
4 12.96 17.28 21.60 25.92 29.16 32.40 35.64 38.88
5 16.20 21.60 27.00 32.40 36.45 40.50 44.55 48.60
6 19.44 25.92 32.40 38.88 43.74 48.60 53.46 58.32
8 25.92 34.56 43.20 51.84 58.32 64.80 71.28 77.76
10 32.40 43.20 54.00 64.80 72.90 81.00 89.10 97.20
12 38.88 51.84 64.80 77.76 87.48 97.20 106.92 116.64
15 48.60 64.80 81.00 97.20 109.35 121.50 133.65 145.80
20 64.80 86.40 108.00 129.60 145.80 162.00 178.20 194.40
25 81.00 108.00 135.00 162.00 182.25 202.50 222.75 243.00
30 97.20 129.60 162.00 194.40 218.70 243.00 267.30 291.60
40 129.60 172.80 216.00 259.20 291.60 324.00 356.40 388.80
50 162.00 216.00 270.00 324.00 364.50 405.00 445.50 486.00
Note: - Due consideration should be given to edge distance ‘Lc’ before

referring the table above.
18
Chapter
W E L D S
13
Welds
This section p rovid es some information on the w eld d esign as per the latest
AISC 2005 structu ral steel sp ecification.
Ed
03 The p rovisions of AWS D1.1 app ly to all specifications on weld in AISC 2005,
w ith some excep tions as listed in the table below ,
AISC 2005
Tab le 13.1
AISC 2005 AWS D 1.1
Section J1.6 Section 5.17.1
Section J2.2a Section 2.3.2
Table J2.2 Table 2.1
Table J2.5 Table 2.3
Ap p end ix 3 Table A-3.1 Table 2.4
Section B3.9 & Append ix 3 Section 2 Part C
Section M2.2 Section 5.15.4.3 & 5.15.4.3
1. G roove Weld s
Effective Area: - The effective area of groove w eld s shall be consid ered as the
length of the w eld times the effective throat thickness t eff.
i. For a CJP (Com plete Joint Penetration) Weld , the effective

throat thickness,
t eff = thickness of thinner part joined
ii. For a PJP (Partial Joint Penetration) Weld , the effective

throat thickness is as per table J2.1
iii. For a flare groove w elds the effective throat thickness is as

p er table J2.2
1
W E L D S
Tab le 13.2 (AISC 2005 Tab le J2.1)

Effective Th roat of Partial-Join t-Pen etration G roove Weld s
Weld in g G roove Typ e

Weld in g Process Effective Th roat
Position (AWS D 1.1 Figu re 3.3)
Sh ield ed M etal Arc SM AW All

J or U Groove
G as M etal Arc G M AW
All 60° V
Flux Cored Arc FCAW Depth of Groove
J or U Groove
Su b m erged Arc SAW F
60° Bevel or V
F, H 45° Bevel Depth of Groove
Flux Cored Arc FCAW
Depth of Groove
Sh ield ed M etal Arc SM AW All 45° Bevel
Minu s 3 m m
Depth of Groove
V, OH 45° Bevel
Flux Cored Arc FCAW Minu s 3 m m
Welding Position s F – Flat H – H orizontal V – Vertical O H - Overh ead

Effective Weld Sizes of Flare G roove Weld s
Weld ing Process Flare Bevel G roove [a] Flare V G roove
GMAW and FCAW-G 15.8 R 19 R

SMAW and FCAW-S 8R 15.8 R
SAW 8R 12.7 R
[a] For Flare Bevel Groove w ith R < 10 m m u se only reinforcing fillet w eld on filled flu sh joint. General N ote;
R = rad iu s of join t su rface (can be assu med to be 2t for H SS), (m m )

M in im u m Effective Th roat Th ick n ess of Partial Pen etration G roove Weld s
M aterial Thick n ess of Th in n er Part Join ed , M in im u m Effective Th roat Th ick n ess, [a]
(m m ) (m m )
To (6) inclusive 3
Over (6) to (13) 5
Over (13) to (19) 6
Over (19) to (38) 8
Over (38) to (57) 10
Over (57) to (150) 13
Over (150) 16
[a] See Table J2.1
2
W E L D S
2. Fillet Weld s
Effective Area: - The effective area of a fillet welds shall be considered as the
effective length multiplied by the effective throat. The effective throat of a fillet
weld shall be the shortest distance from the root to the face of the diagrammatic
weld. An increase in the effective throat weld is permitted if consistent penetration
can be demonstrated by tests using the production process and procedure
available. For fillet welds in holes and slots the effective length shall be the length
of centerline of the weld along the center of the plane through the throat.
In the case of overlapping fillets, the effective area shall not exceed the nominal
cross-sectional area of the hole or slot, in the plane of the faying surface.
The minimum size of fillet welds shall be not less than the size required to transmit
the calculated forces, nor the size as shown in Table J2.4. These do not apply to
fillet weld reinforcements of PJP or CJP groove welds.

M in im um Size of Fillet Welds
M aterial Th ick n ess of
M in im u m Effective Th roat Th ickn ess, [a] (m m )
Th in n er Part Join ed , (m m )
To (6) inclusive 3
Over (6) to (13) 5
Over (13) to (19) 6
Over (19) 8
[a] Leg d imension of fillet w elds. Single pass w elds mu st be used.
N ote: See Section J2.2b for m axim um size of fillet w eld s.
Maximum size of fillet weld

a) For thickness of material ‘tp’ < 6 mm = tp mm
b) For thickness of material ‘tp’ >= 6 mm = ( tp – 2 ) mm
c) Minimum Length of weld ‘Lw’ >= 4 x Nom inal Size of weld
Apparent edge Actual edge of Actual edge of plate

of plate is distinguishable
plate before
welding
\N
i s\
V
Apparent weld
throat-
Actual weld
4
Actual weld throat
throat
Is distinguishable
(a) (b)
tig. C-J2. I. Identification of plate edge.
3
W E L D S
a) If longitudinal fillet welds are used alone in end connections of flat-bar tension
members, the length of each fillet weld shall be not less than the perpendicular
distance between the welds. (See figure below)
Minimum
Lw >= d
FLAT BAR
i
d P
N r
WELDS
b) For end loaded fillet welds with a length up to 100 times the leg dimension, it
is permitted to take the effective length equal to the actual length. When the
length of the end loaded fillet weld exceeds 100 times the weld size, the
effective length shall be determined by multiplying the actual length by the
reduction factor β. (See figure above for length of weld)
a. For 100 <= Lw < 300
β = 1.2 – 0.002 (Lw / w) <= 1.00
b. For Lw > 300
β = 0.60
Where,
Lw – is the length of weld in mm
w – is the weld leg size in mm
c) Intermittent fillet welds are permitted to be used to transfer calculated stress

across a joint or faying surfaces when the required strength is less than that
developed by a continuous fillet weld of the smallest permitted size, and to
join components of built up members. The effective length of any segment of
intermittent fillet weld shall not be less than four times the weld size, with a
minimum of 38 mm.
Lwint >= 4 Sw or 38 mm whichever is greater
Where,
Lwint – is the length of intermittent weld in mm
Sw - Size of weld in mm
4
W E L D S
LlW
W L
Fig. C-J2.2. Longitudinal fillet welds.
Overlap Overlap
r
£
— ~S7 i
Fig. C-J2.3. Minimum lap.
(a) Restrained (b) Unrestrained

Fig. C-J2.4. Restraint of lap joints.
5
W E L D S
d) In lap joints, the minimum amount of lap shall be 5 times the thickness of
thinner part joined, but not less than 25 mm.
Lwlap >= 5 t p or 25 mm whichever is greater

Where,
Lwlap – Length of lap weld in mm
tp - thickness of thinner part in m m
3. Plu g an d Slot weld s

Effective Area: - The effective shearing area of p lu g and slot w eld s shall be
consid ered as the nom inal cross section area of the hole or slot in the plane of
the faying su rface.
Plug and slot w eld s are p erm itted to be u sed ,

a. to transmit shear in lap joints
b. or to prevent buckling of lapped parts
c. and to join components of built-up parts
The diameter of holes for a plug weld shall not be less than the thickness of the
part containing the hole + 8 mm, nor greater than the minimum diameter + (3 mm
or 2.25 times the thickness of the weld )
The minimum spacing of such plug holes shall be 4 times diameter of the hole.
The length of slot shall not exceed 10 times the thickness of the weld.
The width of the slot shall not be less than thickness of the part containing the slot
+ 8 mm, nor shall it be more than 2.25 times the thickness of the weld.
The minimum spacing of slot welds in the direction transverse to their length shall
be 4 times the width of the slot.
The minimum center to center spacing in a longitudinal direction on any line shall
be 2 times the length of the slot.
The thickness of the plug or slot weld shall be equal in thickness of the material for
materials equal to and less than 16 mm.
In thickness of material more than 16 mm, the thickness should be greater than t/ 2
or 16 mm whichever is greater.
6
W E L D S
Weld size->>
or larger /
Weld size->
or larger
Fig. C-J2.5. Fillet welds near tension edges.
t
Start
4
f - start
i
Fig. C-J2.6. Suggested direction of welding travel to avoid notches.
Weld to
beam web
may extend
to end of
beam
Fig. C-J2.7. Fillet weld details on framing angles.
7
W E L D S
if
m
Fig. C-J2.8. Flexible connection returns optimal unless subject to fatigue.
Do Not Tie Welds

Together Here
Fig. C-J2.9. Details forfillet welds that occur on opposite sides of a common plane.
Material A © tyJDMaterial B '[Via

r ■v . Sr- Material A
®Q)
© ®®
®
Fig. C-J2.10. Shear planes for fillet welds loaded in longitudinal shear.
8
W E L D S
4. Stren gth of Weld s.

The d esign or allow able strength of weld s shall be the low er valu e of the base
m aterial and the w eld m etal strength d eterm ined according to the lim it states
of tensile ru pture, shear ru p tu re or yield ing as follow s,
For base m etal
Eq n. J2-2 Rn = Φ FBM x A BM LRFD

Rn = FBM x A BM / Ω ASD
For w eld m etal
Eq n. J2-3 Rn = Φ Fw x A w LRFD
Rn = Fw x A w / Ω ASD
Where,
FBM - nominal strength of the base metal per unit area in N/ m m 2
Fw - nominal strength of the weld metal per unit area in N/ mm 2
A BM - cross sectional area of the base metal in mm 2
Aw - cross sectional area of the base metal in mm 2
The values of Φ, Ω, FBM, Fw and the limitations thereon are given in table J2.5
Alternatively, for fillet welds load ed in plane the design strength, Φ Rn and the
allowable strength, Rn / Ω of welds is permitted to be d etermined as follows,
LRFD ASD
0.75 2.00
a) For a linear weld grou p loaded in p lane through the center of gravity,
Eq n. J2-4 Rn = Φ Fw x A w LRFD
Rn = Fw x A w / Ω ASD
Where,
Fw = 0.60 FEXX (1.0 + 0.50 Sin 1.5 θ)
FEXX - electrode classification number, = 482.3 N/ mm 2 for E70XX
θ - angle of loading measured from the weld longitudinal axis
Aw - cross sectional area of the base metal in mm 2
Note:- A linear weld group is one in which all elements are in a line or are
parallel
9
W E L D S
TABLE J2.5
Available Strength of Welded Joints, kips (N)
Effective Required
Load Type and Nominal Area Filler
Direction Strength (ABM or Metal
Relative to Pertinent (FBM or Fw) Aw) Strength
Weld Axis Metal and kips (N) in.2 (mm2) Level[a][b]
COMPLETE-JOINT-PENETRATION GROOVE WELDS
Tension Strength of the joint is controlled Matching filler metal shall
Normal to weld axis by the base metal be used. For T and corner
joints with backing left in
place, notch tough filler
metal is required. See
Section J2.6.
Compression Strength of the joint is controlled Filler metal with a strength
Normal to weld axis by the base metal level equal to or one
strength level less than
matching filler metal is
permitted.
Tension or Tension or compression in parts joined parallel Filler metal with a strength
Compression to a weld need not be considered in design of level equal to or less than
Parallel to weld axis welds joining the parts. matching filler metal is
_permitted._
Shear Strength of the joint is controlled Matching filler metal shall
by the base metal be used.[cl
PARTIAL-JOINT-PENETRATION GROOVE WELDS INCLUDING FLARE VEE GROOVE
AND FLARE BEVEL GROOVE WELDS
<j> = 0.90 See
Base
n = 1.67 Fy J4
Tension
Normal to weld axis <(> = 0.80 See
Weld 0.60 FEXX
£7 = 1.88 J2.1a
Compression
Column to Base
Compressive stress need not be considered in
Plate and column
design of welds joining the parts.
splices designed
per J1.4(a)
Compression 4» = 0.90 See
Base
£7 = 1.67 Fy J4
Connections of
members designed Filler metal with a strength
to bear other <t> = 0.80 See level equal to or less than
than columns as Weld 0.60 FEXX
£7 = 1.88 J2.1a matching filler metal is
described in J1.4(b) permitted.
Compression <J> = 0.90 See
Base
£7 = 1.67
Fy J4
Connections not
finished-to-bear $ = 0.80 See
Weld £7=1.88
0.90 FEXX
J2.1a
Tension or Tension or compression in parts joined parallel
Compression to a weld need not be considered in design of
Parallel to weld axis welds joining the parts.
Base Governed by J4
Shear <)> = 0.75 See
Weld 0.60 FEXX
£7 = 2.00 J2.1a
10
W E L D S
TABLE J2.5 (cont.)

Available Strength of Welded Joints, kips (N)
Effective Required
Load Type and Nominal Area Filler
Direction Strength ( ABM or Metal
Relative to Pertinent (Fbm or Fw) A„) Strength
Weld Axis Metal <> and f2 kips (N) in.2 (mm2) Leveltal[b)
FILLET WELDS INCLUDING FILLETS IN HOLES AND SLOTS AND SKEWED T-JOINTS
Base Governed by J4
Shear
Weld d — 0.75
n = 2.00 0.60 FEXX
td] See
J2.2a
Filler metal with a strength
level equal to or less than
Tension or Tension or compression in parts joined parallel matching filler metal is
Compression to a weld need not be considered in design of permitted.
Parallel to weld axis welds joining the parts. _
PLUG AND SLOT WELDS
Shear Base Governed by J4 Filler metal with a strength
Parallel to faying level equal to or less than
surface on the d s= 0.75 0.60 FEXX J2.3a matching filler metal is
effective area Weld O = 2.00 permitted.
•al For matching weld metal see AWS D1.1, Section 3.3.
101 Filler metal with a strength level one strength level greater than matching is permitted.
,c' Filler metals with a strength level less than matching may be used for groove welds between the webs and
flanges of built-up sections transferring shear loads, or in applications where high restraint is a concern. In
these applications, the weld joint shall be detailed and the weld shall be designed using the thickness of the
material as the effective throat, $ = 0.80, Q = 1.88 and 0.60 Fexx as the nominal strength.
,dl Alternatively, the
provisions of J2.4(a) are permitted provided the deformation compatibility of the various weld
elements is considered. Alternatively, Sections J2.4(b) and (c) are special applications of J2.4(a) that provide
for deformation compatibility.
P
?
LINEAR WELD
GROUP
11
W E L D S
b) For weld elements within a weld group that are loaded in-plane and
analyzed using an instantaneous center of rotation method, the components
of the nom inal strength, Rnx and Rny are permitted to determined as follows:
Eq n. J2-6 Rnx = Σ Fwix x A wi

Rnx = Σ Fwiy x A wi
Where,
A wi = effective area of weld throat of any ith weld element, in mm 2
Eq n. J2-7 Fwi = 0.60 FEXX (1.0 + 0.50 Sin 1.5 θ) f (p)

Eq n. J2-8 fp = [ p ( 1.9 – 0.9 p ]0.3
Fwi - nominal stress in any ith weld element in N/ mm 2

Fwix - X – component of stress Fwi
Fwiy - Y – component of stress Fwi
p - Di / D m, ratio of element i deformation to its deformation at maximum
stress
w - weld leg size in mm
r crit - distance from instantaneous center of rotation to weld element with
minimum (Du / r i ) ratio in mm
Di - deformation of w eld elements at interm ed iate stress levels, linearly
p roportioned to the critical d eform ation based on d istance from the
instantaneous center of rotation, r i in m m = r i Du / r crit
Dm - 0.209 ( θ + 2 )-0.32 w, deform ation of w eld elements at maxim u m stress
in m m
Du - 1.087 ( θ + 6 )-0.65 w <= 0.17 w , d eform ation of weld elem ents at
u ltimate stress (fractu re), u su ally in elem ent farthest from the
instantaneou s center of rotation in mm .
12
W E L D S
c) For filled weld groups concentrically loaded and consisting of elements that
are oriented both longitudinally and transversely to the direction of applied
load, the combined strength, Rn , of the fillet weld group shall be d eterm ined
as the greater of:
Eqn. J2-9a Rn = Rwl + Rwt
OR
Eqn. J2-9b
Rn = 0.85 Rwl + 1.5 Rwt
Where,
Rwl = the total nominal strength of longitud inally loaded fillet welds, as
determ ined in accordance w ith table J2.5 in kN
Rwt = the total nominal strength of transversely loaded fillet welds, as
determined in accordance w ith table J2.5 in kN without the alternate in
equation J2.4 and J2.5 in kN.
5. Com bin ation of Weld s.

If tw o or more general types of w eld s (groove, fillet, plug, and slot) are
com bined in a single joint, the strength of each shall be separately com pu ted
w ith reference to the axis of the group in ord er to d eterm ine the strength of the
com bination.
6. Filler M etal req u irem en ts.

The choice of electrod e for u se w ith CJP groove w eld s su bject to tension
normal to the effective area shall com p ly with the requ irem ents for matching
filler metals given in AWS D1.1
Tab le 13.6
Base M etal M atch in g Filler M etal
A36 < 19 m m E60 & E70 Electrod es
A36 > 19 mm , A572 (Gr. 50 & 55) SMAW E7015, E7016, E7018, E7028
A588*, A992 Other processes
A1011, A1018 E70 Electrod es
A913 (Gr. 60 & 65) E80 Electrod es
For corrosion resistance and color sim ilar to th e base m etal see AWS D1.1 sect 3.7.3
N otes:-
1. Electrod es shall m eet the requirements of AWS A5.1, A5.5, A5.17, A5.18, A5.20, A5.23, A5.28 & A5.29
2. In joints w ith base m etals of d ifferent strengths u se eith er a filler m etal that m atches the higher strength
base m etal or a filler m etal that m atches the low er strength and p rod u ces a low hyd rogen d ep osit.
13
W E L D S
Filler m aterial w ith a specified Charp y V-N otch (CVN ) tou ghness of 27 J at
4°C shall be used in the follow ing joints:
1. CJP groove w eld ed ‘T’ joints and corner joints w ith steel backing left in
p lace, subject to tension norm al to the effective area, u nless joints are
d esigned u sing the nom inal strength and resistance factors or factor of
safety as applicable for a PJP w eld .
2. CJP groove w eld ed splices su bject to tension normal to the effective
area in heavy sections as d efined in A3.1c and A3.1d of AISC 2005
The m anufacturer’s certificate of conform ance shall be su fficient evid ence of

com pliance.
7. M ixed Weld M etal.

When Charpy V-N otch toughness is specified , the p rocess consu m ables for all
w eld m etal, tack w eld s, root p ass and su bsequ ent passes d eposited in a joint
shall be compatible to ensu re notch tough com p osite w eld metal.
14
G U I D E L I N E F O R D E S I G N O F M E T A L B U I L D I N G
Chapter
14
Guidelines for Design of
Metal Building
Planning and Organizing
Planning and organizing different building components is an extremely

important step for the designer before he proceeds w ith the design of
individual components. The impact of these has a snow ball effect on all the
processes after design, namely, detailing, fabrication and erection. The
follow ing parameters of the building configurations, significantly effect the
building efficiency and economy,
1. M ain Frame configuration (orientation, type, roof slope , eave height)

2. Roof panels and purlins (type, connection, lap & spacing)
3. Wall panels and girts (type, connection, lap & spacing)
4. End w all system (type & spacing)
5. Expansion joints (number & location)
6. Bay spacing (optimum)
7. Bracing systems arrangement (number & location)
8. M ezzanine floor beams/ columns (loading, type, orientation & spacing)
9. Crane systems (Service class, capacity)
Some of the above configurations are usually governed by customer

requirements stated in Project Information Form (PIF). In general, the optimal
configuration guide lines are outlined in this chapter.
The estimation engineer / designer should thoroughly study various

alternatives for above building configuration before he proceeds and finalize
the design process. In cases w hen considerable saving in building cost can be
achieved by changing some of the input configuration stated in (PIF) w ithout
affecting the building end use it should be reported to the Estimation M anager
/ Supervisor.
1
Main Frame Configuration & Orientation
M ain frames are the basic supporting component of M etal Building. The main
frames provide the vertical support for the w hole building in addition to
providing lateral stability for the building in its plane, w hile longitudinal
stability in the other direction is usually achieved by sidew all bracing system.
M ostly the main frames span the shorter distance (w idth) of the building,
unless required for other reasons by the enduser, architects. This w ill result in
more number of light frames rather than less number of heavy frames, this
w ill also reduce the w ind bracing forces resulting in lighter bracing system.
The w idth of the building is defined as the out-to-out dimensions betw een the
girt flanges. Eave height is the height measured from bottom of the column
base plate (or grout) to top of the eave purlin/ strut.
M ain frame members are built up of tapered sections, the most economical
profile is achieved w hen the shape of the bending moment diagram is
follow ed w hile deciding the depths of section at various location. M any a
times this is not practically possible because of section length criteria and
splice location, nevertheless bending moment and deflection profile should
remain as the main criteria for deciding the depths at a given section.
Pinned base columns are mostly tapered, w ith a minimum depth of ‘210’ mm
at base in order to accommodate a minimum of ( 2 ) anchor bolts. Fixed base
columns are mostly straight. A lso the interior columns are alw ays maintained
straight, but it can be tapered if significant savings can be achieved by fixing
the top.
1 6 -De c -1 2
2
Main frame types
There are many types of main frames used in a metal building, the choice of
the type of main frame to be used depends on,
1. Total w idth of the building.
2. The permitted spacing betw een columns in the transversal direction

according to customer requirements and the function of the building.
3. The existence of sub structure (RC or masonry )
4. The architectural requirements of the customer specially the shape of the

gable.
5. The type of rain drainage (internal drainage availability).
6. A ny customer special requirements.
The available types of main frames are,

1. Clear span
2. M ulti span
3. Lean-to
4. M ono-slope
5. Space saver
6. Roof system
7. M ulti-gable
1 6 -De c -1 2
3
Cl ear Span
Clear Span frames are single gable frames providing full-w idth clear space
inside the building w ithout any interior columns. This type of frame is
generally used w hen, an unobstructed w orking area is desired in diverse
applications such as auditoriums, gymnasiums, aircraft hangars, show rooms
and recreation facilities. The deepest part of the frame is the knee (the joint
betw een the rafter and the column) for small spans, and also at mid span for
large spans. A horizontal knee connection is more popular because it facilitates
erection, the other option being a vertical knee connection that is employed for
flush side-w all construction, parapet fascia, glazing etc. Clear Span rigid
frames are suitable and economical w hen,
i) Frame w idth is in the range 24 m-30 m.
ii) H eadroom at the exterior w alls is not critical.
RIDGE DISTANCE
10
RIDGE LINE 10
X X
HORIZONTAL
LEFT EAVE HEIGHT KNEE RIGHT EAVE HEIGHT
CLEAR HT.
CLEAR WIDTH
CENTER TO CENTER
CENTER TO OUT
OUT TO CENTER
OUT TO OUT
CROSS SECTION
.1
Stiff. A Stiff A
Stiff . D j
Stiff. D
Stiff
Stiff. A Stiff . B Stiff B
"I
Stiff. B
J
H orizontal Knee Perpendicular Knee Vertical Knee
1 6 -De c -1 2
4
M ul ti - Span
When clear space inside the building is not the crucial requirement then M ulti-
Span rigid frames offer greater economy and theoretically unlimited building
size. Buildings w ider than around 90m experience a build up of temperature
stresses and require temperature load analysis and design. M ulti-span rigid
frames have straight interior columns, generally hot-rolled tube sections pin
connected at the top w ith the rafter. When lateral sw ay is critical, the interior
columns may be moment connected at the top w ith the rafter, and in such a
situation, built-up straight columns are more viable than hot-rolled tube
columns.
The bottom flange of the rafter at ridge should be horizontal w hen an interior
column is located at ridge to facilitate connection. M ulti-Span rigid frames are
one of the more economical solutions, w hen the required w idth of the building
is large (w idth > 24m) and the intended use are as w arehouses, logistics,
distribution centers, show rooms and factories. The most economical modular
w idth in multi-span buildings is in the range 18m-24m.
RIDGE DISTANCE
10
1- RIDGE LINE 10
LEFT EAVE HEIGHT RIGHT EAVE HEIGHT

CLEAR HT.
CLEAR WIDTH
CENTER TO CENTER
CENTER TO OUT
OUT TO CENTER
OUT TO OUT
CROSS SECTION
Some of the disadvantages of such a framing system are listed below ,
1. The susceptibility to differential settlement of column supports.

2. The peak height is very high; in case of higher slopes, the (q) value for
mean height w ill be larger.
3. If fascia is required to cover the ridge, the fascia height is too large.
1 6 -De c -1 2
5
4. Locations of the interior columns are difficult to modify for future

expansions.
5. The un-braced lengths of interior columns are longer especially for very
w ide buildings.
6. If bracing is at interior columns are not allow ed, the longitudinal force
dissipation is longer, heavy eave strut and bracing may be required.
7. The roof drainage area is large, longer w ater travel may lead to leakages,
also requires closer dow nspout spacing to avoid gutter capacity.
Lean-To
Lean-to is not a self-supporting, stable framing system. It is an add-on to the

existing building w ith a single slope. For such structure, stability is achieved
by connection to an existing rigid framing. Usually column rafter connection at
knee is pinned type, w hich results in lighter columns. For spans less than 12 m
columns and rafters are straight except that rafters may be tapered for larger
w idths (> 12m). For larger clear w idths (> 18m), tapered columns w ith
moment resisting connections at the knee are more economical. Lean-To
framing is typically used for building additions, loading or sorting area,
parking shelters, equipment rooms and storage.
10
BUILDINGÿ/
LEFT EAVE HEIGHT
WIDTH
CROSS SECTION
1 6 -De c -1 2
6
M ono-Sl ope or Si ngl e Slope
M ono-Slope or single-slope framing system is an alternative to gable type of

frame. These may be either a Clear Span or M ulti-span profile. M ono-Slope
configuration are generally not a very economical solution w hen compared
w ith duo slope gable frame . For larger w idth requirement a multi-span
monoslope is a more economical solution.
M ono-Slope framing system are generally adopted for follow ing reasons,
1. Rainw ater needs to be drained aw ay from the parking areas or from the
adjacent buildings.
2. Large headroom is required at one sidew all.
3. In order to avoid a valley gutter and internal drainage system requirement
w hen a new building is connected adjacent to an existing building.
4. A void imposition of additional loads on the existing columns and
foundations of an existing structure.
--Z-'
10
■
RIGHT EAVE HEIGHT
LEFT EAVE HEIGHT
WIDTH
CROSS SECTION
1 6 -De c -1 2
7
Space Saver
Space Saver framing system utilizes straight columns, keeping the rafter
bottom flange horizontal for accommodation ceiling applications w ith rigid
knee connection. Selection of Space Saver is appropriate for follow ing,
1. The required frame w idth is betw een 6 to 18m and eave height does not
exceed 6m.
2. Straight columns are desired.
3. Roof slope of < 0.5:10 are acceptable.
4. Requirement of minimum air volume inside the building for cold storage
w are houses.
RIDGE DISTANCE
10 10
«r
LEFT EAVE HEIGHT RIGHT EAVE HEIGHT

CLEAR HEIGHT
WIDTH
CROSS SECTION
1 6 -De c -1 2
8
Roof System
A Roof System framing ideally consists of beam (rafter) resting on top of a

concrete column of a new or an existing substructure. In order to avoid large
horizontal forces on top of these concrete columns and induce huge moments
at base the rafters are designed to induce vertical reactions only. This can be
achieved by prescribing a theoretical roller support condition at one end.
H ence any horizontal thrust is released by movement of the roller support.
The roller supports are provided at one end by means of roller rods. The other
option is to provide slotted holes at one end, in such cases some horizontal
force does exist, the a horizontal reaction H 2 has to be considered for the
design of supporting system. H 2 is calculated as below ,
H 2= mR
Where,
m= Coefficient of friction betw een steel and steel

R = Vertical reaction at that end.
A Roof System is generally not economical for spans greater than 12m
although it can span as large as 40 m. This is due to fact that the Roof System
as designed as simply supported and the maximum moment occur at the mid-
span.
4
;
1
4
<4 &
lira
a
4
i M F RAFTER A SPLICE IS USED IF BUILDING
WIDTH EXCEED 12 METERS 4
REINFORCED CONCRETE
COLUMN/WALL
ROOF SYSTEM FRAME CROSS SECTION
1 6 -De c -1 2
9
M ul ti -Gable
M ulti-Gable buildings are ideal framing configuration for very w ide building
requirement. The advantage for such w ide building is high eave heights can be
avoided, hence reduced height of interior columns. and temperature effects
can be controlled by dividing the frame into separate structural segments,
making these more economical w hen compared to multi-span buildings.
These are not recommended due to high maintenance requirement in valley

region, costly internal drainage and bracing requirement inside the building at
columns located at valley. M ulti-Gable framing should is not a good solution,
especially in areas of snow fall.
M ulti-Gable frames may be clear span or multi-span, the interior columns at

knee are rigidly connected to the rafters using a vertical connection. When
clear height requirement is a criteria, the clear height at interior columns w ill
usually govern. A lso the stiffeners should be adequately provided at interior
column connection.
t 3
RAFTER
INTERIOR COLUMN
M F COLUMN
FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL
, L L
MULTI-GABLE BUILDING WITH TWO CLEAR SPANS
1 6 -De c -1 2
10
End Wal l s
The standard end w all are designed as bearing frame. That is all connections
are considered as pinned. The lateral stability is provided by the diaphragm
action in the absence of this shear diaphragm cross bracing are required. Cross
bracings should be provide in areas of high seismic zones.
M ain frame ends are used in case it is required to consider provision for,
1. Future extension is intended or if stated clearly in the (P.I.F.), in such an

arrangement only w ind columns are required.
2. Crane run length is full length of the building
3. Open for access condition prevails at the end w all such as hangar
buildings
4. X-bracing is required at end w all for stability, but it is not allow ed by the
end-user.
- RIDGE LINE
L=l2(Max.)
L= EAVE PURLIN
10 PURLIN
SPLICE
ENDWALL
RAFTER
ENDWALL GIRTS
- T - r1
SIDEWALL GIRT-
r
W r 4 r
ENDWALL
CORNER COLUMN
- — ENDWALL INTERIOR
COLUMNS
-
■S’ - * H
rBASE ANGLE
(FOR FULLY
"«
If , 4 4
-4
SHEETED WALLS)
4*
* a
*4 « ii ; 4
L
4 4 4 “
BEARING FRAME AT ENDWALL
1 6 -De c -1 2
11
Roof Slope
Building roof slopes play a major role in the behavior of a frame. Substantial
reduction in steel rigid frame w eight can be achieved by using steeper slopes
for Clear Span frames of large w idths. Table below gives a comparison of
frame w eights for different slope,
Tabl e 14.1
Sr. N o. Roof Sl ope Frame Wei ght
1 0.5 : 10 3682
2 1.0 : 10 3466
3 1.5 : 10 3328
4 2.0 : 10 3240
For a Clear Span Frame of 42 m w idth and 6.00 m eave height.
Ti ps on Roof Sl ope
1. In case of M ulti-Span frame, steep roof slopes may result in heavy frames
due to the fact the larger unbraced lengths of interior columns require
heavy w ide flange columns.
2. Steep roof slopes help reduce the deflection in w ide span buildings.
3. In the areas of high snow fall steep roof slopes (> 1:10) help reduce
accumulation of snow and the loads if snow load governs the design.
4. Steep roof slope are uneconomical w hen fascias are required, because the
height of fascia increases if it is required to cover the ridge line. This also
impacts on more horizontal forces at the eave of the frame and
consequently increases the frame w eight.
5. Roof slope of 1.5:10 or greater necessitates sag rods provision betw een
purlins thus adding to the price of the building.
Tabl e 14.2
Sr. N o. Roof Sl ope Slope : 10
1 Clear Span up to 45 m 1.0 : 10
2 Clear Span up to 60 m 1.5 : 10
3 Clear Span > 60 m 2.0 to 3.0 : 10
4 M ulti-Span up to 60 m 0.5 : 10
1 6 -De c -1 2
12
Eave Height
Eave height is a function of,
1. Clear height at eave.

2. M ezzanine clear heights below beam and above joist
3. Clearance above Crane beam / Crane hook height requirement.
A designer should minimize eave height to the bare minimum required, no

need to round off the values, say if a calculated eave height of 7396 mm is
required for a given clear height requirement of 6500 mm, provide 7396 mm,
no need to round it off to 7400 mm. Since the eave height affects the price of
the building due to follow ing reasons,
1. Increase in sheeting lengths, number of girts and column height.

2. If columns are unbraced eave height affects the frame w eight significantly.
3. Wind loads are directly proportional to eave height.
4. In order to control lateral deflection, fixed base may be required if the
height to w idth ratio is more than 0.75.
1 6 -De c -1 2
13
Roof Purlins
Roof purlins should be arranged according to the follow ing guide lines or as
required by design,
1. Provide the first eave purlin at a distance of (+/ -) 80 mm

2. Standard interior purlin spacing is 1.8 m for M 45-250, excluding the areas
of local areas such as corners and edge.
3. H igher spacing may be provided for purlins supporting sandw ich panels,
not exceeding 3.0 m.
4. Spacing less than 1.5 or 2.0 m may also be used if required by design.
5. If non-standard purlin spacings are used at estimate stage, it should be
specified in the estimate and the PIF.
6. Different lap distance may be used at end bay and interior bays for
optimization.
7. N esting of purlins is not practical w ith our profiles and hence should be
avoided.
Tabl e 14.3 M inimum thicknesses of members that are to be used in the design
M inimum Thickness or si ze used
M embers (For Specific Areas ref er Area Wise Job
Requirement)
C & Z- Sections (200mm depth) 1.5 mm thick (345 Coil)
C & Z- Sections (250mm depth) 2.0 mm thick (394 Coil)
M- Sections (356mm depth) (TMCP) 1.8 mm thick (540 Coil)
General N otes
1. Welding of cold formed galvanized sections should be avoided as far as

possible due to fabrication requirement. Small length of w elding in
unavoidable case can be acceptable by factory.
2. We now have a resistance-w elding machine for w elding cold formed

sections. Welding of cold formed sections up to 2.5 mm thick is possible
w ith this w elding machine.
1 6 -De c -1 2
14
Wall Girts
Our standard practice is to provide flush Endw all girts, that is flush w ith end
w all columns (end w all columns spacing is in range of 5m-6m), w hich
provides a diaphragm action for a bearing frame end w all, thus avoiding any
need for end w all bracing. The Sidew all girts are designed as continuous beam
bypassing the main frame columns this allow s lapping of the girts and larger
main frames columns spacing can be used. If there are no special requirements
such as w all openings, block w alls, etc. standard w all girt spacing should be
follow ed as below ,
1. The first girt should be provided at 2250mm from finish floor level to allow
for recent or future erection of personal doors.
2. Standard interior purlin spacing is 1.8 m for M 45-250, excluding the areas
of local areas such as corners and edge.
3. Spacing less than 1.8 m may also be used if required by design.
4. M aximum spacing of girts for sandw ich panels should not exceed 3.0 m.
5. If non-standard purlin spacings are used at estimate stage, it should be
specified in the estimate and the PIF.
6. Different lap distance may be used at end bay and interior bays for
optimization.
7. N esting of girts is not practical w ith our profiles and hence should be
avoided.
Sag rods
1. A minimum 1 row of 12 mm diameter (min.) sag rods should be provided

for all purlins and girts for all bay spacing betw een 8.5 m and 9 m up to
and including 1.5:10 roof slopes.
2. For roof slopes greater than 1.5:10 sag rods may be required for all lengths
of bay spacing.
3. M inimum 2 row s of 12 mm diameter (min.) sag rods should be provided
for all purlins and girts for all bay spacing betw een 9 m and 10 m up to
and including 1.5:10 roof slopes. For roof slopes greater than 1.5:10 sag
rods may be required for all lengths of bay spacing.
4. Sag rods must be provided for 356 deep M-purlins sections (TM CP) for all
bay spacing lengths and all roof slopes. Number of row s of sag rods
required should be as required by design, w ith a minimum of 2 row s.
5. For JA FZA and other areas 16 mm diameter sag rod is required, see job
requirements for different areas.
1 6 -De c -1 2
15
Expansion Joints
The maximum length of the building w ithout any expansion joint can be
calculated using follow ing formula,
L = Dmax / Ka DT
Where,
Dmax = M aximum A llow able Expansion in mm.
L = Length of building in mm.
a = Coefficient of linear expansion (0.0000117/ o C)
DT = Temp. Difference in o C
K = 1.00 for building w ithout air-conditioning
= 0.70 for building w ith air-conditioning
= 0.55 for building w ith heating and air-conditioning
Example:
Calculate the maximum length w hen expansion joint is required for the
follow ing locations: A bu Dhabi & Dubai. Considering a 30 -mm expansion
slot, w hich is derived from purlin expansion joint detail
N ote: 2mm expansion per purlin connection.
A ssuming 15 bays gives: 15 x 2 = 30 mm
Solution: Temperature difference in UA E:

A bu Dhabi = 35 oC
Based on "Engineer's Guide to Solar Energy" By Yvonne H ow ell & Justin A .
Bereny
A bu D habi A rea
1. Building w ithout air-conditioning (K = 1.0)
L = 30 / ( 1.00 x 35 x 0.0000117) = 73260 mm = 73.26 m
2. Building w ith air-conditioning (K = 0.70)
L = 30 / ( 0.70 x 35 x 0.0000117) = 104657 mm = 104.65 m
3. Building w ith air-conditioning (K = 0.55)
L = 30 / ( 0.55 x 35 x 0.0000117) = 133199 mm = 133.20 m
Expansion joint should be provided if the length of the building exceeds 120
meters, even if it is not required as per calculation above.
1 6 -De c -1 2
16
Bay Spacing
Bay Spacing is another important criterion that affects the overall economy of
the building. It is important to achieve a reasonable balance betw een the total
w eight of purlin/ girt and main frame. The information provided below are for
standard loads only, for non-standard loads the results may vary depending
upon other criteria.
The standard loads are,

Live Loads Roof = 0.96 kN / m 2
Live Loads Frame = 0.57 kN / m 2
Wind Load = 1.00 kN / m 2
Tabl e 14.4
Col d Formed
Bay Locati on Opti mum Bay Spaci ng
Secti on Type
End Bays ± 6.50 m
Z-Section
Interior Bays ± 7.50 m
End Bays ± 9.00 m
M -Section
Interior Bays ± 12.0 m
Smaller end bays than interior bays w ill usually reduce the effect of higher
deflection and bending moment in end bays as compared to interior bays and
help reduce the w eights of purlins/ girts in the end bays. This w ill avoid the
need of nested purlins/ girts in the end bays and result in uniform size of
purlin/ girt sizes.
For non-standard loadings, the economical bay spacing may tend to decrease,
w ith the increase in the loads.
For buildings w ith heavy cranes ( > 10 M T) the economical bay spacing ranges
betw een 6.00 m and 7.50 m.
1 6 -De c -1 2
17
Work i ng out Opti mum Bay Spaci ng,

Unless the governed by architectural or customer requirements, optimum bay
spacing may be w orked out as below ,
Exampl e-1.
Z-Section (A ssuming End bays = 6.50 m)
Required Length of Building = 70 m
Interior Length = 70 – 2 x 6.50 = 57.0 m
N o. of Interior bays = 57 / 7.50 = 7.6 ~ 7
Interior Bay Spacing = 57 / 7 = 8.143 m
A djust the bay spacing by rounding off interior bay, say w e use an interior bay
spacing of 8.0 m,
Then, end bay = (70 – 7 x 8.0) / 2 = 7.0 m
Therefore, Use a Bay Spacing = 7.0 + 7 @8.00 + 7.0 = 70.0 m
Exampl e-2.
N o. of Interior bays = 77 / 7.50 = 10.26~10.0
Exampl e-3.
M -Section (A ssuming Interior bays = 9.00 m)
N o. of Interior bays = 52 / 12.0 = 4.33 ~ 5
(Since 12 meter is standard bay spacing for M -Section due to shipping
restriction, w e use 12 meter interior bay and adjust the end bays)
Then, end bay = (70 – 4 x 12) / 2 = 11.0 m
Exampl e-4.
N o. of Interior bays = 72 / 12.0 =6
Interior Bay Spacing = 12.0 m
1 6 -De c -1 2
18
Bracing Systems
A building is subjected to lateral forces in many direction due to w ind,

seismic, crane and other horizontal loads, for metal buildings these forces are
resolved in tw o orthogonal directions. The main frame resist these lateral
forces in the plane they are provided. In other direction a Bracings Systems is
provided, these may consist of cross bracing or portal frames. These loads are
eventually transferred to the foundations through a definite load path.
Follow ing guide line should be follow ed w hen deciding upon the type of
bracing and their configuration,
Wi nd and Sei smi c l oad Bracing i n l ongitudi nal di recti on
1. A maximum of 5 bays may be provided betw een braced bays.

2. A braced bay should not be located in the end bay of a building if the end
w all system is a bearing frame end, unless it is required for many other
reasons. In such cases w here a bracing cannot be avoided in the end bays,
the corner column may be either rotated or specially connection detail
should be provided. The end w all columns should be checked for loading
in all directions.
3. The bracing in roof and sidew all should be preferably in the same bays. If
due to some reason such as framed openings etc, the sidew all bracing may
be provided in one bay adjacent and proper load transfer should be
designed and detailed to transfer the load through the strut member to the
braced bay.
4. Roof bracing should be broken at the ridge line.
5. Cables / rods braces should preferably not exceed 15 m in length. If a cross
bracing contains pieces longer than 15m, then the bracing may be broken
to tw o sets of bracings w ith a strut member betw een them so that the
rod/ cable lengths is not exceeding 15 m.
6. Bracing of any one type or material, such as cable, rod, angle or portal
bracing should be used in one w all. M ixing of different type of bracing, in
one w all should be avoided.
7. It is preferable to use only one type of w all bracing in the w hole building
otherw ise the lateral loads w ill have to be distributed as per the bracing
stiffness.
8. M inimum diameter for cable bracing is 12 mm and 22 mm for rod bracing.
9. The maximum length of cable, rod or angle bracing should preferably not
exceed 15 meters in length.
10. Use 75x75x6 double angles up to 12 meter and 100x100x8 double angles up
to 15 meters, unless required otherw ise by design.
1 6 -De c -1 2
19
Wi nd and Sei smi c Braci ng at Beari ng Frame Endw al l s
1. Endw all bracing is not required for a fully sheeted bearing frame end w alls
w ith flush girt construction. If the girts are bypass type, bracing should be
provided for end w all stability. Some consultants insist on flat bar bracing
in flush end w all connection also.
2. Either flat bar, cable or rod bracing may be used at end w alls. Preferably,
flat bar is used for flush girt connection and cable or rod bracing for bypass
type connection.
3. It is recommended to use flat bar bracing for end w alls in areas of high
Seismic Zones for flush type girt connection.
4. If an end w all requires bracing, but it is not allow ed to locate the bracing at
the end w all, it is recommended that the load in the plane of the end w all
is transferred to the first rigid frame through additional roof bracing in the
end bay.
5. In w ide buildings, if end w all bracing is required, it shall be provided in
intervals not to exceed five end w all sections.
6. It is preferably to provide bracing in the first bay at end w alls.
7. In case of full height blockw all, bracing may be avoided unless required by
the consultant / customer.
Crane Bracing
1. Cable or Rod bracing may be provided as crane bracing for buildings w ith
Crane capacity up to and including 10 M T.
2. A ngle bracing should be provided as longitudinal bracing for buildings
w ith Crane capacity more than 10 M T.
3. For independent crane columns and stepped columns separate
longitudinal bracing system should be provided below the crane beam (in
the same plane as crane beam) in addition to the sidew all w ind bracing.
The sidew all w ind bracing may be Cable, Rod or A ngle as required by
design.
4. Crane bracing should to be designed for longitudinal crane loads for top
running or under-hung cranes. The spacing of bracing should not exceed 5
bays.
5. Only one type & material of bracing should be used as longitudinal or
lateral bracing for top running, underhung or monorail cranes.
6. Longitudinal or lateral bracing for underhung cranes may be of any type,
cables, rods, or angles as required by design.
7. Cable, rod or angle bracing may be used above the crane beam w hen a
portal is required below the crane beam level.
1 6 -De c -1 2
20
Built-Up Sections
Table 14.5 M inimum thicknesses of members that are to be used in the design
M inimum Thi ckness or size used
M embers (For Speci fic Areas refer Area Wi se
Job Requirement)
Built-up members – Web ( d w x t w ) 210 mm Deep x 4 mm thick
Built-up members – Flange ( bf x t f ) 125 mm Wide x 5 mm thick
Hot rolled I-Section IPEA-200
Angle 40x40x2.5 Cold Formed
Flange braces
Angle 40x40x4.0 Hot Rolled
Hot rolled strut members Sq. tube 125x125x3.2
Diagonal Angle bracings 75x75x6 mm thick angles
Sag rods 12 mm diameter
Cable braces 12 mm diameter
Rod braces 22 mm diameter
Web Taperi ng of Bui l t-Up Secti ons
1. The minimum difference betw een w eb taper should not be less than 100
mm.
2. The length of one segment in a w elded piece should not be less than 3 m,
except at ends w here the balance portion is less than 3.0 m and it is
unavoidable.
For exampl e:- In 12 m long piece a maximum of 4 segments are allow ed
and 5 segments in 15 m long piece and so on. This rule applies to rafter as
w ell as columns.
3. The number of different w eb thickness in any piece should not be more

than the number of segments, and w ithin a segment of 3.0 m, the w eb
thickness should not vary.
For exampl e: - In a 12 m long piece, w e may have a maximum of 4
segments w ith a maximum of 4 different w eb thicknesses.
4. (4) mm thickness w ebs can be used for a w eb depth up to 450 mm in

combination w ith any flanges to or more than 5 mm.
5. The angle of inclination should be less than 15° degrees.
1 6 -De c -1 2
21
6. 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm thick w ebs are cut from 1500 mm w ide coils. H igher
thickness are taken from plates.
7. Stiffeners should be used instead of increasing w eb thickness as far as

possible, at knee and valley locations of interior columns of multi-gable,
diagonal / horizontal stiffeners should be used.
Fl ange thi ck ness of Buil t-Up Secti on
1. In a w elded piece the number of different flanges should not exceed the
number of segments.
For exampl e: - In a 12 m long piece w e may have a maximum of 4
segments and hence a maximum of 4 different top and bottom flanges.
2. The length of each w elded part may vary as per design. For jobs being
shipped in containers the length should not exceed 11.8 m. A nd 12.0 m for
other means of transport. Very often for jobs w ithin UA E, section length
greater than 12.0 m (maximum 24 .0 m) can be shipped, but all concerned
should be informed of such a requirement.
3. A s far as possible the length of w elded parts should be in multiples of 3, 6,

9 or 12 m long.
4. 125x5 and 150x5 mm flanges may be used as required in our regular

design.
5. Standard w idth of flanges are 125, 175, 200, 225, 250 and 300 mm.
6. Standard thicknesses of flanges are 5, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20 and 25 mm.
7. Other non-standard flanges such as 225 x 8, 250 x 8 can also be used to

achieve economy in a big project, as along as the flange w idth to thickness
ratio does not exceed limit (33). Note that these w ill be cut from plates.
8. The difference in adjacent flange thickness in a w elded part or spliced part

should not exceed 10 mm.
For exampl e: - one segment has 20 mm thick flange and hence the
thickness of the flange of the adjoining segment should not be less than 10
mm.
1 6 -De c -1 2
22
Taperi ng of Web of Ri gi d Frame Raf ter above I nteri or Col umn:
1. The rafter can be either of constant w eb depth or w ith varying w eb depth

as required by the roof slope at interior column locations.
2. It is not necessary for the bottom flange of the rafter to be horizontal above
an interior column other than at ridge.
TOTAL LENGTH = 11800 mm FOR SHIPPED IN CONTAINER

TOTAL LENGTH = 12000 mm FOR SHIPPED OVER LAND
BALANCE 3000 (MIN) 3000 (MIN) 3000 (MIN)
ONE SIDE ALWAYS STRAIGHT

10 mm
(TYP)
TF1 i TF2 TF3 TF4
T
W1 W2 W3 W4
BUTT WELD
(TYP) 28° MAX
15° MAX
BF1 BF3 BF4
BF2
TF2-TF1 = TF2-TF3 = TF4-TF3 = 10 mm MAX.

BF2-BF1 = BF2-BF3 = BF4-BF3 = 10 mm MAX.
W2-W1 = W2-W3 = W4-W3 = 5 mm MAX.
\ \
MAIN FRAME COLUMN
RAFTER
DEPTH
3T
+ CRANE BEAM
STRAIGHT LENGTH
MAIN FRAME RAFTER
COLUMN DEPTH
CRANE BRACKET
MAIN FRAME COLUMN 150 (MIN)

TAPERED
1 6 -De c -1 2
23
End connecti ons f or ri gi d f rames:
1. End plate moment connections may be used w ith or w ithout gusset

stiffeners as required by design and detailing constraints.
2. The difference betw een the column depth and rafter depth at knee section
should preferably not exceed 200 mm.
3. Purlin w ebs are connected to the frames by a w elded clip. Weight of these
plates is considered in the below mentioned % of connection.
4. For main frame column w ith a crane bracket, constant depth should be
maintained at least for a distance of 150 mm from the bottom of bracket.
5. The w eight of connections for pinned base frames for box buildings w ith
standard PEB loads can be taken as below w hile estimating,
a) 14% of the frame w eights for clear span buildings pinned base.
b) 17% of the frame w eights for clear span buildings fixed base.
c) 11% of frame w eight for multi-span buildings w ith pinned base.
d) 15% of frame w eight for multi-span buildings w ith fixed base.
e) For multi-storey frames, connections may be taken as 20 to 25% of
frame w eight.
Tabl e 14.6 M i nimum Requi rements f or Connecti ons

Sr. N o. I tem M i ni mum
1 Base Plate Thickness 12 mm
2 Base Plate Width 175 mm
3 Splice Plate Thickness 10 mm
4 Splice Plate Width 175 mm
5 A nchor Bolt 16 mm
6 N umber of A nchor Bolt 2 N os.
7 Connection Bolt 12 mm
8 Stiffener 10 mm
9 Welds 5 mm
1 6 -De c -1 2
24
D esign & Fabri cati on Limi tati ons f or Bui lt up members:
Tabl e 14.8 Fabri cati on Li mitati ons f or Bui l t up members

Sr.
D escri pti on Symbol Li mi ts
No
1 M inimum w eb depth (dw min) 210 mm
2 M aximum overall depth * (dw max) 1550 mm
3 M aximum out to out depth (Inclusive of Endplates) $ 2200 mm
4 M inimum flange w idth (bf max) 125 mm
5 M aximum flange w idth* (bf min) 500 mm
6 M aximum w eb thickness (tf max) 15 mm
7 M aximum A ngle of flange inclination 15˚
* - Limitation due to automatic w elding machine
$ - Limitation due to painting line
N ote:-
The limitations above are for standard jobs and manufacturing on automatic
w elding machine, other depth / w idths of sections are possible and can be
fabricated offline, if required for any job.
Tabl e 14.9 D esi gn Li mi tati ons f or Bui lt up members
Sr. N on-
D escri ption Compact M axi mum
No Compact
A I SC 1989
1 Web depth to thickness ratio (dw / tw ) 90 138 180
2 Flange w idth to thickness ratio (bf / tf) 18.3 26.8 $ 33
3 Web depth to flange w idth ratio (dw / bf) - - 5
4 Flange thk. to w eb thk. ratio (tf / tw ) 2.5
A ll limits are for grade 50 material (Fy = 345 N/ mm 2)
$ - Using K = 1
c
A I SC 2005
1 Web depth to thickness ratio (dw / tw ) 90 137 180
2 Flange w idth to thickness ratio (bf / tf) 18.3 47 $ 33
3 Web depth to flange w idth ratio (dw / bf) - - 5
4 Flange thk. to w eb thk. ratio (tf / tw ) 2.5
A ll limits are for grade 50 material (Fy = 345 N/ mm 2)
$ - Using K = 0.76 and F = 0.7 F
c L y
A ll values noted above are for flanges and w ebs in flexure, see code for axial compression
Refer Table B5.1 from A ISC 89 and Table B4.1 from A ISC 05
1 6 -De c -1 2
25
Hot Rolled Sections
Standard stock of H ot Rol led Secti ons:
Tabl e 14.10 H ot Rol l ed Secti ons

A ngl es Tubes Channel s I Beams
40x40x4 @2.42 125x125x3.2 @12.0 260x75 @27.6 IPEA -200 @18.4
50x50x5 @3.77 150x150x4.5 @20.1 300x90 @41.2 UB203x133 @25.1
75x75x6 @6.85 200x200x6.0 @35.8 380x100 @54.5 -
100x100x8 @15.5 - - -
See material specification for grade of steel @- Denotes kg/ m
1. It is preferable to use hot rolled sections for small members, such as

fascia post, canopy, brackets, stub post, mezzanine joist etc.
2. A void using IPEa 200 columns as end w all columns if mezzanine

beams or joist are to be connected, try using UB203x133 instead.
3. Try to use 12 mm Ø connection bolts as far as possible w ith IPEa 200

sections, if higher bolt diameter is required opt for UB203x133.
1 6 -De c -1 2
26
Hot Dip Galvanizing
H ot D i p Galvani zi ng is the process of immersing clean, oxide-free iron or

steel into molten zinc in order to form a zinc coating that is metallurgically
bonded to the iron or steel's surface. The zinc coating protects the surface
against corrosion by providing protection to the iron or steel in tw o w ays.
1. It shields the base metal from the atmosphere, because it is more

electronegative than iron or steel, the zinc gives cathodic or sacrificial
protection.
2. Even if the surface becomes scratched and the base metal is exposed, the
zinc is slow ly consumed w hile the iron or steel remains protected from
corrosion.
The hot dip galvanizing process is adaptable to coating nearly all types of
fabricated and non-fabricated products such as w ire, tanks, sheets, strip, pipes
and tubes, fittings, hardw are, w ire cloth, hollow -w are, and structural
assemblies. The below mentioned A STM standard governs the procedure and
standard practice for H ot Dipped Galvanizing.
A STM A 385-05 Standard Practi ce f or Provi di ng H i gh Qual i ty Zi nc Coati ngs

(H ot-D i p)
A ll galvanizing consists of 4 fundamental processes as listed below ,
1. Preparati on, The preparation process consist of cleaning and pickling

operations that free the surface of dirt, grease, rust and scale.
2. Pre-f l uxi ng, the pre-flux process serves to dissolve any oxide that may
have formed on the iron or steel surface after pickling and prevents further
rust from forming.
3. Galvani zi ng, clean, oxide-free w ork is galvanized by immersion into

molten zinc.
4. Fi ni shing operations include quenching, removing excess zinc and

inspection.
1 6 -De c -1 2
27
Factors af f ecti ng the quali ty of Gal vani zi ng.
1. Type of Steel, machined surface, stainless steel, malleable iron, hot-rolled

steel, cast iron, cold formed steel.
2. Steel chemistry, in other w ords, the chemical composition of steel.

Specifically, % contents of Carbon, Phosphorus, M anganese and Silicon.
3. Steel section profile, shape, length, w idth and height of the assembly.
4. Dissimilar steel materials, combination of different steel section thickness

in an assembly w ill induce non-uniform coating thickness.
5. Surface finish, Welding flux, Oil / Grease and Paint deposits, quality and
method of cleaning process. (Shot blasting highly recommended).
6. Duration of immersion in the zinc bath.
7. Venting and drainage considerations.
I n general , Gal vani zed coati ngs are speci f ied because of thei r corrosion
F'i
CR resi stance, not because of thei r appearance. The rel ati ve corrosi on resi stance
of the normal and abnormal coati ngs i s, f or al l practi cal purposes, equal.
ASTM A385 The uni f ormi ty of col or / shi ne i s dependent on al l the above l i sted f actors
Section 3.6 and i s a resul t of chemi cal reacti on and hence beyond control .
1 6 -De c -1 2
28
D esign Consi derations
1. It is necessary to have double side w eld for built-up members that w ill be
hot dip galvanized.
2. Thin and slender sections are prone to tw isting and buckling because of
high temperature stresses w hile galvanizing.
3. Proper vent holes should be provided for hollow tube sections.
4. Proper consideration should be given to splice pate faying (contact)

surface. Some consultants prefer these surfaces free of galvanization, w ith
special friction paints.
5. A ll lapped joints or w elding should be seal w elded in order to avoid flow

of cleaning material and zinc into the w elds.
6. Proper temporary bracing should be provided for thin members.
7. The limitations on overall size of the member are governed by the size of
the galvanizing tank.
8. The maximum dimensions / w eight of an assembly should not exceed as

below ,
Length = 15500 mm
Width = 1500 mm
H eight = 2500 mm
Weight = 6.5 M T
9. Coating thickness is controlled by the duration of dipping and other

critical parameters, such as material chemistry, shape of section etc. A
normal 5~6 mm thick plate dipped for 2~3 minutes to attain a coating of
100~150 microns. A minimum of 100 microns can be achieved easily. M BS
recommends a minimum of 85 microns.
10. The temperature of zinc bath is approximately 450 ̊C.
11. If it is required to protect some portion of an assembly from galvanizing,

the best possible solution is to short blast that area after galvanizing in
order to remove the zinc coating.
12. Depending on the shape, profile, and urgency a number of pieces of

assembly may be immersed in the zinc bath together using proper
separators and jigs.
1 6 -De c -1 2
29
13. The assembly is immersed in the bath in vertical position, that is, w eb of
the section is kept vertical. The assembly is not rotated or moved inside the
bath.
14. A pproximately 5~6% of the w eight is added to w eight of the assembly.

The thinner the material higher the % increase in w eight.
15. If it is required to paint the materials after galvanizing, the materials are
generally 'Sw eep Blasted' and cleaned before painting. Estimation should
consider addition time and cost and price accordingly. It is recommended
to discuss the subject w ith operations before finalizing.
Tabl e 14.11 D esi gn Li mi tati ons f or H ot D i p Galvanized Buil t up members

Sr. Symbol
D escripti on Li mi ts
No
1 M inimum material thickness t w or t f 5 mm
2 Web depth to thickness ratio (d w / t w ) 130
3 Flange w idth to thickness ratio (bf / t f) 25
4 Web depth to flange w idth ratio (d w / bf ) 5
5 Flange thickness to w eb thickness ratio (t f / t w ) 2.0
1 6 -De c -1 2
30
Crane System
Detailed information on the crane system, supplier, capacity, service class,

w heel loads etc, are required to provide a realistic design and estimate at the
first instance. The price impact on the design and estimate due to any variation
is huge, hence proper attention should be paid to all aspects of design and
detailing for building w ith cranes. Some guidelines are provided below for
design of buildings w ith cranes.
1. Crane runw ay beams may be provided w ith any of the 3 configuration

below ,
□ Cap Channel + Top Flange + Web + Bottom Flange.
□ Cap Channel + Web + Bottom Flange.
□ Top Flange + Web + Bottom Flange. (w ith or w ith out surge girder
as required by design)
N OTE: Different flange w idth is now possible provided that the

difference is less than 200 mm.
2. The default fatigue stress range is 20.70 kN / cm 2. H ow ever for paper mills,
foundries and rolling mills a fatigue stress of 12.50 kN / cm 2 is often
required for safety reasons. (The fatigue stresses considered in design
should be confirmed w ith the customer at estimation stage).
3. A s a standard w elding procedure,

□ For Crane beams w ith w eb thickness less than or equal to 8 mm
double side fillet w elds are provided betw een top / bottom flange
and w eb.
□ For w eb thickness greater than 8 mm, CJP (Complete joint
Penetration) w eld is provided betw een top flange and w eb only
and double side fillet w eld betw een bottom flange and w eb, this
should be considered at estimate stage.
4. If crane lifting capacity is equal to or exceeds 20M T the portion of the main
frame column below the crane runw ay beam should be double side w eld.
5. Double side w elding should be provided for stepped column below crane
beam and independent crane columns. The double side w elding for crane
beams should be included in the estimate.
6. Stepped columns are more economical than separate crane column

especially for larger eave height buildings.
1 6 -De c -1 2
31
7. Crane Beam deflections for special buildings Refer chapter on

serviceability.
8. Underhung crane capacity should be limited to 10 M T and under-hung

monorail crane capacity should not exceed 5 MT for an economical design
of frame.
9. Top running cranes are a more economical option w hen compared to

underhung or monorail cranes.
10. A s per A ISE Technical Report # 13 (Section 5.9.2), crane bracket should
not be used for vertical loads exceeding 220 kN. (A t the discretion of the
designer it may be increased up to 250 kN )
11. M BM A recommendations are applicable for Crane classifications A

through D. The recommendations of M BM A are not applicable for cranes
classified w ith class E or F, for these class of cranes A ISE Technical Report
# 13 “ Guide for the Design and Construction of M ill Buildings” should be
referred.
12. A s per A ISE Technical Report # 13 (Section 5.8.9) Girders of spans greater
than 22.86 m shall be cambered for approximately dead load plus half of
the live load deflection, w ithout impact. It should be ensured that the
message for camber is conveyed to production through shop draw ings.
13. M ammut’s scope of supply for M onorail beam should be checked at

estimation stage, accordingly a Special Buyout request should be raised. If
M onorail beam is M ammut scope of supply hot rolled section should be
selected.
1 6 -De c -1 2
32
Q: What special considerations should be noted in crane-girder design?
A : The follow ing special design considerations should be noted (contributed

by David T. Ricker, P.E.):
1. A dequate vertical and lateral stiffness are of primary importance.

2. Simple-span construction should be used.
3. The cross-section should be proportioned on the basis of its elastic flexural
strength.
4. Lateral stability should be provided at the bearing ends w ithout inhibiting end
rotations.
5. Vertical and lateral impact loads should be considered.
6. Lateral forces due to trolley acceleration and braking, runw ay misalignment,
crane skew , and other sources should be considered.
7. Fatigue should be considered.
8. The class of service to w hich the crane w ill be subject should be considered.
9. The local strength of the w eb under crane w heel loads should be checked.
10. Biaxial bending of the top flange should be checked.
11. Bottom-flange bracing should be provided w hen required; bottom-flange
bracing is recommended for spans over 36 ft.
12. For built-up crane-girders, the w eld betw een the top flange and the w eb
should be a CJP groove w eld.
13. Suitable provision should be made for the crane-rail attachment system.
14. Suitable provision should be made for the electrification of the crane system.
1 6 -De c -1 2
33
Mezzanine
Buildings w ith mezzanines should be carefully designed and estimated,

various options for the flooring system should be explored depending upon
the loading, use and location of mezzanine. The impact on the overall
percentage of estimate due to any variation is huge. Follow ing guide lines are
to be considered w hile planning mezzanine floor:-
1. M ost economical mezzanine column spacing is around 6.0 m.
2. Whenever possible mezzanine columns should be aligned w ith main frame

column and w ind column spacing for proper framing and connection.
3. Generally aligning joists along the shorter panel side of a mezzanine plan
w ill provide an economical framing.
4. Cold formed sections (double ‘C’ back to back) may be used as joist, if
allow ed by consultants / customer. Otherw ise hot-rolled or built-up
sections may be used.
5. Preferably use tube columns as mezzanine columns, tube columns may be

filled w ith concrete to increase the axial capacity.
6. Generally the anchor bolt pattern for tube column is parallel to the plane of
rigid frame, but if required for stability in other direction for minor lateral
loads, it may be rotated 90°.
7. In areas of high seismic zones, check w ith customer if bracings are allow ed
below mezzanine.
8. Use hot-rolled or built-up columns if bracing is to be provided for

mezzanine.
9. Clear height above and below mezzanine beam must be maintained,

preferably betw een 2.5 m-3.0 m, or as required by the customer.
10. Top landing may or may not be required depending on the location of the
staircase w ith reference to mezzanine plan. If it is not required it should be
avoided.
11. M aximum number of ‘Riser’ in a single straight flight w ithout mid-landing

should preferably not exceed 15. If exceeded then a mid-landing should be
provided.
1 6 -De c -1 2
34
12. The choice of single or double flight stair should be based on mezzanine
layout or as required by customer.
13. A stair ‘Riser’ ranges from 160 to 200 mm, standard rise of 175 mm should
be used, unless unavoidable.
14. A stair ‘Tread’ ranges from 220 to 250 mm, standard tread w idth of 230
mm should be used, unless unavoidable.
Tabl e 14.12 M aximum A l low abl e Joi st Spacing
Slab
Panel Thk . M axi mum N umber of
Thi ckness D eck Prof i l e
(mm) Spacing (mm) Spans
(mm)
100 2250 3 or M ore
125 45-150 0.50 2000 3 or M ore
150 1750 3 or M ore
175 2250 3 or M ore
200 45-150 0.70 2000 3 or M ore
225 1750 3 or M ore
Slab thickness is inclusive of 45 mm deep rib
1 6 -De c -1 2
35
Hangar Buildings
1. The hangar door is not M ammut’s scope of supply.
2. The hangar doors are usually supported at the bottom and laterally
supported at the top, hence the lateral w ind load transferred by the door to
the building framing should be considered in design.
3. For hangar buildings the vertical deflection of rigid frame rafters above the
door track area should be limited to 100 mm for live load only. (This
applies to the 2 end frames supporting the hanger door leaves).
4. Camber must be provided for the 2 end frame rafters supporting the door
equal to the dead load deflection only.
5. Estimates must include top track door guides. These door guide members
are vertical and are suspended (w elded) from the bottom chord of the
member connecting the 2 end frames rafters. Door guide members are
often made of 300mm deep UB or UC sections.
6. Soffit panels and necessary flashings and purlins above the door, to
conceal the framing above the door, should be quoted as an option.
7. Wall panels and girts (on the inside of the 2nd interior frame), to conceal the
structural members above the door (betw een the 2 end frames), should be
quoted as an option.
8. Door cladding to be included as an add-on price.
9. Building should be designed as partially enclosed structure.
1 6 -De c -1 2
36
Optimizing
The follow ing guideline w ill help in design and estimation for an economical
solution, keeping in consideration detailing ease, fabrication, shipping and
erection limitations.
1. M inimize the number of splice in columns and rafter by providing

maximum possible length of a section.
Exampl e:- Clear Span building w idth is 28 meters, job is to be shipped in

containers, maximum length of section is limited to 11.8 m
Therefore, number of pieces = 28 / 11.8 = 2.37 ~ 3 pieces
If the ridge portion is flat 3 pieces maximum.
If splice is at ridge then 4 pieces maximum.
Exampl e:- A 2-M ultispan building w idth is 85 meters, job is to be shipped

overland, maximum length of section is limited to 12.0 m
Therefore, number of pieces = 85 / 12 = 7.08 ~ 8 pieces
If the ridge portion is flat, w ith column at ridge 9 pieces.
If interior column is not at ridge then 8 pieces.
In some cases, say for building w idth 24 to 26 m try to use vertical knee to
reduce the number of piece to tw o.
2. If possible try to locate the splices at the locations of minimum bending

moment or at locations of least depth.
3. Try to group frames of similar profile if the only difference is the bay
spacing and the difference in w eight does not exceed 5%, also the
difference of w eight of total number of frames is not exceeding 1000 kgs.
Exampl e:- Representing above rule in equation

W1 = w eight of frame for low er bay spacing in kgs.
N1 = number of frame of w eight W 1
W2 = w eight of frame for higher bay spacing in kgs.
N2 = number of frame of w eight W 2
Equati on-1 ( W2 / W1 ) <= 1.05

Equati on-2 ( W2 N 1 – W1 N 1 ) <= 1000
1 6 -De c -1 2
37
4. For different frames as described above, maintain same section lengths,

splice location, w eb profile of the frame, adjust the w eb thickness, flange
w idth and thickness.
5. M inimize the number of different flange w idths in a frame.
6. M aintain uniformity in follow ing and try to group as much as possible

w ith an eye on total economy,
a. Base plate detail
b. A nchor bolt sizes and pattern
c. Splice connection detail and pattern.
7. Follow the bending moment diagram for the controlling load combination
w hile deciding the frame profile.
8. Check if all the allow able compressive stresses are as close as possible to
maximum allow able, if not adjust the brace points of compression flange
by properly locating the purlins and girts.
9. A void using very slender w ebs, this reduces the allow able stresses for
compression flange.
10. Interior columns may be considered braced if continuous strut tube is

allow ed and is provided at internal bracing location, ideally at locations
w here the internal bracing is broken.
11. Wide flange interior columns help reduce the slenderness ratio and overall
w eight of frame.
12. Tapered interior column may be used if it is fixed at top to control lateral
sw ay.
13. In case of tall buildings w ith full height block w alls, if allow ed use
continuous strut tube at exterior columns close to outside flange and
provide a flange brace for bracing inside flange.
14. Consider brace point at locations of mezzanine beam and joist framing into
a main frame column.
15. Consider compression flange of joist to be fully braced at location decking

screw s or w ith bolts for chequered plate & grating.
1 6 -De c -1 2
38
16. Both flanges may be considered braced if the section framing is connected
at the center or close to one flange, the distance betw een the extreme edge
of framing member and far side flange does not exceed 200 mm.
17. In case of joist framing into beams, alw ays consider the top flange braced if
compression is top only. For other cases w here the bottom flange may be
in compression , consider both the flanges braced if the joist or framing
member extends beyond half the w eb depth of beam. Other w ise, provide
flange brace for bracing the far side flange.
18. M aintain the maximum stress ratios betw een 0.95 and 1.00, ensure that all
the sections are fully utilized.
19. If lateral deflection is governs the design
a. Check the H eight / Width ratio if greater than 0.75 use fixed base.
b. For clear span frames, increase the depth of the column and then
increase the depth of the rafter.
c. For multi-span frames, try to increase the depth of column and rafter at
knee and interior column location, then try to fix the columns at top,
and then try fixing the base of interior columns. This may need built-
up section instead of tube columns.
20. If vertical deflection is governs the design, try increasing the rafter depth at
knee and then column depth at knee, slight increase in the depth at ridge
might help in case of clear span frames for less w ide buildings.
21. Provide camber for very large w idth clear span frames.
22. For buildings w ith crane, both flanges of the columns can be considered
braced at level of crane beam.
23. Top flange of crane beam can be considered braced at location of

longitudinal bracing to column flange.
24. For independent crane columns, consider brace points at the tie member
connecting the independent crane column to main frame column.
25. For calculation of Seismic base shear, avoid considering the w eight of
sidew all block w all for design of frames. (Unless the job involves a US
consultant, if it is not clear, please check w ith area sales personnel)
1 6 -De c -1 2
39
26. It is preferable that the type of partition w all (gypsum or blockw all) on
mezzanine is know n before the start of design, if not, please get this
clarified w ith area sales personnel. Since gypsum (light w eight) w all may
be ignored if the live load exceeds 3.83 kN / m 2.
27. If the reference code for an enquiry is other than M BM A , estimation

engineers should clearly mention in all documents "The limiting horizontal
deflection of frames are as per M BM A "
1 6 -De c -1 2
40
Insulation
Tabl e 14.15 Quanti ty of insulati on i n m 2 that can be loaded in one 40 f eet

l ong contai ner:
D ensi ty 12 k g/m 3 16 k g/m 3 20 k g/ m 3

Si ze FRK (FSK ) WM SK (M B) FRK (FSK ) WM SK (M B) FRK (FSK ) WM SK (M B)
50 3960 3520 2530 2640 2530 2640
75 3000 2640 - 1760 2090 1760
100 - 1760 - 1320 - 1320
1. R11 translates into WM SK 50 mm thk.

2. R12 translates into WM SK 100mm thk 12 kg/ m 3.
3. R20 translates into WM SK 150mm thk 12 kg/ m 3.
4. R30 translates into 240 mm thick fiberglass insulation.
5. Facing w idth of FRK is 1.2 m w idth and WM SK is 1.1 m.
6. Covering w idth of FRK is 1.1 m w idth and WM SK is 1.0 m.
Tabl e 14.16 ‘R’ V al ues

Expanded Extruded Polyurethene/
N ame of Product Fi berglass
Pol ystrene Pol ystrene Pol yi socyanurate
Whi te Bl ueboard or Foil -f aced OR
D escri pti on Bl ank ets or batts
"Beadboard" Pi nk board Fel t-f aced
R11-R13 = 3.5"
R19 = 6.25"
R-val ue R4 = 1" R5 = 1" R6 = 1"
R21 = 5.25"
eval uati on i n R6 = 1.5" R7.5 = 1.5" R9 = 1.5"
R25 = 8.75"
i nches R8 = 2" R10 = 2" R12 = 2"
R30 = 9.50"
R38 = 12”
[Where, R is the thermal resistance of the roofing material in ft 2 h °F/ Btu (°K m 2/ W)]
Examples:-
To covert R20 (ft 2 h °F/ Btu) value to U value in (W/ m 2 K)
U = 1 / (R / 5.678) = 1 / (20/ 5.678) = 0.28 (W/ m 2 K)
Similarly, to convert R30 (ft 2 h °F/ Btu) value to U value in (W/ m 2 K)
U = 1 / (R / 5.678) = 1 / (30/ 5.678) = 0.19 (W/ m 2 K)
R = Thickness (T) / k °K m 2/ W
U = 1/ R
1 6 -De c -1 2
41
Fi bergl ass I nsulati on Wastage (Refer Engg. GM mail dated 11th Dec 2011)
1. If the area of insulation is less than or equal to 1500 m 2, w e may add 20%
excess as w astage in our estimate.
2. If the insulation coverage is betw een 1500 m 2 and 3000 m 2, w e may add
15% excess as w astage in the estimate.
3. If the insulation coverage is betw een 3000 and 4500 m 2, w e may add 10%
excess as w astage in the estimate.
4. If the insulation coverage is more than 4500 m 2, w e may add 7% excess as
w astage in the estimate.
1 6 -De c -1 2
42
Miscelleanous Guide Lines
1. A s far as possible backup plates at bracing connection should be avoided

refer table below for w eb capacity of different thickness.
Tabl e 14.17
M axi mum Bracing Force
Sr. N o. Web Thi ck ness (mm)
(k N )
1 5 44.70
2 6 53.70
3 8 71.60
4 10 89.50
5 12 107.5
Refer mail from Eng. M gr. dated 23-03-2004
2. For roof monitors of throat w idth exceeding 2.5 meters, provide one
continuous row of strut tube (minimum 150x150x4.5) at the ridge for the
full length of building.
1 6 -De c -1 2
43
P A N E L & F A S T E N E R S D E S I G N
Chapter
15
Panel & Fasteners Design
A t M ammut Building Systems (M BS) there are 2 types of material and 3
profiles are used as Roof or Wall panel. These are listed in table below ,
Tabl e 15.1 Standard Si ngl e Ski n Panels.
Thi ckness Cover

M aterial Prof i l es Coi l Wi dth
(mm) Wi dth
A luzinc 0.50 & 0.70 M 30-252 1010 mm
M 45-250 1219 mm 1000 mm
A luminium 0.70 M 45-150 900 mm
Tabl e 15.2 Sandw i ch Panel s
Exterior Sk in Thi ck ness PU Thi ck ness Cover Width

Coi l Wi dth
Prof i l e (mm) (mm) (mm)
M 30-252 1000
M 45-250 35, 50, 75, 100 1000
M 45-150 0.50 900
M icro-ribbed and 1219 mm
M icrow ave 0.70
50, 75, 100 996
Stripped
Flat
I nterior Sk in Thi ck ness
Coi l Wi dth
Prof i l e / M aterial (mm)
M icro-ribbed
0.35
M icrow ave
and 1100 mm
Stripped
0.50
Flat
Other M ateri al s
Fleece
A l. Foil
1
Panel thi ckness:
1. A ll thicknesses of roof and w all panels are TCTP “ Total Coated Thi ck ness
Pai nted” . They include the thickness of A luzinc coating and paint. This
means a BM T “ Base M etal Thi ck ness” is lesser than the TCTP. (Refer
table below )
Tabl e 15.3 TCTP and BM T

Sr. N o. Panel Type & Fi nish D educti ons
1 A luzinc M ill Finish (Primer Coated) TCTP - 0.044 = BM T
2 A luzinc Painted TCTP - 0.064 = BM T
3 Galvanized M ill Finish (A L+Zn Coated) TCTP – 0.032 = BM T
4 A luminium M ill Finish TCTP = BM T
5 A luminium Painted TCTP – 0.025 = BM T
A ssumpti ons
(A luminium +Zinc) Coating Thickness = 0.032 mm
Primer Thickness = 0.012 / 0.015 mm
Paint Thickness = 0.020 / 0.010 mm
Base metal thickness varies for different material and finish, For the purpose of
design the actual base metal thickness is used for calculation of section
properties.
2. If a customer specifies a different thickness please consult purchasing for

prices. H ow ever, approval of V.P. is required before quoting.
3. For panels requiring PV F2 (Pol y V i nyl Fl uori de 2) finish

a) V.P. approval is required.
b) Extended delivery time should be informed to the client.
c) When PVF2 panels are used, all fasteners should be “ Stainless Steel” .
2
Tabl e 15.4 ‘U & R’ V al ues f or Sandw i ch Panel s
Thermal Thermal Thermal

PU
Panel Conductivity Resistance Transmission
Thk.
Profile k-Value R-Value U-Value
(mm)
(W/ m.K) (m² °K / W) (W/ m² °K)
45-250 35 0.0255 1.373 0.729

45-250 50 0.0255 1.961 0.510
45-250 75 0.0255 2.941 0.340
45-250 100 0.0255 3.922 0.255
45-150 35 0.0255 1.373 0.729
45-150 50 0.0255 1.961 0.510
45-150 75 0.0255 2.941 0.340
45-150 100 0.0255 3.922 0.255
N ote :
The A bove table data (Tabl e 15.4) are generated f rom M D CEN V er 5.2.
We recommend the user to veri f y the M D CEN version.
3
Quanti ty of sandw ich panel s that can be accommodated i n a contai ner /

trai l er:
Tabl e 15.6
Number and Total A rea of Panel s that can be l oaded i n a 12 m Trai l er
M ammut Sandw ich Panel PU N o. of No. of Panel s

Total N o. of Panel A verage Total N o. of
Core Pal lets per Pall et i n a
Panels in a 12m Width Length of Panel s in a 12m
Thk . per 12m 12m
(m) Panel (m)
(mm) T or C
Exteri or I nterior
T C T C T C
H igh Ri b 50 4 13 12 52 48 1 10.5 546 504
Fl at Seri es
M 30-252
MW - MR 75 4 10 9 40 36 1 10.5 420 378
M 45-250
ST- FL
M 45-150 100 4 8 7 32 28 1 10.5 336 294
H igh Ri b 50 4 11 10 44 40 1 10.5 462 420
Fl at Seri es
M 30-252
MW - MR 75 4 9 8 36 32 1 10.5 378 336
M 45-250
ST- FL
M 45-150 100 4 7 6 28 24 1 10.5 294 252
H igh Ri b 50 4 22 19 88 76 1 10.5 924 798
Fl at Seri es
M 30-252
MW - MR 75 4 14 13 56 52 1 10.5 588 546
M 45-250
ST- FL
M 45-150 100 4 11 9 44 36 1 10.5 462 378
T – Denotes Trail er , C – D enotes Container
The section properties can be calculated manual as per Section 3 of A ISI 2001
M anual. The values tabulated in the load table for various panel profiles below
are calculated using RSG Softw are (CFS Version 4.14).
Based on these properties the allow able loads are calculated for any of the 3
case that is M oment, Shear or Deflection w hich governs.
4
Exampl e 15.1
Let us consider a panel of 0.50 mm thk A luzinc material and M 45-250 profile.
The base metal thickness is taken as 0.425 mm
We know the equation and location for maximum moment for 1, 2 and 3 spans
beam for a uniform load are as given below ,
M oment
1 Span M = WL 2 / 8 Location at mid span
2 Span M = 0.07 WL 2 Location at mid span
2 Span M = WL / 8
2 Location at support
3 Span M = 0.08 WL 2 Location at midspan
3 Span M = WL 2 / 10 Location at support
Shear
1 Span V = WL / 2 Location at support
2 Span V = 5 WL / 8 Location at support
3 Span V = 6 WL / 10 Location at support
Deflection
1 Span D = 0.013 WL 4 / EI Location at midspan
Re-w riting the above equation in terms of W as below ,

M oment
1 Span W = 8 M / L2 Location at mid span
2 Span W = M / (0.07 L 2) Location at support
2 Span W = 8 M / L2 Location at support
3 Span W = M / (0.08 L )
2 Location at support
3 Span W = 10 M / L 2 Location at support
Shear
1 Span W = 8V / L Location at support
2 Span W = 8V / 5L Location at support
3 Span W = 10 V / 6 L Location at support
Deflection
1 Span W = 76.9 DEI / L 4 Location at midspan
2 Span W = 185 DEI / L 4 Location at midspan
3 Span W = 145 DEI / L 4 Location at midspan
5
We know , from panel load chart, the maximum allow able moment, shear and
deflection are as below ,
Compression at top M ax. M oment M atx = 0.74 kN m
Compression at bottom M ax. M oment M abx = 0.99 kN m
M ax. Shear Va = 4.02 kN
M ax Deflection D = L / 60
Substituting the values of M ax. M oment = M , M ax. Shear = V, M aximum

deflection = L/ 60 and L = 2.00 m, E = 20000, I tx = 11.49, w e get,
M oment
1 Span W = 8 x 0.74 / 22 = 1.48 kN / m2
2 Span W = 0.74 / (0.07 x 22) = 2.64 kN / m2
2 Span W = 8 x 0.99 / 22 = 1.98 kN / m2
3 Span W = 0.74 / (0.08 x 22) = 2.31 kN / m2
3 Span W = 10 x 0.99 / 22 = 2.48 kN / m2
Shear
1 Span W = 8 x 4.02 / 2 = 16.1 kN/ m 2
2 Span W = 8 x 4.02 / (5 x 2) = 3.22 kN/ m 2
3 Span W = 10 x 4.02 / (6 x 2) = 3.35 kN / m 2
Deflection
1 Span W = 76.9 x 2 x 20000 x 11.49/ (60 x 24 x 10000*)
= 3.68 kN/ m 2
2 Span W = 185 x 2 x 20000 x 11.49 / (60 x 2 x 10000*)
4
= 8.86 kN/ m 2
3 Span W = 145 x 2 x 20000 x 11.49 / (60 x 24 x 10000*)
= 6.94 kN/ m 2
(10000* is the conversion factor for different units cm to m)
H ence the minimum of all the above for D+L case

1 Span = 1.47 kN/ m 2
2 Span = 1.98 kN/ m 2
3 Span = 2.31 kN/ m 2
6
Similarly for Wind Pressure (WP) case, all the equations above remain same.
We see that deflection does not govern; hence w e use the same allow able load
for Wind Pressure (WP) as for D+L case.
For w ind suction, the equations are re-w ritten w ith interchanging the values
for M abx instead of M atx, and also I bx is used instead of I tx for deflection, as
show n below ,
M oment
1 Span W = 8 x 0.99 / 22 = 1.98 kN/ m2
2 Span W = 0.99 / (0.07 x 22) = 3.53 kN/ m2
2 Span W = 8 x 0.74 / 22 = 1.48 kN/ m2
3 Span W = 0.99 / (0.08 x 22) = 3.09 kN/ m2
3 Span W = 10 x 0.74 / 22 = 1.85 kN/ m2
1 Span W = 76.9 x 2 x 20000 x 10.99/ (60 x 24 x 10000*)

= 3.52 kN/ m 2
2 Span W = 185 x 2 x 20000 x 10.99 / (60 x 24 x 10000*)
= 8.48 kN/ m 2
3 Span W = 145 x 2 x 20000 x 10.99 / (60 x 2 x 10000*)
4
= 6.62 kN/ m 2
(10000* is the conversion factor for different units cm to m)
H ence the minimum of all the above for Wind Suction (WS) case
1 Span = 1.75 kN/ m 2
2 Span = 1.48 kN/ m 2
3 Span = 1.85 kN/ m 2
Exampl e 15.2
Dead Load = 0.05 kN / m 2

Live Load = 0.57 kN / m 2
Total Load = 0.62 kN / m 2
N o. of Spans =2
Span = 2.5 m
A llow able load as per the table for 0.5 A luzinc for 2 spans = 1.27 kN/ m 2
H ence it is OK to use 2.5 meter span for above panel material, profile and
thickness.
Similarly, it should be checked for Wind Pressure and Wind Suction especially
in the corners and edge strips.
7
For Sandw ich panels, the allow able capacities should be obtained by
performing full scale test. In the absence of such facility, rational conservative
theory is applied as follow s.
□ The contribution from the PU in sandw ich panels is ignored.

m Only the effect of neutral axis being low ered due to the presence of
inner skin if metal.
For non-metallic inner skin the panel is considered as single skin.
The same exercise as above for single skin can be applied to check the
allow able loads in the table for any given panel.
8
Mammut Standard Panel M45-250-Aluzinc
1000
16.8 JL 250 Pilch
4 3
■*$
31.95
a
I n
x*7 130
f-
120
» /4
Pa n el St r u c t u r a l Pr o p er t i es :
Web
P an el
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m pr es s i o n B o t t o m in C o m p re s s i o n S h ea
P a ne l N o m in a l C o v e ri n N o m in
al ( F ull E r
Base T hi c k n es g Wi dt h al A r ea S x- S x- S x- S x-
We ig h t Sec tio It x Ma Ibx Ma Va
M e t al s Top Bot tx
Top Bot bx
n) (k N/ cm
(m m ) (m m ) (k g/ m ) (c m 2) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4) (c m 3) (cm 3) (k Nm ) (cm 4) (cm 3) (cm 3 ) (k N m ) (kN )
0.50 1000.00 4.315 5.18 15.60 20000.00 11.49 3.58 8.53 0.74 10.99 4.84 4.81 0.99 4.02
A l u zi n c
C o a ted 0.70 1000.00 6.228 7.62 22.92 20000.00 20.28 6.80 12.72 1.40 17.71 7.34 8.19 1.52 12.80
S t e el
1.00 1000.00 9.095 11.27 33.87 20000.00 33.53 11.75 19.13 2.43 28.54 11.16 13.93 2.30 33.33
A l l of t h e abov e v al u es ar e for on e m et er of pan el w i dt h .
2
A l l ow abl e Un i for m Lo ads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
No m inal No. of Load S p a n I n M e t e r s
Bas e
Thick ne Spans Cas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 5.92 3.79 2.63 1.93 1.48 1.17 0.95 0.78 0.66 0.56 0.48
1 WP 5.92 3.79 2.63 1.93 1.48 1.17 0.94 0.71 0.54 0.43 0.34
WS 7.94 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.76 1.24 0.90 0.68 0.52 0.41 0.33
D+L 6.43 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.99 1.57 1.27 1.05 0.88 0.75 0.65
0.50 2 WP 6.43 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.99 1.57 1.27 1.05 0.88 0.75 0.65
WS 5.92 3.79 2.63 1.93 1.48 1.17 0.95 0.78 0.66 0.56 0.48
D+L 7.31 5.85 4.11 3.02 2.31 1.83 1.48 1.22 1.03 0.88 0.76
3 WP 7.31 5.85 4.11 3.02 2.31 1.83 1.48 1.22 1.03 0.81 0.65
Al u z i n c Co at ed Steel
WS 7.31 4.74 3.29 2.42 1.85 1.46 1.18 0.98 0.82 0.70 0.60
D+L 11.23 7.19 4.99 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.80 1.49 1.25 1.06 0.92
1 WP 11.23 7.19 4.99 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.66 1.25 0.96 0.76 0.61
WS 12.12 7.76 5.39 3.96 2.83 1.99 1.45 1.09 0.84 0.66 0.53
D+L 12.12 7.76 5.39 3.96 3.03 2.39 1.94 1.60 1.35 1.15 0.99
0.70 2 WP 12.12 7.76 5.39 3.96 3.03 2.39 1.94 1.60 1.35 1.15 0.99
WS 11.23 7.19 4.99 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.80 1.49 1.25 1.06 0.92
D+L 15.15 9.70 6.73 4.95 3.79 2.99 2.42 2.00 1.68 1.43 1.24
3 WP 15.15 9.70 6.73 4.95 3.79 2.99 2.42 2.00 1.68 1.43 1.14
WS 14.04 8.99 6.24 4.58 3.51 2.77 2.25 1.86 1.56 1.25 1.00
D+L 19.40 12.42 8.62 6.33 4.85 3.83 3.10 2.57 2.16 1.84 1.58
1 WP 19.40 12.42 8.62 6.33 4.85 3.77 2.75 2.06 1.59 1.25 1.00
WS 18.42 11.79 8.19 6.02 4.57 3.21 2.34 1.76 1.35 1.06 0.85
D+L 18.42 11.79 8.19 6.02 4.61 3.64 2.95 2.44 2.05 1.74 1.50
1.00 2 WP 18.42 11.79 8.19 6.02 4.61 3.64 2.95 2.44 2.05 1.74 1.50
WS 19.40 12.42 8.62 6.33 4.85 3.83 3.10 2.57 2.16 1.84 1.58
D+L 23.03 14.74 10.24 7.52 5.76 4.55 3.68 3.05 2.56 2.18 1.88
3 WP 23.03 14.74 10.24 7.52 5.76 4.55 3.68 3.05 2.56 2.18 1.88
WS 24.25 15.52 10.78 7.92 6.06 4.79 3.88 3.21 2.55 2.01 1.61
T h e A l l ow a bl e l oad s for w i n d ar e w i t h ou t t h e 3 3 % i n cr ease
D+L = Dead + Li v e Load WP = W i n d Pr essu r e Load WS = W i n d Su ct i on Load

A l l ow abl e Defl ect i on = Span / 6 0
9
Mammut Standard Panel M45-250-Aluminium
1000
16.8 _8_ 250 Pitch
4
31.95 ■•v 5. -ti
1 n 130 120
LU
Web
P a n el
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p r es s io n B o t t o m i n C o m p re s s i o n Shea
P anel N o m i n al C o v e r i n N o m in
al ( F ull E r
Bas e T h i c k n e s g Wi d t h al A rea S x- S x- S x- S x-
Wei g h t Sec t i o It x Ma Ib x Ma Va
M et al s Top Bot tx
Top Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m ) (m m ) (k g/ m ) (cm 2 ) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4 ) (c m 3) (cm 3 ) (k Nm ) (cm 4) (cm 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (k N )
0.50 1000.00 1.527 5.71 17.11 6998.00 12.58 3.91 9.35 0.34 11.85 5.26 5.14 0.45 1.85
I 0.70
1.00
1000.00
1000.00
2.223
3.221
8.14
11.80
24.42
35.38
6998.00
6998.00
A l l of t h e abov e v a l u es ar e for on e m et er of pan el w i dt h .

21.28
34.73
7.08
12.11
13.53
19.92
0.61
1.05
18.47
29.07
7.73
11.52
8.43
13.93
0.67
1.00
5.38
13.89
2
A l l ow a bl e Un i fo r m Lo ads ( k N / m ):
Panel
Panel
Nom inal No. of Load S p a n I n M e t e r s
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+ L 2.72 1.74 1.21 0.89 0.68 0.54 0.44 0.36 0.30 0.26 0.22
1 WP 2.72 1.74 1.21 0.89 0.68 0.49 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.16 0.13
WS 3.57 2.28 1.57 0.99 0.66 0.47 0.34 0.26 0.20 0.15 0.12
D+ L 2.96 2.28 1.59 1.17 0.89 0.70 0.57 0.47 0.40 0.34 0.29
0.50 2 WP 2.96 2.28 1.59 1.17 0.89 0.70 0.57 0.47 0.40 0.34 0.29
WS 2.72 1.74 1.21 0.89 0.68 0.54 0.44 0.36 0.30 0.26 0.22
D+ L 3.36 2.69 1.89 1.39 1.06 0.84 0.68 0.56 0.47 0.40 0.35
3 WP 3.36 2.69 1.89 1.39 1.06 0.84 0.68 0.51 0.39 0.31 0.25
WS 3.36 2.18 1.51 1.11 0.85 0.67 0.54 0.45 0.37 0.29 0.23
D+ L 4.91 3.14 2.18 1.60 1.23 0.97 0.79 0.65 0.55 0.47 0.40
1 WP 4.91 3.14 2.18 1.60 1.19 0.84 0.61 0.46 0.35 0.28 0.22
WS 5.37 3.44 2.39 1.54 1.03 0.73 0.53 0.40 0.31 0.24 0.19
Aluminium
D+ L 5.37 3.44 2.39 1.75 1.34 1.06 0.86 0.71 0.60 0.51 0.44
0.70 2 WP 5.37 3.44 2.39 1.75 1.34 1.06 0.86 0.71 0.60 0.51 0.44
WS 4.91 3.14 2.18 1.60 1.23 0.97 0.79 0.65 0.55 0.47 0.40
D+ L 6.71 4.29 2.98 2.19 1.68 1.33 1.07 0.89 0.75 0.64 0.55
3 WP 6.71 4.29 2.98 2.19 1.68 1.33 1.07 0.86 0.67 0.52 0.42
WS 6.14 3.93 2.73 2.00 1.54 1.21 0.98 0.75 0.58 0.45 0.36
D+ L 8.42 5.39 3.74 2.75 2.10 1.66 1.35 1.11 0.94 0.80 0.69
1 WP 8.42 5.39 3.74 2.75 1.94 1.37 1.00 0.75 0.58 0.45 0.36
WS 8.00 5.12 3.56 2.43 1.63 1.14 0.83 0.63 0.48 0.38 0.30
D+ L 8.00 5.12 3.56 2.61 2.00 1.58 1.28 1.06 0.89 0.76 0.65
1.00 2 WP 8.00 5.12 3.56 2.61 2.00 1.58 1.28 1.06 0.89 0.76 0.65
WS 8.42 5.39 3.74 2.75 2.10 1.66 1.35 1.11 0.94 0.80 0.69
D+ L 10.00 6.40 4.44 3.27 2.50 1.98 1.60 1.32 1.11 0.95 0.82
3 WP 10.00 6.40 4.44 3.27 2.50 1.98 1.60 1.32 1.09 0.86 0.68
WS 10.52 6.73 4.68 3.44 2.63 2.08 1.57 1.18 0.91 0.72 0.57
T h e A l l ow abl e l oads for w i n d ar e w i t h ou t t h e 3 3 % i n cr ease
D+L = Dead + L i v e L oad WP = W i n d Pr essu r e L oad WS = W i n d Su ct i on Load

A l l ow a bl e Defl ect i on = Span / 6 0
10
Mammut Standard Panel M45-250-Galvanized
10QQ
16.8 250 Pitch
1.7 4
*$L P
1rfg
-pi.95
i
w7
n 130 J
_120_
Web
P an el
N o m in Ix T o p in C o m pr es s io n B o t to m in C o m pres sio n Sh ea
P a n el N o m ina l C o v e ri n N o m in
al ( F ul l E r
B as e T hi c k n es g Wi d t h al A rea S x- S x- S x- S x-
Wei gh t Sec t io It x Ma Ibx Ma Va
To p Bot bx
n) (k N /c m
(m m) (m m ) (kg/m ) (c m 2) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4) (cm 3) (cm 3) (k N m ) (cm 4) (c m 3) (cm 3) (k N m ) (k N)
0.50 1000.00 5.028 6.10 18.31 20000.00 14.58 4.68 10.08 0.97 13.48 5.76 6.07 1.19 6.55
I 0.70
1.00
1000.00
1000.00
6.942
9.813
8.53
1.22
25.63
36.60
20000.00
20000.00

23.87
36.60
8.19
12.86
14.31
20.72
1.69
2.65
20.30
31.38
8.27
12.12
9.54
15.50
1.71
2.50
17.99
38.95
2
A l l o w ab l e Un i fo r m Lo ads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Nom inal No . of Load S p a n I n M e t e r s
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 7.73 4.95 3.43 2.52 1.93 1.53 1.24 1.02 0.86 0.73 0.63
1 WP 7.73 4.95 3.43 2.52 1.93 1.53 1.19 0.90 0.69 0.54 0.44
WS 9.50 6.08 4.22 3.10 2.16 1.51 1.10 0.83 0.64 0.50 0.40
D+L 9.50 6.08 4.22 3.10 2.38 1.88 1.52 1.26 1.06 0.90 0.78
0.50 2 WP 9.50 6.08 4.22 3.10 2.38 1.88 1.52 1.26 1.06 0.90 0.78
WS 7.73 4.95 3.43 2.52 1.93 1.53 1.24 1.02 0.86 0.73 0.63
D+L 11.88 7.60 5.28 3.88 2.97 2.35 1.90 1.57 1.32 1.12 0.97
3 WP 11.88 7.60 5.28 3.88 2.97 2.35 1.90 1.57 1.30 1.03 0.82
WS 9.66 6.18 4.29 3.15 2.42 1.91 1.55 1.28 1.07 0.91 0.76
D+L 13.52 8.65 6.01 4.41 3.38 2.67 2.16 1.79 1.50 1.28 1.10
1 WP 13.52 8.65 6.01 4.41 3.38 2.67 1.96 1.47 1.13 0.89 0.71
WS 13.66 8.74 6.07 4.46 3.25 2.28 1.66 1.25 0.96 0.76 0.61
Galvanized
D+L 13.66 8.74 6.07 4.46 3.41 2.70 2.18 1.81 1.52 1.29 1.11
0.70 2 WP 13.66 8.74 6.07 4.46 3.41 2.70 2.18 1.81 1.52 1.29 1.11
WS 13.52 8.65 6.01 4.41 3.38 2.67 2.16 1.79 1.50 1.28 1.10
D+L 17.07 10.92 7.59 5.57 4.27 3.37 2.73 2.26 1.90 1.62 1.39
3 WP 17.07 10.92 7.59 5.57 4.27 3.37 2.73 2.26 1.90 1.62 1.34
WS 16.90 10.82 7.51 5.52 4.23 3.34 2.70 2.23 1.82 1.43 1.14
D+L 21.23 13.59 9.44 6.93 5.31 4.19 3.40 2.81 2.36 2.01 1.73
1 WP 21.23 13.59 9.44 6.93 5.31 4.11 3.00 2.25 1.74 1.36 1.09
WS 20.02 12.82 8.90 6.54 5.01 3.53 2.57 1.93 1.49 1.17 0.94
D+L 20.02 12.82 8.90 6.54 5.01 3.96 3.20 2.65 2.22 1.90 1.63
1.00 2 WP 20.02 12.82 8.90 6.54 5.01 3.96 3.20 2.65 2.22 1.90 1.63
WS 21.23 13.59 9.44 6.93 5.31 4.19 3.40 2.81 2.36 2.01 1.73
D+L 25.03 16.02 11.12 8.17 6.26 4.94 4.00 3.31 2.78 2.37 2.04
3 WP 25.03 16.02 11.12 8.17 6.26 4.94 4.00 3.31 2.78 2.37 2.04
WS 26.54 16.99 11.80 8.67 6.64 5.24 4.25 3.51 2.81 2.21 1.77
Th e A l l ow abl e l oads for w i n d ar e w i t h ou t t h e 3 3 % i n cr ease
D+L = Dead + Li v e Load WP = W i n d Pr essu r e L oad WS = W i n d Su ct i on Load

A l l ow abl e Def l ect i on = Span / 6 0
11
Mammut Standard Panel M30-252 - Aluzinc

1010
252.5 252.5 252.5 252.5
15
25
31.4
2.
4
2.8
30
5
79
29.5 34.3 37 33 37 34.3 30 34 37 33 37 34
175.6 79.5 173 79.5 173 79.5 173
We b
P a ne l
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p r es s i o n B o t t o m i n C o m p re s s i o n S he a
P an el N o m i n al C o v er i n N o m in
al ( F ul l E r
B ase T hi c k ne s g Wi d t h al A r ea S x- S x- S x- S x-
We ig ht S ec t i o Itx Ma Ibx Ma Va
Top Bot bx
n) (kN / cm
(m m ) (mm ) ( k g/ m ) (c m 2 ) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (k N )
0.50 1010 4.315 5.13 6.70 20000 5.21 2.24 7.29 0.46 3.57 2.53 2.09 0.45 8.01
A lu zi n c
C o at ed 0.70 1010 6.228 7.54 9.84 20000 9.17 4.15 10.80 0.86 5.72 3.81 3.68 0.76 17.33
St eel
1.00 1010 9.095 11.16 14.57 20000 14.57 6.68 16.08 1.38 9.59 5.84 6.63 1.21 25.97
2
A l l ow a bl e Un ifor m Loads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 3.71 2.37 1.65 1.21 0.93 0.73 0.59 0.49 0.41 0.35 0.30
1 WP 3.71 2.37 1.65 1.21 0.83 0.59 0.43 0.32 0.25 0.19 0.16
WS 3.63 2.32 1.35 0.85 0.57 0.40 0.29 0.22 0.17 0.13 0.11
D+L 3.63 2.32 1.61 1.18 0.91 0.72 0.58 0.48 0.40 0.34 0.30
0.50 2 WP 3.63 2.32 1.61 1.18 0.91 0.72 0.58 0.48 0.40 0.34 0.30
WS 3.71 2.37 1.65 1.21 0.93 0.73 0.59 0.49 0.41 0.32 0.26
D+L 4.53 2.90 2.02 1.48 1.13 0.90 0.73 0.60 0.50 0.43 0.37
3 WP 4.53 2.90 2.02 1.48 1.13 0.90 0.73 0.60 0.47 0.37 0.29
Al u zi nc Coated Steel
WS 4.63 2.97 2.06 1.51 1.08 0.76 0.55 0.41 0.32 0.25 0.20
D+L 6.86 4.39 3.05 2.24 1.71 1.35 1.10 0.91 0.76 0.65 0.55
1 WP 6.86 4.39 3.05 2.19 1.47 1.03 0.75 0.56 0.43 0.34 0.27
WS 6.08 3.75 2.17 1.37 0.92 0.64 0.47 0.35 0.27 0.21 0.17
D+L 6.08 3.89 2.70 1.98 1.52 1.20 0.97 0.80 0.68 0.58 0.50
0.70 2 WP 6.08 3.89 2.70 1.98 1.52 1.20 0.97 0.80 0.68 0.58 0.50
WS 6.86 4.39 3.05 2.24 1.71 1.35 1.10 0.85 0.65 0.51 0.41
D+L 7.59 4.86 3.38 2.48 1.90 1.50 1.22 1.00 0.84 0.72 0.62
3 WP 7.59 4.86 3.38 2.48 1.90 1.50 1.22 1.00 0.82 0.64 0.52
WS 8.57 5.49 3.81 2.58 1.73 1.21 0.88 0.66 0.51 0.40 0.32
D+L 11.03 7.06 4.90 3.60 2.76 2.18 1.77 1.46 1.23 1.04 0.87
1 WP 11.03 7.06 4.90 3.48 2.33 1.64 1.19 0.90 0.69 0.54 0.43
WS 9.65 6.17 3.64 2.29 1.53 1.08 0.79 0.59 0.45 0.36 0.29
D+L 9.65 6.17 4.29 3.15 2.41 1.91 1.54 1.28 1.07 0.91 0.79
1.00 2 WP 9.65 6.17 4.29 3.15 2.41 1.91 1.54 1.28 1.07 0.91 0.79
WS 11.03 7.06 4.90 3.60 2.76 2.18 1.77 1.42 1.09 0.86 0.69
D+L 12.06 7.72 5.36 3.94 3.01 2.38 1.93 1.59 1.34 1.14 0.98
3 WP 12.06 7.72 5.36 3.94 3.01 2.38 1.93 1.59 1.30 1.03 0.82
WS 13.79 8.83 6.13 4.32 2.90 2.03 1.48 1.11 0.86 0.67 0.54
A l l ow abl e l oads for w i n d ar e w i t h ou t t h e 3 3 % i n cr ease
D+L = Dead + Liv e Load WP = W i n d Pr essu r e Load WS = W i n d Su ct i on Load

12
Mammut Standard Panel M30-252 - Aluminium

1010
252.5 252.5 252.5 252.5
15
25
n
31.4
.2
>
4
2.8
30
5
79
29.5 34.3 37 33 37 34.3 30 34 37 33 37 34
175.6 79.5 173 79.5 173 79.5 173
Web
P an el
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p r es s io n B o t t o m in C o m p res s io n S hea
P a nel N o m i n al C o v eri n N o min
al ( F ull E r
B as e T h i c k n es g Wid t h al A rea S x- S x- S x- S x-
Wei gh t Sec t i o Itx Ma Ibx Ma Va
Top Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m ) (m m) (k g/ m ) (cm 2 ) (c m 4 ) 2)
(cm 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (c m 4 ) (cm 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) ( k N)
Aluminium
0.50 1010 1.527 5.65 7.37 6998 5.73 2.46 8.01 0.21 3.89 2.76 2.38 0.21 5.56
0.70 1010 2.223 8.06 10.52 6998 9.72 4.39 11.48 0.38 6.01 4.04 3.82 0.33 8.98
1.00 1010 3.221 11.68 15.25 6998 15.25 6.99 16.79 0.61 9.76 6.05 6.61 0.52 12.95
A l l ow abl e Un i for m Loads ( k N / m 2):

Panel
Panel
Bas e
Met al
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 1.71 1.09 0.76 0.56 0.43 0.34 0.27 0.23 0.19 0.15 0.12
1 WP 1.71 1.09 0.76 0.48 0.32 0.23 0.16 0.12 0.10 0.07 0.06
WS 1.65 0.89 0.52 0.32 0.22 0.15 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04
D+L 1.65 1.05 0.73 0.54 0.41 0.33 0.26 0.22 0.18 0.16 0.13
0.50 2 WP 1.65 1.05 0.73 0.54 0.41 0.33 0.26 0.22 0.18 0.16 0.13
WS 1.71 1.09 0.76 0.56 0.43 0.34 0.27 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.10
D+L 2.06 1.32 0.92 0.67 0.51 0.41 0.33 0.27 0.23 0.19 0.17
3 WP 2.06 1.32 0.92 0.67 0.51 0.41 0.31 0.23 0.18 0.14 0.11
WS 2.14 1.37 0.95 0.61 0.41 0.29 0.21 0.16 0.12 0.10 0.08
D+L 3.05 1.95 1.36 1.00 0.76 0.60 0.49 0.40 0.32 0.25 0.20
1 WP 3.05 1.95 1.29 0.81 0.54 0.38 0.28 0.21 0.16 0.13 0.10
WS 2.65 1.38 0.80 0.50 0.34 0.24 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.06
Alumini um
D+L 2.65 1.70 1.18 0.87 0.66 0.52 0.42 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.22
0.70 2 WP 2.65 1.70 1.18 0.87 0.66 0.52 0.42 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.22
WS 3.05 1.95 1.36 1.00 0.76 0.57 0.41 0.31 0.24 0.19 0.15
D+L 3.32 2.12 1.47 1.08 0.83 0.66 0.53 0.44 0.37 0.31 0.27
3 WP 3.32 2.12 1.47 1.08 0.83 0.66 0.53 0.40 0.30 0.24 0.19
WS 3.81 2.44 1.51 0.95 0.64 0.45 0.33 0.24 0.19 0.15 0.12
D+L 4.86 3.11 2.16 1.59 1.21 0.96 0.78 0.64 0.51 0.40 0.32
1 WP 4.86 3.11 2.02 1.27 0.85 0.60 0.44 0.33 0.25 0.20 0.16
WS 4.20 2.24 1.29 0.82 0.55 0.38 0.28 0.21 0.16 0.13 0.10
D+L 4.20 2.69 1.87 1.37 1.05 0.83 0.67 0.56 0.47 0.40 0.34
1.00 2 WP 4.20 2.69 1.87 1.37 1.05 0.83 0.67 0.56 0.47 0.40 0.34
WS 4.86 3.11 2.16 1.59 1.21 0.92 0.67 0.50 0.39 0.31 0.24
D+L 5.25 3.36 2.33 1.71 1.31 1.04 0.84 0.69 0.58 0.50 0.43
3 WP 5.25 3.36 2.33 1.71 1.31 1.04 0.82 0.62 0.48 0.38 0.30
WS 6.07 3.88 2.44 1.54 1.03 0.72 0.53 0.40 0.31 0.24 0.19
D+L = Dead + L i v e Load WP = W i n d Pr essu r e Load WS = W i n d Su ct i on Load

13
Mammut Standard Panel M30-252 - Galvanized

1010
252.5 252.5 252.5 252.5
15
25
n
31.4
.2
4
2.8
30
5
79
29.5 34.3 37 33 37 34.3 30 34 37 33 37 34
175.6 79.5 173 79.5 173 79.5 173
Web
P anel
N o m in Ix T o p in C o m pres s io n B o t t o m in C o mpres s i o n Sh ea
P an e l N o m in al C o v er i n N o m in
al ( F ull E r
B as e T h i c k n es g Wi d t h al A re a S x- S x- S x- S x-
Wei g h t S e c t io It x Ma Ib x Ma Va
M et al s To p Bot tx
Top Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m ) (m m ) (kg/ m ) (cm 2) (c m 4 ) (c m 4) (c m 3) (c m 3) (k N m ) (c m 4) (c m 3) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (k N)
2)
Galvani zed
0.50 1010 5.028 6.04 7.87 20000 6.70 2.96 8.59 0.61 4.35 3.00 2.72 0.56 11.20
0.70 1010 6.942 8.45 11.02 20000 10.55 4.81 12.15 0.99 6.60 4.30 4.30 0.89 19.91
1.00 1010 9.813 9.72 15.75 20000 15.75 7.21 17.31 1.49 10.67 6.37 7.52 1.31 28.33
A l l of t h e abov e v al u es ar e for on e m et er of pan el w i d t h .
2
A l l ow a bl e Un i for m Loads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Met al
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 4.89 3.13 2.17 1.60 1.22 0.97 0.78 0.65 0.54 0.46 0.40
1 WP 4.89 3.13 2.17 1.60 1.07 0.75 0.55 0.41 0.32 0.25 0.20
WS 4.50 2.85 1.65 1.04 0.70 0.49 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.16 0.13
D+L 4.50 2.88 2.00 1.47 1.12 0.89 0.72 0.59 0.50 0.43 0.37
0.50 2 WP 4.50 2.88 2.00 1.47 1.12 0.89 0.72 0.59 0.50 0.43 0.37
WS 4.89 3.13 2.17 1.60 1.22 0.97 0.78 0.64 0.50 0.39 0.31
D+L 5.62 3.60 2.50 1.84 1.41 1.11 0.90 0.74 0.62 0.53 0.46
3 WP 5.62 3.60 2.50 1.84 1.41 1.11 0.90 0.74 0.60 0.47 0.38
WS 6.11 3.91 2.72 1.96 1.31 0.92 0.67 0.51 0.39 0.31 0.24
D+L 7.94 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.98 1.57 1.27 1.05 0.88 0.75 0.63
1 WP 7.94 5.08 3.53 2.52 1.69 1.19 0.86 0.65 0.50 0.39 0.32
WS 7.10 4.32 2.50 1.58 1.06 0.74 0.54 0.41 0.31 0.25 0.20
Galvanized
D+L 7.10 4.55 3.16 2.32 1.78 1.40 1.14 0.94 0.79 0.67 0.58
0.70 2 WP 7.10 4.55 3.16 2.32 1.78 1.40 1.14 0.94 0.79 0.67 0.58
WS 7.94 5.08 3.53 2.59 1.98 1.57 1.27 0.98 0.75 0.59 0.47
D+L 8.88 5.68 3.95 2.90 2.22 1.75 1.42 1.17 0.99 0.84 0.72
3 WP 8.88 5.68 3.95 2.90 2.22 1.75 1.42 1.17 0.94 0.74 0.59
WS 9.92 6.35 4.41 2.97 1.99 1.40 1.02 0.77 0.59 0.46 0.37
D+L 11.90 7.62 5.29 3.89 2.98 2.35 1.90 1.57 1.32 1.13 0.94
1 WP 11.90 7.62 5.29 3.76 2.52 1.77 1.29 0.97 0.75 0.59 0.47
WS 10.52 6.73 4.04 2.55 1.71 1.20 0.87 0.66 0.51 0.40 0.32
D+L 10.52 6.73 4.68 3.43 2.63 2.08 1.68 1.39 1.17 1.00 0.86
1.00 2 WP 10.52 6.73 4.68 3.43 2.63 2.08 1.68 1.39 1.17 1.00 0.86
WS 11.90 7.62 5.29 3.89 2.98 2.35 1.90 1.57 1.21 0.96 0.76
D+L 13.15 8.42 5.84 4.29 3.29 2.60 2.10 1.74 1.46 1.24 1.07
3 WP 13.15 8.42 5.84 4.29 3.29 2.60 2.10 1.74 1.41 1.11 0.89
WS 14.88 9.52 6.61 4.81 3.22 2.26 1.65 1.24 0.95 0.75 0.60
T h e A l l ow a bl e l oads for w i n d ar e w i t h ou t t h e 3 3 % i n cr ease

A l l ow a bl e Def l ect i on = Span / 6 0
14
Mammut Standard Panel M45-150-Aluzinc
900
\S
&
100 m
We b
P an e l
N o min Ix T o p i n C o m p re s s i o n B o t t o m i n C o m pre s s io n Shea
P a ne l N o m inal C o v erin N o m in
al (F ull E r
B as e T h ic k n es g Wi d t h al A r ea S x- S x- S x- S x-
Top Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m ) (m m ) (k g / m ) (c m 2) (c m 4 ) (c m 4) (c m 3) (c m 3) (k N m ) (c m 4) (cm 3) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (k N )
2)
0.50 900.00 4.315 5.76 17.35 20000.00 15.78 5.41 7.64 1.12 16.29 6.12 7.03 1.26 7.61
A lu zi n c
C o at ed 0.70 900.00 6.228 8.47 25.51 20000.00 25.15 8.94 11.51 1.84 25.51 9.12 11.58 1.88 24.22
St eel
1.00 900.00 9.095 12.53 37.76 20000.00 37.63 13.37 17.00 2.76 37.76 13.43 17.02 2.77 57.10
2
A l l ow abl e Un i for m Loads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 8.94 5.72 3.97 2.92 2.24 1.77 1.43 1.18 0.99 0.85 0.73
1 WP 8.94 5.72 3.97 2.92 2.24 1.77 1.29 0.97 0.75 0.59 0.47
WS 10.11 6.47 4.49 3.30 2.53 1.83 1.33 1.00 0.77 0.61 0.49
D+L 10.11 6.47 4.49 3.30 2.53 2.00 1.62 1.34 1.12 0.96 0.83
0.50 2 WP 10.11 6.47 4.49 3.30 2.53 2.00 1.62 1.34 1.12 0.96 0.83
WS 8.94 5.72 3.97 2.92 2.24 1.77 1.43 1.18 0.99 0.85 0.73
D+L 12.63 8.09 5.61 4.13 3.16 2.50 2.02 1.67 1.40 1.20 1.03
3 WP 12.63 8.09 5.61 4.13 3.16 2.50 2.02 1.67 1.40 1.11 0.89
Al u zi n c Co ated Steel
WS 11.18 7.15 4.97 3.65 2.79 2.21 1.79 1.48 1.24 1.06 0.91
D+L 14.76 9.44 6.56 4.82 3.69 2.91 2.36 1.95 1.64 1.40 1.20
1 WP 14.76 9.44 6.56 4.82 3.69 2.83 2.06 1.55 1.19 0.94 0.75
WS 15.07 9.64 6.70 4.92 3.77 2.87 2.09 1.57 1.21 0.95 0.76
D+L 15.07 9.64 6.70 4.92 3.77 2.98 2.41 1.99 1.67 1.43 1.23
0.70 2 WP 15.07 9.64 6.70 4.92 3.77 2.98 2.41 1.99 1.67 1.43 1.23
WS 14.76 9.44 6.56 4.82 3.69 2.91 2.36 1.95 1.64 1.40 1.20
D+L 18.83 12.05 8.37 6.15 4.71 3.72 3.01 2.49 2.09 1.78 1.54
3 WP 18.83 12.05 8.37 6.15 4.71 3.72 3.01 2.49 2.09 1.77 1.42
WS 18.44 11.80 8.20 6.02 4.61 3.64 2.95 2.44 2.05 1.75 1.44
D+L 22.08 14.13 9.81 7.21 5.52 4.36 3.53 2.92 2.45 2.09 1.80
1 WP 22.08 14.13 9.81 7.21 5.52 4.23 3.08 2.32 1.78 1.40 1.12
WS 22.19 14.20 9.86 7.24 5.55 4.24 3.09 2.32 1.79 1.41 1.13
D+L 22.19 14.20 9.86 7.24 5.55 4.38 3.55 2.93 2.47 2.10 1.81
1.00 2 WP 22.19 14.20 9.86 7.24 5.55 4.38 3.55 2.93 2.47 2.10 1.81
WS 22.08 14.13 9.81 7.21 5.52 4.36 3.53 2.92 2.45 2.09 1.80
D+L 27.73 17.75 12.33 9.06 6.93 5.48 4.44 3.67 3.08 2.63 2.26
3 WP 27.73 17.75 12.33 9.06 6.93 5.48 4.44 3.67 3.08 2.63 2.12
WS 27.60 17.66 12.27 9.01 6.90 5.45 4.42 3.65 3.07 2.61 2.13

15
Mammut Standard Panel M45-150-Aluminium
900
ii.a 150 Pilch
: %
A
100 50 .
We b
P an e l
N o m in Ix T o p in C o m pressi o n B o t t o m i n Co m pres s io n S h ea
P an e l N o m i n a l C o v e rin N o m in
al (Full E r
B as e T h i c k n es g Wi d t h al A r ea S x- S x- S x- S x-
To p Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m ) (m m ) (k g/ m ) (c m 2) (c m 4 ) (c m 4) (c m 3) (cm 3) (k N m ) (c m 4) (c m 3) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (k N)
2)
0.50 900.00 1.527 6.34 19.11 6998 17.31 5.93 8.40 0.51 17.68 6.70 7.55 0.58 3.49
I 0.70
1.00
900.00
900.00
2.223
3.221
9.05
13.11
27.27
39.51
6998
6998

26.71
39.33
9.46
13.96
12.25
17.76
0.82
1.21
27.26
39.51
9.75
14.05
12.36
17.80
0.85
1.22
10.15
23.73
2
A l l ow a bl e U n i for m Loads ( k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+ L 4.12 2.63 1.83 1.34 1.03 0.81 0.66 0.54 0.46 0.39 0.34
1 WP 4.12 2.63 1.83 1.34 0.97 0.68 0.50 0.37 0.29 0.23 0.18
WS 4.65 2.98 2.07 1.48 0.99 0.70 0.51 0.38 0.29 0.23 0.18
D+ L 4.65 2.98 2.07 1.52 1.16 0.92 0.74 0.61 0.52 0.44 0.38
0.50 2 WP 4.65 2.98 2.07 1.52 1.16 0.92 0.74 0.61 0.52 0.44 0.38
WS 4.12 2.63 1.83 1.34 1.03 0.81 0.66 0.54 0.46 0.39 0.34
D+ L 5.81 3.72 2.58 1.90 1.45 1.15 0.93 0.77 0.65 0.55 0.47
3 WP 5.81 3.72 2.58 1.90 1.45 1.15 0.93 0.70 0.54 0.43 0.34
WS 5.14 3.29 2.29 1.68 1.29 1.02 0.82 0.68 0.55 0.44 0.35
D+ L 6.57 4.20 2.92 2.14 1.64 1.30 1.05 0.87 0.73 0.62 0.54
1 WP 6.57 4.20 2.92 2.14 1.50 1.05 0.77 0.58 0.44 0.35 0.28
WS 6.77 4.33 3.01 2.21 1.53 1.07 0.78 0.59 0.45 0.36 0.28
Aluminium
D+ L 6.77 4.33 3.01 2.21 1.69 1.34 1.08 0.90 0.75 0.64 0.55
0.70 2 WP 6.77 4.33 3.01 2.21 1.69 1.34 1.08 0.90 0.75 0.64 0.55
WS 6.57 4.20 2.92 2.14 1.64 1.30 1.05 0.87 0.73 0.62 0.54
D+ L 8.47 5.42 3.76 2.76 2.12 1.67 1.35 1.12 0.94 0.80 0.69
3 WP 8.47 5.42 3.76 2.76 2.12 1.67 1.35 1.09 0.84 0.66 0.53
WS 8.21 5.26 3.65 2.68 2.05 1.62 1.31 1.09 0.85 0.67 0.54
D+ L 9.70 6.21 4.31 3.17 2.42 1.92 1.55 1.28 1.08 0.92 0.79
1 WP 9.70 6.21 4.31 3.17 2.20 1.55 1.13 0.85 0.65 0.51 0.41
WS 9.76 6.25 4.34 3.19 2.21 1.55 1.13 0.85 0.66 0.52 0.41
D+ L 9.76 6.25 4.34 3.19 2.44 1.93 1.56 1.29 1.08 0.92 0.80
1.00 2 WP 9.76 6.25 4.34 3.19 2.44 1.93 1.56 1.29 1.08 0.92 0.80
WS 9.70 6.21 4.31 3.17 2.42 1.92 1.55 1.28 1.08 0.92 0.79
D+ L 12.20 7.81 5.42 3.98 3.05 2.41 1.95 1.61 1.36 1.16 1.00
3 WP 12.20 7.81 5.42 3.98 3.05 2.41 1.95 1.60 1.23 0.97 0.78
WS 12.12 7.76 5.39 3.96 3.03 2.39 1.94 1.60 1.24 0.97 0.78

16
Mammut Standard Panel M45-150-Galvanized
900
ii.a 150 Pilch
: %
A
100 50 .
We b
P an e l
N o m in Ix T o p in C o m pressi o n B o t t o m i n Co m pres s io n S h ea
P an e l N o m i n a l C o v e rin N o m in
al (Full E r
B as e T h i c k n es g Wi d t h al A r ea S x- S x- S x- S x-
To p Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m ) (m m ) (k g/ m ) (c m 2) (c m 4 ) (c m 4) (c m 3) (cm 3) (k N m ) (c m 4) (c m 3) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (k N)
2)
0.50 900.00 5.028 6.77 20.42 20000.00 19.42 6.82 9.09 1.41 19.90 7.27 8.85 1.50 12.35
I 0.70
1.00
900.00
900.00
6.942
9.813
9.48
13.54
28.58
40.82
20000.00
20000.00

28.33
40.74
10.08
14.46
12.90
18.35
2.08
2.99
28.58
40.82
10.21
14.50
12.95
18.37
2.11
2.99
32.63
66.55
2
A l l ow a bl e U n i for m Loads ( k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+ L 11.25 7.20 5.00 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.80 1.49 1.25 1.07 0.92
1 WP 11.25 7.20 5.00 3.67 2.81 2.18 1.59 1.20 0.92 0.72 0.58
WS 12.01 7.69 5.34 3.92 3.00 2.24 1.63 1.23 0.94 0.74 0.59
D+ L 12.01 7.69 5.34 3.92 3.00 2.37 1.92 1.59 1.33 1.14 0.98
0.50 2 WP 12.01 7.69 5.34 3.92 3.00 2.37 1.92 1.59 1.33 1.14 0.98
WS 11.25 7.20 5.00 3.67 2.81 2.22 1.80 1.49 1.25 1.07 0.92
D+ L 15.01 9.61 6.67 4.90 3.75 2.97 2.40 1.98 1.67 1.42 1.23
3 WP 15.01 9.61 6.67 4.90 3.75 2.97 2.40 1.98 1.67 1.37 1.09
WS 14.07 9.00 6.25 4.59 3.52 2.78 2.25 1.86 1.56 1.33 1.12
D+ L 16.65 10.66 7.40 5.44 4.16 3.29 2.66 2.20 1.85 1.58 1.36
1 WP 16.65 10.66 7.40 5.44 4.16 3.18 2.32 1.74 1.34 1.06 0.85
WS 16.86 10.79 7.49 5.51 4.22 3.21 2.34 1.76 1.35 1.07 0.85
Galvanized
D+ L 16.86 10.79 7.49 5.51 4.22 3.33 2.70 2.23 1.87 1.60 1.38
0.70 2 WP 16.86 10.79 7.49 5.51 4.22 3.33 2.70 2.23 1.87 1.60 1.38
WS 16.65 10.66 7.40 5.44 4.16 3.29 2.66 2.20 1.85 1.58 1.36
D+ L 21.08 13.49 9.37 6.88 5.27 4.16 3.37 2.79 2.34 2.00 1.72
3 WP 21.08 13.49 9.37 6.88 5.27 4.16 3.37 2.79 2.34 1.99 1.60
WS 20.81 13.32 9.25 6.80 5.20 4.11 3.33 2.75 2.31 1.97 1.61
D+ L 23.88 15.29 10.62 7.80 5.97 4.72 3.82 3.16 2.65 2.26 1.95
1 WP 23.88 15.29 10.62 7.80 5.97 4.58 3.34 2.51 1.93 1.52 1.22
WS 23.95 15.33 10.64 7.82 5.99 4.59 3.34 2.51 1.93 1.52 1.22
D+ L 23.95 15.33 10.64 7.82 5.99 4.73 3.83 3.17 2.66 2.27 1.95
1.00 2 WP 23.95 15.33 10.64 7.82 5.99 4.73 3.83 3.17 2.66 2.27 1.95
WS 23.88 15.29 10.62 7.80 5.97 4.72 3.82 3.16 2.65 2.26 1.95
D+ L 29.93 19.16 13.30 9.77 7.48 5.91 4.79 3.96 3.33 2.83 2.44
3 WP 29.93 19.16 13.30 9.77 7.48 5.91 4.79 3.96 3.33 2.83 2.29
WS 29.86 19.11 13.27 9.75 7.46 5.90 4.78 3.95 3.32 2.83 2.30

17
Mammut Sandwich Panel M45/250-35 thk.
1000
250 250 250 £50
XI £
N
: 996
1000
r
Web
P anel
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p r es s i o n B o t t o m in C o m p r e s s i o n Shea
P a nel N o m in a l C o v e r i n N o m in
al ( F ull E r
B as e T h i c k n e s g Wi d t h al A r e a S x- S x- S x- S x-
We ig h t S e c t io It x Ma Ib x Ma Va
To p Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m ) (m m ) (k g / m ) (c m 2 ) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (kN)
A lu zi n c 0.50 1000.00 10.160 10.17 70.44 20000.00 48.53 8.66 25.66 1.79 38.78 10.74 9.99 2.06 3.59
C o at ed
St eel 0.70 1000.00 13.800 14.95 103.58 20000.00 83.78 15.67 38.67 3.23 70.38 17.32 20.40 3.58 11.43
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 6.181 14.96 103.95 6998.00 80.86 14.95 38.44 1.30 66.79 16.97 18.66 1.47 3.93
2
A l l ow a bl e U n i for m Lo ads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+ L 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.58 2.83 2.29 1.89 1.59 1.35 1.17
1 WP 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.58 2.83 2.29 1.89 1.59 1.35 1.17
WS 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.59 3.19 2.64 2.18 1.83 1.45 1.16
D+ L 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.83 1.56 1.35
Al u zi nc Co ated Steel
0.50 2 WP 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.83 1.56 1.35
WS 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.29 1.89 1.59 1.35 1.17
D+ L 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 1.95 1.68
3 WP 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 1.95 1.68
WS 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.36 1.99 1.69 1.46
D+ L 22.86 16.56 11.50 8.45 6.47 5.11 4.14 3.42 2.87 2.45 2.11
1 WP 22.86 16.56 11.50 8.45 6.47 5.11 4.14 3.42 2.87 2.45 2.11
WS 22.86 18.29 12.71 9.34 7.15 5.65 4.58 3.78 3.18 2.62 2.10
D+ L 18.29 14.63 12.19 9.34 7.15 5.65 4.58 3.78 3.18 2.71 2.34
0.70 2 WP 18.29 14.63 12.19 9.34 7.15 5.65 4.58 3.78 3.18 2.71 2.34
WS 18.29 14.63 11.50 8.45 6.47 5.11 4.14 3.42 2.87 2.45 2.11
D+ L 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.68 8.94 7.06 5.72 4.73 3.97 3.39 2.92
3 WP 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.68 8.94 7.06 5.72 4.73 3.97 3.39 2.92
WS 20.78 16.63 13.85 10.56 8.09 6.39 5.17 4.28 3.59 3.06 2.64
D+ L 7.86 6.29 4.62 3.39 2.60 2.05 1.66 1.37 1.15 0.98 0.85
1 WP 7.86 6.29 4.62 3.39 2.60 2.05 1.66 1.37 1.15 0.98 0.84
Alum inium
WS 7.86 6.29 5.24 3.85 2.95 2.33 1.89 1.44 1.11 0.87 0.70
D+ L 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 2.95 2.33 1.89 1.56 1.31 1.12 0.96
0.70 2 WP 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 2.95 2.33 1.89 1.56 1.31 1.12 0.96
WS 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.39 2.60 2.05 1.66 1.37 1.15 0.98 0.85
D+ L 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 2.91 2.36 1.95 1.64 1.40 1.20
3 WP 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 2.91 2.36 1.95 1.64 1.40 1.20
WS 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.25 2.56 2.08 1.72 1.44 1.23 1.06

18
1000
250 250 250 g50
&
>
:: 996
1000
Web
P a n el
N o min Ix T o p in C o m p r e s s i o n B o t t o m i n C o m p r es s i o n S h ea
P a ne l N o m ina l C o v er i n N o m in
al ( F ul l E r
B as e T h i c k ne s g Wi d t h al A r e a S x- S x- S x- S x-
M et a l s To p Bot tx
Top Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m) (m m ) ( k g/ m ) (c m 2 ) (cm 4) 2)
(c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3) (k Nm ) (c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (cm 3 ) (k N m ) (k N)
A lu zi n c 0.50 1000.00 10.760 10.30 111.34 20000.00 77.23 11.79 31.58 2.44 56.74 14.23 11.33 2.34 3.59
Co at ed
St eel 0.70 1000.00 14.400 15.15 163.72 20000.00 132.79 21.47 46.92 4.43 101.88 23.06 22.17 4.58 11.43
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 6.781 15.15 163.72 6998.00 127.89 20.37 46.78 1.77 96.85 22.46 20.60 1.79 3.93
2
A l l ow a bl e U n i fo r m Loads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+ L 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.59 3.19 2.87 2.58 2.16 1.84 1.59
1 WP 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.59 3.19 2.87 2.58 2.16 1.84 1.59
WS 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.59 3.19 2.87 2.47 2.08 1.77 1.53
D+ L 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.91 1.77 1.53
0.50 2 WP 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.91 1.77 1.53
WS 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.91 1.77 1.59
D+ L 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 2.01 1.86
3 WP 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 2.01 1.86
WS 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 2.01 1.86
D+ L 22.86 18.29 15.24 11.58 8.87 7.01 5.67 4.69 3.94 3.36 2.90
1 WP 22.86 18.29 15.24 11.58 8.87 7.01 5.67 4.69 3.94 3.36 2.90
WS 22.86 18.29 15.24 11.95 9.15 7.23 5.86 4.84 4.07 3.47 2.99
D+ L 18.29 14.63 12.19 10.45 9.14 7.23 5.86 4.84 4.07 3.47 2.99
0.70 2 WP 18.29 14.63 12.19 10.45 9.14 7.23 5.86 4.84 4.07 3.47 2.99
WS 18.29 14.63 12.19 10.45 8.87 7.01 5.67 4.69 3.94 3.36 2.90
D+ L 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.88 10.39 9.04 7.32 6.05 5.08 4.33 3.74
3 WP 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.88 10.39 9.04 7.32 6.05 5.08 4.33 3.74
WS 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.88 10.39 8.76 7.09 5.86 4.93 4.20 3.62
D+ L 7.86 6.29 5.24 4.49 3.54 2.79 2.26 1.87 1.57 1.34 1.15
1 WP 7.86 6.29 5.24 4.49 3.54 2.79 2.26 1.87 1.57 1.34 1.15
Alum inium
WS 7.86 6.29 5.24 4.49 3.58 2.83 2.29 1.89 1.59 1.26 1.01
D+ L 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 3.14 2.79 2.29 1.89 1.59 1.35 1.17
0.70 2 WP 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 3.14 2.79 2.29 1.89 1.59 1.35 1.17
WS 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 3.14 2.79 2.26 1.87 1.57 1.34 1.15
D+ L 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 3.18 2.86 2.36 1.99 1.69 1.46
3 WP 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 3.18 2.86 2.36 1.99 1.69 1.46
WS 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 3.18 2.83 2.34 1.96 1.67 1.44
D+ L = Dead + Li v e Load WP = W i n d Pr essu r e Load WS = W i n d Su ct i on Load

A l l ow able Defl ect i on = Span / 6 0
19
1000
250 250 250 250
[
m L-O -c :
■
\
5
JO
996
1000
Pa n el St r u ct u r a l Pr o p er t i es :
We b
P an el
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p r es s i o n B o t t o m in C o m p r es s i o n S he a
P an el N o m in a l C o v e ri n No m in
al (F ul l E r
B as e T h ic k n es g Wi d t h al A re a S x- S x- S x- S x-
Top Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(mm ) (m m) ( k g/ m ) (c m 2 ) (cm 4) 2)
(c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (kN m ) (c m 4 ) (cm 3 ) (cm 3 ) (kN m ) (k N )
A lu zi n c 0.50 1000.00 11.760 10.51 204.51 20000.00 141.53 17.38 42.27 3.59 96.23 21.30 13.80 2.85 3.59
C o at ed
S t ee l 0.70 1000.00 15.400 15.45 300.71 20000.00 242.40 31.74 62.54 6.55 177.35 35.03 27.49 5.68 11.43
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 7.781 15.45 300.71 6998.00 233.57 30.05 62.43 2.61 167.49 34.07 25.39 2.20 3.93
2
A ll ow abl e Un ifor m Loads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.59 3.19 2.87 2.61 2.39 2.21 2.05
1 WP 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.59 3.19 2.87 2.61 2.39 2.21 2.05
WS 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.59 3.19 2.87 2.61 2.39 2.16 1.86
D+L 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.91 1.77 1.64
0.50 2 WP 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.91 1.77 1.64
WS 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.91 1.77 1.64
D+L 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 2.01 1.86
3 WP 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 2.01 1.86
WS 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 2.01 1.86
D+L 22.86 18.29 15.24 13.06 11.43 10.16 8.39 6.93 5.82 4.96 4.28
1 WP 22.86 18.29 15.24 13.06 11.43 10.16 8.39 6.93 5.82 4.96 4.28
WS 22.86 18.29 15.24 13.06 11.35 8.97 7.26 6.00 5.04 4.30 3.71
D+L 18.29 14.63 12.19 10.45 9.14 8.13 7.26 6.00 5.04 4.30 3.71
0.70 2 WP 18.29 14.63 12.19 10.45 9.14 8.13 7.26 6.00 5.04 4.30 3.71
WS 18.29 14.63 12.19 10.45 9.14 8.13 7.32 6.65 5.82 4.96 4.28
D+L 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.88 10.39 9.24 8.31 7.50 6.31 5.37 4.63
3 WP 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.88 10.39 9.24 8.31 7.50 6.31 5.37 4.63
WS 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.88 10.39 9.24 8.31 7.56 6.93 6.20 5.35
D+L 7.86 6.29 5.24 4.49 3.93 3.49 3.14 2.76 2.32 1.98 1.70
1 WP 7.86 6.29 5.24 4.49 3.93 3.49 3.14 2.76 2.32 1.98 1.70
Aluminium
WS 7.86 6.29 5.24 4.49 3.93 3.48 2.82 2.33 1.96 1.67 1.44
D+L 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 3.14 2.79 2.52 2.29 1.96 1.67 1.44
0.70 2 WP 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 3.14 2.79 2.52 2.29 1.96 1.67 1.44
WS 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 3.14 2.79 2.52 2.29 2.10 1.93 1.70
D+L 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 3.18 2.86 2.60 2.38 2.09 1.80
3 WP 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 3.18 2.86 2.60 2.38 2.09 1.80
WS 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 3.18 2.86 2.60 2.38 2.20 2.04
D+ L = Dead + L iv e Load WP = W i n d Pr essu r e Load WS = W i n d Su ct i on Load

20
1000
250 250 250 250
■ t -?
§
\
996
1000
r
We b
P an el
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m pr e s s i o n B o t t o m in C o m pres si o n Sh ea
P anel N o m i n al C o v er i n N o min
al ( Full E r
B as e T hi c k n e s g Wi d t h a l A r ea S x- S x- S x- S x-
Wei g h t S e c t io It x Ma Ib x Ma Va
M et a l s Top Bot tx
To p Bot bx
n) (k N/c m
(m m ) (m m ) (k g/ m ) (c m 2 ) (c m 4 ) 2)
(cm 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (cm 4) (cm 3) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (k N )
A lu zi n c 0.50 1000.00 12.760 10.73 330.93 20000.00 226.81 23.21 53.72 4.79 149.20 29.80 16.60 3.43 3.59
C o at ed
St eel 0.70 1000.00 16.400 15.77 486.60 20000.00 388.27 42.57 79.36 8.79 279.05 48.97 33.56 6.93 11.43
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 8.781 15.77 486.60 6998.00 374.16 40.26 79.26 3.50 262.65 47.66 30.89 2.68 3.93
2
A l l o w a b l e U n i fo r m L o a d s ( k N / m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.59 3.19 2.87 2.61 2.39 2.21 2.05
1 WP 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.59 3.19 2.87 2.61 2.39 2.21 2.05
WS 7.18 5.74 4.79 4.10 3.59 3.19 2.87 2.61 2.39 2.21 2.05
D+L 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.91 1.77 1.64
A l u z i n c Co at ed S t eel
0.50 2 WP 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.91 1.77 1.64
WS 5.74 4.60 3.83 3.28 2.87 2.55 2.30 2.09 1.91 1.77 1.64
D+L 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 2.01 1.86
3 WP 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 2.01 1.86
WS 6.53 5.22 4.35 3.73 3.26 2.90 2.61 2.37 2.18 2.01 1.86
D+L 22.86 18.29 15.24 13.06 11.43 10.16 9.14 8.31 7.62 6.66 5.74
1 WP 22.86 18.29 15.24 13.06 11.43 10.16 9.14 8.31 7.62 6.66 5.74
WS 22.86 18.29 15.24 13.06 11.43 10.16 8.87 7.33 6.16 5.25 4.52
D+L 18.29 14.63 12.19 10.45 9.14 8.13 7.32 6.65 6.10 5.25 4.52
0.70 2 WP 18.29 14.63 12.19 10.45 9.14 8.13 7.32 6.65 6.10 5.25 4.52
WS 18.29 14.63 12.19 10.45 9.14 8.13 7.32 6.65 6.10 5.63 5.23
D+L 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.88 10.39 9.24 8.31 7.56 6.93 6.39 5.66
3 WP 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.88 10.39 9.24 8.31 7.56 6.93 6.39 5.66
WS 20.78 16.63 13.85 11.88 10.39 9.24 8.31 7.56 6.93 6.39 5.94
D+L 7.86 6.29 5.24 4.49 3.93 3.49 3.14 2.86 2.62 2.42 2.25
1 WP 7.86 6.29 5.24 4.49 3.93 3.49 3.14 2.86 2.62 2.42 2.25
Aluminium
WS 7.86 6.29 5.24 4.49 3.93 3.49 3.14 2.84 2.38 2.03 1.75
D+L 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 3.14 2.79 2.52 2.29 2.10 1.93 1.75
0.70 2 WP 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 3.14 2.79 2.52 2.29 2.10 1.93 1.75
WS 6.29 5.03 4.19 3.59 3.14 2.79 2.52 2.29 2.10 1.93 1.80
D+L 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 3.18 2.86 2.60 2.38 2.20 2.04
3 WP 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 3.18 2.86 2.60 2.38 2.20 2.04
WS 7.15 5.72 4.76 4.08 3.57 3.18 2.86 2.60 2.38 2.20 2.04

21
Mammut Sandwich Panel Flat-50 thk.
59 996
47 52 52 JlL
25 32 2
8 3
4
1019
We b
P an el
No m in Ix T o p i n C o m p re s s i o n B o t t o m i n C o m p r es s io n Sh ea
P an e l N o m i n al C o v e r in N o m in
al ( F ul l E r
B as e T h ic k ne s g Wi d t h al A r e a S x- S x- S x- S x-
Wei g h t Sec t io Itx Ma Ibx Ma Va
M et a l s Top Bot tx
Top Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(mm ) (m m ) ( k g/ m ) (c m 2) (c m 4 ) (cm 4) (c m 3) (c m 3) (k Nm ) (cm 4) (cm 3) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) ( k N)
2
)
A lu zi n c 0.50 1000.00 10.21 8.93 53.66 20000.00 4.10 0.84 12.88 0.17 5.97 14.29 1.25 0.26 2.64
Co at ed
S t ee l 0.70 1000.00 13.85 13.13 78.90 20000.00 8.15 1.70 19.71 0.35 11.83 21.79 2.53 0.52 5.76
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 6.23 13.13 78.90 6998.00 7.45 1.55 19.30 0.13 10.88 21.43 2.31 0.20 2.19
2
A l l ow a bl e U n i fo r m L o ad s (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+ L 1.39 0.89 0.62 0.45 0.35 0.27 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.11
1 WP 1.39 0.89 0.62 0.45 0.35 0.27 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.11
WS 2.07 1.32 0.92 0.67 0.52 0.41 0.33 0.27 0.23 0.20 0.17
D+ L 2.07 1.32 0.92 0.67 0.52 0.41 0.33 0.27 0.23 0.20 0.17
0.50 2 WP 2.07 1.32 0.92 0.67 0.52 0.41 0.33 0.27 0.23 0.20 0.17
WS 1.39 0.89 0.62 0.45 0.35 0.27 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.11
D+ L 2.17 1.39 0.96 0.71 0.54 0.43 0.35 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.18
3 WP 2.17 1.39 0.96 0.71 0.54 0.43 0.35 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.18
WS 1.74 1.11 0.77 0.57 0.43 0.34 0.28 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.14
D+ L 2.80 1.79 1.24 0.91 0.70 0.55 0.45 0.37 0.31 0.27 0.23
1 WP 2.80 1.79 1.24 0.91 0.70 0.55 0.45 0.37 0.31 0.27 0.23
WS 4.18 2.68 1.86 1.37 1.05 0.83 0.67 0.55 0.46 0.40 0.34
D+ L 4.18 2.68 1.86 1.37 1.05 0.83 0.67 0.55 0.46 0.40 0.34
0.70 2 WP 4.18 2.68 1.86 1.37 1.05 0.83 0.67 0.55 0.46 0.40 0.34
WS 2.80 1.79 1.24 0.91 0.70 0.55 0.45 0.37 0.31 0.27 0.23
D+ L 4.38 2.80 1.94 1.43 1.09 0.86 0.70 0.58 0.49 0.41 0.36
3 WP 4.38 2.80 1.94 1.43 1.09 0.86 0.70 0.58 0.49 0.41 0.36
WS 3.50 2.24 1.56 1.14 0.88 0.69 0.56 0.46 0.39 0.33 0.29
D+ L 1.07 0.69 0.48 0.35 0.27 0.21 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09
1 WP 1.07 0.69 0.48 0.35 0.27 0.21 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08
Alum inium
WS 1.61 1.03 0.71 0.52 0.40 0.32 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.14 0.11
D+ L 1.61 1.03 0.71 0.52 0.40 0.32 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.13
0.70 2 WP 1.61 1.03 0.71 0.52 0.40 0.32 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.13
WS 1.07 0.69 0.48 0.35 0.27 0.21 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09
D+ L 1.68 1.07 0.75 0.55 0.42 0.33 0.27 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.14
3 WP 1.68 1.07 0.75 0.55 0.42 0.33 0.27 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.14
WS 1.34 0.86 0.60 0.44 0.34 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.11
Th e A l l ow abl e l oads for w i n d ar e w i t h ou t t h e 3 3 % in cr ease

22

59 996
47 52 52 57
56 49 2 .
,25 52 o
d- 999
1019
W eb
P anel
N o m in Ix T o p in C o m pres s i o n B o t t o m in C o m pres s i o n Shea
P anel N o m in a l C o v e ri n N o min
al ( Full E r
B as e T hi c k n e s g Wi d t h al A r e a S x- S x- S x- S x-
Wei g h t Sec t io It x Ma Ib x Ma Va
To p Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m ) (m m ) (k g /m ) (c m 2 ) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (kNm) (c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (k N )
A l u zi n c 0.50 1000.00 11.210 9.14 121.99 20000.00 9.33 1.28 22.04 0.26 13.58 23.94 1.91 0.39 2.64
C o at ed
St eel 0.70 1000.00 14.850 13.44 179.36 20000.00 18.59 2.60 33.07 0.54 26.90 35.85 3.86 0.80 5.76
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 7.229 13.44 179.36 6998.00 17.01 2.37 32.66 0.21 24.75 35.51 3.53 0.31 2.19
2
A l l o w abl e U n i for m Load s ( k N / m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Met al
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 2.12 1.36 0.94 0.69 0.53 0.42 0.34 0.28 0.24 0.20 0.17
1 WP 2.12 1.36 0.94 0.69 0.53 0.42 0.34 0.28 0.24 0.20 0.17
WS 3.15 2.02 1.40 1.03 0.79 0.62 0.50 0.42 0.35 0.30 0.26
D+L 3.15 2.02 1.40 1.03 0.79 0.62 0.50 0.42 0.35 0.30 0.26
Al u zi n c Coated Steel
0.50 2 WP 3.15 2.02 1.40 1.03 0.79 0.62 0.50 0.42 0.35 0.30 0.26
WS 2.12 1.36 0.94 0.69 0.53 0.42 0.34 0.28 0.24 0.20 0.17
D+L 3.31 2.12 1.47 1.08 0.83 0.65 0.53 0.44 0.37 0.31 0.27
3 WP 3.31 2.12 1.47 1.08 0.83 0.65 0.53 0.44 0.37 0.31 0.27
WS 2.65 1.69 1.18 0.86 0.66 0.52 0.42 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.22
D+L 4.30 2.75 1.91 1.40 1.07 0.85 0.69 0.57 0.48 0.41 0.35
1 WP 4.30 2.75 1.91 1.40 1.07 0.85 0.69 0.57 0.48 0.41 0.35
WS 6.38 4.08 2.83 2.08 1.59 1.26 1.02 0.84 0.71 0.60 0.52
D+L 6.38 4.08 2.83 2.08 1.59 1.26 1.02 0.84 0.71 0.60 0.52
0.70 2 WP 6.38 4.08 2.83 2.08 1.59 1.26 1.02 0.84 0.71 0.60 0.52
WS 4.30 2.75 1.91 1.40 1.07 0.85 0.69 0.57 0.48 0.41 0.35
D+L 6.71 4.30 2.98 2.19 1.68 1.33 1.07 0.89 0.75 0.64 0.55
3 WP 6.71 4.30 2.98 2.19 1.68 1.33 1.07 0.89 0.75 0.64 0.55
WS 5.37 3.44 2.39 1.75 1.34 1.06 0.86 0.71 0.60 0.51 0.44
D+L 1.64 1.05 0.73 0.54 0.41 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.18 0.16 0.13
1 WP 1.64 1.05 0.73 0.54 0.41 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.18 0.16 0.13
Aluminium
WS 2.45 1.57 1.09 0.80 0.61 0.48 0.39 0.32 0.27 0.23 0.20
D+L 2.45 1.57 1.09 0.80 0.61 0.48 0.39 0.32 0.27 0.23 0.20
0.70 2 WP 2.45 1.57 1.09 0.80 0.61 0.48 0.39 0.32 0.27 0.23 0.20
WS 1.64 1.05 0.73 0.54 0.41 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.18 0.16 0.13
D+L 2.57 1.64 1.14 0.84 0.64 0.51 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.24 0.21
3 WP 2.57 1.64 1.14 0.84 0.64 0.51 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.24 0.21
WS 2.05 1.31 0.91 0.67 0.51 0.41 0.33 0.27 0.23 0.19 0.17

23
59 996
52 52 -5L
2 ■25 52 2
: 2
§
V
999
1019
Web
P anel
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p r es s io n B o t t o m i n C o m p r es s i o n Shea
P an el N o m i n al C o v e r in N o min
al ( Full E r
B as e T h i c k n e s g Wi d t h al A r e a S x- S x- S x- S x-
We i g h t Sec t i o It x Ma Ib x Ma Va
To p Bot bx
n) (kN/ cm
(m m ) (m m ) (k g/ m ) (c m 2 ) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (k N )
A l u zi n c 0.50 1000.00 12.208 9.35 218.89 20000.00 16.74 1.73 31.77 0.36 24.35 34.03 2.57 0.53 2.64
C o a t ed
St eel 0.70 1000.00 15.848 13.75 321.82 20000.00 33.43 3.52 47.27 0.73 48.24 50.59 5.21 1.08 5.76
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 8.229 13.75 321.82 6998.00 30.59 3.20 46.87 0.28 44.41 50.28 4.76 0.41 2.19
A l l o w a bl e Un i for m Loads ( k N / m 2 ) :
Panel
Pane l
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 2.86 1.83 1.27 0.93 0.72 0.56 0.46 0.38 0.32 0.27 0.23
1 WP 2.86 1.83 1.27 0.93 0.72 0.56 0.46 0.38 0.32 0.27 0.23
WS 4.24 2.72 1.89 1.39 1.06 0.84 0.68 0.56 0.47 0.40 0.35
D+L 4.22 2.72 1.89 1.39 1.06 0.84 0.68 0.56 0.47 0.40 0.35
Al uz i n c Co ated Steel
0.50 2 WP 4.22 2.72 1.89 1.39 1.06 0.84 0.68 0.56 0.47 0.40 0.35
WS 2.86 1.83 1.27 0.93 0.72 0.56 0.46 0.38 0.32 0.27 0.23
D+L 4.47 2.86 1.99 1.46 1.12 0.88 0.72 0.59 0.50 0.42 0.36
3 WP 4.47 2.86 1.99 1.46 1.12 0.88 0.72 0.59 0.50 0.42 0.36
WS 3.58 2.29 1.59 1.17 0.89 0.71 0.57 0.47 0.40 0.34 0.29
D+L 5.81 3.72 2.58 1.90 1.45 1.15 0.93 0.77 0.65 0.55 0.47
1 WP 5.81 3.72 2.58 1.90 1.45 1.15 0.93 0.77 0.65 0.55 0.47
WS 8.61 5.51 3.83 2.81 2.15 1.70 1.38 1.14 0.96 0.81 0.70
D+L 8.61 5.51 3.83 2.81 2.15 1.70 1.38 1.14 0.96 0.81 0.70
0.70 2 WP 8.61 5.51 3.83 2.81 2.15 1.70 1.38 1.14 0.96 0.81 0.70
WS 5.81 3.72 2.58 1.90 1.45 1.15 0.93 0.77 0.65 0.55 0.47
D+L 9.08 5.81 4.03 2.96 2.27 1.79 1.45 1.20 1.01 0.86 0.74
3 WP 9.08 5.81 4.03 2.96 2.27 1.79 1.45 1.20 1.01 0.86 0.74
WS 7.26 4.65 3.23 2.37 1.82 1.43 1.16 0.96 0.81 0.69 0.59
D+L 2.22 1.42 0.99 0.73 0.56 0.44 0.36 0.29 0.25 0.21 0.18
1 WP 2.22 1.42 0.99 0.73 0.56 0.44 0.36 0.29 0.25 0.21 0.18
Aluminium
WS 3.31 2.12 1.47 1.08 0.83 0.65 0.53 0.44 0.37 0.31 0.27
D+L 3.31 2.12 1.47 1.08 0.83 0.65 0.53 0.44 0.37 0.31 0.27
0.70 2 WP 3.31 2.12 1.47 1.08 0.83 0.65 0.53 0.44 0.37 0.31 0.27
WS 2.22 1.42 0.99 0.73 0.56 0.44 0.36 0.29 0.25 0.21 0.18
D+L 3.47 2.22 1.54 1.13 0.87 0.69 0.56 0.46 0.39 0.33 0.28
3 WP 3.47 2.22 1.54 1.13 0.87 0.69 0.56 0.46 0.39 0.33 0.28
WS 2.78 1.78 1.23 0.91 0.69 0.55 0.44 0.37 0.31 0.26 0.23
Th e A l l ow abl e l oads for w i n d a r e w i t h ou t t h e 3 3 % i n cr ease

24
1000
250 250 250 250

I
7
A T
£7ÿ
7
r 996
1000
;
Web
P an el
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p r es s io n B o t t o m i n C o m p res s io n S he a
P a ne l N o m i n al C o v er i n N o min
al ( F ull E r
B as e T hi c k n es g Wi dt h al A rea S x- S x- S x- S x-
Wei g h t S ec t i o Itx Ma Ib x Ma Va
M etal s Top Bot tx
Top Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m) (m m ) ( k g/ m ) (cm )2 (c m 4 ) (c m 4) (c m 3) (c m 3) (k Nm ) (c m 4) (c m 3) (c m 3 ) ( k Nm ) (k N)
2)
A lu zi n c 0.50 1000.00 9.848 10.09 52.72 20000.00 29.35 5.50 25.48 1.14 26.23 8.71 7.54 1.56 7.77
C o at e d
S t ee l 0.70 1000.00 13.488 14.83 77.53 20000.00 49.91 9.69 36.70 2.00 49.08 14.71 15.47 3.04 17.88
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 5.869 14.83 77.53 6998.00 47.65 9.13 36.96 0.79 46.16 14.20 14.16 1.23 6.80
2
A l l o w a b l e U n i fo r m L o a d s ( k N / m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+ L 9.08 5.81 4.04 2.96 2.27 1.79 1.45 1.20 1.01 0.86 0.74
1 WP 9.08 5.81 4.04 2.96 2.27 1.79 1.45 1.20 1.01 0.86 0.74
WS 12.46 7.97 5.54 4.07 3.11 2.46 1.99 1.61 1.24 0.98 0.78
D+ L 12.43 7.97 5.54 4.07 3.11 2.46 1.99 1.65 1.38 1.18 1.02
0.50 2 WP 12.43 7.97 5.54 4.07 3.11 2.46 1.99 1.65 1.38 1.18 1.02
WS 9.08 5.81 4.04 2.96 2.27 1.79 1.45 1.20 1.01 0.86 0.74
D+ L 14.13 9.08 6.31 4.63 3.55 2.80 2.27 1.88 1.58 1.34 1.16
3 WP 14.13 9.08 6.31 4.63 3.55 2.80 2.27 1.88 1.58 1.34 1.16
WS 11.35 7.26 5.04 3.71 2.84 2.24 1.82 1.50 1.26 1.07 0.93
D+ L 16.01 10.25 7.11 5.23 4.00 3.16 2.56 2.12 1.78 1.52 1.31
1 WP 16.01 10.25 7.11 5.23 4.00 3.16 2.56 2.12 1.78 1.52 1.31
WS 24.30 15.55 10.80 7.93 6.07 4.80 3.89 3.02 2.33 1.83 1.47
D+ L 24.30 15.55 10.80 7.93 6.07 4.80 3.89 3.21 2.70 2.30 1.98
0.70 2 WP 24.30 15.55 10.80 7.93 6.07 4.80 3.89 3.21 2.70 2.30 1.98
WS 16.01 10.25 7.11 5.23 4.00 3.16 2.56 2.12 1.78 1.52 1.31
D+ L 25.01 16.01 11.12 8.17 6.25 4.94 4.00 3.31 2.78 2.37 2.04
3 WP 25.01 16.01 11.12 8.17 6.25 4.94 4.00 3.31 2.78 2.37 2.04
WS 20.01 12.81 8.89 6.53 5.00 3.95 3.20 2.65 2.22 1.89 1.63
D+ L 6.34 4.06 2.82 2.07 1.59 1.25 1.02 0.84 0.70 0.60 0.52
1 WP 6.34 4.06 2.82 2.07 1.59 1.25 1.02 0.84 0.70 0.60 0.50
Alum inium
WS 9.84 6.30 4.37 3.21 2.46 1.81 1.32 0.99 0.77 0.60 0.48
D+ L 9.84 6.30 4.37 3.21 2.46 1.94 1.57 1.30 1.09 0.93 0.80
0.70 2 WP 9.84 6.30 4.37 3.21 2.46 1.94 1.57 1.30 1.09 0.93 0.80
WS 6.34 4.06 2.82 2.07 1.59 1.25 1.02 0.84 0.70 0.60 0.52
D+ L 9.91 6.34 4.41 3.24 2.48 1.96 1.59 1.31 1.10 0.94 0.81
3 WP 9.91 6.34 4.41 3.24 2.48 1.96 1.59 1.31 1.10 0.94 0.81
WS 7.93 5.08 3.52 2.59 1.98 1.57 1.27 1.05 0.88 0.75 0.65
D+L = Dead + Li v e L oad WP = W i n d Pr essu r e Load WS = Wi n d Su ct i on Load

A l l ow a bl e Defl ect i on = Span / 6 0
25
1000
250 250 250 250
apy~~\
8
996
1000
f
Web
P an e l
No min Ix T o p i n C o m p re s s io n B o t t o m i n C o m p r es s i o n Shea
P a n el N o m i n al C o v e r in N o m in
al ( Full E r
B as e T h i c k n e s g Wi d t h al A re a S x- S x- S x- S x-
Wei g h t S e c t io Itx Ma Ib x Ma Va
To p Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m ) (m m ) (k g / m ) (c m 2 ) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (kNm ) (k N )
A l u zi n c 0.50 1000.00 10.450 10.22 92.03 20000.00 46.31 7.04 31.65 1.45 42.92 12.92 9.10 1.88 7.77
C o at ed
St eel 0.70 1000.00 14.090 15.02 135.32 20000.00 79.66 12.61 45.71 2.60 81.66 21.79 18.93 3.91 17.88
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 6.470 15.02 135.32 6998.00 75.72 11.80 45.97 1.03 77.17 21.16 17.48 1.52 6.80
A l l ow abl e Un i for m Loads ( k N / m 2 ) :

Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 11.62 7.44 5.17 3.80 2.91 2.30 1.86 1.54 1.29 1.10 0.95
1 WP 11.62 7.44 5.17 3.80 2.91 2.30 1.86 1.54 1.29 1.10 0.95
WS 15.02 9.62 6.68 4.91 3.76 2.97 2.40 1.99 1.67 1.42 1.23
D+L 12.43 9.62 6.68 4.91 3.76 2.97 2.40 1.99 1.67 1.42 1.23
Al uz i n c Co ated Steel
0.50 2 WP 12.43 9.62 6.68 4.91 3.76 2.97 2.40 1.99 1.67 1.42 1.23
WS 11.62 7.44 5.17 3.80 2.91 2.30 1.86 1.54 1.29 1.10 0.95
D+L 14.13 11.30 8.07 5.93 4.54 3.59 2.91 2.40 2.02 1.72 1.48
3 WP 14.13 11.30 8.07 5.93 4.54 3.59 2.91 2.40 2.02 1.72 1.48
WS 14.13 9.30 6.46 4.74 3.63 2.87 2.32 1.92 1.61 1.38 1.19
D+L 20.82 13.32 9.25 6.80 5.20 4.11 3.33 2.75 2.31 1.97 1.70
1 WP 20.82 13.32 9.25 6.80 5.20 4.11 3.33 2.75 2.31 1.97 1.70
WS 31.26 20.00 13.89 10.21 7.81 6.17 5.00 4.13 3.47 2.96 2.44
D+L 28.61 20.00 13.89 10.21 7.81 6.17 5.00 4.13 3.47 2.96 2.55
0.70 2 WP 28.61 20.00 13.89 10.21 7.81 6.17 5.00 4.13 3.47 2.96 2.55
WS 20.82 13.32 9.25 6.80 5.20 4.11 3.33 2.75 2.31 1.97 1.70
D+L 32.51 20.82 14.46 10.62 8.13 6.42 5.20 4.30 3.61 3.08 2.66
3 WP 32.51 20.82 14.46 10.62 8.13 6.42 5.20 4.30 3.61 3.08 2.66
WS 26.02 16.65 11.56 8.50 6.51 5.14 4.16 3.44 2.89 2.46 2.12
D+L 8.20 5.25 3.64 2.68 2.05 1.62 1.31 1.08 0.91 0.78 0.67
1 WP 8.20 5.25 3.64 2.68 2.05 1.62 1.31 1.08 0.91 0.78 0.67
Aluminium
WS 12.14 7.77 5.40 3.97 3.04 2.40 1.94 1.61 1.28 1.01 0.81
D+L 10.88 7.77 5.40 3.97 3.04 2.40 1.94 1.61 1.35 1.15 0.99
0.70 2 WP 10.88 7.77 5.40 3.97 3.04 2.40 1.94 1.61 1.35 1.15 0.99
WS 8.20 5.25 3.64 2.68 2.05 1.62 1.31 1.08 0.91 0.78 0.67
D+L 12.36 8.20 5.69 4.18 3.20 2.53 2.05 1.69 1.42 1.21 1.05
3 WP 12.36 8.20 5.69 4.18 3.20 2.53 2.05 1.69 1.42 1.21 1.05
WS 10.25 6.56 4.56 3.35 2.56 2.02 1.64 1.36 1.14 0.97 0.84

26
1000
250 250 250 250

T 5
I I
773. £7 \
R
996
1000
We b
P anel
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p r es s i o n B o t t o m in C o m p re s s io n Sh ea
P anel N o m inal Co v erin N o m in
al (F u ll E r
B as e T h ic k ne s g Wi d t h a l A r ea Sx- Sx- Sx- S x-
M et a l s To p Bot tx
To p Bot bx
n) (k N/c m
(mm ) (mm ) (k g/ m ) (c m 2) (cm 4 ) (c m 4) (cm 3) (c m 3) (k Nm ) (c m 4) (cm 3) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (k N )
2)
A l uzin c 0.50 1000.00 11.448 10.43 181.20 20000.00 82.97 9.67 42.34 2.00 80.67 21.03 12.01 2.48 7.77
C o a t ed
St eel 0.70 1000.00 15.088 15.34 266.43 20000.00 143.68 17.46 61.53 3.61 156.24 35.34 25.47 5.26 17.88
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 7.469 15.34 266.43 6998.00 136.18 16.30 61.76 1.42 147.20 34.38 23.44 2.04 6.80
2
A l l ow a bl e Un i for m Loads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 15.54 10.22 7.10 5.21 3.99 3.15 2.55 2.11 1.77 1.51 1.30
1 WP 15.54 10.22 7.10 5.21 3.99 3.15 2.55 2.11 1.77 1.51 1.30
WS 15.54 12.43 8.82 6.48 4.96 3.92 3.17 2.62 2.20 1.88 1.62
D+L 12.43 9.95 8.29 6.48 4.96 3.92 3.17 2.62 2.20 1.88 1.62
Al u zi nc Co ated Steel
0.50 2 WP 12.43 9.95 8.29 6.48 4.96 3.92 3.17 2.62 2.20 1.88 1.62
WS 12.43 9.95 7.10 5.21 3.99 3.15 2.55 2.11 1.77 1.51 1.30
D+L 14.13 11.30 9.42 8.07 6.20 4.90 3.97 3.28 2.76 2.35 2.02
3 WP 14.13 11.30 9.42 8.07 6.20 4.90 3.97 3.28 2.76 2.35 2.02
WS 14.13 11.30 8.87 6.52 4.99 3.94 3.19 2.64 2.22 1.89 1.63
D+L 28.84 18.46 12.82 9.42 7.21 5.70 4.61 3.81 3.20 2.73 2.35
1 WP 28.84 18.46 12.82 9.42 7.21 5.70 4.61 3.81 3.20 2.73 2.35
WS 35.76 26.92 18.70 13.74 10.52 8.31 6.73 5.56 4.67 3.98 3.43
D+L 28.61 22.89 18.70 13.74 10.52 8.31 6.73 5.56 4.67 3.98 3.43
0.70 2 WP 28.61 22.89 18.70 13.74 10.52 8.31 6.73 5.56 4.67 3.98 3.43
WS 28.61 18.46 12.82 9.42 7.21 5.70 4.61 3.81 3.20 2.73 2.35
D+L 32.51 26.01 20.03 14.71 11.27 8.90 7.21 5.96 5.01 4.27 3.68
3 WP 32.51 26.01 20.03 14.71 11.27 8.90 7.21 5.96 5.01 4.27 3.68
WS 32.51 23.07 16.02 11.77 9.01 7.12 5.77 4.77 4.01 3.41 2.94
D+L 11.32 7.24 5.03 3.70 2.83 2.24 1.81 1.50 1.26 1.07 0.92
1 WP 11.32 7.24 5.03 3.70 2.83 2.24 1.81 1.50 1.26 1.07 0.92
Al uminium
WS 13.60 10.42 7.24 5.32 4.07 3.22 2.60 2.15 1.81 1.54 1.33
D+L 10.88 8.70 7.24 5.32 4.07 3.22 2.60 2.15 1.81 1.54 1.33
0.70 2 WP 10.88 8.70 7.24 5.32 4.07 3.22 2.60 2.15 1.81 1.54 1.33
WS 10.88 7.24 5.03 3.70 2.83 2.24 1.81 1.50 1.26 1.07 0.92
D+L 12.36 9.89 7.86 5.78 4.42 3.49 2.83 2.34 1.97 1.67 1.44
3 WP 12.36 9.89 7.86 5.78 4.42 3.49 2.83 2.34 1.97 1.67 1.44
WS 12.36 9.06 6.29 4.62 3.54 2.80 2.26 1.87 1.57 1.34 1.16

27
10Q0
250 250 250 250

T
/ XU
f1
i
n 996
>
1000
Web
P ane l
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p re s s i o n B o t t o m i n C o m p re s s i o n Sh e a
P a nel N o m in a l C o v er i n N o mi n
al ( F ul l E r
B as e T h i c k n es g Wi d t h al A r ea S x- Sx- S x- Sx-
Wei gh t Se c t i o It x Ma Ibx Ma Va
M e t al s To p Bot tx
To p Bot bx
n) (kN / cm
(mm ) (m m ) ( k g/ m ) (cm 2) (c m 4 ) 2)
(cm 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (cm 4) (cm 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (kN)
A l uzi nc 0.50 1000.00 12.490 10.60 275.89 20000.00 120.63 11.84 51.26 2.44 120.48 28.50 14.49 2.99 7.77
C o at ed
St eel 0.70 1000.00 16.090 15.59 405.67 20000.00 209.52 21.47 74.73 4.43 235.16 47.41 30.39 6.39 17.88
Aluminium 0.70 1000.00 8.470 15.59 405.67 6998.00 198.35 20.00 74.93 1.74 221.09 46.21 28.43 2.47 6.80
2
A l l ow abl e Un i for m Loads ( k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Met al
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 15.54 12.43 8.69 6.38 4.89 3.86 3.13 2.59 2.17 1.85 1.60
1 WP 15.54 12.43 8.69 6.38 4.89 3.86 3.13 2.59 2.17 1.85 1.60
WS 15.54 12.43 10.36 7.81 5.98 4.73 3.83 3.16 2.66 2.27 1.95
D+L 12.43 9.95 8.29 7.10 5.98 4.73 3.83 3.16 2.66 2.27 1.95
0.50 2 WP 12.43 9.95 8.29 7.10 5.98 4.73 3.83 3.16 2.66 2.27 1.95
WS 12.43 9.95 8.29 6.38 4.89 3.86 3.13 2.59 2.17 1.85 1.60
D+L 14.13 11.30 9.42 8.07 7.06 5.91 4.79 3.96 3.32 2.83 2.44
3 WP 14.13 11.30 9.42 8.07 7.06 5.91 4.79 3.96 3.32 2.83 2.44
WS 14.13 11.30 9.42 7.98 6.11 4.83 3.91 3.23 2.72 2.31 2.00
D+L 35.46 22.69 15.76 11.58 8.86 7.00 5.67 4.69 3.94 3.36 2.89
1 WP 35.46 22.69 15.76 11.58 8.86 7.00 5.67 4.69 3.94 3.36 2.89
WS 35.76 28.61 22.71 16.68 12.77 10.09 8.17 6.76 5.68 4.84 4.17
D+L 28.61 22.89 19.07 16.35 12.77 10.09 8.17 6.76 5.68 4.84 4.17
0.70 2 WP 28.61 22.89 19.07 16.35 12.77 10.09 8.17 6.76 5.68 4.84 4.17
WS 28.61 22.69 15.76 11.58 8.86 7.00 5.67 4.69 3.94 3.36 2.89
D+L 32.51 26.01 21.67 18.09 13.85 10.94 8.86 7.33 6.16 5.24 4.52
3 WP 32.51 26.01 21.67 18.09 13.85 10.94 8.86 7.33 6.16 5.24 4.52
WS 32.51 26.01 19.70 14.47 11.08 8.75 7.09 5.86 4.92 4.20 3.62
D+L 13.60 8.89 6.18 4.54 3.47 2.74 2.22 1.84 1.54 1.32 1.13
1 WP 13.60 8.89 6.18 4.54 3.47 2.74 2.22 1.84 1.54 1.32 1.13
Al uminium
WS 13.60 10.88 8.78 6.45 4.94 3.90 3.16 2.61 2.19 1.87 1.61
D+L 10.88 8.70 7.25 6.22 4.94 3.90 3.16 2.61 2.19 1.87 1.61
0.70 2 WP 10.88 8.70 7.25 6.22 4.94 3.90 3.16 2.61 2.19 1.87 1.61
WS 10.88 8.70 6.18 4.54 3.47 2.74 2.22 1.84 1.54 1.32 1.13
D+L 12.36 9.89 8.24 7.06 5.43 4.29 3.47 2.87 2.41 2.06 1.77
3 WP 12.36 9.89 8.24 7.06 5.43 4.29 3.47 2.87 2.41 2.06 1.77
WS 12.36 9.89 7.72 5.67 4.34 3.43 2.78 2.30 1.93 1.64 1.42

28

900
150 150 150 150 150 150
$ \
: 896
900
r
We b
P a n el
No min Ix T o p in C o m p r e s s io n B o t t o m in C o m pr es s i o n Shea
P anel N o m ina l C o v er i n No min
al (Full E r
B as e T hic k n e s g Wi d t h al A rea Sx- S x- S x- S x-
We igh t Se c t i o It x Ma Ib x Ma Va
Top Bot bx
n) (k N/c m
(m m ) (m m ) (k g / m ) (c m 2) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4) (c m 3) (c m 3) (k N m) (c m 4) (cm 3) (c m 3 ) (kNm ) (k N )
A luzin c 0.50 900.00 10.099 10.73 89.07 20000.00 66.67 12.19 28.42 2.52 46.92 13.55 10.78 2.23 8.21
C o a t ed
S t ee l 0.70 900.00 13.739 15.76 130.67 20000.00 112.48 21.70 42.45 4.48 84.19 22.06 20.96 4.33 26.16
Aluminium 0.70 900.00 6.120 15.88 132.27 6998.00 110.37 21.01 42.76 1.82 80.88 21.76 19.65 1.71 9.00
2
A l l ow ab l e Un i for m Loads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 16.42 12.89 8.95 6.57 5.03 3.98 3.22 2.66 2.24 1.91 1.64
1 WP 16.42 12.89 8.95 6.57 5.03 3.98 3.22 2.66 2.24 1.91 1.64
WS 16.42 11.39 7.91 5.81 4.45 3.52 2.85 2.35 1.98 1.69 1.40
D+L 13.14 10.51 7.91 5.81 4.45 3.52 2.85 2.35 1.98 1.69 1.45
Al u zi nc Coated Steel
0.50 2 WP 13.14 10.51 7.91 5.81 4.45 3.52 2.85 2.35 1.98 1.69 1.45
WS 13.14 10.51 8.76 6.57 5.03 3.98 3.22 2.66 2.24 1.91 1.64
D+L 14.93 11.94 9.89 7.27 5.56 4.40 3.56 2.94 2.47 2.11 1.82
3 WP 14.93 11.94 9.89 7.27 5.56 4.40 3.56 2.94 2.47 2.11 1.82
WS 14.93 11.94 9.95 8.22 6.29 4.97 4.03 3.33 2.80 2.38 2.05
D+L 35.83 22.93 15.92 11.70 8.96 7.08 5.73 4.74 3.98 3.39 2.92
1 WP 35.83 22.93 15.92 11.70 8.96 7.08 5.73 4.74 3.98 3.39 2.92
WS 34.61 22.15 15.38 11.30 8.65 6.84 5.54 4.58 3.85 3.14 2.51
D+L 34.61 22.15 15.38 11.30 8.65 6.84 5.54 4.58 3.85 3.28 2.83
0.70 2 WP 34.61 22.15 15.38 11.30 8.65 6.84 5.54 4.58 3.85 3.28 2.83
WS 35.83 22.93 15.92 11.70 8.96 7.08 5.73 4.74 3.98 3.39 2.92
D+L 43.27 27.69 19.23 14.13 10.82 8.55 6.92 5.72 4.81 4.10 3.53
3 WP 43.27 27.69 19.23 14.13 10.82 8.55 6.92 5.72 4.81 4.10 3.53
WS 44.79 28.66 19.91 14.62 11.20 8.85 7.17 5.92 4.98 4.24 3.66
D+L 14.60 9.34 6.49 4.77 3.65 2.88 2.34 1.93 1.62 1.38 1.19
1 WP 14.60 9.34 6.49 4.77 3.65 2.88 2.34 1.93 1.62 1.38 1.15
Alumi nium
WS 13.64 8.73 6.06 4.46 3.41 2.70 2.18 1.74 1.34 1.06 0.84
D+L 13.64 8.73 6.06 4.46 3.41 2.70 2.18 1.80 1.52 1.29 1.11
0.70 2 WP 13.64 8.73 6.06 4.46 3.41 2.70 2.18 1.80 1.52 1.29 1.11
WS 14.40 9.34 6.49 4.77 3.65 2.88 2.34 1.93 1.62 1.38 1.19
D+L 16.36 10.92 7.58 5.57 4.26 3.37 2.73 2.26 1.90 1.61 1.39
3 WP 16.36 10.92 7.58 5.57 4.26 3.37 2.73 2.26 1.90 1.61 1.39
WS 16.36 11.68 8.11 5.96 4.56 3.60 2.92 2.41 2.03 1.73 1.49

29
900
150 150 150 150 150 150
5 -V
8 \
: 896
900
We b
P anel
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p re s s io n B o t t o m in C o m pres si o n S h ea
P anel N o m i n al C o v e r i n N o min
al ( Full E r
B as e T h i c k n es g Wi d t h al A re a S x- S x- S x- S x-
Wei g h t S e c t io It x Ma Ibx Ma Va
To p Bot bx
n) (k N /c m
(m m ) (m m ) (k g/ m ) (c m 2 ) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k N m ) (c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (k N )
A l u zin c 0.50 900.00 10.639 10.87 136.09 20000.00 102.55 16.27 34.05 3.36 66.37 17.75 11.90 2.46 8.21
C o at ed
St eel 0.70 900.00 14.279 15.96 199.73 20000.00 171.49 28.80 50.75 5.95 122.62 29.28 23.83 4.92 26.16
Aluminium 0.70 900.00 6.660 16.08 201.75 6998.00 167.97 27.78 51.10 2.41 116.72 28.73 22.15 1.92 9.00
2
A l l ow abl e Un ifor m Loads ( k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+ L 16.42 13.14 10.95 8.77 6.72 5.31 4.30 3.55 2.99 2.54 2.19
1 WP 16.42 13.14 10.95 8.77 6.72 5.31 4.30 3.55 2.99 2.54 2.19
WS 16.42 12.58 8.74 6.42 4.92 3.88 3.15 2.60 2.18 1.86 1.61
D+ L 13.14 10.51 8.74 6.42 4.92 3.88 3.15 2.60 2.18 1.86 1.61
Al u zi n c Co ated S teel
0.50 2 WP 13.14 10.51 8.74 6.42 4.92 3.88 3.15 2.60 2.18 1.86 1.61
WS 13.14 10.51 8.76 7.51 6.57 5.31 4.30 3.55 2.99 2.54 2.19
D+ L 14.93 11.94 9.95 8.03 6.14 4.85 3.93 3.25 2.73 2.33 2.01
3 WP 14.93 11.94 9.95 8.03 6.14 4.85 3.93 3.25 2.73 2.33 2.01
WS 14.93 11.94 9.95 8.53 7.46 6.09 4.94 4.08 3.43 2.92 2.52
D+ L 47.56 30.44 21.14 15.53 11.89 9.40 7.61 6.29 5.28 4.50 3.88
1 WP 47.56 30.44 21.14 15.53 11.89 9.40 7.61 6.29 5.28 4.50 3.88
WS 39.35 25.18 17.49 12.85 9.84 7.77 6.30 5.20 4.37 3.73 3.21
D+ L 39.35 25.18 17.49 12.85 9.84 7.77 6.30 5.20 4.37 3.73 3.21
0.70 2 WP 39.35 25.18 17.49 12.85 9.84 7.77 6.30 5.20 4.37 3.73 3.21
WS 41.85 30.44 21.14 15.53 11.89 9.40 7.61 6.29 5.28 4.50 3.88
D+ L 47.56 31.48 21.86 16.06 12.30 9.72 7.87 6.50 5.47 4.66 4.02
3 WP 47.56 31.48 21.86 16.06 12.30 9.72 7.87 6.50 5.47 4.66 4.02
WS 47.56 38.04 26.42 19.41 14.86 11.74 9.51 7.86 6.61 5.63 4.85
D+ L 18.00 12.35 8.58 6.30 4.82 3.81 3.09 2.55 2.14 1.83 1.58
1 WP 18.00 12.35 8.58 6.30 4.82 3.81 3.09 2.55 2.14 1.83 1.58
Alum i nium
WS 15.38 9.84 6.83 5.02 3.84 3.04 2.46 2.03 1.71 1.46 1.22
D+ L 14.40 9.84 6.83 5.02 3.84 3.04 2.46 2.03 1.71 1.46 1.26
0.70 2 WP 14.40 9.84 6.83 5.02 3.84 3.04 2.46 2.03 1.71 1.46 1.26
WS 14.40 11.52 8.58 6.30 4.82 3.81 3.09 2.55 2.14 1.83 1.58
D+ L 16.36 12.30 8.54 6.28 4.81 3.80 3.08 2.54 2.14 1.82 1.57
3 WP 16.36 12.30 8.54 6.28 4.81 3.80 3.08 2.54 2.14 1.82 1.57
WS 16.36 13.09 10.72 7.88 6.03 4.76 3.86 3.19 2.68 2.28 1.97

30

900
150 150 150 150 150 150
IS
C 896
900
Web
P a n el
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p r es s i o n B o t t o m i n C o m p r es s i o n Shea
P anel N o m i na l C o v e r i n No m in
al ( F u ll E r
Bas e T h i c k n es g Wi d t h al A r e a S x- S x- S x- S x-
We i gh t Se c t i o It x Ma Ib x Ma Va
M etal s Top Bot tx
Top Bot bx
n) (k N / c m
(m m ) (mm) (kg/m ) (c m 2) (c m 4 ) (c m 4) (c m 3) (c m 3) (k N m ) (cm 4) (c m 3) (c m 3 ) (kN m ) (k N )
2)
A lu zi n c 0.50 900.00 11.540 11.11 241.53 20000.00 182.36 23.60 44.64 4.87 111.94 26.44 14.77 3.05 8.21
C o at ed
S t ee l 0.70 900.00 15.180 16.42 357.91 20000.00 305.68 42.03 67.02 8.68 209.02 43.69 29.65 6.12 26.16
Aluminium 0.70 900.00 7.560 16.42 357.91 6998.00 296.49 40.09 66.81 3.48 196.97 42.52 27.35 2.37 9.00
A l l of t h e abov e v al u es ar e for on e m et er of pa n el w i d t h .
2
A l l o w a b l e U n i f or m L o a d s ( k N / m ):
Panel
Pan el
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+ L 16.42 13.14 10.95 9.38 8.21 7.30 6.24 5.15 4.33 3.69 3.18
1 WP 16.42 13.14 10.95 9.38 8.21 7.30 6.24 5.15 4.33 3.69 3.18
WS 16.42 13.14 10.84 7.96 6.10 4.82 3.90 3.22 2.71 2.31 1.99
D+ L 13.14 10.51 8.76 7.51 6.10 4.82 3.90 3.22 2.71 2.31 1.99
Al u z i n c Co ated S t eel
0.50 2 WP 13.14 10.51 8.76 7.51 6.10 4.82 3.90 3.22 2.71 2.31 1.99
WS 13.14 10.51 8.76 7.51 6.57 5.84 5.26 4.78 4.33 3.69 3.18
D+ L 14.93 11.94 9.95 8.53 7.46 6.02 4.88 4.03 3.39 2.89 2.49
3 WP 14.93 11.94 9.95 8.53 7.46 6.02 4.88 4.03 3.39 2.89 2.49
WS 14.93 11.94 9.95 8.53 7.46 6.64 5.97 5.06 4.25 3.62 3.12
D+ L 52.31 41.85 30.85 22.67 17.35 13.71 11.11 9.18 7.71 6.57 5.67
1 WP 52.31 41.85 30.85 22.67 17.35 13.71 11.11 9.18 7.71 6.57 5.67
WS 48.97 31.34 21.76 15.99 12.24 9.67 7.84 6.48 5.44 4.64 4.00
D+ L 41.85 31.34 21.76 15.99 12.24 9.67 7.84 6.48 5.44 4.64 4.00
0.70 2 WP 41.85 31.34 21.76 15.99 12.24 9.67 7.84 6.48 5.44 4.64 4.00
WS 41.85 33.48 27.90 22.67 17.35 13.71 11.11 9.18 7.71 6.57 5.67
D+ L 47.56 38.04 27.20 19.99 15.30 12.09 9.79 8.09 6.80 5.80 5.00
3 WP 47.56 38.04 27.20 19.99 15.30 12.09 9.79 8.09 6.80 5.80 5.00
WS 47.56 38.04 31.70 25.08 19.20 15.17 12.29 10.16 8.54 7.27 6.27
D+ L 18.00 14.40 12.00 9.09 6.96 5.50 4.46 3.68 3.09 2.64 2.27
1 WP 18.00 14.40 12.00 9.09 6.96 5.50 4.46 3.68 3.09 2.64 2.27
Alum ini um
WS 18.00 12.16 8.44 6.20 4.75 3.75 3.04 2.51 2.11 1.80 1.55
D+ L 14.40 11.52 8.44 6.20 4.75 3.75 3.04 2.51 2.11 1.80 1.55
0.70 2 WP 14.40 11.52 8.44 6.20 4.75 3.75 3.04 2.51 2.11 1.80 1.55
WS 14.40 11.52 9.60 8.23 6.96 5.50 4.46 3.68 3.09 2.64 2.27
D+ L 16.36 13.09 10.55 7.75 5.94 4.69 3.80 3.14 2.64 2.25 1.94
3 WP 16.36 13.09 10.55 7.75 5.94 4.69 3.80 3.14 2.64 2.25 1.94
WS 16.36 13.09 10.91 9.35 7.45 5.89 4.77 3.94 3.31 2.82 2.43
D+L = Dea d + Li v e Load WP = W i n d Pr essu r e Load WS = W i n d Su ct i on Load

31
Mammut Sandwich Panel M45/150-100

900
150 150 150 150 150 150
un
D LT) \
896
900
We b
P a ne l
N o m in Ix T o p i n C o m p r es s i o n B o t t o m i n C o m p re s s i o n S he a
P an el N o m i n al C o v er i n N o m in
al ( F ul l E r
B ase T hi c k n e s g Wi d t h al A r ea S x- S x- S x- S x-
Top Bot bx
n) (kN / cm
(m m ) (mm ) ( k g/ m ) (c m 2 ) (c m 4 ) 2)
(c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) (k Nm ) (c m 4 ) (c m 3 ) (c m 3 ) ( k Nm ) (k N )
A lu zi n c 0.50 900.00 12.439 11.37 382.26 20000.00 288.23 31.40 56.13 6.48 170.45 36.31 17.72 3.66 8.21
C o at ed
St eel 0.70 900.00 16.079 16.77 564.76 20000.00 479.49 55.65 83.86 11.49 321.77 59.71 35.97 7.43 26.16
Aluminium 0.70 900.00 8.460 16.77 564.76 6998.00 465.52 53.09 83.64 4.61 302.35 58.17 33.10 2.87 9.00
2
A l l ow a bl e Un ifor m Loads (k N/ m ):
Panel
Panel
Bas e
Metal
(m m ) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
D+L 16.42 13.14 10.95 9.38 8.21 7.30 6.57 5.97 5.47 4.91 4.23
1 WP 16.42 13.14 10.95 9.38 8.21 7.30 6.57 5.97 5.47 4.91 4.23
WS 16.42 13.14 10.95 9.38 7.32 5.78 4.68 3.87 3.25 2.77 2.39
D+L 13.14 10.51 8.76 7.51 6.57 5.78 4.68 3.87 3.25 2.77 2.39
0.50 2 WP 13.14 10.51 8.76 7.51 6.57 5.78 4.68 3.87 3.25 2.77 2.39
WS 13.14 10.51 8.76 7.51 6.57 5.84 5.26 4.78 4.38 4.04 3.75
D+L 14.93 11.94 9.95 8.53 7.46 6.64 5.85 4.84 4.06 3.46 2.99
3 WP 14.93 11.94 9.95 8.53 7.46 6.64 5.85 4.84 4.06 3.46 2.99
WS 14.93 11.94 9.95 8.53 7.46 6.64 5.97 5.43 4.98 4.35 3.75
D+L 52.31 41.85 34.87 29.89 22.98 18.15 14.70 12.15 10.21 8.70 7.50
1 WP 52.31 41.85 34.87 29.89 22.98 18.15 14.70 12.15 10.21 8.70 7.50
WS 52.31 38.02 26.40 19.40 14.85 11.73 9.50 7.86 6.60 5.62 4.85
D+L 41.85 33.48 26.40 19.40 14.85 11.73 9.50 7.86 6.60 5.62 4.85
0.70 2 WP 41.85 33.48 26.40 19.40 14.85 11.73 9.50 7.86 6.60 5.62 4.85
WS 41.85 33.48 27.90 23.91 20.92 18.15 14.70 12.15 10.21 8.70 7.50
D+L 47.56 38.04 31.70 24.25 18.56 14.67 11.88 9.82 8.25 7.03 6.06
3 WP 47.56 38.04 31.70 24.25 18.56 14.67 11.88 9.82 8.25 7.03 6.06
WS 47.56 38.04 31.70 27.17 23.30 18.41 14.91 12.32 10.35 8.82 7.61
D+L 18.00 14.40 12.00 10.28 9.00 7.28 5.90 4.88 4.10 3.49 3.01
1 WP 18.00 14.40 12.00 10.28 9.00 7.28 5.90 4.88 4.10 3.49 3.01
Aluminium
WS 18.00 14.40 10.22 7.51 5.75 4.54 3.68 3.04 2.55 2.18 1.88
D+L 14.40 11.52 9.60 7.51 5.75 4.54 3.68 3.04 2.55 2.18 1.88
0.70 2 WP 14.40 11.52 9.60 7.51 5.75 4.54 3.68 3.04 2.55 2.18 1.88
WS 14.40 11.52 9.60 8.23 7.20 6.40 5.76 4.88 4.10 3.49 3.01
D+L 16.36 13.09 10.91 9.35 7.18 5.68 4.60 3.80 3.19 2.72 2.35
3 WP 16.36 13.09 10.91 9.35 7.18 5.68 4.60 3.80 3.19 2.72 2.35
WS 16.36 13.09 10.91 9.35 8.18 7.12 5.77 4.77 4.01 3.41 2.94
T h e A l l ow a bl e l oads for w i n d a r e w i t h ou t t h e 3 3 % i n cr ease

32
Sheeting Screw s
The strength calculations for sheeting screw s / fasteners are governed by
A ISI’s N orth A merican Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Structural
M embers 2001 edition section E4.
Sheeting Screw s and Fasteners include Self Drilling, Self Tapping screw s.
The provisions of section E4 of A ISI are applicable for all screws of diameter
more than 2.03 mm, but not greater than 6.35 mm.
Standard stock screw s are of 4.8, 5.5, and 6.3 mm diameters. Generally the
length of the screw does not influence the design strength as long as 3 threads
project beyond the holding material, but it does affect the driving torque.
Longer the screw s more torque required and hence more strength or diameter
of screw is required.
The screw s are stocked in tw o material, carbon steel and stainless steel (Bi-
M etal). Stainless steel is used w ith aluminum panels. The drill bit of stainless
screw is made of carbon steel; hence these are also called bi-metal screw s.
These screw s are draw n from w ire rods of various grades of steel; the threads
are either cut or rolled.
Tabl e 15.7
M ateri al Grade Fu (N /mm 2)

Carbon Steel A 510 625
Stai nl ess Steel (Bi -M etal) A 304 540
Tabl e 15.8
Screw N umber D i ameter i n mm

# 10 4.8
# 12 5.5
# 14 6.3
The follow ing factor of safety or resistance factor is applicable for this section
Tabl e 15.9
LRFD Φ A SD Ω
0.50 3.00
33
General
1. A s a standard for Single Skin Sheeting fasteners are alw ays provided at the
valleys only (i.e. trough), not at the peak (crow n). Unless specified in the
PIF.
2. If the fasteners are required at the crow n for Single Skin Sheeting, these
should alw ays be provided w ith saddle w ashers, this should be
accordingly priced in the estimate.
3. A s a standard for Sandw ich panel, fasteners are provided at crow n

w ithout saddle w ashers at roof only, in the w alls fasteners are provided at
the valley.
a) Shear
1. Shear Strength Li mited by Ti l ting and Beari ng
a. For t 2 / t 1 <= 1.00 Pns is the least of following,
Eqn. E 4.3.1-1 Pns = 4.2 [(t 2)3 d] 0.5 Fu2

Eqn. E 4.3.1-2 Pns = 2.7 t 1 d Fu1
Eqn. E 4.3.1-3 Pns = 2.7 t 2 d Fu2
b. For t 2 / t 1 >= 2.5 Pns is the least of following,
Eqn. E 4.3.1-4 Pns = 2.7 t 1 d Fu1

Eqn. E 4.3.1-4 Pns = 2.7 t 2 d Fu2
c. For 1.0 < t 2 / t1 < 2.5 Pns shall be determined by interpolation.
Where,
d = nominal screw diameter in mm
t1 = thickness of material in contact with screw head, (panel)
t2 = thickness of material not in contact with screw head, (purlin/ girt)
Fu1 = Tensile strength of the material in contact with screw head, (panel)
Fu2 = Tensile strength of the material not in contact with screw head,
(purlin/ girt)
34
2. Shear Strength Li mited by End D i stance
Pns = 2.7 t e Fu
Where,
t = thickness of the connected part
e = edge distance from center of hole to nearest end of connected part
Fu = Tensile strength of the connected material. (panel)
3. Shear Strength of Screw s
Pns = 0.80 Pss

Where,
Pss = Shear strength or resistance of screw reported by the manufacturer.
The values for all cases above are tabulated in Table 12.18 for common screws
diameters, purlins and panel thickness.
35
b) Tension
For screws which carry tension, the head of the screw or washer, if a washer is
provided, shall be a diameter d w not less than 7.94 mm and at least 1.27 mm
thick. 3 modes of failure govern the design, Pull-Out, Pull-Over and Tension in
screws.
1. Pul l -Out (of Screw f rom Purl i n or Gi rt)
Pnot = 0.85 tc d Fu2
2. Pul l -Over (of Panel through the w asher)
Pnot = 1.5 t 1 d w Fu1
3. Tensi on in Screw s
Pnot = 0.80 Pts

Where,
d = nominal screw diameter in mm
dw = washer diameter, should not be greater than 12.7 mm
t1 = thickness of material in contact with screw head, (panel)
tc = lesser of depth of penetration or t 2 (tc = t 2)
Fu1 = Tensile strength of the material in contact with screw head, (panel)
Fu2 = Tensile strength of the material not in contact with screw head,
(purlin/ girt)
Pts = Tensile strength or resistance of screw reported by the manufacturer.
The values for all cases above are tabulated in Table 12.19 for common screws
diameters, purlins and panel thickness.
36
Tabl e 15.10
Tensi l e Strength (LRFD )

Pnot = Φ 0.85 t c d Fu2
Screw D i ameter Purl i n Thi ck ness in mm (Fu2 = 450 N /mm 2)
Fai l ure M ode
mm 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.00 2.50
4.8 1.10 1.38 1.65 1.84 2.30
Pul l -Out 5.5 1.26 1.58 1.89 2.10 2.63
6.3 1.45 1.81 2.17 2.41 3.01
Pnot = Φ 1.5 t 1 d w Fu1
Panel Thi ck ness i n mm 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.70 1.00
4.8
Steel Panel
5.5 1.29 1.71 2.14 3.00 4.29
Pul l -Over
6.3
4.8
A l umi ni um Panel
5.5 0.49 0.65 0.81 1.13 1.62
Pul l -Over
6.3
Pns = Φ 0.80 Pts
Carbon Steel Screw s
4.8 Pts = 11.41 kN 4.56 kN
Tensi on 5.5 Pts = 18.50 kN 7.40 kN
6.3 Pts = 20.10 kN 8.04 kN
Stai nl ess Steel Screw s
4.8 Pts = 7.05 kN 2.82 kN
6.3 Pts = 16.10 kN 6.44 kN
Fu2 = 450 N /mm 2 Steel Panel Fu1 = 450 N /mm 2 A l umi ni um Panel Fu1 = 170 N /mm 2
37
Tabl e 15.11
Tensi l e Strength (A SD )
Pnot = 0.85 t c d Fu2 / Ω
Purl i n Thi ck ness in mm (Fu2 = 450
Screw D i ameter
Fai l ure M ode N /mm 2)
mm 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.00 2.50
4.8 1.10 1.38 1.65 1.84 2.30
Pul l -Out 5.5 1.26 1.58 1.89 2.10 2.63
6.3 1.45 1.81 2.17 2.41 3.01
Pnot = Φ 1.5 t 1 d w Fu1 / Ω
Panel Thi ck ness i n mm 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.70 1.00
4.8
Steel Panel
5.5 1.29 1.71 2.14 3.00 4.29
Pul l -Over
6.3
4.8
A l umi ni um Panel
5.5 0.49 0.65 0.81 1.13 1.62
Pul l -Over
6.3
Pns = Φ 0.80 Pts / Ω
4.8 Pts = 11.41 kN 4.56 kN
Tension 5.5 Pts = 18.50 kN 7.40 kN
6.3 Pts = 20.10 kN 8.04 kN
4.8 Pts = 7.05 kN 2.82 kN
6.3 Pts = 16.10 kN 6.44 kN
Fu2 = 450 N /mm 2 Steel Panel Fu1 = 450 N /mm 2 A l umi ni um Panel Fu1 = 170 N /mm 2
38
Tabl e 15.12
Shear Strength (LRFD )

Screw D i ameter Pns = Φ 4.2 [(t 2)3 d] 0.5 Fu2
Purl i n Thk . 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5
4.8 2.72 3.80 5.00 5.86 8.18
5.5 2.91 4.07 5.35 6.27 8.76
6.3 3.12 4.36 5.73 6.71 9.38
Screw D i ameter Pns = Φ 2.7 t 1 d Fu1
Panel Thk . 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.70 1.00
4.8 0.87 1.17 1.46 2.04 2.92
5.5 1.00 1.34 1.67 2.34 3.34
6.3 1.15 1.53 1.91 2.68 3.83
Screw D i ameter Pns = Φ 2.7 t 2 d Fu2
Purl i n Thk . 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5
4.8 3.50 4.37 5.25 5.83 7.29
5.5 4.01 5.01 6.01 6.68 8.35
6.3 4.59 5.74 6.89 7.65 9.57
Screw D i ameter Pns = Φ 2.7 t e Fu
Panel Thk . 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.70 1.00
4.8 1.31 1.75 2.19 3.06 4.37
5.5 1.50 2.00 2.51 3.51 5.01
6.3 1.72 2.30 2.87 4.02 5.74
Pns = Φ 0.80 Pss
4.8 Pss = 5.98 2.39 kN
Shear 5.5 Pss = 10.80 4.32 kN
6.3 Pss = 12.15 4.86 kN
4.8 Pss = 5.10 2.04 kN
Shear 5.5 Pss = 8.40 3.36 kN
6.3 Pss = 11.20 4.48 kN
39
Tabl e 15.13
Shear Strength (A SD )
Screw D i ameter Pns = 4.2 [(t 2)3 d] 0.5 Fu2 / Ω
Purl i n Thk . 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5
4.8 1.81 2.54 3.33 3.90 5.46
5.5 1.94 2.71 3.57 4.18 5.84
6.3 2.08 2.90 3.82 4.47 6.25
Screw D i ameter Pns = 2.7 t 1 d Fu1 / Ω
Panel Thk . 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.70 1.00
4.8 0.58 0.78 0.97 1.36 1.94
5.5 0.67 0.89 1.11 1.56 2.23
6.3 0.77 1.02 1.28 1.79 2.55
Screw D i ameter Pns = 2.7 t 2 d Fu2 / Ω
Purl i n Thk . 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5
4.8 2.33 2.92 3.50 3.89 4.86
5.5 2.67 3.34 4.01 4.45 5.57
6.3 3.06 3.83 4.59 5.10 6.38
Screw D i ameter Pns = 2.7 t e Fu / Ω
Panel Thk . 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.70 1.00
4.8 0.87 1.17 1.46 2.04 2.92
5.5 1.00 1.34 1.67 2.34 3.34
6.3 1.15 1.53 1.91 2.68 3.83
Pns = 0.80 Pss / Ω
4.8 Pss = 5.98 1.59 kN
Shear 5.5 Pss = 10.80 2.88 kN
6.3 Pss = 12.15 3.24 kN
4.8 Pss = 5.10 1.36 kN
Shear 5.5 Pss = 8.40 2.24 kN
6.3 Pss = 11.20 2.99 kN
40
Chapter
PU R L I N S & G I R T S D E S I G N
Purlins & Girts Design

This section provides some information on the design of structural m em bers
that are cold-form ed to cross section shape from sheet steels. Cold-form ed
steel members inclu de prod ucts su ch as pu rlins and girts for the constru ction
of m etal bu ild ings. These prod ucts have enjoyed significant grow th in recent
years and are frequ ently utilized in some shape or form in m any projects
tod ay. Attributes such as strength, light w eight, versatility, non-
com bustibility, and ease of p rod u ction, m ake them cost effective in many
ap plications.
D esign Cod es
As a stand ard p ractice latest AISI cod e should be used for d esign of cold
form ed sections, currently at MBS AISI 2001 (N AS) is in u se for d esign of cold
form ed sections. AISI-1996 m ay be u sed for jobs w hich are received for
revision. Use of AISI-1980 is d iscontinued .
Table 16.1 Minimum thicknesses of memb ers th at are to b e used in th e design

Min im um Thick ness or size used
Mem bers
(other th an Dubai jobs)
Z- Sections (200mm depth) 1.5 m m thick (345 Coil)
Z- Sections (250mm depth) 2.0 m m thick (395 Coil)
C- Sections (200mm depth) 1.5 mm thick (345 Coil), 2.0 & 2.5 (395 Coil)
M- Sections (356mm depth) (TMCP) 1.8 m m thick (540 Coil)
1
P U R L I N S & G I R T S D ES I G N
D esign con cept for Cold Form ed Section s
As the name su ggests, the cross section of a cold -form ed m em ber is achieved
by a bend ing operation at room temperatu re, rather than the hot rolling
process used for the heavier structu ral steel shapes. The dom inant cold
form ing process is know n as roll-forming. In this process, a coil of steel is fed
throu gh a series of rolls, each of w hich bend s the sheet progressively u ntil the
final shap e is reached at the last roll stand . The num ber of roll stand s m ay vary
from 6 to 20, d epending up on the comp lexity of the shape. The p rocess can
achieve sp eed s up to abou t 100 m / min and is w ell suited for large qu antity
prod uction. Sm all quantities may be p rod u ced on a press-brake, p articularly if
the shap e is sim ple, su ch as an angle or channel cross section. In its simp lest
form , a press brake consists of a male d ie w hich p resses the steel sheet into a
m atching fem ale d ie.
In general, the cold -form ing operation is beneficial in that it increases the yield
strength of the m aterial in the regions of the bend . The flat m aterial betw een
bend s m ay also show an increase d ue to squeezing or stretching du ring roll
form ing. This increase in strength is attributable to cold w orking and strain
aging effects. The strength increase, w hich m ay be small for sections with few
bends, can be conservatively neglected . Alternatively, subject to certain
lim itations, the AISI Specification includ es p rovisions for using a section-
average d esign yield stress that inclu d es the strength increase from cold
form ing. Either full section tension tests, full section stub colu mn tests, or an
analytical m ethod can be employed . Im p ortant parameters includ e the tensile-
strength-to-yield-stress ratio of the virgin steel and the rad iu s-to-thickness
ratio of the bend s. The form ing op eration m ay also ind u ce resid ual stresses in
the m em ber but these effects are accou nted for in the equations for m em ber
d esign.
Becau se of the flexibility of the m anufactu ring m ethod and the variety of
shapes that can be m anu factured , p roperties of cold -form ed sections often
m ust be calculated for a p articu lar configuration of interest rather than relying
on tables of stand ard valu es. Because the cross section of a cold -formed section
is generally of a single thickness of steel, com pu tation of section properties
m ay be simp lified by u sing the linear m ethod . With this m ethod , the m aterial
is considered concentrated along the centerline of the steel sheet and area
elements are rep laced by straight or curved line elem ents. Section p roperties
are calculated for the assem bly of line elem ents and then mu ltip lied by the
thickness ‘t’.
2
Thu s,
Cross section area ‘A’ = L x t
Mom ent of inertia of the section ‘I’ = I’ x t
Section Mod ulus of the section ‘S’ = I / y
Where,
L = the total length of all line elements.
I’ = the m om ent of inertia d eterm ined for the line elem ents
y = d istance of extrem e fiber edge from the neu tral axis
(not the d istance to center line of extrem e elem ent).
Most sections can be d ivid ed into straight lines and circular arcs. The mom ents
of inertia and centroid location of su ch elem ents are defined by equations from
fund am ental theory as presented below .
2
3
r
P
12 ’
Ij
- 0
1
%
— l
a
Ij"/a2+T2 %
2
3 3
p
It “ 0, Is --nr
12
'k ,!.** a
1, - li1
1
I
— 1
2
3-, 3
/n* ! Mv
a
0
1
Mv
\
—
n
1
112 - stri0cos<i
12
lia.*™
J 12 ■
m
u- /a2 +
— "'(‘‘ÿHr)
in'1
12
2
l = nr/2 = 1 .57r 4 2
c = 0.637 r
_
I] = I2 = 0.149 r3
I12 = -0.137 r3
I3 = 14 = 0.785 r3
C
!_C;3A \
'* l
Jr
rv —Li- 1
3 - 3
I34 = 0.5 r3 s—i
4 2
3
COMPRESSION COMPRESSION
FLANGE A.
FLANGE
A.
(.
(a)
v
I 1
i '1
A A ii
I SECTION A-A
_A
ttf
t t f
(b)
The d esign of cold -form ed steel d iffers from hot rolled or built-up sections in
that the, elem ents of cold form ed mem bers typically have large w idth-to-
thickness (w / t) ratios and are thu s subject to local buckling. Figure above
illustrates local buckling in beam s and colum ns. Flat elem ents in comp ression
that have both ed ges parallel to the d irection of stress stiffened by a w eb,
flange, lip or stiffener are referred to as stiffened elem ents.
In ord er to account for the effect of local bu ckling in d esign, the concept of
effective w id th is em p loyed for elements in com pression. The background for
this concep t can be exp lained as follow s.
Unlike a colu m n, a plate d oes not usu ally attain its m axim um load carrying
cap acity at the bu ckling load , but usu ally shows significant post buckling
strength. This behavior is illustrated in figure below , w here longitud inal and
transverse bars rep resent a plate that is simply su pported along all edges. As
the u niform ly d istributed end load is grad ually increased , the longitud inal
bars are equally stressed and reach their buckling load sim ultaneously.
H ow ever, as the longitu dinal bars buckle, the transverse bars d evelop tension
in restraining the lateral d eflection of the longitud inal bars. Thu s, the
longitu d inal bars d o not collapse w hen they reach their buckling load but are
able to carry ad d itional load becau se of the transverse restraint.
4
The longitud inal bars nearest the center can deflect more than the bars near
the ed ge, and therefore, the edge bars carry higher loads after buckling than
d o the center bars. The post buckling behavior of a simply supported plate is
sim ilar to that of the grid mod el. H ow ever, the ability of a plate to resist shear
strains that develop during buckling also contribu tes to its post bu ckling
strength. Although the grid show n in Fig. ‘a’ bu ckled into only one
longitud inal half-w ave, a longer plate may buckle into several waves as
illustrated in Fig. ‘b’. For long plates, the half-wave length approaches the
w id th ‘b’.
r
v
i /
J' I a /
i a
\ Ur
i
s
i K /
\
A
r
M >' \
\
s
I
4 i✓
: x-* r
I
\-
\v
w
>
(a) (b)
--
LINE 2 r\~‘ I I
I
T
I I
tr~i T
LINE 1
I I ;
*v
I
I
I I I
I
I
I I
1 !
FOR STRESS —
b/2
b/2
- L*?.
b/2
FOR STRESS (
V*
(c)
5
After a sim ply su pported plate buckles, the com p ressive stress w ill vary from
a m axim u m near the sup p orted ed ges to a m inimum at the mid -w idth of the
plate as show n by line 1 of Fig. ‘c’. As the load is increased the ed ge stresses
w ill increase, but the stress in the m id - w id th of the p late m ay d ecrease
slightly. The m axim um load is reached and collap se is initiated w hen the ed ge
stress reaches the yield stress—a cond ition indicated by line 2 of Fig. ‘c’.
The post buckling strength of a plate elem ent can be consid ered by assu m ing
that after buckling, the total load is carried by strip s ad jacent to the su pp orted
ed ges w hich are at a uniform stress equ al to the actu al m axim um ed ge stress.
These strips are ind icated by the d ashed lines in Fig. ’c’. The total w id th of the
strips, w hich represents the effective w id th of the elem ent ‘b’, is d efined so
that the produ ct of ‘b’ and the maxim um edge stress equ als the actu al stresses
integrated over the entire w id th. The effective w id th d ecreases as the ap plied
stress increases. At m axim u m load , the stress on the effective w idth is the
yield stress.
Thu s, an elem ent w ith a small enou gh (w / t) w ill be able to reach the yield
point and w ill be fu lly effective. Elem ents with larger ratios will have an
effective w id th that is less than the fu ll wid th, and that red uced wid th w ill be
u sed in section property calculations.
The behavior of elem ents w ith other edge-sup p ort conditions is generally
sim ilar to that d iscussed above. H owever, an elem ent supp orted along only
one edge w ill develop only one effective strip .
Equations for calculating effective w id ths of elem ents are given in AISI
Specification. These equations are based on theoretical elastic buckling theory
bu t m od ified to reflect the resu lts of extensive physical testing. See AISI 2001
Specification for m ore d etails.
6
Beam s (C or Z Section ) H avin g O n e Flange Th rou gh -Fastened to D eck or

Sheath in g
If the tension flange of a beam is screw ed to d eck or sheathing and the
com pression flange is unbraced, su ch as a roof p u rlin or w all girt subjected to
w ind suction, the bend ing strength lies betw een that for a fu lly braced
m em ber and an u nbraced m em ber. This is d ue to the rotational restraint
provid ed by the spaced connections. Therefore, based on num erous tests, the
AISI Specification section C3.1.3 provid es the nom inal strength in term s of a
reduction factor R applied to the nominal strength for the fu lly braced
cond ition,
M n = R SeFy Eq. C3.1.3-1

M n = R SeFy / Ωb (ASD) Ωb = 1.67
M n = Φb R SeFy (LRFD) Φb = 0.90
Where,
Mn = N om inal Flexu ral Strength (Resistance)
Se = Elastic Section Mod ulu s of effective section at extreme fiber.
Fy = Yield Stress
For continuous spans,
R = 0.60 for C-sections,
R = 0.70 for Z-sections.
For sim ple spans, R is given in Table below ,
D epth (m m) Profile R
<= 165 C or Z 0.70
165 < D <= 216 C or Z 0.65
216 < D <= 292 Z 0.50
216 < D <= 292 C 0.40
Th ere are 15 cond ition s th at sh ou ld b e satisfied in ord er to ap p ly th e above

clau se, See AISI Sp ecification section C3.1.3 for m ore in form ation .
Beam s (C or Z Section ) Havin g O n e Flan ge Fasten ed to a Stan d in g Seam

Roof System
If the flange of a su pp orting beam is fastened to a stand ing seam roof system ,
the bend ing strength generally lies betw een that for a fu lly braced m em ber
and an u nbraced m em ber. The strength d ep end s on the d etails of the system,
as w ell as whether the load ing is gravity or u plift, and cannot be read ily
calculated. Therefore, the AISI 2001Sp ecification allow s the nom inal strength
to be calculated by Eq. C3.1.3-1, but w ith the red u ction factor R shall be
d eterm ined by representative tests of the system . Test sp ecim ens and
proced ures are d etailed in the “Base Test Method ” given in the AISI Manual.
Alternatively, the strength may be determined using the d iscrete point bracing
and the provisions of section C3.1.2.1
7
D esign of Roof Purlin s
The m ajor ad vantages of using a ‘Z’ Section as pu rlin and girts is that these
can be lapped (nested ) at su pports to provid e continuity and stiffness at
support. This arrangem ent also helps in controlling the d eflection at m id span.
Purlins are cold form ed second ary mem bers su pp orting the roof panels,
sections u sed for roof purlins are Z-sections and M-Sections. Roof Purlins are
exp ected to carry the follow ing load s,
1. Gravity loads [ Dead , Live , Collateral (if any) , Snow (if any)]
2. Wind loads [uplift (su ction) , pressu re]
3. Axial force d ue to the longitud inal w ind load s, in stru t p urlins
Top flanges of Pu rlin are assum ed to be restrained against lateral bu ckling by

the roof panels. The perform ance and allow able stresses d ep end s on the
loading cond itions,
1. Und er gravity load s
Gravity loads are alw ays acting perpend icular to ground , thus these can be
resolved in tw o com ponents, one p erp endicu lar to the sheeting and other
parallel to the sheeting. The p erp end icu lar com ponent is carried by roof
purlins in m ajor axis bend ing and the lateral com p onent is carried by shear
d iap hragm consisting of sheeting and pu rlins. For cases of non sym m etrical
pitched roof abou t rid ge (geometry & load ing), load s are transferred from
purlin top flange to sup p ort p oint. AISI 2001 (section D3.2.1) states that
‘provision shall be m ad e so that the maxim um lateral d isp lacement w ith
respect to the purlin reaction supp ort p oints d o not exceed (Span/ 360). The
specification requ ires anchored braces to be connected to only one line of
purlins in each purlin bay of each roof slop e if provision is mad e to transm it
forces from other purlin lines through the roof sheeting and its fastening
system . This bracing system red u ces the lateral d isp lacem ent thus ensures that
the p urlin top flange is fu lly restraint and able to transm it the lateral forces to
the rafter’s top flange plane. Braces at supp orts, m id sp an or one third p oints
are su ggested by specifications. The w eld ed p late at su pport p rovid es
sufficient anchorage for each p urlin to satisfy the above requ irem ent. How ever
for greater slopes m ore than 2:10, brace points may be required at m id -span or
one third points u sing sag rod s.
The force in the anchorage can be calculated using the form ula’s provid ed in
section D3.2.1 of AISI 2001
8
2. Und er wind load s
Wind Load Pressure, the design concep t is sam e as gravity except that the load
is perpend icular to the sheeting su rface. The load is resisted by m ajor axis
bending in the roof purlin.
Wind Load Su ction, in this case the bottom is u nd er com pression at mid sp an
and is u nrestraint, hence has a tend ency to bu ckle. The cod e allow s a
reduction in fully restrained section capacity for one flange fastened to
sheeting. The red uction factors are as d escribed above, See AISI Specification
section C3.1.3 for more inform ation.
3. Axial load s
The w ind load s from the w ind colu m ns at end w alls are transferred to the
closed p urlins on either sid e of the w ind colu m n. The roof bracing is also
broken at this location. Thu s these p urlins also know n as strut p urlin act as
roof bracing truss m em ber, the allowable axial stress is then calcu lated as per
Section C4 of AISI 2001 Manual and combined stresses to be checked as per
section C5 of AISI 2001 Manu al. For the cases w hen stru t pu rlins at braced
bays fails und er axial and bend ing try one of the following,
1. Ad d strut p urlin at d istance of 200 m m from original pu rlin, the axial

force now is divid ed betw een the original p urlin and the stru t p u rlin,
the original purlin is checked u nd er com bined bend ing m oment and
half axial load s, The stru t p urlin is to be connected to original p urlins
u sing short tie m em bers connected to the w eb to ensure that strut
p urlin is laterally restraint.
2. Ad d stru t tube to act as a com p ression member, the entire axial load s
are assum ed to be carried by the stru t tube and p urlins are d esigned
only for bend ing m oment.
MBS Softw are, ‘Special’ ‘C-Check’ can be used to check the combined affects of
all load s, bending, , axial load s, w eb crip pling and shear load s.
The section and the connection capacities shou ld be checked for com bined
axial and bend ing for controlling load com bination.
9
TIE MEMBER
PURLIN WITH SDS
2-12 mm Ø 4-12 mm Ø
HSB HSB
6 mm THK. PL.
RAFTER
TOP FLANGE 3 mm WELD
144 mm LG.
200
DETAIL # 01 DETAIL # 02 DETAIL # 03

CAPACITY = 19 kN CAPACITY = 38 kN CAPACITY = 77 kN
Ch eck Con n ection Cap acity
Bolt Grad e = Grad e 8.8

Bolt Size = 12 m m Φ
N o. of Bolts = 2 for Detail 01
= 4 for Detail 02 & 03
Weld Size = 3 mm
Allow able Stress in w eld E70XX = 144.69 N / m m 2
Length of plate = 150 m m
Thickness of Plate = 6 mm
Length of Weld = 150 – 3 x 2 = 144 m m
Cap acity of 2 x 12 mm Φ in shear = 2 x 18.10 = 36.20 kN

Cap acity of 3 m m Weld = 0.707 x 3 x 144.69 x 144 / 1000

= 44.19 kN
Bearing cap. on the purlin (1.5 thk) = 9.72 x 2 = 19.44 kN

Bearing cap. on the plate (6 thk) = 38.88 x 4 = 155.5 kN
H ence Minimu m of above = 19.44 kN for Detail # 01

= 38.88 kN for Detail # 02
10
Tab le 16.2 Fram in g

Sr. No. Location Fram in g Typ e
1 Roof Continuou s Bypass, can be sim ply su pported Flush
2 Sid ewall Continuou s Bypass, can be sim ply supp orted Flush
3 End w all Sim ply supported Flu sh, can be Continuous Byp ass
Tab le 16.3 Typ e of Lap s

Lap on each D esign Bay
Sr. Total Lap
Typ e sid e Lap * Spacin g
N o. (m m)
(m m ) (m m ) Ran ge (m )
1 Short 95 m m 190 mm 100 m m <6
2 Continu ou s 375 m m 750 mm 660 m m 6 to 8
3 Long 705 m m 1410 m m 1320 mm >8
Design Lap * = Total Lap – 2 x 45
Con n ection Bolts
All bolts u sed for connection of purlin at the lap and to w elded plate on the
rafter / colu m n are 12 mm diam eter H SB Gr. 8.8. Grade of bolt is subject to
change based on availability and management d ecision.
9595 375 375 705(LAP) 705(LAP)

ROOF PURLIN-
45 _cc £5 45(TYP) '1C 45(TYP)
jQC
+
11
+ + ♦
I
+r
fj
+
i
+
s - - 5*'
¥
rV PURLIN/GIRT- PURLIN/GIRT—1 PURLIN/GIRT—

FLANGE- GUSSET PLATES
FLANGE- ■GUSSET PLATES FLANGE- •GUSSET PLATES
BRACE
T BRACE S BRACE
C
50
LG ■MAIN FRAME 50 MAIN FRAME MAIN FRAME
660 RAFTER/COLUMN 660 RAFTER/COLUMN 660 RAFTER/COLUMN
PURLIN / GIRT WITH SHORT LAP PURLIN / GIRT WITH CONTINUOUS LAP PURLIN /GIRT WITH LONG LAP
11
D esign of Wall G irts
Girts are sp anning horizontally betw een the bay spacing and end w all colu m n
spacing to su pp ort the wall sheeting and thus transfer the w ind loads to the
m ain fram e or end w all colum ns. It is our standard p ractice is to use Z-sections
or M-Section as by-pass typ e construction for sid ew all girts for sm all to
m ed ium and large sp ans resp ectively. Z or C-sections are u sed as end w all
girts connected flu sh w ith the end wall colum n ou tsid e flange in ord er to u se
d iap hragm action effectively.
Wall Girts are basically subjected to Wind Load s (Su ction & Pressu re) in the
m ajor axis d irection and self-w eight load in the m inor axis. The self w eight is
only a concern u ntil the sheeting or sag rod s are erected .
The ou tsid e flange of the girts are connected to sheeting and are assu med to be
restrained against lateral buckling by the w all p anels. For the case of w ind
p ressu re the ou tsid e flange is in compression and is restrained by sheeting,
hence fu ll section cap acity is used . For the case of wind suction insid e flange is
in com pression and is unrestraint, therefore the fu ll section capacity is red u ced
u sing a red u ction factor as per section C3.1.3 AISI 2001 d escribed above.
DETAIL # 01 +
: + t
DETAIL # 03
DETAIL # 02 + + j
FLUSH TYPE CONNECTION BYPASS TYPE CONNECTION
12
D esign of Eave Pu rlin
The d esign of eave pu rlin is similar to that of roof p urlin, except for follow ing,
• In ad d ition to the load s in the m ajor axis from roof, it is also subjected
to som e load in the m inor axis from sid ew all, hence it is necessary that,
the d istance betw een the last girt and eave point (500 m m) and also the
d istance betw een the eave point and second pu rlin (900 mm ) is sm all,
in ord er to m inimize both the major and minor axis load on the eave
p urlin. Some portion of the vertical and horizontal loads is also
transferred to the w all and roof sheeting respectively.
• In braced bays the eave p urlin also acts as strut m ember in bracing
tru ss for accum ulated roof bracing load s and transfer these to sidew all
bracing.
Eave pu rlin m ay be consid ered laterally restraint and fu lly sup ported by roof
sheeting, and p artially restrained by the w all sheeting through the eave angle
connection. The w all sheeting is consid ered to provide fu ll su pport for eave
purlin against vertical d eflections in the follow ing cases,
• Fully sheeted w alls, w here the w all sheeting is resting on ground slab
or beam
• Partially sheeted w alls with block w all und erneath w here the bottom
girt or base angle is resting on the block w all.
For portion of framed opening w id th, not exceed half the bay spacing, in fully
sheeted w alls, eave purlin m ay be consid ered as sup ported .
For other cases w here the w alls are partially sheeted from eave to som e height
above grou nd and open for access, ad equ ate proper sag rod arrangement shall
be provid e with flayed sag rod s at the top to carry the w eight of the sheeting.
Section Prop erties an d Cap acities
The section properties and cap acities of all available cold form ed Sections are
tabu lated in the follow ing tables. These m ay be calculated m anu ally as p er
AISI Manual 2001 Section 3, the prop erties and cap acities in the tables are
calculated u sing RSG Softw are (CFS Version 4.14).
13
Z Section Properties
WTp
Design Mode = ASD

Ωv = 1.60 Ωc = 1.80 \
Ωb = 1.67 Ωt = 1.67
Material= A653 Grade 50

i X-
Thk.
-x
2
Fy = 345 N/mm
200 Z 15 V WBt
| | |
Depth Section thickness V
Section Data
Section Depth WTp=WBt Thk Lip Rad Angle Area Wt Yd Coil Width
mm mm mm mm mm deg cm 2 kg/m mm mm
200Z15 200 60 1.5 18.494 6 60 5.175 4.06 100 345
200Z18 200 60 1.8 19.048 6 60 6.210 4.87 100 345
200Z20 200 60 2.0 19.417 6 60 6.900 5.42 100 345
200Z25 200 60 2.5 20.340 6 60 8.625 6.77 100 345
250Z20 250 60 2.0 18.917 6 60 7.880 6.19 125 394
250Z25 250 60 2.5 19.840 6 60 9.850 7.73 125 394
About X-X Axis About Y-Y Axis Torsional Constants

Section Ixx SxTop=Bot Rxx IycTop=Bot Syy Ryy Cw J Ro
4 3 4 3 6
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 4 mm
200Z15 3.06E+06 30598 76.89 2.07E+05 6035 28.26 3.02E+09 388.14 81.92
200Z18 3.66E+06 36591 76.76 2.49E+05 7268 28.34 3.64E+09 670.70 81.83
200Z20 4.06E+06 40562 76.67 2.78E+05 8095 28.39 4.05E+09 920.03 81.76
200Z25 5.04E+06 50403 76.45 3.51E+05 10178 28.52 5.11E+09 1796.94 81.59
250Z20 6.89E+06 55109 93.50 2.74E+05 7991 26.35 6.51E+09 1050.70 97.14
250Z25 8.57E+06 68587 93.30 3.45E+05 10049 26.47 8.20E+09 2052.14 96.98
Allowable Shear Force Allowable Bending Moment

Allowable Axial Force (kN)
Section (kN) ( kNm )
Vay Vax Maxo Maxo1* Maxo2 Mayo Pao Ta

200Z15 11.19 18.68 5.68 3.98 3.70 1.10 55.83 106.83
200Z18 19.40 22.20 7.25 5.07 4.71 1.50 76.41 128.20
200Z20 26.68 24.50 8.23 5.76 5.35 1.67 90.66 142.44
200Z25 45.35 30.12 10.41 7.28 6.76 2.10 125.18 178.05
250Z20 20.98 24.50 10.33 7.23 5.17 1.65 90.36 162.67
250Z25 41.14 30.12 13.80 9.66 6.90 2.08 126.34 203.34
* Based on a reduction factor of 0.70 for continuous spans

(Applicable only if the span of the longest member is not more than 20% longer than the shortest span).
For simple spans see values under Maxo2
14
M -Section s (TM CP)
M-Sections are latest ad dition to Mam m ut range of cold form ed sections.

These sections are basically ‘C’ shaped 356 m m deep, with large stiffened
op enings in the w ebs along the length of the sections and longitud inal ribs in
the w eb and flanges for stiffening. These are referred as ‘360M’ section in
ord er to keep the steel line as a round ed value of 360 m m from ou tsid e flange
face. These may be used as p urlins or girts for long bay sp acings (more than 10
m eters). Coil w id th of 540 m m is requ ired to roll these ‘M’ sections.
Tab le 16.5 Fram in g

Sr. No. Location Fram in g Typ e
1 Roof Continuou s Bypass, can be sim ply su pported Flush
#
2 Sid ew all Continu ou s# Bypass, can be sim ply su pported Flush

Cu rren tly w e are u n ab le to fab ricate TM CP Section , H en ce th is section s is not-
3 End w all* Sim ply sup ported Flu sh, can be Continuous Bypass
ap p licab le
* - Not used at end walls very often, Z-sections are used instead .
# - Continu ity is achieved by using a connector section back to back.
Tab le 16.6 Typ e of Lap s

Lap on each D esign Bay
Sr. Total Lap
Typ e sid e Lap * Spacin g
N o. (m m)
(m m ) (m m ) Ran ge (m )
1 Continu ou s 405 m m 810 mm 720 m m <= 10
2 Long 710 m m 1420 m m 1330 mm 10 to 12
3 Big 1015 mm 2030 m m 1940 mm > 12
Design Lap * = Total Lap – 2 x 45
Continu ity is achieved u sing a single piece of similar ‘M’ section connected
back to back w ith the 2 pieces of purlins spanning the bay, and the w eld ed
p late is sand w iched in betw een the purlin and connector. There are 3 stand ard
connectors SCN -1XX, SCN-2XX, SCN -3XX for Continuou s, Long and Big lap
resp ectively, in d ifferent thicknesses.
810 1420 2030
50 305 100 305 5C 50 305 305 100 305 305 50 50 305 305 305 100 305 305 305 50
on ooi:
o o
m
O O' * o- Z. cn
00,0.OQ jO-
CT1
1818mm-/ 018mm-/
(typ) (typ)
SCN-2XX SCN-2XX SCN-3XX
15
The p u nching p attern of the M-Purlin is so program m ed that the first 3 oval
holes are alw ays spaced at a d istance of 305 m m from either end s, and the
balance is equ ally d ivid ed dep ending upon the length.
Exam p le:-
If, L = is the bay spacing betw een which ‘M’ p urlin w ill sp an.
Then,
N o. of spacing of holes = (L – 2 x 965) / 305 (Round ed to low er sid e)
Where, 965 is the su m of (5 + 45 + 3 x 305)

5 = the d istance of purlin end from bay center line
45 = the d istance of first 18 d ia hole from p urlin ed ge.
305 = the spacing betw een the first 3 holes.
H ence the m inim u m length = 965 x 2 = 1930 mm .
ap p licable
Say bay sp acing ‘L’ = 11890 m m
Then no. of holes = (11890 – 2 x 965) / 305 = 32.65 ~ 32
Spacing of holes = (11890 – 2 x 965) / 32 = 311.25 m m
Therefore,
Total nu m ber of holes = 32 + 3 x 2 = 38 Oval holes
Spacing of holes = 45 + 3 @305 + 32 @311.25 + 3 @305 + 45
= 11880 + 5 + 5 = 11890 m m
OF RAFTER/COLUMN c- 76
© © © © © © © © © © ©
to to
lO
r-1 ro
© © © © © © © © © © © © ©
5 i- 305 305 305 32 @ 311.25 305 305 305

965 9960 965
11890
ELEVATION SECTION
16
Con n ection Bolts

All bolts u sed for connection of purlin at the lap and to w elded plate on the
rafter / colu m n are 16 mm diam eter H SB Gr. 8.8. Grade of bolt is subject to
change based on availability and management d ecision.
CONNECTOR 50
405 *
100
405
50 CONNECTOR 50
710
100
710
50 5Q.
1015
CONNECTOR 100
1015
50
© . @
fy @ @
\
© © „@ -
H V-. © @ @
* CO
s
CO
s s
© © © © .© © ©
* /
WELDED CLIP WELDED CLIP SLC102 WELDED CLIP

(SLC102)
W/2 BOLTS
GUSSET PUTE
_\
COLUMN/RAFT Cu rren tly w e are u n ab le to fab ricate TM CP Section , H en ce th is section s is not- FLANGE BRACE
50X50X5
W/2 BOLTS
ap p licable
-
CONTINUOUS LAP LONG LAP BIG LAP
G en eral
‘M’ sections of any dim ension can be prod uced on the TMCP m achine, with
follow ing lim itations, but these w ill require coils of d ifferent wid ths.
Tab le 16.4 Section Profile on TM CP M ach in e

D im en sion M inim um (mm ) M axim u m (m m )
Web d ep th 92 356
Flange w id th 41 76
Lip length NA 25
Thickness 0.8 3.0
Minim u m Length = 1930 m m
NA - Denotes that the sections m ay be w ithout lip (Open C or Stu d)
‘M’ Sections w hen used as Jam bs and H eaders for framed op ening can be
rolled w ith ou t the large holes.
17
200
TIE MEMBER
WITH SDS
c~i PURLIN
rÿr-i r~)
2-16 mm Ø 2-16 mm Ø
HSB HSB
6 mm THK. PL.
RAFTER
TOP FLANGE 3 mm WELD
169 mm LG. i -
L, L,
DETAIL # 01 DETAIL # 02 DETAIL # 03

CAPACITY = 31 kN CAPACITY = 51 kN CAPACITY = 82 kN

Ch eck Con n ection Cap acity
app licable
Bolt Grad e = Grad e 8.8
Bolt Size = 16 m m Φ
N o. of Bolts = 2 for Detail 01 (Single Shear)
= 2 for Detail 02 (Double Shear)
Weld Size = 3 mm
Allow able Stress in w eld E70XX = 144.69 N / m m 2
Length of plate = 175 m m
Thickness of Plate = 6 mm
Length of Weld = 175 – 3 x 2 = 169 m m

Cap acity of 2 x 16 mm Φ in shear = 2 x 32.17 x 2 = 128.7 kN
Cap acity of 3 m m Weld = 0.707 x 3 x 144.69 x 169 / 1000

= 51.86 kN

Bearing cap. on the purlin (1.8 thk) = 15.55 x 2 x 2 = 62.20 kN
Bearing cap . on the plate (6 thk) = 51.84 x 2 = 103.68 kN
H ence Minimu m of above = 31.10 kN for Detail # 01

Cap acity for Detail 03 is su m of Detail 01 and 02, hence
31.10 + 51.86 = 82.96 kN for Detail # 03
18
M Section Prop erties (Solid )
WTp
Design Mode = ASD Y
i
Ωv = 1.60 Ωc = 1.80 FT ■> Lip
Rad
Ωb = 1.67 Ωt = 1.67
Yd
Depth XJ>- i. X
Material= A653 Grade 50 S.C C.G
2
Fy = 345 N/mm Thk.
360 M 18 j Lip
i I
Y
| | | WBp
Depth Section thickness
Section Data
360M18 356 76 1.8 22.429 2.39 90 9.720 7.63 178 540
360M20 356 76 2.0 22.915 2.39 90 10.800 8.48 178 540

mm 4 mm 3 mm mm 4 mm 3 mm mm 6 mm 4 mm
360M18 1.70E+07 95647 131.76 3.03E+05 10073 24.88 1.47E+10 1058 140.47
360M20 1.93E+07 108548 153.14 3.26E+05 10330 28.14 1.83E+10 1440 141.31


360M18 15.46 17.82 16.83 10.10 6.73 1.73 73.99 217.17
360M20 21.21 19.64 19.33 11.60 7.73 1.94 87.10 242.14

19
Example 1
Consid er a build ing w ith 8 bays; sp aced at 6500 + 6 @7500 + 6500

Load s are as listed below ,
Dead Load = 0.10 kN/ m 2

Wind pressure = 0.90 kN/ m 2
Purlin Spacing = 2.00 m eters.
H ence the uniformly d istributed load d u e to Dead + Live (DL+LL) is,

= Purlin Sp acing x (Dead Load + Live Load )
For ASD = 2.00 x (0.10 + 0.60) = 1.40 kN/ m
Cu rrently For
w e LRFD
are un able to fab ricate TM CP Section , H en ce th
= 2.00 x (1.20 x 0.10 + 1.6 x 0.60) is section s iskN
= 2.16 n ot-
/m
ap p licab le
Sim ilarly, the u niformly d istribu ted load d ue to Dead + Wind (DL+WL) is,
= Pu rlin Sp acing x (Dead Load - Wind Load )
Where, w ind load = w ind pressure x coefficient,
As per MBMA 2002 the coefficients are as below ,
End Zone = 1.28
Interior Zone = 1.08
Therefore the load s are,
End Zone or spans
For ASD = 2.00 x (0.60 x 0.10 - 0.90 x 1.28) = -2.18 kN / m
For LRFD = 2.00 x (0.90 x 0.10 – 1.6 x 0.9 x 1.28) = -3.51 kN/ m
Interior Zone or spans
For ASD = 2.00 x (0.60 x 0.10 - 0.90 x 1.08) = -1.82 kN / m
For LRFD = 2.00 x (0.90 x 0.10 – 1.6 x 0.9 x 1.08) = -2.93 kN/ m
The spans, lap length, load ing, shear force, shear at lap location, bend ing
m oments at mid span and lap location and reactions for both gravity and w ind
load is as show n below , note that only ASD load ing and forces are shown.
Let us u se a trail section 200Z25 at end bays and 200Z18 in interior bays.
Only the first and last lap s are long laps, other lap s are continu ous.
20
1.40 kN/m
DL+LL
(TYPICAL)
LAP LENGTH 705 375 375 375 375 705
SPANS 6500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 6500
5.31 5.23 5 .26 5.24 5.27 5.19 5.61

3.49
SHEAR FORCE
DIAGRAM
3.49
Cu rren tly we are u n ab le to fab 5ricate
.61 TMCP5.19 Section
5.27 , H en5ce
.24th is section
5.26 s is5.not-
23 5.31
ap p licab le
4.39 4.31 4.33 4.32 4.34 4.27 4.69

0.00
SHEAR FORCE J\
AT LAP LOCATION \
0.00
-4.69 -4.27 -4.34 -4.32 -4.33 -4.31 -4.39
REACTIONS
1
3.49 10.92 10.42 10.52 10.49 10.52 10.42 10.92 3.49
SUPPORT MOMENT
-6.91 -6.47 -6 .59 -6.55 -6.47 -6.91 -6.91

BENDING MOMENT /K /N
DIAGRAM
4.34 3.15 3.31 3 .27 3.27 3.31 3.15 4.34
MIDSPAN MOMENT
RIGHT LAP MOMENT

-3.71 -3.32 -3.43 -3 .39 -3.42 -3.35 -3.51
MOMENTS AT
LOCATIONS
/tTk zik zftk A /fTK
-3.51 -3.35 -3.42 -3.39 -3.43 -3.32 -3.71
LEFT LAP MOMENT
21
Section Cap acities.

Referring the prop erties table for ‘Z’ section,
Section s Shear (k N ) M om en t (k N m ) I xx (mm 4)

200Z18 19.40 7.25 3.66 x 106
200Z25 45.35 10.41 5.04 x 106
Design Checks for DL+LL case. (Moving from left to right)

First Span
Shear at left Sup port = 3.490 kN
Shear capacity for Z25 = 45.35 kN
Stress Ratio = 3.49 / 45.35 = 0.0769 = 0.08
Cu rrently Mom entun

w e are atable
m id to
span = 4.340
fab ricate TM CP Section , HkN
enm
ce th is section s is n ot-
Mom ent Capacity for Z25ap p licab le = 10.41 kN m
(Com pression flange fu lly braced )
Stress Ratio = 4.34 / 10.41 = 0.417 = 0.42
Shear at right lap = 4.690 kN

Stress Ratio = 4.69 / 45.35 = 0.103 = 0.10
Mom ent at right lap = 3.510 kN m
Mom ent capacity for Z25 = 10.41 kN m
Stress Ratio = 3.51 / 10.41 = 0.337 = 0.34
Com bined Shear and Mom ent Interaction at right lap

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.10)2 + (0.34)2 = 0.13
[The cap acities reported above are (M n / Ωb) for m oment and (Vn / Ωv ) for shear]
Reporting the m axim u m of above stress ratio [m ax(0.10,0.34,0.13)] = 0.34
Shear at left of right su pport = 5.610 kN

Shear capacity for Z25+Z18 = 45.35 + 19.40 = 64.75 kN
Stress Ratio = 5.610 / 64.75= 0.0866 = 0.09
Mom ent at right supp ort = 6.910 kN m
Mom ent capacity for Z25+Z18 = 10.41 + 7.25 = 17.6 kNm
Stress Ratio = 6.91 / 17.60 = 0.391 = 0.39

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.09)2 + (0.39)2 = 0.16
22
Second Span
Shear at right of left support = 5.310 kN
Stress Ratio = 5.310 / 64.75= 0.0866 = 0.08
Mom ent at left sup port = 6.910 kN m
Mom ent capacity for Z25+Z18 = 10.41 + 7.25 = 17.6 kN m
Stress Ratio = 6.91 / 17.60 = 0.391 = 0.39

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.08)2 + (0.39)2 = 0.16
Cu rren tly w e are u n able

Shear to fab
at left lap ricate TMCP Section ,=H4.39
en cekN
th is section s is not-
Shear capacity for Z18 ap p licab le = 19.40 kN
Stress Ratio = 4.39 / 19.40 = 0.226 = 0.23
Mom ent at left lap = 3.71 kN m
Stress Ratio = 3.71 / 7.25 = 0.511 = 0.51

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.23)2 + (0.51)2 = 0.31
Mom ent at m id span = 3.150 kN m

Mom ent Capacity for Z18 = 7.250 kN m
Stress Ratio = 3.15 / 7.25 = 0.434 = 0.43

Stress Ratio = 4.27 / 19.40 = 0.220 = 0.22
Stress Ratio = 3.35 / 7.25 = 0.462 = 0.46

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.22)2 + (0.46)2 = 0.26
Sim ilarly for other spans….
23
DL+WL -2.18 kN/m -1.82 kN/m -2.18 kN/m
(TYPICAL)
LAP LENGTH 705 375 375 375 375 705
SPANS 6500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 6500
8.59 6.61 6.88 6.81 6.84 6.77 7.04

5.58
SHEAR FORCE
DIAGRAM
-5.58
-7.04ap p licab
-6.77le -6.84 -6.81 -6.88 -6.61 -8.59
7.15 6.01 6 .28 6.21 6.24 6.17 5.84

5.58
SHEAR FORCE
AT LAP LOCATION IX
-5.58
-5.84 -6.17 -6.24 -6.21 -6.28 -6.01 -7.15
REACTIONS
-5.58 -15.63 -13.38 -13.73 -13.61 -13.73 -13.38 -15.63 -5.58
MIDSPAN MOMENT
-7.14 -3.82 -4.39 -4.24 -4.24 -4.39 -3.82 -7.14

BENDING MOMENT
DIAGRAM NX NX NT
9.79 8.19 8.63 8.48 8.63 8.19 9.79
SUPPORT MOMENT
RIGHT LAP MOMENT
4.59 6.11 6.46 6.34 6.47 6.06 5.54

MOMENTS AT
LOCATIONS X Nz NP
5.54 6.06 6.47 6.34 6.46 6.11 4.59
LEFT LAP MOMENT
24
Design Checks for DL+WL case. (Moving from left to right)

First Span
Stress Ratio = 5.58 / 45.35 = 0.123 = 0.12

(Com pression flange un-braced , hence u sing a red u ction factor = 0.70)
Stress Ratio = 7.14 / (0.7 x 10.41) = 0.979 = 0.98

Stress Ratio = 7.15 / 45.35 = 0.157 = 0.16
Cu rrently w e areStress
un ab Ratio
le to fab ricate TM CP Section , =Hen ce/ th10.41
4.59 is section s is n ot-
= 0.440 = 0.44
app licab le
(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.16)2 + (0.44)2 = 0.22

Stress Ratio = 8.59 / 64.75 = 0.133 = 0.13
Mom ent capacity for Z25+Z18 = 10.41 + 7.25 = 17.6 kNm
Stress Ratio = 9.79 / 17.60 = 0.556 = 0.55

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.13)2 + (0.55)2 = 0.32
25
Second Span
Stress Ratio = 7.04 / 64.75 = 0.108 = 0.10
Mom ent at left sup port = 9.790 kN m
Mom ent capacity for Z25+Z18 = 10.41 + 7.25 = 17.6 kN m
Stress Ratio = 9.79 / 17.60 = 0.522 = 0.55

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.10)2 + (0.55)2 = 0.31
Shear at left lap = 5.84 kN

Stress Ratio = 5.84 / 19.40 = 0.301 = 0.30
Cu rrently w e are u n able to fab ricate TM CP Section , H en ce th is section s is n ot-
ap p licable
Stress Ratio = 5.54 / 7.25 = 0.76 = 0.76

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.30)2 + (0.76)2 = 0.66

(Com pression flange un-braced , hence u sing a red u ction factor = 0.70)
Stress Ratio = 3.82 / (0.7 x 7.25)= 0.752 = 0.75

Stress Ratio = 6.01 / 19.40 = 0.309 = 0.31
Stress Ratio = 6.11 / 7.25 = 0.843 = 0.84

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.31)2 + (0.84)2 = 0.74
26
N ote:- If sag rod s are u sed and the allow able u n braced length of a given
section is m ore than the actu al un braced length, then full section capacity is
u sed . Otherw ise the red u ction factor as below are used ,
If, Lc <= 0.75 R = 0.70

0.75 < Lc <= 1.00 R = 0.85
Lc > 1.00 R = 1.00
Where, Lc = Lu / Sag Rod Spacing

Lu = Allow able un braced length
Calcu lation of Lu (AISI 2001 M an u al p age II-19)

For m em bers bent abou t the centrodial axis perpend icu lar to the w eb,
calcu lation of lateral bu ckling strength is unnecessary w hen the un braced
length is less than 'Lu ’, w hich resu lts in a critical elastic flexural stress Fe , that is
2.78 Fy . ‘Lu ’ may be calcu lated as below,
1. For singly, d oubly and p oint sym metric sections:
Lu = { G J / 2 C 1 + [ C 2 / C 1 + ( G J / 2 C1) 2 ] 0.5} 0.5

Cu rrently w e are un able to fab ricate TMCP Section , H en ce th is section s is not-
C 1 = 7.72 [ Ky Fy Sf / C bapπprlicab
y ] / AE
2
le
C 2 = π 2 E Cw / k t 2
C b = 1.67 , Kt = 0.70
Sr. N o. Section Allowab le Un b raced Len gth ‘Lu ’ (m )

1 200Z15 1.78
2 200Z18 1.78
3 200Z20 1.78
4 200Z25 1.78
5 250Z20 1.64
6 250Z25 1.63
D eflection s
First Span
DL+LL = Sp an / 180 = 6500 / 180 = 36.11 m m = 3.61 cm
Actu al = 1.38 cm
DL+WL = Sp an / 120 = 6500 / 120 = 54.16 m m = 5.42 cm
Actu al = 2.39 cm
Second Span
DL+LL = Sp an / 180 = 7500 / 180 = 41.67 m m = 4.17 cm
Actu al = 1.41 cm
DL+WL = Sp an / 120 = 7500 / 120 = 62.50 m m = 6.25 cm
Actu al = 1.56 cm
27
ft *
Sag Rods No
3 Liner
12
No
Total Weight
Deflection Limit (Gravity Loads)
342.14
180
Kgs.
Welded Plate Yes Design ASD Deflection Limit (Wind Load) 120
Design Calculation Sheet for Zee Purlins
Spans m 6.50 I 7.50 7.50 7.50 I 7.50 7.50 7.50 6.50 I ]
DL+LL kN/m 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40
DL+WL kN/m -2.18 -1.82 -1.82 -1.82 -1.82 -1.82 -1.82 -2.18
The above values are calculated by adding the loads and multiplying by the purlin spacing.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Purlin Sizes 200Z25 200Z18 200Z18 200Z18 200Z18 200Z18 200Z18 200Z25
Purlin Lap L C C C C C L
C= Continous lap 375 mm each side. L= Long lap 705 mm each side.
Wind Increase nz\
1.00
By Structrural analysis using Stiffness Matrix Analysis the following Internal Forces are obtained
** DL+LL
Moment-Left Support kN.m 0.00 -6.91 -6.47 -6.59 -6.55 -6.59 -6.47 -6.91 0.00 0.00
Moment-Left Lap kN.m 0.00 -3.71 -4.82 -4.93 -4.89 -4.93 -4.83 -3.51 0.00 0.00
Moment-Mid Span kN.m 4.34 3.15 3.31 3.27 3.27 3.31 3.15 4.34 0.00 0.00
Moment-Right Lap kN.m -3.51 -4.83 -4.93 -4.89 -4.93 -4.82 -3.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
Shear-Left Lap kN 3.49 4.39 4.77 4.79 4.78 4.80 4.73 4.69 0.00 0.00
Shear-Right Lap kN -4.69 -4.73 -4.80 -4.78 -4.79 -4.77 -4.39 -3.49 0.00 0.00
** DL+WL
Moment-Left Support kN.m 0.00 9.79 8.19 8.63 8.48 8.63 8.19 9.79 0.00 0.00
Moment-Left Lap kN.m 0.00 5.54 6.06 6.47 6.34 6.46 6.11 4.59 0.00 0.00
Moment-Mid Span kN.m -7.14 -3.82 -4.39 -4.24 -4.24 -4.39 -3.82 -7.14 0.00 0.00
Moment-Right Lap kN.m 4.59 6.11 6.46 6.34 6.47 6.06 5.54 0.00 0.00 0.00
Shear-Left Lap kN -5.58 -5.84 -6.17 -6.24 -6.21 -6.28 -6.01 -7.15 0.00 0.00
Shear-Right Lap kN 7.15 6.01 6.28 6.21 6.24 6.17 5.84 5.58 0.00 0.00
•Honed -Left Support Sheor-Lrft Lop

Morent-Ricfit lop
Honent-Left Lip
I L foneit-Nid Spot T
Steor-Rafrt Lop-
By checking the stresses as per AISI 2001 NAS
the following Stress Ratios ( Actual Stress / Allowable Stress ) are obtained
Shear strength as per section C3.2

Bending strength as per section C3.1
Web Crippling strength as per section C3.4 The Maximum Value of these Stress Ratios are reported below
Combined Bending & Shear strength as per section C3.3
Combined Bending & Web Crippling as per section C3.5
** DL+LL
Left Support 0.08 0.39 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.39 0.08
Left Lap 0.08 0.51 0.66 0.68 0.67 0.68 0.67 0.34
Mid Span 0.42 0.43 0.46 0.45 0.45 0.46 0.43 0.42
Right Lap 0.34 0.67 0.68 0.67 0.68 0.66 0.51 0.08
Deflection Cm 1.38 1.41 1.56 1.52 1.52 1.56 1.41 1.38 0.00 0.00
Allowable Cm 3.61 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 3.61
** DL+WL
Left Support 0.12 0.55 0.56 0.59 0.58 0.59 0.56 0.55 0.12
Left Lap 0.12 0.76 0.83 0.90 0.87 0.90 0.84 0.44
Mid Span 0.98 0.75 0.86 0.83 0.83 0.86 0.75 0.98
Right Lap 0.44 0.84 0.90 0.87 0.90 0.83 0.76 0.12
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Deflection Cm -Ve 2.39 1.56 2.10 1.97 1.97 2.10 1.56 2.39 0.00 0.00
Allowable Cm -Ve 5.42 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.25 5.42
All Stress Ratios as per above are less than 1.0 - Use Sizes as given above.
Last Revised on 29-Jul-2007
28
M inor Axis Ben d in g

For roof w ith steep slope, sag rod s m u st be provid ed to act as supp ort p oints
for m inor axis bend ing of pu rlins. Let us consid er a case w ith roof slop e of 26°,
and other data same as in exam ple 1.
Since the wind load is always acting p erpend icu lar to the roof su rface, there is
no m inor axis bending d u e to w ind load , only gravity load s will ind u ce m inor
axis bend ing in the pu rlin section betw een sag rod s if p rovid ed , other w ise for
full span. Ignoring the roof d iaphragm action.
DL+LL = 1.40 kN/m
/m 26°
kN
1 .26
=
26
c os
0x
1.4
/m
kN
.6 1
6 =0
s in 2
0x
1 .4
The UDL due to DL+LL is resolved parallel p u rlin web and along the slop e as
shown above. The valu e p arallel to pu rlin w eb shou ld be entered in the purlin
d esign sheet. (See p urlin d esign sheet on the follow ing page).
Since there are no sag rod s, minor axis bend ing is ap plicable for fu ll span.
Maxim um Mid span m om ent d u e to vertical (m ajor axis load)
End Sp an = 3.91 kNm
Interior Span = 2.98 kN m
H ence the mom ents d u e to m inor axis load can be calculated as below ,
End Sp an = 3.91 x 0.61 / 1.26 = 1.89 kN m
Interior Span = 2.98 x 0.61 / 1.26 = 1.44 kNm
29
Sag Rods No 12 Total Weight 342.14 Kgs.

,2 3 Liner No Deflection Limit (Gravity Loads) 180
Welded Plate Yes Design ASD Deflection Limit (Wind Load) 120
Design Calculation Sheet for Zee Purlins
Spans m 6.50 7.50 I 7.50 7.50 I 7.50 I 7.50 7.50 I 6.50 I I ]
DL+LL kN/m 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26
DL+WL kN/m -2.01 -1.74 -1.74 -1.74 -1.74 -1.74 -1.74 -2.01
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Purlin Sizes 200Z25 200Z18 200Z18 200Z18 200Z18 200Z18 200Z18 200Z25
Purlin Lap L C C C C C L
C= Continous lap 375 mm each side. L= Long lap 705 mm each side.
Wind Increase IZZI
1.00
** DL+LL
Moment-Left Support kN.m 0.00 -6.22 -5.82 -5.93 -5.89 -5.93 -5.82 -6.22 0.00 0.00
Moment-Left Lap kN.m 0.00 -3.34 -4.34 -4.44 -4.41 -4.44 -4.35 -3.16 0.00 0.00
Moment-Mid Span kN.m 3.91 2.84 2.98 2.95 2.95 2.98 2.84 3.91 0.00 0.00
Moment-Right Lap kN.m -3.16 -4.35 -4.44 -4.41 -4.44 -4.34 -3.34 0.00 0.00 0.00
Shear-Left Lap kN 3.14 3.95 4.29 4.31 4.30 4.32 4.26 4.22 0.00 0.00
Shear-Right Lap kN -4.22 -4.26 -4.32 -4.30 -4.31 -4.29 -3.95 -3.14 0.00 0.00
** DL+WL
Moment-Left Support kN.m 0.00 9.19 7.88 8.24 8.12 8.24 7.88 9.19 0.00 0.00
Moment-Left Lap kN.m 0.00 5.15 5.83 6.17 6.06 6.16 5.88 4.38 0.00 0.00
Moment-Mid Span kN.m -6.52 -3.71 -4.18 -4.06 -4.06 -4.18 -3.71 -6.52 0.00 0.00
Moment-Right Lap kN.m 4.38 5.88 6.16 6.06 6.17 5.83 5.15 0.00 0.00 0.00
Shear-Left Lap kN -5.12 -5.55 -5.90 -5.97 -5.93 -6.00 -5.78 -6.62 0.00 0.00
Shear-Right Lap kN 6.62 5.78 6.00 5.93 5.97 5.90 5.55 5.12 0.00 0.00
Moneol-Lefl Support Sheor-Lpft

Moreftt-Right Lop Lop
Nowot-Left Lip
I L forest- Nid Spot T

Sheor-Pijjvt Lop-

** DL+LL
Left Support 0.07 0.35 0.40 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.40 0.35 0.07
Left Lap 0.07 0.46 0.60 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.60 0.30
Mid Span 0.37 0.39 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.39 0.37
Right Lap 0.30 0.60 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.60 0.46 0.07
Deflection Cm 1.24 1.27 1.41 1.37 1.37 1.41 1.27 1.24 0.00 0.00
Allowable Cm 3.61 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 3.61
** DL+WL
Left Support 0.11 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.56 0.57 0.54 0.52 0.11
Left Lap 0.11 0.71 0.80 0.85 0.84 0.85 0.81 0.42
Mid Span 0.89 0.73 0.82 0.80 0.80 0.82 0.73 0.89
Right Lap 0.42 0.81 0.85 0.84 0.85 0.80 0.71 0.11
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Deflection Cm -Ve 2.16 1.55 1.99 1.88 1.88 1.99 1.55 2.16 0.00 0.00
Allowable Cm -Ve 5.42 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.25 5.42
Last Revised on 29-Jul-2007
30
Since the top flange is attached to sheeting at every +/ - 250 m m or so, it can be
consid ered as fully braced and u se the fu ll section capacity for minor axis
bending.
Referring to property table for ‘Z’ Section w e can see the allow able m om ent
capacities in m inor axis d irection are,
200Z18 = 1.50 kNm
200Z25 = 2.10 kNm
Therefore, the stress ratios are,

End Sp an = 1.89 / 2.10 = 0.90
Interior Span = 1.44 / 1.50 = 0.96
Referring the m ajor axis stress ratios from purlin d esign sheet we know ,
End Sp an = 0.37
Interior Span = 0.39
H ence the com bined stress ratio is,

End Span = 0.90 + 0.37 = 1.270 > 1.00 Hence Not Good
Interior Span = 0.96 + 0.39 = 1.350 > 1.00 H ence N ot Good
Since the com bined ratios are exceed ing u nity, the follow ing alternatives can
be checked w ith,
1. Redu ced purlin spacing.
2. Increase pu rlin section.
3. Ad d sag rod .
We w ill ad d 2 row s of sag rods in each bay, conservatively assuming minor

axis mom ent as (w l2/ 10), w here, ‘l’ is the span of purlin between the sag rod s,
therefore the minor axis mom ent,
End Sp an = 0.61 x (6.5/ 3)2 / 10 = 0.286
Interior Span = 0.61 x (7.5/ 3)2 / 10 = 0.381
Therefore, the stress ratios are,

End Sp an = 0.286 / 2.10 = 0.136
Interior Span = 0.381 / 1.50 = 0.254
H ence the com bined stress ratio is,

End Sp an = 0.14 + 0.37 = 0.51 < 1.00 H ence OK
Interior Span = 0.25 + 0.39 = 0.64 < 1.00 H ence OK
31
RAFTER RAFTER
SUPPORT SUPPORT
MINOR AXIS BENDING
WITHOUT SAG ROD
SAGROD
SUPPORT
(TYP)
RAFTER RAFTER
SUPPORT SUPPORT
MINOR AXIS BENDING

WITH SAG ROD
The sagrod is acting as support for m inor axis bend ing; hence there is a
reaction force in the sag rod . In the exam p le above the reaction can be
conservatively calculated as below ,
End Sp an = 0.61 x (6.50 / 3) = 1.32 kN
Interior Sp an = 0.61 x (7.50 / 3) = 1.52 kN
Say if w e have 8 row s of p urlins, and assum ing each sag rod reaction force as
above, althou gh it w ill vary w ith the tributary load .
Then the total force in the sag rod at rid ge,

End Sp an ΣT = 1.32 x 8 = 10.56 kN
Interior Sp an ΣT = 1.52 x 8 = 12.48 kN
If the roof is sym metrical about the rid ge, the total force ΣT is taken as tension
in the rid ge sag rod . Say if w e are using 12 m m d iam eter sag rod A36 m aterial
the cap acity of this sag rod is calculated as,
= 0.75 Fu A g / Ω
= 0.75 x 400 x (122 x p / 4) / 2
= 16.96 kN > 12.48 kN H ence OK
32
If the nu m ber of p u rlins is large or in other w ord s the total force in sag rod ΣT
is greater than the sag rod capacity, flayed or bent sag rod m ay be provid ed u p
to the location w here the sag rod capacity is less than or equ al to ΣT. Similarly
for m ono slop e build ings flayed or bent sag rod s m ay be provid ed to transfer
the force in sag rod to m ain fram e rafter.
RIDGE LINE
2T 'ÿ
2T
2T T7 T7 2T
T6 T6 PURLINS
(TYP)
SAG RODS
T5 T5
(TYP)
T4 T4
I
T3 T3
SUPPORT
SUPPORT
RAFTER
RAFTER
T2 T2
T1 g=g T1
EAVE LINE
ROOF PLAN SHOWING

SUMMATION OF SAG ROD FORCES
RIDGE LINE
2T 2T
-T 3LT
T
PURLINS
(TYP)
2T _2_T
SAG RODS
i (TYP)
SUPPORT
SUPPORT
RAFTER
RAFTER
EAVE LINE
ROOF PLAN SHOWING

SUMMATION OF SAG ROD FORCES
33
After d ecid ing the purlin section, the next step is to design the connections.
Con n ection D esign .
Exam p le:- 1
D L+LL
Maxim u m Reaction at support = 10.92 kN
D L+WL (V u )
Maxim u m Reaction at support = 15.63 kN
The gravity load s are transferred by bolts bearing on the w eld ed plate, w e
know that there are 2 sections at the su pport (Z18+Z18), hence the total
bearing thickness available = 1.8 + 1.8 = 3.6 m m
Strength in Bearing (ASD) = n ( 2.4 Fu d b t p / Ω )
Where,
n = num ber of bolts = 2
Fu = Ultim ate tensile stress of the purlin m aterial = 450 N / m m 2
db = Diam eter of the connection bolts = 12 mm
tp = total purlin thickness = 3.6 m m
= 2 x [ 2.4 x 450 x 12 x 3.6 / ( 2 x 1000 ) ]

= 46.66 kN > 10.92 and 15.63 kN
Vu
i R
/
4-
* 4
Va
4
=z
WELD PURLIN / GIRT
RAFTER / COLUMN
34
Strength in Shear (ASD) = n ( Fv p d b 2 / 4 Ω )
Where,
Fv = Allow able shear stress in bolt = 0.40 Fu
= 0.40 x 800 = 320 N / mm 2
= [ 2 ( 320 x p x 122 / ( 4 x 2 x 1000 ) ]
= 36.19 kN > 10.92 and 15.63 kN
Check one sid e w eld betw een rafter flange and w eld ed plate (SWC001)
Length of w eld Lw = length of p late

= 150 mm
Size of w eld Sw = 3 mm
Allow able Stress in w eld Fw = 0.60 FEXX / Ω

= 0.6 x 700 x 0.689 / 2 (E70XX Electrode)
= 144.69 N / m m 2
Strength of w eld = 0.707 Sw x Fw x Lw x 1.5*

= 0.707 x 3 x 144.69 x 150 x 1.5* / 1000
= 46.03 kN > 10.92 and 15.63 kN
If axial load (Va ) is present, then the shear and weld s shou ld be checked for the
resu ltant force.
Say, Axial Load (Va ) = 35 kN

Therefore, Resu ltant = sqrt (Vu 2 + Va 2)
= sqrt (15.632 + 352) = 38.33 kN
Inclination of Resultant (θ) = tan -1 (15.63 / 35) = 24.06°
Strength of w eld = 0.707 Sw x Fw x Lw x (1.0 + 0.5 Sin 1.5 θ)

= 0.707 x 3 x 144.69 x 150 x (1.0 + 0.5 Sin 1.5 24.06°)
= 0.707 x 3 x 144.69 x 150 x 1.13 / 1000
= 52.01 kN
H ence w e see that the weld s are ok, but the shear cap acity of 2 bolts is
insu fficient, therefore w e should provid e a 4 bolt connection u sing SWC002
plate.
N ote:- * - D irection al In crease w ith θ = 90°, See eq u ation J2-5 of AISC 05
35
D esign of con n ection for moment at su p p ort
D L+LL (M u )
Maxim u m Mom ent at support = 6.91 kNm
D L+WL (M u )
Maxim u m Mom ent at support = 9.79 kNm
Lap Length = 375 x 2 = 750 mm

Ed ge Distance = 45
Lever Arm = Lap Length – 2 x Ed ge Distance
= 750 – 2 x 45 = 660 m m
Force (Vb) in each row of bolt = 6.91 / 0.66 = 10.47 kN

= 9.79 / 0.66 = 14.83 kN (Governs)
We know shear strength for 2 bolts,

= 36.19 kN > 14.83 kN H ence OK.
We know bearing strength for 2 bolts,
= 46.66 kN > 14.83 kN H ence OK.
LEVER ARM
Vb
I 4- -e
o 4- e
WELD Mu
Vb
PURLIN / GIRT
RAFTER / COLUMN
36
Example 2
Consid er a build ing w ith 8 bays; sp aced at 9000 + 6 @12000 + 9000

Load s are as listed below ,
Dead Load = 0.10 kN/ m 2

Wind pressure = 0.90 kN/ m 2
Purlin Spacing = 2.00 m eters.
H ence the uniformly d istributed load d u e to Dead + Live (DL+LL) is,

= Purlin Sp acing x (Dead Load + Live Load )
For ASD = 2.00 x (0.10 + 0.60) = 1.40 kN/ m
For LRFD = 2.00 x (1.20 x 0.10 + 1.6 x 0.60) = 2.16 kN / m
Sim ilarly, the u niformly d istribu ted load d ue to Dead + Wind (DL+WL) is,
= Pu rlin Sp acing x (Dead Load - Wind Load )
Where, w ind load = w ind pressure x coefficient,
As per MBMA 2002 the coefficients are as below ,
End Zone = 1.28
Interior Zone = 1.08
Therefore the load s are,
End Zone or spans
For ASD = 2.00 x (0.60 x 0.10 - 0.90 x 1.28) = -2.18 kN / m
For LRFD = 2.00 x (0.90 x 0.10 – 1.6 x 0.9 x 1.28) = -3.51 kN/ m
Interior Zone or spans
For ASD = 2.00 x (0.60 x 0.10 - 0.90 x 1.08) = -1.82 kN / m
For LRFD = 2.00 x (0.90 x 0.10 – 1.6 x 0.9 x 1.08) = -2.93 kN/ m
The spans, lap length, load ing, shear force, shear at lap location, bend ing
m oments at mid span and lap location and reactions for both gravity and w ind
load is as show n below , note that only ASD load ing and forces are shown.
Let us u se a trail section 360M20 at end bays and 360M18 in interior bays.
All laps are long lap 710 mm .
37
1.40 kN/m
DL+LL
(TYPICAL)
LAP LENGTH 710 710
SPANS 9000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 9000
8.28 8.43 8.39 8.41 8.37 8.52 8.04

4.56
SHEAR FORCE
DIAGRAM \!
4.56
8.04 8.52 8.37 8.41 8.39 8.43 8.28
7.35 7.51 7.46 7.49 7.44 7.60 7.11

0.00
SHEAR FORCE
AT LAP LOCATION ,
0.00
-7.11 -7.60 -7.44 -7.49 -7.46 -7.51 -7.35
REACTIONS
4.56 16.33 16.95 16.76 16.82 16.76 16.95 16.33 4.56
SUPPORT MOMENT
-15.65 -17.10 -16.71 -16.84 -16.71 -17.10 -15.65

BENDING MOMENT SK A\ SK 7K
DIAGRAM
7.43 8.83 8.29 8.42 8.42 8.29 8.83 7.43
MIDSPAN MOMENT
RIGHT LAP MOMENT
-10.49 -11.85 -11.48 -11.60 -11.49 -11.79 -10.65
MOMENTS AT A, yltk AL
LOCATIONS
-10.65 -11.79 -11.49 -11.60 -11.48 -11.85 -10.49
LEFT LAP MOMENT
38
Section Cap acities.

Referring the properties table for ‘M’ section,
Section s Shear (k N ) M om en t (k N m ) I xx (mm 4)

360M18 22.42 18.53 17.45 x 106
360M20 28.96 21.48 19.30 x 106
Design Checks for DL+LL case. (Moving from left to right)

First Span
Shear capacity for M20 = 28.96 kN
Stress Ratio = 4.556 / 28.96= 0.157 = 0.16
Cu rrently w e Mom
are unent at m
able toidfab
span = ,7.430
ricate TM CP Section kNth
H en ce mis section s is not-
Mom ent Capacity forapp M20licab le = 21.48 kN m
Stress Ratio = 7.43 / 21.48 = 0.346 = 0.35

Stress Ratio = 7.11 / 28.96 = 0.245 = 0.25
Mom ent capacity for M20 = 21.48 kN m
Stress Ratio = 10.65 / 21.48 = 0.496 = 0.50

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.25)2 + (0.50)2 = 0.31

Shear capacity for M20+M18 = 28.96+22.42 = 51.38 kN
Stress Ratio = 8.04 / 51.38 = 0.156 = 0.16
Mom ent capacity for M20+M18 = 21.48+18.53 = 40.01kNm
Stress Ratio = 15.65 / 40.01= 0.391 = 0.39

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.16)2 + (0.39)2 = 0.18
39
Second Span
Shear capacity for M20+M18 = 28.96+22.42 = 51.38 kN
Stress Ratio = 8.04 / 51.38 = 0.156 = 0.16
Mom ent capacity for M20+M18 = 21.48+18.53 = 40.01kNm
Stress Ratio = 15.65 / 40.01= 0.391 = 0.39

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.16)2 + (0.39)2 = 0.18

Cu rren tly w e are u n able to fab ricate TMCP Section ,=H22.42
Shear capacity for M18 en ce kN
th is section s is not-
Stress Ratio ap p licab le = 7.35 / 22.42 = 0.328 = 0.33
Stress Ratio = 10.49 / 18.53 = 0.566 = 0.57

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.33)2 + (0.57)2 = 0.43

Mom ent Capacity for M18 = 18.53 kN m
Stress Ratio = 8.83 / 18.53 = 0.476 = 0.48

Stress Ratio = 7.60 / 22.42 = 0.338 = 0.34
Stress Ratio = 11.79 / 18.53 = 0.636 = 0.64

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.34)2 + (0.64)2 = 0.52
40
DL+WL -2.18 kN/m -1.82 kN/m -2.18 kN/m
(TYPICAL)
LAP LENGTH 710 710
SPANS 9000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 9000
12.26 11.04 11.04 11.04 11.04 11.04 -11.04

/1 /1 /1 /1
7.36
Cu rren tly w e are uSHEAR
n ab FORCE
le to fab ricate TM CP Section , Hen ce th is section s is n ot-
DIAGRAM
XI
-7.36 ap p licable
-11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -12.26
10.82 9.83 9.83 9.83 9.83 9.83 9. 83

7.36
SHEAR FORCE X
AT LAP LOCATION 1/
-7.36
-9.83 -9.83 -9.83 -9.83 -9.83 -9.83 -10.82
REACTIONS
-7.36
I
-23.30
i
-22.08
(
-22.08 -22.08 -22.08
T
-22.08 -23.30
1
-7.36
MIDSPAN MOMENT
-12.41 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -12.41

BENDING MOMENT
DIAGRAM NX NX NX NX NX NX
22.08 22.08 22.08 22.08 22.08 22.08 22.08
SUPPORT MOMENT
RIGHT LAP MOMENT
14.46 15.20 15.19 15.19 15.19 15.20 15.19

MOMENTS AT
LOCATIONS Xz NX NX NX NX NX
15.19 15.20 15.19 15.19 15.19 15.20 14.46
LEFT LAP MOMENT
41
Design Checks for DL+WL case. (Moving from left to right)

First Sp an
Shear at left Sup p ort = 7.36 kN
Shear cap acity for M20 = 28.96 kN
Stress Ratio = 7.36 / 28.96 = 0.254 = 0.25

Mom ent Cap acity for M20 = 21.48 kN m
Calcu late Red u ction Factor since the com pression flange is un braced .
Length of End Bay = 9000 mm

Sup p ort Moment Ms = 22.08 kN m
UDL = 2.18 kN / m
Shear Rb = 12.26 kN
ap p licab le
Therefore d imension ‘x’ in sketch below is calculated as,
UNBRACED d
COMPRESSION FLANGE
POINT OF
CONTRAFLEXURE Ms
I
Ra
9000
1Rb
Taking mom ents abou t point of contra-flexure, since w e know the net m oment
at this p oint = 0
Rb x d + Ms = 2.18 d 2 / 2
-2.18 d 2 / 2 + 12.26 d + 22.08 = 0
+1.09 d 2 + 12.26 d + 22.08 = 0
Solving the above quad ratic equation, w e get, d = 2.25 m = 2250 m m

Therefore the u nbraced length ‘Lb’ = 9000 – 2250 = 6750 m m
42
Since there are 2 row s of sag rod s, the un braced length is d ivid ed into 3
segm ents, by the 2 sag rod s ‘Lu ’ = 6750 / 3 = 2250 m m
The allow able un braced length ‘Lu ’ as p er table below for 360M20= 2250 m m
Therefore Lc = Lu / Lb = 2250 / 2250 = 1.00,
Since, 0.75 < Lc <= 1.00 Hence R = 0.75 (See exp lanation below )
If, Lc <= 0.75 R = 0.60

0.75 < Lc <= 1.00 R = 0.75
Lc > 1.00 R = 1.00
Wh ere, Lc = Lu / Sag Rod Sp acin g

Cu rrently w e are un able toLfab
u
ricate
= TM CP Section
Allow ab le ,uH
n en ce th islength
b raced section s is n ot-
ap p licab le
Calcu lation of Lu (AISI 2001 M an u al p age II-19)
For m em bers bent abou t the centrod ial axis perpendicu lar to the w eb,
calcu lation of lateral bu ckling strength is unnecessary w hen the un braced
length is less than 'Lu ’, w hich resu lts in a critical elastic flexural stress Fe , that is
2.78 Fy . ‘Lu ’ may be calcu lated as below,
1. For singly, d oubly and p oint sym metric sections:
Lu = { G J / 2 C 1 + [ C 2 / C 1 + ( G J / 2 C1) 2 ] 0.5} 0.5

C 1 = 7.72 [ Ky Fy Sf / C b π r y ] 2 / AE
C 2 = π 2 E Cw / k t 2
C b = 1.67 , Kt = 0.70
Sr. N o. Section Allowab le Un b raced Len gth ‘Lu ’ (m )

1 360M10 2.24
2 360M12 2.24
3 360M15 2.25
4 360M18 2.25
5 360M20 2.25
6 360M25 2.25
43
H ence using R = 0.75

Stress Ratio = 12.41 / (0.75 x 21.48) = 0.77 = 0.77

Stress Ratio = 10.82 / 28.96= 0.373 = 0.37
Mom ent at right lap = 14.46 kNm
Stress Ratio = 14.46 / 21.48= 0.673 = 0.67

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.37)2 + (0.67)2 = 0.59
Cu rrently w e are un able to fab ricate TM CP Section , H en ce th is section s is n ot-
Reporting the m axim u m apof above
p licab le stress ratio [m ax(0.37,0.67,0.59)] = 0.67
Shear at left of right su pp ort = 12.26 kN

Shear capacity for M20+M18 = 28.96 + 22.42 = 51.38 kN
Stress Ratio = 12.26 / 51.38= 0.238 = 0.23
Mom ent at right support = 22.08 kNm
Mom ent capacity for M20+M18 = 21.48 + 18.53 = 40.0 kNm
Stress Ratio = 22.08 / 40.0 = 0.552 = 0.55

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.23)2 + (0.55)2 = 0.35
Second Span
Shear at right of left su pp ort = 11.04 kN
Shear capacity for M20+M18 = 28.96 + 22.42 = 51.38 kN
Stress Ratio = 11.03 / 51.38= 0.215 = 0.21
Mom ent at left sup port = 22.08 kNm
Mom ent capacity for M20+M18 = 21.48 + 18.53 = 40.0 kNm
Stress Ratio = 22.08 / 40.0 = 0.552 = 0.55

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.21)2 + (0.55)2 = 0.34
44

Stress Ratio = 9.83/ 22.42 = 0.438 = 0.44
Stress Ratio = 15.19 / 18.53= 0.819 = 0.82

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.44)2 + (0.82)2 = 0.86

Mom ent Capacity for M18
Cu rrently w e are un able to fab ricate TM CP Section= 18.53 kN
, H en cemth is section s is n ot-
(Com pression flange un-braced , hence
ap p licab le u sing a red u ction factor = 0.75)
Stress Ratio = 11.04 / (0.75 x 18.53)= 0.794= 0.79

Stress Ratio = 9.83 / 22.42 = 0.438 = 0.43
Stress Ratio = 15.20 / 18.53= 0.820 = 0.82

(Ωb M/ M n )2 + (Ωv V/ Vn )2 = (0.43)2 + (0.82)2 = 0.86
D eflection s
First Span
DL+LL = Sp an / 180 = 9000 / 180 = 50.00 m m = 5.00 cm
Actu al = 1.02 cm
DL+WL = Sp an / 120 = 9000 / 120 = 75.00 m m = 7.50 cm
Actu al = 1.87 cm
Second Span
DL+LL = Sp an / 180 = 12000 / 180 = 66.67 m m = 6.67 cm
Actu al = 2.31 cm
DL+WL = Sp an / 120 = 12000 / 120 = 100.0 m m = 10.0 cm
Actu al = 2.76 cm
45
f Sag Rods Yes Diameter 12 mm Total Weight 779.47 Kgs.

4 MAMMU
>-» Burdin, Symm, fit
No. of Rows
Welded Plate
2
Yes
Liner
Design
No
ASD
Deflection Limit (Gravity Loads)
Deflection Limit (Wind Load)
180
120
Design Calculation Sheet for M Purlins
Spans m 9.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 9.00
DL+LL kN/m 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40
DL+WL kN/m -2.18 -1.84 -1.84 -1.84 -1.84 -1.84 -1.84 -2.18
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Purlin Sizes 360M20 360M18 360M18 360M18 360M18 360M18 360M18 360M20
Purlin Lap L L L L L L L L
L= Long lap 710 mm each side.
Wind Increase 1.00
** DL+LL
Moment-Left Support kN.m -15.65 -17.11 -16.71 -16.84 -16.71 -17.11 -15.65
Moment-Left Lap kN.m -10.49 -11.85 -11.48 -11.60 -11.49 -11.79 -10.65
Moment-Mid Span kN.m 7.43 8.83 8.29 8.42 8.42 8.29 8.83 7.43
Moment-Right Lap kN.m -10.65 -11.79 -11.49 -11.60 -11.48 -11.85 -10.49
Cu rren tly w e are
Shear-Left Lap kN
u n ab
4.56
le to7.35fab ricate
7.51
TM 7.46
CP Section
7.49
, H en7.60
7.44
ce th is7.11section s is not-
Shear-Right Lap kN -7.11 -7.60 -7.44ap p licab
-7.49 le-7.46 -7.51 -7.35 -4.56
** DL+WL
Moment-Left Support kN.m 22.08 22.08 22.08 22.08 22.08 22.08 22.08
Moment-Left Lap kN.m 15.19 15.20 15.19 15.19 15.19 15.20 14.46
Moment-Mid Span kN.m -12.41 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -11.04 -12.41
Moment-Right Lap kN.m 14.46 15.20 15.19 15.19 15.19 15.20 15.19
Shear-Left Lap kN -7.36 -9.83 -9.83 -9.83 -9.83 -9.83 -9.83 -10.82
Shear-Right Lap kN 10.82 9.83 9.83 9.83 9.83 9.83 9.83 7.36
■MonenRott Support ir-lpft Lop

Nmt-RiCf’it lop
Horantieft Lop
I T
L Spot.
3
or-Picfvt Lop

** DL+LL
Left Support 0.16 0.39 0.46 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.46 0.39 0.16
Left Lap 0.16 0.57 0.64 0.62 0.63 0.62 0.64 0.50
Mid Span 0.35 0.48 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.48 0.35
Right Lap 0.50 0.64 0.62 0.63 0.62 0.64 0.57 0.16
Deflection Cm 1.02 2.31 2.05 2.11 2.11 2.05 2.31 1.02

Allowable Cm 5.00 6.67 6.67 6.67 6.67 6.67 6.67 5.00
** DL+WL
Left Support 0.25 0.55 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.55 0.25
Left Lap 0.25 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.67
Mid Span 0.77 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.77
Right Lap 0.67 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.25
Deflection Cm -Ve 1.87 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 1.87
Allowable Cm -Ve 7.50 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 7.50
Last Revised on 21-Jan-2007
46
M inor Axis Ben d in g

For m inor Axis Bending, see examp le 1 and follow sim ilar proced ure for ‘M’
purlins.
After d ecid ing the purlin section, the next step is to design the connections.
Con n ection D esign.
Exam p le:- 2
D L+LL
Maxim um Reaction at support = 16.95 kN
D L+WL (V u )
Maxim um Reaction at support = 23.30 kN
Cu rrently w e are un able to fab ricate TM CP Section , Hen ce th is section s is n ot-
The gravity load s are transferred by bolts
app licab le bearing on the w eld ed plate, w e
know that there are 2 sections at the su pport (M18+M18), hence the total
bearing thickness available = 1.8 + 1.8 = 3.6 m m
Strength in Bearing (ASD) = n ( 2.4 Fu d b t p / Ω )
Where,
n = num ber of bolts = 4
Fu = Ultim ate tensile stress of the p u rlin m aterial = 450 N / m m 2
db = Diam eter of the connection bolts = 16 mm
tp = total pu rlin thickness = 3.6 m m
= 4 x [ 2.4 x 450 x 16 x 3.6 / ( 2 x 1000 ) ]

= 124.42 kN > 16.95 and 23.30 kN
Strength in Shear (ASD) = n ( Fv p d b 2 / 4 Ω )
Where,
Fv = Allow able shear stress in bolt = 0.40 Fu
= 0.40 x 800 = 320 N / mm 2
= [ 4 ( 320 x p x 162 / ( 4 x 2 x 1000 ) ]
= 128.68 kN > 16.95 and 23.30kN
47
Vu
i R
/
I
4- 4- 4
I Va
4
I
*
WELD PURLIN / GIRT
RAFTER / COLUMN
Cu rren tly we are u n ab le to fab ricate TMCP Section , H en ce th is section s is n ot-

ap p licable
Check one sid e w eld betw een rafter flange and w elded plate (SWC008)
Length of w eld Lw = length of p late

= 175 mm
Size of w eld Sw = 3 mm
Allow able Stress in w eld Fw = 0.60 FEXX / Ω

= 0.6 x 700 x 0.689 / 2 (E70XX Electrode)
= 144.69 N / m m 2
Strength of w eld = 0.707 Sw x Fw x Lw x 1.5*

= 0.707 x 3 x 144.69 x 175 x 1.5* / 1000
= 80.55 kN > 16.95 and 23.30kN
If axial load (Va ) is present, then the shear and weld s shou ld be checked for the
resu ltant force.
Say, Axial Load (Va ) = 50 kN

Therefore, Resu ltant = sqrt (Vu 2 + Va 2)
= sqrt (22.242 + 502) = 54.72 kN
Inclination of Resu ltant (θ) = tan -1 (22.24 / 50) = 23.98°
Strength of w eld = 0.707 Sw x Fw x Lw x (1.0 + 0.5 Sin 1.5 θ)
48
= 0.707 x 3 x 144.69 x 175 x (1.0 + 0.5 Sin 1.5 23.98°)

= 0.707 x 3 x 144.69 x 175 x 1.25 / 1000
= 67.13 kN
H ence w e see that the w eld s and the bolts are ok, for com bined vertical and
axial load s.
N ote:- * - D irection al In crease w ith θ = 90°, See eq u ation J2-5 of AISC 05
D esign of con n ection for moment at su p p ort
D L+LL (M u )
Maxim u m Mom ent at support = 15.65 kN m
D L+WL (M u ) ap p licab le
Maxim u m Mom ent at support = 22.08 kN m
Lap Length = 710 x 2 = 1420 mm

Ed ge Distance = 45
Lever Arm = Lap Length – 2 x Ed ge Distance
= 1420 – 2 x 45 = 1330 mm
Force (Vb) in each row of bolt = 15.65 / 1.33 = 11.76 kN

= 22.08 / 1.33 = 16.60 kN (Governs)
We know shear strength for 2 bolts,

= 64.34 kN > 16.60 kN H ence OK.
LEVER ARM
Vb
■e- 4 i! 4- -e
O
* O
WELD Mu
Vb
PURLIN / GIRT
RAFTER / COLUMN
49
C-Section s
These sections are generally u sed as fram ed opening jam bs and head ers. As
required by d esign single or d ou ble C back to back m ay be u sed . These are
also used as top and bottom girt in second ary framing of fascias. Single or
d ouble C-sections can also be used as end wall rafters and colu m ns, but at
MBS these are not used d u e to various m u nicip ality requ irem ents of m inim u m
thickness of p rim ary fram ing m em bers. 120 mm d eep sections are u sed as
fram ing mem bers of sliding doors.
Fram in g
Most com monly simp ly sup p orted flu sh connection.
Con n ection Bolts

All bolts u sed for connection are 12 mm diam eter H SB Gr. 8.8. Grad e of bolt is
subject to change based on availability and managem ent d ecision.
G eneral
1. We are now u sing the TMCP roll form ing m achine to p rod u ce 200 & 250
m m d eep ‘C’ sections. We are u sing 2 coil w id ths for fabricating C-sections,
345 m m coil for 200C15, and 394 m m coil for 200C20, 200C25, 250C20 &
250C25. The flanges and w ebs of this ‘C’ section are stiffened w ith
longitud inal ribs. 200C15 m ay be u sed for small fram ed openings for
w indow s, louvers etc u p to a maximu m of 3000 m m long.
2. 250 m m d eep C-Sections may be used for framed op enings for jam bs and
head er, w hen the pu rlin or girt sections are 250 m m d eep . A 394 m m coil is
also used to prod uce 250 m m d eep Z-Sections.
3. ‘C’ sections of any profile can be p rod u ced on the TMCP m achine, w ith
follow ing lim itations, but these w ill requ ire stocks of d ifferent coil w id ths.
Tab le 16.4 Section Profile on TM CP M ach in e

D im en sion M inim u m (mm ) M axim u m (m m )
Web d ep th 92 356
Flange w idth 41 76
Lip length NA 25
Thickness 0.8 2.5
Minim um length = 900 m m
N A - Denotes that sections m ay be w ithou t lip (Op en C or Stu d )
50
Cee Section Prop erties
Y
Design Mode = ASD WTp
Ωv = 1.60 Ωc = 1.80 "jÿAnglc

Ωb = 1.67 Ωt = 1.67
S.C C.G
Material= A653 Grade 50

k X
■t X
2 Thk.
Fy = 345 N/mm
J
200 C 20 Xcm _Xcg
WTp
| | | |
Y
Depth Section thickness
Section Data
120C20 120 60 2.0 16.379 2.390 90 5.10 4.00 60 255
200C15 200 65 1.5 13.479 2.390 90 5.18 4.06 100 345
200C20 200 80 2.0 23.059 2.390 90 7.88 6.19 100 394
200C25 200 80 2.5 24.920 2.390 90 9.85 7.73 100 394
250C20 250 60 2.0 18.060 2.390 90 7.88 6.19 125 394
250C25 250 60 2.5 19.919 2.390 90 9.85 7.73 125 394

mm 4 mm 3 mm mm 4 mm 3 mm mm 6 mm 4 mm
120C20 1.19E+06 19816 48.28 1.20E+05 5902 21.65 6.65E+08 680.00 69.98
200C15 3.08E+06 30768 77.11 1.21E+05 4885 21.59 1.76E+09 388.00 89.03
200C20 4.95E+06 49523 79.27 3.25E+05 11493 28.71 5.00E+09 1050.70 101.58
200C25 6.15E+06 61487 79.01 4.08E+05 14556 28.79 6.35E+09 2052.00 101.68
250C20 6.87E+06 54942 93.36 1.51E+05 6457 19.56 3.48E+09 1050.07 101.09
250C25 8.55E+06 68373 93.15 1.90E+05 8226 19.66 4.42E+09 2052.00 101.06


120C20 28.78 17.47 4.54 2.72 3.18 1.20 84.04 112.98
200C15 22.01 11.10 5.51 3.30 3.58 0.88 46.59 112.98
200C20 37.77 22.78 9.00 5.40 5.85 2.11 85.44 177.30
200C25 46.59 27.91 11.93 7.16 7.75 2.75 122.29 221.62
250C20 35.88 12.43 11.08 6.65 4.43 1.19 78.17 177.30
250C25 55.97 14.97 16.09 9.65 6.44 1.57 108.29 221.62

51
Example 3
Design of Fram ed Opening Head er and Jam bs

G iven :- (Refer sk etch b elow)
Bay Spacing = 8000 m m
Eave Height = 9000 m m
Fram ed Opening Size = 6000 x 6000
Wind Pressu re = 1.00 kN/ m 2
Solu tion:-
D esign of H ead er
Calcu late the effective w ind load area, is the greater of,
tribu tary area of H ead er = 0.5 x 6.0 = 3.00 m 2
Span x Span / 3 = 6.0 x 6.0 / 3 = 12.0 m 2
H ence effective w ind load area = 12.0 m 2
Consid ering an enclosed bu ild ing and roof slop e less than 10°, referring table
1.4.6 (a) of MBMA 02, GCp for interior zone is given by,
Inw ard Pressu re ( Pressure) = -0.159 Log A + 1.08

= -0.159 Log 12 + 1.08 = 0.91
Outw ard Pressure (Su ction) = 0.159 Log A - 1.16

= 0.159 Log 12 – 1.16 = -0.99
Wind Load Pressure = 1.00 x 0.91 x 0.5 = 0.46 kN / m

Wind Load Suction = 1.00 x -0.99 x 0.5 = -0.50 kN/ m
Mom ent Pressu re = 0.46 x 6.02 / 8 = 2.07 kN m
Shear Pressure = 0.46 x 6.0 / 2 = 1.38 kN
Mom ent Suction = 0.50 x 6.02 / 8 = 2.25 kN m
Shear Su ction = 0.50 x 6.0 / 2 = 1.50 kN
The com pression flange is consid ered laterally braced by the sheeting u nd er
w ind pressure load ing, hence full m om ent cap acity can be used . Where are for
w ind suction load ing, the fu ll m oment capacity is red uced by applying the
reduction factor R = 0.65
The m om ent and shear capacities for 200C15 are,

Maxo = 5.51 kNm (Pressure)
Maxo2 = 5.51 x 0.65 = 3.58 kNm (Suction)
Vay = 22.01 kN
52
Therefore the stress ratios are,
Pressu re M / Maxo2 = 2.07 / 5.51 = 0.37 OK

V / Vay = 1.38 / 22.01 = 0.06 OK
Suction M / Maxo = 2.25 / 3.58 = 0.63 OK

V / Vay = 1.50 / 22.01 = 0.06 OK
Check Deflection,
Ixx = 3.08 x 106 mm4

Calcu lated d eflection, su ction
= 5 x 0.50 x 1000 x 60004 / (384 x 205000 x 3.08 x 106 x 1000)
= 13.36 m m
Allow able d eflection = span / 90 = 6000 / 90

= 66.67 mm OK
500
BAY SPACING
1500
500
1500
1500
9000
FRAMED OPENING
1500
6000 X 6000
2500
500 6000 500

500
8000
500
tr~
53
D esign of Jamb s
For the d esign of jam bs it is im portant to note the connection d etail of the
op ening pu rp ose, such as roll up door, slid ing d oor or open for access.
The tribu tary w id th in all cases will be d ifferent,
Tribu tary w id th for Roll Up Door

= (Fram ed Opening Width / 2 + 0.5)
= (6 / 2 + 0.5) = 3.5 m
Tribu tary w id th for Sliding Door or open for access = 0.5 m
a) Consid ering, the op ening for a Roll-Up Door

Effective w ind load area is the greater of,
Tribu tary area = 3.5 x 7 = 24.5 m 2
Span x Sp an / 3 =7x7/ 3 = 16.3 m 2
Consid ering an enclosed build ing and roof slope less than 10°, referring table

= -0.159 Log 24.5 + 1.08 = 0.86
Outw ard Pressure (Suction) = 0.159 Log A - 1.16

= 0.159 Log 24.5 – 1.16 = -0.94

Jam b is also su pp orting the header hence w e need to consider the reactions
from the head er = 1.38 Pressure
= 1.50 Su ction
Load ing d iagram is as below ,
SUCTION 3.29 kN/m

1.50 kN
1.38 kN
PRESSURE 3.01 kN/m
Ra 10.63 kN 500
1 Rb 11.82 kN
7000
Ra 11.63 kN Rb 12.91 kN
54
Location of m axim u m bend ing m om ent p ressure = 10.63 / 3.01 = 3.53 m

Location of m axim u m bend ing m om ent su ction = 11.63 / 3.29 = 3.53 m
Maximu m Mom ent Pressu re = 10.63 x 3.53 = 37.52 kNm

Maximum Mom ent Su ction = 11.63 x 3.53 = 41.05 kN m
The m oment and shear capacities for 200C25 and , 2x200C25 are,
Maxo = 11.93 kNm = 23.86 kN m (Pressu re)
Maxo2 = 11.93 x 0.65 = 7.75 kNm = 15.50 kN m (Su ction)
Vay = 46.59 kN = 93.18 kN
We see the capacities are m u ch below required , even for d ou ble ‘C’ section,
hence hot-rolled or bu ilt-u p section m ay be u sed as jambs for above case.
b) Consid ering, the opening for a Slid ing Door

Designing the d oor leaf m em bers of size 3 x 6
1) DSD Inner Stile, Sp an = 1.50 m , Wid th = 1.50 m
Span x Span / 3 = 1.5 x 1.5 / 3 = 0.75 m 2

= -0.159 Log 2.25 + 1.08 = 1.02

= 0.159 Log 2.25 – 1.16 = -1.10
Mom ent Pressu re = 1.53 x 1.5 / 8
2 = 0.43 kN m
Shear Pressure = 1.53 x 1.5 / 2 = 1.15 kN
Mom ent Suction = 1.65 x 1.52 / 8 = 0.46 kN m
Shear Su ction = 1.65 x 1.5 / 2 = 1.24 kN
The com pression flange is consid ered laterally braced by the sheeting u nd er
w ind pressure load ing, hence full m om ent cap acity can be used . Where are for
w ind suction load ing, the fu ll m oment capacity is red uced by applying the
reduction factor R = 0.70
55

Maxo = 4.54 kNm (Pressure)
Maxo2 = 4.54 x 0.70 = 3.18 kNm (Suction)
Vay = 28.78 kN

V / Vay = 1.15 / 28.78 = 0.04 OK
Suction M / Maxo = 0.46 / 3.18 = 0.15 OK

V / Vay = 1.24 / 26.89 = 0.05 OK
Check Deflection,
Ixx = 1.19 x 106 mm4
= 5 x 1.65 x 1000 x 15004 / (384 x 205000 x 1.19 x 106 x 1000)
= 0.45 m m

= 16.67 mm OK
2) DSD Central Stile, Span = 6.0 m , Width = 1.50 m

The load s on the center stile is twice the reaction from inner stile, as show n
below ,
SUCTION 2.48 kN 2.48 kN 2.48 kN
PRESSURE 2.30 kN 2.30 kN 2.30 kN
Ra 3.45 kN 1500 1500

1_1
6000
1500 1500
_
I Rb 3.45 kN
Ra 3.72 kN
, Rb 3.72 kN
56
Mom ent Pressure = 3.45 x 3.00 – 2.30 x 1.5 = 6.90 kN m

Shear Pressure = 3.45 kN
Mom ent Su ction = 3.72 x 3.00 – 2.48 x 1.5 = 7.44 kNm
Shear Su ction = 3.72 kN
The com pression flange is consid ered laterally braced by the inner stile
fram ing under both load ing w ind p ressu re and su ction load ing, hence full
m oment capacity can be used .
The m om ent and shear capacities for 2x120C20 are,

Maxo = 4.54 x 2 = 9.08 kN m (Pressure & Su ction)
Vay = 28.78 x 2 = 57.56 kN

V / Vay = 3.45 / 57.56 = 0.06 OK
Suction M / Maxo = 7.44 / 9.08 = 0.82 OK

V / Vay = 3.72 / 57.56 = 0.06 OK
Check Deflection,
Ixx = 2 x 1.19 x 106 m m 4
= 0.0495 x 2.48 x 1000 x 60003 / ( 205000 x 2 x 1.19 x 106)
= 54.34 m m

= 66.67 mm OK
Edge Stile w ill be similarly d esigned for half the load of center stile.
57
3) DSD Bottom Stile, Sp an = 3.00 m , Wid th = 0.75 m

Span x Span / 3 = 3.0 x 3.0 / 3 = 3.00 m 2

= -0.159 Log 3.0 + 1.08 = 1.00

= 0.159 Log 3.0 – 1.16 = -1.08
Wind Load Pressure = 1.00 x 1.00 x 0.75 = 0.75 kN/ m
Mom ent Pressu re = 0.75 x 3.02 / 8 + 3.45 x 3.0 / 4
= 3.43 kN m
Shear Pressure = 0.75 x 3.0 / 2 + 3.45 / 2 = 2.85 kN
Mom ent Suction = 0.81 x 3.02 / 8 + 3.72 x 3.0 / 4
= 3.71 kN m
Shear Su ction = 0.81 x 3.0 / 2 + 3.75 / 2 = 3.09 kN
The com pression flange is consid ered laterally braced by the inner stile
fram ing under both load ing w ind p ressu re and su ction load ing, hence full
m oment capacity can be used .

Maxo = 4.54 kN m (Pressu re & Suction)
Vay = 28.78 kN
0.81 kN/m
SUCTION 3.72 kN
PRESSURE 3.45 kN
0.75 kN/m
Ra 2.85 kN 1500 1500 Rb 2.85 kN
3000
Ra 3.08 kN Rb 3.08 kN
58

V / Vay = 3.43 / 28.78 = 0.12 OK
Suction M / Maxo = 3.09 / 4.54 = 0.68 OK

V / Vay = 3.71 / 28.78 = 0.13 OK
Check Deflection,
Ixx = 1.19 x 106 mm4
= 5 x 0.81 x 1000 x 30004 / (384 x 205000 x 1.19 x 106 x 1000)
+ 3.72 x 1000 x 30003 / (48 x 205000 x 1.19 x 106)
= 3.50 + 8.58 = 12.08 m m

= 33.33 mm OK
Sim ilar check can be m ad e for 250C20 and 250C25 w hen the girts are 250 m m
d eep . And 360M20 for 360 d eep girts, note that the jam bs and head er for 360
d eep sections are w ithout the large oval holes.
59
M E Z Z A N I N E
Chapter
17
Mezzanine
“ M ezzanine” literally means an intermediate floor betw een main floors of a
building. These may be built in steel or concrete or a combination of both.
Generally, joists are cold formed or hot rolled sections, unless built-up sections
are required for heavy loading. The direction of framing (Joist & beams) is
selected based on the most economical solution, usually, the joist span the
shortest direction and beam the other. The beams or joist are connected to the
main frame columns for lateral stability.
If the beams are in the same plane as the main frame, the beams may be rigidly
connected to the main frames for sw ay control and economical frame. The
beams and joist are designed as simply supported for single story. In case of a
multi-story building the rigidly connected beam is a better and economical
option.
The mezzanine columns may be square tube, hot rolled or built-up section, hot
rolled tube columns are better in all direction and preferred due to
architectural reasons. Tube columns may also be filled w ith concrete to
increase the axial load bearing capacity.
The floor may consist of metal decking panels filled w ith concrete or hollow
core slabs or M ammut planks. Joists are not required w hen M ammut planks
are used. The metal deck panels are galvanized and not designed to carry any
live loads, except the dead w eight of concrete during pouring and a w orking
load of 50 kg/ m 2. The concrete slab must be designed to carry the service live
loads. Grating and Chequered plates are also used as flooring in industrial
applications.
The cl earances above and bel ow the mezzani ne shoul d be check ed

accuratel y duri ng esti mati on stage and end-user i nf ormed. I t is very
i mportant since any alteration af ter the f inal desi gn may af f ect the overal l
economy of the structure compared to quote pri ce.
1
M E Z Z A N I N E
Some of the possible analytical models are as show n in the sketch below .
-©- ■e- ■e- -e- ■e-
-e-
Tabl e 17.1 Weights of D eck Panel

Sr. No. Deck Panel Thickness (mm) Weight ( kN/m 2)
1 0.50 0.050
2 0.70 0.069
3 1.00 0.098
Table 17.2 Weights of Concrete Slab

Sl ab Thi ck ness Encl osed A rea (mm 2) Weight (k N /m 2)
100 73301 2.04
125 95801 2.66
150 118301 3.29
175 140801 3.91
200 163301 4.54
225 185801 5.16
250 208301 5.79
2
M E Z Z A N I N E
Deck Panel
The total load on the deck panel includes the self w eight of the panel, w eight
of concrete slab plus 50 kg/ m 2 w orking load.
900
4
i a «4
4 LO
-
«1
DECK PANEL
45-150
Notes for Table 17.2:-
1. Density of concrete = 25 kN/ m3
2. “ A rea” denotes the area enclosed by a given slab thickness and standard 45-
150 deck panel. See figure on previous page,
3. Width of deck panel = 900 mm
Example
The weight of 100 mm thk. Slab is calculated as,

Area enclosed x Density of Concrete / (width of deck panel x 10002 )
= 73301 x 25 / ( 0.9 x 10002 )
= 2.04 kN/ m2
Similarly,
the weight of 175 mm thk. Slab is calculated as,

Area enclosed x Density of Concrete / (width of deck panel x 10002 )
= 140801 x 25 / ( 0.9 x 10002 )
= 3.91 kN/ m2
3
M E Z Z A N I N E
Example
Given Data:-
Mezzanine Deck Panel = 0.7 mm thk. Galvanized
Concrete Slab = 125 mm thk.
Floor Finish = 20 mm thk. Ceramic tiles
Spacing of Joist = 1750 mm
Calculate the Dead Load on the Deck Panel & Joi st:

+ Weight of Concrete slab
+ Working load (50 kg/ m2 = 0.05 kN/ m2)
Refer Table 17.1 w eight of 0.5 mm thk. Galvanized panel

= 0.069 kN/ m 2
Refer Table 17.2 weight of 125 mm thk. Concrete slab

= 2.66 kN/ m 2
Therefore,
Total load on Deck panels = 0.069 + 2.66 + 0.05
= 2.779 kN/ m 2
2) Dead Load on Joist = Self weight of Joist (Assuming 15 kgs/ m2)

+ Total Load on Deck panels
Therefore,
Total Dead Load on Joist = 0.15 + 2.779

= 2.929 kN/ m 2
Therefore,
UDL on Joist = Joist spacing x Load (kN/ m 2)
= 1.75 x 2.929
= 5.126 kN/ m
(UDL – Denotes Uniformly Distributed Load in kN/ m
4
M E Z Z A N I N E
Tabl e 17.3 A l l ow abl e Loads i n k N /m 2 f or 45-150 Gal vani zed D eck Panel
Panel
Panel S p a n I n M e t e r s
N ominal N o. of Load
Base (Based on A l low able D ef lection of Span / 120)
Thickness Spans Case
M etal
(mm) 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50
1 D+L 11.25 7.20 5.00 3.67 2.81 2.18 1.59 1.20 0.92 0.72 0.58
0.50 2 D+L 12.01 7.69 5.34 3.92 3.00 2.37 1.92 1.59 1.33 1.14 0.98
3 D+L 15.01 9.61 6.67 4.90 3.75 2.97 2.40 1.98 1.67 1.37 1.09
Gal vani zed
1 D+L 16.65 10.66 7.40 5.44 4.16 3.18 2.32 1.74 1.34 1.06 0.85
0.70 2 D+L 16.86 10.79 7.49 5.51 4.22 3.33 2.70 2.23 1.87 1.60 1.38
3 D+L 21.08 13.49 9.37 6.88 5.27 4.16 3.37 2.79 2.34 1.99 1.60
1 D+L 23.88 15.29 10.62 7.80 5.97 4.58 3.34 2.51 1.93 1.52 1.22
1.00 2 D+L 23.95 15.33 10.64 7.82 5.99 4.73 3.83 3.17 2.66 2.27 1.95
3 D+L 29.93 19.16 13.30 9.77 7.48 5.91 4.79 3.96 3.33 2.83 2.29
Tabl e 17.4 M axi mum A l l ow abl e Joi st Spaci ng
Slab
Panel Thk . M axi mum N umber of
Thi ckness D eck Prof i l e
(mm) Spacing (mm) Spans
(mm)
100 2250 3 or M ore
125 45-150 0.50 2000 3 or M ore
150 1750 3 or M ore
175 2250 3 or M ore
200 45-150 0.70 2000 3 or M ore
225 1750 3 or M ore
Slab thickness is inclusive of 45 mm deep rib
5
M E Z Z A N I N E
Chequered Plates
Chequered plates are available in various thicknesses and pattern in the

market; only 5.0 mm thick Chequered plates are a standard stock item; other
thicknesses are procured on a job to job basis. Commonly used thicknesses are
5.0, 6.0, and 8.0 mm and tear drop pattern. The grades are A 36 or S275JR. Table
below provides allow able loads in various thicknesses for A 36 grade.
Tabl e 17.5 A l l ow abl e l oads on Chequered pl ate
A l l ow abl e l oads i n k N /m 2
Thick ness Wei ght N o. of
Span (mm)
(mm) (k g/m 2) Spans
500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
1 7.09 4.10 2.58 1.73 1.22 0.89 0.67 0.51 0.40 0.32 0.26
5.00 39.25 2 13.15 9.13 6.21 4.16 2.92 2.13 1.60 1.23 0.97 0.78 0.63
3 13.37 7.74 4.87 3.27 2.29 1.67 1.26 0.97 0.76 0.61 0.50
The loads are based on extreme fiber allow able stress of 0.45 Fy and deflection
of Span / 150.
Exampl e:- (V al i dati ng the above tabl e)
We know the maximum values for single span as below ,
Bending moment = w l2 / 8 = 0.125 w l 2

Shear = wl / 2 = 0.50 w l
Deflection = 5 w l 4 / 384 EI = 0.013 w l 4/ EI
The thickness includes the pattern; hence the effective thickness as verified for
5.0 mm thk is 4.7 mm, properties are calculated as below ,
Grade = A 36
Fy = 248 N/ mm 2
t = 4.70 mm
A = 4.70 mm 2
I xx = bd 3/ 12 = 1.00 x 4.73 / 12 = 8.65 mm 4 / mm
Sxx = 2 I xx / t = 2 x 8.65 / 4.70 = 3.68 mm 3 / mm
6
M E Z Z A N I N E
We also know that calculated bending stress,
fb = M / Sxx = 0.125 w l 2 / 3.68
equating the maximum allow able bending stress to calculated bending stress
and l = 500 mm, w e get,
0.45 x 248 = 0.125 w x 5002 / 3.68
Therefore,
w = 0.45 x 248 x 3.68 / ( 0.125 x 5002 ) = 0.0131 N / mm 2

w = 0.0131 = 13.14 kN / m 2
Similarly, w e calculate the allow able load for shear
fv =V/ A = 0.5 w l / 4.70
0.40 x 248 = 0.50 w x 500 / 4.70
Therefore,
w = 0.40 x 248 x 4.70 / ( 0.50 x 500 ) = 1.865 N / mm 2

w = 1.865 = 1865 kN / m 2
Similarly, for deflection
d = 0.013 w l 4/ EI = 0.013 w l 4 / ( 200000 x 8.65 )
500 / 150 = 0.013 w x 5004 / ( 200000 x 8.65 )
Therefore,
w = 500 x 200000 x 8.65 / ( 150 x 0.013 x 5004 )

= 7.09 x 10-3 N / mm 2 = 7.09 kN/ m 2
M inimum of ( 13.14, 1865, 7.09 ) = 7.09 kN / m 2
Similarly, the allow able loads are calculated for different span and number of
spans.
7
M E Z Z A N I N E
Grating
Standard stock size of grating is 30 x 3 @41 mm c/ c. Which denotes 30 x 3 mm

serrated flat bars spaced at 41 mm c/ c and tied along the length by 5.0 mm
square tw isted rods at a spacing of 100 mm c/ c. The available grades are
S275JR or A 36 material.
Tabl e 17.6 A l l ow able loads on Grati ng
A ll ow abl e l oads i n k N /m 2
Wei ght N o. of
Si ze
(k g/m) Spans
Span (mm)
500
1 44.55
30 x 3 17.66 2 44.55
3 55.69
The loads are based on extreme fiber allow able stress of 0.45 Fy and deflection
of Span / 150.
Exampl e:- (V al i dati ng the above tabl e)
We know the maximum values for single span as below ,
Bending moment = w l2 / 8 = 0.125 w l 2

Shear = wl / 2 = 0.50 w l
Deflection = 5 w l 4 / 384 EI = 0.013 w l 4/ EI
The thickness includes the pattern; hence the effective thickness as verified for
5.0 mm thk is 4.7 mm, properties are calculated as below ,
Grade = S275JR
Fy = 275 N/ mm 2
b = 3 mm d = 30 mm
n = number of bars / per meter w idth = 987 / 41 = 24.07~25
A = nbd = 25 x 30 x 3 = 2250 mm 2 / m
I xx = nbd / 12
3 = 25 x 3.0 x 30 / 12 = 1.68 x 105 mm 4 / m
3
Sxx = 2 I xx / d = 2 x 1.68 x 105 / 30 = 1.12 x 104 mm 3 / m
8
M E Z Z A N I N E
We also know that calculated bending stress,
fb = M / Sxx = 0.125 w l 2 / 1.12 x 104
equating the maximum allow able bending stress to calculated bending stress
and l = 500 mm, w e get,
0.45 x 275 = 0.125 w x 5002 / 1.12 x 104
Therefore,
w = 0.45 x 275 x 1.12 x 104 / ( 0.125 x 5002 ) = 44.35 kN / m 2
Similarly, w e calculate the allow able load for shear
fv =V/ A = 0.5 w l / 2250
0.40 x 275 = 0.50 w x 500 / 2250
Therefore,
w = 0.40 x 275 x 2250 / ( 0.50 x 500 ) = 990 kN / m 2
Similarly, for deflection
d = 0.013 w l 4/ EI = 0.013 w l 4 / ( 200000 x 1.68 x 105 )
500 / 150 = 0.013 w x 5004 / ( 200000 x 1.68 x 105)
Therefore,
w = 500 x 200000 x 1.68 x 105 / ( 150 x 0.013 x 5004 )

= 137.8 kN / m 2
M inimum of ( 44.35, 990, 137.8 ) = 44.35 kN/ m 2
Similarly, the allow able loads are calculated for different span and number of
spans.
9
M E Z Z A N I N E
Mammut Planks
M ammut Planks may be used as alternative flooring for mezzanines; the

characteristic are as below ,
1. These are 65 mm thick precast slabs w ith truss type reinforcement in the
direction of the span.
2. These are alw ays spanning in one direction.
3. The w idth is up to 2.4 m, and these planks need one prop at every 3.5 m,
until the balance concrete and reinforcement are cast in situ to provide
total thickness of slab.
4. M inimum bearing length of 50 mm is required.
5. Provide standard fin plate SWC-110 at 1200 mm c/ c spacing in direction

parallel to the w eb of the beam. The plate is w elded on the top flange of
the beam.
6. The top flange can be considered braced at 1200 mm spacing due the clips,
after the balance concrete is set.
7. Tw o rods of 10 mm diameter are inserted through the holes of the clip and
may tack w elded to hold in position (by erector).
8. The mezzanine beam should be checked for strength w ith maximum

unbraced length betw een the strut tube spacing w ith dead load of 65 mm
thick planks (1.8 kN / m 2)
9. The mezzanine beams and joist may also be designed as composite beams
if shear studs are used. This is an economical solution for large loads and
long spans. This may not be advantageous for beams rigidly connected to
main frame columns w here negative moment controls the design.
10. The standard shear studs are 2 types, 12 mm dia. x 50 mm long and 19 mm
dia. and 100 mm long.
10
M E Z Z A N I N E
-----
WIDTH AS REQUIRED
WELDED CLIP MAMMUT PLANKS

1200 1200
@ 1200 mm c/c
7
—; n J
T
.
65
±150
MEZZANINE BEAM
ELEVATION
GROUT
WELDED CLIP
MAMMUT PLANKS
@ 1200 mm c/c
\z_n_xz xr
10 mm Ø ROD
MEZZANINE BEAM
DETAIL AT INTERIOR BEAM
GROUT
WELDED CLIP
MAMMUT PLANKS
@ 1200 mm c/c
EDGE ANGLE
r '
MEZZANINE BEAM
DETAIL AT END BEAM
11
M E Z Z A N I N E
Tabl e 17.7 A l l ow able Spans f or M ammut Planks
Total Slab
Sr. M ammut Pl ank Weight
Span * (mm) thi ck ness
N o. Thi ck ness (mm) (k N /m 2)
(mm)
1 L<= 3500 130 3.25
2 4000 160 4.00
3 4500 160 4.00
4 5000 180 4.50
5 5500 200 5.00
6 6000 220 5.50
65
7 6500 220 6.00
8 7000 240 6.00
9 7500 260 6.50
10 8000 280 7.00
11 8500 300 7.50
12 9000 300 7.50
* - For a M aximum Live Load = 5.00 kN / m 2
Exampl e:-
Given:-
M ezzanine Col. Spacing = 4 @8750 mm
Live Load = 5.00 kN/ m 2
Solution:- A lternative 1
Let us span the planks in the shorter direction
i.e. bay spacing = 7500 mm
H ence the total slab thickness required = 260 mm
H ence Dead Load of the slab = 6.50 kN / m 2
Working load of 50 kg/ m 2 = 0.50 kN / m 2
Therefore, Total Dead Load = 7.00 kN / m 2
DL+LL = 12.0 kN / m 2
Total UDL on interior beam = Bay Spacing x Total Load

= 7.50 x 12.0
= 90.0 kN / m
12
M E Z Z A N I N E
Total UDL on exterior beam = 45.0 kN / m
Use an interior beam 780 x 10 Web + 250 x 15 Flanges @120.11 kg/ m

A lso check the beam for full unbraced length of 8750 mm w ith a UDL
= 1.8 x 7.5 = 13.5 kN / m

= 1.8 x 3.75 = 6.75 kN / m
Solution:- A lternative 2
Let us span the planks in the longer direction w ith one joist in center,
i.e. half mezzanine column spacing = 4375 mm
DL+LL = 10.0 kN / m 2
Total UDL on Joist = Bay Spacing x Total Load

= 4.375 x 10.0
= 43.75 kN / m
Use a joist 500 x 6 Web + 250 x 10 Flanges @62.5 kg/ m
A lso check the joist for full unbraced length of 7500 mm w ith a UDL
= 7.88 kN / m
N ext design the beam w ith a point load. (consider the beam braced at 4.375 m)
Exterior Beam =167 kN at 4.375 m
Interior Beam =334 kN at 4.375 m

Use an exterior beam 630 x 6 Web + 250 x 10 Flanges @68.91 kg/ m
13
M E Z Z A N I N E
Hollow Core Slabs
H ollow core slabs are very commonly used as flooring system for mezzanines,
due to speed in erection. The dead w eight is about 40 to 50% less w hen
compared to solid slab of same thickness.
1. Provide standard fin plate SWC-110 at 1200 mm c/ c spacing in direction

parallel to the w eb of the beam. The plate is w elded on the top flange of
the beam.
2. The top flange can be considered braced at 1200 mm spacing due the clips,
after the grout is set.
3. M inimum bearing length of 60 mm is required, preferably 80 mm for

tolerances.
4. Tw o rods of 10 mm diameter are inserted through the holes of the clip and
may be tack w elded to hold in position. (by Erector)
5. Provide 125 x 125 x 3.2 strut tube for bracing the beam at ± 150 mm below
top flange of the beam in order to reduce the unbraced length, the spacing
should be such that the unbraced length does not exceed 6.0 meters in
order to avoid buckling and tw isting during erection.
6. The mezzanine beam should be checked for strength w ith maximum

unbraced length betw een the strut tube spacing w ith dead load and 5%
impact.
Tabl e 17.8 D ead Wei ght of H oll ow Core Sl abs
Sr.
Thi ckness (mm) Wei ght * (k N /m 2)
N o.
1 150 2.36
2 200 3.06
3 265 3.94
4 320 4.27
5 400 4.95
6 500 7.07
* - Data from UPC product manual
14
M E Z Z A N I N E
HOLLOW CORE SLAB

WELDED CLIP
1200 1200 @ 1200 mm c/c
/QQWQQQQfQQWQQOQtQCWQQQQ'
±150
MEZZANINE BEAM
ELEVATION
GROUT
WELDED CLIP
HOLLOW CORE SLAB
@ 1200 mm c/c
*
7 T 4 •ÿÿ’
* _[ A<
10 mm Ø ROD
>
4>
MEZZANINE BEAM
STRUT TUBE
125 X 125 X 3.2
DETAIL AT INTERIOR BEAM
GROUT
WELDED CLIP
HOLLOW CORE SLAB
@ 1200 mm c/c
EDGE ANGLE /7 4 *»
>
MEZZANINE BEAM
STRUT TUBE
125 X 125 X 3.2
DETAIL AT END BEAM
15
M E Z Z A N I N E
1200
150mm s I. I i I I
STANDARD St
103 L 142 142 142 142 112
n 112
/4
1200
200mm I i i j i i i
\
STANDARD si
127.5 189 189 189 150 p, 150
1200
Y///
265mm
s I I
STANDARD
152 224 224 186
■
186
\ si
1200 11
320mm
"
a
w
i i
777Zi
i
V/////./,
STANDARD
,r EZZ? _li si
175.5 283 229 |54J 229
1200 1°
i i i i
400mm
STANDARD I %
i m i % i
2?Q 2io
1200 !°
Z>
VZ
I I I I I
500mm Z;
§
STANDARD
I
175.5 283 2 5 68 195 90

si sl
16
M E Z Z A N I N E
Exampl e:-
Given:-
M ezzanine Col. Spacing = 4 @8750 mm
Live Load = 5.00 kN/ m 2
Solution:-
Let us span the planks in the shorter direction
i.e. bay spacing = 7500 mm
DL+LL = 9.44 kN / m 2
Total UDL on interior beam = Bay Spacing x Total Load

= 7.50 x 9.44
= 70.8 kN/ m
Total UDL on exterior beam = 35.4 kN/ m

= 4.44 x 7.5 = 33.3 kN / m
The selected beam does not w ork, hence a strut tube is required as brace at
center of the span = 4.375 m.

= 4.44 x 3.75 = 16.7 kN/ m
The selected beam does not w ork, hence a strut tube is required as brace at
center of the span = 4.375 m.
17
M E Z Z A N I N E
Design of Joist
M ezzanine Joist are designed as simply supported beams w ith the

compression flange assumed to fully braced by screw s attached to the decking
panel at 300 mm spacing c/ c. The connections mainly consist of a fin plate
connection for light loads and clip connections for heavy loads. A ll bolts are
H igh Strength Bolts (H SB) grade 8.8. Refer excel sheet for allow able loads on
different cold formed sections, for hot rolled and built-up joist refer table
below . The table below may also be used for mezzanine beams if the spacing
of joist is not going to exceed 1.50 meters.
Tabl e 17.9 A l l ow abl e l oads i n k N /m f or M ezzani ne Beams and Joist.

Section (mm) Length (m)
Weight
Web x Thk. 3 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9
k g/m
+ Flg. Thk . A l low abl e Loads i n k N /m
I PEA -200 18.40 26.58 14.87 10.99 7.96 5.94 4.53 3.52 2.78 2.23 1.80 1.47 1.21
UB203x133 25.10 37.89 21.20 16.18 11.73 8.75 6.68 5.20 4.12 3.30 2.67 2.19 1.80
250 4 125 6 19.63 37.46 20.99 16.54 13.36 11.01 8.63 6.75 5.36 4.32 3.53 2.91 2.42
250 5 125 6 21.59 39.09 21.89 17.25 13.93 11.48 9.00 7.03 5.59 4.50 3.67 3.02 2.51
250 4 150 6 21.98 43.65 24.46 19.28 15.57 12.83 10.06 7.87 6.26 5.05 4.12 3.40 2.83
250 6 125 6 23.55 40.71 22.80 17.96 14.51 11.95 9.36 7.31 5.81 4.68 3.81 3.14 2.61
250 5 150 6 23.94 45.28 25.36 19.99 16.15 13.30 10.43 8.15 6.48 5.22 4.26 3.51 2.92
250 6 150 6 25.91 46.90 26.27 20.70 16.72 13.77 10.80 8.44 6.70 5.40 4.40 3.63 3.02
250 4 150 8 26.69 55.96 31.36 24.72 19.98 16.46 13.11 10.26 8.16 6.58 5.38 4.44 3.70
250 5 150 8 28.65 57.56 32.25 25.42 20.54 16.93 13.48 10.54 8.38 6.76 5.52 4.56 3.79
250 6 150 8 30.62 59.17 33.15 26.13 21.10 17.39 13.85 10.82 8.61 6.94 5.66 4.67 3.89
18
M E Z Z A N I N E
Secti on (mm) Length (m)

Wei ght
Web x Thk . 3 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9
k g/m
+ Fl g. Thk . A l l ow abl e Loads i n k N /m
300 4 125 6 21.20 46.62 26.13 20.60 16.65 13.72 11.50 9.76 8.02 6.48 5.30 4.39 3.66
300 5 125 6 23.55 48.99 27.45 21.64 17.48 14.41 12.07 10.25 8.42 6.80 5.56 4.60 3.84
300 4 150 6 23.55 54.05 30.30 23.89 19.31 15.92 13.34 11.33 9.31 7.52 6.16 5.09 4.25
300 6 125 6 25.91 51.35 28.77 22.68 18.32 15.10 12.64 10.73 8.81 7.12 5.82 4.81 4.01
300 5 150 6 25.91 56.42 31.62 24.93 20.14 16.60 13.91 11.81 9.70 7.84 6.41 5.31 4.43
300 6 150 6 28.26 58.78 32.94 25.97 20.98 17.29 14.48 12.30 10.10 8.16 6.67 5.52 4.60
300 4 150 8 28.26 68.82 38.59 30.43 24.59 20.28 16.99 14.44 12.02 9.72 7.96 6.59 5.51
300 5 150 8 30.62 71.15 39.89 31.45 25.42 20.95 17.56 14.92 12.42 10.04 8.22 6.80 5.68
300 6 150 8 32.97 73.49 41.19 32.48 26.25 21.63 18.13 15.40 12.81 10.35 8.47 7.01 5.85
350 4 125 6 22.77 56.33 31.59 24.91 20.13 16.60 13.91 11.82 10.16 8.82 7.50 6.22 5.20
350 4 150 6 25.12 65.01 36.46 28.75 23.24 19.16 16.06 13.65 11.74 10.19 8.66 7.18 6.01
350 5 125 6 25.51 59.58 33.40 26.34 21.28 17.55 14.70 12.49 10.73 9.32 7.92 6.56 5.49
350 5 150 6 27.87 68.25 38.27 30.18 24.39 20.11 16.85 14.32 12.31 10.69 9.08 7.53 6.30
350 6 125 6 28.26 62.82 35.21 27.76 22.43 18.49 15.49 13.16 11.31 9.81 8.34 6.90 5.77
350 4 150 8 29.83 68.04 46.13 36.38 29.41 24.26 20.33 17.28 14.86 12.91 11.10 9.21 7.71
350 6 150 6 30.62 71.49 40.08 31.60 25.54 21.06 17.64 14.99 12.88 11.18 9.50 7.87 6.58
350 5 150 8 32.58 85.44 47.92 37.79 30.55 25.19 21.12 17.94 15.43 13.40 11.52 9.55 7.99
350 6 150 8 35.33 88.64 49.71 39.20 31.69 26.13 21.90 18.60 15.99 13.89 11.94 9.90 8.28
400 4 125 6 24.34 59.55 37.36 29.47 23.82 19.64 16.47 14.00 12.03 10.45 9.16 8.08 7.06
400 4 150 6 26.69 59.53 42.92 33.86 27.37 22.58 18.93 16.09 13.84 12.02 10.53 9.30 8.12
400 5 125 6 27.48 70.86 39.74 31.34 25.33 20.89 17.51 14.88 12.79 11.11 9.73 8.59 7.49
400 4 175 6 29.05 59.50 44.55 38.25 30.93 25.51 21.39 18.18 15.64 13.59 11.90 10.51 9.18
400 5 150 6 29.83 80.77 45.30 35.73 28.89 23.82 19.97 16.97 14.59 12.67 11.10 9.80 8.56
400 6 125 6 30.62 75.11 42.12 33.21 26.84 22.13 18.55 15.76 13.55 11.76 10.30 9.09 7.93
400 4 150 8 31.40 59.48 44.53 39.55 34.43 28.40 23.81 20.25 17.41 15.13 13.26 11.71 10.33
400 5 175 6 32.19 90.69 50.87 40.13 32.44 26.76 22.43 19.06 16.39 14.24 12.48 11.01 9.62
400 6 150 6 32.97 85.03 47.68 37.61 30.40 25.07 21.01 17.85 15.35 13.33 11.67 10.30 8.99
400 5 150 8 34.54 100.41 56.33 44.44 35.93 29.63 24.84 21.12 18.16 15.78 13.82 12.21 10.77
400 5 200 6 34.54 100.60 56.44 44.52 36.00 29.69 24.89 21.16 18.20 15.81 13.85 12.23 10.68
400 6 175 6 35.33 94.94 53.25 42.00 33.95 28.00 23.47 19.95 17.15 14.89 13.05 11.52 10.05
400 6 150 8 37.68 104.63 58.69 46.29 37.43 30.86 25.87 21.99 18.91 16.42 14.39 12.70 11.20
400 5 175 8 37.68 113.64 63.76 50.30 40.67 33.54 28.13 23.91 20.56 17.87 15.66 13.83 12.20
400 6 200 6 37.68 104.86 58.82 46.39 37.51 30.93 25.93 22.04 18.95 16.46 14.42 12.73 11.12
400 6 175 8 40.82 117.85 66.11 52.15 42.17 34.78 29.16 24.78 21.31 18.51 16.22 14.32 12.63
19
M E Z Z A N I N E
Length (meters)
Section (mm) Wei ght
6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12
Web x Thk. Fl g. Thk . k g/m A l l owabl e Uni f orml y D i stributed Load i n k N/m
400 4 125 6 24.34 16.47 14.00 12.03 10.45 9.16 8.08 7.06 5.96 5.08 4.35 3.75 3.26 2.84
400 4 150 6 26.69 18.93 16.09 13.84 12.02 10.53 9.30 8.12 6.86 5.85 5.01 4.33 3.75 3.27
400 5 125 6 27.48 17.51 14.88 12.79 11.11 9.73 8.59 7.49 6.33 5.39 4.62 3.98 3.45 3.00
400 4 175 6 29.05 21.39 18.18 15.64 13.59 11.90 10.51 9.18 7.76 6.61 5.67 4.90 4.25 3.71
400 5 150 6 29.83 19.97 16.97 14.59 12.67 11.10 9.80 8.56 7.23 6.16 5.28 4.55 3.95 3.44
400 6 125 6 30.62 18.55 15.76 13.55 11.76 10.30 9.09 7.93 6.70 5.70 4.88 4.21 3.64 3.17
400 4 150 8 31.40 23.81 20.25 17.41 15.13 13.26 11.71 10.33 8.73 7.44 6.39 5.51 4.79 4.18
400 5 175 6 32.19 22.43 19.06 16.39 14.24 12.48 11.01 9.62 8.13 6.92 5.94 5.12 4.44 3.87
400 6 150 6 32.97 21.01 17.85 15.35 13.33 11.67 10.30 8.99 7.60 6.47 5.54 4.78 4.14 3.60
400 5 150 8 34.54 24.84 21.12 18.16 15.78 13.82 12.21 10.77 9.10 7.75 6.65 5.74 4.98 4.34
400 5 200 6 34.54 24.89 21.16 18.20 15.81 13.85 12.23 10.68 9.03 7.69 6.60 5.69 4.94 4.31
400 6 175 6 35.33 23.47 19.95 17.15 14.89 13.05 11.52 10.05 8.50 7.23 6.20 5.35 4.64 4.04
400 6 150 8 37.68 25.87 21.99 18.91 16.42 14.39 12.70 11.20 9.47 8.06 6.91 5.97 5.17 4.51
400 5 175 8 37.68 28.13 23.91 20.56 17.87 15.66 13.83 12.20 10.31 8.79 7.54 6.51 5.65 4.93
400 6 200 6 37.68 25.93 22.04 18.95 16.46 14.42 12.73 11.12 9.40 8.00 6.86 5.92 5.13 4.47
400 6 175 8 40.82 29.16 24.78 21.31 18.51 16.22 14.32 12.63 10.68 9.10 7.80 6.73 5.84 5.09
450 4 175 6 30.62 24.70 21.00 18.07 15.70 13.76 12.16 10.81 9.67 8.62 7.41 6.40 5.57 4.86
450 5 150 6 31.79 23.26 19.77 17.00 14.77 12.94 11.43 10.16 9.09 8.10 6.95 6.01 5.22 4.55
450 5 175 6 34.15 26.03 22.13 19.03 16.54 14.49 12.80 11.38 10.18 9.08 7.79 6.73 5.85 5.11
450 6 150 6 35.33 24.58 20.89 17.97 15.61 13.67 12.07 10.73 9.59 8.55 7.34 6.34 5.50 4.80
450 5 150 8 36.50 28.75 24.44 21.02 18.27 16.01 14.14 12.57 11.25 10.12 8.69 7.51 6.53 5.70
450 5 200 6 36.50 28.80 24.49 21.06 18.30 16.04 14.17 12.60 11.27 10.05 8.63 7.46 6.48 5.66
450 6 175 6 37.68 27.35 23.25 20.00 17.37 15.22 13.44 11.95 10.69 9.53 8.18 7.06 6.13 5.35
450 5 175 8 39.64 32.44 27.58 23.73 20.62 18.08 15.97 14.20 12.70 11.43 9.82 8.49 7.38 6.45
450 6 150 8 40.04 30.06 25.55 21.98 19.09 16.73 14.78 13.14 11.75 10.57 9.08 7.84 6.81 5.95
450 6 200 6 40.04 30.13 25.61 22.03 19.14 16.77 14.81 13.17 11.78 10.50 9.02 7.79 6.77 5.91
450 6 175 8 43.18 33.76 28.70 24.69 21.45 18.80 16.60 14.76 13.21 11.88 10.21 8.82 7.67 6.69
20
M E Z Z A N I N E
Length (meters)
6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12
Web x
Fl g. Thk . k g/m A l low abl e Uni f orml y D istri buted Load i n kN /m
Thk .
500 4 175 6 32.19 23.60 21.76 20.18 17.90 15.70 13.87 12.33 11.04 9.93 8.98 8.15 7.09 6.20
500 5 150 6 33.76 26.72 22.72 19.54 16.98 14.88 13.14 11.69 10.46 9.40 8.50 7.71 6.70 5.86
500 5 175 6 36.11 29.80 25.34 21.80 18.94 16.60 14.67 13.04 11.67 10.50 9.49 8.61 7.49 6.55
500 6 150 6 37.68 28.36 24.11 20.74 18.02 15.79 13.94 12.40 11.09 9.97 9.01 8.17 7.10 6.21
500 5 150 8 38.47 32.82 27.91 24.01 20.87 18.29 16.16 14.37 12.86 11.57 10.46 9.49 8.32 7.28
500 5 200 6 38.47 32.88 27.96 24.06 20.91 18.33 16.19 14.40 12.89 11.59 10.48 9.51 8.27 7.23
500 6 175 6 40.04 31.45 26.74 23.00 19.98 17.51 15.47 13.75 12.30 11.06 10.00 9.07 7.89 6.89
500 5 175 8 41.61 36.93 31.41 27.02 23.49 20.59 18.19 16.18 14.48 13.03 11.78 10.70 9.38 8.20
500 6 150 8 42.39 34.45 29.29 25.20 21.90 19.19 16.95 15.08 13.49 12.13 10.96 9.95 8.72 7.63
500 6 200 6 42.39 34.53 29.36 25.26 21.95 19.24 16.99 15.11 13.52 12.16 10.99 9.97 8.67 7.58
500 6 175 8 45.53 38.56 32.79 28.21 24.52 21.49 18.99 16.89 15.11 13.59 12.29 11.15 9.78 8.55
500 6 200 8 48.67 42.67 36.29 31.22 27.14 23.79 21.02 18.70 16.73 15.05 13.61 12.35 10.83 9.48
500 6 200 10 54.95 50.82 43.22 37.19 32.33 28.35 25.05 22.28 19.94 17.94 16.23 14.74 13.03 11.40
500 6 220 10 58.09 54.93 46.72 40.21 34.95 30.65 27.08 24.09 21.56 19.40 17.55 15.94 14.09 12.33
500 6 200 12 61.23 58.98 50.16 43.17 37.53 32.91 29.08 25.87 23.16 20.84 18.85 17.12 15.26 13.36
500 6 250 10 62.80 61.10 51.97 44.72 38.88 34.09 30.13 26.81 23.99 21.59 19.53 17.74 15.69 13.73
500 6 220 12 65.00 63.91 54.36 46.78 40.67 35.67 31.52 28.05 25.10 22.59 20.43 18.56 16.54 14.48
500 6 250 12 70.65 71.31 60.66 52.21 45.39 39.81 35.18 31.30 28.02 25.22 22.81 20.72 18.47 16.17
500 6 200 16 73.79 75.31 64.06 55.14 47.94 42.04 37.16 33.06 29.60 26.64 24.10 21.89 19.82 17.36
500 6 220 16 78.81 79.93 69.67 59.96 52.13 45.72 40.41 35.96 32.19 28.98 26.21 23.81 21.57 18.89
500 6 250 16 86.35 79.86 73.65 67.19 58.42 51.24 45.29 40.31 36.09 32.48 29.38 26.70 24.18 21.18
550 4 175 6 33.76 21.41 19.73 18.30 17.06 15.97 15.01 13.92 12.46 11.21 10.14 9.21 8.40 7.68
550 5 175 6 38.07 33.74 28.70 24.69 21.46 18.81 16.62 14.79 13.23 11.90 10.76 9.77 8.91 8.15
550 5 200 6 40.43 37.14 31.58 27.18 23.62 20.71 18.30 16.28 14.57 13.11 11.85 10.77 9.82 8.98
550 6 175 6 42.39 35.74 30.39 26.15 22.72 19.92 17.60 15.65 14.00 12.60 11.39 10.34 9.42 8.62
550 5 175 8 43.57 41.59 35.38 30.44 26.46 23.21 20.51 18.24 16.33 14.69 13.29 12.07 11.00 10.07
550 6 200 6 44.75 39.14 33.28 28.63 24.89 21.82 19.28 17.15 15.34 13.80 12.48 11.33 10.33 9.45
550 6 175 8 47.89 43.58 37.06 31.89 27.72 24.30 21.47 19.10 17.09 15.38 13.91 12.63 11.51 10.54
550 6 200 8 51.03 48.10 40.91 35.20 30.60 26.83 23.71 21.09 18.88 16.99 15.36 13.95 12.72 11.64
550 6 200 10 57.31 57.07 48.54 41.78 36.32 31.85 28.15 25.05 22.42 20.18 18.25 16.58 15.12 13.84
550 6 220 10 60.45 61.59 52.39 45.09 39.20 34.38 30.39 27.04 24.21 21.79 19.71 17.90 16.33 14.95
550 6 200 12 63.59 66.05 56.18 48.35 42.04 36.87 32.59 29.00 25.96 23.37 21.14 19.20 17.52 16.03
550 6 250 10 65.16 68.38 58.17 50.07 43.53 38.18 33.75 30.03 26.89 24.20 21.89 19.89 18.14 16.61
550 6 220 12 67.35 71.48 60.80 52.33 45.50 39.91 35.28 31.39 28.11 25.30 22.89 20.79 18.97 17.36
550 6 250 12 73.01 72.65 67.01 58.30 50.69 44.47 39.31 34.98 31.32 28.20 25.51 23.18 21.14 19.36
550 6 200 16 76.15 72.62 66.98 61.52 53.50 46.93 41.48 36.92 33.06 29.76 26.92 24.46 22.32 20.43
550 6 220 16 81.17 72.57 66.93 62.09 57.89 50.98 45.06 40.11 35.91 32.33 29.25 26.58 24.25 22.21
550 6 250 16 88.71 72.49 66.85 62.01 57.82 54.15 50.44 44.90 40.20 36.20 32.75 29.76 27.15 24.87
21
M E Z Z A N I N E
Length (meters)
Secti on (mm) Wei ght
6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12
Web x Thk . Fl g. Thk. k g/m A l l ow abl e Uni f orml y D istri buted Load i n kN /m
600 4 175 6 35.33 19.58 18.04 16.73 15.59 14.59 13.72 12.93 12.23 11.61 11.04 10.31 9.40 8.60
600 5 175 6 40.04 37.86 32.20 27.71 24.09 21.12 18.66 16.60 14.86 13.37 12.09 10.98 10.01 9.17
600 5 200 6 42.39 38.50 35.35 30.42 26.45 23.19 20.50 18.24 16.32 14.69 13.29 12.07 11.01 10.07
600 6 175 6 44.75 40.25 34.23 29.45 25.60 22.44 19.83 17.64 15.79 14.20 12.84 11.66 10.63 9.73
600 5 175 8 45.53 38.47 35.48 32.91 29.55 25.92 22.90 20.38 18.25 16.42 14.85 13.49 12.31 11.27
600 6 200 6 47.10 43.95 37.38 32.17 27.96 24.52 21.66 19.27 17.25 15.52 14.03 12.75 11.62 10.63
600 6 175 8 50.24 48.80 41.51 35.72 31.05 27.23 24.06 21.41 19.16 17.25 15.60 14.17 12.92 11.82
600 6 200 8 53.38 53.74 45.71 39.34 34.20 29.99 26.51 23.59 21.11 19.00 17.19 15.61 14.24 13.03
600 6 200 10 59.66 63.52 54.04 46.51 40.44 35.47 31.35 27.90 24.98 22.49 20.34 18.48 16.86 15.43
600 6 220 10 62.80 66.64 58.24 50.13 43.59 38.24 33.80 30.08 26.93 24.24 21.93 19.93 18.18 16.64
600 6 200 12 65.94 66.61 61.43 53.69 46.69 40.95 36.20 32.22 28.85 25.97 23.50 21.35 19.48 17.83
600 6 250 10 67.51 66.59 61.42 55.56 48.31 42.38 37.47 33.35 29.86 26.88 24.32 22.10 20.16 18.46
600 6 220 12 69.71 66.57 61.40 56.96 50.47 44.27 39.14 34.83 31.19 28.08 25.41 23.09 21.06 19.29
600 8 220 10 72.22 73.18 62.24 53.57 46.57 40.85 36.10 32.12 28.76 25.88 23.41 21.26 19.39 17.75
600 8 200 12 75.36 78.00 66.35 57.11 49.65 43.55 38.49 34.25 30.66 27.60 24.96 22.68 20.68 18.93
600 6 250 12 75.36 66.51 61.34 56.90 53.06 49.25 43.54 38.75 34.70 31.25 28.27 25.69 23.44 21.47
600 8 250 10 76.93 80.58 68.55 59.00 51.30 44.99 39.77 35.39 31.68 28.52 25.80 23.43 21.38 19.57
600 6 200 16 78.50 66.48 61.31 56.87 53.03 49.66 45.91 40.86 36.59 32.95 29.81 27.10 24.72 22.64
600 8 220 12 79.13 83.93 71.40 61.45 53.43 46.86 41.42 36.86 33.00 29.71 26.87 24.41 22.27 20.39
600 6 220 16 83.52 66.43 61.26 56.82 52.98 49.61 46.65 44.01 39.72 35.76 32.36 29.41 26.84 24.58
600 8 250 12 84.78 92.82 78.96 67.97 59.10 51.84 45.82 40.78 36.51 32.87 29.74 27.02 24.65 22.57
600 8 200 16 87.92 97.55 82.99 71.43 62.11 54.49 48.16 42.87 38.38 34.55 31.26 28.40 25.91 23.73
600 6 250 16 91.06 66.36 61.18 56.75 52.90 49.54 46.57 43.93 41.57 39.45 36.18 32.89 30.01 27.49
600 8 220 16 92.94 105.45 89.72 77.23 67.15 58.91 52.08 46.35 41.51 37.37 33.81 30.72 28.03 25.67
600 8 250 16 100.48 117.31 99.81 85.92 74.72 65.55 57.95 51.58 46.19 41.59 37.63 34.20 31.20 28.57
22
M E Z Z A N I N E
Length (meters)
6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12
Web x Thk. Fl g. Thk. kg/m A ll owabl e Unif ormly D istri buted Load i n k N/m
650 6 200 8 55.74 59.58 50.68 43.62 37.93 33.27 29.41 26.17 23.43 21.09 19.08 17.33 15.81 14.48
650 6 200 10 62.02 61.47 56.70 51.40 44.70 39.21 34.66 30.85 27.62 24.87 22.50 20.45 18.65 17.08
650 6 220 10 65.16 61.44 56.66 52.57 48.11 42.21 37.31 33.21 29.74 26.78 24.23 22.02 20.09 18.40
650 6 200 12 68.30 61.41 56.63 52.54 48.99 45.15 39.92 35.53 31.82 28.65 25.92 23.56 21.50 19.69
650 6 250 10 69.87 61.39 56.62 52.52 48.98 45.87 41.29 36.75 32.91 29.64 26.82 24.37 22.24 20.37
650 6 220 12 72.06 61.37 56.60 52.50 48.95 45.85 43.10 38.36 34.36 30.94 28.00 25.44 23.22 21.26
650 8 220 10 75.36 81.09 68.98 59.38 51.63 45.28 40.03 35.62 31.89 28.71 25.97 23.60 21.53 19.71
650 6 250 12 77.72 61.31 56.54 52.44 48.90 45.79 43.05 40.62 38.17 34.37 31.10 28.27 25.80 23.63
650 8 200 12 78.50 86.32 73.43 63.21 54.96 48.21 42.62 37.93 33.96 30.57 27.66 25.13 22.93 20.99
650 8 250 10 80.07 89.12 75.82 65.26 56.75 49.78 44.00 39.16 35.07 31.57 28.56 25.95 23.68 21.68
650 6 200 16 80.86 61.28 56.51 52.41 48.87 45.76 43.02 40.59 38.41 36.22 32.77 29.79 27.19 24.90
650 8 220 12 82.27 92.74 78.90 67.92 59.06 51.81 45.80 40.76 36.50 32.86 29.73 27.01 24.65 22.57
650 6 220 16 85.88 61.23 56.46 52.36 48.81 45.71 42.97 40.54 38.36 36.40 34.62 32.30 29.48 27.01
650 8 250 12 87.92 102.38 87.10 74.98 65.21 57.20 50.57 45.01 40.31 36.29 32.84 29.84 27.23 24.94
650 8 200 16 91.06 107.50 91.46 78.73 68.47 60.07 53.10 47.27 42.33 38.12 34.49 31.34 28.60 26.19
650 6 250 16 93.42 61.16 56.38 52.29 48.74 45.63 42.90 40.46 38.28 36.32 34.55 32.93 31.46 30.11
650 8 220 16 96.08 116.06 98.75 85.02 73.93 64.87 57.35 51.05 45.72 41.17 37.25 33.86 30.89 28.30
650 8 250 16 103.62 128.91 109.69 94.44 82.13 72.06 63.71 56.72 50.80 45.75 41.40 37.63 34.34 31.45
700 6 200 8 58.09 57.08 52.64 48.06 41.79 36.66 32.41 28.85 25.83 23.25 21.04 19.12 17.44 15.97
700 6 200 10 64.37 57.01 52.58 48.78 45.48 42.60 38.07 33.89 30.35 27.33 24.73 22.47 20.51 18.78
700 6 220 10 67.51 56.98 52.55 48.75 45.45 42.57 40.02 36.43 32.63 29.38 26.59 24.17 22.05 20.20
700 6 200 12 70.65 56.95 52.52 48.71 45.42 42.54 39.99 37.73 34.87 31.40 28.42 25.83 23.57 21.59
700 6 250 10 72.22 56.93 52.50 48.70 45.40 42.52 39.98 37.72 35.69 32.47 29.38 26.71 24.37 22.33
700 6 220 12 74.42 56.91 52.48 48.68 45.38 42.50 39.95 37.69 35.67 33.85 30.65 27.86 25.43 23.29
700 8 220 10 78.50 89.28 75.96 65.39 56.86 49.88 44.09 39.25 35.14 31.64 28.63 26.01 23.73 21.73
700 6 250 12 80.07 56.86 52.42 48.62 45.32 42.44 39.90 37.64 35.61 33.79 32.15 30.65 28.21 25.85
700 8 200 12 81.64 94.91 80.75 69.52 60.45 53.03 46.88 41.73 37.37 33.65 30.44 27.67 25.24 23.12
700 6 200 16 83.21 56.82 52.39 48.59 45.29 42.41 39.87 37.61 35.58 33.76 32.11 30.62 29.25 27.22
700 8 250 10 83.21 97.93 83.32 71.73 62.38 54.72 48.38 43.06 38.56 34.72 31.42 28.55 26.05 23.86
700 8 220 12 85.41 101.83 86.64 74.59 64.87 56.91 50.31 44.78 40.11 36.11 32.68 29.70 27.10 24.82
700 6 220 16 88.23 56.77 52.34 48.54 45.24 42.36 39.82 37.56 35.53 33.71 32.06 30.57 29.20 27.95
700 8 250 12 91.06 112.21 95.48 82.20 71.49 62.72 55.46 49.37 44.21 39.81 36.03 32.75 29.88 27.37
700 8 200 16 94.20 117.72 100.17 86.24 75.00 65.81 58.18 51.80 46.39 41.78 37.81 34.36 31.36 28.72
700 6 250 16 95.77 56.70 52.26 48.46 45.17 42.29 39.74 37.48 35.46 33.64 31.99 30.49 29.12 27.87
700 8 220 16 99.22 126.95 108.02 93.01 80.89 70.98 62.76 55.87 50.04 45.07 40.79 37.07 33.84 30.99
700 8 250 16 106.76 135.60 119.81 103.16 89.72 78.73 69.62 61.98 55.52 50.00 45.25 41.14 37.55 34.40
23
M E Z Z A N I N E
Length (meters)
6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12
Web x Thk . Fl g. Thk . k g/m A ll owabl e Unif ormly D istri buted Load i n k N/m
750 6 200 8 60.45 53.21 49.07 45.52 42.45 39.76 35.51 31.61 28.31 25.49 23.07 20.96 19.13 17.52
750 6 200 10 66.73 53.15 49.01 45.46 42.38 39.69 37.32 35.21 33.16 29.86 27.02 24.56 22.42 20.53
750 6 220 10 69.87 53.11 48.98 45.43 42.35 39.66 37.29 35.18 33.29 31.59 29.02 26.38 24.07 22.05
750 6 200 12 73.01 53.08 48.94 45.40 42.32 39.63 37.26 35.15 33.26 31.56 30.02 28.16 25.70 23.55
750 6 250 10 74.58 53.07 48.93 45.38 42.30 39.61 37.24 35.13 33.24 31.54 30.00 28.61 26.56 24.34
750 6 220 12 76.77 53.05 48.91 45.36 42.28 39.59 37.22 35.11 33.22 31.52 29.98 28.58 27.31 25.37
750 8 220 10 81.64 97.75 83.17 71.60 62.27 54.63 48.30 42.99 38.50 34.67 31.37 28.51 26.02 23.83
750 6 250 12 82.43 52.99 48.85 45.30 42.23 39.54 37.16 35.05 33.16 31.46 29.93 28.53 27.25 26.08
750 8 200 12 84.78 103.78 88.31 76.02 66.12 58.01 51.29 45.66 40.89 36.82 33.32 30.28 27.63 25.31
750 6 200 16 85.57 52.96 48.82 45.27 42.19 39.50 37.13 35.02 33.13 31.43 29.89 28.50 27.22 26.05
750 8 220 12 88.55 111.20 94.62 81.46 70.85 62.16 54.96 48.93 43.82 39.47 35.71 32.46 29.63 27.14
750 8 250 10 86.35 107.02 91.06 78.40 68.18 59.82 52.89 47.09 42.17 37.98 34.36 31.23 28.50 26.11
750 6 220 16 90.59 52.91 48.77 45.22 42.14 39.45 37.08 34.97 33.08 31.38 29.84 28.45 27.17 26.00
750 8 250 12 94.20 122.33 104.09 89.62 77.95 68.40 60.48 53.84 48.23 43.43 39.31 35.73 32.61 29.88
750 8 200 16 97.34 126.58 109.11 93.95 81.71 71.70 63.40 56.45 50.56 45.54 41.21 37.47 34.20 31.33
750 6 250 16 98.13 52.83 48.69 45.14 42.07 39.38 37.00 34.89 33.01 31.31 29.77 28.37 27.10 25.93
750 8 220 16 102.36 126.53 116.72 101.20 88.03 77.24 68.31 60.82 54.48 49.07 44.41 40.37 36.85 33.76
750 8 250 16 109.90 126.46 116.65 108.24 97.49 85.56 75.66 67.37 60.35 54.36 49.20 44.73 40.84 37.41
800 6 200 12 75.36 49.70 45.82 42.49 39.61 37.08 34.86 32.88 31.11 29.52 28.07 26.76 25.57 24.47
800 6 220 12 79.13 49.66 45.78 42.45 39.57 37.05 34.82 32.84 31.07 29.48 28.04 26.73 25.53 24.43
800 8 220 10 84.78 106.50 90.62 78.02 67.85 59.53 52.64 46.86 41.97 37.80 34.20 31.09 28.37 25.99
800 6 250 12 84.78 49.60 45.72 42.39 39.51 36.99 34.76 32.79 31.02 29.42 27.98 26.67 25.47 24.38
800 6 200 16 87.92 49.57 45.69 42.36 39.48 36.96 34.73 32.75 30.98 29.39 27.95 26.64 25.44 24.35
800 8 200 12 87.92 112.93 96.10 82.74 71.96 63.14 55.83 49.70 44.52 40.09 36.28 32.98 30.10 27.57
800 8 220 12 91.69 118.67 102.83 88.54 77.01 67.57 59.75 53.20 47.65 42.92 38.84 35.31 32.23 29.52
800 6 220 16 92.94 49.52 45.64 42.31 39.43 36.91 34.68 32.70 30.93 29.34 27.90 26.59 25.39 24.30
800 8 250 12 97.34 118.61 109.41 97.25 84.59 74.23 65.64 58.44 52.35 47.15 42.68 38.80 35.42 32.45
800 6 250 16 100.48 49.45 45.56 42.24 39.36 36.83 34.61 32.63 30.86 29.27 27.82 26.51 25.32 24.22
800 8 200 16 100.48 118.58 109.38 101.50 88.60 77.75 68.76 61.22 54.84 49.40 44.71 40.65 37.11 34.00
800 8 220 16 105.50 118.53 109.33 101.45 94.61 83.66 73.99 65.88 59.02 53.17 48.12 43.75 39.94 36.60
800 8 250 16 113.04 118.45 109.26 101.37 94.54 88.56 81.84 72.88 65.29 58.82 53.24 48.41 44.20 40.50
24
M E Z Z A N I N E
Length (meters)
6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12
Web x
Fl g. Thk . k g/m A l low abl e Uni f orml y D istri buted Load i n kN /m
Thk .
850 6 200 12 77.72 46.71 43.05 39.92 37.21 34.83 32.74 30.88 29.21 27.71 26.36 25.12 24.00 22.96
850 6 220 12 81.48 46.67 43.01 39.88 37.17 34.80 32.70 30.84 29.17 27.67 26.32 25.08 23.96 22.93
850 8 220 10 87.92 111.67 98.30 84.64 73.61 64.59 57.12 50.85 45.55 41.02 37.13 33.75 30.81 28.22
850 6 200 16 90.28 46.58 42.93 39.80 37.08 34.71 32.61 30.75 29.09 27.59 26.23 25.00 23.87 22.84
850 8 200 12 91.06 111.64 102.98 89.65 77.98 68.43 60.51 53.87 48.26 43.46 39.34 35.76 32.64 29.91
850 8 220 12 94.83 111.60 102.94 95.52 83.35 73.14 64.68 57.59 51.59 46.47 42.06 38.24 34.91 31.98
850 6 220 16 95.30 46.53 42.88 39.75 37.03 34.66 32.56 30.70 29.04 27.54 26.18 24.95 23.82 22.79
850 6 250 12 87.14 46.61 42.96 39.83 37.11 34.74 32.65 30.78 29.12 27.62 26.26 25.03 23.90 22.87
850 8 250 12 100.48 111.55 102.89 95.47 89.04 80.21 70.94 63.17 56.59 50.97 46.14 41.95 38.30 35.09
850 6 250 16 102.84 46.45 42.80 39.67 36.96 34.58 32.49 30.63 28.96 27.46 26.10 24.87 23.74 22.71
850 8 200 16 103.62 111.51 102.86 95.44 89.00 83.38 74.25 66.12 59.23 53.36 48.30 43.92 40.09 36.74
850 8 220 16 108.64 111.46 102.81 95.39 88.95 83.33 78.36 71.07 63.68 57.36 51.93 47.22 43.11 39.50
850 8 250 16 116.18 111.39 102.73 95.31 88.88 83.25 78.29 73.87 69.92 63.37 57.37 52.17 47.63 43.65
N otes f or Tabl e 17.5:-

1. Compressi on Flange of Beams or j oi st are consi dered to be f ul l y braced.
2. M aximum A l l ow abl e D ef l ecti on consi dered i s Span / 240.
3. The al l ow abl e uni f orml y di stri buted l oads are i ncl usi ve of sel f w ei ght.
4. M ateri al Grade i s A 572 Gr. 50 (Fu=450 N /mm 2 and Fy=345 N /mm 2)
25
M E Z Z A N I N E
Tabl e 17.10(a)
A l l ow abl e l oads in k N f or Standard Joi st and Beam Connecti on (A I SC-2005)
Notes:-
1. All connection bolts are Grade 8.8
2. Material Grade is A572 Gr. 50 (Fu=450 N/mm2 and Fy=345 N/mm2)
3. Allowable loads may be reduced for coped beams, influence of coped beam strength
(Ref MDCEN for detailed calculation)
Supporting
M in. Wel d si ze
M in. Flange or Capacity (k N )
Connecti on Web (mm)
Web Thk. Web Bolt Pattern T ype
Code D epth
(mm) at at Supp.
(mm) Thk . (mm) A SD LRFD
Joi st /Beam M em ber
MZC-J01 N/ A
4 4 51 77 4 4
MZC-J02 250 2-16 Ø Fin Plate
5 4 64 96 5 4
4 4 86 130 4 -
MZC-J03 175 5 4 108 163 4-16 Ø 5 - End Plate
6 4 128 193 5 -
MZC-J04 N/ A
MZC-J05 N/ A
MZC-J06 190 4 4 64 96 2-16 Ø - 4 Coped
MZC-J07 N/ A
MZC-J08 300 4 4 77 115 3-16 Ø 4 4 Fin Plate
4 4 117 176 4 -
MZC-J09 250 5 4 154 232 6-16 Ø 5 - End Plate
6 4 185 279 5 -
4 4 103 155 - -
MZC-J10 265 5 4 128 193 7-16 Ø - - Clip Conn.
6 4 128 193 - -
MZC-J11 N/ A
MZC-J12
MZC-J13
275 4 4 96 144
N/ A
3-16 Ø
I - 4 Coped
MZC-J14 370 4 4 104 157 4-16 Ø 4 4 Fin Plate

4 138 207 - -
MZC-J15 345 5 4 172 259 10-16 Ø - - Clip Conn.
6 193 289 - -
MZC-J16 N/ A
MZC-J17 355 4 4 128 193 4-16 Ø - 4 Coped
MZC-J18 190 4 - 64 96 2-16 Ø - 5 Tube
MZC-J19 275 4 - 96 144 3-16 Ø - 5 Tube
MZC-J20 355 4 - 128 193 4-16 Ø - 5 Tube
MZC-J21 160 5 4 64 96 2-16 Ø 5 4 Fin Plate
4 105 158 4 -
MZC-J24 330 5 4 183 275 8-16 Ø 5 - End Plate
6 245 368 5 -
MZC-J25 450 4 4 134 201 5-16 Ø 4 4 Fin Plate
4 172 259 - -
MZC-J26 425 5 4 216 324 13-16 Ø - - Clip Conn.
6 257 386 - -
MZC-J27 435 4 4 160 241 5-16 Ø - 5 Tube
26
M E Z Z A N I N E
Supporti ng
M i n. Wel d si ze
M in. Flange or Capaci ty (kN)
Connection Web (mm)
Web Thk . Web Bolt Pattern Type
Code D epth
(mm) at at Supp.
(mm) Thk. (mm ) A SD LRFD
Joi st /Beam M ember
4 4 117 176 4 -
5 4 154 232 5 -
6 4 172 259 5 -
8 4 172 259 5 -
M ZC-B01 250 8 5 201 301 4-20 Ø 5 - End Plate
8 6 201 301 5 -
10 4 172 259 5 -
10 5 201 301 5 -
10 6 201 301 5 -
4 4 115 173 4 -
5 4 183 275 5 -
6 4 223 335 5 -
8 4 259 388 5 -
M ZC-B02 300 8 5 296 445 6-20 Ø 5 - End Plate
8 6 296 445 5 -
10 4 259 388 5 -
10 5 296 445 5 -
10 6 296 445 5 -
4 4 91 137 4 -
5 4 178 268 5 -
6 4 264 397 5 -
8 4 345 518 5 -
M ZC-B03 380 8 5 376 566 8-20 Ø 5 - End Plate
8 6 376 566 5 -
10 4 345 518 5 -
10 5 378 568 5 -
10 6 378 568 5 -
4 4 75 113 4 -
5 4 147 221 5 -
6 4 254 382 5 -
8 4 432 648 5 -
M ZC-B04 460 8 5 456 685 10-20 Ø 5 - End Plate
8 6 456 685 5 -
10 4 432 648 5 -
10 5 460 691 5 -
10 6 460 691 5 -
27
M E Z Z A N I N E
Supporting
M in. Weld size
Connection Web (mm)
Web T hk . Web Bolt Pattern Type
Code D epth
(mm ) at at Supp.
(mm) Thk . (mm) ASD LRFD
Joist /Beam M emb er
4 4 73 109 4 -
5 4 142 214 5 -
6 4 246 370 5 -
8 4 414 622 5 -
8 5 469 706 5 -
8 6 469 706 5 -
M ZC-B05 475 8-24 Ø End Plate
10 4 414 622 5 -
10 5 476 714 5 -
10 6 476 714 5 -
12 5 476 714 5 -
12 6 476 714 5 -
12 8 476 714 5 -
4 4 60 90 4 -
5 4 117 177 5 -
6 4 203 306 5 -
8 4 469 706 5 -
8 5 469 706 5 -
8 6 469 706 5 -
M ZC-B06 575 10-24 Ø End Plate
10 4 518 777 5 -
10 5 578 867 5 -
10 6 578 867 5 -
12 5 578 867 5 -
12 6 578 867 5 -
12 8 578 867 5 -
4 4 129 194 - -
5 4 162 243 - -
6 4 172 259 - -
8 4 172 259 - -
M ZC-B07 265 8 5 201 301 7-20 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 201 301 - -
10 4 172 259 - -
10 5 201 301 - -
10 6 201 301 - -
28
M E Z Z A N I N E
Supporting
M in. Wel d size
M in. Flange or Capacity (k N)
Connection Web (mm)
Code D epth
(mm) at at Supp.
Joist /Beam M ember
4 4 172 259 - -
5 4 216 324 - -
6 4 259 388 - -
8 4 259 388 - -
M ZC-B08 345 8 5 301 452 10-20 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 301 452 - -
10 4 259 388 - -
10 5 301 452 - -
10 6 301 452 - -
4 4 216 324 - -
5 4 270 405 - -
6 4 324 486 - -
8 4 345 518 - -
M ZC-B09 425 8 5 402 603 13-20 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 402 603 - -
10 4 345 518 - -
10 5 402 603 - -
10 6 402 603 - -
4 4 259 388 - -
5 4 324 486 - -
6 4 388 583 - -
8 4 432 648 - -
M ZC-B10 505 8 5 502 753 16-20 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 502 753 - -
10 4 432 648 - -
10 5 502 753 - -
10 6 502 753 - -
4 4 259 388 - -
5 4 324 486 - -
6 4 388 583 - -
8 4 414 622 - -
M ZC-B11 525 8 5 518 777 13-24 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 518 777 - -
10 4 414 622 - -
10 5 518 777 - -
10 6 579 868 - -
29
M E Z Z A N I N E
Supporting
M i n. Weld size
M in. Flange or Capaci ty (kN)
Connection Web (mm)
Code D epth
(mm) at at Supp.
Joist /Beam M ember
4 4 311 466 - -
5 4 388 583 - -
6 4 466 699 - -
8 4 518 777 - -
M ZC-B12 625 8 5 622 933 16-24 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 622 933 - -
10 4 518 777 - -
10 5 648 972 - -
10 6 723 1085 - -
4 - 112 169 - 5
M ZC-B13 275 5 - 141 211 3-20 Ø - 5 Tube
6 - 150 226 - 5
4 - 163 244 - 5
M ZC-B14 390 5 - 201 301 4-20 Ø - 5 Tube
6 - 201 301 - 5
4 - 194 291 - 5
5 - 243 364 - 5
M ZC-B15 470 5-20 Ø Tube
6 - 251 376 - 5
8 - 251 376 - 5
4 - 225 338 - 5
5 - 282 423 - 5
M ZC-B16 550 6-20 Ø Tube
6 - 301 452 - 5
8 - 301 452 - 5
4 - 243 364 - 5
5 - 303 455 - 5
M ZC-B17 580 5-24 Ø Tube
6 - 361 542 - 5
8 - 361 542 - 5
5 - 353 530 - 5
M ZC-B18 680 6 - 424 636 6-24 Ø - 5 Tube
8 - 434 651 - 5
4 4 144 216 - -
5 4 180 270 - -
6 4 216 324 - -
8 4 259 388 - - Coped
M ZC-B23 385 8 5 288 432 10-20 Ø - - &
8 6 288 432 - - Clip Conn.
10 4 259 388 - -
10 5 301 452 - -
10 6 301 452 - -
30
M E Z Z A N I N E
Supporting
M in. Weld size
M i n. Flange or Capacity (k N )
Connection Web (mm)
Web Thk . Web Bol t Pattern Type
Code D epth
(m m) at at Supp.
(mm ) Thk . (m m ) A SD LRFD
Joi st /Beam M em ber
4 4 175 263 - -
5 4 219 329 - -
6 4 263 394 - -
8 4 345 518 - - Coped
M ZC-B24 465 8 5 351 526 13-20 Ø - - &
8 6 351 526 - - Clip Conn.
10 4 345 518 - -
10 5 402 603 - -
10 6 402 603 - -
4 4 206 310 - -
5 4 258 387 - -
6 4 310 465 - -
8 4 413 620 - - Coped
M ZC-B25 545 8 5 413 620 16-20 Ø - - &
8 6 413 620 - - Clip Conn.
10 4 432 648 - -
10 5 502 753 - -
10 6 502 753 - -
4 4 224 336 - -
5 4 280 420 - -
6 4 336 504 - -
8 4 414 622 - - Coped
M ZC-B26 575 8 5 448 672 13-24 Ø - - &
8 6 448 672 - - Clip Conn.
10 4 414 622 - -
10 5 518 777 - -
10 6 560 840 - -
4 4 264 396 - -
5 4 330 495 - -
6 4 396 594 - -
8 4 518 777 - - Coped
M ZC-B27 675 8 5 528 792 16-24 Ø - - &
8 6 528 792 - - Clip Conn.
10 4 518 777 - -
10 5 648 972 - -
10 6 660 990 - -
31
M E Z Z A N I N E
Tabl e 17.10(b)
A l l ow abl e l oads in k N f or Standard Joi st and Beam Connecti on (A I SC-2010)
Notes:-
1. All connection bolts are Grade 8.8
2. Material Grade is A572 Gr. 50 (Fu=450 N/mm2 and Fy=345 N/mm2)
3. Allowable loads may be reduced for coped beams, influence of coped beam strength
(Ref MDCEN for detailed calculation)
Supporti ng
M in. Weld size
M in. Flange or Capaci ty (k N)
Connection Web (mm)
Code D epth
(mm ) at at Supp.
(mm ) Thk . (mm) A SD LRFD
MZC-J01 N/ A
4 4 51 77 4 4
MZC-J02 250 2-16 Ø Fin Plate
5 4 64 97 5 4
4 4 86 130 4 -
MZC-J03 175 5 4 108 163 4-16 Ø 5 - End Plate
6 4 130 195 5 -
MZC-J04 N/ A
MZC-J05 N/ A
MZC-J06 190 4 4 66 99 2-16 Ø - 4 Coped
MZC-J07 N/ A
MZC-J08 300 4 4 77 115 3-16 Ø 4 4 Fin Plate
4 4 117 176 4 -
MZC-J09 250 5 4 154 232 6-16 Ø 5 - End Plate
6 4 185 279 5 -
4 4 103 155 - -
MZC-J10 265 5 4 129 194 7-16 Ø - - Clip Conn.
6 4 138 207 - -
MZC-J11 N/ A
MZC-J12 275 4 4 102 153 3-16 Ø - 4 Coped
MZC-J13 N/ A
MZC-J14 370 4 4 104 157 4-16 Ø 4 4 Fin Plate
4 138 207 - -
MZC-J15 345 5 4 172 259 10-16 Ø - - Clip Conn.
6 207 311 - -
MZC-J16 N/ A
MZC-J17 355 4 4 136 204 4-16 Ø - 4 Coped
MZC-J18 190 4 - 69 103 2-16 Ø - 5 Tube
MZC-J19 275 4 - 103 155 3-16 Ø - 5 Tube
MZC-J20 355 4 - 138 207 4-16 Ø - 5 Tube
MZC-J21 160 5 4 64 97 2-16 Ø 5 4 Fin Plate
4 105 158 4 -
MZC-J24 330 5 4 183 275 8-16 Ø 5 - End Plate
6 245 368 5 -
MZC-J25 450 4 4 134 201 5-16 Ø 4 4 Fin Plate
4 172 259 - -
MZC-J26 425 5 4 216 324 13-16 Ø - - Clip Conn.
6 259 388 - -
MZC-J27 435 4 4 172 259 5-16 Ø - 5 Tube
32
M E Z Z A N I N E
Supporti ng
M i n. Weld size
M in. Fl ange or Capacity (k N )
Connection Web (mm )
Code D epth
(mm) at at Supp.
(mm ) Thk . (mm) A SD LRFD
Joist /Beam M ember
4 4 117 176 4 -
5 4 154 232 5 -
6 4 172 259 5 -
8 4 172 259 5 -
M ZC-B01 250 8 5 216 324 4-20 Ø 5 - End Plate
8 6 226 339 5 -
10 4 172 259 5 -
10 5 216 324 5 -
10 6 226 339 5 -
4 4 115 173 4 -
5 4 183 275 5 -
6 4 223 335 5 -
8 4 259 388 5 -
M ZC-B02 300 8 5 296 445 6-20 Ø 5 - End Plate
8 6 296 445 5 -
10 4 259 388 5 -
10 5 296 445 5 -
10 6 296 445 5 -
4 4 91 137 4 -
5 4 178 268 5 -
6 4 264 397 5 -
8 4 345 518 5 -
M ZC-B03 380 8 5 376 566 8-20 Ø 5 - End Plate
8 6 376 566 5 -
10 4 345 518 5 -
10 5 378 568 5 -
10 6 378 568 5 -
4 4 75 113 4 -
5 4 147 221 5 -
6 4 254 382 5 -
8 4 432 648 5 -
M ZC-B04 460 8 5 456 685 10-20 Ø 5 - End Plate
8 6 456 685 5 -
10 4 432 648 5 -
10 5 460 691 5 -
10 6 460 691 5 -
33
M E Z Z A N I N E
Supporti ng
M in. Wel d si ze
M in. Fl ange or Capacity (k N )
Connecti on Web (mm)
Code D epth
(m m) at at Supp.
(mm) Thk . (m m) A SD LRFD
Joist /Beam M ember
4 4 73 109 4 -
5 4 142 214 5 -
6 4 246 370 5 -
8 4 414 622 5 -
8 5 469 706 5 -
8 6 469 706 5 -
M Z C-B05 475 8-24 Ø End Plate
10 4 414 622 5 -
10 5 476 714 5 -
10 6 476 714 5 -
12 5 476 714 5 -
12 6 476 714 5 -
12 8 476 714 5 -
4 4 60 90 4 -
5 4 117 177 5 -
6 4 203 306 5 -
8 4 469 706 5 -
8 5 469 706 5 -
8 6 469 706 5 -
M Z C-B06 575 10-24 Ø End Plate
10 4 518 777 5 -
10 5 578 867 5 -
10 6 578 867 5 -
12 5 578 867 5 -
12 6 578 867 5 -
12 8 578 867 5 -
4 4 129 194 - -
5 4 162 243 - -
6 4 172 259 - -
8 4 172 259 - -
M Z C-B07 265 8 5 216 324 7-20 Ø - - Cl ip Conn.
8 6 226 339 - -
10 4 172 259 - -
10 5 216 324 - -
10 6 226 339 - -
34
M E Z Z A N I N E
Supporti ng
M in. Weld si ze
Connection Web (m m)
Code D epth
(m m) at at Supp.
Joist /Beam M ember
4 4 172 259 - -
5 4 216 324 - -
6 4 259 388 - -
8 4 259 388 - -
M ZC-B08 345 8 5 324 486 10-20 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 339 508 - -
10 4 259 388 - -
10 5 324 486 - -
10 6 339 508 - -
4 4 216 324 - -
5 4 270 405 - -
6 4 324 486 - -
8 4 345 518 - -
M ZC-B09 425 8 5 432 648 13-20 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 432 648 - -
10 4 345 518 - -
10 5 432 648 - -
10 6 436 655 - -
4 4 259 388 - -
5 4 324 486 - -
6 4 388 583 - -
8 4 432 648 - -
M ZC-B10 505 8 5 518 777 16-20 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 518 777 - -
10 4 432 648 - -
10 5 530 796 - -
10 6 530 796 - -
4 4 259 388 - -
5 4 324 486 - -
6 4 388 583 - -
8 4 414 622 - -
M ZC-B11 525 8 5 518 777 13-24 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 518 777 - -
10 4 414 622 - -
10 5 518 777 - -
10 6 622 933 - -
35
M E Z Z A N I N E
Supporting
M in. Weld si ze
M in. Flange or Capaci ty (k N)
Web T hk . Web Bolt Pattern Type
Code D epth
(mm ) at at Supp.
4 4 311 466 - -
5 4 388 583 - -
6 4 466 699 - -
8 4 518 777 - -
M ZC-B12 625 8 5 622 933 16-24 Ø - - Clip Conn.
8 6 622 933 - -
10 4 518 777 - -
10 5 648 972 - -
10 6 777 1166 - -
4 - 112 169 - 5
M ZC-B13 275 5 - 141 211 3-20 Ø - 5 Tube
6 - 169 253 - 5
4 - 163 244 - 5
M ZC-B14 390 5 - 203 305 4-20 Ø - 5 Tube
6 - 226 339 - 5
4 - 194 291 - 5
5 - 243 364 - 5
M ZC-B15 470 5-20 Ø Tube
6 - 282 424 - 5
8 - 282 424 - 5
4 - 225 338 - 5
5 - 282 423 - 5
M ZC-B16 550 6-20 Ø Tube
6 - 338 507 - 5
8 - 339 508 - 5
4 - 243 364 - 5
5 - 303 455 - 5
M ZC-B17 580 5-24 Ø Tube
6 - 364 546 - 5
8 - 407 610 - 5
5 - 353 530 - 5
M ZC-B18 680 6 - 424 636 6-24 Ø - 5 Tube
8 - 488 732 - 5
4 4 144 216 - -
5 4 180 270 - -
6 4 216 324 - -
8 4 259 388 - - Coped
M ZC-B23 385 8 5 288 432 10-20 Ø - - &
8 6 288 432 - - Clip Conn.
10 4 259 388 - -
10 5 324 486 - -
10 6 339 508 - -
36
M E Z Z A N I N E
Supporti ng
M in. Weld si ze
Code D epth
(m m) at at Supp.
Joist /Beam M ember
4 4 175 263 - -
5 4 219 329 - -
6 4 263 394 - -
8 4 345 518 - - Coped
M ZC-B24 465 8 5 351 526 13-20 Ø - - &
8 6 351 526 - - Clip Conn.
10 4 345 518 - -
10 5 432 648 - -
10 6 436 655 - -
4 4 206 310 - -
5 4 258 387 - -
6 4 310 465 - -
8 4 413 620 - - Coped
M ZC-B25 545 8 5 413 620 16-20 Ø - - &
8 6 413 620 - - Clip Conn.
10 4 432 648 - -
10 5 517 775 - -
10 6 517 775 - -
4 4 224 336 - -
5 4 280 420 - -
6 4 336 504 - -
8 4 414 622 - - Coped
M ZC-B26 575 8 5 448 672 13-24 Ø - - &
8 6 448 672 - - Clip Conn.
10 4 414 622 - -
10 5 518 777 - -
10 6 560 840 - -
4 4 264 396 - -
5 4 330 495 - -
6 4 396 594 - -
8 4 518 777 - - Coped
M ZC-B27 675 8 5 528 792 16-24 Ø - - &
8 6 528 792 - - Clip Conn.
10 4 518 777 - -
10 5 648 972 - -
10 6 660 990 - -
37
Chapter
B R A C I N G
Bracing
Build ings are subjected to lateral forces in all d irections, m etal bu ild ings
sim plify the d esign app roach by resolving the force into tw o orthogonal
d irections. One along the m ain fram es and the other norm al to the m ain
fram es. The main fram es offer no lateral resistance norm al to their p lane in the
longitu d inal direction, unless the colu mns are fixed at the base, w hich is not a
practical and econom ical solu tion. Thu s stability in longitud inal d irection is
achieved by provid ing bracing at roof and sid ew all p rovid ed in som e bays of
the bu ild ing. The lateral forces are subsequently transferred to colu m n bases
and then to the foundations. The m ain p u rpose of a bracing system is the
transfer the lateral forces d ue to follow ing,
1. Lon gitu din al Win d Load Bracin g

The w ind load acting on the end w all is transmitted to the wind colum ns by
sheeting and girts. This force is transferred equally to the colum n base and the
top end of the colu m n. The force transm itted to bu ild ing roof is assum ed to
travel in the roof throu gh diap hragm action and the nearest pu rlins,
instantaneou sly gets d ivid ed equ ally in the braced bays, and is eventually
transferred to the sid ew all bracing of the bu ild ing and d ow n into the
found ations. A sim ple roof bracing system with load p ath is show n in the
sketch below for illustration,
In the sketch below , the cable/ rod s show n in heavy lines are in tension,
resisting the wind acting in the d irection show n, the other cable/ rod is in
com pression and is hence inactive. When the wind load is in other direction
the other cable/ rod s, show n d ashed , w ill be in tension and the heavy lines w ill
be in com pression and hence inactive. N ote the cable/ rod s between grid line C
& D are assu med to take no load for w hichever d irection the w ind is acting in.
These cable/ rods w ould have been active if there w as a colum n at rid ge.
1
B R A C I N G
All stru t (compression) mem bers and their connections, in the end bays and
braced bays, shall be d esigned for the axial load as show n. The first op tion is
to check if the purlin alone w ith stand ard connection is capable of taking the
com bined bending and axial load s, next a strut purlin may be ad d ed and then
a stru t tu be or beam
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LENGTH
BAY SPACING BAY SPACING BAY SPACING BAY SPACING BAY SPACING BAY SPACING BAY SPACING
P1+P2+P3 P1+P2+P3
P3 P3
F
T
X
M
P2 P2
T
P1+P2 P1+P2
i
I
I
/1\/ \
/ \
P1 P1
\
T
P1 P1
i
\
\
WIDTH
RIDGE LINE
\
A
/
/
P1 P1
T
P1 P1
C
/
/
P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P2
X
B
i
/
/
1 !
M
I 1
Ml
T
x
—
P3 P3
A
P1+P2+P3 P1+P2+P3
PLAN SHOWING BRACING LOAD PATH AND DISTRIBUTION
P1+P2+P3 P1+P2+P3
P P
EAVE HT.
ELEVATION SHOWING SIDEWALL BRACING AND LOAD PATH

A bu ild ing should have the following m inimu m quantity of bays based on the
requ ired num ber of braced bays from Table below ..
M in im um N u m b er of Braced Bays M in im u m Total Bays
1 2
2 5
3 7
4 9
5 11
2
B R A C I N G
N ote:-
1. A braced bay should be provided betw een a m aximu m of 5 u n-braced
bays.
2. The table is based up on Occu pancy Category II, as d efined in MBMA
Manu al.
3. The letter (B) or (C) refers to the w ind exposure category. The table shou ld
not be u sed for structu res located w ithin a hurricane zone.
4. Ad d itional bracing m ay be needed for relatively long buildings. Also at
least one braced bay m ust be p rovided on each side of expansion joints.
2. Tran sverse Win d Load Bracing

Transverse w ind bracing is some tim es provided at bearing frame end in the
absence of d iap hragm action or high w ind and seism ic zones. These are also
requ ired at bearing fram e end w alls w ith by-pass girts. Bracing is d esigned for
the p ortion of w ind force acting on the sid ewall on half end bay w id th w ith
end zone w ind coefficients. The lateral load is transferred to the end w all rafter
as axial force and then to the bracing and subsequently to the end wall colu m n
fou nd ations as show n in the figure below .
RIDGE LINE
5. crane,
6. P seismic, etc. P
T \ T
There are 3 basic type of bracing system as below,
H
7. Diagonal Bracing \
\
\
8. Portal Bracing \ \
9.P Minor AxisS Bracing S
V V V V
WIDTH
ENDWALL ELEVATION SHOWING BRACING
Where,
V=PH / S
T = [ P x sqrt ( H 2 – S2 ) ] / S
The d ashed line are inactive cable/ rod / flat bars in com pression
3
B R A C I N G
3. Seismic Lon gitud inal Bracing

As for w ind the seismic loads are also applied in the longitud inal d irection of
the bu ild ing. The load s are calcu lated as per the stand ard MBMA code or as
requ ired by the cu stom er/ consultants. The forces at roof are calculated for the
w ind colu m n influ ence area. The d istribution of seism ic forces in the roof
bracing is exactly the sam e as shown for w ind.
4. Sid ew all Cross b racin g

In the absence of mezzanine floors, only accu m ulated roof bracing load s at
eave are to be transferred to the wall bracing in a m anner similar to w ind
bracing.
Reactions are,
H orizontal Reaction H r = P (Total force at eave)
Vertical Reaction V=PxH / S
Tension T = P x Cable Length / S
For bu ild ings w ith m ezzanine, seismic forces at m ezzanine floor levels shou ld
be ad d ed . Stru t m embers may not be required du e to the p resence of
m ezzanine beam / joist, provid ed these are d esigned for ad d itional axial load s.
Cross bracings, is also be requ ired at interior mezzanine column locations in

some bays to resist the seismic forces for influencing tributary area of that
m ezzanine colu m n in longitu d inal direction.
P P P1 P1
T1
h1
P2 P2
P1+P2 P2
T
H
H
h2
h2
T2 T2
Hr Hr Hr
V
S
iV V
S
V V
S
SIDEWALL CROSS BRACING INTERIOR CROSS BRACING
H ence the reactions are,

H orizontal Reaction H r = P1 + P2
Vertical Reaction V = [ P 1 x ( h 1+h 2 ) + P 2 x h 2 ] / S
Tension T1 = P 1 x Cable Length / S
Tension T2 = ( P 1 + P 2 ) x Cable Length / S
4
B R A C I N G
5. Sid ew all Portal Bracin g.

In many cases cross bracings m ay not be allow ed at sid ew all by the cu stom er
d u e to requ ired op ening for access etc., in such case portal bracing is p rovid ed .
Reactions w ithou t mezzanine are,

H orizontal Reaction Hr = P / 2
Vertical Reaction V=PxH / S
Reactions w ith m ezzanine are,

H orizontal Reaction H r = ( P1 + P2 ) / 2
P P P1 P
h1
P1+P2 P P
P2
H
h2
Hr Hr Hr h2 Hr Hr Hr
V
S
V V
S
V
I—
V
S
1
V
SIDEWALL PORTAL BRACING INTERIOR PORTAL BRACING
Sim ilar to cross bracings, portal bracing is also be requ ired at interior
m ezzanine colu m n locations in som e bays to resist the seism ic forces for
influ encing tribu tary area of that m ezzanine colum n in longitud inal d irection.
5
B R A C I N G
6. Top Ru n n in g Cran e Bracin g

The longitud inal load d ue to crane is assum ed to travel through the ru nw ay
beam to a braced bay. And then it is transferred through a d iagonal angle
connected to the top channel or flange, from the angle the load s are then
transferred to the vertical bracing system com prised of cables, rod s, angles or
p ortal fram es. The crane beam is assumed to act as a strut beam , this
elim inates the need for a strut beam . The follow ing sketches illustrate the
arrangem ent.
RIGID FRAME-
COLUMN
LATERAL
LATERAL BRACE ANGLE
■BRACE ANGLE CRANE RAIL
1
Q CAP CHANNEL
PACKING PLATES
(SLP003)
CRANE RAIL
IAP CHANNEL CRANE BEAM
o JDNGITUDINAL-
BRACE ANGLE
•TOP FLANGE
LONGITUDINAL-
V IRANE BEAM o
BRACE ANGLE •CONNECTION PLATE CONNECTION-
\ PLATE ©A*
•CRANE BEARING
STIFFENER
.BRACKET WEB
STIFFENER (N.S & F,S)
RIGID FRAME- •CRANE BEAM BRACKET
COLUMN
:0LUMN WEB STIFFENER CRANE BEAM BRACKET
BRACKET WEB — x
STIFFENER (N.S & F.S)
VIEW-1 VIEW-2
The low er cables/ rod s/ angles/ portal are d esigned for longitud inal crane
force per braced bay in ad d ition to the accum ulated wind force com bination
carried over from the roof.
The reactions are calculated as,

H orizontal Reaction H r = P1 + P2
Tension T1 = P 1 x Cable Length / S
Tension T2 = ( P 1 + P 2 ) x Cable Length / S
Where,
P1 - is the accu m ulated w ind load from roof
P2 - is the longitu d inal crane load
6
B R A C I N G
In case a p ortal bracing is required below the crane beam level, the inside of
the top flange of the portal rafter should be at the sam e level as the crane
beam for p roper transfer of longitud inal load to vertical bracing system. These
longitu d inal angles are provided at every rigid fram e colum n to prevent
bu ckling of colu m n at these locations.
— LONGITUDINAL ANGLE
PORTAL RAFTER CRANE BEAM
PORTAL COLUMN
If the d istance from eave to top of crane beam is less than or equ al to 1000 m m
p rovid e kicker angle otherw ise cross bracing may be p rovided above the crane
level.
In case of crane beam su pported on a separate crane column or stepped

colu mn, angles should be provide in the plane of the ru nw ay beam thus
avoid ing eccentric load transfer and eliminating the need of the d iagonal angle
m entioned above. The w ind bracing below the crane beam can be in the sam e
p lane as the bracing above the crane level.
7
B R A C I N G
7. Un d erh u n g Cran e Bracing

The longitud inal load in a runway beam of an u nd erhu ng crane is transmitted
throu gh vertical (see sketch below ) cables rod s or angles in the braced bays to
the roof bracing of the build ing. Once the load reaches the roof, it is carried to
the sid ewall bracing and subsequ ently to the found ations.
1000
BOTH SIDES
RAFTER WELDS 10 mm THK. STIFF. 250 250
100 (N.S. & F.S.)
RIGID FRAME
I <> 1 6mm
LONGITUDINAL 7
RAFTER
STIFFENER
4-M20 HSB
BRACE R0DA 1 )0
TO RAFTER < y/A// A
10 mm THK. B/U
W/ 4-M16 HSB
”T"
+I
/
BOLTS TO RAFTER
UJ X
CJ
<
Q_
Ld
Crl o
II 10 CD o
BRACKET
CD BRACE (IF REQD.) lO
+
*
10
W/ 1-M16 HSB
BOLT EACH END
2 x 10 mm THK. B/U ”T” 100

< Q_
Ld
UJ 2-M20 HSB Ld
CD
O
CRANE BEAM
70 EACH END OF BEAM
>
ELEV
U/S OF BEAM
/ SMOOTH
GRIND
VIEW - ’B’
UNDERHUNG CRANE DETAIL
8
B R A C I N G
Notes: -
1. Lb = Bracket Dep th
2. If Lb < 500 m m No Lateral Brace required.
3. If 500 < Lb < 1000 m m use 50 x 50 x 5 angle
4. If 1000 < Lb > 2000 m m u se 75 x 75 x 6 angle
5. If Lb ≤ 200 m m – Provide flange stay at ad jacent purlins
6. If Lb > 200 mm – Provid e cable or rod brace and flange stay at adjacent
p u rlins
When the lateral brace is not provid ed the forces ind u ced in the rafter are,
H orizontal Force ‘H ’ and Mom ent ‘M = H e’
On the other hand , w hen the und erhung crane bracket is equ al to or m ore than
500 m m in length, angles are used to transm it the lateral crane load to the
fram e rafter. N ote that tw o loads (each equal to H ) shall be applied to the
fram e rafter as show n w hen designing the frame. And the lateral brace shou ld
be d esigned for both com pression and tension.
0)
- II *
—
II
PTl —m II
dn: I 10
ELEV ELEV
U/S OF BEAM U/S OF BEAM
UNDERHUNG CRANE LOAD DETAIL
9
B R A C I N G
D iagon al-b racin g

This is the m ost comm on and sim ple bracing system com m only u sed in m etal
bu ild ings at roof and sid ew alls. The com m only used m aterials are galvanized
cable strand s, rod s, and angles. Flat bars are generally u sed at end w alls.
1. Cab le Bracing
Cable bracings are m ad e from Zinc Coated Extra H igh Strength Grad e Cables
conform ing to ASTM A 475 Class A.
The Maximu m Breaking Strength P ult = 119 kN

The Factor of Safety Φ = 0.60 LRFD
Ω = 2.50 ASD
Hence the capacity is Rn = Φ P ult LRFD

Rn = 0.60 x 119 = 71.4 kN
Rn = P ult / Ω ASD
Rn = 119 / 2.50 = 47.6 kN
2. Rod Bracin g
Rod bracings can be ASTM A36, Din 933 Grad e 4.6 or ASTM A307 m aterial.
For all the 3 grad es,
Yield strength, Fy = 248 N / m m 2

Tensile strength, Fu = 400 N / m m 2
As per AISC 89 the allow able tensile stress in rod = 0.33 Fu

H ence the cap acity of a 22 m m Φ rod = p x 222 x 0.33 x 400 / 4000
= 50.17 kN
As per AISC 05 the allow able tensile stress in rod = 0.75 Fu
H ence the cap acity of a 22 m m Φ rod = p x 222 x 0.75 x 400 / 4000

Hence the capacity is Rn = Φ x 0.75 Fu A g LRFD
Rn = 0.90 x 0.75 x 400 x p x 222 / 4000
Rn = 102.63 kN
Rn = Φ x 0.75 Fu A g ASD
Rn = 0.75 x 400 x p x 222 / (2 x 4000)
Rn = 57.02 kN
10
B R A C I N G
Tab le 18.1
Cap acity (kN )
D iameter (m m ) AISC 89 AISC 05
ASD ASD LRFD
12 14.93 16.96 30.54
16 26.54 30.16 54.29
20 41.47 47.12 84.82
22 50.18 57.02 102.64
25 64.80 73.63 132.54
30 93.31 106.03 190.85
32 106.16 120.64 217.15
36 134.36 152.68 274.83
3. Flat Bar Bracin g

Flat bar bracings are generally used at end w alls. The stand ard section is 50x5
m m thk, and the material is A572 Grad e 50.

H ence gross area A g = 50 x 5 = 250 m m 2

N et area A n , assu m ing (1) 12 m m Φ HSB
= 250 – 15 x 5 = 175 m m 2
H ence cap acity in tension = 0.6 Fy A g
= 0.6 x 345 x 250 / 1000
= 51.75 kN
Or = 0.5 Fu A n
= 0.5 x 450 x 175 / 1000
= 39.37 kN
Shear strength of (1) 12 m m Φ H SB = 18.10 kN
H ence use (2) bolts on either sid e of the flange in order to fully u tilize the
section cap acity, therefore cap acity = 18.10 x 2 = 36.2 kN
11
B R A C I N G
4. An gle Bracin g
Angle bracings are generally used at sid e w alls. The stand ard section are as
listed in the table below , and the m aterial is A572 Grade 50.

Section Bolt Φ (mm ) H ole Φ (mm ) Plate thk. (m m ) Capacity (kN )

75x75x6 20 22 10 200.07
100x100x8 24 26 12 267.30
Let u s calcu late tensile strength for (2) x 75x75x6 connection,
Area gross A g = 2 x 873 = 1746 mm 2

Net Area A n = 1746 – 2 x 22 x 6 = 1482 m m 2
Section cap acity in tension is minim um of

Based on Gross Area = 0.6 Fy A g
= 0.6 x 345 x 1746 / 1000
= 361.42 kN
Based on Effective N et Area = 0.5 Fu U A n
= 0.5 x 450 x 0.60 x 1482 / 1000
= 200.07 kN
Check angle leg for Block shear
Av = 2 x 6 [(35+80) – 1.5 x 22]
= 984 mm 2
At = 2 x 6 [(37.5 – 0.5 x 22)]
= 318 mm 2
= 0.3 A v Fu + 0.5 A t Fu
= 450 (0.3 x 984 + 0.5 x 318) / 1000
= 204.39 kN
H ence section capacity in tension = 200.07 kN
35 80
CD
- -T
£
Av
- At
12
B R A C I N G
Check for capacity for (2) 20 mm Φ H SB in d ou ble shear,

= 100.53 x 2 = 201.06 kN
Check for capacity for (2) 20 mm Φ H SB in bearing on 10 m m thk p l.,
= 108.00 x 2 = 216.00 kN
Check for capacity for (2) 20 mm Φ H SB in bearing on 6 m m thk angle.,
= 64.8 x 2 x 2 = 259.2 kN
Check capacity for connection plate at center (SBP-103),

Area gross A g = 125 x 10 = 1250 mm 2
Net Area A n = 1250 – 22 x 10 = 1030 m m 2
Plate section capacity in tension is m inimu m of

= 0.6 Fy A g
= 0.6 x 345 x 1250 / 1000
= 258.75 kN
= 0.5 Fu A n
= 0.5 x 450 x 1030 / 1000
= 231.75 kN
The strength of the gu sset p late and w eld w ill d ep end up on the angle of
bracing w ith the horizontal, the net effective w id th in the d irection
perpend icular to the angle bracing and the size of w eld .
The w id th of the plate at this section, and the size of w eld should be ad justed
so that the capacity of the plate is not less than the m inimu m capacity.
H ence minim um of all capacities = 200.07 kN
13
B R A C I N G
Sim ilarly, let u s calculate tensile strength for (2) x 100x100x8 connection,
Area gross A g = 2 x 1551 = 3102 mm 2

Net Area A n = 3102 – 2 x 26 x 8 = 2686 m m 2
Section cap acity in tension is minim um of

= 0.6 Fy A g
= 0.6 x 345 x 3102 / 1000
= 642.11 kN
= 0.5 Fu U A n
= 0.5 x 450 x 0.60 x 2686 / 1000
= 362.61 kN
Check angle leg for Block shear
Av = 2 x 8 [(45+80) – 1.5 x 26]
= 1376 m m 2
At = 2 x 8 [(50 – 0.5 x 26)]
= 592 mm 2
= 0.3 A v Fu + 0.5 A t Fu
= 450 (0.3 x 1376 + 0.5 x 592) / 1000
= 318.96 kN
45 80
co
Av
At
Check for cap acity for (2) 24 mm Φ H SB in dou ble shear,

= 144.76 x 2 = 289.52 kN
Check for cap acity for (2) 24 mm Φ H SB in bearing on 12 m m thk p l.,
= 155.52 x 2 = 311.04 kN
Check for cap acity for (2) 24 mm Φ H SB in bearing on 8 m m thk angle,
= 103.68 x 4 = 414.72 kN
14
B R A C I N G
Check capacity for connection plate at center (SBP-111),

Area gross A g = 125 x 12 = 1500 mm 2
Net Area A n = 1250 – 26 x 12 = 1188 mm 2
Plate section capacity in tension is m inimu m of

= 0.6 Fy A g
= 0.6 x 345 x 1500 / 1000
= 310.50 kN
= 0.5 Fu A n
= 0.5 x 450 x 1188 / 1000
= 267.30 kN
The strength of the gu sset p late and w eld w ill d ep end up on the angle of
bracing w ith the horizontal, the net effective w id th in the d irection
perpend icular to the angle bracing and the size of w eld .
The w id th of the plate at this section, and the size of w eld should be ad justed
so that the capacity of the plate is not less than the m inimu m capacity.
H ence minim um of all capacities = 267.30 kN
N ote that the excel sheet for angle d esign d oes not check for center connection
plates SBP-103 and SBP-111 used in angle bracing.
15
Appendix
A P P E N D I X - A
Reference
This section com piles som e reference m aterials from variou s books on stru ctural steel d esign,
and cod es. The intention is provide a one source reference material.
Any other reference m aterial that can be thou ght of being usefu l and need s to be includ ed can
be sent to PRD d ep artm ent for inclusion.
1
A P P E N D I X - A
A12 Conversion Factors

A12.1 SI Conversion Factors3
Quantity To Convert From To Multiply By

Length Foot Meter 0.304800
Inch Millimeters 25.400
Kilometer Mile 0.621370
Meter Foot 3.28084
Meter Yard 1.093613
Mile (U.S. Statute) Kilometer 1.609347
Millimeter Inch 39.370079 x 10'3
Yard Meter 0.914400
Area Acre Square Meter 4.046873 x 103

Acre Hectare 0.404687
Hectare Acre 2.471044
Square Foot Square Meter 0.092903
Square Inch Square Millimeter 0. 645 1 60 x 1 03
Square Kilometer Square Mile 0.386101
Square hie ter Square Foot 10.763910

Square hie ter Square Yard 1 195990
Square Meter Acre 0.247104 x 10-3
Square Mile (U.S. Square Kilometer 2.589998
Statute)
-3
Square Millimeter Square Inch 1 550003 x 10
Square Yard Square Meter 0.836127
Volume Cubic Foot Cubic Meter 28.31685 x 10'3

Cubic Inch Cubic Millimeter 16.38706 x 103
Cubic Meter Cubic Foot 35.314662
Cubic Meter Cubic Yard 1.307951
Cubic Millimeter Cubic Inch 61.023759 x 10'6
Cubic Yard Cubic Meter 0.764555
Gallon (U.S. Liquid) Liter 3.785412

Liter Gallon (U.S. Liquid) 0.264172
Liter Quart (U.S. Liquid) 1.056688
Quart (U.S. Liquid ) Liter 0.946353
2
A P P E N D I X - A
-f
Mass Gram Ounce (Avoirdupois) 35.273966 x 10
Kilogram Pound (Avoirdupois) 2.204622
Kilogram Short Ton 1.102331 x 10
Ounce (Avoirdupois) Gram 28.34952
Pound (Avoirdupois) Kilogram 0.453592
Short Ton Kilogram 0.907185 x 103
Force Newton Ounce-force 3.596942

Newton Pound-force 0.224809
Ounce-Force Newton 0.278014
Pound-Force Newton 4.448222
Bending Newton-meter Pound-force-inch 8.850748

Moment Newton-meter Pound-force-foot 0.737562
Pound-force-foot Newton-meter 1.355818
Pound-force-inch Newton-meter 0.112985
Stress, Foot of water (39.2 °F) Kilopascal 2.98898

Pressure Inch of mercury (32 °F) Kilopascal 3.8638
Kilopascal Pound-force per 0.145038
square inch
Kilopascal Foot of Water 0.334562
Kilopascal Inch of Mercury 0.295301
Kips per square inch Newtons per square 6.894757
millimeter
Newtons per square Kips per square inch 0.145038
millimeter
Pound-force per square Kilopascal 6.894757
inch
Work, Heat, British Thermal Unit Joule 1.055056 x 103

(BTU)
Energy Calorie Joule 4.186800
Foot-pound-force Joule 1.355818
Joule Foot-pound-force 0.737562
Joule British Thermal Unit 0.947817 x 10‘3
(BTU)
Joule Calorie 0.238846
Joule Kilowatt Hour 0.277778 x 10‘6
Kilowatt hour Joule 3.600000 x 106
3
A P P E N D I X - A
Power British Thermal Unit Watt 0.293071

per hour
Foot-Pomid-force per Watt 1.355818
Second
Horsepower Kilowatt 0.745700
Kilowatt Horsepower 1.341022
Watt Foot-pound-force per 0.737562
second
Watt British Thermal Unit 3.412141
per hour
Temperature Degree Celsius Degree Fahrenheit t°F= 1.8 xt°C + 32

Degree Fahrenheit Degree Celsius t°C = (t°F-32)/l .8
Angle Degree Radian 17.45329 x 10'3

Radian Degree 57.295788
“Refer to ASTM Standard E380 for additional SI Conversion Factors
4
A P P E N D I X - A
Im p erial Gauge M etric Sh eet m m Im p erial G au ge M etric Sh eet m m

10 3.00 21 0.80
11 2.80 22 0.70
12 2.50 23 0.60
13 2.30 24 0.55
14 2.00 25 0.50
15 1.80 26 0.45
16 1.50 27 0.42
17 1.40 28 0.37
18 1.20 29 0.35
19 1.00 30 0.30
20 0.90 33 0.25
- - 35 0.20
- - 38 0.15
- - 42 0.10
5
A P P E N D I X
DEFLECTION SHEAR MOMENT LOADING DEFLECTION SHEAR MOMENT LOADING
- A
£
W* *
r
I
a 1) £
.8h y *
*. rf- \t fH * O
ml +*> s*/t
i
'-t I
*|S ojÿX o
ft
+ + la o
Mo n
's:
*> __1> 1*1 o
Ik
•2- % b—
<Wx
<T K ~nT
"max. *
6
£
Jk
*8
6
* ik
5
Co
#ÿ
» * II 3? ?T ft *£ *% k» £
ft
ft
%£
H
' I u
*
(
II
14/
I
o I o
U
3i I «i
if I + o
o % Mo *
..1* £ LA
b=iT
"max.
j? h —H
"max.
_
A P P E N D I X
- A
3?
A
n
5 *8 r* o
>77 *
hi $
m
i
W <-?ÿ I £u
Q
U x * Q
*
I I 1
"0 n ,1n>
HÿSE
.*0 .t>
« h i. -tj * v i*
. n
/
as
O
II
»1, I
&« ils rr
-Js«> \
&•
jt _.J? *
& dmax.
15
iT -fil *2
7
SSSSSS
t
H
x* s
co
| *K 5
*8 o* } It 8T
?i
Q
* I! I || 5.
*>
§
(\
K% §§
&
i *
Q
h
ii
II
1 3 *
Vs M
a-S.CA nl: 0 Q
•+-
o
+ * o
11 If
6-
—
Q
. J* J '- I
| VfI7QX.
dmax.
A P P E N D I X
i £ *
- A
.:i
ill ||
Sr
£ X35 I
« «
/
m1
A
*
<
Ms
<h S
rl ,
s*
i i
<?H it
*
a
I
X
s
•X 9.
tt %
• I A
Ms
eb
5
S•t
I Jr
vj: 5)
to
toÿiB J to33
to33 to
Ot
s
8
AN I
4T
*
mmTit1 u if in
t* "
fA If*** i?
s?
IR
r S
n
v>
a <H
5
Q
\h
*to33
i
I
v*t\ib s
I
8
to
fi
ii * ?;r I
5I ?ÿ Ms
A Vi
Hi T
«? £ Q
N
to33- to
-'-J
•4j to to33
A P P E N D I X
r1 X* X*
- A
lh
n
k- r*
x*
R rI
a X
if
Ml r NiN11 / Jf”
1
oo
a X
V
r-t>
*I
* if %
K
i 8 3i T
j 5fe jJU
O
i) b *
<A
a £
*S
9
a a
r ],
a-* x*
"1
**
X
»
X
A X35 H* tft
5 2!
n a n
£
H
i
II
i -L a B 5
~tis'1 5 ST
<fL §k I I
ii I
X.\
* \
Jr
lq
a *
fc
-J
a >?
0}
A P P E N D I X
- A
£
I
$1'
S I ft
I
if
V f
a
K
5)
9 *
I
s
a
'
if
!1
V i
H
i vm
t
Jj
H
5) I 5
h> *0'
f" o
ft I CD
5
hs
Co
&
1
II
uIf 8. II 5
I \B 5
A
NT
U
•u
ft
CD
[06 *v
f
0> IH
AJ)
CO
ftLS
10
ft ft ft
3
o
ft
ftI ft F »fl ft ft
7 } I M ft
i
I H
Cl
*
I I I '-I? I
*1' I jif
N)
S
Hf 4.
T
i-&
i
I
i
3 o 5
$ v§
i
3)
Off
CD rNJ&
CD *
3> 3)
CD CD
A P P E N D I X
« IS A) *>
- A
Jq fO
M
r
% I|
• A
41
Wa ' I ** ■ Q
1 xA)
£ *X
&
5%' •“*! I 5 I
I*
?3 5' .11 **
5 0-*.
rI Ac? "t1ÿ Mt)'
5)
J.
I. life !|2 1 i *-T»
(/)
tl* %I
9 IS J
I
IS I No
o
A) CO
5S u
1»
4t* r*
|
! *5_J
3'ÿjo
ss \r<A
>L c?- CD
J a
CD
Co
<0
S
q
I *
CD
A)
CD 5
•§
11
3 o
A)
s- J I $ >?
si
|5 ?
q
q
s
14i fe i
A
;!?t
J
* 2
[J "[5
1
3 + +
*
I I
J p
x*
«>
■D n
co
hl>» I
\
Ji
I
I
fI
J
Tft
0
1 <*-A> <A
8
CD
lln
■“
r* 3ÿ $
&
*
&
4*
q
I A>
T Q
■q-Aj
% &sa
»
CD
A P P E N D I X
>?
- A
i
*
R
i
i £
i
HS i I
*« £
£
*
i 5
l
u k £ r*-f- «•— 't) R'1
a?
S
I,
\i & $ $ «S *tla MS f£ — T, S
>R
i-
<4
!R
*b
I
His & to»-ua
£ I
12
Lf avU,
1
Li &-U> 3*
£
ri
i
1 X*
?* 'nÿ-’b
a* I 7U i
7~°
■b
5*
R i
i
i
•* R i
i 5 §
ut*: •“j?
bis sS**
4— 'D
«
1 !* % !S [_J
i
£
i
t *> ■*-t>
3S
J
iS
LJ
#
I
if
*» *
MS >? *ls «fl|s
A P P E N D I X
DEFLECTION SHEAR MOMENT LOADING
ON0ÿ*1ÿ
% 3 5)
*
*
- A
£
* 3 ?
*5 1 5?
fc T *
z l- s; f #
*•ÿ
o,
* 3 5 s $ 3>
R ¥ 1 I
I
1' N
.*
ooooooooo
I
5* S fc I "i
k6 3)
mm
*»
t s *5i
3)
v
N C"
o
if -
f
3) Co
§a I
5 £ I* I $
>C
3) Co
f 4-
o
N
o s
*
I 3)
*1 »s
*
S
?
* , 5
*
4
f"
§ *? I"
0
3)
I
Hs
CD1-1-*-CD (0
c:
3)
13
CD
ooooooooo
1? « I * •»
•1 0
§£ I 1
33
O
4
* £ 3)
J>
§. § y 8 * k N
4' gV i*
o
8§ÿ8§5S 5 f' • M(U
I 3 I a 1
5
b
3
a
3)
e
>:/
£** +> \
I .3»
*I Is5 ?o o* 3) CD
Pi
*
M
■s I is
>ÿ
r*
a
!5
«3
4 §£ — \v
*
s filijl .; I
S *? I 5
Q
*a
*
5
I
£
3)
■3)
*
Co
"U
3)
*
S' *ÿ»
f '
* | o
r*
& 3) r* 3 3>
tl * i
90OOOOOOO i d
ooooooooo § r if ' 2 3)
* *
r* CD
$
iL J*
IJj Nj Ni
$
f\j t\j sO
'O'QCDCDN°''KQJCÿ
Co
•4 T J *
3)
3)
CD *
A P P E N D I X
$ j?
- A
a*
B
I
'1
1
i
I
3?
I
ft
B i mIf}M»*
\ « •
«»
t>
to*
* i?
#
*
i Tj *r*-5?
I*if s <? v/ ;
Q
i *v»
l
|5f N* V
i
I "?) i»
£
$
*a
a
i to / As 5a i
I* 35
55
*
*
i &
f t> $
*s
■x
to
s
14
o |Q® © f if # 8?!
* I* Vt CUT
vfMs 5 to
i f* *>i <*«*
5
A*
i 8
*S I
I
j?
I
I 1 9.R
h i
? Jt
i
e? 11
a
f f
e itto
**
to
n
i
I
t * *1 * > v
i* _J M to s
to £ § V
P* If I
it
iS * iu 3 to i
&
to
*ÿ •J
*
to to
* i?
to \
i
» ait i
«? K to to
*
A P P E N D I X
4 if> >f if
In ?4 R lo
- A
tr if if
ns
♦ II
r: *r
5
>?Tt \
i m J
* i
*n
I ifI
1
§ 5 U'- 9 I
1/
I
■» *" rli IN * to
I I
I
<4. •*
£i i i
\&l£. (to* •n+ f to
'til**&ÿ iÿto
o
r
$
iit £ T-,
*
to
iS
A -#- s
15
s <f if
-fh f R in 8
-f if
I
I
*?
z «**
* *i
if if
II
I
I
}
*
l>? £ §
I* 'll* i
i f $ it
1
! I
I
I N
$
te f* i
-Jr* tO£ fv -h4*- i. Q 4- i £ I
r
i r- to
54
Vi ! »»
*
* i §
a- o
2|
'7v- N* 5 f aI &
mIS if sf
p>
T
A P P E N D I X
I 3)
3)
i:
- A
i1*
*ÿ
J?•f S I) ll
>
N
¥ I
/t$
A i
i
"
p
V1
£r
0
I
<f '
#I
*/ ti r* to¬ II I
V £ *
Jtt ;s
h kRA
0
D
3»
*il
«1 I*
CD r-O
\
*
?r" sI
U SI i
Q„
>
i
n«.
* v\
* s ««
\ r*
I
r>
I
<*4
[CD
5i
f' \A CD
Cb
§
Li T
Oo H
"ÿ
Q i 3) S -i
O
sp CD 05 I
16
i3 mm i? .» £
3) CD
v
JT
*K « k
asa £
|Ff|tt
x 11
Q r k
H VS co
oa l
Q
n f
H 3)
II
£
Q
M
K
Cs
l H
«
P
ll\ is $ n
-k
il «
i
*
3) f* to-
rl4 if- j> if i* & f a

ll
to- 1
CD
i snS' H'
s ! 5 s
A
K
4
lo
i" s a
*fhr + s CD
i
3)
i\Z ±
Q
Os
*'f\>
f? £4 5 i
Oo Oo
A P P E N D I X
£ j £
*
- A
I N 1 *H 1£ N\ TH *
n
If l ii
O
Ct
*
II I
*
/
*
I I
«
1] I\J
S
£ f-'f
B
-)r
is
1/ **
»>»&ÿ
§k tr
rl > 0
!X IA K
f
t ft
feap ilH 9 ■
!*+
M
A
N Ct>
Q
55 5 §
i I
£
Da
5,
«? cf 6& sl:
'I
i
17
p»
£ £
A * £
s
tH
i 1
£
t*
5 ii
*;
<?
II r* n
%
*
fII I ! i
ll
*f #:
n r»n
X
$ ~Vf
sft m I
$
II\A I,
&
ca
i 1*15
S3. IlHI * *1 £
o
'N
S
<? f <? t?
A P P E N D I X
£5> ££
_
5)
£ £
ia
- A
3a
T
£ T Is
*S 32
k
Q
5
Ni
8
££
I
Q 5
4
Of
I
I
£
to53
l)
II 
to
ii fi
to to 5
3* Ka i
s 4
S|f Q'
*3.
a S
n $ 9 Ok
1°
tr
P
Id
fci
3!
o
H * L *
r*
4k
H M
L * Ld
i
Q
X to
o 5
o Piap j to
to53 to55 $ 5
?S
18
5k
5)
.*
*
£
£
:. ■;: ' •' ]
5? ”7i
5?55 0 5k .
* miii to
* *D H ®X> r* ft
CB / « i n * !! Q 5k'
**
£
?»8h/ »8# --O to
V 5
s ? ??• \S <?
to
6 ?+ t >
11 s'
; I I T
1 «C_
hi
5
i s “ 8
to to }5 1 o o'
* S.SL to
p*
4
Oi
i *5.
hi to?
Q u
■3
to
to
to?i
to£ to53
5)
to to
A P P E N D I X - A
BUILT-IN BEAMS
parabolic total load*= W complement of
nr load parabola
fl]
I
2 SK-
BTÿNH
s2E
S
- —WL/tO MA «ÿ
MB = -WL/2Q
cc «5
5
at
to
RA -RB - W/2 RA-*B-W/2
| d/naoc
g5: T
hi Q-4WLJ
dmax." 384 El’
t-3WL
S d/nax.m 384 El
Aoy 5j rtriCa/load W
M
t3
$ f H a ©-T
-*f-—rfi
Q J
symmetrical diagram
1 a>2bd~:
MA X7 Nj*fe a-2b\/ri
fe¬ MA = Mb- -AS/L ci” A
where As is the area the ‘free
of
bending moment diagram
MAC~M.
*A
<yL-m,hÿA=—M.(l-mJ(l-3m+6/ri2)
When
*B *A [ ]*B
saect RA * &B w/2 m
RA= RQ = slope of moment diagram
<o
A. 4« -x""i ,sThe figure shown MAC+MCA MCB+MBC
■4 ~ *** the
5J moment♦
pending a
■*c bm
a: ‘ \/
u- diagram
g h- X/ -1 c A* are C.G's +7l J r..
hi
s
Cl
dmax. at C
_
~*>£7
—A/X/
Where A/ /'s fAe a/va o/ f/x? fixing
moment diagram
When9/L=m
d(- =
M . L m2(l-m)2 fl
2EI
For anticlockwise moments
reverse the deflections
— 2m)
.
19
A P P E N D I X
DEFLECTION SHEAR MOMENT LOADING DEFLECTION SHEAR MOMENT , LOADING
3> £
5)
£ & mn
n
3k
- A
ft
I
£
3)
«
— ** x
‘<T l|
1 JK
Q
o■ -3) 5a
H
5)
I
l
I
to*
R V
a I o
5)
II 0)
3)
» ♦-*0
to 'ÿ‘to
T
fe1 IA
I
I
3> *
H I t
3)
D
--ÿ*-3)
$
*5ÿ
s
3> !A
iH a
«\>
II
* *s
# to
Ho
is
□3)
to
0
CD
0
tto
mm 3)
to
*
to
to£
MB
5
"I
i
r
20
.3)
3k K
3k
3)
3k
s
V £C : "<
to
to
I * 3k
T £ 3? i TF s
i
£
3)
k
— ** N
>1 1 3)
aft
1°& *kto$ lj\iV 5ÿ5
<*.
» "J
o1
k
3)
l
3) HS
• k.
Q
O ♦-3)
0}
k
t1 3) k ? —7
m fe *
*
li
§ 3) to
to 5A 1
3)
J5 <«33 +to
•V*
5" R 3) r— oi r»
*-3)
H
I H* HQ
rf
to JL CD
S
a• n HI*
3)
3)
i CD
A P P E N D I X
£35
* * £$
- A
MM X
35
H
X 1*
K ft. &
*
H <£
I
35 'll *-3> S
H I >*II II II \ ■*-3>
I
l
II 11 •R 4b*~35
o,
I I c£ £
n *<o 35 II H
VJ
o, 3)
r>i is
vT““
'V
ia
3)
>s <H I
II IS CO
*~K 5
CD
n 3) I
f
3)
p*
f *~3)
S **
a 3 to
£
4*ÿ* ♦- 3i 3
IQ
3) 55 /
o,
*
o» i55
H £
Vi
£
CO
Cb
<3
3)
co £ 3)
to tot 4
21
Mlg
35
*
5. x35 i
0. Cb
h
aa
5:3>
II
□ *-3>
aa x
Oslo.
i
[nÿ-3) CO
£ X35
t? «
ft 0
I 3) n II X35
V+b is
—s
h I to h* H 3)
A C' N
U
i H
_ n
3) 'll
St 3)
CO
II
a II
*
W
4° 3)
sf>i r-35 \
35 ii A 3) \
II
:
/ -P aa
IA
-
5? 1 3i to
N u
1*
a 5
i> $
r>j iÿ.
S s <H
N>
N t\J
435 N
<4
4b 35
r 3)
* t>
i
*Pl 35
35
Ni
<w-Co
Co CO to £
to
A P P E N D I X - A
BUILT-IN BEAMS
P P P P P P P P P P P
it t * 1
H4 M f
iS
if
I -A F B %ÿ (n-J) forces B
mL/s +L/s +Vr**46 h <--H h spacing -L/n
3
vl
“A /_
3PL
\ "a UA\7_ UB
% MA -MB 2PL/s
MD-ME-PL/S
-- MA-MB-
PL(n*-t)
12n
\
*A
rb *A
x
SKto bJ
RA-RB-2P
*B
RA-RB-Oÿ-O p/2
RB
- [3 _ \ÿmax-
Ig L
,t
"</,r
£ <*max. * /000
When rt is even,
Cl
£CH0 SflW*r V
I ■« . »
I
■t«..V;-».
- -•» ■■■•■• - A:.'. A. ' y A. • «„ÿ
I
;. «
I
-a;» .•
»*o CONTINUOUS BEAM

-+- L/n ■+■ Vo <Sn
* VoHKm oVo
> consider the load
Vo -+* V>
distributed
H
/O, uniform*/
The load on the outside stringers is carried directly by the supports
The continuous beam is assumed to be horizontal at each support
The reaction at the supports for each span W/g, but the maximum
shear force in any span of the continuous beam » W£n-0mjk w
2n
—
The value of the fixing moment at each support ~ B.WL —
The value of the maximum positive moment for each span *C.WL
The value of the maximum deflection for each span 0-0026
Value of n A B C
2 O 2500 0-0623 0-0623
J 0-3333 0-0741 0-0370
4 0-3730 0 078/ 0-0469
5 0-4000 0-0800 0-0400
6 0-4167 0-08/1 00439
7 0-4286 0-08/6 0-0408
8 0-4373 0-0820 0-0430
9 0-4444 00823 0 0413
to 0-4300 0-0823 00425
22
A P P E N D I X
DEFLECTION SHEAR MOMENT LOADING DEFLECTION SHEAR MOMENT- LOADING
? f« £ &n
tM r
£
* * ■£ *
- A
* £
II
fl
it
£II #
f8 |ks
ll
n 5,1 Mf Q
■
*b
i >
i T --O-, Igi 3
*
<?
/
/ to
II | f
xr V
ii id £
i
HI
I'
<i
*
I
B
to
to
\
* II 9
vl Ij
to*
ll
/1
I
o*
o
to
to* t? 3
to* to*
23
•4,
iS
*11* * n*
» *i *
n ?I K“
k to* £
1\ * r 3
A&iIF?
Q
1?» + K 9
\
\ 3to
g§H* f? \ "5s I •S3* \
Q
IU *
i l
ia
ii/ t
to
r i I , \ ' f*
!?sf/ o
II
*
nt
r I* 4 T f I
2 to *» 1 I
o i? 15 i Ji
i
lit** { o 3J
to to* to*
A P P E N D I X
- A
ii £ £ , £ SS
1)
£ |ii
+ i. £ £
if
=>
M
H
o I
t
-fi
£
a
p
5 « !1
jfc ftfc&E
>\»
to
; J ?srj
tofxu 'f'5
to P
fT
Hi?*
9*j§- 3 9
tft ift H &> r-t>
to N
to re 5)
CD to
i/ 4?4I I 1 t*l
/IT i f i
'3
£ i, 5 H O
H r* to ia
■$. /71 to &» |
i&
°»N 33
4
S4 Lis
33 3)
e A 5JLi$
+|
a as
N
jb
24
to to to to
o- O
33
£
3)
i. £ ?
II *3J £» fri,
I
ft
syp 3a
to If Sh
if
3 i
fe| -J S
JR
£
S A
3 5
to P
a H
»i i
• §g < * to
3)
to
I
rrfi
N>
9
o I 5 9 ! 9
o o a j*
to IV m
'i g"s -KT
j38- •*-
S S
.33
to H» to H
<
J V
X
f 9NJ T; ( 0 it
2 a'
r*
I
JH
Q *
to
«
h a sx u
to
96 V
to to N
N to
■ to to
l a to
** 33
to
3)
to
33
to
A P P E N D I X
SHEAR MOMENT LOADING SHEAR MOMENT LOADING
I v* + O
- A
53 £ £l * §J £
t
K £
s* A <5$ T
5) TH n n n
\
\
5)
Oft 8 » >5 \
A*
ts \
5' £ \
*i
\ .5? 5)
n
II
I o
Q
T
0 s|f *n \ f «
*
* i?
i
i
53
_*
5:
r*
h"?
11 5
5) 5
i
%
\
\
I
9
i
5) r-
I
H
n
'•ft>
i)
si 59
5T
Q>
- n
4
to i £ $ Cb 53
~*
i Q> Q Q M 53
A
° + C* O
O
Q
I 14 Os 53
53
M &
O
5J N> lo 5)
53 r> 53
Cb d>
25
53
2
Cb
II
53 £53 X *3
T! ~l£ ** T*
$ H
w?
r-P
o
53
Cb 53 *II £
,? i
* 1 8M
II 53 0 53
4 U, <0
I
iH!m
H *5o
/
I
5- >? I
1 -O ShSU
o- Mi
isfef
M /
/
1 Vi
t, I k o
'* 7' & t> * A
o
I
$ !/ 7
* f »/pl
M
„ n
1
CM &* o
'/
9
VI *
Cb Cb
r*
i
S!
53
Cb
«- ST
$
53
Cb 53
Cb
«8
S <?
A P P E N D I X - A
PROPPED CANTILEVERS
yWÿwfL+a) W-*ra
i b Bk cb IFJcb
Q
2
-z.
rK— - 4-<h*i»- K <H£l—
-J
„_xyi
yLMÿ<ÿ\ T*
I
%
tt
"B-•? ‘•U ffif-tB’J
+Mmax.- jjrg(36p4-28p2+9) — UA\Wÿ
"S-MA—*?
/>-%
l-tyt.
*B
&
*A I
I
*B-"<-{¥*+P + §)
, = 7*
I do~<&n ieP,+*p*-lXp+<i)-2p3 m I°b
! dX-3&[2»4+(*P*-s)n’-(<Sp*-3y]
dmox.**™ Ljjs-BpLjÿ0*-,S6p*+&j
°b - jfettl/fsp+th+tp3(P+*)]
-dmajc.-- jjzj
wtfp*
P
M
g§ 1
TI C“Z>
3
M
— 4-«hÿh-
M
h 7-3
hVjHÿ-<n\ -p*
- MA
-1
§
i MB= ~2MA -~Pa
p.a/L
MB ” ~2MA “ — A/
4
—
9 = */L
* */1 [ C J
I RB-Pfi+¥)
PA--PB ¥L
l
I
1 °5b = Tzt$(*P*+6pq+3p+3
— _
<*max. “
q)
fiLp
27EI
*o- & [ÿ‘ÿkof+tr)]
-Bfnax. --
26
A P P E N D I X
DEFLECTION SHEAR MOMENT LOADING SHEAR MOMENT LOADING
* * X3> £
- A
h. £
&
* T
17
£
£ I + I
s 3> 9,
Q
5
•s.
H
I
o
b*
aA
Q
U 3
V?
9 !
ft
k
* 5ft
4k ft
«
I
If rÿb>
t ft
Q
§ —Jr-r jo
O
$
V5 T
* 3?* ft
I 5
u
r* 3)
N| I ? *« 4k
ft
9
£ I
o Q
rvj £
O
a*
s|r* \i£?
_j ute 5 + i? °1? 3» 1? 3)
3)
.33 3)
ft
5
ft H*
27
ft
u
3)
X
3)
X
s: X
XX
f
7,
X
3) * Hr xX
*n Tfx
*§ Vj
ft
:j
»
ft
ft* S*
ii Q ft
f \Q Q T
ft
+
3)
c&
H
ft
'X Co
3)
ft
8 4k i Rp' co
+4k r*ft
*1I t4k i3 "H i-> t>
I <5
+4k 1 N
* 3? ■0 4£ 4*
i
T '
4
f" Cl I
x55 I
4k
r-
Q
X
3)
/JsS Q
HJ/TH Q
I ft
■t.]
0 4k
% Q
3) 3) 3)
ft ft ft £
A P P E N D I X
* * t ft s
- A
* t Tj
Ik A
* I
A.
I
H $ ■ *ll 3
', a fin
I § o ii
5
o
8
H
I •
i o "b 1
t>
g 'J * U% o
s
i
=RjI*
N a
IS *« M
% I
* J*l 8' 4
3
I
Q>
*
*c? i? i r* MM £
28
«2» 1? r? £ £
f 8 I
as
If*
rhin £ *
* w
I * f I
5Jj
*
Q
I
H ft*|N ?7\*
+N> Q
l f°« 8h to
i$Mr a I
i
i
r- Ha- a
3
--n *-l>
1
1 H
i+
S s-aP
9
*8
n
I
■u
IA I
t>
I
if &•
il£ *_m/
|J.
sf u
6'f
I
£t? $ a "| * 6
3)
A P P E N D I X
DEFLECT/ON SHEAR MOMENT LOADING DEFLECTION SHEAR MOMENT LOADING
- A
$
£
* r * *
r TA R,
o *fe?
ir
f5 i
9 I
<?
&
$
x+°
IJJL* I -j- CSÿ-'b
I- I
US
i
I
i#
rd >?
|
if &
4- "i
<?
\iStr
-jHU
<?
r?
* ?» i
-f Csÿ-*b
29
§
*
m
£
t '1
£ * f
£
+
8
3
3
(o
I
O /I II I 4- O o NR $
i ♦i t-iv -4- &*-*<>
IJ y
4- "i -»-13
{£
+ ■*-t»
*3C
*$
ii
* -? is
£
* <?
* **
A P P E N D I X - A
PROPPED CANTILEVERS
P P P P P P P P P P P
to
m ;u w w
n — / forces
I 5
SMC £ £ÿ /<
£
to *B *B
*-w R&~64 *A~£(*n2-4n-/)
1 *B—£;(s*g-4n+0
VJ
g o-ÿ/eÿ
is when n is n PC*
dmcx.~0-022t forge, dmax. — JgsTT
<4/jy symmetrical food W
to <*/L~n
1 4
25 i
3 /7 \rea S'ÿB
t— JC
®
C.G. o/
a=Z.
MA—M/2 MCBÿJt_=J-A/
I *Area O ■S
It A$= Area of tree B.M.Dktgram
aS
a>0-423L
a~0423L J-M
Vv
®
a< 0 423
*B
ct MA-%(2-6n+3n*)
MQA B ?—6n+9n2—3n*)
to
MCBBÿ(2-3n+n3)
13 dmax. I— =4ÿ
occurs at point corresponding
*A\[
_ _
-RA=RB~ —
M+MJI
] \*B
£ to X on BM. diagram, f/>e area /? //> Case I, R ~ 3M/2L

being equal to the area O Case 3, R = M/L
Area SXx
O/nax *= - -
~jjrj
30
A P P E N D I X - A
EQUAL SPAN CONTINUOUS BEAMS

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOADS
:
Moment = coefficient x W x L
Reaction coefficient x W —
where W is the U.D.L. on one span only and L is one span
w\ -0 125 W\
5
6
0-070
3
O
I
*n
—0 06J
0-070
Si
0-096
T
O
W. -0/00
*»
<\«
*9
o
-0/00
8W„
O
7
o
ooao 0
-0-050
f 0-025
s
-0050
f 0-000 o
7
o1
v>
7
o f 0/0/
6 f
V>
*>
-0-050 r\
<o
o
-0050
0/0/
7
of
si "v
«o
o
—0-//7
00/5
W\
•o
o
-0-035
*>
9
o
6
0073
-0 067
0 054
r
4-00/7
8
If oow
-0-/07
t -007/
ii -0/07
a
If 007/
*\ -0054
5 f OOJtf
if
-0036
0-055
5
<
-0054
0-077
I
If 0/0
ITv —0/2/
ftf
<r>
6 If
-0-0/6
0-0«/ £
s
-0056
O
e>
jjr
*?
o
0072
— 31
0036
OOtf/
«\
N
V)
2
-0-/07 *\
if
-O-OJd
0096
f
If If 0-056
If 0-056
If 8
If 0-094 N
«o
s
- 0-049
If
-0-054
If
40-0/4
o
o
6i
*o
If <o
>
*!>
o f 0074
6
j*
If If
31
A P P E N D I X - A

CENTRAL POINT LOADS
Moment = coefficient x W x L
Reaction — coefficient x W
where W is the Load on one span only and L is one span
r -o/ea E
5
•5
o f 0755
E
It
-0 094
o/sa 5
*ÿ*
6
If
0 203
-otso
It
O1
-0/50
H*1
*n
*n
6 t 0/75
r
st
-0-075
0700
st
-0-0»
0/75
r
it
*3
T
o
MS
*
«o
o liT
>o
6 t 0-5/5
It
-0-075
* -0-075
S3
l It 11
0775
9
o §
r -0775
\w
1 °
-0-050
3
•>
O
0755
r
it
-0-/00
0750
It 11
st1* 0-500
-0/5/
ItA* -0/07 i* -0/5/
It""i
if
0770
r It
-0-000
07/5
?t
O1
-0055
07/5
r It
-0-000
0770
It
If 0-5/0
r o
-070/
t
r It
-0057
0/05
it
6>
-0007 r
H
5
*r»
6
0750
It
-0-055
0755
r It
-075/ E
if
-0-055
0507
It
II r It
-0/00
0755
It70-057
0/55
It
-0007
H
st 0-500
If6'
-0 075 r
11-0-050
It
70050
I
!l If 0775
If It If
32
A P P E N D I X - A

POINT LOADS AT THIRD POINTS OF SPANS
Moment *r coefficient x W x L
Reaction coefficient x W
where Wi* the total load on one upon only i L it one upon
"It "/3 "U "/3
I -0(67 i I
If * o-nt
sf
=SJ2U
o-m
It
0-139
T P/3
♦ -0(33
*/3?' P/3
♦ ♦
If 0-133
It
-0.067
OOJJ
It
-0 067
0(33
P/3 P/3°It
til
If 0-145
If
Si
-0-067
"/3. "/3i
1
It
-0 067
It
if "/3 , "Us _If *%, •%, _It
0-156
0700
0045
It
If ons
_ 3fl
o-oos
If
"Us "Ui
0(37
0-009
It
4-0-033
I
*I
-szJtojjKj (!i f!i
|f
ol
0-7(9
5
0-056
It 0-056
s
0(19
It
if
wja *'*>,
0443
"/3 s "/3,
4 *
-i9Si
-0161
"/3. "/3,
*0-097*
r
=ft
-0-034
&
0///
P-0 072
61
-0-070
P/3 "/3
i I
it
If 0-713
If "/3 "/?
i i
If
-Q 74J
"/3. "/3
+
If
A -0-040
0 141
It
It "/3. "I3 T
1-0-009
out
st
4- 0 034
OKI
If
-0-006
It
if 0-137
It "/3. "/3 if If
+ 0-0(0
It
T
-0066
*0099
If
of ?!
Ol
K
5
Of It
33
A P P E N D I X - A
Frame I
c Coefficients:
'If
< k = I2
h
rirL h'L
Nt=k + 2 W2 = 6A: + 1
FRAME DATA
ir />»/• length
J 1 1 1 11 1 H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
FT
&
kB
8
■c - +
e
C
A D "A -A T
L
+ D HD
"A
yD
_
MC=-ÿ=-2MA
--
MB =
wL2 ..
W max o
8
+ <”i
wL
HA=HDJ-%L
__
■rZ*
ir per t//vf length 7<
TT~1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
FTB cy
■c
-r L Dt MQ
H0
VD
WL2 r l
MB=- Hÿrj_
ii ji
MA~ 8 l3iV,-8N2J 8 L3yv,+8ÿJ
wL2r i
MD = 8
i i
L3AF1+8ÿ2J MQ— - »ÿ2r_2
8 L3AT,
i_i
8JVJ
HL wL1
n -u
yA~f-YD HA -
mrv
—
Extract: ‘Kleinlogel, Rahmenformcln ' 11. Auflage Berlin Verlag von Wilhelm Ernst A.
Soka.
34
A P P E N D I X - A
B
3
irper unit \ .
height <
wh*
®“V 7
C
/
A D AÿHA 0, ///>
0*1* V. A
Vi V>
wh2f k+3 4ÿ + 11 .. wh2\ k 7k\

MA = 4 L 6Nx N2 \ 4 L 6AT,+jV2J
w/j2 f A: + 3 4k + \
M»~T[ ~~6N[ + Nz J Mc 4 [ 6W1 N2\
_ wh(2k + 3) wh2k
H° HA--(wh-HD) VA~-VD=- LN2
%N\
\~Pc~\
B
B c 7~
3
eh
P 4,
t< K
A ±
b
D "A\A\+
MAÿ4ÿ
+ QÿHD
TD
Vi v>
b
Constants : a, =
**=A
Xx=j£[\ +2btk-3b\(k + \y\ =
Pckai(3ai - 2)
2NX
v
X3=
3Pckax
-
*z
MA=+X l-(ÿ?-r3) MB= + X2 + X3
MD = +Xt + - X-ÿ Mc = +*2-*3
PC *1
HA -H
H° 2h
Ml=MA~HAa
ft VD=2£
M2 = M B + HDb
yA-p-vD
Extract: ' Klcinlogel, Rahmenformeln' 11. Auflage Berlin— Verlag von WiUtelm Ernst A
Sohn.
35
A P P E N D I X - A
h-PcH h/»c-j1
I B I i c
►Ml
i
*
ch- He M27 7
i±‘ D +AQÿHQ
'K.'-t"
K V0
MD
b
Constants: a, h
b'=h
*,-ÿÿ[1+26,*- 3Z>*(* + 1)] Pckai(3at- 2)
2Ny
= =ÿ[1 + 2*,* - 36?(k + 1)] = 2Xy
Pckax{lax ~2)
MB = MC Ny
=2ÿ
Pc + MA - MB
VA = VD=P HA = HD = h
My-MA-HAa M2 = MB + HDb
T B
P
- T<i
p_ *
A Hr* D
Vl*MA
Aÿ_HA /+ D HD
VA Vo
‘iPaayk
Constants: °i v
Xy= - N2
Ma= -Pa + Xy MB~Xy
Md= 4 Pa-Xy Mc=-X i
yA-y..-”i
L H. -
—
Extract: ‘Kleinlogel, Rahmenformeln’ II. Auflage Berlin Verlag von Wilhelm Ernst &
Sohn.
36
A P P E N D I X - A
£ £
£ + c
4
D HA * v?
MA'Y T
*6
PL
MA = MD = + 8tf, MB = Mc= -2 MA
{/•
- KD - 2
V IT IT
*iA’='1D = -fi-
.
£+ B B
<
/4 1/4 0 *i)
'--'MQ
%
Ph 3L + 1 Ph 3 k
MA = 2 • N2 MB= + 2'N2
,_ PA 3* + 1 Ph 3k
MD=+T-~NTP Mc = 2 ’ N2
2M B
HA=-HD= “2 VA-VO-E
K- o
f z> -I
rffl
<
if"* D HA _*l+
M4ÿ *+'M0
•6
Constants: at =a/L bi-b/L
MA “ +
PaA 1 6j - af _
M -"~rte+ÿvrJ Pab\
1 1 fr-flil
L [2ÿ! 2N2 .
Pair 1 Ai-fli Pab 1 6, - a{
MD ~ +
L [2ÿ, +
~2Nr. MC=~-L
Ni ~2ffT.
a\(b\ - a,) 3Pab
¥'-Pb\ 1+ ]
VD=P-VA HA~H°~WhNl
‘
A-2
Extract: Kleinlogel, Rahmenformeln' 11. Auflage Berlin Verlag
Sohn. — von Wilhelm Ernst A
37
A P P E N D I X - A
Frame II
h, Coefficients:
rl,< *l'
kJ-ih h-L
A a
FRAME DATA
m tf = 2Jt + 3
w per unit length

A
I Wi
Jrÿ A >1 5
wL2
Mmxx=~+MB
wL Af,
VA~VD‘-f
•r />er <//)/? length
* 4r4*
—
5 C
1
—
‘-h "x, /« 5
*fe
An
H-L2
MB-MC= -jfi
V
KX“T v W -W -
"x-"o=-x 3=
Extract: * Kleinlogel, Rahmenformein' 11. /tujfty* Berlin— Verlag von Wilhelm Ernst A
Sohrt.
38
A P P E N D I X - A
8 8
'h* c
w per unit <
height
'1* f
N5«
■c
Ho
A JL P A HA D
yD
wh* r k ,1 Mc
Mb- H°-J>
Mc~ 4 L 2N J HA=-{wh-HD)
wh2
V<=-VD=-2L
\*Pc 1
8 C
M, +
— * c H— I < M2
A ti'-z D HA, A D\
t
Ho
yD
Constant: ay =jr
MB Mc
Mc
HA~HD~--h
V
-pc
VD~L YA=P~VD
MI= HAa — M2=Pc - HAa
—
Extract: ‘Kleinlogel, Rahmenformeln’ 11. Auflage Berlin Verlag von Wilhelm Ernst A
Sohn.
39
A P P E N D I X - A
~r
£ 5 * C
W-L/2 \
'
'±\PL
4
A i — L
D A D HD
*0
3PL
VA-VD- 2
P
= -'MB
A
P
a c
T 5 +
>—l/2
A X D A HA D H0
&.3K&
p/i
Mg—— MQ = +
~2
Ph P
vA=-vD=-f HA~-HD = "2
fcT T
gf A-H c
-c
T L
% /) a £>
>4 5
K*
*
Mg = MC = - Pab
L 'IN
Pa Mg
VA = L VD—T
L HAÿHD=--R
—
Extract: ‘ Kleinlogel, Rahmenformeln 11. Auflage Berlin Verlag von Wilhelm Ernst &
Sohn.
40
A P P E N D I X - A
T
Coefficients :
t
< sh
h
h"
D
h * *“A
f
14 B = 3k+2 C«l+2rti
FRAME DATA
K\ = 2(A + 1 +w +/nÿ) K2*=2(k + <f>2)

R-<f>C-k Ny=KyK2-R2 N2-1k + B
>1
y />er
UlLUll
tw/if length
I I 1
C
[[
---
I I I I I 1 I 11
f
-y-
t
<
1
\
X*l*\
HA X
wL2
0
+ /*ÿ
WL2 k(S + 15<£) + <£(6 - <£)

jg- .
m ti
MA~ME~- Ni
wL 2 k(\6 + l5f) + <f>2
MB~MD= - 16 '
Ny
MQ
——
ter/ 2
A + mM B
VA = VE= f
wL
HA.HE.ÿL‘
Extract: ' Klein!ogel, Rahmenformeln' 11. Auftage Berlin Verlag von Wilhelm Ernst A
Sohn. —
41
A P P E N D I X - A
w per unit length

IM I i i i i i iTTI Vs/*A
c ~T
B
DK:
JJ
A E 1 Vl He
MA % Me
Constants: W+
wL2 Jt(16 + 15*)+*2 wL2
*2 = 32 *
3°32N2
MA=+X1-Xi A/B= -jr2-2r3 ME~+Xt+X 3 MD- -X2 + XJ
•Mc~-<f>Xl-mX2
wL 2X}
T,
vÿj r V,~-VE HA=HE-Z±£
-
* Note that Xlt X, and Me are respectively half the values of MA (=»*#£•). Ma (—A/o)
and Me from the previous set of formulae where the whole span was loaded.
w per unit
height *11\
T c ~~1 f
'B O'
t B wt*
e D
A E 1
c
A HA
MA
A M£
wf2 k(9<f> + 4) + + <f>)

Constants : X: = 8 ‘
Ni
fc(8+9<f>)~<t>2 wfh 4B+<f>
x 8 ' Ni 3= 8 * N2
MA=-X1-Xi M,-*Xl*{ÿ-X,)
ME=-X1+ JST3 A/D =
3/c= --ÿ+ÿ,+/«ÿ2
js
V*-~Ve~
wfh(2 +4>) 2X3
2 L- ~L
if
He~~2 --
wf
—
Xl+X2 HA=-(wf-HE)
42
A P P E N D I X - A
T
hA:*J C
14ÿ<
<
T-* c(—
p
He
ct M,
IB
M2 "2
D
M,
1± E1 "A_A\+ + "e
MA'A'
YA VE
Constants: at h -b
<=ÿ bl~h
--
YÿPc[2ÿ-{\-ib\)k]
Y2=Pc[4>C + {}a\-\)k]
YjR
MA = ME Y2R~ YlKl MB=MD= Y2K2-HI
Mc = - + Ma) + mMg
VA=VD~P HA=HE=
Pc + M A Mg
h
—
M1=MA-HAa M2 M g + Hÿb
T C
v.
B. D IK
P 4 t 1 AÿHA
v.
AL
*
Pa(i? + 3bxk)
Constant: Xx = .
H2
MA = -Me= -Afi Mg=* - MD =Pa - Xx Mc= 0
r— w] HA--HE=-P
—
Extract: * Kleinlogel, Rahmenformeln' 11. Auflage Berlin Verlag von Wilhelm Ernst 3c
Sohn.
43
A P P E N D I X - A
Frame IV
T -- Coefficients :
h
h it = h
f

FRAME DATA
B = 2(k + l) + m C=l+2m N=B+mC
B
w per unit length
11 i i i i i 11 n
c
1 1 ii ill
--
m ii
o±
cl
T
I
<
r4 It A
HA
B
A
£ ■L2
+ +
D
Em
wk M
VA
wL2( 3 + 5m)
MB=MD= - \6N 8 +mMB
MB wL
HA=HE=--h vA-vB~==
—
Extract: 'Kleinlogel, Rahmenformeln' 11. Auflage Berlin Verlag von Wilhelm Ernst &
Sohn.
44
A P P E N D I X - A
w per unit length
M
5
TT!
c
-- 1
T
t
■Q
A•/A
>4
C
+j7*
A*
t
•4-
,, wL2
MB-MD~ - wLH3+5m)
Z2N Me = *|ÿ + mM g
MB 3wL wL
VA~~ÿ
8
ir />»/- cm/f
height S|2A
c T
v r
wf*
'fl
-t <
*
m £l >4
wpjC+m)
Constant: X=
%N
Mc - +mJT
wfh(l +m)
*D-+x-%
i 2L
„ * "/
H*--h~2
—
Extract : ' Kleinlogel, Rahmenformeln' 11. Auftage Berlin Verlag von Wilhelm Ernst &
Sohn.
45
A P P E N D I X - A
£1!
/
c
w per unit height
--t
o
T
B.
wh2
r
B
£1
SI A
S
A E
I
Kt
wh2 2(B + C)+k wh2

MD -- 8 ’ N MB=— 2* + MD
wh2
Mc=—£ +mMD
v*=-v*--1z u - HA=-(wh-HE)
la
T- cÿ-
id
tit
Jp
c
-- £l
T
ax
t
c
"AJA
B,
t
Mg
D
EL"‘
VA
*
Pc B + C-k(3al - 1)
Constants: <7j
Jr=T' AT
Pc
MB-Pc -X MD = -X Mc=-2 -mAf
M\ = “fliA*" M2 =Pc-alX
Pc AT
yE--r
L »W-Kr HA = HE = JI
—
Extract: 'Kleinlogel, Rahmenformeln' 11. Auflage Berlin Verlag von Wilhelm Ernst &
Sohn.
46
A P P E N D I X - A
V.
I-Ar| C hAr|
_La
srM2
—
6. D
■Q
T-7K-
o
Jp 'Cft
-*\C <
H
¥ÿ
M2
M,
±± £_L "A A E!ÿHC

t
K
f
Hr
Constant: a2
MB = MD=Pc . + A:(3gj - 1) Mc- - <f>Pc + mMB

N
Pc - MB
VA-VE-P
Ml=-a1(Pc-MB ) M2 = (1 -ay )Pc +axMa
c v. C Po
a
P o
T
P
D
t
■c
B
Po D
A t £ 1 A HA £ l»c
I *fr
''A
—
—
Ma “ M D *= Pa Mc= 0
2Pa
HA~ -HE~ -P VA VM—Z
Moment at loads = ± Pa
—
Extract: ' Kleiniogel, Rahmenformeln' 11. Auflage Berlin Verlag van Wilhelm Ernst A
Sohn.
47
A P P E N D I X
HEXAGON DIAMOND TRAPEZIUM SQUARE RECTANGLE RECTANGLE RECTANGLE TRIANGLE
t toH •
- A
•* V
i kA
§ * .fc+M
w ■ffir fH'
*1 y$ ? vis
CO -
o «
*
—I**
4*r
T
T
1
4635'
•X,
* V|
-*-r
* JP §5-
*8ÿ *
* H o V «
o
5
r»i
O
r*i
M
5)
*k k k k
k k k X
I X
■f
o K « II II H II
r-
It
1X X 5 *\z Q
* S
5)
3)
*.
*»
8 8 8 8 % i? 8 8
8 "i ?! a5
i$•
48
H H
A o l R I
to?A 8H
v H*
to
&
■
•''(to
■p
i 4 8
I8 5o Co
t s? £n *•
ts I £ QS 3* £
O
ft
&
ii
* *
I H
•t
«
if
H
ft
|F
rH 2*
k
»ÿ
k
£
S
S.
£5
£ Ok k k
to to
*J:
ii
to
to
ll
5 5
4
II
t
II
11
N
3:
*1 i
53 "i
*
r
NJ
I> >k i|s ?&

2
Hs £
H5
U
N N) OR
5:?
?!
U)
3
s
o
UI
-t
N
a *
% *n •Mik
k
15 k
ii>:
•?
-« -*
k
5 5 * * i
*
SH
i
«i*
1
s*
to k
ft
5*ii 5sk
to
to
£
to
to
"»
5
t
k
13 2X *£
n
n k I?
I!
CO
A P P E N D I X - A
GEOMETRICAL PROPERTIES OF PLANE SECTIONS

? Section Area Position Moments Section
l of Centroid of Inertia Moduli
V v
O T;
•v ZXX ZYY -
zxxmZrrBZvv = 0-1095 d J
o x->>
x. 1 t3b X A=0 82B4d2 '*=T
ty=0 -54 Id = 0-0547 d4 Zyy=o-touds
8 TV tmO-4/42d
n t*cot $
§ ,\
A = —4 t=r or R
A (dR2-!2) T
£
-J
cA Aw n r2 ton 9 depending on
nR2tfn29 24 * m
S
the cx/» and
8 Regular figure
\*%
Am 2
valet of n
. A (l2r*+ t2)
48
« &4
z-±*L
'j
o
Ct
G 0 Amor2
=
A 0-785442
t ~ r = £-
2
Zm ~64~
1= 0-7654r 4
Z~ 32
=
2 0-7854 r 3
Uj
zxx
£
G
I
%
X TÿbV-f A= /S708r2 •x~0-424r
Xxx=0- !098r4
Xyy = 0-3927r4
boot = 0-2587r 3
=
crown 0 !907r3
Zyy = 0 3927rJ
$
if
x
A = xxx - ZXX
fe *°S!2A
- 2Qr4(i—cot e)3 fta*t = Ixx/*x
1 h-cX* n ri/wi' —tin 6
2 ( /80' 7 if «*— 180'tin 9 crown -
—
b— *x
•x-*o~r Cns& r /SL*°-
xrr8tfn.94-tM.29J
£l (So*
= 48 2Zyy
1» X
* c
x
r 260'. r9
ZXX 4r*
Q: XXX*O-KT**>JJ- ctntrt =Ixxhi
O x r •*mTrT
X. Am360fr‘ zrY'iM'i-'*'J crown = IJUL
- .-ZZYY —
O r -»x
Uj
<n ** “ xT z°=eYmox,/n 9) Zyy m
6/ X Minimum Vafutt
I / Xxx •Xry=OOS4SY4
I \
A-±£
ex=0-424r
Xbb = 0-/963r-*
zxx “ Ar
* 0 -09S3r3
%** -X 4 tr=0-6r Xfj(j = 0-07/4r4 Zw=0/009r3
§ V x v4/
eu=0-707r Xyy = 0-0384/ Zyy = 0-064r3
£ ■*a
tx=0-777r Xxx =ZYY ~°0076r4 ZXX
Minimum Vafutt
g V
/ \
<6
y tv 098r =/ÿ
A=0-2/46r2 tu =0-707 r X(ju = 0-012r*
=
~ ZYY
0-0097r3
ZU(J = 0-0f7r3
5 e0 =0-3/6 r Xyy = O-OOS/r4 Zyy = 0-0079r3
LL \\ i
o
o t v-y tb=0-39/r
49
A P P E N D I X
SEMI- FULL SEMI-
FILLET COMPLEMENT PARABOLA PARABOLA COMPLEMENT •U ELLIPSE ELLIPSE ELLIPSE
L
rf'-1 *
- A
>«
\v H Trra
r-~m
55 T i— * —
•?!— *— H I— T O
o
4*ÿ *
Q
’H
1L _ JJJ
<-
*
<*
1
Tc 'Mrti? i *
JL Mx-4* *—I
o
\y T
f \£ *c Vt * \ \
%
v.
n II II * 9
n II II
A 'i
H* uO
4k
& Hi Q
3
i
n *R K* <? *? <' I? *9 n * •? 1i *ÿ *n if *DJ *>
H i i n it
ii
9 4 t ? n 1% 3r»
$» 4
50
\
H*
o|? *
H> $5f a* Q
5« b- b
if o C/>
*; *c p p 3h p jh
u
fist
» i n
P P ,h i-
» n » H
? -I1 s5
*N 1 «
$ «ÿ
t D
£
II
$
« 1 1 II
-S LH
« «
$
II
tit 3-
r>
9 T, o o o o 9 99 9 o 9 o o o 5S
i i i rg sI it
9 9 9 9 99 9 9 9
5 9
I I 8 8
1m i g II
?lit
N. 5 9 9
£4 S a Co
jk
** ll &•J I & *«•
4* U
S4. l** V, <•> ** l ? V, r>
*
9 9
1 >
§ 4*V $H |S?
o
5
up;
*
s
i! isiiiiiÿsr
I
iStjt
I
t.
itiiliii
S"V»H28 T
*• X \ * ** * IT mr illrlifr
x ¥ t i«L ii ** •» 1
5
II
A P P E N D I X - A
_ Area / = moment of inertia about

bh c = depth to centroid + h centroidal axis + Wr3
h/2
’ Jch 1.0
1
2
1
12
h/2
—
H b — H
—
ch
■*4
i
4
—/
&
1.0
b
2h
sin a + -2I cos a 1
12 (vma) — cos2 +
1
12
a
Tl IT
■-(■-TX'-I)
31
h
b’
i
1 - BB) 1
2
1
12
t
K— b— HT
T
h/2
h/2
X
<fy ch
-4 = 0.785398 1
2 —
64
= 0.049087
JL hi/2
T
SO *-ch
7T
4 (-1) i
2 64
V
H)
* T h,/2
FT Parabola
'
h
ch ✓ 2 3 8
I 3 5 175
k — b — *1
ItL Half
Parabola 2
3
3
5
8
175
k-b-d
]T
TJ
_ JL
—
h/2 'h, ch
h/2_J[ 2
I - ft.h i
2
i
12 B)
*~F-b— *|
51
A P P E N D I X - A
A = ——
Area
bh c = depth to centroid + h
I = moment of inertia about centroidal
axis + bh3
If
h h,
Ik b,
b
ch
J 1-
—
b \h
l
2
l
12 ■-i(i)
3
T - _ j_ ch
h h,-
IM
1- MX*) i
2
i
12 hB)(*)
-*1 i- b
,[ÿ— ('-PMV
MT
4_Lk-
-b,- T
ch
-*H) 1
I
3
1 -
•HH
2
BM a = b-±
k — —m b
1
3
1 -
1-
■(■-air
h 1 1 - a 1 - -hI
i -Hb'k-
h b \ h) 2
‘
h
+
b' , ,
b l1
t
h b-b'
a=
b
1 2 1
2 3 36
k —— b »1
k-kb-H
r
1»1
h
(1 +*)
2
(2 + *)
3(1 + k)
1 (1+4k + k2)
36 (1 + k)
i •b-
52
A P P E N D I X - A
Buckling may som etim es occu r in the form of wrinkles in thin elem ents such as w ebs, flanges,
cover p lates, and other p arts that m ake u p a section. This phenom enon is called “Local
Buckling”. The critical buckling stress Fcr in rectangular plates with various typ es of ed ge
su p port and ed ge load ing in the p lane of plates is given by,
Fcr = k π 2 E / [ 12( 1-μ 2 )( b/ t )2 ]

Where,
k - is as p er table below
E - m od ulu s of elasticity
μ - p oisson’s ratio
b - length of load ed edge of plate, or when the p late is subjected to shearing
forces,
the sm aller lateral dim ension.
t - p late thickness
Values of k for Bu ckling Stress in Thin Plates
HUIIlll
///////////
IIIHIIH llliliUl
Z//////////
mmm
if
2
2
All
edges
clomped
2
<
;•
AAll edges
simply
Clomped
edges *2 Clomped
edges
2
2
2
2 2 supported
2•- 2
/
/7777777777 ’*////'
a tmttttt ttttmtt tmttttt ttttmtt
b Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4
0.4 28.3 8.4 9.4
0.6 15.2 5.1 13.4 7.1
0.8 11.3 4.2 8.7 7.3
1.0 10.1 4.0 6.7 7.7
1.2 9.4 4.1 5.8 7.1
1.4 8.7 4.5 5.5 7.0
1.6 8.2 4.2 5.3 7.3
1.8 8.1 4.0 5.2 7.2
2.0 7.9 4.0 4.9 7.0
2.5 7.6 4.1 4.5 7.1
3.0 7.4 4.0 4.4 7.1
3.5 7.3 4.1 4.3 7.0
4.0 7.2 4.0 4.2 7.0
X 7.0 4.0 4.0 X
53
A P P E N D I X - A
Safety Factors an d Resistan ce Factors Ad op ted b y th e AISI Specification
ASD LRFD
safety resistance
Category factor, Q factor, 0
Tension members 1.67 0.95
Flexural members
(a) Bending strength
Sections with stiffened or partially stiffened compression flanges 1.67 0.95
Sections with unstiffened compression flanges 1.67 0.90
Laterally unbraced beams 1.67 0.90
Beams having one flange through-fastened to deck or sheathing (C- or Z sections) 1.67 0.90
Beams having one flange fastened to a standing seam roof system 1.67 0.90
(b) Web design
Shear strength controlled by yielding (Condition a. Art. 10.12.4) 1.50 1.00
Shear strength controlled by buckling (Condition b or c. An. 10.12.4) 1.67 0.90
Web crippling of single unreinforced webs 1.85 0.75
Web crippling of I-scctions 2.00 0.80
Web crippling of two nested Z-scctions 1.80 0.85
Stiffeners
(a) Transverse stiffeners 2.00 0.85
(b) Shear stiffeners 1.50/1.67 1.00/0.90
Concentrically loaded compression members 1.80 0.85
Combined axial load and bending
(a) Tension component 1.67 0.95
(b) Compression component 1.80 0.85
(c) Bending component 1.67 0.90/0.95
Cylindrical tubular members
(a) Bending 1.67 0.95
(b) Axial compression 1.80 0.85
Wall studs
(a) Compression 1.80 0.85
(b) Bending 1.67 0.90/0.95
Diaphragm construction 2.00/3.00 0.50/0.65
Welded connections
(a) Groove welds
Tension or compression 250 0.90
Shear, welds 2.50 0.80
Shear, base metal 2.50 0.90
(b) Arc spot welds
Shear, connected part 2.50 0.50/0.60
Shear, minimum edge distance 2.50 0.60/0.70
Tension 2.50 0.60
(c) Arc seam welds
Shear, connected part 2.50 0.60
(d) Fillet welds
Welds 2.50 0.60
Connected pari, longitudinal loading
Weld length /sheet thickness <25 2.50 0.60
Weld length /sheet thickness ≥25 2.50 0.55
Connected part, transverse loading 2.50 0.60
(e) Rare groove welds

Welds 2.50 0.60
Connected part, longitudinal loading 2.50 0.55
Connected part, transverse loading 2.50 0.55
(f) Resistance welds 2.50 0.65
Bolted connections
(a) Minimum spacing and edge distance*
When FJF,y ≥ 1.08 2.00 0.70
When FJFn < 1.08 2.22 0.60
(b) Tension strength on net section
With washers, double shear connection 2.00 0.65
With washers, single shear connection 2.22 0.55
Without washers, double or single shear 2.22 0.65
(c) Bearing strength 2.22 0.55/0.70
(d) Shear strength of bolts 2.40 0.65
(e) Tensile strength of bolts 2.00/2.25 0.75
Screw connections 3.00 0.50
*F, is tensile strength and F,f is yield stress.
54
Appendix
F A B R I C A T I O N & E R E C T I O N T O L E R A N CE S
Fabrication and Erection

Tolerances
The Fabrication and Erection Tolerances in this section are extracts from
MBMA 2002 Section 9.
These are applicable to cold -form ed sections, bu ilt-up structu ral sections. See
table B1.1 to B1.3
For H ot-rolled sections the tolerance shall be in accordance w ith ‘Specification

for Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structu ral Steel for Build ings’
published by AISC.
In the second half of this section, some fabrication and erection tolerance as
per BS-5950 Part 2 are also listed for inform ation see table B1.4 and table B1.5.
1
F A B R I C A T I O N & E RE CT I O N T O L E R A N C E S
Cold Formed Sections

Refer table B1.1 for values of fabrication tolerance in figure below,
B B
L U
D
£ \>
*2
D
*-t
— t
d i
I •
4 d
Ea P
*il= > 4
4i + -t i i*
Ei-t
L ILength I
C
1
Table B1.1 Cold Formed Sections

Tolerances (mm)
Descrip tion Dimen sions
+ -
D&B 4.762 4.762
D 9.525 9.525
Geometry
θ1 3° 3°
θ2 5° 5°
E1 E2 E3 3.175 3.175
Hole Location S1 S2 1.587 1.587
F&P 3.175 3.175
Length ‘L’ 3.175 3.175
Camber ‘C’ 2.08 x 10-3 x L
Minimum Thickness ‘t’ 0.95 Design ‘t’
2
Built-Up Sections
Refer table B1.2 for values of fabrication tolerance in figure below,
*a
of flange
— in
\*~
i
c !
D
A
4
d
z. 7
e t--
))> » . illlW
A
4:
Web
f
Section AA
3
E3
siEi:: i --4
EIT- _E2 S2
LILengthl
C
1
H-* <£ of flange
IT
-P
I H -ÿ
—2
.L
N2 G2 IL
r
«1
4
Table B1.2 Built Up Sections
Toleran ces (mm )

Description Dim ensions
+ -
a 3° - 6.35 Max 3° - 6.35 Max
b 6.35 6.35
d 4.762 4.762
Geometry
e 3.175 3.175
c D / 72
f D / 72
E1 E2 E3 3.175 3.175
Hole Location S1 S2 1.587 1.587
F 3.175 3.175
Length ‘L’ 3.175 3.175
Runway Beams ( 1.04 x 10-3 x L )
Sweep ‘S’
All other beams ( 2.08 x 10-3 x L )
Camber ‘C’ 2.08 x 10-3 x L
N1 3.175 3.175
N2 4.762 4.762
G1 1.587 1.587
G2 1.587 1.587
Splice Plates
Up to 609 mm 3.175 3.175
H 609 to 1219 mm 4.762 4.762
Over 1219 m m 6.35 6.35
J 6.35 6.35
5
Crane Runway Beam Erection

Table B1.3
Maximum
Rate of
Item Tolerance Change
Span L-L+A
WEB
L=L-A
r |_
A=V lu 720'
(Max) (Min)
Theoretical
Support Points Span
I
L (Typical)
fr_J_
(£ WEB B
Straightness
i B = 7," 7„720'
Support Points
(Typical)
Theoretical <£_ 5 T
B
Top of beam for top running crane.
C
Bottom of beam for underhung crane.
i
Elevation C=V l/4 720'
v Support Points T
(Typical) Theoretical Height
o D
A o. 1 D=3/8"
Beam to Beam V4 720'
Top Running
I Top Running I
A
T
Beam to Beam E=V '/„720'

Underhung
F
I
Adjacent F= V NA
T
Beams k
Top Running Underhung
6
Tolerances as per AISC 2005
Wax
b*
bf.
U.S. customary units:
Flange-tilt tolerances:
r+r = 1/4" in. ford<12in.
5 = 5/16* in. for d> 12 In.
Actual depth with tolerances:
*1 = rfplus or minus 1/8 in. (typ.)
dmax = d + T + 7"1
-TÿxV-77 Actual flange width with tolerances:

b+ = 1/2 bf plus or minus 3/16 in.
b~
— b~ = 1/2 bf minus or plus 3/16 in.
bmax = fyplus 1/4 In. or minus 3/16 In.
Actual cross-section
!5
-I
iC~~
r Theoretical cross-section
Metric units:
Flange-tilt tolerances:
T+ r = 6mm for d< 300mm
= 8mm for d > 300mm
Actual depth with tolerances:
d.1 = t/plus or minus 3mm
dmax = d + T + V
3 Actual flange width with tolerances:
b+ = 1/2 bf plus or minus 5mm
b- = 1/2 bf minus or plus 5mm
bmax = bf plus 6mm or minus 5mm
Figure C-5. 1. Mill tolerances on the cross-section of a W-shape.
7
-— ordinate
Point at which truss camber
is specified
Theoretical curvature of
Point of support
L fabricated truss
—— Specified truss camber ordinate
VStraight line between points of support

— -
span
Taking L as the distance from the point at which truss camber

is specified to the closer point of support, In. (mml, the tolerance
on truss camber at that point is calculated as Z./8D0. L must be
equal to or less than one-half the span.
Figure C-6.1. Illustration of the tolerance on camber

for fabricated trusses with specified camber.
When plumbing columns, apply a temperature adjustment at a rate

of 1/8 In. per 100 ft. for each change of 15° F [2 mm per 10 000 mm
for each change of 15° C] between the temperature at the time of
erection and the working temperature.
-
]-» Length -— Length — -H
—— Center to center adjacent
columns subject to mill and
fabrication teleranees
—H -«— Center of rigidity
Tt Ta -Tp.l-Tp Ta T,
V/ FT- %
—— — Established Column Lines

r Building Line
Figure C-7.2. Tolerances in plan location of column.
8
Beam elevation from finish
-
line. See section 7.13.1.3
F A B R I C A T I O N
Floor elevation set by measurement-
from top of beams
3
— = =*
%
-
N
S 31
W
©
&
c.
tq £ 3 8
E RE CT I O N
o
a>
CD
£?
I
§
&
4 3*
3s
T O L E R A N C E S
31 3
9
e g
3
S’
8 c &
S" 3 3 3
3 = ==!
o
a 3
Cq
o = ==J
-•0
3
2.
Floor elevation set by measurement
from top of beams
:-E- t/t
«> Beam elevation from finish-

line. See section 7.13.1.3
Shortening in column A due to partial dead load-
Shortening In column B due to partial dead load —
-
Differential column shortening —
W/////W////MM
Established Column Lines
'p, iS
I§
c I
s
a bsfe za
Clearance line to
accomodate column.
See Figure C-7.4.
or shims to accomodate
tolerances.
Column dimension
plus tolerances
If fada joints are set from nearest column

finish line, allow i5/8 In. [16mm] for vertical
adjustment. The entity responsible for the fada
dotails must allow for progressive shortening
of sleel columns.
D= Toleran'ces required by manufacturer

of wall umfts plus survey tolerances.
Figure C-7.3.Clearance required to accommodate fascia.
500
♦ 11
+ +
500 500
1[ ♦ ♦
+
500
♦
♦
+
Support Points
• Field Splices
Figure C-7.7. Alignment tolerances for members withfield splices.
10
bf max . h bf max h
2 1000
J 2 1000
Minimum clearance
envelope
_i dmax h
2 1000
_ dmax h
2 1000
L L
For enclosures or attachments that

may follow column alignment.
bf max _h_ Tp
p
bfmax h_. TDp
2 1000
J 2 1000
Minimum clearance
envelope Envelope o( actual location
of working points to Established
Column Line. See Fig. C-7.5
dmax
2
_h_
1000
T
'P
_ h
Established Column Line
r--?
H“.
£max _h_ i TIr
■
2 1000
T
a II III
bjdSfc.rJ-i
L L
For enclosures or attachments that

must be held to precise plan location.
L = Actual center to center of columns = plan dimensions t column

cross section tolerance of columns t beam length tolerance.
Ta = Plumbness tolerance away from building line (varies, see Fig. C-7.5)
T t = Plumbness tolerance toward building line (varies, see Fig. 07.5)
Tp = Plumbness tolerance parallel to building line (=Ta)
Figure C-7.4. Clearance required to accommodate accumulated column tolerance.
11
-« — Established 1
[75 mm ] 3"t
Column Line
2? [ 50 mm ]
1 500
Splice
500
L\ J 500
Splice
36th FL. 2 500

LN 1
Slope 1/16"
per story 3
/
Individual pieces within envelope defined at left
\
20th FL. Braced Point
/
2 /
/ /
Plumb L L/1000
2 /
/
[ 50 mm 1 2" 22 1" [ 25 mm ]
Braced Point
I \
Elev. Varies \
a L \ L/1000
V/, '3
/ \
i/ £ 7 Braced Point
Slope
s /
500 /
Between brace points (usually stories)
Elev. Varies
/
/
H
/

Slope 1
500 1
SIOt“500
I
Envelope within which all
working points must fall. 1/4" 1/4"
[6 mm] [6mm]
Tolerance on location
of W.P. at base.
Note: The plumb line through the base working point for an individual column
is not necessarily the precise plan location because Sect. 7.13.1.1 deals only
with plumbness tolerances ana does not include inaccuracies in location of the
Established Column Line, foundations and anchor rods beyond the Erector's control
Figure C-7.5.Exterior column plumbness tolerances normal to building line.
12
— Building Line
Established
Column Lines
—
— Established Column Lino
77'///// 777777777777777777?
UJ
// '//////S//S/////S.
* //////;
/////S////////Z///i *////////////////./, //SS/SS///////////Y/S/////,
Maximum envelope for woridnryaolnts ofaÿcolumns at anyÿiwn elevation

[13mm] for each 100 ft. [ 30 000 mm ] of length with 3 in. [ 75 mm ] max. total.
-
Column plumbness tolerance See Figures C-7.4 and C-7.5
-f- Indicates column working points

At any splice elevation, envelope "E' is located within the limits Ta and Tt
At any splice elevation, envelope "E" may be located offset from the
corresponding envelope at the adjacent splice elevations, above and
below, by an amount not greater than of the column length.
Figure C-7.6. Tolerances in plan at any splice elevation of exterior columns.
13
Tolerances as per BS-5950

Table B1.4 Fabrication
7.2.5 Length **
Length after cutting, measured on the

centre line of the section or on the
5/L. 1±A A = 2inm
comer of angles.
1 C J
7.2.6 Curved or Cambered *• Deviation*
Deviation from intended curve or
camber at mid-length of curved L
portion when measured with web
horizontal.
Deviation = L/1000 or
whichever is greater
Bmrn
14
7.3 PERMITTED DEVIATIONS FOR ELEMENTS OF FABRICATED MEMBERS
7J.1 Position of Fittings X

“1
Fittings and components whose
I
location is critical to the force path in I
the structure, the deviation from the /\=Uinm
intended position shall not exceed A.
7.3.2 Position of Iloles X A

The deviation from the intended \
position of an isolated hole, also a A =Hinm
group of holes, relative to each other
shall not exceed A.
7.3.3 Punched Holes t
The distortion caused by a punched lA

hole shall not exceed A. A= D/10 or lmtn,
(see clause 4.6.3.) whichever is greater
7.3.4 Sheared or Cropped Edges of

Plates or Angles X A
The deviation from a 90° edge shall
not exceed A. J 1
A = 10i
7.3.5 Flatness **
Where bearing is specified, the

flatness shall be such that when
measured against a straight edge Ai
not exceeding one metre long,
which is laid against the full
bearing surface in any direction, A= 0.75mm
the gap does not exceed A
15
7.4 PERMITTED DEVIATIONS IN PLATE GIRDER SECTIONS
I
7.4.1 Depth *
Depth on centre line. T D±A

1 A- 4 min
7.4.2 Mange Width * BW±A

Width of Bw or BB
Tu
Bn±A
A “ 6m n i
B Flange Width
7.43 Squareness of Section **
A
Out of Squareness of Flanges.
A=whichever
B/100 or 3mm
is greater
7.4.4 Web Eccentricity *
Intended position of web from

*J
±A
A= 5mm
one edge of flange.
16
B Flange Width
7.4.5 Flanges **
jA
_
Out of flatness.
A=
nr1 B/100 or 3mm
W = Rail Width + SOmm
7.4.6 Top Flange of Crane Girder t
Out of flatness where the Rail seats. ‘THA

A = lmm
7.4.7 Length *
Length on centre line. /

rz ?
L± A
A= 3 nmi
7.4.8 Flange Straightness * E If

3
Straightness of individual flanges. I
A = L/1000 or 3mm
7.4.9 Camber ** Deviation
Deviation from intended camber at

mid-length of Curved portion when
measured with web horizontal. Deviation =whichever
L/1000 or 6mm
is greater
gauge length = web depth

7.4.10 Web Distortion • d A
4
Distortion on web depth or gauge
A
length.
_
A= d/150 or 3mm
7.4.11 Cross Section at Bearings •
Squareness of Flanges to Web. 3:

A = whichever
D/300 oris3mm
greater
17
7.4.12 Web Stiffeners $
Straightness of stiffener out of plane A//A

s'.
with Web after welding.
a
A =whichever
d/500 or 3mm
is greater
7.4.13 Web Stiffeners ?

'd
Straightness of stiffener in plane with If
Web after welding.
A =whichever
d/250 or 3mm
is greater
7.5 PERMUTED DEVIATIONS IN BOX SECTIONS
7.5.1 Plate Widths i

Bf + A A= 6mm
□1
Width of Bf or Bw
Bw±A
7.5.2 Squareness **
A
Squareness at diaphragm positions. nr A= D/300
□ D
gauge leriglh=widlh w
7.5.3 Plate Distortion *
Distortion on width or gauge length.

Ai +
A= w/150 or 3mrn
18
7.5.4 Web or Flange Straightness i
Straightness of individual web or

flanges.
U
= — LI—
L/1000 or 3mm
J
7.5.5 Web Stiffeners $
Straightness in plane with Plate after

welding.
A =
m
d/500 or 3mm
d
7.5.6 Web Stiffeners %
Straightness out of plane to Plate after

welding.
= d/250 or 3mm
7.5.7 Length *
Ixngth on centre line.

d 3mm
L+ A
7.5.8 Camber **
Deviation from intended camber at

mid-length of curved portion when
measured with the uncambered side Deviation = L/1000 or 6mm
horizontal. whichever is greater
19
Table B1.5 Erection
9.4 PERMITTED DEVIATIONS FOR FOUNDATIONS, WALLS AND FOUNDATION

BOLTS
_l
9.4.1 Foundation I>evel t
Deviation from exact level.
• «3
V , • ' \>
4
• i
*
4
A = - 15mm
9.42 Vertical Wall f
A true position
Deviation from exact position at
steelwork support point. :i [= Beam~ ri
=A ± 25mm
=
20
25mm minimum
9.4.3 Pre-set Foundation Bolt or Bolt
Groups when Prepared for
A4 HK
Adjustment **
•
Deviation from the exact location j f «
and level and minimum movement 4 AP_+25mm

5mm
in pocket
JL£ L AL= 20mm
AP AL
9.4.4 Pre-set Foundation Bolt or Bolt
Groups when Not Prepared for
Adjustment **
ALJ=ÿ- AL
,
Deviation from the exact location,
level and protrusion. Apj=n
~
A p_+45mm
a - 5mm
' c& A L= 3mm
9.5 PERMITTED DEVIATIONS OF ERECTED COMPONENTS
9.5.1 Position at Base of First

Column Erected ** A
Deviation of section centreline
from the specified position.
i
True overall dimension "I.”
1A
A= 5mm
9.5.2 Overall Plan Dimensions i

L < 30 metres, = 20mm A
L > 30 metres, A = 20mm +
Deviation in length or width. 0.25(L-30)mm
where L is in metres
21
9.5.3 Single Storey Columns Plumb**
Deviation of top relative to base, H H

excluding portal frame columns,
on main axes.
See clauses 1.5 (iv) and 3.4.6 (Hi)
regarding pre-setting continuous
JU A
frames. A- ± H/600 or 5mm
Max = ± 25mm
A'i
9.5.4 Multi-storey Columns Plumb**
7-11 o' A
o ■-
Deviation in each storey and
maximum deviation relative to base. LA., 'r
Ah = whichever
h/60() or Gtnm
is greater
AH = 50mm maximum
9.5.5 Gap Between Bearing
Surfaces i 2=3=ÿ
(See clauses 4.3.3 (iii), 6.2.1 and
7.2.3). A= (U/1000) + 1mm
A
9.5.6 Alignment of Adjacent
Perimeter Columns $
I-
A
L
r
Deviation relative to the next column
in line.
-I
L
H-1 H
A= 5mm
22
9.5.7 Floor Beams Level*

Specified
Level
1A
I
Deviation from specified level at
T
supporting stanchion.
A- 110mm
9.5.8 Floor Beams.

Level at Each End of Same Beam 4
1A
Deviation in level.
0 =0
A= 5mm
9.5.9 Floor Beams.

Level of Adjacent Beams within
a distance of 5 metres*
LA J-A
Deviation from relative levels
(measured on centreline of top
i r-T T~I
flange).
A - ± 5mm
Floor
9.5.10 Beams Alignment 4 Level
1
Deviation relative to an adjacent
beam above or below.
Floor
Level
h < 3m A= 5mm
h > 3m A= h/600
23
9.5.11 Crane Gantry Columns Plumb i
Deviation of cap relative to base.

Hc
A=-Hc/1000 or 5mm
Max =l25mm
9.5.12 Crane Gantries Gauge of Rail
Tracks %
n±A.
Deviation from true gauge.
_n_
I
A= ±10mm
9.5.13 Joints in Gantry Crane Rails $
u
A=
I
0.5mm
m
24
A R E A J O B R E Q U I R E M E N T
Appendix
c
Area Job Requirements
This section compiles the requirements of different areas in the UA E and
abroad w ith regard to design and detailing practice, minimum loading and
section requirements.
Some of the area include are listed below ,

1. A bu Dhabi
2. DM W - Directorate of M ilitary w orks
3. Dubai
4. Sharjah
5. N orthern Emirates
6. Jebel A li Free Zone (JA FZA )
7. H amriyah Free Zone (H FZ)
8. Sharjah A irport Free Zone (SA IF)
1
A R E A R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Abu Dhabi
GEN ERA L:
1. Primary members to have standard cleaning and to be painted w ith one

coat of Red Oxide Primer. (UN O in PIF)
2. Secondary members to be of A luzinc or/ and Galvanized materials.
3. Use of M etric system of units in Draw ings and Calculations.
4. N o M aterial substitution allow ed w ithout prior clearance from area
office.
5. Consistency in design calculation & draw ing must be maintained since
most of the jobs are similar.
6. A ll A pproval Draw ings & Design Calculations must show PLOT
N UM BER.
D ESI GN :
1. Live load 0.60 kN / m 2 (UN O in PIF)

2. 4 mm minimum w eb thickness
3. 6 mm minimum flange thickness
4. 2.0 mm purlin thickness (Purlin Only)
5. 160 kmph based on 3 sec gust w ind speed
6. The use of cleat for roof purlins
7. CD for approval draw ings is being asked for recently.
8. Sag rod required as per design
2
DMW
GEN ERA L:
1. Primary members to be Shot blasted to SA 2.5 and painted w ith the

follow ing: (UN O Otherw ise in PIF)
a. Tw o Coats Epoxy Paint System.
b. Total of 250 to 270 micron DFT.
2. Secondary members to be of A luzinc or/ and Galvanized materials.
4. N o M aterial substitution is allow ed w ithout prior clearance from area
office.
5. Consistency in design calculation & draw ing must be maintained for
similar jobs in a project.
6. A ll A pproval draw ings & Design Calculations must show DM W
PROJECT N UM BER and LOCA TION .
7. A ll M aterials to be from non Chinese origin unless specific origin is
mentioned in PIF.
8. A ll built up members to be double side w elded.
D ESI GN :
1. A ll built up members to have minimum 6mm thickness for w eb and 8mm

thickness for flanges.
2. M inimum thickness for cold formed section is 2.50mm, required for use
as Purlins, Eave struts, Girts etc. These should be fixed to supporting
members w ith cleats.
3. A nchor bolts shall be Grade 8.8 H ot dip Galvanized, w ith a minimum of
4 N os. for all columns.
4. Electro Galvanized connection bolts to be used of Grade 8.8. M inimum 2
N os. in any point.
5. Live Load : 0.75 kN / m 2 (on Purlins & Frames) (UN O in PIF)
6. Wind Speed : 160 Kmph
7. Collateral Load : 0.25 kN / m 2 (on Purlins & Frames) (UN O in PIF)
8. A ngle Bracing to be used at Roof, Side w all s and End w alls
(M inimum 2 Braced bays in any building).
9. M inimum 6 mm thick A ngle bracing to be used at Side w alls & End
w alls.
10. Square tube strut beam to be used at roof & w all brace intersection. N o
pipes to be used.
3
11. Galvanized Sag rod 12mm Ø to be used for Purlins, Side w all and End
w all Girts for bays of more than 5.5 m. Use One row every max 4 m of
bay size: (i.e. .1 row for bays < 8.0 m , 2 row s for bays >= 8.0 m).
12. M inimum thickness of Gusset plate, splice plate to be 10 mm.
13. Design calculation to include M ain Frame: Geometry, M embers
Properties and Loading Diagrams.
14. Deflection Limits for M ain Frames and M ezzanine is L/ 360 for Live Load
& L/ 240 for Total Load.
15. Design calculation must have calculations substantiating Gutter size and
Dow nspout used.
16. N umber of Dow nspouts to be limited to minimum number required by
Design. (IM PORTA N T to be OPTIM IZED).
D RA FTI N G:
1. A ll built-up, H ot rolled and cold formed sections to have the sizes and
thickness of the Flanges and Webs show n Clearly (Readable Big font)
on all the A pproval Draw ings.
2. Irrelevant information’s to be excluded from draw ings or stamped w ith
"VOID".
3. Use of M etric system for standard anchor bolt details (No imperial units
are allow ed).
4. Show sizes of sidew all A ngle bracing on draw ings.
5. Tube Struts to be show n in Roof and Sidew all draw ings.
6. Show the size and location of Sag Rods on cross section and roof
framing plan - w rite "GA LVA N IZED" on draw ings.
7. Show Size of Flange Braces/ Stays on cross section draw ings. (4mm
minimum thickness).
8. N o 40mm notch to be show n on draw ings.
9. N o Ramp or Block w ork to be show n on A nchor Bolt Plan F1.
10. Grid Enumeration show n on Order Sketch to be adhered to.
11. Column sections to be show n on all A nchor Bolt details ( I , C , ][ ).
12. C/ C distance of sidew all and end w all Columns as w ell as framed
opening jambs follow ing the grid enumeration, to be show n on A nchor
Bolt Plan F1.
13. SKYLIGH TSLocations to be show n on Roof Sheeting Plan according to
the locations in the ORDER SKETCH .
14. A ll the draw ing should have N ote about paint.
15. Base plate thickness to be show n in the anchor bolt details.
4
Dubai
GEN ERA L:

2. Secondary members to be of A luzinc Or/ A nd Galvanized materials.
office.
N UM BER.
D ESI GN :
1. M inimum 6 mm thick material is required for M ain frame and

M ezzanine beams.
2. M ulti-span internal column can be of 150x150x4.5 square tube.
3. Wind columns and end w all rafters, mezzanine joists can be of Cold
Formed or I-Sections of any thickness.
5. Wind Speed : 160 KM PH
6. Cable bracing may be used at roof and sidew all.
7. Sag rods to be provided for purlins at bays of size (8.0 M ET) and above (1
row per bay).
8. Stress ratio shall not exceed 0.90 for Dubai M unicipality and DIP Projects
only.
9. For DLC, DIC and TECOM projects the stress ratio can be up to 0.99.
5
D RA FTI NG:
1. Built-up sections flange and w eb sizes and interior column sizes to be

show n clearly on cross section of the main frame.
"VOID".
3. Use of M etric system for standard anchor bolt details (N o imperial
units are allow ed).
4. N o 40mm N otch to be show n on draw ing.
5. N o Ramp or Block w ork to be show n on A nchor Bolt Sheet F1.
7. Column Sections to be show n on all A nchor Bolt details ( I , C , ][ ).
8. C/ C distances of sidew all and end w all Columns as w ell as framed
Bolts Plan F1.
9. SKYLIGH TS Locations to be show n on Roof Sheeting Plan according to
6
JAFZA
GEN ERA L:
1. Primary members to be Shot blasted to SA 2.5 and painted w ith the

follow ing: (UN O in PIF)
a) Berger, Epimastic 5500M :
b) A 2-component high solids high build epoxy mastic primer/ finish
coating. Volume solids 82%, 125 microns DFT.
c) Berger, Epimastic 6000:
d) A 2-component high solids high build surface tolerant epoxy finish
e) Total of 250 micron DFT.
2. Secondary members to be of A luzinc or/ A nd Galvanized materials.
3. Galvanized A nchor Bolts and connection bolts to be used, M inimum 4
N os. required for all columns.
5. N o M aterial substitution is allow ed w ithout prior clearance from area
office.
most of the jobs are similar
7. A ll A pproval draw ings & Design Calculations must show PLOT
N UM BER.
D ESI GN :
1. M inimum 6 mm thick material is required for M ain Frames including

internal columns, Wind columns, End w all rafter, Canopy rafter
M ezzanine beams, Joists and columns and Portal Frames. Only Purlins,
Eave struts and Girts can be cold form sections.
2. Live Load : 0.60 kN/ m2 (on Purlins & Frames)
3. Wind Speed : 162 KM PH or 45 m/ sec
4. Rod bracing @roof to be minimum of 20mm Ø Tube strut beam to be
used at roof & w all brace intersection (M inimum 2 Braced bays in any
building).
5. A ngle bracing to be used at Sidew alls, and Flat Bar bracing above B/ W at
End w alls.(4mm M in. thickness for both).
6. Galvanized Sag rod 16mm Ø to be used for Purlins, SIDE WA LL and
EN D WA LL Girts for bays of more than 4.5M ET. Use One row every
3.80M of bay size: (i.e .1 row for bays < 7.60M , 2 row s for bays >= 7.60M )
7. Design Calculation book must have calculations substantiating Gutter
size and Dow nspout used.
7
8. N umber of Dow nspouts to be limited to minimum number required by

Design. ( IM PORTA NT to be OPTIM IZED).
9. Design calculation to include M ain Frame: Geometry, M embers
Properties and Loading Diagrams.
10. Stress ratio may be utilized up to 0.99.
D RA FTI N G:
1. A ll built-up, H ot rolled and cold formed sections to have the sizes and
thickness of the Flanges and Webs show n Clearly (Readable Big font)
on all the A pproval Draw ings.
"VOID".
3. Use of M etric system for standard anchor bolt details (No imperial units
are allow ed).
4. Show sizes of sidew all A ngle bracing on draw ings.
5. Tube Struts to be show n in Roof and Sidew all draw ings.
6. Show the size and location of Sag Rods on cross section and roof
framing plan - w rite "GA LVA N IZED" on draw ings.
7. Show Size of Flange Braces/ Stays on cross section draw ings. (4mm
minimum thickness).
8. N o 40mm notch to be show n on draw ings.
9. N o Ramp or Block w ork to be show n on A nchor Bolt Plan F1.
11. Column sections to be show n on all A nchor Bolt details ( I , C , ][ ).
12. C/ C distance of sidew all and end w all Columns as w ell as framed
Bolt Plan F1.
14. A ll draw ings should have the N OTE A BOUT PA IN T as follow s: “ A ll
steel framings members (except bolts and fasteners) shall be Shot
Blasted to Sw edish Standard SA 2.5 and shall be shop painted w ith:
a) A 2-component high solids high build epoxy mastic primer/ finish
b) A 2-component high solids high build surface tolerant epoxy finish
c) Total of 250 micron DFT.
8
Sharjah
GEN ERA L:
1. A ll Primary members should go through standard cleaning and should

be painted w ith one coat of Red Oxide Primer.
2. A ll Secondary members shall be of either A luzinc or/ and Galvanized
materials.
3. M etric system of units should be used in all Draw ings and Calculations.
office.
N UM BER.
D ESI GN :
1. M inimum thickness of built-up section of M ain frame and M ezzanine

beams to be 4 mm w eb and 6 mm flanges.
2. M ulti-span internal column can be 150x150x4.5mm square tube.
3. Wind columns and end w all rafters, mezzanine joists can be Cold Formed
or built-up of any thickness.
5. Wind Load : 1.00 kN / m 2 (Up to 10.0 m M ean H eight)
7. Provide Galvanized Sag rod 12 mm Ø for Purlins and Side w all Girts for
bay spacing more than 6.00 m. (Use 1 row for bays < 7.60 m , 2 row s for
bays >= 7.60 m).
8. Stress ratio may be utilized up to 0.99.
9
D RA FTI N G:

2. Details of Bolts Connections of M ain Frames to be show n on Frame cross
section.
"VOID".
4. Use of M etric system for standard anchor bolt details (N o imperial units
are allow ed).
5. N o 40 mm Notch to be show n on draw ing.
6. N o Ramp or Block w ork to be show n on A nchor Bolt Plan.
7. Grid Enumeration show n on ORDER SKETCH should be adhered to.
8. Column Section profile to be show n on all A nchor Bolt details (I , C ,
Double C ).
9. C/ C distances of side w all and end w all columns as w ell as framed
Bolt Plan.
10. Location of Skylights should be show n on Roof Sheeting Plan according
to the locations show n in the ORDER SKETCH .
11. Show Size of Flange Braces/ Stays on cross section draw ings. (4 mm M in.
thickness).
12. Flange brace should be provided on both sides of the rafter / column.
10
Northern Emirates
(A JM A N , RA K , UA Q, Fuj ai rah)
GEN ERA L:

2. Secondary members to be of A luzinc Or/ A nd Galvanized materials.
office.
N UM BER.
D ESI GN :
1. M inimum 4 mm thick material is required for M ain frame and

M ezzanine beams.
2. M ulti-span internal column can be of 150x150x4.5 square tube.
Formed or I-Sections of any thickness.
7. Sag rods to be provided for purlins at bays of size (8.0 m) and above (1
row per bay).
11
D RA FTI N G:

"VOID".
are allow ed).

Bolts Plan F1.
9. SKYLIGH TS Locations to be show n on Roof Sheeting Plan according to
12
HFZ
GEN ERA L:

coat of Red Oxide Primer. (UN O in PIF).
2. Secondary members to be of A luzinc OR / A N D Galvanized materials.
office.
N UM BER.
D ESI GN :
1. M inimum thickness of built-up section of M ain frame and M ezzanine

beams to be 4 mm w eb and 6 mm flanges.
2. M ulti-span internal column can be of 150x150x4.5 mm square tube.
Formed or built-up of any thickness.
4. Live Load : 0.60 kN / m 2 (on Purlins & Frames) (UNO in PIF)
7. Galvanized Sag rod 12 mm Ø to be used for Purlins and Sidew all Girts as
per H FZ requirements.
13
D RA FTI N G:

section.
"VOID".
are allow ed).
8. Column Section profile to be show n on all A nchor Bolt details ( I , C ,
Double C ).
Bolt Plan F1.
11. Show Size of Flange Braces/ Stays on cross section draw ings. (4mm M in.
thickness).
12. Flange brace should be provided on both sides of the rafter / column.
14
SAIF Zone
GEN ERA L:

coat of Gray Oxide Primer. (UN O in PIF).
2. Secondary members to be of A luzinc or/ A nd Galvanized materials.

office.
N UM BER.
D ESI GN :
1. 6 mm thick material is required for M ain Frames including internal

columns, Wind columns, End w all rafter, Canopy rafter, M ezzanine
beams, Joists and columns and Portal Frames. Only Purlins, Eave struts
and Girts can be cold form sections.
2. LL : 0.60 kN / m 2 (on Purlins & Frames) (UN O in PIF)
3. WS : 135.6 KPH (160 KPH / 1.18 as per page VIII-4-27 of M BM A
1996). * 160 KPH is Gust Wind Speed. (UNO in PIF)
4. These calculations to be show n in Design Package.
5. Rod bracing to be used at roof and sidew alls. (M inimum 2 Braced bays in
any building).
6. Galvanized Sag rod 12mm Ø to be used for Purlins, SIDE WA LL and
EN D WA LL Girts for bays of more than 3.8 m. (1 row for bays < 7.60M , 2
row s for bays >= 7.60M ).
7. Design package must have calculations substantiating Gutter size and
Dow nspout used.
15
D RA FTI N G:

section.
"VOID".
are allow ed).

Bolt Plan F1.
11. Base plate thickness to be show n on A nchor Bolts details.
12. A ll draw ings must include details of connections and splices as

distinguished betw een shop and field w elds and show ing the length and
type of each w eld. (If field w elding is indicated)
16
Appendix
D E S I G N G U I D E B S- 5 9 5 0
I
Design Guide BS-5950
This section p rovid es a concise overview of Design Cod e BS-5950, to serve as a
reference gu id e for design of structu res and m etal bu ild ings u sing BS-5950.
The contents of this appendix is d ivided into follow ing su b-catogeries,
0 Material Sp ecification
m Section Prop erties
i i Classification of cross-sections
□ Design of structural m em bers
i i Minim um thickness
□ Bolted connections
m Weld ed connections
1
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Material Specification
Some of the comm only used structural steel grades as per BS EN 10025, 10113
Tab le 9 of BS-5950-1:2000
Steel grade Thickness3 less than or equal to Design strength py
mm X/mrn-
S 275 16 275
40 265
63 255
80 245
100 235
150 225
S 355 16 355
40 345
63 335
80 325
100 315
150 295
S 460 16 460
40 440
63 430
80 410
100 400
a For rolled sections, use the specified thickness of the thickest element of the cross-section.
O th er steel p rop erties,
Mod u lus of Elasticity E = 205000 N / m m 2

Shear Mod u lus G=E/ [2(1+n ) = 78846 N / m m 2
Poisson’s Ratio n = 0.30
Coefficient of,
linear therm al exp ansion a = 12 x 10-6 p er °C
2
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Section properties
G ross cross-section
Sec 3.4 Gross cross-section p roperties should be d eterm ined from the specified shap e
and nominal d im ensions of the m em ber or elem ent. H oles for bolts should not
be d ed ucted , bu t d u e allow ance should be m ad e for larger openings. Material
u sed solely in sp lices or as battens should not be includ ed .
N et area
The net area of a cross-section or an element of a cross-section should be taken as
its gross area, less the deductions for bolt holes.
Effective n et area
The effective net area ae of each element of a cross-section with bolt holes should be determined from:
oe = Kean but oe ≤ ag
in which the effective net area coefficient Ke is given by:
— for grade S 275: = 1.2
— for grade S 355: A'e= 1.1
— for grade S 460: A'e = 1.0
— for other steel grades: Ag. = (t/s/1.2)/py
where
is the gross area of the element;
an is the net area of the element;
Py is the design strength;
Us is the specified minimum tensile strength.
3
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Classification of cross -
Sec 3.5 sections
The following classification should be ap p lied .
Class 1 plastic:
Cross-sections w ith plastic hinge rotation cap acity, Elem ents su bject to
com pression that meet the lim its for class 1 given in Table 11 or Table 12
shou ld be classified as class 1 plastic.
Class 2 compact:
Cross-sections w ith plastic m om ent cap acity, Elem ents su bject to comp ression
that m eet the lim its for class 2 given in Table 11 or Table 12 should be
classified as class 2 com pact.
Class 3 semi-com pact:

Cross-sections in w hich the stress at the extrem e com pression fibre can reach
the d esign strength, but the p lastic m om ent capacity cannot be d evelop ed .
Elem ents subject to com p ression that meet the lim its for class 3 given in Table
11 or Table 12 should be classified as class 3 sem i-comp act.
Class 4 slend er:

Cross-sections in w hich it is necessary to m ake explicit allow ance for the
effects of local buckling. Elem ents subject to com p ression that d o not m eet the
lim its for class 3 semi-com pact given in Table 11 or Table 12 should be
classified as class 4 slend er.
4
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Table 11 — Limiting width-to-thickness ratios for sections other than CHS and RHS
Compression element Ratio8 Limiting value'5
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3

plastic compact semi-compact
Outstand element of Rolled section b/T 9s lOe \bS

compression flange Welded section b/T 85 96 136
Internal element of Compression due b/T 28€ 325
compression flange to bending 405
Axial compression b/T Not applicable
Web of an I-, Neutral axis at mid- depth d/t 806 1005 1206
H- or box Generally* If r\ is negative: d/t 1005
section0
i + ri
If is positive: d/t 806 1005 1205
i + ri 1 + 1.5rj 1 +2r2
but > 405 but > 405 but > 406
Axial compression*1 d/t Not applicable

Web of a channel d/t 405 405 405
Angle, compression due to bending bit 95 105 155
(Both criteria should be satisfied) d/t 95 105 155
Single angle, or double angles with the b/t 155
components separated, axial compression d/t Not applicable 155
(All three criteria should be satisfied) (b + d)/t 245
Outstand leg of an angle in contact b/t 95 105 155
back-to-back in a double angle member
Outstand leg of an angle with its back in
continuous contact with another component
Stem of a T-section, rolled or cut from a rolled D/t 85 95 185
I- or H-section
a Dimensions b. D. d, T and t are defined in Figure 5. For a box section b and T are flange dimensions and d and t are web
dimensions, where the distinction between webs and flanges depends upon whether the box section is bent about its major axis
or its minor axis, see 3.5.1.
b The parameter £ = (275/py)0-5.
c For the web of a hybrid section £ should be based on the design strength Pyf of the flanges.
d The stress ratios and r2 are defined in 3.5.5.
5
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Table 12 —
Comprf ::iot eltment
LimitinV u idth-io-thickne” ratios for CHS and RHS
Eatio* Lomitixiÿ caLii**1
CLaii 1 Cli!! 2 Class S

plastic compact semi-compact
:! HS C:mpr==4Lon due to beading D: 40f: ■E3F- IW

Axial camprEBCion D‘ Not applicable SOfc-:
HF i iar.ge CoaipreEaion due to bit 23F 32r
FHS bending but ≤ Stt - dit huts 62*- 0.5ÿ1 4Cfc
Axial compresBiioiii Vi Not applicable
'.Ve': Neutral E.ZLLE at Fr 64r SOf 120s
mid- depth
Generally** ir S4r SOr 120r
l+0.6ri 1+ri l + 2r,
but ≥ 40t hut: ≥ 4 Or but ≥ 4Qr
Axial cnmpreBHknib a/r Not applicable

CF t lar.ge CoaipreEaion due to V i 26* 2fe
FHS bending' but ≤l -d t but ≤ 34? - O.aci'i 35*
Axial compreeEitn1 ■■
i Not applicable
Neutral axi= at FT 56? 70? 105?
mid- depth
Generally** 56? 70? 105?
1e 2rn
1 + 0.&! - + ri
but ≥ 35? but ≥ 3i? but ≥ 35?
Axial uraupieaaion1 d t Not applicable
Abbrievi it LOBS
CF Coldfnnned;
CHS Circular hollow section — including welded tube.
F1F Kbt finished:
FHS Rectangular hollow Eection
— including s-ruare hollow section.
1
——
For ID BEES, the cirne-nrion-: b and d rtould be imen i; fnlLcx':
fer HF EHS nn BS EX lOSltt b =Ji-3f: d=D- 3tf
fcrCF EHS rcBS EX 102197 b =8 -at: d D-oS =
mi It, D md i axe defined m Figure 5. Far m EH3 nlÿecx bendinr fd and b are always f.aarc dimensions and -D and d are always
web iiji:r.:: :-r_: but die dsaside n of Tvfcidi sides of die EKS me wdu and v.'hi:b are Laa re: daari: a:cordm; ca die asi: :ÿ£
ben dine, see 5.3.1
b THe p sxnciecer £
= (2r7a!£,.jft!.
s Far EHS rub;ecn TO mnmeEirs abaci beet ares see H. 3.
a The sirera ratios ?ÿ_ and r3 art defined ID 3.&.0
6
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
*1 b b
rf
QCM i Mi \ T
ffl
T * T D t
1
D
d d d
t t
l l
I
ra pa i i
Rolled I- or H-sections T-sections
r b
T T b
n I* D
r
t
d
t
b
D
t
B
d 0
R B_
VA
Rolled channels RHSa CHS

a For an RHS or box section. B and b are flange dimensions and D and d are web dimensions. The distinction between webs and
flanges depends upon whether the member is bent about its major axis or its minor axis, see 3.5.1.
For an RHS, dimensions b and d are defined in footnote a to Table 12.
Figure 5 — Dimensions of compression elements ( continued overleaf)
b b b b
b
r 1 1
* t
d
I
b_ t .
Single angle'3 Double angles'5 Outstand'5
A Y b_
T ii
d d d
t t
I
Welded I-section Welded box sections3
a For an RHS or box section, B and b are flange dimensions and D and d are web dimensions. The distinction between webs and
flanges depends upon whether the member is bent about its major axis or its minor axis, see 3.5.1.
For an RHS, dimensions b and d are defined in footnote a to Table 12.
b For an angle, b is the width of the outstand leg and d is the width of the connected leg.
Figure 5 — Dimensions of compression elements ( continued )
7
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
: i ±T
J J
a) Outstand of compound flange
—I K t
]
T
b) Internal width of plate c) Outstand of plate
Figure 6 — Dimensions of compound flanges
8
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Design of structural members

Shear capacity
The shear force Fv should not be greater than the shear capacity P v given by:
Sec 4.2.3 Py = 0.6pyAv
in w hich A v is the shear area, taken as follows:

a) rolled I, H and channel sections, load parallel to w eb : tD
b) w eld ed I-sections, load parallel to w eb : td
c) rectangu lar hollow sections, load parallel to webs : AD/ (D + B)
d ) w eld ed box sections, load parallel to w ebs : 2td
e) rolled T-sections, load parallel to w eb : tD
f) w eld ed T-sections, load parallel to w eb : t(D – T)
g) circular hollow sections : 0.6A
h) solid bars and p lates : 0.9A
i) any other case : 0.9A o
w here
A is the area of the cross-section;
Ao is the area of that rectilinear elem ent of the cross-section w hich has the
largest d im ension in the direction parallel to the shear force;
B is the overall bread th;
D is the overall d epth;
d is the d ep th of the w eb;
t is the w eb thickness.
In CHS and RH S sections the shear area should be assum ed to be located

ad jacent to the neutral axis.
If the ratio d / t exceed s 70Qfor a rolled section, or 62□El

for a w elded section, the
w eb shou ld be checked for shear bu ckling in accord ance with 4.4.5.
9
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Moment capacity
The m om ent cap acity M c should be d etermined from 4.2.5.2, 4.2.5.3 and 4.2.5.4
Sec 4.2.5 allow ing for the effects of co-existing shear.
The effects of bolt holes shou ld be allow ed for as d etailed in 4.2.5.5.
To avoid irreversible deformation under serviceability loads, the value of M c
shou ld be limited to 1.5p yZ generally and to 1.2p y Z in the case of a simply
sup p orted beam or a cantilever.
Low sh ear
Provided that the shear force Fv does not exceed 60 % of the shear capacity Pv:
Sec 4.2.5.2
— for class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections:
M c = p yS
— for class 3 semi-compact sections:
M c = p yZ or alternatively M c = p ySeff
— for class 4 slender cross-sections:
M c = p yZ eff
where
S is the plastic modulus;
Seff is the effective plastic modulus, see 3.5.6;
Z is the section modulus;
Z eff is the effective section modulus, see 3.6.2.
H igh sh ear
Where Fv > 0.6P v :
— for class 1 p lastic or class 2 com pact cross-sections:
M C = p y (S – ρSv)
— for class 3 sem i-com p act cross-sections:
Mc = p y (Z – ρSv / 1.5) or alternatively M c = p y (Seff – ρSv )
— for class 4 slend er cross-sections:
Mc = p y (Z eff – ρSv / 1.5)
in w hich Sv is obtained from the following:

— for sections w ith unequ al flanges:
Sv = S – Sf
in w hich Sf is the plastic mod ulus of the effective section exclu d ing the shear
area A v d efined in 4.2.3;
— otherw ise:
Sv is the plastic mod ulus of the shear area A v d efined in 4.2.3;
and ρ is given by:
P = [2 (Fv/Pv) - 1]2
10
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
N OTE :
The red u ction factor ρ starts w hen Fv exceed s 0.5P v but the resulting red uction
in m om ent capacity is negligible unless Fv exceeds 0.6P v.
Alternatively, for class 3 sem i-com pact cross-sections reference m ay be m ad e
to H.3, or for class 4 slend er cross-sections reference m ay be m ad e to 3.6 and
H .3.
If the ratio d / t exceed s 70 for a rolled section, or 62□for a w elded section, the
m oment capacity shou ld be d etermined allowing for shear buckling in
accord ance w ith 4.4.4.
N otch ed en d s
For notched ends of I, H or channel section members the moment capacity Mc
should be taken as follows.
a) Low shear: where Fv ≤ 0.75Pv:

Sec 4.2.5.4
— for singly notched ends:
Mc - PyZ
— for= doubly notched ends:
Mc pytdm
b) High shear: where Fv > 0.75Pv:
— for singly notched ends:
Mc = 1.5pyzJl-(Fv/Pv)2
— for doubly notched ends:
Mc = ( Pytd2/4)Jl-(Fy/Pv)2
where
d is the residual depth of a doubly notched end;
Z is the relevant section modulus of the residual tee at a singly notched end.
11
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Tension capacity
The tension capacity P t of a member should generally be obtained from :
Sec 4.6 Pyÿe
in w hich A e is the su m of the effective net areas a e of all the elem ents of the
cross-section, d etermined from 3.4.3, bu t not m ore than 1.2 times the total net
area A n .
Rou nd bars, flats and cables can also be used for tension m em bers w here there
is no reversal of load .
reference taken from,
Stru ctural steel w orks: D esign to Lim it State Theory
Published by,
Elsevier Bu tterw orth-Heinemann
Linacre H ou se, Jord an Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP
200 Wheeler Road , Burlington, MA 01803
Compression capacity
The compression resistance Pc of a member should be obtained from the following:
a) for class 1 plastic, class 2 compact or class 3 semi-compact cross-sections:
Sec 4.7
PC -ÿgPc
~
b) for class 4 slender cross-sections:

PQ ~
where
Aejj is the effective cross-sectional area from 3.6:
Ag is the gross cross-sectional area, see 3.4.1:
pc is the compressive strength, see 4.7.5:
pcs is the value of pc from 4.7.5 for a reduced slenderness of A(Aetf /Ag)0-5 in which A is based on the
radius of gyration r of the gross cross-section.
The com pressive strength p c should be based on the appropriate stru t curve
for bu ckling abou t the relevant axis from Table 23 and Figure 14, d epend ing
on the type of cross-section and the maximu m thickness.
The valu e of p c for the ap propriate strut curve shou ld be obtained from Table
24, d ep end ing on the design strength p y and the slenderness λ for buckling
about the relevant axis, or from the formula given in C.1.
12
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
For w eld ed I, H or box sections p c should be obtained from Table 24 u sing a

p y valu e 20N / mm 2 below that obtained from 3.1.1, or by u sing this red uced
valu e of p y in the form u la given in C.1.
N OTE
This red uced p y valu e applies only w hen u sing Table 24 or the form u la given
in C.1.
B B B
\ \ \ \ \
i J
u a u
u u
\
[
l
1 [
rK
[ 1
B
B
a) 0.25 < UIB <0.8 b) UIB ≥ 0.8 c) UIB ≤ 0.25
Figure 14 — Rolled I- or H-section with welded flange plates
13
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Table 23
Type of section
— Alloc ation of strut curve
Maximum Axis of buckLLn-.-
thickness
(.see note 1) x-x 7-7
Hcft-finished structural hollow section a: a)
Cold-formed structural hollow section £) c)
Rolled! I-EECtion ≤ 40 mm a) ■>
~ii m b: c)
Rolled H-secticn ≤ 40 mm h) c)
=ÿ40 'mti
<> d)
Welded I or H-section (Eee note 2 and 4.7,5) ≤ 40 mm hi c)
>40 'mv> hi d)
Rolled I-Ercnon with welded flange cover plates wiih ≤ 40 mm a) ■>
0.25 < UlB < 0.8 a= shown in Figure 14a) =-40 'urn h) 6)
Rolled H-section ■with, welded flange cover plates with ≤ 40 mm hi e)
0.25 < U/B < 0.8 aa shown in Figure 14a) >40 'inn c) d)
Rolled I or H-section with welded flange cover plates with ≤ 40 mm Vi a)
Ut'B ≥ 0.S as shown in Figure 14b) '=-40 ‘mil cj V)
Rolled I or H-section with welded flange cover plates with < 40 mm hi c)
UfB ≤ 0.25 as shown in Figure 14c;i
>40 n m i)
Welded hex section (Eee note 3 and 4.7.5) ≤ 40 mm hi h)
=ÿ40 "nni c) c)
Round, square or flat bar <:40 mm hi V)
>40 mm <! c)
Rolled angle, channel or T- section Any axis: c)
Two railed sections laced, battened or hath-tc-back
Compound relied sections
NOTE 1 For thicknesses between 40 mm and 50 mui the nine oip. may be taken az die average of die values fci thicknesses
up to -i0 niLi aaci over 40 aim fer die re Levant value af pT
NOTE 2 For welded I or H-serncns with their danses thermally cut V.- madhme without subsequent ease grinding nr
machining, for truckling about die y-y axis. strut curve "bj may be used far £anger up to -iu me chick and strut curve c) fer
fLangee aver 40 mm thick
NOTE 3 The category 'welded box secuau'' induces any box section fabr.rated fran plates or railed sections, provided that all
cf the lac.rLtuh.il a1 welds are near the corners cf the crcss-secti.cn rex sec nans with longitudinal stiffeners are NOT included in
this ratescry.
Slen d ern ess
The slend erness λ of a com pression m ember should generally be taken as its
Sec 4.7.2 effective length LE d ivided by its radius of gyration r about the relevant axis,
excep t as given in 4.7.9, 4.7.10 or 4.7.13.
Effective len gth s
Excep t for angles, channels or T-sections designed in accord ance with 4.7.10
the effective length LE of a comp ression m em ber shou ld be d etermined from
the segm ent length L centre-to-centre of restraints or intersections w ith
Sec 4.7.3
restraining mem bers in the relevant plane as follow s.
a) Generally, in accord ance w ith Table 22, d ep end ing on the conditions of
restraint in the relevant plane, mem bers carrying more than 90 % of
14
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
their red uced plastic m om ent capacity M r in the presence of axial force
(see I.2) being taken as incapable of provid ing d irectional restraint.
b) For continuous columns in mu ltistorey bu ild ings of sim p le d esign, in
accord ance w ith Table 22,d epend ing on the conditions of restraint in
the relevant plane, directional restraint being based on connection
stiffness as w ell as member stiffness.
c) For com p ression m em bers in tru sses, lattice gird ers or bracing system s,
in accord ance w ith Table 22,dep ending on the cond itions of restraint in
the relevant p lane.
d) For colu m ns in single storey buildings of simple d esign, see D.1.
e) For colu mns supporting internal platform floors of simple d esign, see
D.2.
f) For colu mns form ing part of a continuous stru ctu re, see Annex E.
Table 22 — Nominal effective length LE for a compression member3

a) non-sway mode
Restraint (in the plane under consideration) by other parts of the structure
Effectively held in position at Effectively restrained in direction at both ends 0.7L
both ends Partially restrained in direction at both ends 0.85L
Restrained in direction at one end 0.85L
Not restrained in direction at either end 1.0L
b) sway mode
One end Other end LE
Effectively held in position Not held in position Effectively restrained in direction 1.2L
and restrained in direction Partially restrained in direction 1.5L
Not restrained in direction 2.0L
a Excluding angle, channel or T-section struts designed in accordance with 4.7.10.
15
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Minimum thickness
Minimum web thickness for serviceability
To avoid serviceability p roblem s:
a) for webs w ithout interm ed iate stiffeners: t ≥ d / 250;
Sec 4.4.3.2
b) for w ebs w ith transverse stiffeners only:
— w here stiffener spacing a > d : t ≥ d / 250;
— w here stiffener spacing a ≤ d : t ≥ (d / 250)(a/ d )0.5;
c) for webs w ith longitu d inal stiffeners, reference shou ld be m ad e to BS 5400-3.
Minimum web thickness to avoid compression

flange buckling
To avoid the compression flange buckling into the web:
Sec 4.4.3.3
a) for webs without intermediate stiffeners: t ≥ (c?/250)(pyf/345);
b) for webs with intermediate transverse stiffeners:
— where stiffener spacing a > 1.5d: t
— where stiffener spacing a ≤ 1.5d: t > (c?/250)(pyf/455)0 5;
where
Pyf is the design strength of the compression flange.
Recommended Limitation for Minimum thickness

as same as our Standard
D esign Lim itation s for Bu ilt u p m em b ers
Sr.
D escrip tion M axim u m
No
1 Web d ep th to thickness ratio (d w / t w ) 180
2 Flange w id th to thickness ratio (b f / t f) 33
3 Web d ep th to flange w id th ratio (d w / b f) 5
4 Flange thk. to w eb thk. ratio (t f / t w ) 2.5
16
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Bolted Connections
Bolt spacing
M inim u m sp acin g
For stand ard clearance holes or holes for fitted bolts the spacing betw een
centers of bolts should not be less than 2.5d ,
w here
Sec 6.2.1.1
d = N om inal d iam eter of the bolts.
For oversize holes or slotted holes the hole sp acing should be increased to
leave at least the same w id th of steel clear betw een the holes as for stand ard
clearance holes.
M axim u m sp acin g in u n stiffen ed plates
Where a p late is not stiffened by a web or outstand , the spacing betw een
centers of ad jacent bolts in a line lying in the d irection of stress shou ld not
exceed 14t,
w here,
Sec 6.2.1.2 t = thickness of the thinner elem ent.
If it is exposed to corrosive influ ences, the m aximu m sp acing of bolts in each

of tw o d irections at right angles should not exceed the lesser of 16t or 200 m m,
Where,
t = thickness of the thinner ou tsid e ply.
Edge and end distances
G eneral
For stand ard clearance holes, and for holes for fitted bolts, the ed ge d istance
shou ld be taken as the distance from the centre of the hole to the ad jacent
Sec 6.2.2.1
ed ge, measured perpend icu lar to the d irection of stress.
The end d istance shou ld be taken as the d istance from the centre of the hole to
the ad jacent ed ge, measured in the direction in w hich the bolt bears. The end
d istance should also be su fficient to p rovid e ad equate bearing capacity, see
6.3.3.3 and 6.4.4.
17
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Slotted h oles
For slotted holes, ed ge and end d istances should be m easured from the ed ge
Sec 6.2.2.2 or end of the material to the centre of its end rad iu s or to the centerline of the
slot, see Figu re 21.
e e
PE£> e
e,
e
D
e = end or edge distance

e = end or edge distance
Figure 21 — Minimum edge and end distances
M in im u m ed ge or en d d istan ce
Sec 6.2.2.4
The d istance from the centre of a bolt hole to the edge or end of any part
shou ld be not less than the valu e given in Table 29.
Table 29 — Minimum edge and end distances of bolts

Quality of cut Edge and end distances
For a rolled, machine flame cut, sawn or planed edge or end 1.25D
For a sheared or hand flame cut edge or end 1.40D
NOTE D is the diameter of a standard clearance hole for a bolt of the relevant nominal diameter, see Table 33.
M axim u m ed ge or end distan ce
Where p arts are connected by bolts, the d istance from an unstiffened ed ge to

the nearest line of bolts shou ld not exceed 11tε.
Sec 6.2.2.5
This d oes not ap p ly to bolts interconnecting the com ponents of back-to-back
tension m em bers, see 4.6.3.
Where the parts are exposed to corrosive influ ences, the edge d istance shou ld
not exceed 40m m + 4t.
18
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Com p rise of the above d etails are in the Table 11.1, from SCI-P325
BS 5950-1
Table 11.1 Fastener spacing and edge distance
BS 5950-1 Requirement Distance

Cl. 6.2.1. 1
Clause a. 6.2.1.2
ci. 6.2.2.4
6. 2. 1.1 Minimum bolt spacing 2.5d a. 6.2.2.5
6. 2.1.2 Maximum spacing in unstiffened plate:
• In direction of stress 1 4f
1 6f < 200 mm
• Maximum spacing in any direction where
the connection is exposed
6.2. 2.4 Minimum edge and end distance:

• Rolled, machine flame cut or plane edge 1.250
1.400
• Sheared, hand flame cut or any end
62.2.5 Maximum edge and end distance:
• Normal 11ff
• Exposed 40 mm + 4r
where: f is the thickness of the thinner part

d is the nominal diameter of the bolt
O is the hole diameter
s = (275/Pj.)0 5
Spacing ≥ 2.5 d and< 14 t

or 200 mm where exposed
--
hH
;— M Spacing ≥ 2.5 d and< 16 t
' f or 200 mm where exposed
Load
<£- - (p- -
— 3L-
End and edge distance
≥ 1 .25 D for a rolled, machine cut or planed edge
m— M - ≥ 1 AD otherwise
≤ 111 or 40 mm + 4 t where exposed
Figure 11.7 Fastener spacing, end and edge distances
19
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Shear Capacity
Shear Cap acity P S = p S A S

Sec 6.3.2.1
w here
A S is the shear area (A or A t) as d efined in 6.3.1;
p S is the shear strength obtained from Table 30.
Table 30 — Shear strength of bolts

Bolt grade Shear strength ps (N/nmi2)
4.6 160
8.8 375
10.9 400
General grade HSFG <M24 400
to BS 4395-1 >M27 350
Higher grade HSFG to BS 4395-2 400
Other grades (U b < 1000 N/nim2) 0.4C7b
U\j is the specified minimum tensile strength of the bolt.
Bearing Capacity
Sec 6.3.3 G en eral
The bearing cap acity of a bolt on any connected p art should be taken as the
lesser of the bearing capacity P bb of the bolt (see 6.3.3.2) and the bearing
cap acity P bs of the p art (see 6.3.3.3).
Bearin g Cap acity of Bolts
Sec 6.3.3.2 The bearing capacity of the bolt itself should be taken as:
P bb = d t p p bb
w here
d is the nom inal d iam eter of the bolt;
p bb is the bearing strength of the bolt, obtained from Table 31;
t p is the thickness of the connected part, or, if the bolts are countersunk, the
thickness of the p art minu s half the depth of cou ntersinking.
Table 31 Bearing strength of bolts

Bolt grade Bearing strength PKK (N/mm-)
4.0 400
8.8 1000
10.9 1300
General grade HSFG sM24 1000
to BS 4395-1 *M27 900
Other grades (C7b ≤ 1000 0.7(1/,, + Yh)
NOTE 1 L't, is the specified minimum tensile strength of the bolt
NOTE 2 is the specified minimum yield strength of the bolt
20
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Bearin g Cap acity of con n ected p art
The bearing capacity P bs of the connected p art should be taken as follow s:

Sec 6.3.3.3
P bs = k bs d tp p bs but P bs ≤ 0.5 k bs et p p bs
w here
e is the end d istance, as d efined in 6.2.2.1;
p bs is the bearing strength of the connected part, see Table 32.
Steel grade
Table 32 — Bearing strength pÿ s of connected parts
S 275 S 355 S 460 Other grades
Bearing strength p (N/rnin2) 460 550 670 0.67(E/S + Ya)
NOTE 1 Us is the specified minimum tensile strength of the steel.
NOTE 2 Yg is the specified minimum yield strength of the steel.
Provided that the sizes of the holes for non-preloaded bolts do not exceed the standard dimensions given in
Table 33. the coefficient k\>s allowing for the type of hole should be taken as follows:
— for bolts in standard clearance holes: k = 1.0

— for bolts in oversized holes: khs = 0.7
— for bolts in short slotted holes: khs = 0.7
— for bolts in long slotted holes: &bs = 0-5
— for bolts in kidney-shaped slots: hs = 0.5
Table 33 — Standard dimensions of holes for non-preloaded bolts

Nominal Standard Oversize holea Short slotted hole Long' slotted hole'5 Kidney-shaped slot
diameter of clearance
bolt hole
Diameter Diameter Width Length Width Length Width Length
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
12 13 16 13 16 13 42 13 36
16 18 20 18 22 18 56 18 48
20 22 25 22 26 22 70 22 60
22 24 27 24 28 24 77 24 66
24 26 30 26 32 26 84 26 72
>27 d+3 d+8 d+3 d+ 10 d+3 3.5d d+3 3.0 d
NOTE d is the nominal diameter of the bolt (in mm).
a Larger diameter holes may be used for holding-down bolts.
b Longer slots may be used for expansion joints.
21
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Bolts subject to tension

G en eral
Sec 6.3.4 The tension capacity of a connection u sing bolts (includ ing 90º cou ntersu nk
head bolts) shou ld be checked using one of the following m ethods:
— the simp le m ethod given in 6.3.4.2;
— the m ore exact m ethod given in 6.3.4.3.
Sim p le m eth od
Sec 6.3.4.2 The sim ple m ethod may be used if the connection satisfies both of the
follow ing:
— the cross-centre spacing of the bolt lines should not exceed 55 % of the
flange w id th or end -plate w id th, see Figu re 24;
v
s< 0,556
s
B
Figure 24 — Maximum cross-centres of bolt lines for the simple method
— if a connected part is d esigned assum ing d ou ble curvatu re bending,

see Figu re 25b), its m om ent capacity per unit w idth shou ld be taken as
p y t p 2/ 6, w here t p is the thickness of the connected part.
Ft
r />
I
Ft + fl
TT
2ft
FÿQ
n f i
w, to «i w, a t
/A
w2 W2
a) Single curvature bending b) Double curvature bending
Figure 25 — Design of outstands
22
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
In the sim p le m ethod the p rying force need not be calculated . The tensile force
p er bolt Ft transm itted by the connection shou ld not exceed the nom inal
tension capacity P nom of the bolt, obtained from :
Pnom = 0.8p tA t
w here
A t is the tensile stress area as specified in the app ropriate bolt standard . For
bolts w here the tensile stress area is not d efined , At shou ld be taken as the area
at the bottom of the threads;
p t is the tension strength of the bolt obtained from Table 34.
Table 34 — Tension strength of bolts

Bolt grade Tension strength px (N/mm2)
4.6 240
8.8 560
10.9 700
General grade HSFG <M24 590
to BS 4395-1 >M27 515
Other grades (t/b ≤ 1000 N/mm2) 0.7t/b but < Yh
NOTE 1 L\ is the specified minimum tensile strength of the bolt.
NOTE 2 7b is the specified minimum yield strength of the bolt.
M ore exact m eth od

The m ore exact method m ay be used for a connection in w hich both of the
connected p arts satisfy one or more of the follow ing:
Sec 6.3.4.3
a) the connected p art spans betw een tw o or m ore supporting parts;
b) the ou tstand of the connected part is designed assum ing single curvature
bend ing, see Figu re 25a);
c) the ou tstand of the connected part is d esigned assum ing double curvature
bend ing, see Figu re 25b), and the resu lting prying force Q is calculated and
includ ed in the total app lied tension Ftot in the bolt;
d ) the connected p art spans betw een tw o or m ore su pporting parts in one
d irection, bu t acts as an outstand in the other d irection, and the resu lting
p rying force Q is calculated and included in the total applied tension Ftot in the
bolt.
N OTE
In cases a) and b) no prying force is necessary for equilibriu m .
In the more exact m ethod the m om ent capacity per unit w id th of the
connected p art should be taken as p yt p 2/ 4
23
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
and the total ap plied tension Ftot in the bolt, inclu ding the calculated prying
force, shou ld not exceed the tension capacity P t obtained from :
Pt = p t At
Com b in ed sh ear and ten sion

Bolts that are su bject to shear Fs as w ell as tension should , in ad d ition to the
Sec 6.3.4.4 cond itions given in 6.3.1 to 6.3.4.3, satisfy the follow ing:
— for the simple method:
< 1.4
p, p i
— for the more exact method:
PS
+ P —
where
Ps is the shear capacity, see 6.3.2.
24
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Welded Connection
Fillet Weld
Th roat size
Sec 6.8.3
The effective throat size a of a fillet weld should be taken as the perpend icu lar
d istance from the root of the w eld to a straight line joining the fusion faces that
lies just w ithin the cross-section of the w eld , see Figure 29.
s S/
Si s
a a a a
s
7s s
s2
a) Equal leg fillet b) Unequal leg fillet c) Acute angled fillet d) Obtuse angled fillet
Figure 29 — Effective throat size a of a fillet weld
D esign stren gth
Fillet w eld s shou ld be m ade using electrod es or other w eld ing consum ables
w ith a sp ecified Charpy im pact valu e equivalent to, or better than, that
Sec 6.8.5 specified for the parent m etal.
The d esign strength p w of a fillet w eld should be determ ined from Table 37,
corresp ond ing to the electrod e classification and the steel grad e, or the low er
grad e for connections betw een d ifferent steel grad es.
Steel grade
Table 37 —
Electrode classification
Design strength of fillet welds pw
For other types of electrode and/or other steel grades:
(see Table 10)
35 42 50 pw = 0.5Ue but pw ≤ 0.55Us
N/mm2 N/mrn- N/mm2 where
S 275 220 (220)» (220)» Ue is the minimum tensile strength of the electrode,
as specified in the relevant product standard:
S 355 (220)k 250 (250)» Us is the specified minimum tensile strength of the
S 460 (220)k (250)k 280 parent metal.
a Over-matching electrodes.
* Under-matching electrodes. Not to be used for partial penetration butt welds.
25
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
Table 10 — Strength and elongation of welds

Class Yield strength Ye Tensile strength Ut Minimum elongation
(N/mm-l (N/rnni2) (%)
35 355 440 22
42 420 500 20
50 500 560 18
D esign stress
The force p er unit length transm itted by a fillet w eld at a given point in its
length shou ld be d eterm ined from the app lied forces and m om ents, using the
Sec 6.8.6 elastic section p rop erties of the w eld or w eld grou p, based on effective throat
sizes, see 6.8.3. The d esign stress in a fillet w eld should be calcu lated as the
force p er u nit length transmitted by the w eld , d ivid ed by the effective throat
size □.
Sin gle sid e fillet w eld
Single side fillet weld is permitted in British code, refer the clause 6.7.2.5
Sec 6.7.2.5
6. 7. 2. 5 Single fillet welds
A single fillet weld should not be subject to a bending moment about its longitudinal axis that would open
the root of the weld.
Cap acity of a fillet weld
G en eral
Provid ed that the effective throat size α of a fillet weld d oes not exceed 0.7s,
Sec 6.8.7 w here s is the length of the smaller leg for a p lain fillet w eld or the smaller
fusion face for any other case, its cap acity should be checked u sing either
6.8.7.2 or 6.8.7.3. If a > 0.7s its capacity should either be checked taking a as
equ al to 0.7s or alternatively as a butt w eld , see 6.9.3.
Sim p le m eth od
The capacity should be taken as sufficient if throughout the length of the w eld
the vector su m of the design stresses d ue to all forces and m om ents
transm itted by the w eld d oes not exceed its d esign strength pw ,see 6.8.5.
D irection al m eth od
Alternatively to 6.8.7.2, the forces per unit length transmitted by the w eld m ay
be resolved into a longitud inal shear FL parallel to the axis of the weld , see
Figu re 31a), and a resultant transverse force FT perpend icu lar to this axis, see
Figu re 31b).
26
D E S I G N G U I D E BS - 5 9 5 0
The longitud inal shear cap acity P L per unit length of weld shou ld be taken as:
PL = p w a
The transverse cap acity P T per unit length of w eld , in a d irection at an angle θ
to the w eld throat, should be taken as:
PT = K PL
Throu ghou t its length, the w eld should satisfy the follow ing relationship:
(FL/ P L)2 + (FT / P T)2 ≤ 1
The coefficient K should be obtained from :

1.5
K = 1.25
1 + cos 6
in w hich θ is the angle betw een the force FT and the throat of the w eld , see
Figu re 31c.
N ote:
For a transverse force parallel to one leg of an equal leg fillet w eld that
connects tw o elements that are at right angles to each other,
θ = 45° and K = 1.25.
Vi
Fj Fi
Fi
Fj
a) Welds subject to longitudinal shear b) Welds subject to transverse forces
a
Throat
of the weld e
<
c) Resultant transverse force on weld

Figure 31 — Fillet welds Directional method
27

Manual PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Manual PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

ir MAMMUT

MAMMUT BUILDING SYSTEMS FZC

© Mammut Building Systems FZC

Introduction 1 Wind Loads 1

General Function and Responsibility 1 MBM A 1996 1

Value Engineering 3 MBM A 2002 20

Design Codes 1 CH A PT ER6

For Loads 1 Seismic Loads 1

For Built-up or H ot Rolled Steel Design 2 Definition 1

For Cold Formed Steel Design 3 MBM A 1986 9

For Welding 4 MBM A 1996 15

CH A PT ER 3 MBM A 2002 / IBC 2000 / A SCE 7-98 27

Dead Loads 1 MBM A 2006 / IBC 2006 / A SCE 7-05 51

CH A PT ER4 Snow Loads 1

Live Loads 1 Definition 1

Reduction in Live Loads 5

Reduction in Roof Live Loads 8 CH A PT ER8

Partition Live Loads 12 Crane Loads 1

Loads on H andrails and Guard Rails 14

Loads on grab bar system 15

Loads on fixed ladders 16

Loads as per BS-6399-1-1996 18

Load Combinations 1 Panels & Fasteners Design 1

Serviceability 1 Purlins & Girts Design 1

Material Specification 1 Mezzanine 1

Bolts and Fasteners 1 Bracing 1

Fabrication & Erection Tolerances 1

Guidelines for Design of M etal Buildings 1 A PPEN D I X C

A rea Job Requirements 1

Design Guide BS-5950 1

REVISION 02 DATED 2 6 T H NOV 2012

REVISION 03 DATED 1 6 T H DEC 2012

REVISION 04 DATED 23RD JAN 2013

REVISION 4.1 DATED 1 2 T H FEB 2013

REVISION 4.2 DATED 21S T FEB 2013

REVISION 4.4 DATED 28TH MAY 2013

REVISION 4.5 DATED 8 T H OCT 2013

G en eral Fu n ction an d Resp on sib ility of

Valu e En gin eerin g

Consid eration should be given to u se of partial com posite d esign of floor

Select proper m ix of high strength steels. H igh strength steels are

TABLE 1.4 Relative Price Factors*

A36 36 1.00 1.00 1.00

□ A572 Gr42 X A572 Gr50 0 A588 + A852 V A514 A A36

TABLE 1.5 Relative Material Cost for Beams

Plate girders Rolled beams

Relative Relative Relative Relative

A36 1.000 1.00 1.000 1.00

| fobricoted or toper beom |

Fig. 2.17 Choice of floor system

Fig. 2.18 Structural criteria governing choice

Avoid locating colu mn or rafter splices at mid span.

2. Bu ilt-u p or H ot Rolled Steel D esign ,

3. Cold Form ed Steel D esign ,

m AWS D1.1/ D1.1M:2004 “Am erican Weld ing Society” Structural

AWSOI l/Ol IM JOCJ

As far as p ossib le com b in ation of d ifferen t cod es sh ould b e avoided , if

Cod e com bination should be as below ,

Dead loads - consist of the weight of all materials of construction incorporated

Weights of fixed service equipments, such as plumbing stacks and risers,

It is customary in the metal building industry to refer to the weights of fixed

Table 3.1 Weights of Standard Materials

Sr. No. Descrip tion kN/m 2